As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 25, 2021

Registration No. 333-256116

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

_______________________________________

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

FORM S-4

_______________________________________

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_______________________________________

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

_______________________________________

Delaware

 

6770

 

85-1231852

(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363
Greenwich, CT 06830
(646) 303
-0737

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

_______________________________________

Joseph Hernandez
Chief Executive Officer
Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363
Greenwich, CT 06830
(646) 303
-0737

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

_______________________________________

Copies to:

Barry I. Grossman, Esq.
Matthew A. Gray, Esq.
Jessica S. Yuan, Esq.
Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
1345 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10105
-0302
(212) 370
-1300

 

Mitchell S. Bloom, Esq.
Arthur R. McGivern, Esq.

Marianne C. Sarrazin, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
100 Northern Avenue
Boston, MA 02210
(617) 570-1000

_______________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective and after all conditions under the Merger Agreement to consummate the proposed merger are satisfied or waived.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box:

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 

 

Accelerated filer 

 

Non-accelerated 

 

Smaller reporting company 

 

Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)

 

Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be registered

 

Amount to be
registered

 

Proposed
maximum
offering
price
per share

 

Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering
price
(2)

 

Amount of
registration
fee
(3)

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

21,929,832

(1)

 

N/A

 

$

12,791.40

 

$

1.40

____________

(1)      Represents a good faith estimate of the maximum number of shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Blue Water common stock”), to be issued or issuable by the registrant (“Blue Water” or the “Registrant”) to the securityholders and noteholders of Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (“Clarus”) in connection with the business combination described herein. Upon the business combination, Class A common stock of the registrant will be redesignated as common stock.

(2)      Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(f)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based upon an amount equal to one-third of the aggregate par value of the Clarus securities to be exchanged in the business combination as of immediately prior to the business combination. Clarus is a private company, no market exists for its securities and Clarus has an accumulated capital deficit.

(3)      Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act by multiplying the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of securities to be registered by 0.0001091.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary proxy statement/prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be issued until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary proxy statement/prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and does not constitute the solicitation of offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY — SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 25, 2021

PROXY STATEMENT OF
BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.

PROSPECTUS FOR UP TO
21,929,832 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

To the Stockholders of Blue Water Acquisition Corp.:

We are pleased to provide this proxy statement/prospectus relating to the proposed merger (the “Merger”) of Blue Water Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”) and wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Blue Water”), with and into Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Clarus”), pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 27, 2021 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Blue Water, Merger Sub and Clarus. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Merger Agreement. If (i) the Merger Agreement is adopted and the Merger and the other transactions contemplated thereby (collectively, the “Business Combination”) are approved by Blue Water’s and Clarus’s stockholders, and (ii) the Business Combination is subsequently completed, Merger Sub will merge with and into Clarus with Clarus surviving the Merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water, and all shares of Clarus stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”) (other than those properly exercising any applicable appraisal rights under Delaware law) will be either converted into the right to receive shares of New Blue Water common stock or else be canceled, retired and terminated without consideration, as provided in the Merger Agreement and as more particularly described in the notice that follows this page and elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, Blue Water will change its name to “Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.”

The Merger Agreement provides that the aggregate Merger consideration to be paid to Clarus securityholders as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (“Clarus securityholders”) will be a number of New Blue Water Class A common stock (the “Merger Consideration Shares” equal to (the “Merger Consideration”):

(i)     17,929,832 shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock, subject to adjustment to account for the net indebtedness of Clarus as of the Closing, net of its cash and cash equivalents (“Closing Net Indebtedness”), divided by $10.20; plus

(ii)    1,500,000 shares of New Blue Water Class A Common Stock issuable to the holders of certain non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus in exchange for $10.0 million of the aggregate principal amount of such notes and certain outstanding royalty rights; plus

(iii)   a number of shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock equal to the outstanding balance (principal and interest) at Closing of convertible and non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus issued between the date of the Merger Agreement and Closing divided by $10.00, provided that Clarus may elect, in its discretion to instead pay off the outstanding balance of, and any redemption premium on, the non-convertible promissory notes at Closing. See “Summary of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus — The Business Combination Proposal (Proposal 1) — Merger Consideration” for additional details.

The Merger Consideration to be paid to Clarus securityholders will be paid solely by the delivery of the Merger Consideration Shares. The Closing Net Indebtedness (and the resulting Merger Consideration) is based solely on estimates determined shortly prior to the Closing and is not subject to any post-Closing true-up or adjustment. The Merger Consideration will be allocated among Clarus securityholders as determined by Clarus shortly prior to the Closing.

It is currently expected that Clarus securityholders and noteholders will hold in aggregate approximately 70.0% of the issued and outstanding shares of New Blue Water common stock immediately following the Closing (excluding outstanding Blue Water warrants, and assuming that (i) there are no redemptions of shares of Blue Water Class A common stock by Blue Water stockholders, (ii) the negative Closing Net Indebtedness is $41.3 million, based on Clarus’s audited financial statements as of December 31, 2020, (iii) no awards are issued under the new equity incentive plan to be adopted by Blue Water in connection with the Business Combination, and (iv) no Blue Water warrants are issued prior to the Business Combination).

Blue Water’s units, Blue Water Class A common stock and Blue Water’s public warrants are publicly traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”). We will apply to list the New Blue Water common stock and public warrants on Nasdaq under the symbols “CRXT” and “CRXTW”, respectively, upon the Closing. Upon the Closing, Blue Water’s units will be separated into their component securities and will cease to be listed on Nasdaq.

 

Table of Contents

Blue Water will hold a virtual special meeting of its stockholders in order to obtain the stockholder approvals necessary to complete the Business Combination. At the special meeting of Blue Water, which will be held exclusively via a live audio webcast at https://www.cstproxy.com/[        ], on [    ], 2021 at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, unless postponed or adjourned to a later date, Blue Water will ask its stockholders to adopt the Merger Agreement and the related transactions thereby approving the Business Combination and approve the other proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus. To participate in the virtual meeting, a Blue Water stockholder of record will need the 12-digit control number included on such stockholder’s proxy card or instructions that accompanied such stockholder’s proxy materials. If a Blue Water stockholder holds his, her or its shares in “street name,” which means his, her or its shares are held of record by a broker, bank or other nominee, such Blue Water stockholder should contact his, her or its broker, bank or nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares he, she or it beneficially owns are properly counted. In this regard, such Blue Water stockholder must provide the record holder of his, her or its shares with instructions on how to vote his, her or its shares or, if such Blue Water stockholder wishes to attend the special meeting of Blue Water and vote in person, obtain a proxy from his, her or its broker, bank or nominee. The live audio webcast of the Blue Water special meeting will begin promptly at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time. Blue Water stockholders are encouraged to access the special meeting of Blue Water prior to the start time. If you encounter any difficulties accessing the virtual meeting or during the meeting time, please call the technical support number that will be posted on the virtual meeting login page.

If you have any questions or need assistance voting your Blue Water common stock, please contact Advantage Proxy, Blue Water’s proxy solicitor, by calling (877) 870-8565 (toll free) or (206) 870-8565 (collect), or banks and brokers can call (206) 870-8565 (collect), or by emailing ksmith@advantageproxy.com. This proxy statement/prospectus and the notice of the Special Meeting relating to the Business Combination will be available at [    ].

This proxy statement/prospectus provides you with detailed information about the Business Combination and other matters to be considered at the special meeting of Blue Water’s stockholders. We encourage you to carefully read this entire proxy statement/prospectus, including all annexes attached hereto.

You should also carefully consider the risk factors described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 45 of this proxy statement/prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the Business Combination, the securities to be issued under this proxy statement/prospectus or the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination, as described in this proxy statement/prospectus, or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this proxy statement/prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This proxy statement/prospectus is dated [        ], 2021, and is first being mailed to stockholders of Blue Water on or about  [      ], 2021.

Very truly yours,

Joseph Hernandez
Chief Executive Officer of Blue Water

 

Table of Contents

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363
Greenwich, CT 06830

TO THE STOCKHOLDERS OF BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.:

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a special meeting of stockholders (the “Blue Water Special Meeting”) of Blue Water Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Blue Water”), will be held virtually at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on [    ], 2021. Details on how to participate are set forth in [    ]. At the Blue Water Special Meeting, Blue Water stockholders will be asked to consider and vote upon the following proposals (collectively, the “Proposals”).

(1)    The Business Combination Proposal (Proposal 1) — To approve and adopt the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 27, 2021 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Blue Water, Blue Water Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water (“Merger Sub”) and Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Clarus”), and approve the transactions contemplated thereby, including the merger of Merger Sub with and into Clarus, with Clarus continuing as the surviving corporation and as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water (the “Merger” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Business Combination”). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, among other matters, at the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”):

(a)     the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Blue Water (“Blue Water Class A common stock”), including any shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Blue Water (“Blue Water Class B common stock”, and together with the Blue Water Class A common stock, the “Blue Water common stock”) that are converted into Blue Water Class A common stock in accordance with Blue Water’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Blue Water Charter”), will be redesignated as common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. (which will be the new name of Blue Water after the Closing, as described below) (referred to herein as “New Blue Water common stock”);

(b)    certain shares of preferred stock of Clarus (such shares, the “Clarus Consideration-Receiving Preferred Stock”) will be canceled and converted into the right to receive, in the aggregate, a number of new shares of New Blue Water common stock with an aggregate value equal to (the “Merger Consideration”) (i) 17,929,832 shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock, subject to adjustment to account for the Closing Net Indebtedness, divided by $10.20; plus (ii) 1,500,000 shares of New Blue Water Class A Common Stock issuable to the holders of certain non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus in exchange for $10.0 million of the aggregate principal amount of such notes and certain outstanding royalty rights; plus (iii) a number of shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock equal to the outstanding balance (principal and interest) at Closing of convertible and non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus issued between the date of the Merger Agreement and Closing divided by $10.00, provided that Clarus may elect, in its discretion to instead pay off the outstanding balance of, and any redemption premium on, the non-convertible promissory notes at Closing;

(c)     certain convertible and non-convertible notes with aggregate outstanding balance (principal and interest) of $87.7 million (such notes, the “Clarus Consideration-Receiving Notes”), will be converted into the right to receive a number of New Blue Water common stock with an aggregate value equal to a portion of the Merger Consideration;

(d)    all shares of Clarus stock other than the Clarus Consideration-Receiving Preferred Stock will be canceled, retired and terminated without any consideration or any liability to Clarus with respect thereto;

(e)     certain warrants to purchase Clarus stock will be converted into warrants to purchase Blue Water common stock (such converting warrants, the “Clarus Converting Warrants”); and

(f)      all outstanding options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase any capital stock of Clarus or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that otherwise confer on the holder any right to acquire any capital stock of Clarus (in each case, excluding the Clarus Consideration-Receiving Notes and the Clarus Converting Warrants) that have not been exercised or converted prior to the Effective Time will be canceled, retired and terminated.

 

Table of Contents

We refer to this proposal as the “Business Combination Proposal.” A copy of the Merger Agreement and the related agreements to be entered into pursuant to the Merger Agreement are attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A.

(2)    Charter Amendment Proposals (Proposals 2 through 5) — To approve and adopt a second amendment and restatement of Blue Water’s certificate of incorporation, as set out in the draft second amended and restated version of Blue Water’s certificate of incorporation appended to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex B (the “Amended Charter”), for the following amendments (collectively, the “Charter Amendment Proposals”) to:

(A)    provide that the name of Blue Water shall be changed to “Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.” (Proposal 2);

(B)    provide for the structure of the board of directors of Blue Water (the “Board”) immediately after the consummation of the Business Combination (the “Closing”), split into three classes of as even size as practicable, Class I, II, and III, each to serve a term of three (3) years, except for the initial term, for which the Class I directors will be up for reelection at the first annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing, and for which the Class II directors will be up for reelection at the second annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing. Directors will not be able to be removed during their term except for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors. The size of the Board shall be determined by resolution of the Board but will initially be seven (7) (Proposal 3);

(C)    remove and change certain provisions in the Blue Water Charter related to Blue Water’s status as a special purpose acquisition company (Proposal 4); and

(D)    conditioned upon the approval of Proposals 2 through 4, to approve the proposed Amended Charter in the form attached as Annex B hereto, which includes the approval of all other changes in the proposed Amended Charter in connection with replacing the existing Blue Water Charter with the proposed Amended Charter as of the Effective Time (Proposal 5).

(3)    The Director Election Proposal (Proposal 6) — To consider and vote upon a proposal to elect seven (7) directors to serve on the board of directors of New Blue Water effective from the consummation of the Business Combination until the 2022 annual meeting of stockholders and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified (the “Director Election Proposal”);

(4)    The Incentive Plan Proposal (Proposal 7)To consider and vote upon a proposal to adopt the Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”), a copy of which is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex C (the “Incentive Plan Proposal”); and

(5)    The Adjournment Proposal (Proposal 8) — To consider and vote upon a proposal to adjourn the Blue Water Special Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if, based upon the tabulated vote at the time of the Blue Water Special Meeting, there are not sufficient votes to approve the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal, or the Incentive Plan Proposal. We refer to this proposal as the “Adjournment Proposal.

Only holders of record of Blue Water common stock at the close of business on [    ], 2021 (the “Record Date”) are entitled to notice of the Blue Water Special Meeting and to vote at the Blue Water Special Meeting and any adjournments or postponements of the Blue Water Special Meeting. A complete list of Blue Water stockholders of record entitled to vote at the Blue Water Special Meeting will be available for ten days before the Blue Water Special Meeting at the principal executive offices of Blue Water for inspection by stockholders during ordinary business hours for any purpose germane to the Blue Water Special Meeting.

Pursuant to the Blue Water Charter, Blue Water is providing Blue Water public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem, upon the closing of the Business Combination, shares of Blue Water Class A common stock then held by them for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit (as of two business days prior to the closing of the Business Combination) in the Trust Account that holds the proceeds (including interest but less taxes payable) of the Blue Water initial public offering (the “Blue Water IPO”), including overallotment securities

 

Table of Contents

issued to Blue Water’s underwriters after the Blue Water IPO. As of June 15, 2021, based on funds in the Trust Account of $58,652,474.78 as of such date, the pro rata portion of the funds available in the Trust Account for the redemption of public shares of Blue Water Class A common stock was approximately $10.20 per share. Blue Water public stockholders are not required to affirmatively vote for or against the Business Combination in order to redeem their shares of common stock for cash. This means that public stockholders who hold shares of Blue Water Class A common stock on or before [        ] (two (2) business days before the Blue Water Special Meeting) will be eligible to elect to have their shares of Blue Water Class A common stock redeemed for cash in connection with the Blue Water Special Meeting, whether or not they are holders as of the Record Date, and whether or not such shares are voted at the Blue Water Special Meeting. A public stockholder, together with any of his, her or its affiliates or any other person with whom it is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming in the aggregate his, her or its shares or, if part of such a group, the group’s shares, with respect to more than 15% of the shares of Blue Water common stock included in the units of Blue Water sold in the Blue Water IPO (including overallotment securities sold to Blue Water’s underwriters after the Blue Water IPO) without the prior consent of Blue Water. Holders of Blue Water’s outstanding public warrants and units do not have redemption rights with respect to such securities in connection with the Business Combination. Holders of outstanding Blue Water units must separate the underlying shares of Blue Water Class A common stock and public warrants prior to exercising redemption rights with respect to the public Blue Water Class A common stock. The Sponsor and Blue Water’s officers and directors have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any shares of Blue Water common stock they may hold in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, and such shares will be excluded from the pro rata calculation used to determine the per-share redemption price. Currently, the Sponsor beneficially owns 19.84% of the issued and outstanding shares of Blue Water common stock. The Sponsor and Blue Water’s directors and officers have agreed to vote any shares of Blue Water common stock owned by them in favor of the Business Combination, which would include Business Combination Proposal and the other Proposals.

The approval of the Business Combination Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Blue Water common stock as of the Record Date cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting. The approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Blue Water common stock as of the Record Date entitled to vote thereon. The approval of the Director Election Proposal requires a plurality vote of the shares of Blue Water common stock cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting. If the Business Combination Proposal is not approved, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal will not be presented to the Blue Water stockholders for a vote. The approval of the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and Incentive Plan Proposal are preconditions to the consummation of the Business Combination. The board of directors of Blue Water has already approved the Business Combination.

As of June 15, 2021, there was approximately $58,652,474.78 in the Trust Account. Any redemption of shares of Blue Water Class A common stock by Blue Water’s public stockholders will decrease the amount in the Trust Account. In accordance with the Blue Water Charter, net tangible assets will be maintained at a minimum of $5,000,001 immediately prior to or upon consummation of the Business Combination.

Your attention is directed to this proxy statement/prospectus (including the annexes hereto) for a more complete description of the proposed Business Combination and related transactions and each of the Proposals. We encourage you to read this proxy statement/prospectus carefully. If you have any questions or need assistance voting your shares, please call us at (646) 303-0737.

 

By Order of the Board of Directors of Blue Water

IF YOU RETURN YOUR PROXY CARD WITHOUT AN INDICATION OF HOW YOU WISH TO VOTE, YOUR SHARES WILL BE VOTED IN FAVOR OF EACH OF THE PROPOSALS.

TO EXERCISE YOUR REDEMPTION RIGHTS, YOU MUST, PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, ON [ ] (TWO (2) BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE THE BLUE WATER SPECIAL MEETING), TENDER YOUR SHARES PHYSICALLY OR ELECTRONICALLY AND SUBMIT A REQUEST IN WRITING THAT WE REDEEM YOUR PUBLIC SHARES FOR CASH TO CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY. PLEASE ALSO AFFIRMATIVELY CERTIFY IN YOUR REQUEST TO CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY FOR REDEMPTION IF YOU “ARE” OR “ARE NOT” ACTING IN CONCERT OR AS A “GROUP” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 13(D)(3) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT) WITH ANY OTHER STOCKHOLDER WITH RESPECT TO SHARES OF COMMON STOCK. YOU MUST

 

Table of Contents

ACT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES AND DEADLINES DESCRIBED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. IF THE BUSINESS COMBINATION IS NOT CONSUMMATED, THEN THE PUBLIC SHARES WILL NOT BE REDEEMED FOR CASH. IF YOU HOLD THE SHARES IN STREET NAME, YOU WILL NEED TO INSTRUCT THE ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE AT YOUR BANK OR BROKER TO WITHDRAW THE SHARES FROM YOUR ACCOUNT IN ORDER TO EXERCISE YOUR REDEMPTION RIGHTS. SEE “THE BLUE WATER SPECIAL MEETING — REDEMPTION RIGHTS” IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS FOR MORE SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS.

THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES IMPORTANT BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT BLUE WATER AND CLARUS THAT IS NOT INCLUDED IN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH. THIS INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE WITHOUT CHARGE TO STOCKHOLDERS OF BLUE WATER UPON WRITTEN OR ORAL REQUEST. IF YOU WOULD LIKE TO MAKE SUCH REQUEST, YOU SHOULD CONTACT BLUE WATER IN WRITING AT JOSEPH HERNANDEZ, BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP., 15 E. PUTNAM AVENUE, SUITE 363, GREENWICH, CT 06830 OR BY TELEPHONE AT (646) 303-0737. TO OBTAIN TIMELY DELIVERY, YOU MUST REQUEST THE INFORMATION NO LATER THAN [    ], 2021, WHICH IS FIVE BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE THE DATE YOU MUST MAKE YOUR INVESTMENT DECISION.

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT

 

1

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

1

TRADEMARKS

 

1

FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

 

2

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

5

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

 

8

SUMMARY OF THE PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS

 

22

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF BLUE WATER

 

36

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF CLARUS

 

37

SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

38

DIVIDENDS ON SECURITIES

 

44

RISK FACTORS

 

45

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

81

INFORMATION ABOUT THE PARTIES TO THE BUSINESS COMBINATION

 

94

THE BLUE WATER SPECIAL MEETING

 

95

THE BUSINESS COMBINATION PROPOSAL (PROPOSAL 1)

 

101

THE CHARTER AMENDMENT PROPOSALS (PROPOSALS 2 THROUGH 5)

 

127

THE DIRECTOR ELECTION PROPOSAL (PROPOSAL 6)

 

128

THE INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL (PROPOSAL 7)

 

130

THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL (PROPOSAL 8)

 

135

INFORMATION ABOUT BLUE WATER

 

136

BLUE WATER’S MANAGEMENT

 

138

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF BLUE WATER

 

144

INFORMATION ABOUT CLARUS

 

149

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF CLARUS

 

175

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF CLARUS

 

178

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OF BLUE WATER

 

198

SECURITIES ACT RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OF COMMON STOCK

 

207

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS

 

208

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

 

218

MANAGEMENT AFTER THE BUSINESS COMBINATION

 

220

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION OF CLARUS

 

226

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

 

232

APPRAISAL RIGHTS

 

236

LEGAL MATTERS

 

236

EXPERTS

 

236

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

 

236

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO STOCKHOLDERS

 

237

SUBMISSION OF STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

 

237

FUTURE STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

 

237

STOCKHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS

 

237

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

238

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

     

ANNEX A Merger Agreement

 

A-1

ANNEX B Amended Charter

 

B-1

ANNEX C 2021 Equity Incentive Plan

 

C-1

i

Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT

This document, which forms part of a registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC by Blue Water, constitutes a prospectus of Blue Water under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to the shares of common stock of Blue Water to be issued to Clarus’s securityholders and noteholders under the Merger Agreement. This document also constitutes a proxy statement of Blue Water under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.

You should rely only on the information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, this proxy statement/prospectus. No one has been authorized to provide you with information that is different from that contained in, or incorporated by reference into, this proxy statement/prospectus. This proxy statement/prospectus is dated as of the date set forth on the cover hereof. You should not assume that the information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate as of any date other than that date. You should not assume that the information incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of such incorporated document. Neither the mailing of this proxy statement/prospectus to Blue Water stockholders nor the issuance by Blue Water of its common stock in connection with the Business Combination will create any implication to the contrary.

Information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus regarding Blue Water and its business, operations, management and other matters has been provided by Blue Water and information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus regarding Clarus and its business, operations, management and other matters has been provided by Clarus.

This proxy statement/prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities, or the solicitation of a proxy or consent, in any jurisdiction to or from any person to whom it is unlawful to make any such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This proxy statement/prospectus contains information concerning the market and industry in which Clarus conducts its business. Clarus operates in an industry in which it is difficult to obtain precise industry and market information. Clarus has obtained market and industry data in this proxy statement/prospectus from industry publications and from surveys or studies conducted by third parties that it believes to be reliable. Clarus cannot assure you of the accuracy and completeness of such information, and it has not independently verified the market and industry data contained in this proxy statement/prospectus or the underlying assumptions relied on therein. As a result, you should be aware that it is possible that any such market, industry and other similar data may not in fact be reliable. While Clarus is not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry data presented in this proxy statement/prospectus, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this proxy statement/prospectus.

TRADEMARKS

This proxy statement/prospectus includes the trademark of Clarus such as “JATENZO®” and others, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of Clarus or its subsidiaries. This proxy statement/prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

1

Table of Contents

FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

Unless otherwise stated or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and “Blue Water” refer to Blue Water Acquisition Corp.

In this document:

Amended Charter” means the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Blue Water to be adopted by Blue Water pursuant to the Charter Amendment Proposals.

Blue Water” means Blue Water Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, which will be renamed “Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.” in connection with the Closing.

Blue Water Charter” or “Charter” means Blue Water’s current amended and restated certificate of incorporation as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 16, 2020.

Blue Water IPO,” “IPO” or “Initial Public Offering” means Blue Water’s initial public offering that was consummated on December 17, 2020.

Blue Water IPO Prospectus” means the final prospectus of Blue Water, dated as of December 15, 2020, and filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act on December 16, 2020 (File No. 333-248569).

Blue Water Special Meeting” means the special meeting of the stockholders of Blue Water, to be held virtually at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on [ ], 2021.

Board” means the board of directors of Blue Water.

Business Combination” means the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

“Clarus” means Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and includes the surviving corporation after the Merger. References herein to Clarus will include its subsidiaries to the extent reasonably applicable.

Clarus Board” means the board of directors of Clarus.

Clarus common stock” means shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Clarus.

Clarus preferred stock” means shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per shares, of Clarus.

Clarus securityholders” refers to holders of capital stock of Clarus as of the time immediately before the Effective Time.

Clarus stock” means any of the Clarus common stock and Clarus preferred stock.

Class A common stock” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001, of Blue Water.

Class B common stock” means the Class B common stock, par value $0.0001, of Blue Water.

Closing” means the closing of the Business Combination.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code, as amended.

Combined Entity” or “New Blue Water” means Blue Water after giving effect to the Business Combination, and which will include Clarus and any other direct or indirect subsidiaries of Blue Water to the extent reasonably applicable.

Common Stock” means any of the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock.

DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended.

Effective Time” means the effective time of the Merger in accordance with the Merger Agreement.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2

Table of Contents

Extension Warrants” means any warrants issued to the Sponsor or its affiliates or designees in connection with additional funds deposited by the Sponsor to the Trust Account to extend the period of time to consummate a Business Combination up to two times, each by an additional three months (for a total of up to 18 months to complete a Business Combination).

FDA” means the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.

Founder Shares” means Class B common stock purchased by the Sponsor on June 30, 2020.

Marcum” means Marcum LLP, Blue Water’s independent registered public accounting firm.

Merger” means the merger of Merger Sub with and into Clarus, with Clarus continuing as the surviving corporation and as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water, in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.

Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 27, 2021, and as it may further be amended or supplemented from time to time, by and among Blue Water, Merger Sub and Clarus.

Merger Sub” means Blue Water Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water.

New Blue Water common stock” means the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Blue Water (which will be renamed Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.) following the Business Combination; such common stock was previously designated Class A common stock of Blue Water, and New Blue Water common stock will include any shares of Class B common stock that are converted into Class A common stock in connection with the Closing pursuant to the Blue Water Charter.

Placement Warrants” means 3,445,000 warrants to purchase shares of Class A common stock issued to the Sponsor in the Private Placement (including the additional warrants purchased after the Blue Water IPO in connection with the overallotment securities issued to Blue Water’s underwriters). Each Placement Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A common stock for $11.50 per share.

Private Placement” means the private placement consummated simultaneously with the Blue Water IPO in which Blue Water issued to the Sponsor the Placement Warrants.

Proposals” means the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal.

Public Shares” means Class A common stock underlying the Units sold in the Blue Water IPO, including any overallotment securities acquired by Blue Water’s underwriters.

Public Warrants” means warrants underlying the Units issued in the Blue Water IPO. Each Public Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A common stock for $11.50 per share.

Redemption” means the right of the holders of Class A common stock to have their shares redeemed in accordance with the procedures set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus and the Blue Water Charter.

Required Proposals” means the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal, and the Incentive Plan Proposal.

RSM” means RSM US LLP, Clarus’s independent registered public accounting firm.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Sponsor” means Blue Water Sponsor LLC.

T” means testosterone.

3

Table of Contents

Trust Account” means the trust account of Blue Water, which holds the net proceeds of the Blue Water IPO, including from overallotment securities sold by Blue Water’s underwriters, and the sale of the Placement Warrants, together with interest earned thereon, less amounts released to pay tax obligations and up to $50,000 for dissolution expenses, and amounts paid pursuant to redemptions.

U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Units” means Units issued in the Blue Water IPO, including any overallotment securities acquired by Blue Water’s underwriters, consisting of one share of Class A common stock and one Public Warrant.

Warrants” means any of the Placement Warrants, the Public Warrants, the Working Capital Warrants (if any), and the Extension Warrants (if any), excluding any warrants of Clarus.

Working Capital Warrants” means any warrants issued to the Sponsor or its affiliates or Blue Water’s officers or directors in connection with any loans made by them to Blue Water prior to the closing of Blue Water’s initial business combination in accordance with the Blue Water IPO Prospectus. As described in the Blue Water IPO Prospectus, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted at the election of the applicable lender into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant, which warrants would be identical to the Placement Warrants.

4

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This proxy statement/prospectus (including the documents incorporated by reference herein) contains forward-looking statements regarding, among other things, the plans, strategies and prospects, both business and financial, of Blue Water and Clarus. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of the management of Blue Water and Clarus. Although Blue Water and Clarus believe that their respective plans, intentions and expectations reflected in or suggested by these forward-looking statements are reasonable, neither Blue Water nor Clarus can assure you that either will achieve or realize these plans, intentions or expectations. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Generally, statements that are not historical facts, including statements concerning possible or assumed future actions, business strategies, events or results of operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” or similar expressions, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Neither RSM, Clarus’s independent auditor, nor Marcum, Blue Water’s independent auditor, has examined, compiled or otherwise applied procedures with respect to the accompanying forward-looking financial information presented herein and, accordingly, expresses no opinion or any other form of assurance on it. The report of RSM included in this proxy statement/prospectus relates to historical financial information of Clarus, and the report of Marcum included in this proxy statement/prospectus relates to historical financial information of Blue Water. Neither report extends to the forward-looking information and should not be read as if it does. Forward-looking statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•        the ability of Blue Water and Clarus prior to the Business Combination to meet the Closing conditions to the Business Combination, including approval by stockholders of Blue Water and Clarus of the Business Combination and related proposals, and the availability of at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets, after giving effect to redemptions of public shares, if any;

•        the ability of the Combined Entity following the Business Combination, to realize the benefits from the Business Combination;

•        the ability of Blue Water to complete the Business Combination;

•        the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the Merger Agreement;

•        the ability of Blue Water and Clarus prior to the Business Combination, and the Combined Entity following the Business Combination, to obtain and/or maintain the listing of New Blue Water common stock on Nasdaq following the Business Combination;

•        future financial performance following the Business Combination;

•        public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

•        the use of proceeds not held in the Trust Account or available to Blue Water from interest income on the Trust Account balance;

•        the impact from the outcome of any known and unknown litigation;

•        the ability of the Combined Entity to forecast and maintain an adequate rate of revenue growth and appropriately plan its expenses;

•        expectations regarding future expenditures of the Combined Entity following the Business Combination;

•        the future mix of revenue and effect on gross margins of the Combined Entity following the Business Combination;

•        the attraction and retention of qualified directors, officers, employees and key personnel of Blue Water and Clarus prior to the Business Combination, and the Combined Entity following the Business Combination;

•        the ability of the Combined Entity to compete effectively in a competitive industry;

•        the ability to protect and enhance Clarus’s corporate reputation and brand;

5

Table of Contents

•        expectations concerning Clarus’s relationships and actions with third parties;

•        the impact from future regulatory, judicial, and legislative changes in Clarus’s or the Combined Entity’s industry;

•        the ability to locate and acquire complementary products or product candidates and integrate those into Clarus’s or the Combined Entity’s business;

•        future arrangements with, or investments in, other entities or associations;

•        intense competition and competitive pressures from other companies in the industries in which the Combined Entity will operate; and

•        other factors detailed under the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, and current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, and involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date, and we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

In addition, statements that Blue Water or Clarus “believes” and similar statements reflect such party’s beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to such party as of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, and while such party believes such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and these statements should not be read to indicate that either Blue Water or Clarus has conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements in deciding how to grant your proxy or instruct how your vote should be cast or vote your shares on the proposals set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus. As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, the actual results or performance of Blue Water, Clarus and/or the Combined Entity may be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some factors that could cause Blue Water’s, Clarus’s or the Combined Entity’s actual results to differ include:

•        the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the Merger Agreement;

•        the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against Blue Water, Clarus, the Combined Entity or others following announcement of the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated therein or following consummation of the Business Combination;

•        the inability to complete the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement due to the failure to obtain approval of the stockholders of Blue Water or Clarus or other conditions to closing in the Merger Agreement;

•        the risk that the proposed transaction disrupts current plans and operations as a result of the announcement and consummation of the Business Combination;

•        the ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, which may be affected by, among other things, the ability of the Combined Entity to grow and manage growth profitably, maintain relationships with customers, compete within its industry and retain its key employees;

•        costs related to the proposed Business Combination;

•        the possibility that Blue Water, Clarus or the Combined Entity may be adversely impacted by other economic, business, and/or competitive factors;

•        risks related to the global COVID-19 pandemic;

6

Table of Contents

•        future exchange and interest rates; and

•        other risks and uncertainties indicated in this proxy statement/prospectus, including those under “Risk Factors” herein, and other filings that have been made or will be made with the SEC by Blue Water or the Combined Entity.

These and other factors that could cause actual results to differ from those implied by the forward-looking statements in this proxy statement/prospectus are more fully described under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. The risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” are not exhaustive. Other sections of this proxy statement/prospectus describe additional factors that could adversely affect the business, financial condition or results of operations of Blue Water and Clarus prior to the Business Combination, and the Combined Entity following the Business Combination. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible to predict all such risk factors, nor can Blue Water or Clarus assess the impact of all such risk factors on the business of Blue Water and Clarus prior to the Business Combination, and the Combined Entity following the Business Combination, or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. All forward-looking statements attributable to Blue Water or Clarus or persons acting on their behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements.

7

Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

The following questions and answers briefly address some commonly asked questions about the proposals to be presented at the Blue Water Special Meeting. The following questions and answers do not include all the information that is important to stockholders of Blue Water. We urge the stockholders of Blue Water to read carefully this entire proxy statement/prospectus, including the annexes and other documents referred to herein.

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE BLUE WATER PROPOSALS

Q.     Why am I receiving this proxy statement/prospectus?

A.     Blue Water stockholders are being asked to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the Business Combination contemplated by the Merger Agreement, among other proposals. Pursuant to the Merger set forth in the Merger Agreement, Clarus will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water. A copy of the Merger Agreement is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A.

This proxy statement/prospectus and its annexes contain important information about the proposed Business Combination and the other matters to be acted upon at the Blue Water Special Meeting. You should read this proxy statement/prospectus and its annexes carefully and in their entirety.

THE VOTE OF BLUE WATER STOCKHOLDERS IS IMPORTANT. BLUE WATER STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED TO SUBMIT THEIR PROXIES AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER CAREFULLY REVIEWING THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AND ITS ANNEXES AND CAREFULLY CONSIDERING EACH OF THE PROPOSALS BEING PRESENTED AT THE MEETING.

Below are proposals on which Blue Water stockholders are being asked to vote.

1)     The Business Combination Proposal (Proposal 1).

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time:

(a)     the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Blue Water, including any shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Blue Water that are converted into Blue Water Class A common stock in accordance with Blue Water’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, will be redesignated as common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. (which will be the new name of Blue Water after the Closing, as described below) (referred to herein as “New Blue Water common stock”);

(b)    certain shares of preferred stock of Clarus (such shares, the “Clarus Consideration-Receiving Preferred Stock”) will be canceled and converted into the right to receive, in the aggregate, a number of New Blue Water common stock with an aggregate value equal to (the “Merger Consideration”) (i) 17,929,832 shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock, subject to adjustment to account for the net indebtedness of Clarus as of the Closing, net of its cash and cash equivalents (“Closing Net Indebtedness”), divided by $10.20; plus (ii) 1,500,000 shares of New Blue Water Class A Common Stock issuable to the holders of certain non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus in exchange for $10.0 million of the aggregate principal amount of such notes and certain outstanding royalty rights; plus (iii) a number of shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock equal to the outstanding balance (principal and interest) at Closing of convertible and non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus issued between the date of the Merger Agreement and Closing divided by $10.00, provided that Clarus may elect, in its discretion to instead pay off the outstanding balance of, and any redemption premium on, the non-convertible promissory notes at Closing.

(c)     certain convertible and non-convertible notes with aggregate outstanding balance (principal and interest) of $87.7 million (such notes, the “Clarus Consideration-Receiving Notes”), will be converted into the right to receive a number of New Blue Water common stock with an aggregate value equal to a portion of the Merger Consideration;

(d)    all shares of Clarus stock other than the Clarus Consideration-Receiving Preferred Stock will be canceled, retired and terminated without any consideration or any liability to Clarus with respect thereto;

8

Table of Contents

(e)     certain warrants to purchase Clarus stock will be converted into Clarus Converting Warrants; and

(f)     all outstanding options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase any capital stock of Clarus or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that otherwise confer on the holder any right to acquire any capital stock of Clarus (in each case, excluding the Clarus Consideration-Receiving Notes and the Clarus Converting Warrants) that have not been exercised or converted prior to the Effective Time will be canceled, retired and terminated.

In addition to the approval of the Proposals at the Blue Water Special Meeting, unless waived by the parties to the Merger Agreement, in accordance with applicable law, the closing of the Business Combination is subject to a number of conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement including, among others, receipt of the requisite stockholder approval contemplated by this proxy statement/prospectus. For more information about the closing conditions to the Business Combination, see the section titled “Business Combination Proposal — Conditions to the Closing.”

The Merger Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing of the Business Combination upon agreement of Clarus and Blue Water, or by Clarus or Blue Water acting alone, in specified circumstances. For more information about the termination rights under the Merger Agreement, see the section titled “Business Combination Proposal — Termination.”

Pursuant to the Blue Water Charter, in connection with the Business Combination, holders of Public Shares may elect to have their shares redeemed for cash at the applicable redemption price per share calculated in accordance with the Blue Water Charter. As of June 15, 2021, the pro rata portion of the funds available in the Trust Account for the Public Shares was approximately $10.20 per share. If a holder exercises its redemption rights in connection with the Business Combination, then such holder will be exchanging its Class A common stock for cash and will only have equity interests in the Combined Entity pursuant to its right to the exercise of its Public Warrants, to the extent it still holds Public Warrants. Such a holder will be entitled to receive cash for its Public Shares only if it properly demands redemption and delivers its shares (either physically or electronically) to our transfer agent at least two business days prior to the Blue Water Special Meeting. Holders of Public Shares may elect to redeem their shares whether or not such shares are voted at the Blue Water Special Meeting. See the section titled “Blue Water Special Meeting — Redemption Rights.”

The transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement will be consummated only if the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal are approved at the Blue Water Special Meeting. In addition, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal are conditioned on the approval of the Business Combination Proposal (and the Business Combination Proposal is conditioned on the approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal). The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus.

The Combined Entity’s board of directors will increase to seven members upon the closing of the Business Combination. In accordance with the Amended Charter to be filed immediately after the closing of the Business Combination, the board of directors of the Combined Entity will be divided into three classes, with each director to serve for a three-year term, except for the initial terms after the Closing. At each annual general meeting of stockholders of the Combined Entity, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following the election. See the Charter Amendment Proposals below for more information.

The Business Combination involves numerous risks. For more information about these risks, see the section titled “Risk Factors.”

2) The Charter Amendment Proposals (Proposals 2 through 5).

Blue Water stockholders will be asked to approve and adopt, subject to and conditional on (but with immediate effect therefrom) approval of each of the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal and the consummation of the Business Combination,

9

Table of Contents

a second amendment and restatement of the Blue Water Charter, as set out in the draft second amended and restated version of Blue Water’s certificate of incorporation appended to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex B (the “Amended Charter”), for the following amendments (collectively, the “Charter Amendment Proposals”):

(a)     To provide that the name of New Blue Water shall be changed to “Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.” (Proposal 2);

(b)    To provide for the structure of the post-Closing board of directors of the Combined Entity, split into three classes of as even size as practicable, Class I, II, and III each to serve a term of three (3) years, except for the initial term, for which the Class I directors will be up for reelection at the first annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing, and for which the Class II directors will be up for reelection at the second annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing. Directors will not be able to be removed during their term except for cause, and then only by the affirmative vote of only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors. The size of the board of directors of the Combined Entity shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors of the Combined Entity but will initially be seven (7) (Proposal 3);

(c)     To remove and change certain provisions in the Blue Water Charter related to Blue Water’s status as a special purpose acquisition company, including the deletion of Article IX of the Blue Water Charter in its entirety (Proposal 4); and

(d)    Conditioned on the approval of Proposals 2-4, a proposal to approve the proposed Amended Charter in the form attached as Annex B hereto, which includes the approval of all other changes in the proposed charter in connection with replacing the existing Blue Water Charter with the proposed Amended Charter as of the Effective Time (Proposal 5).

3) The Director Election Proposal (Proposal 6)

To consider and vote upon a proposal to elect seven (7) directors to serve on the Combined Entity’s board of directors effective from the consummation of the Business Combination until the 2022 annual meeting of stockholders and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified (Proposal 6).

4) The Incentive Plan Proposal (Proposal 7)

Blue Water is proposing that its stockholders approve and adopt the Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the Closing of the Business Combination.

The Equity Incentive Plan will reserve a number of shares of New Blue Water common stock equal to 10% of the amount of New Blue Water common stock to be outstanding immediately following consummation of the Business Combination for issuance for awards in accordance with the terms of the Equity Incentive Plan. The purpose of the Equity Incentive Plan is to assist in attracting, retaining, motivating, and rewarding certain key employees, officers, directors, and consultants of Blue Water and its affiliates and promoting the creation of long-term value for stockholders of Blue Water by closely aligning the interests of such individuals with those of other stockholders. The Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the award of share-based incentives to encourage eligible employees, officers, directors, and consultants, as described below, to expend maximum effort in the creation of stockholder value.

A summary of the Equity Incentive Plan is set forth in the “The Incentive Plan Proposal” section of this proxy statement/prospectus and a complete copy of the Equity Incentive Plan is attached hereto as Annex C. You are encouraged to read the Equity Incentive Plan in its entirety.

5) The Adjournment Proposal (Proposal 8)

To consider and vote upon a proposal to adjourn the Blue Water Special Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if, based upon the tabulated vote at the time of the Blue Water Special Meeting, there are not sufficient votes to approve the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal or the Incentive Plan Proposal.

Q:     When and where will the Blue Water Special Meeting take place?

A:     The Blue Water Special Meeting will be held on [ ], at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, via live audio webcast at https://www.cstproxy.com/[            ] or such other date, time and place to which such meeting may be adjourned or postponed, to consider and vote upon the proposals.

10

Table of Contents

Q:     Are the proposals conditioned on one another?

A:     Unless the Business Combination Proposal is approved, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal will not be presented to the stockholders of Blue Water at the Blue Water Special Meeting, insofar as the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal are conditioned on the approval of the Business Combination Proposal (and the Business Combination Proposal is conditioned on the approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal). The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus. It is important for you to note that if the Business Combination Proposal does not receive the requisite vote for approval, we will not consummate the Business Combination. If Blue Water does not consummate the Business Combination and fails to complete an initial business combination by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), Blue Water will be required, in accordance with the Blue Water Charter, to dissolve and liquidate its Trust Account by returning the then remaining funds in such account (less amounts released to pay tax obligations and up to $50,000 for dissolution expenses, and amounts paid pursuant to redemptions) to its public stockholders, unless it seeks and obtains the approval of Blue Water stockholders to amend the Blue Water Charter to extend such date.

Q:     What will happen in the Business Combination?

A:     At the Closing, Merger Sub will merge with and into Clarus, with Clarus surviving such Merger, as a result of which certain Clarus securityholders (except those who properly exercise appraisal rights under applicable Delaware law) will receive newly issued shares of New Blue Water common stock, and other outstanding Clarus securities will be terminated and canceled without consideration. Upon consummation of the Business Combination, Clarus will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water and Blue Water will change its name to Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. After the Closing of the Business Combination, the cash held in the Trust Account will be released from the Trust Account and used to pay each of Blue Water’s and Clarus’s transaction expenses and other liabilities of Blue Water due as of the Closing, and for working capital and general corporate purposes. A copy of the Merger Agreement is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A.

Q:     What equity stake will current stockholders of Blue Water and Clarus securityholders and noteholders hold in the Combined Entity after the Closing?

A:     It is anticipated that, upon the completion of the Business Combination, Blue Water’s public stockholders will retain an ownership interest of approximately 24.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Combined Entity, the Sponsor will retain an ownership interest of approximately 6.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Combined Entity and the Clarus securityholders and noteholders will own approximately 70.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Combined Entity. The foregoing ownership percentages with respect to the Combined Entity following the Business Combination exclude any outstanding Warrants and assume that (i) there are no redemptions of any shares by Blue Water’s public stockholders in connection with the Business Combination, (ii) the negative Closing Net Indebtedness is $41.3 million, based on Clarus’s audited financial statements as of December 31, 2020, (iii) no awards are issued under the Equity Incentive Plan and (iv) no Working Capital Warrants or Extension Warrants are issued. If the actual facts are different than these assumptions (which they are likely to be), the percentage ownership retained by Blue Water’s existing stockholders in the Combined Entity will be different.

See the section titled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” for further information.

Q:     What conditions must be satisfied to complete the Business Combination?

A:     There are a number of closing conditions in the Merger Agreement, including the approval by the stockholders of Blue Water of the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal. The Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal are subject to and conditioned on the approval of the Business Combination Proposal. The Business Combination Proposal is subject to and conditioned on the approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal. For a summary of the conditions that must be satisfied or waived prior to the closing of the Business Combination, see the section titled “The Business Combination Proposal — The Merger Agreement.”

11

Table of Contents

Q:     Why is Blue Water providing stockholders with the opportunity to vote on the Business Combination?

A:     Under the Blue Water Charter, Blue Water must provide all holders of its Public Shares with the opportunity to have their Public Shares redeemed upon the consummation of Blue Water’s initial business combination either in conjunction with a tender offer or in conjunction with a stockholder vote. For business and other reasons, Blue Water has elected to provide its stockholders with the opportunity to have their Public Shares redeemed in connection with a stockholder vote rather than a tender offer. Therefore, Blue Water is seeking to obtain the approval of its stockholders of the Business Combination Proposal in order to allow its public stockholders to effectuate redemptions of their Public Shares in connection with the closing of the Business Combination.

Q:     Did the Blue Water Board obtain a third-party valuation or fairness opinion in determining whether or not to proceed with the Business Combination?

A:     No. The Blue Water Board did not obtain a third-party valuation or fairness opinion in connection with its determination to approve the Business Combination. In analyzing the Business Combination, the Blue Water Board and Blue Water’s management conducted due diligence on Clarus and researched the industry in which Clarus operates and concluded that the Business Combination was in the best interest of Blue Water’s stockholders. Accordingly, you will be relying solely on the judgment of the Blue Water Board in valuing Clarus and assuming the risk that the Blue Water Board may not have properly valued such business. For a discussion of the material factors considered by the Blue Water Board in approving the Business Combination, see the section titled “The Business Combination Proposal (Proposal 1) — The Board’s Reasons for Approval of the Business Combination” in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Q:     Are there any arrangements to help ensure that Blue Water will have sufficient funds, together with the proceeds in its Trust Account, to consummate the Business Combination?

A:     Yes. In connection with the Merger Agreement, on April 27, 2021, Blue Water, Clarus, and certain Clarus equityholders and noteholders party thereto entered into a Transaction Support Agreement (the “Transaction Support Agreement”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Clarus equityholders party thereto agreed to provide to Clarus up to $15.0 million in operational funding, memorialized by convertible notes (of which approximately $7.2 million was funded prior to April 27, 2021), with a possibility of an additional $20.0 million in excess operational funding. The already-funded portion of such funding will convert at the Effective Time into the right to receive Merger Consideration at a per-share conversion value of $10.20, and the remainder of such operational funding and any excess operational funding provided prior to the Effective Time will convert at the Effective Time into the right to receive Merger Consideration at a per-share conversion value of $10.00. In addition, the Clarus noteholders party to the Transaction Support Agreement agreed to transfer to Blue Water, at the Effective Time, $10.0 million of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of their notes in exchange for 1.5 million shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock. In addition, Blue Water and/or Clarus may seek to arrange for additional third-party financing which may be in the form of debt (including bank debt or convertible notes) or equity, the proceeds of which would be used for a variety of purposes.

Q:     How many votes do I have at the Blue Water Special Meeting?

A:     Blue Water stockholders are entitled to one vote at the Blue Water Special Meeting for each share of Blue Water common stock held of record as of [  ], 2021, the record date for the Blue Water Special Meeting (the “Record Date”). Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as one class. As of the close of business on the Record Date, there were 7,187,500 outstanding shares of Blue Water common stock.

Q:     What vote is required to approve the proposals presented at the Blue Water Special Meeting?

A:     The approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the issued and outstanding Blue Water common stock as of the Record Date. Accordingly, a Blue Water stockholder’s failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting or an abstention will have the same effect as a vote “AGAINST” the Charter Amendment Proposals.

The approval of Business Combination Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal each require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Blue Water common stock cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting. A Blue Water stockholder’s failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting will not be counted towards the number of shares of Blue Water common stock required to validly establish a quorum,

12

Table of Contents

and if a valid quorum is otherwise established, it will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Business Combination Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal. Abstentions will be counted towards the number of shares of Blue Water common stock required to validly establish a quorum but will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Business Combination Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal.

The approval of the Director Election Proposal requires a plurality vote of the shares of Blue Water common stock cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting. A plurality means that the individuals who receive the largest number of votes cast “FOR” are elected as directors. A Blue Water stockholder’s failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting will have no effect on the Director Election Proposal. You may vote “FOR” or “WITHHOLD” authority to vote for each of the director nominees with respect to the Director Election Proposal. “Withhold” votes will be counted towards the number of shares of Blue Water common stock required to validly establish a quorum but will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Director Election Proposal.

If the Business Combination Proposal is not approved, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal will not be presented to the Blue Water stockholders for a vote. The approval of the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal are preconditions to the consummation of the Business Combination.

Our Sponsor, directors and officers have agreed to vote their shares in favor of the Business Combination, including the Business Combination Proposal and the other Proposals. As a result, we would need only 2,185,001, or approximately 38.0%, of the 5,750,000 Public Shares, to be voted in favor of the Business Combination in order to have the Business Combination approved, assuming all outstanding shares are voted.

Q:     May Blue Water, the Sponsor or Blue Water’s directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in connection with the Business Combination?

A:     In connection with the stockholder vote to approve the proposed Business Combination, Blue Water’s Sponsor, directors, officers or advisors or their respective affiliates may privately negotiate transactions to purchase shares from Blue Water stockholders who would have otherwise elected to have their shares redeemed in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules for a per-share pro rata portion of the Trust Account. None of Blue Water’s Sponsor, directors, officers or advisors or their respective affiliates will make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or during a restricted period under Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase would include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of Blue Water shares, is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights, and could include a contractual provision that directs such stockholder to vote such shares in a manner directed by the purchaser. In the event that Blue Water’s Sponsor, directors, officers or advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. Any such privately negotiated purchases may be effected at purchase prices that are below or in excess of the per-share pro rata portion of the Trust Account.

Q:     What constitutes a quorum at the Blue Water Special Meeting?

A:     Holders of a majority in voting power of Blue Water common stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the Blue Water Special Meeting constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum, the chairman of the meeting has power to adjourn the Blue Water Special Meeting. As of the Record Date, [ ] shares of Blue Water common stock would be required to achieve a quorum.

Q:     How will the Sponsor, directors and officers of Blue Water vote?

A:     The Sponsor, as Blue Water’s initial stockholder, has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as well as any Public Shares purchased during or after the Blue Water IPO) in favor of the initial business combination, including the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal. Accordingly, if Blue Water seeks stockholder approval of its initial business combination, it is more likely that the necessary stockholder approval will be received than would be the case if the Sponsor agreed to vote their Founder Shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by Blue Water’s public stockholders.

13

Table of Contents

As a result, we would need only 2,185,001, or approximately 38.0%, of the 5,750,000 Public Shares, to be voted in favor of the Business Combination in order to have the Business Combination approved, assuming all outstanding shares are voted.

Q:     What interests do Blue Water’s current officers and directors have in the Business Combination?

A:     Ms. Kimberly Murphy and Joseph Hernandez will remain as directors of the Combined Entity following the Business Combination. None of the Sponsor or current officers or directors of Blue Water will receive any interest in the Business Combination other than the interests they owned prior to the Business Combination or as described above. The interests of the Sponsor or current officers or directors of Blue Water may be different from or in addition to (and which may conflict with) your interest. These interests include:

•        unless Blue Water consummates an initial business combination, Blue Water’s officers and directors and the Sponsor will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount of available proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account;

•        as a condition to the Blue Water IPO, the Founder Shares became subject to a lock-up whereby, subject to certain limited exceptions, the Founder Shares cannot be transferred for 180 days following the consummation of an initial business combination;

•        the Placement Warrants purchased by the Sponsor, will be worthless if a business combination is not consummated;

•        the Sponsor has agreed that the Placement Warrants, and all of their underlying securities, will not be sold or transferred by it until after Blue Water has completed a business combination, subject to limited exceptions;

•        the fact that the Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for its Founder Shares and such securities will have a significantly higher value at the time of the Business Combination;

•        the fact that the Sponsor has agreed not to redeem any of the Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

•        the Sponsor may loan to Blue Water additional funds for working capital purposes prior to the Business Combination. There are no working capital loans from the Sponsor currently outstanding. If the Business Combination is not consummated and Blue Water does not otherwise consummate another business combination prior to December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), then there will likely be insufficient funds to pay the working capital loans;

•        $575,000 may be loaned by the Sponsor or its affiliates or designees for each three-month extension (for up to $1,150,000) of the time that we have to consummate a business combination, which amount may be converted into Extension Warrants, at the price of $1.00 per warrant and such warrants would be identical to the Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period;

•        if Blue Water does not complete an initial business combination by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Placement Warrants will be included in the liquidating distribution to Blue Water’s public stockholders and the Placement Warrants will expire worthless; and

•        if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event Blue Water is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the Sponsor has agreed to indemnify Blue Water to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.20 per Public Share by the claims of prospective target businesses with which Blue Water has entered into an acquisition agreement or claims of any third party for services rendered or products sold to Blue Water, but only if such a vendor or target business has not executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account.

These interests may influence Blue Water’s directors in making their recommendation that you vote in favor of the approval of the Business Combination.

14

Table of Contents

Q:     What interests do Clarus’s current officers and directors have in the Business Combination?

A:     Members of Clarus’s board of directors and its executive officers have interests in the Business Combination that may be different from or in addition to (and which may conflict with) your interest. These interests include, without limitation, the following:

•        Dr. Robert E. Dudley, the Founder, Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer and President, and member of the board of directors, of Clarus is expected to serve as a member of the board of directors, and the Chief Executive Officer and President, of the Combined Entity after consummation of the Business Combination;

•        Elizabeth Cermak, Alex Zisson and Mark Prygocki, each of whom currently serves on the board of directors of Clarus, are expected to be directors of the Combined Entity after consummation of the Business Combination;

•        Richard Peterson, the current Chief Financial Officer of Clarus, Frank Jaeger, the current Chief Commercial Officer of Clarus, Jay Newark, the current Chief Medical Officer of Clarus, and Steve Bourne, the current Chief Administrative Officer of Clarus, are expected to serve as officers of the Combined Entity in their same respective roles;

•        Clarus’s executive officers have entered into employment arrangements that are expected to become effective in connection with the Business Combination and which provide for payment of certain “sign-on bonuses”, a portion of which is payable promptly following consummation of the Business Combination;

•        Incentive bonuses earned in 2020 (but not yet paid) by some Clarus executive officer become payable shortly following the consummation of the Business Combination; and

•        Upon consummation of the Business Combination, and subject to approval of the Incentive Plan Proposal, Clarus’s executive officers are expected to receive grants of stock options and restricted stock units under the Equity Incentive Plan.

Please see the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “The Business Combination Proposal — Interests of Clarus’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” and “Executive Compensation of Clarus — Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements with Executive Officers and Directors” of this proxy statement/prospectus for a further discussion of these and other interests.

Q:     What happens if I sell my shares of Class A common stock before the Blue Water Special Meeting?

A:     The Record Date is earlier than the date of the Blue Water Special Meeting. If you transfer your shares of Class A common stock after the Record Date, but before the Blue Water Special Meeting, unless the transferee obtains from you a proxy to vote those shares, you will retain your right to vote at the Blue Water Special Meeting. However, you will not be able to seek redemption of your shares because you will no longer be able to deliver them for cancellation upon consummation of the Business Combination in accordance with the provisions described herein. If you transfer your shares of Class A common stock prior to the Record Date, you will have no right to vote those shares at the Blue Water Special Meeting.

Q:     What happens if a substantial number of the public stockholders vote in favor of the Business Combination and exercise their redemption right?

A:     Blue Water stockholders who vote in favor of the Business Combination may also nevertheless exercise their redemption rights. Accordingly, the Business Combination may be consummated even though the funds available from the Trust Account and the number of public stockholders are reduced as a result of redemptions by public stockholders. Nonetheless, the consummation of the Business Combination is conditioned upon, among other things, having at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets immediately prior to or upon consummation of the Business Combination as described herein. In addition, with fewer Public Shares and public stockholders, the trading market for the Combined Entity’s stock may be less liquid than the market for Blue Water common stock was prior to consummation of the Business Combination and the Combined Entity may not be able to meet the listing standards for Nasdaq. In addition, with less funds available from the Trust Account, the working capital infusion from the Trust Account into Clarus’s business will be reduced. As a result, the proceeds will be greater in the event that no public stockholders exercise redemption rights with respect to their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account as opposed to the scenario in which Blue Water’s public stockholders exercise the maximum allowed redemption rights.

15

Table of Contents

Q:     What happens if I vote against any of the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal or the Incentive Plan Proposal?

A:     If any of the Required Proposals are not approved, the Business Combination is not consummated and Blue Water does not otherwise consummate an alternative business combination by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), pursuant to the Blue Water Charter, Blue Water will be required to dissolve and liquidate its Trust Account by returning the then remaining funds in such account to the public stockholders, unless (in the event the Business Combination is not consummated by June 17, 2022) Blue Water seeks and obtains the consent of its stockholders to amend the Blue Water Charter to extend the date by which it must consummate its initial business combination (an “Extension”).

Q:     Do I have redemption rights in connection with the Business Combination?

A:     Pursuant to the Blue Water Charter, holders of Public Shares may elect to have their shares redeemed for cash at the applicable redemption price per share calculated in accordance with the Blue Water Charter. As of June 15, 2021, based on funds in the Trust Account of $58,652,474.78 as of such date, the pro rata portion of the funds available in the Trust Account for the redemption of public shares of Blue Water Class A common stock was approximately $10.20 per share. If a holder exercises its redemption rights, then such holder will be exchanging its Class A common stock for cash and will only have equity interests in the Combined Entity pursuant to the exercise of its Public Warrants, to the extent it still holds Public Warrants. Such a holder will be entitled to receive cash for its Public Shares only if it properly demands redemption and delivers its shares (either physically or electronically) to Blue Water’s transfer agent prior to the Blue Water Special Meeting. See the section titled “Blue Water Special Meeting — Redemption Rights” for the procedures to be followed if you wish to redeem your shares for cash.

Q:     Will how I vote affect my ability to exercise redemption rights?

A:     No. You may exercise your redemption rights whether or not you attend or vote your shares of Blue Water common stock at the Blue Water Special Meeting, and regardless of how you vote your shares. As a result, the Merger Agreement and the Required Proposals can be approved by stockholders who will redeem their shares and no longer remain stockholders, leaving stockholders who choose not to redeem their shares holding shares in a company with a potentially less liquid trading market, fewer stockholders, potentially less cash and the potential inability to meet the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Q:     How do I exercise my redemption rights?

A:     In order to exercise your redemption rights, you must, prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [ ] (two (2) business days before the Blue Water Special Meeting), tender your shares physically or electronically and submit a request in writing that we redeem your Public Shares for cash to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, our transfer agent, at the following address:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
One State Street Plaza, 30th Floor
New York, New York 10004
Attn:    Mark Zimkind
E-mail: mzimkind@continentalstock.com

Please also affirmatively certify in your request to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company for redemption if you “ARE” or “ARE NOT” acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) with any other stockholder with respect to shares of Common Stock. A holder of the Public Shares, together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares, which we refer to as the “15% threshold,” without the prior consent of Blue Water. Accordingly, all Public Shares in excess of the 15% threshold beneficially owned by a public stockholder or group will not be redeemed for cash.

16

Table of Contents

Stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights and opting to deliver physical certificates should allot sufficient time to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent and time to effect delivery. It is Blue Water’s understanding that stockholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, Blue Water does not have any control over this process and it may take longer than two weeks. Stockholders who hold their shares in street name will have to coordinate with their bank, broker or other nominee to have the shares certificated or delivered electronically.

Any demand for redemption, once made, may be withdrawn at any time until the deadline for exercising redemption requests and thereafter, with Blue Water’s consent, until the vote is taken with respect to the Business Combination. If you delivered your shares for redemption to Blue Water’s transfer agent and decide within the required timeframe not to exercise your redemption rights, you may request that Blue Water’s transfer agent return the shares (physically or electronically). You may make such request by contacting Blue Water’s transfer agent at the phone number or address listed under the question “Who can help answer my questions?” below.

Q.     What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences of exercising my redemption rights?

A:     We expect that a U.S. holder (as defined herein) that exercises its redemption rights to receive cash from the Trust Account in exchange for its Public Shares will generally be treated as selling such Public Shares resulting in the recognition of capital gain or capital loss. There may be certain circumstances in which the redemption may be treated as a distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes depending on the amount of Public Shares that a U.S. holder owns or is deemed to own (including through the ownership of Public Warrants). For a more complete discussion of the U.S. federal income tax considerations of an exercise of redemption rights, see “The Business Combination Proposal — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations of the Redemption.

TAX MATTERS ARE COMPLICATED, AND THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF EXERCISING YOUR REDEMPTION RIGHTS WILL DEPEND ON THE FACTS OF YOUR OWN SITUATION. YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXERCISE OF REDEMPTION RIGHTS TO YOU IN YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

Q:     If I am a Warrant Holder, can I exercise redemption rights with respect to my Warrants?

A:     No. The holders of Warrants have no redemption rights with respect to Warrants.

Q:     If I am a Unit holder, can I exercise redemption rights with respect to my Units?

A:     No. Holders of outstanding Units must separate the constituent Public Shares and Public Warrants prior to exercising redemption rights with respect to the Public Shares.

If you hold Units registered in your own name, you must deliver the certificate for such Units to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, our transfer agent, with written instructions to separate such Units into Public Shares, and Public Warrants. This must be completed far enough in advance to permit the mailing of the Public Share certificates back to you so that you may then exercise your redemption rights upon the separation of the Public Shares from the Units. See “How do I exercise my redemption rights?” above. The address of Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company is listed under the question “Who can help answer my questions?” below.

If a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee holds your Units, you must instruct such nominee to separate your Units. Your nominee must send written instructions by facsimile to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, our transfer agent. Such written instructions must include the number of Units to be split and the nominee holding such Units. Your nominee must also initiate electronically, using The Depository Trust Company’s deposit withdrawal at custodian (DWAC) system, a withdrawal of the relevant Units and a deposit of an equal number of Public Shares and Public Warrants. This must be completed far enough in advance to permit your nominee to exercise your redemption rights upon the separation of the Public Shares from the Units. While this is typically done electronically the same business day, you should allow at least one full business day to accomplish the separation. If you fail to cause your Public Shares to be separated in a timely manner, you will likely not be able to exercise your redemption rights.

17

Table of Contents

Q:     Do I have appraisal rights if I object to the proposed Business Combination?

A:     No. There are no appraisal rights available to holders of Blue Water common stock in connection with the Business Combination.

Q:     What happens to the funds held in the Trust Account upon consummation of the Business Combination?

A:     If the Business Combination is consummated, the funds held in the Trust Account will be released to pay:

•        Blue Water stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights;

•        certain other fees, costs and expenses (including regulatory fees, legal fees, accounting fees, printer fees, and other professional fees) that were incurred by Blue Water or Clarus in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination and pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement;

•        any loans owed by Blue Water to its Sponsor for any Blue Water transaction expenses, and other administrative expenses incurred by Blue Water; and

•        for general corporate purposes including, but not limited to, working capital for operations.

Any remaining cash will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes of the Combined Entity.

Q:     What happens if the Business Combination is not consummated?

A:     There are certain circumstances under which the Merger Agreement may be terminated. See the section titled “The Business Combination Proposal — The Merger Agreement” for information regarding the parties’ specific termination rights.

If, as a result of the termination of the Merger Agreement or otherwise, Blue Water is unable to complete the Business Combination or another initial business combination transaction by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), Blue Water’s Charter provides that it will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the Public Shares in consideration of a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to it to pay taxes payable and up to $50,000 for dissolution expenses, by (B) the total number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish rights of the public stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemptions, subject to the approval of the remaining stockholders and the board of directors in accordance with applicable law, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to its obligations under the DGCL to provide for claims of creditors and other requirements of applicable law.

Blue Water expects that the amount of any distribution its public stockholders will be entitled to receive upon its dissolution will be approximately the same as the amount they would have received if they had redeemed their shares in connection with the Business Combination, subject in each case to Blue Water’s obligations under the DGCL to provide for claims of creditors and other requirements of applicable law. Holders of Founder Shares have waived any right to any liquidation distribution with respect to those shares.

In the event of liquidation, there will be no distribution with respect to Blue Water’s outstanding Warrants. Accordingly, the Warrants will expire worthless.

Q:     When is the Business Combination expected to be completed?

A:     The Closing is expected to take place (a) the second business day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions described below under the section titled “The Business Combination Proposal — Conditions to the Closing” or (b) such other date as agreed to by the parties to the Merger Agreement in writing, in each case, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the Closing conditions. The Merger Agreement may be terminated by either Blue Water or Clarus if the Closing has not occurred by October 27, 2021.

For a description of the conditions to the completion of the Business Combination, see the section titled “The Business Combination Proposal.”

18

Table of Contents

Q:     What do I need to do now?

A:     You are urged to read carefully and consider the information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus, including the annexes, and to consider how the Business Combination will affect you as a stockholder. You should then vote as soon as possible in accordance with the instructions provided in this proxy statement/prospectus and on the enclosed proxy card or, if you hold your shares through a brokerage firm, bank or other nominee, on the voting instruction form provided by the broker, bank or nominee.

Q:     How do I vote?

A:     If you are a stockholder of record of Blue Water as of [ ], 2021, the Record Date, you may submit your proxy before the Blue Water Special Meeting in any of the following ways, if available:

•        use the toll-free number shown on your proxy card;

•        visit the website shown on your proxy card to vote via the Internet; or

•        complete, sign, date and return the enclosed proxy card in the enclosed postage-paid envelope.

Stockholders who choose to participate in the Blue Water Special Meeting can vote their shares electronically during the meeting via live audio webcast by visiting https://www.cstproxy.com/[          ]. You will need the control number that is printed on your proxy card to enter the Blue Water Special Meeting. Blue Water recommends that you log in at least 15 minutes before the meeting to ensure you are logged in when the Blue Water Special Meeting starts.

If your shares are held in “street name” through a broker, bank or other nominee, your broker, bank or other nominee will send you separate instructions describing the procedure for voting your shares. “Street name” stockholders who wish to vote at the Blue Water Special Meeting will need to obtain a proxy form from their broker, bank or other nominee.

Q:     What will happen if I abstain from voting or fail to vote at the Blue Water Special Meeting?

A:     At the Blue Water Special Meeting, Blue Water will count a properly executed proxy marked “ABSTAIN” with respect to a particular proposal or marked “WITHHOLD” with respect to the Director Election Proposal as present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present. Abstentions will have the same effect as a vote “AGAINST” the Charter Amendment Proposals. Abstentions will have no effect on the Business Combination Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal or the Adjournment Proposal. “Withhold” votes will have no effect on the Director Election Proposal.

A “broker non-vote” occurs when shares held by a broker for the account of a beneficial owner are not voted for or against a particular proposal because the broker has not received voting instructions from that beneficial owner and the broker does not have discretionary authority to vote those shares in the absence of such instructions. If you do not provide instructions to your broker, your broker will not have discretionary authority to vote on any of the Proposals at the Blue Water Special Meeting, because Blue Water does not expect any of the Proposals to be considered a routine matter. Broker non-votes will not be counted as present for the purposes of establishing a quorum.

Broker non-votes will have the same effect as a vote “AGAINST” the Charter Amendment Proposals. Broker non-votes will have no effect on the Business Combination Proposal, the Director Election Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal or the Adjournment Proposal.

Q:     What will happen if I sign and return my proxy card without indicating how I wish to vote?

A:     Signed and dated proxies received by Blue Water without an indication of how the stockholder intends to vote on a proposal will be voted “FOR” each proposal presented to the stockholders. The proxyholders may use their discretion to vote on any other matters which properly come before the Blue Water Special Meeting.

19

Table of Contents

Q:     If I am not going to attend the Blue Water Special Meeting in person, should I return my proxy card instead?

A:     Yes. Whether you plan to attend the Blue Water Special Meeting or not, please read this entire proxy statement/prospectus, including the annexes, carefully, and vote your shares by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the postage-paid envelope provided.

Q:     If my shares are held in “street name,” will my broker, bank or nominee automatically vote my shares for me?

A:     No. Under the rules of various national and regional securities exchanges, your broker, bank or nominee cannot vote your shares with respect to non-discretionary matters unless you provide instructions on how to vote in accordance with the information and procedures provided to you by your broker, bank or nominee. Blue Water believes the proposals presented to the stockholders will be considered non-discretionary and therefore your broker, bank or nominee cannot vote your shares without your instruction. Your bank, broker or other nominee can vote your shares only if you provide instructions on how to vote. You should instruct your broker to vote your shares in accordance with directions you provide.

Q:     May I change my vote after I have mailed my signed proxy card?

A:     Yes. You may change your vote by sending a later-dated, signed proxy card to Blue Water’s secretary at the address listed below so that it is received by Blue Water’s secretary prior to the Blue Water Special Meeting or attend the Blue Water Special Meeting in person and vote. You also may revoke your proxy by sending a notice of revocation to Blue Water’s secretary, which must be received by Blue Water’s secretary prior to the Blue Water Special Meeting.

Q:     What should I do if I receive more than one set of voting materials?

A:     You may receive more than one set of voting materials, including multiple copies of this proxy statement/prospectus and multiple proxy cards or voting instruction cards. For example, if you hold your shares in more than one brokerage account, you will receive a separate voting instruction card for each brokerage account in which you hold shares. If you are a holder of record and your shares are registered in more than one name, you will receive more than one proxy card. Please complete, sign, date and return each proxy card and voting instruction card that you receive in order to cast your vote with respect to all of your shares.

Q:     Who will solicit and pay the cost of soliciting proxies?

A:     Blue Water will pay the cost of soliciting proxies for the Blue Water Special Meeting. Blue Water has engaged Advantage Proxy to assist in the solicitation of proxies for the Blue Water Special Meeting. Blue Water has agreed to pay Advantage Proxy a fee of up to $25,000, plus disbursements. Blue Water will reimburse Advantage Proxy for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and will indemnify Advantage Proxy and its affiliates against certain claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses. Blue Water will also reimburse banks, brokers and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries representing beneficial owners of shares of Blue Water common stock for their expenses in forwarding soliciting materials to beneficial owners of the Blue Water common stock and in obtaining voting instructions from those owners. Blue Water’s directors, officers and employees may also solicit proxies by telephone, by facsimile, by mail, on the Internet or in person. They will not be paid any additional amounts for soliciting proxies.

Q:     Who can help answer my questions?

A:     If you have questions about the proposals or if you need additional copies of this proxy statement/prospectus or the enclosed proxy card you should contact:

Joseph Hernandez

Chief Executive Officer

15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363

Greenwich, CT 06830

(646) 303-0737

20

Table of Contents

You may also contact our proxy solicitor, Advantage Proxy, at:

Karen Smith

President & CEO

PO Box 13581

Des Moines, WA 98198

Toll Free: (877) 870-8565

Collect: (206) 870-8565

(banks and brokers can call collect at (206) 870-8565)

Email: ksmith@advantageproxy.com

To obtain timely delivery, Blue Water stockholders must request the materials no later than [        ], 2021.

You may also obtain additional information about Blue Water from documents filed with the SEC by following the instructions in the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

If you intend to seek redemption of your Public Shares, you will need to send a letter demanding redemption and deliver your stock (either physically or electronically) to Blue Water’s transfer agent prior to the Blue Water Special Meeting in accordance with the procedures detailed under the question “How do I exercise my redemption rights?” If you have questions regarding the certification of your position or delivery of your stock, please contact:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

One State Street Plaza, 30th Floor

New York, New York 10004

Attn:    Mark Zimkind

E-mail: mzimkind@continentalstock.com

21

Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF THE PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS

This summary, together with the section titled “Questions and Answers about the Blue Water Proposals,” summarizes certain information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To better understand the Business Combination and the Proposals to be considered at the Blue Water Special Meeting, you should read this entire proxy statement/prospectus carefully, including the annexes. See also the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this Summary of the proxy statement/prospectus to the “Combined Entity” refer to Blue Water and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the Business Combination, including Clarus and its subsidiaries. References to the “Company” or “Blue Water” refer to Blue Water Acquisition Corp. and references to “Clarus” refer to Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

Unless otherwise specified, all share calculations assume no exercise of redemption rights by the Company’s public stockholders and do not include any shares of Blue Water common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants.

The Parties to the Business Combination

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.

Blue Water is a special purpose acquisition company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. Blue Water was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on May 22, 2020.

On December 17, 2020, Blue Water consummated its IPO of 5,750,000 Units, which included 750,000 Units issued pursuant to the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, with each Unit consisting of one share of Class A common stock and one redeemable Warrant, with each Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock for $11.50 per share. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds to Blue Water of $57,500,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, Blue Water completed the private sale of an aggregate of 3,445,000 warrants (which we refer to as the Placement Warrants) to the Sponsor at a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant, generating gross proceeds of $3,445,000. A total of $58,650,000, comprised of $55,205,000 of the proceeds from the Blue Water IPO (which amount includes $2,012,500 of the underwriter’s deferred discount) and $3,445,000 of the proceeds of the sale of the Placement Warrants, was placed in the Trust Account. Blue Water’s IPO was conducted pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-248569) that became effective on December 15, 2020. Blue Water Class A common stock, Units and Warrants are currently listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “BLUW”, “BLUWU” and “BLUWW”, respectively. The mailing address of Blue Water’s principal executive offices is 15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363, Greenwich, CT 06830, and its telephone number at such address is (646) 303-0737.

Merger Sub

Merger Sub is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water, formed on April 19, 2021 to consummate the Business Combination. Merger Sub owns no material assets and does not operate any business.

The mailing address of Merger Sub’s principal executive offices is 15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363, Greenwich, CT 06830, and its telephone number at such address is (646) 303-0737.

In the Business Combination, Merger Sub will merge with and into Clarus with Clarus surviving the Merger. As a result, Merger Sub will cease to exist, and Clarus will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water.

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

Clarus is a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the commercialization of JATENZO, an oral T-replacement therapy approved by the FDA. Clarus’s primary goal is to make JATENZO the preferred choice for T-replacement therapy among men with T-deficiency accompanied by an associated medical condition, referred to as hypogonadism. In parallel, Clarus plans to develop into a specialty pharmaceutical company initially focused on the development and commercialization of T and metabolic therapies for men and women. Clarus was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 4, 2003.

22

Table of Contents

The mailing address of Clarus’s principal executive offices is 555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340, Northbrook, IL 60062, and its telephone number at such address is (847) 562-4300.

The Proposals

THE BUSINESS COMBINATION PROPOSAL (PROPOSAL 1)

Blue Water and Clarus have agreed to the Business Combination under the terms of the Merger Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2021. This agreement, as may be further amended or supplemented from time to time, is referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus as the “Merger Agreement.” Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, at the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Closing”), Merger Sub will merge with and into Clarus, with Clarus continuing as the surviving entity and becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water. See the section titled “The Business Combination Proposal.”

Merger Consideration

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time:

(a)     certain shares of Clarus preferred stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (such shares, the “Clarus Consideration-Receiving Preferred Stock”) will be canceled and converted into the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration,

(b)    certain convertible and non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus outstanding as of the Effective Time (such notes, the “Clarus Consideration-Receiving Notes”) will be canceled and converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration,

(c)     certain warrants to purchase Clarus stock will be converted into the Clarus Converting Warrants, and

(d)    all shares of Clarus capital stock (other than the Clarus Consideration-Receiving Preferred Stock), and all outstanding options, warrants or rights to purchase or subscribe for any Clarus capital stock securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that otherwise confer on the holder any right to acquire any capital stock of Clarus (in each case, other than the Clarus Consideration-Receiving Notes and the Clarus Converting Warrants) that have not been exercised prior to the Effective Time, will be cancelled, retired and terminated without any consideration or any liability to Clarus with respect thereto.

The Merger Consideration to be paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement to Clarus securityholders will be a number of shares of New Blue Water common stock equal to:

(i)     17,929,832 shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock, subject to adjustment to account for the Closing Net Indebtedness, divided by $10.20; plus

(ii)    1,500,000 shares of New Blue Water Class A Common Stock issuable to the holders of certain non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus in exchange for $10.0 million of the aggregate principal amount of such notes and certain outstanding royalty rights; plus

(iii)   a number of shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock equal to the outstanding balance (principal and interest) at Closing of convertible and non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus issued between the date of the Merger Agreement and Closing divided by $10.00, provided that Clarus may elect, in its discretion to instead pay off the outstanding balance of, and any redemption premium on, the non-convertible promissory notes at Closing. Clarus currently anticipates that between the date of the Merger Agreement and Closing, Clarus will have issued convertible promissory notes in the aggregate face amount of $16.4 million and non-convertible promissory notes in the aggregate face amount of $8.6 million (or an aggregate $25.0 million; $17.8 million of which has already been issued). Assuming Clarus does not elect to pay-off the outstanding balance and any redemption premium on the non-convertible notes at Closing, all of such issued convertible and non-convertible promissory notes, plus interest accrued thereon, will be converted into New Blue Water Class A common stock. Upon such conversion, the convertible and non-convertible promissory notes will be retired at Closing. Assuming Clarus will have issued $16.4 million in convertible promissory notes and $8.6 million in non-convertible promissory notes between the date of the Merger Agreement and Closing, and assuming no pay-off of the outstanding balance and any redemption premium on the issued non-convertible promissory notes, an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock will be issued upon conversion of the convertible and non-convertible promissory notes, being the number of shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock equal to the then outstanding principal of the notes divided by

23

Table of Contents

$10.00. Because the date of Closing is not yet known, the interest that will have accrued on the convertible and non-convertible notes to be issued between the date of the Merger Agreement and Closing is not yet determinable, and thus the exact total number of shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock to be issued in connection with the conversion of such notes cannot currently be ascertained.

Merger Closing Conditions

The Merger Agreement is subject to customary conditions to the Closing. In addition, the Closing is subject to the following additional conditions (amongst others): (i) the approval of the Merger Agreement by the requisite vote of Blue Water’s stockholders and Clarus’s stockholders, (ii) Blue Water having at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets, after giving effect to the completion of its redemption of public stockholders who redeem their shares in connection with the Business Combination, (iii) the election or appointment of members to the Combined Entity’s board of directors immediately after the Closing in accordance with the Merger Agreement, (v) the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part and (vi) the conditional approval of the Combined Entity’s initial listing application with Nasdaq with respect to the common stock to be issued pursuant to the Business Combination.

In addition, unless waived by Clarus, the obligations of Clarus to consummate the Business Combination are subject to the fulfillment of certain closing conditions, including but not limited to the following (in addition to customary certificates and other closing deliverables):

•        The representations and warranties of Blue Water and Merger Sub being true and correct as of the date of the Merger Agreement and as of the Closing (subject to Material Adverse Effect (as defined below) with respect to Blue Water and Merger Sub);

•        Blue Water and Merger Sub having performed in all material respects their respective obligations and complied in all material respects with their respective covenants and agreements under the Merger Agreement required to be performed or complied with on or prior to the date of the Closing;

•        Filing and effectiveness of the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Blue Water; and

•        Clarus having received a copy of a duly executed Registration Rights Agreement (as described below) by Blue Water.

Unless waived by Blue Water, the obligations of Blue Water and the Merger Sub to consummate the Business Combination are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions (in addition to customary certificates and other closing deliverables):

•        The representations and warranties of Clarus being true and correct as of the date of the Merger Agreement and as of the Closing (subject to Material Adverse Effect);

•        Clarus having performed in all material respects its obligations and complied in all material respects with its covenants and agreements under the Merger Agreement required to be performed or complied with on or prior to the date of the Closing;

•        Certain litigation in which Clarus is involved not having been adjudicated or settled, and no offer of settlement having been made by Clarus, that would have a Material Adverse Effect on Clarus;

•        Absence of a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Clarus since the date of the Merger Agreement (but excluding a qualifying settlement of certain litigation in which Clarus is involved) that is continuing and uncured;

•        Certain specified contracts of Clarus being terminated without further obligation of Clarus;

•        Clarus and the Clarus securityholders specified therein having executed and delivered the Registration Rights Agreement (as described below)

•        Each Stockholder Lock-Up Agreement (as described below) and Lender Lock-Up Agreement (as described below) having been have been executed and delivered;

•        Clarus’s indebtedness at the Closing not exceeding $43.125 million and there being no obligation of Clarus to make any post-Closing payment in the nature of a royalty; and

•        Clarus having consummated a permitted financing (as described in the Merger Agreement, a “Permitted Financing”) with gross proceeds to Clarus of at least $15 million.

24

Table of Contents

Merger Structure

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, upon the Closing, Merger Sub, a subsidiary of Blue Water, will be merged with and into Clarus, with Clarus continuing as the surviving entity of the Merger and becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water. See “The Business Combination Proposal — General Description of the Merger Agreement” and “The Business Combination Proposal — Merger Consideration.”

Covenants

Each party to the Merger Agreement has agreed to use its reasonable best efforts to effect the Closing. The Merger Agreement also contains certain customary covenants by each of the parties during the period between the signing of the Merger Agreement and the earlier of the Closing or the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms (the “Interim Period”), including covenants regarding (i) the provision of access to their offices, properties, books and records, (ii) the operation of their respective businesses in the ordinary course of business, (iii) provision of financial statements by Clarus; (iv) filing Blue Water’s reports required by the Exchange Act, and efforts regarding Nasdaq listing requirements, (v) no solicitation of other competing transactions, (vi) no trading in Blue Water’s securities by Clarus using Blue Water’s material non-public information, (vii) notifications of certain breaches, consent requirements or other matters, (viii) efforts to consummate the Closing and obtain third party and regulatory approvals and comply with all government authority requirements, (ix) further assurances to cooperate, (x) a requirement for Clarus to promptly hold its stockholder meeting or otherwise obtain the written consent of its stockholders to approve the Merger Agreement and related transactions, (xi) tax matters and transfer taxes, (xii) public announcements, (xiii) confidentiality, (xiv) post-Closing Blue Water board of directors and executive officers, and (xv) Clarus’s consummation of a Permitted Financing representing at least $15.0 million in gross proceeds to Clarus. There are also certain customary post-Closing covenants regarding (i) maintenance of books and records; (ii) indemnification of directors and officers; and (iii) use of trust account proceeds.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Blue Water agreed to file a Registration Statement on Form S-4 with respect to the issuance of the Merger Consideration Shares to the Clarus securityholders, which will contain a proxy statement/prospectus for a special meeting of Blue Water’s stockholders to consider the Merger Agreement and the related transactions and matters, including the Required Proposals described herein.

Termination

The Merger Agreement may be terminated under certain customary and limited circumstances at any time prior to the Closing, including among other reasons, (i) by mutual consent of Clarus and Blue Water, (ii) by either Blue Water or Clarus if any of the conditions to the Closing have not been satisfied or waived by October 27, 2021 (the “Outside Date”), provided that this termination right shall not be available to Blue Water or Clarus if the breach by such party (i.e., either Blue Water or Merger Sub on one hand, or Clarus, on the other hand) of the Merger Agreement was the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or before the Outside Date, (iii) by either Blue Water or Clarus if a governmental authority of competent jurisdiction shall have issued an order or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting, or if any law is in effect making illegal, the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (iv) by either Blue Water or Clarus for the other party’s uncured breach (subject to certain materiality qualifiers and cure periods), (v) by Blue Water if there has been an event after the signing of the Merger Agreement that has a Material Adverse Effect on Clarus (but excluding a qualifying settlement of certain litigation in which Clarus is involved) that is uncured and continuing, (vi) by Clarus if there has been an event after the signing of the Merger Agreement that has a Material Adverse Effect on Blue Water that is uncured and continuing, (vii) by either Blue Water or Clarus if approval for the Business Combination and the other Required Proposals are not obtained at the Blue Water Special Meeting and (viii) by either Blue Water or Clarus if a special meeting of Clarus’s stockholders is held and Clarus’s stockholder shall not have approved the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination and related matters.

Executive Officers and Directors of the Combined Entity

The following persons are expected to be elected or appointed by the Blue Water board to serve as executive officers and directors of the Combined Entity following the Business Combination. For biographical information concerning the executive officers and directors following the Business Combination, see “Management after the Business Combination — Management and Board of Directors”.

25

Table of Contents

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

Kimberly Murphy(1)

 

58

 

Class III Director and Chair of the Board

Joseph Hernandez(1)

 

48

 

Class III Director

Robert E. Dudley(2)

 

66

 

Class III Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Elizabeth A. Cermak(2)

 

63

 

Class II Director

Mark A. Prygocki, Sr (2)

 

55

 

Class II Director

Alex Zisson (2)

 

52

 

Class I Director

[•](2)

 

[•]

 

Class I Director

Richard Peterson

 

53

 

Chief Financial Officer

Frank Jaeger

 

51

 

Chief Commercial Officer

Jay Newmark

 

60

 

Chief Medical Officer

Steve Bourne

 

59

 

Chief Administrative Officer

____________

(1)      Blue Water Designee

(2)      Clarus Designee

Interests of Clarus’s and Blue Water’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination

When you consider the recommendation of our board of directors in favor of approval of the Business Combination Proposal and the other proposals, you should keep in mind that the directors and executive officers of Blue Water and of Clarus have interests in the Business Combination and other proposals that may be different from, or in addition to, those of Blue Water stockholders generally. These interests include, among other things, the fact that certain of Clarus’s directors and officers will become directors and officers of the Combined Entity, and certain of Blue Water’s directors and officers will become directors of the Combined Entity, upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

Please see the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “The Business Combination Proposal — Interests of Clarus’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” and “The Business Combination Proposal — Interests of Blue Water’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” of this proxy statement/prospectus for a further discussion of this and other risks.

Classified Board of Directors

The Combined Entity’s board of directors will consist of seven members upon the closing of the Business Combination. In accordance with the Amended Charter to be filed immediately after the consummation of the Business Combination, the board of directors will be divided into three classes, Classes I, II and III, each to serve a three-year term, except for the initial term after the Closing, for which the Class I directors will be up for reelection at the first annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing, and for which the Class II directors will be up for reelection at the second annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing. At each annual general meeting of stockholders of the Combined Entity, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following the election. Directors will not be able to be removed during their term except for cause. Blue Water and Clarus will work in good faith to equitably allocate director designees among the three classes of directors, provided that Blue Water’s designees will serve in the class of directors with the latest initial re-election date.

It is expected that that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of the Combined Entity’s board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of the Combined Entity’s management or a change in control.

Blue Water’s Reasons for the Business Combination

Blue Water and its management team considered a wide variety of factors in connection with its evaluation of the Business Combination. The Blue Water Board considered a wide variety of factors in connection with its evaluation of the Business Combination. In light of the complexity of those factors, the Blue Water Board, as a whole, did not consider it practicable to, nor did it attempt to, quantify or otherwise assign relative weights to the specific factors it took into account in reaching its decision. Individual directors may have given different weight to different factors.

26

Table of Contents

The Blue Water Board considered a number of factors pertaining to the Business Combination as generally supporting its decision to enter into the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including but not limited to, the following material factors:

•        Positive Factors:

•        Large Market Opportunity. With an estimated 2.2 million patients currently treated for male hypogonadism, the market opportunity for JATENZO, and for Clarus, is large. The overall T-replacement therapy market was nearly 8 million prescriptions in the United States in 2020, with each market share point accounting for approximately $33.0 million in net sales per year. Currently, there are no known oral T-options available for patients, leading to high discontinuation rates and increased administration burden on both patients and providers. JATENZO provides an oral option for these patients, providing a convenient, safe, and effective option for patients with low testosterone. Market research has shown that the majority of patients and providers are excited about the opportunity for an oral T-replacement option.

•        Regulatory Clearance and Commercial Viability. With a fully developed and FDA-approved product, Clarus has already addressed many development and regulatory risks typically associated with biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. With an experienced and established commercial product and infrastructure already providing revenue to the company, this allows Clarus to expand its portfolio and maintain company success.

•        Favorable Insurance Coverage and Growth Opportunity. In addition to FDA approval, JATENZO is widely covered by insurance plans, with around 65% of medical lives covering it without a step requirement (i.e., a patient would not be required to try another form of testosterone before being able to try JATENZO). This level of coverage is expected to increase in 2021 with additional coverage decisions by larger plans and increased desire for an oral T-replacement option. In late 2020, JATENZO was included on Express Script formularies, significantly increasing lives coverage and prescription demand. With other larger payers yet to cover, there is still significant opportunity for growth.

•        Growth Opportunities Available for JATENZO and Beyond. While JATENZO twice daily is already FDA-approved to treat hypogonadism, Clarus is investigating opportunities to improve patient convenience and lower dosing frequency to once daily to treat hypogonadism. Clarus’s management is also investigating utilization in treatment of hypogonadism in chronic kidney disease and treatment for transgender men. Use of JATENZO in these patient populations will require additional clinical testing and FDA approval of specific labeling indications before Clarus can market JATENZO to male transgender and hypogonadal men with chronic kidney disease. While these opportunities are in various stages of clinical development, the existing success of JATENZO is a positive indicator for clinical success and efficacy. Moreover, FDA approval of additional indications for JATENZO or a once-daily product does not guarantee commercial success. Clarus is also pursuing out-licensing opportunities throughout the world for JATENZO to recognize incremental and ongoing revenue. Beyond JATENZO, Clarus is actively pursuing complimentary products for in-licensing and/or acquisition. In this regard, Clarus announced on May 25, 2021 a licensing agreement whereby Clarus will acquire the exclusive worldwide (excluding Australia) development and commercialization rights for HAVAH T+Ai™ (CLAR-121) from HavaH Therapeutics. CLAR-121 is a proprietary combination of testosterone (T) (natural ligand for the androgen receptor; AR) and anastrozole (inhibitor of T conversion to estradiol) delivered by a subcutaneous implant for treatment of AR-mediated breast disease that predominantly affects women. Clarus’s initial therapeutic target will be inflammatory periductal mastitis (PDM) and estrogen receptor-positive (ER+) breast cancer. Significant development by Clarus will be necessary to demonstrate clinical efficacy and safety and to secure FDA approval for these potential uses. There is no guarantee such development will be successful and result in FDA approval of CLAR-121 for either condition.

•        Management Background and Expertise. With over 30 years of experience in the T-replacement therapy space, the Founder, Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer and President of Clarus, Dr. Robert Dudley, will bring an immense clinical and drug development background to the Combined Entity. Dr. Dudley previously co-created and launched AndroGel, a widely successful T-replacement option

27

Table of Contents

that is still used today. Dr. Dudley is also the co-inventor of patents having claims covering JATENZO and led Clarus’s successful effort to obtain FDA approval. Other members of the board of directors of Clarus have decades of experience in their respective fields within biotech and pharmaceuticals, including research and development, marketing and commercialization, financial leadership, capital markets and initial public offering processes, which will prove invaluable to the success of the Combined Entity as a publicly traded company.

•        Other Alternatives. The Blue Water Board believes, after a thorough review of other business combination opportunities reasonably available to Blue Water that the proposed Business Combination represents the best potential business combination for Blue Water and the most attractive opportunity for Blue Water based upon the process utilized to evaluate and assess other potential combination targets, and the Blue Water Board’s belief that such process has not presented a better alternative.

•        Negotiated Transaction. The financial and other terms of the Merger Agreement and the fact that such terms and conditions are reasonable and were the product of arm’s length negotiations between Blue Water and Clarus.

•        Negative Factors:

•        Macroeconomic Risk. The risk of macroeconomic uncertainty and the effects it could have on Clarus’s revenues.

•        COVID-19 Risk. The risks that Clarus currently faces related to world health events, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, which could have an adverse effect on Clarus’s, and after the Business Combination, the Combined Entity’s, business and results of operations.

•        Future Growth Risk. The risk that future growth of Clarus is dependent upon the market’s willingness to adopt alternative technologies, including T-replacement therapies.

•        Cost Assumption Risk. The risk that Clarus may not be able to achieve current cost assumptions.

•        Public Company Risk. The risks that are associated with being a publicly traded company that is in its early, developmental stage.

•        Benefits May Not Be Achieved Risk. The risk that the potential benefits of the Business Combination may not be fully achieved or may not be achieved within the expected timeframe.

•        Redemption Risk. The risk that a significant number of Blue Water stockholders elect to redeem their shares prior to the consummation of the Business Combination and pursuant to the Blue Water Charter, which would potentially make the Business Combination more difficult to complete or reduce the amount of cash available to the Combined Entity to accelerate its business plan following the Closing.

•        Stockholder Vote Risk. The risk that Blue Water’s stockholders may fail to provide the votes necessary to effect the Business Combination.

•        General Litigation Risk and Risk to Clarus’s Patent Portfolio. The risk of the possibility of litigation having a material adverse impact on Clarus’s business and its ability to continue to commercialize the relevant patents and sell JATENZO. See section “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Legal Proceedings” for a more detailed discussion. In the event such litigation is not resolved in our favor, we may need to obtain a license. Such a license may not be available or may be available only on terms not favorable to us. This could also have a material adverse effect on us.

•        Closing Conditions Risk. The risk that completion of the Business Combination is conditioned on the satisfaction of certain closing conditions that are not within Blue Water’s control.

•        Fees, Expenses and Time Risk. The risk of incurring significant fees and expenses associated with completing the Business Combination and the substantial time and effort of management required to complete the Business Combination.

28

Table of Contents

Accounting Treatment

The Business Combination is expected to be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Blue Water will be treated as the acquired company and Clarus will be treated as the acquirer for financial statement reporting purposes. See section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal — Anticipated Accounting Treatment.”

No Delaware Appraisal Rights for Blue Water Stockholders

Appraisal rights are statutory rights under the DGCL that enable stockholders who object to certain extraordinary transactions to demand that the corporation pay such stockholders the fair value of their shares instead of receiving the consideration offered to stockholders in connection with the extraordinary transaction. However, appraisal rights are not available in all circumstances. Appraisal rights are not available to Blue Water stockholders or warrant holders in connection with the Business Combination.

Impact of the Business Combination on Blue Water’s Public Float

It is anticipated that, upon the Closing of the Business Combination, Blue Water’s public stockholders will retain an ownership interest of approximately 24.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Combined Entity, the Sponsor will retain an ownership interest of approximately 6.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Combined Entity and the Clarus securityholders and noteholders will own approximately 70.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Combined Entity. The foregoing ownership percentages with respect to the Combined Entity following the Business Combination exclude any outstanding Warrants and assume that (i) there are no redemptions of any shares by Blue Water’s public stockholders in connection with the Business Combination, (ii) the negative Closing Net Indebtedness is $43.1 million, (iii) no awards are issued under the Equity Incentive Plan and (iv) no Working Capital Warrants or Extension Warrants are issued. If the actual facts are different than these assumptions (which they are likely to be), the percentage ownership retained by Blue Water’s existing stockholders in the Combined Entity will be different.

The following table illustrates varying ownership levels in the Combined Entity, assuming the factors mentioned above, and excluding the exercise of above-mentioned warrants, in the event of (i) no redemptions, and (ii) maximum redemptions of 3,690,032 public shares:

 

Assuming No Redemption
(0% Public Shares Redeemed, or
$58,65
2,000 remaining in trust)

 

Assuming Max Redemption
(
51% Public Shares Redeemed, or
$
10,651,000 remaining in trust)

Stockholder

 

% Ownership

 

Shares

 

% Ownership

 

Shares

Clarus(a)

 

70.0

%

 

16,983,462

 

82.7

%

 

16,983,462

Public

 

24.0

%

 

5,807,500

 

10.3

%

 

2,117,468

Sponsor (including % of Blue Water’s directors and officers)

 

6.0

%

 

1,437,500

 

7.0

%

 

1,437,500

Total

 

100

%

 

24,228,462

 

100

%

 

20,538,430

THE CHARTER AMENDMENT PROPOSALS (PROPOSALS 2 THROUGH 5)

To approve and adopt a second amendment and restatement of the Blue Water Charter, as set out in the draft second amended and restated version of Blue Water’s certificate of incorporation appended to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex B (the “Amended Charter”), for the following amendments (collectively, the “Charter Amendment Proposals”) to:

(A)    provide that the name of Blue Water shall be changed to “Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.” (Proposal 2).

(B)    provide for the structure of the Board, split into three classes of as even size as practicable, Class I, II, and III, each to serve a term of three years, except for the initial term, for which the Class I directors will be up for reelection at the first annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing, and for which the Class II directors will be up for reelection at the second annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing. Directors will not be able to be removed during their term except for cause. The size of the Board shall be determined by resolution of the Board but will initially be seven (7) (Proposal 3).

29

Table of Contents

(C)    remove and change certain provisions in the Blue Water Charter related to Blue Water’s status as a special purpose acquisition company (Proposal 4).

(D)    conditioned upon the approval of Proposals 2 through 4, a proposal to approve the Amended Charter in the form attached as Annex B hereto, which includes the approval of all other changes in the proposed Amended charter in connection with replacing the Blue Water Charter with the proposed Amended Charter as of the Effective Time (Proposal 5).

THE DIRECTOR ELECTION PROPOSAL (PROPOSAL 6)

To consider and vote upon a proposal to elect seven (7) directors to serve on the Company’s board of directors effective from the consummation of the Business Combination. If the nominees identified in this proxy statement/prospectus are elected, Alex Zisson and [  ] will be Class I directors, serving until the Combined Entity’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders; Mark Prygocki and Elizabeth Cermak will be Class II directors, serving until the Combined Entity’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders; and Kimberly Murphy, Joseph Hernandez and Robert Dudley will be Class III directors, serving until the Combined Entity’s 2024 annual meeting of stockholders, and in each case, until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified.

THE INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL (PROPOSAL 7)

The proposed Equity Incentive Plan will reserve a number of shares of New Blue Water common stock equal to 10% of the amount of New Blue Water common stock to be outstanding following consummation of the Business Combination for issuance as awards in accordance with the terms of the Equity Incentive Plan. The purpose of the Equity Incentive Plan is to assist in attracting, retaining, motivating, and rewarding certain key employees, officers, directors, and consultants of Blue Water and its affiliates and promoting the creation of long-term value for stockholders of Blue Water by closely aligning the interests of such individuals with those of other stockholders. The Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the award of share-based incentives to encourage eligible employees, officers, directors, and consultants, as described below, to expend maximum effort in the creation of stockholder value.

A summary of the Equity Incentive Plan is set forth in the “The Incentive Plan Proposal” section of this proxy statement/prospectus and a complete copy of the Equity Incentive Plan is attached hereto as Annex C. You are encouraged to read the Equity Incentive Plan in its entirety.

THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL (PROPOSAL 8)

Blue Water is proposing that its stockholders approve and adopt a proposal to adjourn the Blue Water Special Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if, based upon the tabulated vote at the time of the Blue Water Special Meeting, there are not sufficient votes to approve the other Proposals.

Date, Time and Place of Blue Water Special Meeting

The Blue Water Special Meeting will be held virtually at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on [ ], 2021, or at such other date and time to which such meeting may be adjourned or postponed, to consider and vote upon the Proposals. Due to concerns about the coronavirus (COVID-19) and warnings from public officials regarding public gatherings, we will hold the Blue Water Special Meeting solely by means of remote communication.

Proxy Solicitation

Proxies may be solicited by telephone, by facsimile, by mail, on the Internet or in person. We have engaged Advantage Proxy to assist in the solicitation of proxies. If a stockholder grants a proxy, it may still vote its shares in person if it revokes its proxy before the Blue Water Special Meeting. A stockholder may also change its vote by submitting a later-dated proxy, as described in the section titled “Blue Water Special Meeting — Revoking Your Proxy.”

30

Table of Contents

Quorum and Required Vote for Stockholder Proposals

A quorum of Blue Water stockholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting. A quorum will be present at the Blue Water Special Meeting if a majority of the Blue Water common stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the Blue Water Special Meeting is represented in person or by proxy at the Blue Water Special Meeting. Abstentions and “withhold” votes will count as present for the purposes of establishing a quorum. Broker non-votes will not be counted for purposes of establishing a quorum.

The approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the issued and outstanding Blue Water common stock as of the Record Date. Accordingly, a Blue Water stockholder’s failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting or an abstention will have the same effect as a vote “AGAINST” the Charter Amendment Proposals.

The approval of Business Combination Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal each require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Blue Water common stock cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting. A Blue Water stockholder’s failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting or an abstention will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on Business Combination Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal and Adjournment Proposal.

The approval of the Director Election Proposal requires a plurality vote of the shares of Blue Water common stock cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting. A Blue Water stockholder’s failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting or a “withhold” vote will no effect on the Director Election Proposal.

The Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal, and the Incentive Plan Proposal, are conditioned on the approval of the Business Combination Proposal (and the Business Combination Proposal is conditioned on the approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal), and unless the Business Combination Proposal is approved, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal will not be presented to the stockholders of Blue Water at the Blue Water Special Meeting. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on any other Proposal and does not require the approval of any other Proposal to be effective. It is important for you to note that in the event the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal do not receive the requisite vote for approval, then Blue Water will not consummate the Business Combination. If Blue Water does not consummate the Business Combination and fails to complete an initial business combination by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), it will be required to dissolve and liquidate its Trust Account by returning the then remaining funds in such account to its public stockholders, unless it seeks and obtains the approval of Blue Water stockholders to amend the Blue Water Charter to extend such date.

Recommendation to Blue Water Stockholders

Blue Water’s board of directors believes that the Proposals to be presented at the Blue Water Special Meeting are in the best interests of Blue Water and its stockholders and unanimously recommends that Blue Water stockholders vote “FOR” the Proposals.

When you consider the recommendation of Blue Water’s board of directors in favor of approval of these Proposals, you should keep in mind that Blue Water directors and officers have interests in the Business Combination that may be different from or in addition to (and which may conflict with) your interests as a stockholder. These interests include, among other things, the fact that:

•        unless Blue Water consummates an initial business combination, Blue Water’s officers and directors and the Sponsor will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount of available proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account;

•        as a condition to the Blue Water IPO, the Founder Shares became subject to a lock-up whereby, subject to certain limited exceptions, the Founder Shares cannot be transferred for 180 days following the consummation of an initial business combination;

31

Table of Contents

•        the Placement Warrants purchased by the Sponsor will be worthless if a business combination is not consummated;

•        the Sponsor has agreed that the Placement Warrants, and all of their underlying securities, will not be sold or transferred by it until after Blue Water has completed a business combination, subject to limited exceptions;

•        the Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for its Founder Shares and such securities will have a significantly higher value at the time of the Business Combination;

•        the Sponsor has agreed not to redeem any of the Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

•        the Sponsor may loan to Blue Water additional funds for working capital purposes prior to the Business Combination. There are no working capital loans from the Sponsor currently outstanding. If the Business Combination is not consummated and Blue Water does not otherwise consummate another business combination prior to December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), then there will likely be insufficient funds to pay the working capital loans;

•        $575,000 may be loaned by the Sponsor or its affiliates or designees for each three-month extension (for up to $1,150,000) of the time that we have to consummate a business combination, which amount may be converted into Extension Warrants, at the price of $1.00 per warrant and such warrants would be identical to the Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period;

•        if Blue Water does not complete an initial business combination by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Placement Warrants will be included in the liquidating distribution to Blue Water’s public stockholders and the Placement Warrants will expire worthless; and

•        if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event Blue Water is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the Sponsor has agreed to indemnify Blue Water to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.20 per Public Share by the claims of prospective target businesses with which Blue Water has entered into an acquisition agreement or claims of any third party for services rendered or products sold to Blue Water, but only if such a vendor or target business has not executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account.

Emerging Growth Company

Blue Water is currently and, following the consummation of the Business Combination, the Combined Entity will be, an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”). Blue Water has taken, and the Combined Entity may continue to take, advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in Blue Water’s periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, stockholders of Blue Water and the Combined Entity may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. Blue Water has not elected to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, Blue Water (and, following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity), as an emerging

32

Table of Contents

growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of Blue Water’s and the Combined Entity’s financial statements with certain other public companies difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Blue Water (and following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity) will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of the Blue Water IPO, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which Blue Water (and following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity) has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion; (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which Blue Water (and following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity) is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of Blue Water’s (and following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity’s) common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year; or (iv) the date on which Blue Water (and following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity) has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Summary of Risk Factors

This discussion includes forward-looking information regarding our business, results of operations and cash flows and contractual obligations and arrangements that involves risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from any future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in the sections of this proxy statement/prospectus entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to the Business Combination

•        Blue Water’s stockholders can exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of Blue Water’s shares, which may impair Blue Water to complete the Business Combination or optimize its capital structure.

•        Blue Water did not seek an opinion from an unaffiliated third party as to the fair market value of Clarus or that the price it is paying for Clarus is fair to its stockholders from a financial point of view.

•        You may be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of Clarus’s operations.

•        There is no assurance that Blue Water’s diligence will reveal all material risks that may present with regard to Clarus.

•        The unaudited pro forma financial information included in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” may not be representative of New Blue Water’s results if the Business Combination is consummated.

•        The Combined Entity’s ability to be successful following the Business Combination will depend upon the efforts of the Combined Entity’s board of directors and key personnel and the loss of such persons could negatively impact the operations and profitability of New Blue Water’s business.

•        The value of the Founder Shares following completion of the Business Combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of New Blue Water common stock at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per share.

•        Blue Water’s and Clarus’s stockholders may not realize a benefit from the Business Combination commensurate with the dilution they will experience in connection with the Business Combination.

•        During the pendency of the Business Combination, Blue Water and Clarus may not be able to enter into a business combination with another party because of restrictions in the Merger Agreement, which could adversely affect their respective businesses.

•        Delaware law and New Blue Water’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions, that limit the ability of stockholders to take certain actions and could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

33

Table of Contents

•        The Amended Charter will designate a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between New Blue Water and its stockholders, and also provide that the federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, each of which could limit the ability of New Blue Water’s stockholders to choose the judicial forum for disputes.

Risks Related to Clarus

•        There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

•        We have incurred significant indebtedness in connection with our business and servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash. We may not have sufficient cash flow from our operations to satisfy the financial covenants in our debt agreements. We may not receive a waiver of default for outstanding indebtedness for which we may be in default in the future.

•        We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and we, and following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity, may identify future material weaknesses in our or the Combined Entity’s internal control over financial reporting.

•        JATENZO is the only product we were commercializing, and we depend almost entirely on its success.

•        We have limited experience as a commercial company and the marketing and sale of JATENZO or any future approved drugs may be unsuccessful or less successful than anticipated.

•        Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

•        Our reliance on third-party suppliers and distributors could harm our ability to commercialize JATENZO.

•        The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic is having, and is expected to have, an adverse impact on our business.

•        The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. If we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability.

•        Even though we have received marketing approval for JATENZO in the United States, we may never receive marketing approval outside of the United States, or receive pricing and reimbursement outside the United States at acceptable levels.

•        Recent federal legislation may increase pressure to reduce prices of certain pharmaceutical products paid for by Medicare.

•        Testosterone (T) is a Schedule III (non-narcotic) substance under the Controlled Substances Act and any failure to comply with this Act or its state equivalents would have a negative impact on our business.

•        If coverage and reimbursement for JATENZO are limited, it may be difficult to profitably sell JATENZO.

•        Our market is subject to intense competition.

•        If we are unable to obtain or protect intellectual property rights related to JATENZO, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

•        We are presently involved in a lawsuit and interference proceeding may be involved in other lawsuits and proceedings to protect or enforce our patents, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

•        We will need to grow our company, and may encounter difficulties in managing this growth.

•        Our future success depends on our ability to retain our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief commercial officer and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

•        Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

34

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Ownership of New Blue Water Common Stock

•        Nasdaq may delist New Blue Water’s securities from its exchange.

•        The market price of New Blue Water’s common stock may decline as a result of the Business Combination.

•        There are no current plans to pay cash dividends on the New Blue Water common stock for the foreseeable future.

•        New Blue Water stockholders may experience dilution in the future.

•        Future sales, or perceived future sales, by New Blue Water or its stockholders in the public market following the Business Combination could cause the market price for New Blue Water common stock to decline.

•        If Blue Water public stockholders fail to comply with the redemption requirements specified in this proxy statement/prospectus, they will not be entitled to redeem their public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account.

35

Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF BLUE WATER

The summary statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 are derived from Blue Water’s unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. Blue Water’s unaudited interim condensed financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with its audited financial statements and include, in management’s opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that Blue water considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those interim statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. The summary statements of operations data for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 and the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 are derived from Blue Water’s audited financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and interim financial results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. You should carefully read the following selected financial information in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Blue Water” and Blue Water’s financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Statements of Operations Data:

 

For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
2021 (unaudited)

 

For the Period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020

General and administrative expenses

 

$

418,034

 

 

$

2,978,263

 

Other taxes

 

 

87,545

 

 

 

172,200

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(505,579

)

 

 

(3,150,463

)

Gain on marketable securities

 

 

1,446

 

 

 

48

 

Issuance costs – warrant liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(645,776

)

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

 

 

11,150,880

 

 

 

(921,830

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

10,646,747

 

 

$

(4,718,021

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock subject to redemption, basic and diluted

 

 

3,476,458

 

 

 

3,556,309

 

Basic and diluted net income per share, common stock subject to redemption

 

$

 

 

$

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock, basic and diluted

 

 

3,476,458

 

 

 

1,447,732

 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share, common stock

 

$

2.83

 

 

$

(3.26

)

Statements of Balance Sheet Data:

 

As of
March 31,
2021

 

As of
December 31,
2020

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

59,244,610

 

 

$

59,473,560

Total liabilities

 

$

8,256,283

 

 

$

19,131,980

Working capital(1)

 

$

(102,912

)

 

$

402,667

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

5,000,005

 

 

$

5,000,008

____________

(1)      Working capital is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities

36

Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF CLARUS

The following tables summarize Clarus’s historical financial data. The summary statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 are derived from Clarus’s unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. Clarus’s unaudited interim condensed financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with its audited financial statements and include, in management’s opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that Clarus considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. Clarus has derived the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 from Clarus’s audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. Clarus’s historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and interim financial results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.

You should read this data together with Clarus’s audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Clarus.”

Statements of Operations Data:

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

 

Years Ended
December 31,

in thousands, except share and per share data

 

2021

 

2020

 

2020

 

2019

Net product revenue

 

$

2,330

 

 

$

897

 

 

$

6,369

 

 

$

 

Cost of product sales

 

 

367

 

 

 

7,698

 

 

 

8,687

 

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

 

 

1,963

 

 

 

(7,071

)

 

 

(2,318

)

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

7,937

 

 

 

4,949

 

 

 

29,515

 

 

 

7,374

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,605

 

 

 

3,209

 

 

 

11,937

 

 

 

7,414

 

Research and development

 

 

1,210

 

 

 

952

 

 

 

3,407

 

 

 

3,088

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(10,789

)

 

 

(16,181

)

 

 

(47,177

)

 

 

(17,876

)

Other (expense) income, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability and derivative, net

 

 

 

 

 

6,453

 

 

 

66,891

 

 

 

13

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

79

 

Interest expense

 

 

(4,640

)

 

 

(2,180

)

 

 

(15,394

)

 

 

(23,866

)

Total other (expense) income, net

 

 

(4,640

)

 

 

4,287

 

 

 

51,522

 

 

 

(23,774

)

Net (loss) income before income taxes

 

 

(15,429

)

 

 

(11,894

)

 

 

4,345

 

 

 

(41,650

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

 

(15,429

)

 

 

(11,894

)

 

 

4,345

 

 

 

(41,650

)

Accretion of preferred stock

 

 

(3,939

)

 

 

(3,671

)

 

 

(14,682

)

 

 

(13,594

)

Net loss attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted

 

$

(19,368

)

 

$

(15,565

)

 

$

(10,337

)

 

$

(55,244

)

Net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

$

(14.80

)

 

$

(17.89

)

 

$

(11.88

)

 

$

(63.48

)

Weighted-average common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

 

1,308,694

 

 

 

870,263

 

 

 

870,263

 

 

 

870,263

 

Statements of Balance Sheet Data:

in thousands

 

March 31,
2021

 

December 31,

2020

 

2019

Balance Sheet Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

7,364

 

 

$

7,233

 

 

$

1,656

 

Total assets

 

$

22,812

 

 

$

19,400

 

 

$

9,867

 

Total liabilities

 

$

162,290

 

 

$

146,985

 

 

$

142,622

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

$

193,665

 

 

$

198,195

 

 

$

183,513

 

Accumulated deficit

 

$

(341,210

)

 

$

(325,781

)

 

$

(316,269

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

$

(333,143

)

 

$

(325,780

)

 

$

(316,268

)

37

Table of Contents

SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Defined terms included below shall have the same meaning as terms defined and included elsewhere in this this proxy statement/prospectus.

The following summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data, (the “summary pro forma data”) gives effect to the Business Combination described in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.” The Business Combination is expected to be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Blue Water will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. The net assets of Blue Water will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had occurred on March 31, 2021. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020 give pro forma effect to the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2020.

The summary pro forma data have been derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of the Combined Entity appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus and the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is based upon, and should be read in conjunction with, the historical consolidated financial statements of Blue Water and related notes and the historical financial statements of Clarus and related notes, in each case, included in this proxy statement/prospectus. The summary pro forma data have been presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the Combined Entity’s financial position or results of operations actually would have been had the Business Combination and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (described elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus) been completed as of the dates indicated. In addition, the summary pro forma data do not purport to project the future financial position or operating results of the Combined Entity.

For illustrative purposes, and after giving effect to the redemption of 3,690,032 Class A common stock of Blue Water in connection with the amendment and extension of the incorporation certificate, at a redemption price approximating $10.20 per share, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared assuming two alternative levels of additional redemptions of Blue Water Class A common stock:

•        Assuming No Additional Redemptions (“No Redemption”):    This scenario assumes that no additional Blue Water Class A common stock are redeemed; and

•        Assuming Additional Redemption (“Max Redemption”):    This scenario assumes additional redemption of 3,690,032 Blue Water Class A common stock, for aggregate payment of approximately $37.6 million from the Trust Account (based on an assumed redemption price of approximately $10.20 per share based on the redemption price per share of $10.20), so that Blue Water retains at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets immediately prior to or upon the consummation of the Business Combination (after giving effect to payments of all unpaid expenses, Blue Water’s liabilities and redemptions by Blue Water’s public stockholders and excluding Clarus’s closing cash), set forth in the Merger Agreement.

38

Table of Contents

Assuming No Redemption, on a pro forma estimated basis, Clarus’s existing investors and lenders will hold 16,983,462 shares of Class A common stock of the Combined Entity immediately after the Closing, which approximates a 70.0% ownership level. Assuming Max Redemption, on a pro forma estimated basis, Clarus will hold common stock of the Combined Entity approximating an 82.7% ownership level.

 

Assuming No Redemption

 

Assuming Max Redemption

Stockholder

 

% Ownership

 

Shares

 

% Ownership

 

Shares

Clarus(a)

 

70.0

%

 

16,983,462

 

82.7

%

 

16,983,462

Public

 

24.0

%

 

5,807,500

 

10.3

%

 

2,117,468

Sponsor (including % of Blue Water’s directors and officers)

 

6.0

%

 

1,437,500

 

7.0

%

 

1,437,500

Total

 

100

%

 

24,228,462

 

100

%

 

20,538,430

____________

(a)      Refer to Note 1 Share consideration to Clarus for the calculation of shares issued to Clarus at closing.

The foregoing ownership percentages with respect to the Combined Entity following the Business Combination are based on the assumption that there are no adjustments for the outstanding Public Warrants or Placement Warrants issued by Blue Water, as such securities are not exercisable until 30 days after the closing of the Business Combination, and assume that: (i) there are no redemptions of any shares by Blue Water’s public stockholders in connection with the Business Combination, (ii) the negative Closing Net Indebtedness is the maximum amount allowed by the agreement, $43.1 million, (iii) no awards are issued under the Equity Incentive Plan, and (iv) no Working Capital Warrants or Extension Warrants are issued. The pro forma ownership percentages contemplate all Clarus financings through June 22, 2021 and do not include any Clarus financing that may occur between then and the Closing. If the actual facts are different than these assumptions (which they are likely to be), the percentage ownership retained by the Blue Water’s existing stockholders in the Combined Entity will be different.

If the actual facts are different than these assumptions, then the amounts and shares outstanding in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information will be different.

39

Table of Contents

Selected Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2021
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Historical

         

Historical

 

Scenario 1 (Assuming
No redemption into Cash)

 

Scenario 2 (Assuming
Maximum Redemptions
into Cash)

   

(A)
Clarus

 

Private
Placement

 

Clarus
Pro Forma

 

(B)
Blue Water

 

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

 

Pro Forma Combined

 

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

 

Pro Forma Combined

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

7,364

 

 

$

17,816

 

$

25,180

 

 

$

408

 

$

48,289

 

 

$

73,877

 

 

$

10,651

 

 

$

36,239

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

5,225

 

 

 

 

 

5,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,225

 

Inventory

 

 

8,035

 

 

 

 

 

8,035

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,035

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,035

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

2,118

 

 

 

 

 

2,118

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

 

 

2,303

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,303

 

Total current assets

 

 

22,742

 

 

 

17,816

 

 

40,558

 

 

 

593

 

 

48,289

 

 

 

89,440

 

 

 

10,651

 

 

 

51,802

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

Investments held in Trust Account

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58,652

 

 

(58,652

)

 

 

 

 

 

(58,652

)

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

22,812

 

 

$

17,816

 

$

40,628

 

 

$

59,245

 

$

(10,363

)

 

$

89,510

 

 

$

(48,001

)

 

$

51,872

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior notes payable

 

$

44,060

 

 

 

 

$

44,060

 

 

$

 

$

(8,812

)

 

$

35,248

 

 

$

(8,812

)

 

$

35,248

 

Accounts payable

 

 

16,189

 

 

 

 

 

16,189

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

16,272

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,272

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

7,470

 

 

 

 

 

7,470

 

 

 

323

 

 

260

 

 

 

8,053

 

 

 

260

 

 

 

8,053

 

Due to related party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

Accrued taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

260

 

 

(260

)

 

 

 

 

 

(260

)

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,094

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

68,813

 

 

 

 

 

68,813

 

 

 

696

 

 

(8,812

)

 

 

60,697

 

 

 

(8,812

)

 

 

60,697

 

Deferred underwriting commissions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,013

 

 

(2,013

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,013

)

 

 

 

Derivative warrant liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,548

 

 

 

 

 

5,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,548

 

Convertible notes payable to related parties

 

 

83,479

 

 

 

17,816

 

 

101,295

 

 

 

 

 

(101,295

)

 

 

 

 

 

(101,295

)

 

 

 

Royalty obligation

 

 

9,998

 

 

 

 

 

9,998

 

 

 

 

 

(9,998

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9,998

)

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

162,290

 

 

 

17,816

 

 

180,106

 

 

 

8,257

 

 

(122,118

)

 

 

66,245

 

 

 

(122,118

)

 

 

66,245

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

9,354

 

 

 

 

 

9,354

 

 

 

 

 

(9,354

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9,354

)

 

 

 

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

15,420

 

 

 

 

 

15,420

 

 

 

 

 

(15,420

)

 

 

 

 

 

(15,420

)

 

 

 

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

20,458

 

 

 

 

 

20,458

 

 

 

 

 

(20,458

)

 

 

 

 

 

(20,458

)

 

 

 

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

148,433

 

 

 

 

 

148,433

 

 

 

 

 

(148,433

)

 

 

 

 

 

(148,433

)

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

 

 

193,665

 

 

 

 

 

193,665

 

 

 

 

 

(193,665

)

 

 

 

 

 

(193,665

)

 

 

 

Common stock subject to redemption

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,988

 

 

(45,988

)

 

 

 

 

 

(45,988

)

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

8,064

 

 

 

 

 

8,064

 

 

 

 

 

316,276

 

 

 

324,339

 

 

 

278,638

 

 

 

286,702

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(341,210

)

 

 

 

 

(341,210

)

 

 

5,000

 

 

35,133

 

 

 

(301,077

)

 

 

35,133

 

 

 

(301,077

)

Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

 

(333,143

)

 

 

 

 

(333,143

)

 

 

5,000

 

 

351,408

 

 

 

23,265

 

 

 

313,770

 

 

 

(14,373

)

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

$

22,812

 

 

$

17,816

 

$

40,628

 

 

$

59,245

 

$

(10,363

)

 

$

89,510

 

 

$

(48,001

)

 

$

51,872

 

Pro Forma notes

(A)    From the unaudited condensed balance sheet of Clarus as of March 31, 2021.

(B)    From the unaudited condensed balance sheet of Blue Water as of March 31, 2021.

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

40

Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Historical

 

Scenario 1 (Assuming
No redemption into Cash)

 

Scenario 2 (Assuming
Maximum Redemptions into Cash)

   

(A)
Clarus

 

(B)
Blue Water

 

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

 

Pro Forma Combined

 

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

 

Pro Forma Combined

Net product revenue

 

$

2,330

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,330

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,330

 

Cost of product sales

 

 

367

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

 

 

 

367

 

Gross profit

 

 

1,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,963

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

7,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,937

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,605

 

 

 

418

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

4,111

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

4,111

 

Research and development

 

 

1,210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,210

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,210

 

Other taxes

 

 

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

(88

)

 

 

 

 

 

(88

)

 

 

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(10,789

)

 

 

(506

)

 

 

 

 

 

(11,295

)

 

 

 

 

 

(11,295

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

11,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,151

 

Interest expense

 

 

(4,640

)

 

 

 

 

 

2,914

 

 

 

(1,726

)

 

 

2,914

 

 

 

(1,726

)

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

(4,640

)

 

 

11,152

 

 

 

2,914

 

 

 

9,426

 

 

 

2,914

 

 

 

9,426

 

Net (loss) income

 

 

(15,429

)

 

 

10,646

 

 

 

2,914

 

 

 

(1,869

)

 

 

2,914

 

 

 

(1,869

)

Deemed dividend to sponsor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion of preferred stock

 

 

(3,939

)

 

 

 

 

 

3,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,939

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(19,368

)

 

$

10,646

 

 

$

6,853

 

 

$

(1,869

)

 

$

6,853

 

 

$

(1,869

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock subject to redemption, basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,476,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share, common stock subject to redemption

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

 

1,308,694

 

 

 

3,768,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,228,462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,538,430

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share available to Sponsor per share, common stock

 

$

(14.80

)

 

$

2.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.08

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.09

)

Pro Forma notes

(A)    From the unaudited condensed statement of operations of Clarus for the three months ended March 31, 2021.

(B)    From the unaudited condensed statement of operations of Blue Water for the three months ended March 31, 2021.

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

41

Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Historical

 

Scenario 1 (Assuming
No redemption into Cash)

 

Scenario 2 (Assuming
Maximum Redemptions into Cash)

   

(A)
Clarus

 

(B)
Blue Water

 

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

 

Pro Forma Combined

 

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

 

Pro Forma Combined

Net product revenue

 

$

6,369

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,369

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,369

 

Cost of product sales

 

 

8,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,687

 

Gross loss

 

 

(2,318

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,318

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,318

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

29,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

29,565

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

29,565

 

General and administrative

 

 

11,937

 

 

 

2,978

 

 

 

611

 

 

 

15,526

 

 

 

611

 

 

 

15,526

 

Research and development

 

 

3,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

3,477

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

3,477

 

Other taxes

 

 

 

 

 

172

 

 

 

(172

)

 

 

 

 

 

(172

)

 

 

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(47,177

)

 

 

(3,150

)

 

 

(559

)

 

 

(50,886

)

 

 

(559

)

 

 

(50,886

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability and derivative, net

 

 

66,891

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,256

)

 

 

64,635

 

 

 

(2,256

)

 

 

64,635

 

Change in fair value of derivative warrant
liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(922

)

 

 

922

 

 

 

 

 

 

922

 

 

 

 

Issuance costs – warrant liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(646

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(646

)

 

 

 

 

 

(646

)

Interest income

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,342

 

 

 

2,367

 

 

 

2,342

 

 

 

2,367

 

Interest expense

 

 

(15,394

)

 

 

 

 

 

10,091

 

 

 

(5,303

)

 

 

10,091

 

 

 

(5,303

)

Total other income (expense),
net

 

 

51,522

 

 

 

(1,568

)

 

 

11,099

 

 

 

61,053

 

 

 

11,099

 

 

 

61,053

 

Net (loss) income

 

 

4,345

 

 

 

(4,718

)

 

 

10,540

 

 

 

10,167

 

 

 

10,540

 

 

 

10,167

 

Accretion of preferred stock

 

 

(14,682

)

 

 

 

 

 

14,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,682

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(10,337

)

 

$

(4,718

)

 

$

25,222

 

 

$

10,167

 

 

$

25,222

 

 

$

10,167

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock subject to redemption, basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,556,309

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share, common stock subject to redemption

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

 

870,263

 

 

 

1,447,732

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,913,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,240,636

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share available to Sponsor per share, common stock

 

$

(11.88

)

 

$

(3.26

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.46

 

Pro Forma notes

(A)    From the audited statement of operations of Clarus as of December 31, 2020.

(B)    From the audited statement of operations of Blue Water as of December 31, 2020.

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

42

Table of Contents

UNAUDITED HISTORICAL COMPARATIVE AND PRO FORMA COMBINED PER SHARE DATA OF BLUE WATER AND CLARUS

Defined terms included below shall have the same meaning as terms defined and included elsewhere in this this proxy statement/prospectus.

The following table sets forth selected historical comparative share information of Blue Water and Clarus and unaudited pro forma condensed combined per share information of the Combined Entity after giving effect to the Business Combination, assuming No Redemption and Max Redemption, respectively.

The unaudited pro forma book value information reflects the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had occurred on March 31, 2021. The weighted average shares outstanding and net loss per share information give pro forma effect to the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2020.

The historical book value per share is computed by dividing total common stockholders’ equity by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at the end of the period. The pro forma combined book value per share is computed by dividing total pro forma common stockholders’ equity by the pro forma number of shares of common stock outstanding at the end of the period. The pro forma earnings per share of the Combined Entity is computed by dividing the pro forma income available to the Combined Entity’s common stockholders by the pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding over the period.

This information is only a summary and should be read together with the selected historical financial information included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, and the historical financial statements of Blue Water and Clarus and related notes that are included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. The unaudited pro forma combined per share information of Blue Water and Clarus is derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma combined earnings per share information below does not purport to represent the earnings per share which would have occurred had the companies been combined during the periods presented, nor earnings per share for any future date or period. The unaudited pro forma combined book value per share information below does not purport to represent what the value of Blue Water and Clarus would have been had the companies been combined during the periods presented.

         

Combined Pro Forma

As of and for the three months ended
March 31, 2021(3)

 

Blue Water (Historical)

 

Clarus (Historical)

 

Assuming No Redemption

 

Assuming Max Redemption

Book value per diluted share(1)(2)

 

$

0.69

 

$

(9.07

)

 

$

0.96

 

 

$

(0.70

)

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

$

2.83

 

$

(14.80

)

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

(0.09

)

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted(2)

 

 

3,768,542

 

 

1,308,694

 

 

 

24,228,462

 

 

 

20,538,430

 

Net loss per share-basic and diluted – redeemable

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding-basic and diluted – subject to redemption(2)

 

 

3,476,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

____________

(1)      Book value per share = total equity (deficit)/common shares outstanding at March 31, 2021 for Blue Water, Clarus and pro forma.

(2)      Historical book value per share and net income (loss) per share are based on total common stock for Blue Water and total common stock for Clarus

(3)      There were no cash dividends declared in the periods presented.

43

Table of Contents

DIVIDENDS ON SECURITIES

Blue Water

Holders of Blue Water

As of the Record Date, there were [ ] holders of record of Blue Water common stock, and [ ] holders of record of Warrants and [ ] holders of Units.

Dividend Policy of Blue Water

Blue Water has not paid any cash dividends on its common stock to date and does not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of its initial business combination.

Clarus

Holders of Clarus

As of the Record Date, there were [ ] holders of record of Clarus stock.

Dividend Policy of Clarus

Clarus has not paid any cash dividends on its stock to date and does not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of the Business Combination. Clarus is also party to debt agreements with covenants that limit Clarus’s ability to pay dividends or make distributions with respect to its common stock.

Dividend Policy of the Combined Entity Following the Business Combination

The Combined Entity intends to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and there are no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount and payment of any cash dividends in the future will be at the sole discretion of the Combined Entity’s board of directors, and will depend upon the Combined Entity’s revenue earnings, if any, available cash, current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, general financial condition subsequent to completion of the Business Combination and such other factors as the Combined Entity’s board of directors may deem relevant.

44

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider all the following risk factors, together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this proxy statement/prospectus, including the financial information, before deciding whether or how to vote or instruct your vote to be cast to approve the proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus.

The value of your investment following consummation of the Business Combination will be subject to significant risks affecting, among other things, the Combined Entity’s business, financial condition or results of operations. If any of the events described below occur, the Combined Entity’s post-Business Combination business and financial results could be adversely affected in material respects. This could result in a decline, which may be significant, in the trading price of the Combined Entity’s securities and you therefore may lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below are not necessarily exhaustive and you are encouraged to perform your own investigation with respect to the businesses of Blue Water and Clarus. Any reference in this “Risk Factors” section to the “surviving entity” shall mean New Blue Water.

Risks Related to the Business Combination

The ability of Blue Water’s stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of Blue Water’s shares may not allow Blue Water to complete the Business Combination or optimize its capital structure.

Because the Merger Agreement requires Blue Water to have at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets at closing (after giving effect to redemptions by Blue Water’s public stockholders), Blue Water will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing unless such closing condition is waived by Clarus. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than Blue Water currently expects, Blue Water may need to seek to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account or arrange for third-party financing. Third-party financing may not be available to Blue Water. Furthermore, raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels.

If the Business Combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until Blue Water liquidates the Trust Account or consummates an alternative initial business combination or upon the occurrence of an Extension or certain other corporation actions as set forth in the Blue Water Charter. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time Blue Water’s stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account or there may be limited market demand at such time. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with Blue Water’s redemption until Blue Water liquidates, consummates an alternative initial business combination, effectuates an Extension or takes certain other actions set forth in the Blue Water Charter or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

Blue Water did not seek an opinion from an unaffiliated third party as to the fair market value of Clarus or that the price it is paying for Clarus is fair to its stockholders from a financial point of view.

The Blue Water Board did not obtain a third-party valuation or fairness opinion in connection with their determination to approve the Business Combination. Blue Water is not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price it is paying is fair to its stockholders from a financial point of view. In analyzing the Business Combination, Blue Water’s Board and management conducted due diligence on Clarus and researched the industry in which Clarus operates and concluded that the Business Combination was in the best interest of its stockholders. Accordingly, Blue Water’s stockholders will be relying solely on the judgment of the Blue Water Board in determining the value of the Business Combination, and the Blue Water Board may not have properly valued such business. The lack of third-party valuation or fairness opinion may also lead an increased number of stockholders to vote against the Business Combination or demand redemption of their shares in connection with the Business Combination, which could potentially impact Blue Water’s ability to consummate the Business Combination.

You may be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of Clarus’s operations.

If the Business Combination is consummated, the Combined Entity will be affected by numerous risks inherent in Clarus’s business operations. Although Blue Water’s management has endeavored to evaluate the risks inherent in the proposed Business Combination with Clarus, Blue Water cannot assure you that it can adequately ascertain or

45

Table of Contents

assess all of the significant risk factors. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of Blue Water’s control. Blue Water also cannot assure you that an investment in Blue Water’s securities will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in Blue Water than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in Clarus. In addition, if Blue Water’s stockholders do not believe that the prospects for the Business Combination are promising, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for Blue Water to consummate the Business Combination.

There is no assurance that Blue Water’s diligence will reveal all material risks that may present with regard to Clarus. Subsequent to the completion of the Business Combination, the Combined Entity may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on its financial condition and its share price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Blue Water cannot assure you that the due diligence Blue Water has conducted on Clarus will reveal all material issues that may be present with regard to Clarus, or that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence or that risks outside of Blue Water’s control will not later arise. Clarus is aware that Blue Water must complete an initial business combination by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination). Consequently, Clarus may have obtained leverage over Blue Water in negotiating the Merger Agreement, knowing that if Blue Water does not complete the Business Combination, Blue Water may be unlikely to be able to complete an initial business combination with any other target business prior to such deadline. In addition, Blue Water has had limited time to conduct due diligence. Clarus is a privately held company and Blue Water therefore has made its decision to pursue a business combination with Clarus on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination that is not as profitable as expected, if at all. As a result of these factors, the Combined Entity may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in reporting losses. Even if Blue Water’s due diligence successfully identified certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and would not have an immediate impact on Blue Water’s liquidity, the fact that Blue Water reports charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about Blue Water or Blue Water’s securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause Blue Water to violate leverage or other covenants to which it may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by Clarus or by virtue of it obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any stockholders of Blue Water who choose to remain stockholders of the Combined Entity following the Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by Blue Water’s officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed by them to Blue Water, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy statement/prospectus relating to the Business Combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The unaudited pro forma financial information included in the section entitled Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statementsmay not be representative of New Blue Water’s results if the Business Combination is consummated and accordingly, you will have limited financial information on which to evaluate the financial performance of New Blue Water and your investment decision.

Blue Water and Clarus currently operate as separate companies. Blue Water has had no prior history as a combined entity and its operations have not previously been managed on a combined basis. The pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations that would have actually occurred had the Business Combination been completed at or as of the dates indicated, nor is it indicative of the future operating results or financial position of New Blue Water. The pro forma statement of earnings does not reflect future nonrecurring charges resulting from the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not reflect future events that may occur after the Business Combination and does not consider potential impacts of current market conditions on revenues or expenses. The pro forma financial information included in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” has been derived from Blue Water’s and Clarus’s historical financial statements and certain adjustments and assumptions have been made regarding the combined entity after giving effect to the transaction. Differences between preliminary estimates in the pro forma financial information and the final acquisition accounting will occur and could have an adverse impact on the pro forma financial information and New Blue Water’s financial position and future results of operations.

46

Table of Contents

In addition, the assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial information may not prove to be accurate and other factors may affect New Blue Water’s financial condition or results of operations following the Closing. Any potential decline in New Blue Water’s financial condition or results of operations may cause significant variations in the stock price of New Blue Water.

Blue Water may issue additional shares of common or preferred stock to complete the Business Combination or under the Equity Incentive Plan after completion of the Business Combination, any one of which would dilute the interest of Blue Water’s stockholders and likely present other risks.

The Blue Water Charter authorizes the issuance of up to 50,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, 2,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. There are currently 44,250,000 authorized but unissued shares of Class A common stock available for issuance, which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants. There are currently 562,500 authorized but unissued shares of Class B common stock available for issuance. There are currently no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. Blue Water may issue a substantial number of additional shares of common or preferred stock to complete the initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of the Business Combination. However, the Blue Water Charter provides, among other things, that prior to Blue Water’s initial business combination, Blue Water may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. These provisions of the Blue Water Charter, like all other provisions thereof, may be amended with a stockholder vote. Blue Water’s executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with Blue Water, that they will not propose any amendment to the Blue Water Charter that would affect the substance or timing of Blue Water’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public shares if Blue Water does not complete the initial business combination by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), unless Blue Water provides its public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and working capital released to Blue Water), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. The issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock:

•        may significantly dilute the equity interest of existing investors;

•        may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded Blue Water’s common stock;

•        could cause a change in control if a substantial number of common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, Blue Water’s ability to use its net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of Blue Water’s present officers and directors; and

•        may adversely affect prevailing market prices for Blue Water’s Units, Class A common stock and/or Warrants.

Blue Water is dependent upon its executive officers and directors and their departure could adversely affect Blue Water’s ability to operate and to consummate the initial business combination; Blue Water’s executive officers and directors also allocate their time to other businesses, thereby causing potential conflicts of interest that could have a negative impact on Blue Water’s ability to complete the initial business combination.

Blue Water’s operations and its ability to consummate the Business Combination are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, its executive officers and directors. Blue Water believes that its success depends on the continued service of its executive officers and directors, at least until the completion of the Business Combination. Blue Water does not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of its directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of Blue Water’s directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on Blue Water and the ability to consummate the Business Combination. In addition, Blue Water’s executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to its affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including monitoring the due diligence and undertaking the other actions required in order to consummate the Business Combination. Each of Blue Water’s executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which they may be entitled to substantial compensation and Blue Water’s directors also serve as officers

47

Table of Contents

and board members for other entities. If Blue Water’s executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to Blue Water’s affairs which may have a negative impact on Blue Water’s ability to consummate the Business Combination.

The Combined Entity’s ability to be successful following the Business Combination will depend upon the efforts of the Combined Entity’s board of directors and key personnel and the loss of such persons could negatively impact the operations and profitability of New Blue Water’s post-Business Combination business.

The Combined Entity’s ability to be successful following the Business Combination will be dependent upon the efforts of the Combined Entity’s board of directors and key personnel. Blue Water cannot assure you that New Blue Water’s board of directors and key personnel will be effective or successful or remain with the Combined Entity. In addition to the other challenges they will face, such individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company, which could cause the Combined Entity’s management to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

It is estimated that, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Blue Water’s public stockholders will own approximately 24.0% of the equity interests or assets of the Combined Entity (assuming no redemptions) and Blue Water’s management, other than Kimberly Murphy and Joseph Hernandez, who are expected to serve on the board of directors of the Combined Entity, will not be engaged in the management of the Combined Entity’s business. Accordingly, the future performance of the Combined Entity will depend upon the quality of the post-Business Combination board of directors, management and key personnel of the Combined Entity.

Blue Water’s key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with the Combined Entity in connection with the Business Combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following the Business Combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether the Business Combination is advantageous.

Blue Water’s key personnel may be able to remain with the Combined Entity after the completion of the Business Combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the Business Combination. Such negotiations may take place prior to the consummation of the Business Combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or securities of the Combined Entity for services they would render to the Combined Entity after the completion of the Business Combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination. However, Blue Water believes the ability of such individuals to remain with the Combined Entity after the completion of the Business Combination will not be the determining factor in Blue Water’s decisions regarding the consummation of the Business Combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of Blue Water’s key personnel will remain with the Combined Entity after the consummation of the Business Combination. Blue Water cannot assure you that any of its key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the Combined Entity.

Because Blue Water’s initial stockholders, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in Blue Water if the Business Combination or an alternative business combination is not completed, and because Blue Water’s Sponsor, executive officers and directors will not be eligible to be reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses if the Business Combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may have arisen in determining whether Clarus was appropriate for Blue Water’s initial business combination.

Blue Water’s initial stockholders currently own 1,437,500 shares of Class B Common Stock. In addition, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 3,445,000 Placement Warrants, each exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, that will also be worthless if Blue Water does not complete a business combination. The Founder shares are identical to the shares of Class A common stock. However, the holders have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination and (B) not to redeem any shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination.

The personal and financial interests of Blue Water’s executive officers and directors may have influenced their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. At the closing of Blue Water’s

48

Table of Contents

initial business combination, its Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on Blue Water’s behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. In the event the Business Combination or an alternative business combination is completed, there is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on Blue Water’s behalf. However, Blue Water’s Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates will not be eligible for any such reimbursement if the Business Combination or an alternative business combination is not completed. Such financial interests of Blue Water’s Sponsor, executive officers and directors may have influenced their motivation in approving the Business Combination and may influence their motivation for completing the Business Combination.

Some of the Blue Water and Clarus officers and directors may be argued to have conflicts of interest that may influence them to support or approve the Business Combination without regard to your interests.

Certain officers and directors of Blue Water and Clarus participate in arrangements that provide them with interests in the Business Combination that may be different from yours, including, among others, the continued service as an officer or director of New Blue Water, severance benefits, equity grants, continued indemnification and the potential ability to sell an increased number of shares of common stock of New Blue Water. If the Business Combination is not consummated and Blue Water is forced to wind up, dissolve and liquidate in accordance with the Blue Water Charter, the 1,437,500 shares of Class B common stock currently held by the Sponsor and Blue Water’s directors and officers, which were initially acquired prior to the Blue Water IPO by the initial stockholders for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, will be worthless (as the holders have waived liquidation rights with respect to such shares). Such shares of Class A common stock had an aggregate market value of approximately $[ ] based on the last sale price of $[    ] per share on Nasdaq on [    ], 2021. Accordingly, the Sponsor and Blue Water’s current executive officers and directors, have interests that may be different from, or in addition to, your interests as a stockholder.

These interests, among others, may influence the officers and directors of Blue Water and Clarus to support or approve the Merger. For more information concerning the interests of Blue Water and Clarus executive officers and directors, see the sections entitled “The Blue Water Business Combination Proposal — Interests of Blue Water’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” and “The Clarus Business Combination Proposal — Interests of Clarus Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination” in this proxy statement/prospectus.

The value of the Founder Shares following completion of the Business Combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of New Blue Water common stock at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per share.

The Sponsor has invested in Blue Water an aggregate of $3,470,000, comprised of the $25,000 purchase price for the Founder Shares and the $3,445,000 purchase price for the Placement Warrants. Assuming a trading price of $10.00 per share upon consummation of the Business Combination, the 1,437,500 Founder Shares would have an aggregate implied value of $14.4 million. Even if the trading price of New Blue Water common stock were as low as $2.41 per share, and the Placement Warrants were worthless, the value of the Founder Shares would be equal to the Sponsor’s initial investment in Blue Water. As a result, the Sponsor is likely to be able to recoup its investment in the Combined Entity and make a substantial profit on that investment, even if the public shares have lost significant value. Accordingly, the Blue Water management team, which owns interests in the Sponsor, may have an economic incentive that differs from that of the public stockholders to pursue and consummate the Business Combination rather than to liquidate and to return all of the cash in the trust to the public stockholders. For the foregoing reasons, you should consider the Blue Water management team's financial incentive to complete the Business Combination when evaluating whether to redeem your shares prior to or in connection with the Business Combination.

Blue Water’s stockholders and Clarus’s stockholders may not realize a benefit from the Business Combination commensurate with the ownership dilution they will experience in connection with the Business Combination.

If New Blue Water is unable to realize the full strategic and financial benefits currently anticipated from the Merger, Blue Water’s stockholders and Clarus’s stockholders will have experienced substantial dilution of their ownership interests in their respective companies without receiving any commensurate benefit, or only receiving part of the commensurate benefit to the extent New Blue Water is able to realize only part of the strategic and financial benefits currently anticipated from the Business Combination.

49

Table of Contents

During the pendency of the Business Combination, Blue Water and Clarus may not be able to enter into a business combination with another party because of restrictions in the Merger Agreement, which could adversely affect their respective businesses. Furthermore, certain provisions of the Merger Agreement may discourage third parties from submitting alternative takeover proposals, including proposals that may be superior to the arrangements contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Covenants in the Merger Agreement impede the ability of Blue Water and Clarus to make acquisitions or complete other transactions that are not in the ordinary course of business pending completion of the Business Combination. As a result, if the Business Combination is not completed, the parties may be at a disadvantage to their competitors during that period. In addition, while the Merger Agreement is in effect, each party is generally prohibited from soliciting, initiating, encouraging or entering into certain extraordinary transactions, such as a merger, sale of assets or other business combination outside the ordinary course of business, with any third party. Any such transactions could be favorable to such party’s stockholders.

If the conditions to the Merger are not met, the Business Combination may not occur.

Even if the Business Combination is approved by the stockholders of Blue Water (including each of the Required Approvals) and Clarus, specified conditions must be satisfied or waived to complete the Business Combination. These conditions are described in detail in the Merger Agreement and in addition to stockholder consent, include among other requirements, (i) receipt of requisite regulatory approvals and no law or order preventing the transactions, (ii) no pending litigation to enjoin or restrict the Closing, (iii) each party’s representations and warranties being true and correct as of the date of the Merger Agreement and as of the Closing (subject to Material Adverse Effect), (iv) each party complying in all material respects with its covenants and agreements, (v) no Material Adverse Effect with respect to a party since the date of the Merger Agreement which remains continuing and uncured, (vi) Blue Water having net tangible assets of Blue Water having at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets, after giving effect to the redemption of Blue Water public stockholders, (vii) the members of the post-Closing board being elected or appointed, (viii) an effective registration statement and (ix) the conditional Nasdaq approval. See “The Merger Agreement and Related Agreements — Merger Agreement — Conditions to Consummation of the Merger” below for a more complete summary. Blue Water and Clarus cannot assure you that all of the conditions will be satisfied. If the conditions are not satisfied or waived, the Business Combination will not occur, or will be delayed and such delay may cause Blue Water and Clarus to each lose some or all of the intended benefits of the Business Combination. If the Business Combination does not occur, Blue Water may not be able to find another potential candidate for its initial business combination prior to Blue Water’s deadline (currently December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination)), and Blue Water will be required to liquidate.

U.S. federal income tax reform could adversely affect us and holders of New Blue Water’s securities.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law H.R. 1, originally known as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act,” (the “TCJA”) which significantly reformed the Code. This legislation, among other things, changes the U.S. federal tax rates, imposes significant additional limitations on the deductibility of interest, allows the expensing of capital expenditures and puts into effect the migration from a “worldwide” system of taxation to a territorial system. Blue Water continues to examine the impact this tax reform legislation may have on Blue Water. The impact of this tax reform, or of any future administrative guidance interpreting provisions thereof, on holders of New Blue Water’s securities is uncertain and could be adverse. This proxy statement/prospectus does not discuss any such tax legislation or the manner in which it might affect holders of New Blue Water’s securities. We urge holders of Blue Water securities to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to any such legislation and the potential tax consequences of their ownership of Blue Water securities and New Blue Water’s securities.

Delaware law and New Blue Water’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions, that limit the ability of stockholders to take certain actions and could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

The Amended Charter and New Blue Water’s bylaws that will be in effect upon consummation of the Business Combination, and the DGCL, contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by New Blue Water’s board of directors and therefore depress the trading price of New Blue Water’s common stock. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to

50

Table of Contents

take certain actions, including electing directors who are not nominated by the current members of the Clarus board of directors or taking other corporate actions, including effecting changes in the management of the Combined Entity. Among other things, the Amended Charter and New Blue Water’s bylaws include provisions regarding:

•        a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of New Blue Water’s board of directors;

•        opting out of Section 203 of the DGCL to allow New Blue Water to establish its own rules governing business combinations with interested parties;

•        the ability of New Blue Water’s board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

•        the limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, New Blue Water’s directors and officers;

•        the exclusive right of New Blue Water’s board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of New Blue Water’s board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on New Blue Water’s board of directors;

•        the requirement that directors may only be removed from New Blue Water’s board of directors for cause;

•        a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and could delay the ability of stockholders to force consideration of a stockholder proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

•        the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by New Blue Water’s board of directors, the chairperson of New Blue Water’s board of directors, New Blue Water’s chief executive officer or New Blue Water’s president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), which could delay the ability of stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

•        controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of board of directors and stockholder meetings;

•        the requirement for the affirmative vote of holders of at least 2/3 of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of the Amended Charter or New Blue Water’s bylaws, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in New Blue Water’s board of directors and also may inhibit the ability of an acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;

•        the ability of New Blue Water’s board of directors to amend the bylaws, which may allow New Blue Water’s board of directors to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and

•        advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to New Blue Water’s board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in New Blue Water’s board of directors and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Combined Entity.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in New Blue Water’s board of directors or management.

Any provision of the Amended Charter, New Blue Water’s bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control could limit the opportunity for stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of New Blue Water’s capital stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for New Blue Water’s common stock.

51

Table of Contents

The Amended Charter will designate a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between New Blue Water and its stockholders, and also provide that the federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, each of which could limit the ability of New Blue Water’s stockholders to choose the judicial forum for disputes with New Blue Water or its directors, officers, or employees.

The Amended Charter, which will become effective upon the Closing, will provide that, unless New Blue Water consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on its behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of its directors, officers, or other employees to New Blue Water or its stockholders, (iii) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws or (iv) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware), in all cases subject to the court having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. The Amended Charter will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. The exclusive forum provision will be applicable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, subject to certain exceptions. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. We note, however, that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for state and federal courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of New Blue Water’s securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. This exclusive-forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with New Blue Water or its directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against New Blue Water and its directors, officers, and other employees. If a court were to find the exclusive-forum provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, New Blue Water may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could harm its results of operations.

Risk Related to Clarus

Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we”, “us” and “our” in this subsection “— Risks Related to Clarus” generally refer to Clarus in the present tense and the Combined Entity from and after the Business Combination.

Investing in us involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in us, you should carefully consider the following risks, as well as general economic and business risks, and all of the other information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline, which would cause you to lose all or part of your investment. When determining whether to invest, you should also refer to the other information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto, and the other financial information concerning us included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Risks Related to Business Operations and Commercialization

Our independent registered public accounting firm’s report contains an explanatory paragraph that expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

As of March 31, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $7.4 million. We have incurred losses since inception and we had an accumulated deficit of $341.2 million as of March 31, 2021, including $97.9 million of cumulative accretion on our Preferred Stock, and $98.4 million of cumulative non-cash interest related to previously issued convertible debt. We are also in forbearance on our March 12, 2020 senior secured notes as we were unable to maintain at least $10.0 million in cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of each calendar month beginning December

52

Table of Contents

2020 and we were unable to pay the required $3.1 million interest payment due in March 2021. In accordance with the related forbearance agreement, we will need to maintain at least $2.5 million of cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of each calendar month commencing with March 2021 until the consummation of the Business Combination.

In addition to pursuing the Business Combination and a related investment of $25.0 million (which certain of our stakeholders have agreed to invest in us before the close of the Business Combination), we plan to seek additional funding through the expansion of our commercial efforts to grow JATENZO and our operating cash flow, business development efforts to out-license JATENZO internationally, equity financings, debt financings, or other capital sources including collaborations with other companies or other strategic arrangements with third parties. There can be no assurance that these future financing efforts will be successful. If we are unable to obtain funding or generate operating cash flow, we will be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of its product portfolio expansion or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect our business prospects, or we may be unable to continue operations.

Based on our recurring losses from operations incurred since inception, expectation of continuing operating losses for the foreseeable future, and need to raise additional capital to finance our future operations, we have concluded that our cash and cash equivalents will not be sufficient to fund our operating expenses, capital expenditure requirements and debt service payments through at least the next twelve months and that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our audited financial statements contained elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

We have incurred significant indebtedness in connection with our business and servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash. We may not have sufficient cash flow from our operations to satisfy the financial covenants in our debt agreements. We may not receive a waiver of default for outstanding indebtedness for which we may be in default in the future.

In March 2020, we issued and sold senior secured notes to certain lenders not related to Clarus. In March 2021, we entered into a forbearance agreement with such investors in relation to the senior secured notes. We were unable to and did not pay interest of $3.1 million due on March 1, 2021. Under the forbearance agreement, in exchange for the investors’ agreement not to exercise their rights to retrieve the funds owed, we were required to maintain cash and cash equivalents of at least $2.5 million, amongst other financial budgeting and reporting requirements until consummation of the Business Combination. Under the forbearance agreement, the forbearance period would automatically terminate if certain conditions, including the execution of the Merger Agreement, did not occur on or prior to April 15, 2021. In April 2021, we entered into a written consent to update the terms of the forbearance agreement. Per the written consent, the forbearance period would not be terminated on April 15, 2021, provided that we, amongst other things, executed the Merger Agreement and provided financial reporting requirements by April 27, 2021.

The terms of the senior secured notes provide for semi-annual payments on March 1 and September 1. Until March 2022, only interest is payable on the notes, with payments in the amount of $3,125,000 due on each of September 1, 2021 and March 1, 2022. Beginning with the payment due September 1, 2022, in addition to interest payments, we are required to make principal payments of $7.5 million on each of September 1, 2022, March 1, 2023, September 1, 2023 and March 1, 2024. Thereafter, in addition to interest payments, we are required to make principal payments of $10.0 million on each of September 1, 2024 and March 1, 2025. Additionally, we are required to make a payment of $3,125,000 on February 1, 2023, which is the amount of a payment-in-kind note we issued on May 27, 2021.

If we are unable to make payments when due under our debt agreements, or repay these obligations at maturity, and we are otherwise unable to extend the maturity dates or refinance these obligations, we would be in default. We cannot provide any assurances that we will be able to generate the necessary amount of capital to make payments as they become due, or to repay these obligations, or that we will be able to extend the maturity dates or otherwise refinance these obligations. In the event of default on any of these loans, all investors have the right to exercise all remedies available under the indenture to receive the funds due. Accordingly, a default would have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, the agreements governing our indebtedness include certain debt service and other financial covenants that we must satisfy. In the past, we have defaulted on certain of these covenants and have entered into forbearance agreements to waive our defaults from the investors, as described above.

We cannot provide any assurance that the investors would provide us with a consent or enter into a forbearance agreement should we not be in compliance in the future. A failure to maintain compliance, in the event our investors do not agree to a consent for the non-compliance, would cause the outstanding borrowings to be in default and payable on demand which would have a material adverse effect on us.

53

Table of Contents

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and we, and following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity, may identify future material weaknesses in our and the Combined Entity’s internal control over financial reporting.

During the preparation of our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, our management identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis.

Specifically, our management identified a combination of deficiencies in our internal controls within the financial reporting function that result from an ineffective design and implementation of an appropriate system of controls. The material weaknesses identified include (i) insufficient supervision and review, (ii) a lack of segregation of duties and (iii) a lack of access and input controls related to our financial reporting systems. Management believes these deficiencies are the result of a lack of accounting personnel to provide the necessary segregation and review.

We have started the process of remediating these deficiencies and will continue to take initiatives to improve our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls. Towards this end, we have hired new accounting personnel since our last reported financial statements, and are in the process of hiring additional accounting personnel. Management believes these efforts will address the issues that led to the aforementioned deficiencies. We are committed to appropriately staffing the accounting and reporting functions. However, the implementation of these initiatives is not complete and may not fully address the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and we cannot assure you that we, or following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity, will not identify other material weaknesses or deficiencies, which could negatively impact our, and following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity’s, results of operations in future periods.

More generally, the process of designing and implementing an effective financial reporting system is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a financial reporting system that satisfies our reporting obligations. If the Combined Entity is unable to meet the demands that will be placed upon it as a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Combined Entity may be unable to accurately report its financial results in future periods, or report them within the timeframes required by law or securities exchange regulations. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, when and as applicable, could also potentially subject the Combined Entity to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Any failure to maintain or implement required new or improved controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation, could result in additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies, cause the Combined Entity to fail to meet its reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in the Combined Entity’s financial statements. Furthermore, if we, and following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity, cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our and the Combined Entity’s business and results of operations could be harmed, and investors could lose confidence in our, and following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity’s reported financial information. The Combined Entity also could become subject to investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

We depend almost entirely on the success of our product, JATENZO. There is no assurance that our commercialization efforts in the United States with respect to JATENZO will be successful or that we will be able to generate revenues at the levels or within the timing we expect or at the levels or within the timing necessary to support our goals.

To date, we have generated $16.0 million in gross revenues from the sale of JATENZO in the United States. Our lead product, JATENZO, was approved by the FDA in March 2019 and became commercially available in the United States in February 2020.

Our business currently depends heavily on our ability to successfully commercialize JATENZO, an androgen indicated for T-replacement therapy, in the United States to treat adult men with hypogonadism due to certain medical conditions. We may never be able to successfully commercialize the product or meet our expectations with respect to revenues. We may be subject to patent litigation that could materially impact or prevent commercialization. For example, Lipocine, Inc. (“Liopcine”) sued us for infringement of their patents. Although we prevailed on our motion for summary judgment in such matter, we may be subject to other claims in the future. This and other proceedings are discussed in the “Legal Proceedings subsection below. Prior to our launch in February 2020, we had never marketed, sold or distributed for commercial use any pharmaceutical product. There is no guarantee that the infrastructure, systems,

54

Table of Contents

processes, policies, personnel, relationships and materials we have built to launch and commercialize JATENZO in the United States will be sufficient for us to achieve success at the levels we expect. Additionally, healthcare providers may not prescribe JATENZO due to safety risks posed by T-replacement products. We may also encounter challenges related to the reimbursement of JATENZO, even if we have positive early indications from payors, including potential limitations in the scope, breadth, availability, or amount of reimbursement covering each product. Similarly, healthcare settings or patients may determine that the financial burdens of treatment are not acceptable. Our results may also be negatively impacted if we have not adequately sized our field teams or our targeting strategy is inadequate or if we encounter deficiencies or inefficiencies in our infrastructure or processes. Any of these issues could impair our ability to successfully commercialize JATENZO or to generate substantial revenues or profits or to meet our expectations with respect to the amount or timing of revenue or profits. Any issues or hurdles related to our commercialization efforts may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. There is no guarantee that we will be successful in our launch or commercialization efforts with respect to JATENZO.

We have limited experience as a commercial company and the marketing and sale of JATENZO or any future approved drugs may be unsuccessful or less successful than anticipated.

While we have initiated the commercial launch of JATENZO in the United States, we have limited experience as a commercial company and there is limited information about our ability to successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties encountered by companies commercializing drugs in the biopharmaceutical industry. To execute our business plan, in addition to successfully marketing and selling JATENZO, we will need to successfully:

•        establish and maintain our relationships with healthcare providers who will be treating the patients who may receive JATENZO and any future products;

•        obtain adequate pricing and reimbursement for JATENZO and any future products;

•        develop and maintain successful strategic alliances; and

•        manage our spending as costs and expenses increase due to clinical trials, marketing approvals, and commercialization.

If we are unsuccessful in accomplishing these objectives, we may not be able to successfully commercialize JATENZO and any future product candidates, raise capital, expand our business, or continue our operations.

The sales, marketing and distribution capabilities we have built may not be sufficient to overcome the challenges associated with commercializing JATENZO. We may not be able to build sufficient sales, marketing and distribution capabilities with respect to any of our future product candidates, if successfully developed and approved. If we are unsuccessful in these efforts, or if we are unable to achieve market acceptance for any approved products, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects will be materially adversely affected.

JATENZO is the first product we have marketed, sold and distributed for commercial use. There is no guarantee that the systems, processes, policies, relationships and materials we have built will be sufficient to overcome the challenges associated with commercializing JATENZO or for successful commercialization of the product in the United States as a treatment for adult men with hypogonadism due to certain medical conditions.

We have established a specialty sales force to promote JATENZO to endocrinologists and urologists, as well as high-prescribers of T-replacement therapies among primary care physicians (“PCPs”) in the United States. In addition, we will need to commit significant additional management and other resources to establish and grow our sales organization. We may not be able to achieve the necessary development and growth in a cost-effective manner or realize a positive return on our investment. We will also have to compete with other pharmaceutical companies to recruit, hire, train and retain sales and marketing personnel. In addition, we plan to explore partnership or co-promotion arrangements with established pharmaceutical companies that have PCP-focused sales forces or contract with an outside sales force to achieve broader penetration into the U.S. PCP market, which may prove costly or difficult to implement. If we are unable to grow our sales force, or enter into agreements with third parties that have existing sales forces, we will not be able to successfully commercialize JATENZO and our ability to generate revenue will be impaired.

55

Table of Contents

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Section 382 of the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in the ownership of its equity over a three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and certain other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. We have experienced such ownership changes in the past, and we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of the Business Combination or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which are outside our control. As of December 31, 2020, we had U.S. federal and NOL or NOL, carryforwards of $189.2 million and $169.1 million, respectively, and our ability to utilize those NOLs could be limited by an “ownership change” as described above, which could result in increased tax liability to us. Furthermore, our ability to utilize our NOLs or credits is conditioned upon our attaining profitability and generating U.S. federal and state taxable income. As a result, the amount of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards presented in our financial statements could be limited and may expire unutilized. Federal NOL carryforwards generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 will not be subject to expiration. However, any such NOL carryforwards may only offset 80% of our annual taxable income in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020.

Risk Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

Our reliance on third-party suppliers and distributors could harm our ability to commercialize JATENZO or any product candidates that may be approved in the future.

We do not currently own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of JATENZO or any product candidates that may be approved in the future. We rely on third-party suppliers to manufacture and supply the active pharmaceutical ingredient and drug product required for our commercial supply and clinical studies which may not be able to produce sufficient inventory to meet commercial demand in a cost-efficient, timely manner, or at all. Our third-party suppliers may not be required to, or may be unable to, provide us with any guaranteed minimum production levels or have sufficient dedicated capacity for our drugs. As a result, there can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain sufficient quantities of JATENZO, which could have a material adverse effect on our business as a whole.

If any contract manufacturing organization (“CMO”) with whom we contract fails to perform its obligations, we may be forced to manufacture the materials ourselves, for which we may not have the capabilities or resources, or enter into an agreement with a different CMO, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms, if at all. In either scenario, our clinical trials or commercial distribution could be delayed significantly as we establish alternative supply sources. In some cases, the technical skills required to manufacture our products or product candidates may be unique or proprietary to the original CMO and we may have difficulty, or there may be contractual restrictions prohibiting us from, transferring such skills to a back-up or alternate supplier, or we may be unable to transfer such skills at all. In addition, if we are required to change CMOs for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new CMO maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations. We will also need to verify, such as through a manufacturing comparability study, that any new manufacturing process will produce our product according to the specifications previously submitted to or approved by the FDA or another regulatory authority. The delays associated with the verification of a new CMO could negatively affect our ability to develop product candidates or commercialize our products in a timely manner or within budget. Furthermore, a CMO may possess technology related to the manufacture of our product candidate that such CMO owns independently. This would increase our reliance on such CMO or require us to obtain a license from such CMO in order to have another CMO manufacture our products or product candidates. In addition, in the case of the CMOs that supply our product candidates, changes in manufacturers often involve changes in manufacturing procedures and processes, which could require that we conduct bridging studies between our prior clinical supply used in our clinical trials and that of any new manufacturer. We may be unsuccessful in demonstrating the comparability of clinical supplies which could require the conduct of additional clinical trials.

Additionally, on March 27, 2020, former President Trump signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Throughout the COVID-19 outbreak, there has been public concern over the availability and accessibility of critical medical products, and the CARES Act enhances FDA’s existing authority with respect to drug shortage measures. Under the CARES Act, we must have in place a risk management plan that identifies and evaluates the risks to the supply of approved drugs for certain serious diseases or conditions for each establishment where the drug or API is manufactured. The risk management plan will be subject to FDA review during an inspection. If we experience shortages in the supply of our marketed products, our results could be materially impacted.

56

Table of Contents

We rely on two suppliers for our supply of TU, the active pharmaceutical ingredient of JATENZO, and the loss of either of these suppliers could impair our ability to procure sufficient amounts of TU to meet demand for JATENZO.

We rely on two third-party suppliers, Pharmacia & Upjohn Company LLC (“Pfizer”) and Zhejiang Xianju Pharmaceutical Co., LTD (“Xianju”), for our supply of T-undecanoate (“TU”), the active pharmaceutical ingredient of JATENZO. Since there are only a limited number of TU suppliers in the world, if either of these parties ceases to provide us with TU or materially reduces the amount of TU they can provide us with, including below the minimum supply obligations in the case of our agreement with Pfizer, we may be unable to procure sufficient amounts of TU on commercially favorable terms, or may not be able to obtain it in a timely manner. Furthermore, the limited number of suppliers of TU may provide such companies with greater opportunity to raise their prices. Any increase in price for TU will likely reduce our gross margins.

We depend on Catalent for the supply of the softgel capsules for JATENZO and the termination of our agreement with Catalent would hurt our business.

Our JATENZO softgel capsules are manufactured by Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC (“Catalent”) pursuant to an exclusive manufacturing agreement between Catalent and us that we entered into on July 23, 2009 and subsequently amended in October 2012, November 2012 and June 2017. Pursuant to the terms of the manufacturing agreement, Catalent will be our sole supplier of JATENZO softgel capsules on a worldwide basis. As part of our manufacturing agreement, Catalent has also granted to us a nonexclusive royalty-free license to certain of its proprietary technology to the extent it is relevant to the manufacture, use or sale of JATENZO.

Reliance on a third-party manufacturer involves risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured JATENZO ourselves, including reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance, the possibility of breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party because of factors beyond our control and the possibility of termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or damaging to us. The FDA and other regulatory authorities require that JATENZO be manufactured according to current Good Manufacturing Practice (“cGMP”), and we are ultimately responsible for ensuring JATENZO is manufactured in accordance with cGMP even though we use contract manufacturers. Any failure by our third-party manufacturers to comply with cGMP could be the basis for action by the FDA to withdraw approvals previously granted to us and for other regulatory action.

The Catalent manufacturing agreement remains in effect by its terms until March 2025 but is automatically renewable for additional two-year terms if not terminated one year prior to the initial termination date or any renewal period. Catalent can terminate the manufacturing agreement at any time provided that they give us 24 months’ written notice of their decision to terminate. We are required to purchase a minimum quantity of JATENZO softgel capsules. We are also required to pay to Catalent an annual commercial occupancy fee and an annual product maintenance fee effective January 1 of the year that commercial manufacture of JATENZO occurs.

If Catalent terminates the manufacturing agreement, we would need to identify a new supplier of JATENZO softgel capsules, which could result in an interruption of the continued supply of JATENZO. In addition, we would lose the benefits of and rights to use Catalent’s proprietary technology and, to the extent that we were relying upon this technology, would need to negotiate for separate rights to it. The FDA likely will require the facilities of any new manufacturer of JATENZO to pass inspection before approving the change to such new manufacturer and would also potentially require that we run additional studies if we change the softgel formulation of JATENZO. Although it is likely that clinical studies will not be necessary, there is no guarantee of this. Accordingly, the termination of the Catalent manufacturing agreement could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

If we do not establish successful partnership or co-promotion arrangements, our commercialization plans for JATENZO may be impacted.

We have established our own commercial organization in the United States, however, in order to achieve deeper penetration into the PCP market in the United States, we expect to enter into marketing or co-promotion arrangements with established pharmaceutical companies that have a PCP-focused sales force or contract with an outside sales force. Additionally, we expect to consider strategic partnerships to assist in obtaining marketing approval for and commercialization of JATENZO outside of the United States. We will face significant competition in seeking appropriate partners and these partnership or co-promotion arrangements are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. We may not be able to negotiate partnership or co-promotion arrangements on acceptable terms,

57

Table of Contents

or at all. If we are unable to enter into partnership or co-promotion arrangements, we may have to curtail or delay commercialization of JATENZO in certain geographies, reduce the scope of our sales or marketing activities, reduce the scope of our commercialization plans, or increase our expenditures and undertake commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund commercialization activities outside of the United States on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

If we enter into a partnership or co-promotion arrangement and a partner terminates or fails to perform its obligations under an agreement with us, the commercialization of JATENZO could be delayed or negatively impacted.

If we enter into partnership or co-promotion arrangements and any of our partners does not devote sufficient time and resources for a partnership or co-promotion arrangement with us, we may not realize the potential commercial benefits of the arrangement. In addition, if any future partner were to breach or terminate its arrangements with us, the commercialization of JATENZO in countries outside the United States could be delayed, curtailed or terminated because we may not have sufficient financial resources or capabilities to continue commercialization of JATENZO on our own in such locations.

Competition may negatively impact a partner’s focus on and commitment to JATENZO and, as a result, could delay or otherwise negatively affect the commercialization of JATENZO outside of the United States or in the general PCP market in the United States. If future partners fail to effectively commercialize JATENZO for any of these reasons, our sales of JATENZO may be limited.

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic is having, and is expected to have, an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our commercial operations and sales.

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may continue to have a negative impact on the global economy which could impact our business and results of operations. The continued spread of COVID-19 could adversely impact our operations. In response to the spread of COVID-19, we have taken temporary precautionary measures intended to help minimize the risk of the virus to our employees, including encouraging all employees to work remotely. Notwithstanding these measures, the COVID-19 pandemic could affect the health and availability of our workforce as well as those of the third parties we rely on taking similar measures.

Business interruptions from the current COVID-19, or a future, pandemic may also adversely impact our commercial operations, including:

•        adversely impacting the third parties we solely rely on to sufficiently manufacture JATENZO in quantities we require including the availability of raw materials and other supply chain requirements;

•        decreasing the demand for JATENZO; and

•        the ability of our sales representatives to reach healthcare customers.

The full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will directly or indirectly impact our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning COVID-19, the actions taken to contain it or treat its impact and the economic impact on local, regional, and national markets.

Risk Related to Development and Regulation

We may not be able to gain market acceptance for JATENZO.

The commercial success of JATENZO will depend upon the acceptance of the product by the medical community, including physicians, patients and healthcare payers.

Some physicians and patients may determine that the benefits of JATENZO as a T-replacement therapy in adult males do not outweigh the risks, including those risks set forth in the boxed warning for JATENZO. The boxed warning for JATENZO warns physicians that JATENZO can cause blood pressure increases that can increase the risk of major adverse cardiovascular events, including non-fatal myocardial infarction, non-fatal stroke and cardiovascular death. Physicians are recommended to consider the patient’s baseline cardiovascular risk and ensure blood pressure is adequately controlled. Furthermore, physicians are encouraged to monitor for and treat new-onset hypertension or exacerbations of pre-existing hypertension.

58

Table of Contents

Physicians may be hesitant to prescribe JATENZO, and patients may be hesitant to take JATENZO, because of the boxed warning. These potential risks may make it more difficult for a patient to decide to begin JATENZO or to stay on JATENZO.

The degree of market acceptance of JATENZO will also depend on a number of other factors, including:

•        physicians’ views as to the scope of the approved indication and limitations on use and warnings and precautions contained in JATENZO’s approved labeling;

•        the availability, efficacy and safety of competitive therapies;

•        pricing and the perception of physicians and payers as to cost effectiveness;

•        the existence of sufficient third-party coverage or reimbursement; and

•        the effectiveness of our sales, marketing and distribution strategies.

If we are not able to achieve a high degree of market acceptance of JATENZO for T-replacement therapy, we may not be able to achieve our revenue goals or other financial goals or to achieve profitability or cash-flow break-even in the time periods we expect, or at all.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. If we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products, such as JATENZO. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA or other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. For instance, we received marketing approval for JATENZO for the treatment of adult men with hypogonadism due to certain medical conditions. Physicians may in their practice prescribe JATENZO to their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved labeling. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to public advisory or enforcement letters, reputational damage, and significant liability. The U.S. federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion under both the federal Anti-kickback Statute and False Claims Act and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of JATENZO to ensure it remains consistent with its approved labeling, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Even though we have obtained marketing approval for JATENZO in the United States, physicians and patients using other T-replacement therapies may choose not to switch to our product.

Physicians often show a reluctance to switch their patients from existing drug products even when new and potentially more effective and convenient treatments enter the market. Patients also often acclimate to the brand or type of drug product that they are currently taking and do not want to switch unless their physician recommends switching products or they are required to switch drug treatments due to lack of coverage and reimbursement for existing drug treatments. In addition, men who are currently tolerating their current T-replacement therapy may not want to switch to a new product, including our product, particularly given the boxed warning, which includes warnings relating to blood pressure increases, and a limitation of use in the labeling that states that the safety and efficacy of JATENZO in males less than 18 years has not been established. The existence of either or both of physician or patient reluctance in switching to JATENZO, would depress demand for JATENZO and compromise our ability to successfully commercialize it.

We may still face future development and regulatory difficulties, and we will be subject to post-marketing regulatory requirements.

Even though we have received marketing approval, we continue to be subject to conducting required postmarketing studies and clinical trials, and regulatory authorities may still impose significant restrictions on JATENZO’s indicated uses or marketing or impose further ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies. If we or a regulatory agency discover previously unknown problems with JATENZO, such as adverse events of

59

Table of Contents

unanticipated severity or frequency, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on JATENZO including withdrawal of marketing approval. JATENZO is also subject to ongoing FDA requirements governing the labeling, packaging, storage, advertising and promotion of the product and recordkeeping and submission of safety and other post-market information. The FDA has significant post-marketing authority, including, for example, the authority to require labeling changes based on new safety information and to require post-marketing studies or clinical trials to evaluate serious safety risks related to the use of a drug. The FDA also has the authority to require the submission of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (“REMS”), either as part of a New Drug Application (an “NDA”) or after the drug has been approved should FDA become aware of new safety information about a drug and determine that a REMS is necessary to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh its risks. A REMS could, for example, limit prescribing to certain physicians or medical centers that have undergone specialized training, limit treatment to patients who meet certain safe-use criteria or require treated patients to enroll in a registry. Any REMS required by the FDA may lead to increased costs to assure compliance with new post-approval regulatory requirements and potential requirements or restrictions on the sale of approved products, all of which could lead to lower sales volume and revenue.

Manufacturers of drug products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP and other regulations. In addition, if we or a regulatory agency discover previously unknown problems with the facility where JATENZO is manufactured, including the facility where Catalent manufactures JATENZO, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on JATENZO, the manufacturer or us, including requiring withdrawal of JATENZO from the market or suspension of manufacturing. If we or the operators of the manufacturing facilities for JATENZO fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may:

•        issue warning or untitled letters or notice of violation letters;

•        seek an injunction or impose civil or criminal penalties or monetary fines;

•        suspend or withdraw marketing approval;

•        suspend any ongoing clinical trials;

•        refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to applications submitted by us;

•        suspend or impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

•        seize or detain products, refuse to permit the import or export of products, or request that we initiate a product recall.

If we become subject to adverse regulatory action, the occurrence of such an event or penalty described above may inhibit or diminish our ability to commercialize JATENZO and generate revenue.

Even though we have received marketing approval for JATENZO in the United States, we may never receive marketing approval outside of the United States, or receive pricing and reimbursement outside the United States at acceptable levels.

We may never receive, regulatory approval to market JATENZO or other future product candidates outside of the United States or in any particular country or region, including in the European Union (“EU”). In order to market any product outside of the United States, we must establish and comply with the numerous and varying safety, efficacy and other regulatory requirements of other countries. Approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional non-clinical studies or clinical trials, additional work related to manufacturing and analytical testing on controls, and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approvals in other countries might differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. Marketing approval in one country does not ensure marketing approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining marketing approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in other countries. The marketing approval processes in other countries may implicate all of the risks detailed above regarding FDA approval in the United States as well as other risks. In particular, in many countries outside of the United States, products must receive pricing and reimbursement approval before the product can be commercialized. Obtaining this approval may require additional studies and data, and can result in substantial delays in bringing products to market in such countries and such investment may not be justified from a business standpoint given the market opportunity or level of required investment. For example, we continue to assess the development and regulatory pathway for JATENZO in the EU and our overall EU strategy in light of our overall portfolio and

60

Table of Contents

program priorities. Even if we generate the data and information we believe may be sufficient to file a marketing authorization application for regulatory approval of JATENZO in a region or country outside the United States, the relevant regulatory agency may find that we did not meet the requirements for approval, or even if our application is approved, we may have significant post-approval obligations.

Even if we are able to successfully develop JATENZO and obtain marketing approval in a country outside the United States, we may not be able to obtain pricing and reimbursement approvals in such country at acceptable levels or at all, and any pricing and reimbursement approval we may obtain may be subject to onerous restrictions such as caps or other hurdles or restrictions on reimbursement. Failure to obtain marketing and pricing approval in countries outside the United States without onerous restrictions or limitations related to pricing, or any delay or other setback in obtaining such approval, would impair our ability to market our product candidates successfully or at all in such foreign markets. Any such impairment would reduce the size of our potential market or revenue potential, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and prospects.

Any setback or delay in obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates in a country or region outside the United States where we have decided it makes business sense to proceed or in our ability to commence marketing of our products, if approved, may have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

Recent federal legislation may increase pressure to reduce prices of certain pharmaceutical products paid for by Medicare, which could materially adversely affect our revenue and our results of operations.

In the United States, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, also called the MMA, changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. The legislation expanded Medicare coverage for drug purchases by the elderly and introduced a new reimbursement methodology based on average sales prices for physician-administered drugs. In addition, this legislation provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class. As a result of this legislation and the expansion of federal coverage of drug products, we expect that there will be additional pressure to reduce costs. These cost reduction initiatives and other provisions of this legislation could decrease the scope of coverage and the price that we receive for any approved products and could seriously harm our business. While the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policies and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates, and any reduction in reimbursement that results from the MMA may cause a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

In March 2010, Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) became law in the United States. The goal of the ACA is to reduce the cost of healthcare and substantially change the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. The ACA, among other things, increases minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extends the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, establishes annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs and biologic products, and creates a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% (increased to 70%, effective January 1, 2019, by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018) point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D.

While the U.S. Congress (“Congress”) has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, it has enacted laws that modify certain provisions of the ACA, including decreasing the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year, which is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate,” to $0 effective January 1, 2019 as part of the TCJA. On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court judge in the Northern District of Texas ruled that the individual mandate portion of the ACA is an essential and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore because the mandate was effectively nullified, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit held the individual mandate is unconstitutional, but remanded the case to the lower court to reconsider its earlier invalidation of the full law. In March 2020, the U.S. Supreme Court agreed to hear this case and oral arguments were held on November 10, 2020. The Supreme Court’s decision in this case is forthcoming. Pending review, the ACA remains in effect, but it is unclear at this time what effect the latest ruling will have on the ACA long term. Litigation and legislation related to the ACA are likely to continue, with unpredictable and uncertain results. We will continue to evaluate the effect that the ACA and its possible repeal and replacement has on our business. It is unclear how this decision and any subsequent appeals and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA and our business.

61

Table of Contents

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and will remain in effect through 2030 unless additional Congressional action is taken. Pursuant to the CARES Act, as well as subsequent legislation, these reductions have been suspended from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Proposed legislation, if passed, would extend this suspension until the end of the pandemic.

Further, some of the provisions of the ACA have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to judicial and Congressional challenges. Since January 2017, President Trump signed two Executive Orders designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the ACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. One such Executive Order directed federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the ACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the ACA that would impose a fiscal burden on states or a cost, fee, tax, penalty or regulatory burden on individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. The second Executive Order terminates the cost-sharing subsidies that reimburse insurers under the ACA. The Trump administration concluded that cost-sharing reduction (“CSR”) payments to insurance companies required under the ACA have not received necessary appropriations from Congress and announced that it will discontinue these payments immediately until those appropriations are made. The loss of the CSR payments is expected to increase premiums on certain policies issued by qualified health plans under the ACA. Several state Attorneys General filed suit to stop the administration from terminating the subsidies, but their request for a restraining order was denied by a federal judge in California on October 25, 2017. On August 14, 2020, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit ruled in two separate cases that the federal government is liable for the full amount of unpaid CSRs for the years preceding and including 2017. For CSR claims made by health insurance companies for years 2018 and later, further litigation will be required to determine the amounts due, if any. Further, on June 14, 2018, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit ruled that the federal government was not required to pay more than $12 billion in ACA risk corridor payments to third-party payors who argued were owed to them. This decision was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court, which on April 27, 2020, reversed the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit’s decision and remanded the case to the U.S. Court of Federal Claims, concluding the government has an obligation to pay these risk corridor payments under the relevant formula. To date, at least $6 billion has been paid out to health plans and insurers, and follow-up class action and other litigation is pending. The viability of the federal and state marketplaces and subsequent impacts on providers, and potentially our business, are not yet known. The Bipartisan Health Care Stabilization Act of 2017 as well as the follow-on Bipartisan Health Care Stabilization Act of 2018 were introduced to appropriate funds to stabilize CSR payments; however, the future of this effort is unclear.

There has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to drug pricing practices. Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs. The Trump administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2021 includes a $135 billion allowance to support legislative proposals seeking to reduce drug prices, increase competition, lower out-of-pocket drug costs for patients, and increase patient access to lower-cost generic and biosimilar drugs. On March 10, 2020, the Trump administration sent “principles” for drug pricing to Congress, calling for legislation that would, among other things, cap Medicare Part D beneficiary out-of-pocket pharmacy expenses, provide an option to cap Medicare Part D beneficiary monthly out-of-pocket expenses, and place limits on pharmaceutical price increases. Additionally, the Trump administration previously released a “Blueprint” to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contains additional proposals to increase manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products and reduce the out-of-pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) has already started the process of soliciting feedback on some of these measures and, at the same time, is immediately implementing others under its existing authority. For example, in May 2019, the U.S. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) issued a final rule to allow Medicare Advantage Plans the option of using step therapy for Part B drugs beginning January 1, 2020. This final rule codified CMS’s policy change that was effective January 1, 2019. On December 27, 2018, the District Court for the District of Columbia invalidated a reimbursement formula change under the 340B drug pricing program, and CMS subsequently altered the Fiscal

62

Table of Contents

Years 2019 and 2018 reimbursement formula on specified covered outpatient drugs (“SCODs”). The court ruled this change was not an “adjustment” which was within the Secretary’s discretion to make but was instead a fundamental change in the reimbursement calculation. However, most recently, on July 31, 2020, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit overturned the district court’s decision and found that the changes were within the Secretary’s authority. On September 14, 2020, the plaintiffs-appellees filed a Petition for Rehearing En Banc (i.e., before the full court), but was denied on October 16, 2020. The 340B drug pricing program imposes ceilings on prices that drug manufacturers can charge for medications sold to certain health care facilities. It is unclear how these developments could affect covered hospitals who might purchase our future products and affect the rates we may charge such facilities for our approved products in the future, if any.

Further, the Trump administration previously released a plan to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contained proposals to increase drug manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products, and reduce the out-of-pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers. On July 24, 2020 and September 13, 2020, President Trump announced several executive orders related to prescription drug pricing that seek to implement several of the administration’s proposals. The FDA also released a final rule which went into effect on November 30, 2020, providing guidance for states to build and submit importation plans for drugs from Canada. Under the final rule, States and Indian Tribes, and in certain future circumstances pharmacists and wholesalers, may submit importation program proposals to the FDA for review and authorization. On September 25, 2020, CMS stated drugs imported by States under this rule will not be eligible for federal rebates under Section 1927 of the Social Security Act and manufacturers would not report these drugs for “best price” or Average Manufacturer Price purposes. Since these drugs are not considered covered outpatient drugs, CMS further stated it will not publish a National Average Drug Acquisition Cost for these drugs. Separately, the FDA also issued a final guidance document outlining a pathway for manufacturers to obtain an additional National Drug Code (“NDC”) for an FDA-approved drug that was originally intended to be marketed in a foreign country and that was authorized for sale in that foreign country.

Further, on November 20, 2020, CMS issued an Interim Final Rule implementing the Most Favored Nation (“MFN”) Model under which Medicare Part B reimbursement rates will be calculated for certain drugs and biologicals based on the lowest price drug manufacturers receive in Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development countries with a similar gross domestic product per capita. The MFN Model regulations mandate participation by identified Part B providers and will apply in all U.S. states and territories for a seven-year period beginning January 1, 2021 and ending December 31, 2027. The Interim Final Rule has not been implemented and is subject to revision and challenge. Additionally, on November 20, 2020, HHS finalized a regulation removing safe harbor protection for price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Part D, either directly or through pharmacy benefit managers, unless the price reduction is required by law. The rule also creates a new safe harbor for price reductions reflected at the point-of-sale, as well as a safe harbor for certain fixed fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit managers and manufacturers. HHS has already started the process of soliciting feedback on some of these measures and, at the same time, is immediately implementing others under its existing authority. Although a number of these measures and other proposed measures will require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, and the Biden administration may change or reverse executive actions taken by the previous administration, Congress has indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative measures to control drug costs.

At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product and medical device pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and medical devices to purchase and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs.

We cannot predict the reform initiatives that may be adopted in the future or whether initiatives that have been adopted will be repealed or modified. It is unclear how the Biden administration will prioritize and execute initiatives to contain healthcare costs. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare may adversely affect:

•        the demand for our products and any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval;

•        our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our products;

•        our ability to obtain coverage and reimbursement approval for a product;

63

Table of Contents

•        our ability to generate revenues and achieve or maintain profitability; and

•        the level of taxes that we are required to pay.

We expect that changes and challenges to the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies, and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for our products and any future approved product.

Testosterone (T) is a Schedule III (non-narcotic) substance under the Controlled Substances Act and any failure to comply with this Act or its state equivalents would have a negative impact on our business.

Testosterone (T) is regulated under the federal Controlled Substances Act of 1970 (“CSA”) as a Schedule III (non-narcotic) substance. The CSA and regulations promulgated by the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) classify certain substances with a potential for abuse, known as “controlled substances” in either Schedule I, II, III, IV or V, with Schedule I substances considered to present the highest risk of abuse and dependence and Schedule V substances the lowest risk. The CSA establishes a closed chain of distribution for these drugs, and entities or individuals handling controlled substances are subject to DEA regulations relating to manufacturing, distribution, dispensing, importation and exportation. These regulations include requirements for registration, security, storage, recordkeeping and reporting. For example, facilities must maintain certain physical security for storing controlled substances and Schedule III drugs can only be prescribed by an authorized practitioner registered with the DEA and may only be refilled five times within a six-month period from the date of the original prescription.

Entities must register annually with the DEA to manufacture, distribute, import and export controlled substances, and entities prescribing, dispensing or conducting research with controlled substances must register every three years. In addition, the DEA requires entities handling controlled substances to maintain records and file reports related to transactions involving controlled substances follow specific labeling and packaging requirements, and provide appropriate security measures to control against diversion of controlled substances. Failure to follow these requirements can lead to significant civil and criminal penalties and administrative action to revoke a DEA registration. Individual states also have established controlled substances laws. Though state controlled substances laws and regulations often mirror federal law, because the states are separate jurisdictions, they may schedule products separately. While some states automatically schedule a drug upon scheduling by DEA, , in other states, scheduling requires a rulemaking or legislative action, which could delay commercialization in every state.

Because of the abuse potential, products containing controlled substances may generate public controversy. As a result, reports of diversion or abuse of these products may lead to marketing approvals withdrawn. Moreover, political pressures and adverse publicity could lead to delays in, and increased expenses for, and limit or restrict, the introduction and marketing of JATENZO.

If coverage and reimbursement for JATENZO are limited, it may be difficult for us to profitably sell JATENZO.

Market acceptance and sales of JATENZO will depend, in part, on coverage and reimbursement policies and may be affected by healthcare reform measures. Government authorities and other third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, determine which medications they will cover and establish reimbursement levels. Cost containment is a primary concern in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere. Government authorities and other third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for JATENZO and, if reimbursement is available, what the level of such reimbursement will be. Limitations on coverage and reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, JATENZO. If coverage is not available or reimbursement is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize JATENZO.

There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the indications for which the drug is approved by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that a drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution expenses. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may only be temporary. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated

64

Table of Contents

into existing payments for other services. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and profitable reimbursement rates from both government-funded and private payors for JATENZO could hinder our ability to recoup our investment.

The regulations that govern marketing approvals, coverage, and reimbursement for new drug products vary widely from country to country. In some foreign countries, particularly Canada and European countries, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to strict governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take six to 12 months or longer after the receipt of regulatory approval and product launch. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. To obtain favorable coverage and reimbursement for the indications sought or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of JATENZO to other available therapies. If coverage for JATENZO is unavailable in any country in which coverage and reimbursement are sought, or reimbursement for JATENZO is limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our ability to generate revenue from JATENZO will be diminished.

There can be no assurance that JATENZO will be considered medically reasonable and necessary for a specific indication, that it will be considered cost-effective by third-party payors, that coverage and an adequate level of reimbursement will be available, or that third-party payors’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell JATENZO profitably.

Our current and future relationships with customers and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere may be subject, directly or indirectly, to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, transparency, health information privacy and security, and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of JATENZO. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal False Claims Act, which may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute JATENZO. In addition, we may be subject to transparency laws and patient privacy regulation by U.S. federal and state governments and by governments in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. Applicable federal, state, and foreign healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include:

•        The federal anti-kickback statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly (including any kickback, bribe or certain rebate), in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. This statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand, and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers, among others, on the other. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

•        The federal False Claims Act, which imposes criminal and civil penalties, including those from civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease, or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. For example, pharmaceutical companies have been prosecuted under the False Claims Act in connection with their alleged off-label promotion of drugs, purportedly concealing price concessions in the pricing information submitted to the government for government price reporting purposes, and allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal health care programs for the product.

65

Table of Contents

•        The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), which imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Similar to the federal anti-kickback statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the healthcare fraud statute implemented under HIPAA or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

•        HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”) and its implementing regulations, which imposes privacy, security and breach reporting obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information upon covered entities subject to the rule, such as health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and healthcare providers and their respective business associates and independent contractors that perform certain services for them that involve the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information on their behalf. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.

•        The federal false statements statute, which prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

•        The federal transparency requirements, sometimes referred to as the “Sunshine Act”, under the Patient Protection and ACA, which require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies that are reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report to HHS information related to physician payments and other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Effective January 1, 2022, these reporting obligations will extend to include transfers of value made to certain non-physician providers such as physician assistants and nurse practitioners.

•        Analogous state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws and transparency laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, and some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and drug pricing.

•        Various federal and state health information and data protection laws and regulations, and similar types of laws outside the United States, which govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information by us and our collaborators.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations could be costly. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations, including anticipated activities to be conducted by our sales team, are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, including, without limitation, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found not to be in compliance with applicable laws, that person or entity may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from participation in government funded healthcare programs.

66

Table of Contents

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) and other worldwide anti-bribery laws.

We are subject to the FCPA, which prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making payments in violation of law to non-U.S. government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or securing any other improper advantage. We have an ongoing relationship with Xianju, a non-U.S. company, as a third-party supplier of TU and we may commercialize JATENZO outside of the United States in countries where we obtain marketing approval either alone or under a partnership or co-promotion arrangement with a third party. Our significant reliance on a foreign supply of TU demands a high degree of vigilance in preventing our employees and consultants from participation in corrupt activity, because this supplier could be deemed our agent, and we could be held responsible for its actions. The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws to which we may be subject are complex and far-reaching in nature, and, as a result, we cannot assure you that we would not be required in the future to alter one or more of our practices to be in compliance with these laws or any changes in these laws or the interpretation thereof. Any violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction and involve significant costs and expenses, including legal fees. We could also suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement, and other remedial measures.

Risks Related to Our Industry and Competition

Our market is subject to intense competition. If we are unable to compete effectively, our opportunity to generate revenue from the sale of JATENZO will be impaired.

The T-replacement therapies market is highly competitive and dominated by the sale of T-gels and injectable forms of T, which accounted for 95% of all prescriptions written in the United States for T-replacement therapies in 2020. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain and retain an appreciable share of the market. Potential competitors in North America, Europe and elsewhere include major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology firms and other drug discovery organizations. JATENZO or its use may infringe competitors’ patents, and if any patent infringement suit against us is successful, it could materially impact commercialization of JATENZO. Competitors may attack our patent portfolio, see Lipocine’s interferences under “— Legal Proceedings” and in the “Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” subsections below. Other pharmaceutical companies may develop oral T-replacement therapies that would compete with JATENZO that do not infringe the claims of our pending patent applications or other proprietary rights, and these therapies may have competitive advantages over JATENZO. For example, because T and TU are not patented compounds and are commercially available to third parties, it is possible that competitors may design methods of T or TU administration that would be outside the scope of the claims of our issued patents and patent applications. This would enable their products to compete with JATENZO.

T-replacement therapies currently on the market that would compete with JATENZO, include the following:

•        T-gels, such as AndroGel, marketed by AbbVie Inc. (“AbbVie”); Testim®, marketed by Endo Pharmaceutical (“Endo”); and Fortesta®, marketed by Endo in the United States;

•        generic T-injectables;

•        oral methyl-T;

•        transdermal patches, such as Androderm®, marketed by Allergan Sales, LLC, a subsidiary of AbbVie;

•        buccal patches, such as Striant®, marketed by Endo;

•        implanted subcutaneous pellets, such as Testopel®, marketed by Endo;

•        Aveed, a long-acting T-injectable marketed by Endo;

•        Xyosted, a sub-cutaneous weekly auto-injector T-therapy marketed by Antares Pharma, Inc.; and

•        Natesto®, an intranasal T-therapy, marketed by Acerus Pharmaceuticals.

67

Table of Contents

Several other pharmaceutical companies have T-replacement therapies, including oral formulations, and other therapies that are either pending approval of an NDA or in clinical development, which may be approved for marketing in the United States or outside of the United States. Based on publicly available information, we believe that current therapies in development that would be competitive with JATENZO include:

•        TLANDO®, an oral TU formulation developed by Lipocine, and tentatively approved by the FDA pending the expiration on March 27, 2022 of JATENZO’s three-year Hatch-Waxman exclusivity;

•        KYZATREX®, an oral TU formulation as a T-replacement therapy being developed by Marius Pharmaceuticals with a Prescription Drug User Fee Act (“PDUFA”) date of October 31, 2021. If the FDA rules favorably on KYZATREX, tentative approval would be granted pending the expiration on March 27, 2022 of JATENZO’s three-year Hatch-Waxman exclusivity;

•        a once weekly aromatase inhibitor, for first-line therapy for the treatment of obese men with hypogonadotropic hypogonadism, which has completed its Phase 2b trials, currently being developed by Mereo BioPharma Group Ltd; and

•        an oral bio-identical testosterone, which has completed its Phase 2 clinical studies, being developed by TesoRx LLC.

In addition, Andriol, an oral TU formulation, has been marketed by Merck & Co, Inc. in Europe or other international markets since the early 1970s, but is not nor has it ever been approved in the United States.

Many of our potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do and significantly greater experience in the discovery and development of drug candidates, obtaining FDA and other marketing approvals of products and the commercialization of those products. Accordingly, our competitors may be more successful than we may be in obtaining FDA approval for drugs and achieving widespread market acceptance. Our competitors’ drugs may be more effective, less expensive or more effectively marketed and sold than JATENZO and may render JATENZO obsolete or non-competitive before we can recover the expenses of developing and commercializing it. We anticipate that we will face intense and increasing competition as new drugs, both generic and branded, enter the market and advanced technologies become available.

Several companies have obtained approval for Section 505(b)(2) NDAs that cite existing T-gel products as their listed drugs. The entrance of any generic T-gel into the market might create downward pricing pressure on all T-replacement therapies and therefore could hurt our business.

Three Section 505(b)(2) NDAs citing to approved T-gel products have been approved for marketing in the United States. Teva Pharmaceuticals USA (“Teva“) and Perrigo Israel Pharmaceuticals Ltd (“Perrigo“) have obtained approval from the FDA to market T-gel products in the United States that are versions of AndroGel 1%. In addition, Upsher-Smith Laboratories, Inc. (“Upsher-Smith”) received approval to market its T-gel product, a version of Auxilium’s Testim 1%, in the United States. The entrance of any generic T-gel into the market might cause downward pressure on the pricing of all T-replacement therapies, and which could negatively affect the level of sales and price at which we can sell JATENZO.

Further, the Creating and Restoring Equal Access to Equivalent Samples Act (“CREATES Act”) was enacted in 2019 requiring sponsors of approved NDAs to provide sufficient quantities of product samples on commercially reasonable, market-based terms to entities developing generic drugs. The law establishes a private right of action allowing developers to sue application holders that refuse to sell them product samples needed to support their applications. If we are required to provide product samples or allocate additional resources to responding to such requests or any legal challenges under this law, our business could be adversely impacted.

The introduction of generic T-gels may also affect the reimbursement policies of government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations. These organizations determine which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. Cost containment is a primary concern in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere. Government authorities and these third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for branded medications when there is a generic version available. If generic T-gels are available in the market, that may create an additional obstacle to the availability of coverage and reimbursement for JATENZO or lead to reduction in the level of such reimbursement, and our ability to generate revenue could be compromised.

68

Table of Contents

We face potential product liability exposure, and, if claims are brought against us, we may incur substantial liability.

The use of JATENZO in past clinical trials and the sale of JATENZO, expose us to the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims might be brought against us by patients, healthcare providers or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with JATENZO. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we could incur substantial liabilities. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

•        substantial monetary awards to patients from our clinical trials or other claimants;

•        decreased demand for JATENZO;

•        damage to our business reputation and exposure to adverse publicity;

•        increased FDA warnings on product labels;

•        costs of related litigation;

•        distraction of management’s attention from our primary business;

•        loss of revenue; and

•        the inability to successfully commercialize JATENZO.

We have obtained product liability insurance coverage for commercial sales of JATENZO in the United States with a $10.0 million annual aggregate coverage limit. However, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to reimburse us for any expenses or losses we may suffer. Moreover, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive, and, in the future, we may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses due to liability. On occasion, large judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on drugs that had side effects. The cost of any product liability litigation or other proceedings, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. A product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause our stock price to decline and, if we are unsuccessful in defending such a claim or claims and the resulting judgments exceed our insurance coverage, our financial condition, business and prospects could be materially adversely impacted.

JATENZO is the only product we were commercializing. If we fail to successfully commercialize JATENZO, we may need to acquire additional product candidates and our business may be impaired.

We have no other compounds beyond JATENZO in clinical testing, pre-clinical testing, lead optimization or lead identification stages. If we fail to successfully commercialize JATENZO as a T-replacement therapy, our ability to generate revenue will be impaired and we may need to develop other sources of revenues. If this occurs, we may seek out opportunities to discover, develop, acquire or license additional promising product candidates or drug compounds to expand our product candidate pipeline beyond JATENZO; however, this would constitute a significant change in our strategy and would likely require substantial additional capital. We would also be exposed to numerous additional risks related to our ability to identify, select and acquire the right product candidates and products on terms that are acceptable to us, and there is no guarantee that we would be successful in these efforts.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain or protect intellectual property rights related to JATENZO, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to JATENZO. The strength of patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. The patent applications that we own or in-license may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover JATENZO in the United States or in other foreign countries. If this were to occur, early generic competition could be expected against JATENZO. There is no assurance that all of the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found, which can invalidate a patent or prevent a patent application from issuing as a patent. In particular, because the active pharmaceutical ingredient in JATENZO has been on the market as an ingredient in separate products for many years, it is possible that these products have previously been used off-label in such a manner that such prior usage would affect the validity of our patents or our ability to obtain

69

Table of Contents

patents based on our patent applications. Even if patents do successfully issue, third parties may challenge their validity, enforceability or scope, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated, or not infringed. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property or prevent others from designing around our claims. If the patent applications we hold with respect to JATENZO fail to issue, or if the breadth or strength of protection of our patent portfolio is threatened, it could dissuade companies from partnering with us to commercialize JATENZO. We cannot offer any assurances about which, if any, patents will issue or whether any issued patents will be found not invalid and not unenforceable or will go unthreatened by third parties. For several of our patents, Lipocine suggested patent interferences, which can invalidate a patent; two interferences were decided against us, another is declared and pending, several more were suggested, see below and see “— Legal Proceedings” subsection below. Further, if we encounter delays in regulatory approvals, the period of time during which we could market JATENZO under patent protection could be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, and some remain so until issued, we cannot be certain that we were the first to file any patent application related to JATENZO. Furthermore, if third parties have filed such patent applications, an interference proceeding in the United States can be provoked by a third party or instituted by us to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. The outcome of an interference can invalidate one or both involved patents, and a license may be needed to practice the claims of the prevailing patent. Such license may not be available on favorable terms.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how that is not patentable, processes for which patents are difficult to enforce and any other elements of our drug discovery and development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information or technology that is not covered by patents. Although we expect all of our employees to assign their inventions to us, and all of our employees, consultants, advisors and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology to enter into confidentiality agreements, we cannot provide any assurances that all such agreements have been duly executed or that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States and Canada. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the non-patented intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, and there is no guarantee that we will have any such enforceable trade secret protection, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market and our ability to achieve profitability could be impaired.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on JATENZO in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with JATENZO and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. For example, if the issuance to us, in a given country, of a patent covering an invention is not followed by the issuance, in other countries, of patents covering the same invention, or if any judicial interpretation of the validity, enforceability, or scope of the claims in, or the written description or enablement in, a patent issued in one country is not similar to the interpretation given to the corresponding patent issued in another country, our ability to protect our intellectual property in those countries may be limited. Changes in either patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may materially diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the non-patented intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, and there is no guarantee that we will have any such enforceable trade secret protection, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could hurt our ability to successfully commercialize JATENZO.

70

Table of Contents

Further, many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to pharmaceutical products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our development and commercialization efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions, and post-grant review, inter partes review and inter party reexamination proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we and our collaborators are commercializing JATENZO. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that JATENZO may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of JATENZO. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that JATENZO may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the manufacturing process of JATENZO, any molecules formed during the manufacturing process or any final product itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize JATENZO unless we obtain a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire. Similarly, if any third-party patent were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover aspects of our formulations, processes for manufacture or methods of use, including combination therapy, the holders of any such patent may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize JATENZO unless we obtain a license or until such patent expires. In either case, such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. See, for example, Lipocine’s patent infringement suit filed against us, and pending, past and suggested patent interferences under “— Legal Proceedings” below.

Third parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize JATENZO; see Lipocine’s patent infringement suit filed against us under “— Legal Proceedings” below. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses from third parties, pay royalties or redesign our infringing product, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. We cannot predict whether any such license would be available at all or whether it would be available on commercially reasonable terms. Furthermore, even in the absence of litigation, we may need to obtain licenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization, and we have done so from time to time. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event, we would be unable to further develop and commercialize JATENZO, which could harm our business significantly. We cannot provide any assurances that third-party patents do not exist which might be enforced against JATENZO, resulting in either an injunction prohibiting our sales, or, with respect to our sales, an obligation on our part to pay royalties or other forms of compensation to third parties.

71

Table of Contents

We may be involved in lawsuits and proceedings to protect or enforce our patents, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or other contentious proceedings involving our patents or patent applications could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing.

Interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party is awarded one or more claims that cover JATENZO and does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our defense of litigation or interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

On September 7, 2012, Lipocine filed a Suggestion for Interference in connection with its U.S. Application No. 13/592,258, or Lipocine’s ‘258 application, against our U.S. Application No. 12/758,770 (now U.S. Patent No. 8,492,369). Lipocine asserted that its ‘258 application was entitled to priority over our application, and thus if an interference was declared, that it should be the senior party. No interference was declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, and the Lipocine application issued on July 15, 2014 as U.S. Patent 8,778,922.

On October 29, 2012, Lipocine filed a Suggestion for Interference in its U.S. Application No. 13/663,352, or Lipocine’s ‘352 application, against our U.S. Patent No. 8,241,664, and again asserted it would prevail on priority based on the priority date of its ‘352 application. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office did not take action on this Suggestion for Interference, and Lipocine’s ‘352 application was abandoned on June 15, 2019.

On December 4, 2015, the U.S Patent and Trademark Office declared an interference (No. 106,045) as between Clarus’s U.S. Patent 8,828,428 and Lipocine, Inc.’s U.S. Patent Application No. 14/713,692. Clarus did not prevail in this interference.

On December 26, 2019, the U.S Patent and Trademark Office declared an interference (No. 106,120) as between Clarus’s U.S. Patent Application No. 15/723,976 and Lipocine, Inc.’s U.S. Patent Application No. 12/350,930. Clarus did not prevail in this interference.

We do not believe that not prevailing in these two interference proceedings resulted in us needing to obtain a license from Lipocine, and, to date, Lipocine has not asserted against Clarus any patents issuing as a result of Lipocine prevailing in these two interference proceedings. In the event our beliefs turn out to be incorrect, or future declared interferences involving claims that cover JATENZO are not resolved in our favor, we may need to obtain a license from Lipocine. Such a license may not be available or may be available only on terms not favorable to us. This could also have a material adverse effect on us.

On September 25, 2020, Lipocine filed a Third Party Submission which contained a Suggestion of Interference in Clarus’s U.S. Patent Application No. 16/656,169 as against Lipocine’s U.S. Patent 8,865,695. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office has not taken action on this Suggestion of Interference to date.

On January 4, 2021, an interference was declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office between Clarus’s U.S. Patent Application No. 16/656,178 and Lipocine’s U.S. Patent Application No. 16/818,779. Lipocine filed a motion to add Clarus’s U.S. Applications 15/814,162 and 16/183,155 to the interference, but that motion was deferred as no claims in these Clarus applications had been deemed allowable. This proceeding (Interference No. 106,128 (DK)) is currently pending. The involved Lipocine patent application, however, contains claims we believe cover the use of TLANDO but do not cover JATENZO nor its FDA-approved uses. We believe that we would not need a license from Lipocine, and that we would not be liable for any damages, based solely on the outcome of the pending interference whether Clarus won or lost.

72

Table of Contents

At this time, we are not aware of additional Suggestions of Interference that have been filed by Lipocine or another third party. Additionally, we have not filed a Suggestion of Interference against any U.S. patent application or patent. However, the allowance of claims may result in further Suggestions of Interference.

On November 8, 2013, Clarus filed a Notice of Opposition against Australian Patent Application No. 2010203457 (the ‘457 application), owned by Lipocine, which purports to claim T-drug formulations. In a Notice of Opposition, Clarus asserted that this Australian patent application is invalid for numerous reasons. In response, Lipocine agreed to amend the claims of the ‘457 application in a manner which Clarus believes should preclude a finding on infringement by the JATENZO formulation. In return, Clarus withdrew its opposition on April 24, 2017, but there are no assurances or guarantees that it will preclude such a finding.

On April 2, 2019, an action for patent infringement was filed against Clarus by Lipocine in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware. In this lawsuit (Civil Action No. 19-622), Lipocine sought a declaratory judgement of infringement under 35 U.S.C. § 271(a)-(c) arising from Clarus’s intent to market and sell JATENZO, based on the FDA’s approval of JATENZO on March 27, 2019. Lipocine alleged that Clarus infringed certain claims in each of four U.S. Patents: U.S. Patent No. 9,034,858, U.S. Patent No. 9,205,057, U.S. Patent No. 9,480,690 and U.S. Patent No. 9,757,390, and sought damages and injunctive relief. Clarus asserted defenses of noninfringement and invalidity under 35 U.S.C. §§ 103 and 112, respectively, as well as inequitable conduct, patent misuse and also sought to have the action declared an exceptional case. Clarus’s motion for summary judgment of invalidity under Section 112 was argued on January 15, 2021 and additional arguments were held on May 14, 2021. On May 25, 2021, Federal Circuit Judge William C. Bryson, a Senior Circuit Judge of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, sitting by designation in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, granted Clarus’s motion for summary judgment against Lipocine for failure to provide adequate written description of Lipocine’s asserted patent claims. In his decision, Judge Bryson found all of the asserted Lipocine patent claims invalid. Clarus’s defenses of inequitable conduct, patent misuse and exceptional case, to be tried before Judge Bryson, remain pending. Clarus has asked the court to schedule trial on these defenses at the earliest practicable date.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could hurt the price of our and the Combined Entity’s common stock.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering JATENZO, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.

We employ individuals who were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. We may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed confidential information of our employees’ former employers or other third parties. We may also be subject to claims that former employers or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents.

73

Table of Contents

Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. There is no guarantee of success in defending these claims, and if we are successful, litigation could result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and other employees.

Risks Related to General Business, Employee Matters and Managing Growth

We will need to grow our company, and we may encounter difficulties in managing this growth, which could disrupt our operations.

We expect to experience significant growth in the number of employees and the scope of our operations. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Also, our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities. Due to our limited resources, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The physical expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert financial resources from other projects. Our future financial performance and our ability to successfully commercialize JATENZO and compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth. If our management is unable to effectively manage our expected growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate or increase our revenue could be reduced and we may not be able to implement our business strategy.

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief commercial officer and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on Dr. Robert E. Dudley, our Chief Executive Officer, Richard Peterson, our Chief Financial Officer, Steven A. Bourne, our Chief Administrative Officer, Frank Jaeger, our Chief Commercial Officer and Jay Newmark, our Chief Medical Officer. We have entered into employment agreements with these individuals, but any of them may terminate his employment with us at any time. Although we do not have any reason to believe that we may lose the services of any of these individuals in the foreseeable future, the loss of their services might impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives. We rely on consultants and advisors to assist us in formulating our development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific personnel and sales and marketing personnel will also be critical to our success. We may not be able to attract and retain these personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel.

We may expand through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, each of which may divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and consume resources that are necessary to sustain and grow our business.

An element of our growth strategy is to expand our product candidate pipeline beyond JATENZO. To pursue this strategy, we will need to acquire androgen and metabolic therapies for men and women or other complementary products, product candidates or businesses. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses in order to expand our product offerings, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution or discount pricing or investments in other companies.

We have limited resources to identify and execute the acquisition or in-licensing of third-party products, businesses and technologies. Moreover, we will face significant competition in seeking to acquire or license promising product candidates or drug compounds. Other companies, including some with significantly greater financial, marketing and sales resources and more extensive experience in preclinical studies and clinical trials, obtaining marketing approval and manufacturing and marketing pharmaceutical products, may compete with us for the license or acquisition of product candidates and drug compounds. If we are unable to acquire or license additional promising product candidates or drug compounds, we will not be able to expand our product candidate pipeline and our prospects for future growth and our ability to sustain profitability will continue to be entirely dependent upon the success of JATENZO.

74

Table of Contents

In addition, the process of proposing, negotiating and implementing these transactions can be time consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to close these transactions may be subject to third-party approvals, such as government regulation, which are beyond our control. Consequently, we can make no assurance that these transactions, once undertaken and announced, will close.

An acquisition or investment may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, products, personnel or operations of the acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired business choose not to work for us, and we may have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business. Acquisitions may also disrupt our ongoing business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our business. Any acquisition or investment could expose us to unknown liabilities. Moreover, we cannot assure you that the anticipated benefits of any acquisition or investment would be realized or that we would not be exposed to unknown liabilities. An acquisition could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses or the write-off of goodwill.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

In March 2020, we entered into an indenture and certain collateral agreements which places a lien on our assets and a negative pledge on our intellectual property. These loan documents contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our ability to, among other things:

•        sell, transfer, lease or dispose of certain assets;

•        encumber or permit liens on certain assets;

•        make certain restricted payments, including paying dividends on, or repurchasing or making distributions with respect to, our common stock; and

•        enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

A breach of any of the covenants under the loan agreements could result in a default under the loan. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the loan, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we are unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness.

Risks Related to Ownership of New Blue Water Common Stock

An active market for New Blue Water’s securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of New Blue Water’s securities.

The price of New Blue Water’s securities may vary significantly due to factors specific to New Blue Water as well as to general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for New Blue Water’s securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

Nasdaq may delist New Blue Water’s securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in New Blue Water’s securities and subject New Blue Water to additional trading restrictions.

Blue Water’s securities are currently listed on Nasdaq and it is anticipated that, following the Business Combination, New Blue Water’s securities will be listed on Nasdaq. However, Blue Water cannot assure you that New Blue Water’s securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq in the future. In order to continue listing its securities on Nasdaq, New Blue Water must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. Generally, New Blue Water must maintain a minimum amount in stockholders’ equity (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum number of holders of its securities (generally 300 public holders). Additionally, in connection with the Business Combination, New Blue Water will be required to demonstrate compliance with Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq. For instance, New Blue Water’s stock price would generally be required to be at least $4 per share and its stockholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $5.0 million and New Blue Water will be required to have a minimum of 300 public holders. Blue Water cannot assure you that New Blue Water will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

75

Table of Contents

If Nasdaq delists New Blue Water’s securities from trading on its exchange and New Blue Water is not able to list its securities on another national securities exchange, Blue Water expects New Blue Water’s securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, New Blue Water could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

•        a limited availability of market quotations for its securities;

•        reduced liquidity for its securities;

•        a determination that New Blue Water’s common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in the common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for New Blue Water’s securities;

•        a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

•        a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The market price of New Blue Water’s common stock may decline as a result of the Business Combination.

The market price of New Blue Water’s common stock may decline as a result of the Business Combination for a number of reasons including if:

•        investors react negatively to the prospects of New Blue Water’s business and the prospects of the Business Combination;

•        the effect of the Business Combination on New Blue Water’s business and prospects is not consistent with the expectations of financial or industry analysts; or

•        New Blue Water does not achieve the perceived benefits of the Business Combination as rapidly or to the extent anticipated by financial or industry analysts.

The New Blue Water common stock price may change significantly following the Merger and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.

The trading price of New Blue Water common stock is likely to be volatile. The stock market recently has experienced extreme volatility. This volatility often has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. You may not be able to resell your shares of New Blue Water common stock at an attractive price due to a number of factors such as those listed in “— Risks Related to Clarus” and the following:

•        results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;

•        results of operations that vary from those New Blue Water’s competitors;

•        changes in expectations as to New Blue Water’s future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors;

•        declines in the market prices of stocks generally;

•        strategic actions by New Blue Water or its competitors;

•        announcements by New Blue Water or its competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint ventures, other strategic relationships or capital commitments;

•        any significant change in New Blue Water’s management;

•        changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in New Blue Water’s industry or markets;

•        changes in business or regulatory conditions, including new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to New Blue Water’s business;

•        future sales of New Blue Water common stock or other securities;

•        investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with New Blue Water common stock relative to other investment alternatives;

76

Table of Contents

•        the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by New Blue Water or third parties, including New Blue Water’s filings with the SEC;

•        litigation involving New Blue Water, New Blue Water’s industry, or both, or investigations by regulators into New Blue Water’s operations or those of New Blue Water’s competitors;

•        guidance, if any, that New Blue Water provides to the public, any changes in this guidance or New Blue Water’s failure to meet this guidance;

•        the development and sustainability of an active trading market for New Blue Water common stock;

•        actions by institutional or activist stockholders;

•        changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles; and

•        other events or factors, including those resulting from pandemics, natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism or responses to these events.

These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of New Blue Water common stock, regardless of New Blue Water’s actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of New Blue Water common stock is low.

In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If New Blue Water was involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from New Blue Water’s business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

Because there are no current plans to pay cash dividends on the New Blue Water common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your New Blue Water common stock at a price greater than what you paid for it.

New Blue Water intends to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and there are no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of New Blue Water common stock will be at the sole discretion of the New Blue Water board of directors. The New Blue Water board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, New Blue Water’s financial condition and results of operations, New Blue Water’s available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, implications of the payment of dividends by New Blue Water to its stockholders or by its subsidiaries to it and such other factors as the New Blue Water board of directors may deem relevant. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in New Blue Water common stock unless you sell your New Blue Water common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

New Blue Water stockholders may experience dilution in the future.

The percentage of shares of New Blue Water common stock owned by current stockholders may be diluted in the future because of equity issuances for acquisitions, capital market transactions or otherwise, including, without limitation, equity awards that New Blue Water may grant to its directors, officers and employees, exercise of the New Blue Water warrants. Such issuances may have a dilutive effect on New Blue Water’s earnings per share, which could adversely affect the market price of New Blue Water common stock.

Certain Blue Water warrants are accounted for as a warrant liability and will be recorded at fair value upon issuance with changes in fair value each period reported in earnings, which may have an adverse effect on the market price of New Blue Water common stock.

On April 12, 2021, the staff of the SEC issued a public statement entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”). In the statement, the SEC staff expressed its view that certain terms and conditions common to SPAC warrants may result in the classification of these financial instruments as a liability as opposed to equity. The classification of these financial instruments as a liability would result in the application of derivative liability accounting, which would entail a quarterly valuation of these liabilities with any change in value required to be reflected in quarterly and annual

77

Table of Contents

financial statements of the issuer. We expect to account for the Public Warrants and Placement Warrants as a warrant liability and will record at fair value upon issuance any changes in fair value each period reported in earnings as determined by the Company based upon a valuation report obtained from its independent third party valuation firm. The impact of changes in fair value on earnings may have an adverse effect on the market price of New Blue Water common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about New Blue Water’s business, if they change their recommendations regarding New Blue Water common stock or if New Blue Water’s operating results do not meet their expectations, the New Blue Water common stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for New Blue Water common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about New Blue Water or its businesses. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of New Blue Water, the trading price for New Blue Water common stock could be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover New Blue Water downgrade its securities or publish unfavorable research about its businesses, or if New Blue Water’s operating results do not meet analyst expectations, the trading price of New Blue Water common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of New Blue Water or fail to publish reports on New Blue Water regularly, demand for New Blue Water common stock could decrease, which might cause the New Blue Water common stock price and trading volume to decline.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by New Blue Water or its stockholders in the public market following the Business Combination could cause the market price for New Blue Water common stock to decline.

The sale of shares of New Blue Water common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of New Blue Water common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for New Blue Water to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that it deems appropriate.

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, it is currently expected that New Blue Water will have a total of [24,855,570] shares of New Blue Water common stock outstanding (exclude any outstanding Warrants and assuming that (i) there are no redemptions of any shares by Blue Water’s public stockholders in connection with the Business Combination, (ii) the negative Closing Net Indebtedness is $41.3 million, (iii) no awards are issued under the Equity Incentive Plan, and (iv) no Working Capital Warrants or Extension Warrants are issued. All shares currently held by Blue Water public stockholders and all of the shares issued in the Business Combination to existing Clarus securityholders will be freely tradable without registration under the Securities Act, and without restriction by persons other than New Blue Water’s “affiliates” (as defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (“Rule 144”)), including New Blue Water’s directors, executive officers and other affiliates.

In connection with the Merger, certain existing Clarus securityholders and noteholders, who are expected to collectively own 70.0% shares of New Blue Water common stock following the Business Combination (based on the above assumptions and Clarus’s current stockholdings), have agreed with Blue Water, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their shares of New Blue Water common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of New Blue Water common stock during the period from the date of the Closing continuing through the earlier of: (i) the date that is 180 days from the date of the Closing, and (ii) such date on which New Blue Water completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the New Blue Water stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of New Blue Water common stock for cash, securities or other property. See “The Business Combination Proposal — General Description of the Merger Agreement — Lock-up Agreements”.

In addition, the shares of New Blue Water common stock reserved for future issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market once those shares are issued, subject to any applicable vesting requirements, lockup agreements and other restrictions imposed by law. A total number of shares representing 10% of the fully diluted outstanding shares of New Blue Water common stock immediately following consummation of the Merger are expected to be reserved for future issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan. New Blue Water is expected to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of New Blue Water common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of New Blue Water common stock issued pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market.

78

Table of Contents

In the future, New Blue Water may also issue its securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of New Blue Water common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of the then-outstanding shares of New Blue Water common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to New Blue Water stockholders.

Blue Water currently is and New Blue Water will be an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if New Blue Water takes advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

Blue Water is currently and, following the consummation of the Merger, New Blue Water will be an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. New Blue Water may continue to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, New Blue Water stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We cannot predict whether investors will find securities issued by New Blue Water less attractive because New Blue Water will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find those securities less attractive as a result of its reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of New Blue Water’s securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for New Blue Water’s securities and the trading prices of New Blue Water’s securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. Blue Water has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, New Blue Water, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of New Blue Water’s financial statements with another public company that is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

New Blue Water will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of the Blue Water IPO, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which New Blue Water has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion; (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which New Blue Water is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of New Blue Water common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year; or (iv) the date on which New Blue Water has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

New Blue Water may redeem unexpired Public Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous for Blue Water warrantholders.

New Blue Water will have the ability to redeem outstanding Public Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of New Blue Water common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date New Blue Water sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders. If and when the Public warrants become redeemable by New Blue Water, New Blue Water may exercise its redemption right if there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the shares of New Blue Water common stock underlying such warrants. Redemption of the outstanding Public Warrants could force you to: (i) exercise your

79

Table of Contents

warrants and pay the related exercise price at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so; (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants; or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding Public Warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the Placement Warrants (or if issued, any Working Capital Warrants or Extension Warrants) will be redeemable by New Blue Water for cash so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

Risks Related to Redemption

There is no guarantee that a Blue Water public stockholder’s decision whether to redeem its shares of Blue Water common stock for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account will put such stockholder in a better future economic position.

We cannot assure you as to the price at which a public stockholder may be able to sell the shares of New Blue Water common stock in the future following the completion of the Merger. Certain events following the consummation of any business combination, including the Merger, may cause an increase in the New Blue Water stock price, and may result in a lower value realized now than a Blue Water stockholder might realize in the future had the stockholder not elected to redeem such stockholder’s public shares. Similarly, if a Blue Water public stockholder does not redeem his, her or its shares, such stockholder will bear the risk of ownership of New Blue Water common stock after the consummation of the Merger, and there can be no assurance that a stockholder can sell his, her or its shares of New Blue Water common stock in the future for a greater amount than the redemption price set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus. A Blue Water public stockholder should consult his, her or its own tax or financial advisor for assistance on how this may affect its individual situation.

If Blue Water public stockholders fail to comply with the redemption requirements specified in this proxy statement/prospectus, they will not be entitled to redeem their public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account.

Blue Water intends to comply with the U.S. federal proxy rules in conducting redemptions in connection with the Merger. However, despite Blue Water’s compliance with these rules, if a Blue Water stockholder fails to receive Blue Water’s proxy materials, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares of Blue Water common stock. In addition, this proxy statement/prospectus provides the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. In the event that a public stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its public shares may not be redeemed.

In order to exercise their redemption rights, public stockholders are required to deliver their public shares, either physically or electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC System, to Blue Water’s transfer agent prior to the vote at the Blue Water Special Meeting. If a public stockholder properly seeks redemption as described in this proxy statement/prospectus and the Business Combination is consummated, Blue Water will redeem these public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds deposited in the Trust Account and the public stockholder will no longer own such public shares following the Merger. See the section entitled “Blue Water Special Meeting of Stockholders — Redemption Rights” for additional information on how to exercise your redemption rights.

If you or a “group” of Blue Water stockholders of which you are a part is deemed to hold an aggregate of more than 15% of the public shares, you (or, if a member of such a group, all of the members of such group in the aggregate) will lose the ability to redeem all such public shares in excess of 15% of the public shares.

A public stockholder, together with any of his, her or its affiliates or any other person with whom it is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming in the aggregate his, her or its public shares or, if part of such a group, the group’s public shares, in excess of 15% of the public shares, without the prior consent of Blue Water. However, Blue Water stockholders’ ability to vote all of their public shares (including such excess shares) for or against the Business Combination Proposal is not restricted by this limitation on redemptions. Your inability to redeem any such excess public shares could result in you suffering a material loss on your investment in Blue Water if you sell such excess public shares in open market transactions. Blue Water cannot assure you that the value of such excess public shares will appreciate over time following the Business Combination or that the market price of the public shares will exceed the per share redemption price.

80

Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Defined terms included below shall have the same meaning as terms defined and included elsewhere in this this proxy statement/prospectus.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements of Blue Water present the combination of the historical financial information of Blue Water and Clarus adjusted to give effect to the Business Combination and the private placement received in the second quarter of 2021. The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2021 combines the historical balance sheet of Blue Water and the historical balance sheet of Clarus as of March 31, 2021, on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and related transactions, summarized below, had been consummated on March 31, 2021.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 combine the historical statements of operations of Blue Water and Clarus for such periods on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and related transactions had been consummated on January 1, 2020, the beginning of the earliest period presented.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been developed from and should be read in conjunction with:

•        the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements;

•        the historical audited financial statements of Blue Water as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020 and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus;

•        the historical audited financial statements of Clarus as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus; and

•        the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Blue Water,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Clarus,” and other financial information relating to Blue Water and Clarus included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, including the Merger Agreement and the description of certain terms thereof set forth under “The Business Combination”.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and does not necessarily reflect what the Combined Entity’s financial condition or results of operations would have been had the Business Combination, convertible notes issuance and private placement occurred on the dates indicated. Further, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information also may not be useful in predicting the future financial condition and results of operations of the Combined Entity. The actual financial position and results of operations may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors. The unaudited transaction accounting adjustments represent management’s estimates based on information available as of the date of this unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and are subject to change as additional information becomes available and analyses are performed. Assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited pro forma adjustments set forth in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are described in the accompanying notes. The Combined Entity believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the Business Combination, convertible notes issuance and private placement based on information available to management at this time and that the transaction accounting adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

On April 27, 2021, Blue Water, Merger Sub and Clarus entered into the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which Merger Sub shall be merged with and into the Clarus, for common stock equivalent to (i) 17,929,832 shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock, subject to adjustment to account for the Closing Net Indebtedness, divided by $10.20; plus (ii) 1,500,000 shares of New Blue Water Class A Common Stock issuable to the holders of certain non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus in exchange for $10.0 million of the aggregate principal amount of such

81

Table of Contents

notes and certain outstanding royalty rights; plus (iii) a number of shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock equal to the outstanding balance (principal and interest) at Closing of convertible and non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus issued between the date of the Merger Agreement and Closing divided by $10.00, provided that Clarus may elect, in its discretion to instead pay off the outstanding balance of, and any redemption premium on, the non-convertible promissory notes at Closing. Upon consummation of the Business Combination, Clarus will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Blue Water, and Blue Water will be renamed Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.

Pursuant to the existing Blue Water Charter, public stockholders are being offered the opportunity to redeem, upon the closing of the merger, shares of Blue Water Class A common stock then held by them for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account (as of two business days prior to the Closing). The unaudited pro forma condensed combined information contained herein assumes that Blue Water stockholders approve the Business Combination. Blue Water’s public stockholders may elect to redeem their Class A common stock for cash even if they approve the Business Combination. Blue Water cannot predict how many of its stockholders will exercise their right to have their shares redeemed for cash. As a result, for illustrative purposes, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared assuming two alternative levels of additional redemptions of Blue Water Class A common stock:

•        Assuming No Additional Redemptions (“No Redemption”)  this scenario assumes that no shares of Blue Water Class A common stock are redeemed; and

•        Assuming Additional Redemptions (“Max Redemption”)  This scenario assumes additional redemption of 3,690,032 Blue Water Class A common stock, for aggregate payment of approximately $37.6 million from the Trust Account, ), so that Blue Water retains at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets immediately prior to or upon the consummation of the Business Combination (after giving effect to payments of all unpaid expenses, Blue Water’s liabilities and redemptions by Blue Water’s public stockholders and excluding Clarus’s closing cash).

The public stockholder redemptions are expected to be within the parameters described by the above two scenarios. However, there can be no assurance regarding which scenario will be closest to the actual results. Under both scenarios, Clarus is considered the accounting acquirer, as further discussed in Note 2, Basis of Presentation, of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

82

Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF
MARCH 31, 2021
(in thousands)

 

Historical

             

Historical

 

Scenario 1 (Assuming
No redemption into Cash)

 

Scenario 2 (Assuming
Maximum Redemptions into Cash)

   

(A)
Clarus

 

Private
Placement

     

Clarus Pro
Forma

 

(B)
Blue Water

 

Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments

     

Pro Forma
Combined

 

Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments

     

Pro Forma
Combined

Assets

 

 

   

 

       

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   

 

       

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

7,364

 

$

17,816

 

3(a)

 

$

25,180

 

$

408

 

$

48,289

 

 

3(a)(b)

 

$

73,877

 

$

10,651

 

 

3(a)(b)

 

$

36,239

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

5,225

 

 

     

 

5,225

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

5,225

 

 

 

     

 

5,225

Inventory

 

 

8,035

 

 

     

 

8,035

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

8,035

 

 

 

     

 

8,035

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

2,118

 

 

     

 

2,118

 

 

185

 

 

 

     

 

2,303

 

 

 

     

 

2,303

Total current assets

 

 

22,742

 

 

17,816

     

 

40,558

 

 

593

 

 

48,289

 

     

 

89,440

 

 

10,651

 

     

 

51,802

Property and equipment, net

 

 

70

 

 

     

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

70

 

 

 

     

 

70

Investments held in Trust Account

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

58,652

 

 

(58,652

)

 

3(b)

 

 

 

 

(58,652

)

 

3(b)

 

 

Total assets

 

$

22,812

 

$

17,816

     

$

40,628

 

$

59,245

 

$

(10,363

)

     

$

89,510

 

$

(48,001

)

     

$

51,872

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

 

   

 

       

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   

 

       

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

Senior notes payable

 

$

44,060

 

 

     

$

44,060

 

$

 

$

(8,812

)

 

3(d)

 

$

35,248

 

$

(8,812

)

 

3(d)

 

$

35,248

Accounts payable

 

 

16,189

 

 

     

 

16,189

 

 

83

 

 

 

     

 

16,272

 

 

 

     

 

16,272

Accrued expenses

 

 

7,470

 

 

     

 

7,470

 

 

323

 

 

260

 

 

3(c)

 

 

8,053

 

 

260

 

 

3(c)

 

 

8,053

Due to related party

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

     

 

30

 

 

 

     

 

30

Accrued taxes

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

260

 

 

(260

)

 

3(c)

 

 

 

 

(260

)

 

3(c)

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,094

 

 

     

 

1,094

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

1,094

 

 

 

     

 

1,094

Total current liabilities

 

 

68,813

 

 

     

 

68,813

 

 

696

 

 

(8,812

)

     

 

60,697

 

 

(8,812

)

     

 

60,697

Deferred underwriting commissions

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

2,013

 

 

(2,013

)

 

3(b)

 

 

 

 

(2,013

)

 

3(b)

 

 

Derivative warrant liabilities

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

5,548

 

 

 

 

     

 

5,548

 

 

 

 

     

 

5,548

Convertible notes payable to related parties

 

 

83,479

 

 

17,816

 

3(a)

 

 

101,295

 

 

 

 

(101,295

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

 

(101,295

)

 

3(d)

 

 

Royalty obligation

 

 

9,998

 

 

     

 

9,998

 

 

 

 

(9,998

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

 

(9,998

)

 

3(d)

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

162,290

 

 

17,816

     

 

180,106

 

 

8,257

 

 

(122,118

)

     

 

66,245

 

 

(122,118

)

     

 

66,245

83

Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF MARCH 31, 2021 — (Continued)
(in thousands)

 

Historical

             

Historical

 

Scenario 1 (Assuming
No redemption into Cash)

 

Scenario 2 (Assuming
Maximum Redemptions into Cash)

   

(A)
Clarus

 

Private
Placement

     

Clarus Pro
Forma

 

(B)
Blue Water

 

Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments

     

Pro Forma
Combined

 

Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments

     

Pro Forma
Combined

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

9,354

 

 

 

 

3(d)

 

 

9,354

 

 

 

 

 

(9,354

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

 

 

(9,354

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

15,420

 

 

 

 

3(d)

 

 

15,420

 

 

 

 

 

(15,420

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

 

 

(15,420

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

20,458

 

 

 

 

3(d)

 

 

20,458

 

 

 

   

 

(20,458

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

 

 

(20,458

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

148,433

 

 

 

 

3(d)

 

 

148,433

 

 

 

 

 

(148,433

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

 

 

(148,433

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

 

 

193,665

 

 

 

     

 

193,665

 

 

 

 

 

(193,665

)

     

 

 

 

 

(193,665

)

     

 

 

Common stock subject to redemption

 

 

 

 

 

 

3(d)

 

 

 

 

 

45,988

 

 

(45,988

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

 

 

(45,988

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

3(d)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

3(d)

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

3(d)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

3(d)

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

3(d)

 

 

2

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

8,064

 

 

 

 

3(d)

 

 

8,064

 

 

 

 

 

316,276

 

 

3(d)

 

 

324,340

 

 

 

278,638

 

 

3(d)

 

 

286,702

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(341,210

)

 

 

 

3(d)

 

 

(341,210

)

 

 

5,000

 

 

35,133

 

 

3(d)

 

 

(301,077

)

 

 

35,133

 

 

3(d)

 

 

(301,077

)

Total Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

 

 

(333,143

)

 

 

     

 

(333,143

)

 

 

5,000

 

 

351,408

 

     

 

23,265

 

 

 

313,770

 

     

 

(14,373

)

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

$

22,812

 

 

$

17,816

     

$

40,628

 

 

$

59,245

 

$

(10,363

)

     

$

89,510

 

 

$

(48,001

)

     

$

51,872

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

84

Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2021
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Historical

 

Scenario 1 (Assuming
No redemption into Cash)

 

Scenario 2 (Assuming
Maximum Redemptions into Cash)

   

(A)
Clarus

 

(B)
Blue Water

 

Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments

     

Pro Forma
Combined

 

Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments

     

Pro Forma
Combined

   

Net product revenue

 

$

2,330

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

     

$

2,330

 

 

$

 

     

$

2,330

 

   

Cost of product sales

 

 

367

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

367

 

 

 

 

     

 

367

 

   

Gross profit

 

 

1,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

1,963

 

 

 

 

     

 

1,963

 

   

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

   

Sales and marketing

 

 

7,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

7,937

 

 

 

 

     

 

7,937

 

   

General and administrative

 

 

3,605

 

 

 

418

 

 

 

88

 

 

4(a)

 

 

4,111

 

 

 

88

 

 

4(a)

 

 

4,111

 

   

Research and development

 

 

1,210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

1,210

 

 

 

 

     

 

1,210

 

   

Other taxes

 

 

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

(88

)

 

4(a)

 

 

 

 

 

(88

)

 

4(a)

 

 

 

   

Loss from operations

 

 

(10,789

)

 

 

(506

)

 

 

 

     

 

(11,295

)

 

 

 

     

 

(11,295

)

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

   

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

   

Gain on marketable
securities

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

     

 

1

 

 

 

 

     

 

1

 

   

Change in fair value of derivative warrant
liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

11,151

 

 

 

 

     

 

11,151

 

 

 

 

     

 

11,151

 

   

Interest expense

 

 

(4,640

)

 

 

 

 

 

2,914

 

 

4(d)

 

 

(1,726

)

 

 

2,914

 

 

4(d)

 

 

(1,726

)

   

Total other income (expense),
net

 

 

(4,640

)

 

 

11,152

 

 

 

2,914

 

     

 

9,426

 

 

 

2,914

 

     

 

9,426

 

   

Net (loss) income

 

 

(15,429

)

 

 

10,646

 

 

 

2,914

 

     

 

(1,869

)

 

 

2,914

 

     

 

(1,869

)

   

Accretion of preferred stock

 

 

(3,939

)

 

 

 

 

 

3,939

 

 

4(b)

 

 

 

 

 

3,939

 

 

4(b)

 

 

 

   

Net income attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(19,368

)

 

$

10,646

 

 

$

6,853

 

     

$

(1,869

)

 

$

6,853

 

     

$

(1,869

)

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

   

Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock subject to redemption, basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,476,458

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

   

Basic and diluted net loss per share, common stock subject to redemption

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

   

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

 

1,308,694

 

 

 

3,768,542

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

24,228,462

 

 

 

4

(c)

     

 

20,538,430

 

 

4(c)

Basic and diluted net loss per share available to Sponsor per share, common stock

 

$

(14.80

)

 

$

2.83

 

 

 

 

 

     

$

(0.08

)

 

 

4

(c)

     

$

(0.09

)

 

4(c)

85

Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Historical

 

Scenario 1 (Assuming No redemption into Cash)

 

Scenario 2 (Assuming Maximum Redemptions into Cash)

   

(A)
Clarus

 

(B)
Blue Water

 

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

     

Pro Forma Combined

 

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

     

Pro Forma Combined

   

Net product revenue

 

$

6,369

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

     

$

6,369

 

 

$

 

     

$

6,369

 

   

 

Cost of product sales

 

 

8,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

8,687

 

 

 

 

     

 

8,687

 

   

 

Gross loss

 

 

(2,318

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

(2,318

)

 

 

 

     

 

(2,318

)

   

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

   

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

29,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

5(g)

 

 

29,565

 

 

 

50

 

 

5(g)

 

 

29,565

 

   

 

General and administrative

 

 

11,937

 

 

 

2,978

 

 

 

611

 

 

5(a)(g)

 

 

15,526

 

 

 

611

 

 

5(a)(g)

 

 

15,526

 

   

 

Research and development

 

 

3,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

 

5(g)

 

 

3,477

 

 

 

70

 

 

5(g)

 

 

3,477

 

   

 

Other taxes

 

 

 

 

 

172

 

 

 

(172

)

 

5(a)

 

 

 

 

 

(172

)

 

5(a)

 

 

 

   

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(47,177

)

 

 

(3,150

)

 

 

(559

)

     

 

(50,886

)

 

 

(559

)

     

 

(50,886

)

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

   

 

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

   

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability and derivative, net

 

 

66,891

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,256

)

 

5(b)(e)

 

 

64,635

 

 

 

(2,256

)

 

5(b)(e)

 

 

64,635

 

   

 

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(922

)

 

 

922

 

 

5(b)

 

 

 

 

 

922

 

 

5(b)

 

 

 

   

 

Issuance costs – warrant liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(646

)

 

 

 

 

     

 

(646

)

 

 

 

     

 

(646

)

   

 

Interest income

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,342

 

 

5(h)

 

 

2,367

 

 

 

2,342

 

 

5(h)

 

 

2,367

 

   

 

Interest expense

 

 

(15,394

)

 

 

 

 

 

10,091

 

 

5(d)

 

 

(5,303

)

 

 

10,091

 

 

5(d)

 

 

(5,303

)

   

 

Total other income (expense),
net

 

 

51,522

 

 

 

(1,568

)

 

 

11,099

 

     

 

61,053

 

 

 

11,099

 

     

 

61,053

 

   

 

Net (loss) income

 

 

4,345

 

 

 

(4,718

)

 

 

10,540

 

     

 

10,167

 

 

 

10,540

 

     

 

10,167

 

   

 

Accretion of preferred stock

 

 

(14,682

)

 

 

 

 

 

14,682

 

 

5(c)

 

 

 

 

 

14,682

 

 

5(c)

 

 

 

   

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(10,337

)

 

$

(4,718

)

 

$

25,222

 

     

$

10,167

 

 

$

25,222

 

     

$

10,167

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

   

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock subject to redemption, basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,556,309

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

   

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share, common stock subject to redemption

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

   

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

 

870,263

 

 

 

1,447,732

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

24,913,070

 

 

 

5

(f)

     

 

22,240,636

 

 

5

(f)

Basic and diluted net loss per share available to Sponsor per share, common stock

 

$

(11.88

)

 

$

(3.26

)

 

 

 

 

     

$

0.41

 

 

 

5

(f)

     

$

0.46

 

 

4

(f)

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

86

Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements

Note 1 — Description of the Merger

On April 27, 2021, Blue Water entered into the Merger Agreement with Merger Sub and Clarus, pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into Clarus, with Clarus as the surviving company in the Merger and, after giving effect to such Merger, Clarus shall be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, it is anticipated that Blue Water will change its name to Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, the consideration to be received by the Clarus Equity holders in connection with the Business Combination will be an aggregate number of shares of Combined Entity common stock equal to (i) 17,929,832 shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock, subject to adjustment to account for the Closing Net Indebtedness, divided by $10.20; plus (ii) 1,500,000 shares of New Blue Water Class A Common Stock issuable to the holders of certain non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus in exchange for $10.0 million of the aggregate principal amount of such notes and certain outstanding royalty rights; plus (iii) a number of shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock equal to the outstanding balance (principal and interest) at Closing of convertible and non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus issued between the date of the Merger Agreement and Closing divided by $10.00, provided that Clarus may elect, in its discretion to instead pay off the outstanding balance of, and any redemption premium on, the non-convertible promissory notes at Closing.

The following represents the aggregate merger consideration under the no redemption and maximum redemption scenarios:

 

No Redemption and
Maximum Redemption

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Purchase price

 

Shares Issued

Share consideration to Clarus(a)(b)

 

$

172,875

 

16,983,462

____________

(a)       The value of common stock issued to Clarus and its senior notes lenders included in the consideration is reflected at $10.20 per share, as defined in the Merger Agreement, and the value of the common stock issued related to the private placement (as the Additional Closing Shares, as defined in the Merger Agreement), included in the consideration is reflected at $10.00 per share. Clarus common stock at $10.20 totals 15,201,892 shares. Private placement shares (Additional Closing Shares) at $10.00 total 1,781,570 shares.

(b)      The total consideration shares to be issued is calculated pursuant to the Merger Agreement and assumes the transaction was consummated on March 31, 2021. Clarus share consideration after the shares issued to Clarus lenders is first allocated to Clarus convertible notes investors and then the remaining to Clarus Series D Preferred Stock investors. Clarus’s outstanding common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, and its outstanding and unexercised options and unissued options will be cancelled and retired upon consummation of the merger. Pro forma closing shares issued to Clarus were determined as follows:

 

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

   

Base Closing Shares

 

 

 

 

   

Base transaction price

 

$

198,184

 

 

or 19,429,832 shares

Clarus Closing Company Indebtedness at a maximum of $43.1 million

 

 

(43,125

)

   

Clarus Closing Company Cash(d)

 

 

 

   

 

$

155,059

 

   

Divided by

 

$

10.20

 

   

Shares issuable to Clarus

 

 

15,201,892

 

   
   

 

 

 

   

Shares issued to Clarus lenders

 

 

1,500,000

 

   

Shares issued to Clarus convertible note and Series D investors

 

 

13,701,892

 

 

or 17,929,832 shares, excluding adjustment for net indebtedness

   

 

 

 

   

Additional Closing Shares

 

 

 

 

   

Principal and interest balance of Additional Convertible Notes(c)

 

$

17,816

 

   

Principal and interest balance of the Additional 2025 Notes(c)

 

 

 

   
   

$

17,816

 

   

Divided by

 

$

10.00

 

   

Shares issued to Clarus

 

 

1,718,570

 

   

Total pro forma estimated shares issued to Clarus

 

 

16,983,462

 

   

87

Table of Contents

(c)      Pro forma assumption includes only private placement financing (Additional Convertible Notes) issued between the execution of the Merger Agreement and June 22, 2021. At Closing, additional shares will be issued to Clarus investors for Additional Convertible Notes issued between June 22, 2021 and consummation of the merger.

(d)      Pro forma assumption excludes a closing cash balance. At Closing, the actual amount of cash on hand to be included here will be different from this assumption.

Assuming no additional redemptions of any Class A common stock of Blue Water in connection with the Business Combination, Clarus will hold 16,983,462 shares of common stock of Clarus immediately after the Closing, which approximates a 70.0% ownership level. Assuming additional redemptions of 3,690,032 Class A common stock of Blue Water in connection with the Business Combination, Clarus will hold 16,983,462 common stock of the Combined Entity immediately after the Closing, which approximates a 82.7% ownership level.

 

No additional Redemptions

 

Additional Redemptions

Stockholder

 

%

 

No. shares

 

%

 

No. shares

Clarus

 

70.0

%

 

16,983,462

 

82.7

%

 

16,983,462

Public

 

24.0

%

 

5,807,500

 

10.3

%

 

2,117,468

Sponsor (including % of Blue Water’s directors and officers)

 

6.00

%

 

1,437,500

 

7.0

%

 

1,437,500

Total No. Shares Class A common stock

 

100

%

 

24,228,462

 

100

%

 

20,538,430

The foregoing ownership percentages with respect to the Combined Entity following the Business Combination are based in the assumption that there are no adjustments for the outstanding Public or Placement warrants issued by Blue Water, as such securities are not exercisable until 30 days after the closing of the Business Combination, and assumes that (i) there are no redemptions of any shares by Blue Water’s public stockholders in connection with the Business Combination, (ii) the negative Closing Net Indebtedness of $43.1 million, and (iii) no awards are issued under the Equity Incentive Plan. If the actual facts are different than these assumptions (which they are likely to be), the percentage ownership retained by the Blue Water’s existing stockholders in the Combined Entity will be different.

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of SEC Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.” The historical financial information of Blue Water and Clarus include transaction accounting adjustments to illustrate the estimated effect of the Business Combination, the convertible notes issuance and the private placement and certain other adjustments to provide relevant information necessary for an understanding of the combined company upon consummation of the transactions described herein.

Notwithstanding the legal form of the Business Combination pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Business Combination is expected to be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP because Clarus has been determined to be the accounting acquirer under Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) under both the No Redemption and Max Redemption scenarios. The determination is primarily based on the evaluation of the following facts and circumstances taking into consideration both the no redemption and maximum redemption scenarios:

•        The pre-combination equity holders of Clarus will hold the majority of voting rights in Combined Entity;

•        The largest individual minority stockholder of the Combined Entity is an existing stockholder of Clarus;

•        The pre-combination equity holders of Clarus will have the right to appoint the majority of the directors on the Combined Entity Board;

•        Clarus selects all senior management (executives) of Combined Entity; and

•        Operations of Clarus will comprise the ongoing operations of Combined Entity.

Under the reverse recapitalization model, the Business Combination will be treated as Clarus issuing equity for the net assets of Blue Water, with no goodwill or intangible assets recorded.

88

Table of Contents

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been prepared using both the No Redemption and Max Redemption scenarios with respect to the potential redemption of Public Shares into cash. The public stockholder redemptions are expected to be within the parameters described by the two scenarios. However, there can be no assurance regarding which scenario will be closest to the actual results.

The Combined Entity expects to enter into new equity awards with its employees after the consummation of the Business Combination. The terms of these new equity awards have not been finalized and remain subject to change. Accordingly, no effect has been given to the unaudited pro forma combined financial information for the new awards.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information does not reflect the income tax effects of the transaction accounting adjustments as any change in the deferred tax balance would be offset by an increase in the valuation allowance given Clarus incurred negative cash flows during the historical periods presented.

Note 3 — Transaction Accounting Adjustments to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2021

The transaction accounting adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2021 are as follows:

Pro Forma notes

(A)    From the unaudited balance sheet of Clarus as of March 31, 2021.

(B)    From the unaudited balance sheet of Blue Water as of March 31, 2021.

Pro Forma adjustment to reflect the proceeds from the issuance of additional Convertible Notes in March 2021 and Private Placement securities agreement.

a)      Represents the sale of additional issuance private placement shares which will be converted into shares of the Combined Entity pursuant to the Merger Agreement. Net proceeds from these issuances totalled $17.8 million.

Pro Forma transaction accounting adjustments

b)      Represents the impact of the Business Combination on the cash balance of Combined Entity. The table below represents the sources and uses of funds as it relates to the Business Combination:

(in thousands)

 

Note

 

No redemption scenario

 

Maximum redemption scenario

Blue Water cash held in Trust Account

 

(1)

 

$

58,652

 

 

$

58,652

 

Payment of redeeming Blue Water Stockholders

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

(37,638

)

Payment of deferred underwriting commissions

 

(3)

 

 

(2,013

)

 

 

(2,013

)

Payment of other transaction costs

 

(4)

 

 

(8,350

)

 

 

(8,350

)

Excess cash to balance sheet from Business Combination

     

$

48,289

 

 

$

10,651

 

____________

(1)      Represents the amount of the restricted investments and cash held in the trust account upon consummation of the Business Combination at Closing.

(2)      Represents the amount paid to Blue Water stockholders who are assumed to exercise redemption rights under the maximum redemption scenario.

(3)      Represents payment of deferred Blue Water IPO underwriting commissions by Blue Water.

(4)      Represents payment of other estimated Business Combination transaction costs.

89

Table of Contents

c)      To reclass historical Blue Water accrued taxes to accrued expenses of the Combined Entity.

d)      The following table represents the impact of the Business Combination on the number of shares of Blue Water common stock and represents the impact to the total equity impact of the Business Combination assuming no redemptions by Blue Water stockholder:

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

Class A
Common Stock

 

Class B
Common Stock

 

Clarus
Stock

 

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

Accumulated
deficit

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Pre Business Combination – Blue Water stockholders

 

1,298,841

 

$

 

 

1,437,500

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,000

 

Pre Business Combination – Clarus

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

193,665

 

 

 

8,064

 

 

 

(341,210

)

Conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common
stock

 

1,437,500

 

 

 

 

(1,437,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of redeemable stock to common stock

 

4,508,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,998

 

 

 

 

Clarus Stockholders and cancellation of convertible
notes
(a)

 

15,483,462

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101,294

 

 

 

 

Clarus Lenders and extinguishment of certain Clarus senior notes payable and Clarus royalty obligation

 

1,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,300

 

 

 

3,510

 

Cancellation of Clarus stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

383

 

 

 

(383

)

Balances after share transactions of Combined Entity

 

24,228,462

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

193,665

 

 

 

171,029

 

 

 

(333,083

)

Estimated transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,350

)

 

 

 

Elimination of historical accumulated deficit of Blue Water

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

(5,000

)

Elimination of historical stock of Clarus(b)

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(193,665

)

 

 

156,659

 

 

 

37,006

 

Post-Business Combination

 

24,228,462

 

$

2

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

324,338

 

 

$

(301,077

)

____________

(a)      Includes $17.8 million of private placement convertible notes converting at $10.00 per share into 1,718,570 shares.

(b)      Accumulated deficit due to the reversal of accretion on preferred stock dividends due to assumed January 1, 2020 conversion and extinguishment.

90

Table of Contents

In case of maximum redemption by holders of Public Shares, the following table represents the impact of the Business Combination on the number of shares of Blue Water Common Stock and represents the total equity section:

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

Class A
Common Stock

 

Class B
Common Stock

 

Clarus
Stock

 

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

Accumulated
deficit

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Pre Business Combination – Blue Water stockholders

 

1,298,841

 

 

$

 

 

1,437,500

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,000

 

Pre Business Combination – Clarus

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

193,665

 

 

 

8,064

 

 

 

(341,210

)

Conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common
stock

 

1,437,500

 

 

 

 

 

(1,437,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of redeemable stock to common stock

 

4,508,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,988

 

 

 

 

Less: redemption of redeemable shares

 

(3,690,032

)

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(37,638

)

 

 

 

 

Clarus Stockholders and cancellation of convertible
notes

 

15,483,462

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101,294

 

 

 

 

Clarus Lenders and extinguishment of certain Clarus senior notes payable and Clarus royalty obligation

 

1,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,300

 

 

 

3,510

 

Cancellation of Clarus stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

383

 

 

 

(383

)

Balances after share transactions of Combined Entity

 

20,538,430

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

193,665

 

 

 

133,391

 

 

 

(333,083

)

Estimated transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,350

)

 

 

 

Elimination of historical accumulated deficit of Blue Water

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

(5,000

)

Elimination of historical stock of Clarus(b)

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(193,665

)

 

 

156,659

 

 

 

37,006

 

Post-Business Combination

 

20,538,430

 

 

$

2

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

286,700

 

 

$

(301,077

)

____________

(a)      Includes $17.8 million of private placement convertible notes converting at $10.00 per share into 1,718,570 shares.

(b)      Accumulated deficit due to the reversal of accretion on preferred stock dividends due to assumed January 1, 2020 conversion and extinguishment.

Note 4 — Transaction Accounting Adjustments to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021

The transaction accounting adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021 are as follows:

Pro Forma notes

(A)    From the unaudited condensed statements of operations of Clarus as of March 31, 2021.

(B)    From the unaudited condensed statements of operations of Blue Water as of March 31, 2021.

Pro Forma transaction accounting adjustments

a)      To reclass historical Blue Water franchise tax expense to general and administrative expenses of the Combined Entity.

b)      Removal of accretion on preferred stock dividends due to assumed January 1, 2020 conversion and extinguishment.

91

Table of Contents

c)      Presentation of the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share amounts. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been prepared assuming the no redemptions and maximum redemptions scenarios. See Note 6, Loss Per Share for additional details.

d)      To eliminate interest expense related to Clarus convertible notes, which will be exchanged for common stock in the Merger.

Note 5 — Transaction Accounting Adjustments to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2020

The transaction accounting adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Pro Forma notes

(A)    From the audited statements of operations of Clarus as of December 31, 2020.

(B)    From the audited statements of operations of Blue Water as of December 31, 2020.

Pro Forma transaction accounting adjustments

a)      To reclass historical Blue Water franchise tax expense to general and administrative expenses of the Combined Entity.

b)      To reclass historical Blue Water change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities to change in fair value of warrant liability and derivative, net, a Clarus line item, both presented within other income (expense), net on the statement of operations.

c)      Removal of accretion on preferred stock dividends due to assumed January 1, 2020 conversion and extinguishment.

d)      To eliminate interest expense related to Clarus convertible notes, which will be exchanged for common stock in the Merger.

e)      To adjust the gain related to the change in the fair value of derivative liabilities in connection with the convertible notes. The gain is being reduced by $1.3 million, as this portion of the gain was related to new 2020 notes that were entered into after January 1, 2020.

f)       Presentation of the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share amounts. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been prepared assuming the no redemptions and maximum redemptions scenarios. See Note 6, Loss Per Share for additional details.

g)      To record cancellation of Clarus outstanding stock options.

h)      To record gain on extinguishment of certain Clarus senior notes payable and Clarus royalty obligation.

Note 6 — Loss Per Share

Net loss per share calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the Business Combination and private placement, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2020. As the Business Combination is being reflected as if it had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net loss per share assumes that the shares issuable relating to the Business Combination and private placement have been outstanding for the entire periods presented. If the maximum number of shares are redeemed, this calculation is retroactively adjusted to eliminate such shares for the entire periods.

92

Table of Contents

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been prepared assuming two alternative levels of redemption for the three months ended March 31, 2021:

Three Months Ended March 31, 2021

 

Scenario 1
(Assuming No
Redemption)

 

Scenario 2
(Assuming Max
Redemption)

   

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Pro forma net loss

 

$

(1,869

)

 

$

(1,869

)

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

 

24,228,462

 

 

 

20,538,430

 

Net loss per share – basic and diluted

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

(0.09

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma weighted average shares calculation – basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Blue Water public stockholders

 

 

5,807,500

 

 

 

2,117,468

 

Blue Water Sponsor

 

 

1,437,500

 

 

 

1,437,500

 

Total

 

 

7,245,500

 

 

 

3,554,968

 

Clarus

 

 

16,983,462

 

 

 

16,983,462

 

Pro Forma weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted(1)

 

 

24,228,462

 

 

 

20,538,430

 

____________

(1)      For the purposes of applying the if-converted method for calculating pro forma earnings per share, it was assumed that all Clarus Preferred stock was extinguished or converted to common stock. As such, the accretion of historical preferred stock dividends was not included in calculation of basic or diluted loss per share.

Net loss per share calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the Business Combination, 2021 convertible notes and private placement, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2020. As the Business Combination is being reflected as if it had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net loss per share assumes that the shares issuable relating to the Business Combination, 2021 convertible notes and private placement have been outstanding for the entire periods presented. If the maximum number of shares are redeemed, this calculation is retroactively adjusted to eliminate such shares for the entire periods.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been prepared assuming two alternative levels of redemption for the year ended December 31, 2020:

Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

Scenario 1 (Assuming No Redemption)

 

Scenario 2 (Assuming Max Redemption)

   

(in thousands, except share and
per share data)

Pro forma net income

 

$

10,167

 

$

10,167

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

 

24,913,070

 

 

22,240,636

Net income per share – basic and diluted

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.46

   

 

   

 

 

Pro Forma weighted average shares calculation – basic and diluted

 

 

   

 

 

Blue Water public stockholders

 

 

5,807,500

 

 

3,135,066

Blue Water Sponsor

 

 

1,437,500

 

 

1,437,500

Total

 

 

7,245,000

 

 

4,572,566

Clarus

 

 

17,668,070

 

 

17,668,070

Pro Forma weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted(1)

 

 

24,913,070

 

 

22,240,636

____________

(1)      For the purposes of applying the if-converted method for calculating pro forma earnings per share, it was assumed that all Clarus Preferred stock was extinguished or converted to common stock. As such, the accretion of historical preferred stock accretion was not included in calculation of basic or diluted loss per share.

93

Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE PARTIES TO THE BUSINESS COMBINATION

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.

Blue Water is a special purpose acquisition company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. Blue Water was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on May 22, 2020.

On December 17, 2020, Blue Water consummated its IPO of 5,750,000 Units, which included 750,000 Units issued pursuant to the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, with each Unit consisting of one share of Class A common stock and one redeemable Warrant, with each Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock for $11.50 per share. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds to Blue Water of $57,500,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, Blue Water completed the private sale of an aggregate of 3,445,000 Placement Warrants to the Sponsor at a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant, generating gross proceeds of $3,445,000. A total of $58,650,000, comprised of $55,205,000 of the proceeds from the Blue Water IPO (which amount includes $2,012,500 of the underwriter’s deferred discount) and $3,445,000 of the proceeds of the sale of the Placement Warrants, was placed in the Trust Account. Blue Water’s IPO was conducted pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-248569) that became effective on December 15, 2020.

Blue Water Class A common stock, Units and Warrants are currently listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “BLUW”, “BLUWU” and “BLUWW”, respectively. The mailing address of Blue Water’s principal executive offices is 15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363, Greenwich, CT 06830, and its telephone number at such address is (646) 303-0737.

Merger Sub

Merger Sub is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water, incorporated in Delaware on April 19, 2021 solely for the purpose of consummating the Business Combination. Merger Sub owns no material assets and does not operate any business.

The mailing address of Merger Sub’s principal executive offices is 15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363, Greenwich, CT 06830, and its telephone number at such address is (646) 303-0737.

In the Business Combination, Merger Sub will merge with and into Clarus with Clarus surviving the Merger. As a result, Merger Sub will cease to exist, and Clarus will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water.

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

Clarus is a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the commercialization of JATENZO, an oral T-replacement therapy approved by the FDA. Clarus’s primary goal is to make JATENZO the preferred choice for T-replacement therapy among men with T-deficiency accompanied by an associated medical condition, referred to as hypogonadism. In parallel, Clarus plans to develop into a specialty pharmaceutical company initially focused on the development and commercialization of testosterone and metabolic therapies for men and women. Clarus was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 4, 2003.

The mailing address of Clarus’s principal executive offices is 555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340, Northbrook, IL 60062, and its telephone number at such address is (847) 562-4300.

94

Table of Contents

THE BLUE WATER SPECIAL MEETING

General

Blue Water is furnishing this proxy statement/prospectus to its stockholders as part of the solicitation of proxies by the board of directors for use at the Blue Water Special Meeting to be held on [    ], 2021 and at any adjournment or postponement thereof. This proxy statement/prospectus provides Blue Water’s stockholders with information they need to know to be able to vote or direct their vote to be cast at the Blue Water Special Meeting.

Date, Time and Place

The Blue Water Special Meeting will be held as a “virtual meeting” via live audio webcast on [    ], 2021, at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time. Due to concerns about the coronavirus (COVID-19) and warnings from public officials regarding public gatherings, you may also access Blue Water’s proxy materials at the following website: https://www.cstproxy.com/[          ]

Voting Power; Record Date

You will be entitled to vote or direct votes to be cast at the Blue Water Special Meeting if you owned shares of Blue Water common stock at the close of business on [    ], 2021 which is the Record Date. You are entitled to one vote for each share of Blue Water common stock that you owned as of the close of business on the Record Date. If your shares are held in “street name” or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker, bank or other nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. On the Record Date, there were 7,187,500 shares of Blue Water common stock outstanding, of which 9,061,136 are Public Shares, and 1,437,500 are Founder Shares held by the Sponsor and Blue Water’s officers and directors.

Vote of the Sponsor, Directors and Officers

In connection with the Blue Water IPO, Blue Water entered into agreements with each of its Sponsor, directors and officers pursuant to which each agreed to vote any shares of Blue Water common stock owned by it in favor of the Business Combination Proposal and for all other proposals presented at the Blue Water Special Meeting. These agreements apply to the Sponsor as it relates to the Founder Shares and the requirement to vote such shares in favor of the Business Combination Proposal and for all other proposals presented to Blue Water stockholders in this proxy statement/prospectus. As a result, we would need only 2,185,001, or approximately 38.0%, of the 5,750,000 Public Shares, to be voted in favor of the Business Combination in order to have the Business Combination approved, assuming all outstanding shares are voted.

Blue Water’s Sponsor, directors and officers have waived any redemption rights, including with respect to shares of Class A common stock issued or purchased in the Blue Water IPO or in the aftermarket, in connection with Business Combination. The Founder Shares held by the Sponsor have no redemption rights upon Blue Water’s liquidation and will be worthless if no initial business combination is effected by Blue Water by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination).

Quorum and Required Vote for Proposals

A quorum of Blue Water stockholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting. A quorum will be present at the Blue Water Special Meeting if a majority of the Blue Water common stock outstanding and entitled to vote at the Blue Water Special Meeting is represented in person or by proxy at the Blue Water Special Meeting. Abstentions and “withold” votes will count as present for the purposes of establishing a quorum. Broker non-votes will not be counted for purposes of establishing a quorum.

The approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals require the affirmative vote of a majority of the issued and outstanding Blue Water common stock as of the Record Date for the Blue Water Special Meeting. The approval of the Business Combination Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal each require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Blue Water common stock cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting. The approval of the Director Election Proposal requires a plurality vote of the shares of Blue Water common stock cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting.

95

Table of Contents

If the Business Combination Proposal is not approved, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal will not be presented to the Blue Water stockholders for a vote. The approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Business Combination Proposal, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal are preconditions to the consummation of the Business Combination. The Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal are conditioned on the approval of the Business Combination Proposal (and the Business Combination Proposal is conditioned on the approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal). The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus.

It is important for you to note that in the event the Business Combination Proposal does not receive the requisite vote for approval, then Blue Water will not consummate the Business Combination. If Blue Water does not consummate the Business Combination and fails to complete an initial business combination by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination) and does not seek and obtain the approval of its stockholders for an Extension, Blue Water will be required to dissolve and liquidate its Trust Account by returning the then remaining funds in such account to the public stockholders.

Abstentions, “Withhold” Votes and Broker Non-Votes

A Blue Water stockholder’s failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting or an abstention will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Business Combination Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal. A Blue Water stockholder’s failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting or an abstention will have the same effect as a vote “AGAINST” the Charter Amendment Proposals. A Blue Water stockholder’s failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting or a “Withhold” vote will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Director Election Proposal.

A “broker non-vote” occurs when shares held by a broker for the account of a beneficial owner are not voted for or against a particular proposal because the broker has not received voting instructions from that beneficial owner and the broker does not have discretionary authority to vote those shares in the absence of such instructions. If you do not provide instructions to your broker, your broker will not have discretionary authority to vote on any of the Proposals at the Blue Water Special Meeting, because Blue Water does not expect any of the Proposals to be considered a routine matter. Broker non-votes will not be counted as present for the purposes of establishing a quorum.

Broker non-votes will have the same effect as a vote “AGAINST” the Charter Amendment Proposals. Broker non-votes will have no effect on the Business Combination Proposal, the Director Election Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal or the Adjournment Proposal.

Recommendation of Blue Water’s Board of Directors

Blue Water’s board of directors has unanimously determined that each of the Proposals is fair to and in the best interests of Blue Water and its stockholders, and has unanimously approved such proposals. Blue Water’s board of directors unanimously recommends that stockholders:

•        vote “FOR” the Business Combination Proposal;

•        vote “FOR” each of the Charter Amendment Proposals;

•        vote “FOR” the Director Election Proposal;

•        vote “FOR” the Incentive Plan Proposal; and

•        vote “FOR” the Adjournment Proposal, if it is presented at the meeting.

When you consider the recommendation of Blue Water’s board of directors in favor of approval of the Proposals, you should keep in mind that the Sponsor, members of Blue Water’s board of directors and officers have interests in the Business Combination that may be different from or in addition to (or which may conflict with) your interests as a stockholder. These interests include, among other things, the fact that:

•        unless Blue Water consummates an initial business combination, Blue Water’s officers, directors and the Sponsor will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount of available proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account;

96

Table of Contents

•        as a condition to the Blue Water IPO, the Founder Shares became subject to a lock-up whereby, subject to certain limited exceptions, the Founder Shares cannot be transferred for 180 days following the consummation of an initial business combination;

•        the Placement Warrants purchased by the Sponsor will be worthless if a business combination is not consummated;

•        the Sponsor has agreed that the Placement Warrants, and all of their underlying securities, will not be sold or transferred by it until after Blue Water has completed a business combination, subject to limited exceptions;

•        the Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for its Founder Shares and such securities will have a significantly higher value at the time of the Business Combination;

•        the Sponsor has agreed not to redeem any of the Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

•        the Sponsor may loan to Blue Water additional funds for working capital purposes prior to the Business Combination. There are no working capital loans from the Sponsor currently outstanding. If the Business Combination is not consummated and Blue Water does not otherwise consummate another business combination prior to December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), then there will likely be insufficient funds to pay the working capital loans;

•        $575,000 may be loaned by the Sponsor or its affiliates or designees for each three-month extension (for up to $1,150,000) of the time that we have to consummate a business combination, which amount may be converted into Extension Warrants, at the price of $1.00 per warrant and such warrants would be identical to the Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period;

•        if Blue Water does not complete an initial business combination by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Placement Warrants will be included in the liquidating distribution to Blue Water’s public stockholders and the Placement Warrants will expire worthless; and

•        if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event Blue Water is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the Sponsor has agreed to indemnify Blue Water to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.20 per Public Share by the claims of prospective target businesses with which Blue Water has entered into an acquisition agreement or claims of any third party for services rendered or products sold to Blue Water, but only if such a vendor or target business has not executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account.

Voting Your Shares

Each share of Blue Water common stock that you own in your name entitles you to one vote. If you are a record owner of your shares, there are three ways to vote your shares of Blue Water common stock at the Blue Water Special Meeting:

1.      Vote by Internet.

•        Before the meeting:    Go [    ]. Use the Internet to transmit your voting instructions and for electronic delivery information up until 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, the day before the meeting date. Have your proxy card in hand when you access the website and follow the instructions to obtain your records and to create an electronic voting instruction form.

•        During the meeting:    Go [    ]. You will be able to attend the Blue Water Special Meeting online, vote your shares electronically until voting is closed and submit your questions during the Blue Water Special Meeting.

97

Table of Contents

2.      Vote by mail.    Mark, date, sign and mail promptly the enclosed proxy card (a postage-paid envelope is provided for mailing in the United States).

3.      Vote by telephone.    You may vote by proxy by calling [    ] and following the instructions on the proxy card.

If your shares are held in “street name” or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. If you wish to attend the meeting and vote in person and your shares are held in “street name,” you must obtain a legal proxy from your broker, bank or nominee. That is the only way Blue Water can be sure that the broker, bank or nominee has not already voted your shares.

Revoking Your Proxy

If you are a record owner of your shares and you give a proxy, you may change or revoke it at any time before it is exercised by doing any one of the following:

•        you may send another proxy card with a later date;

•        you may notify Blue Water’s secretary in writing before the Blue Water Special Meeting that you have revoked your proxy; or

•        you may attend the Blue Water Special Meeting, revoke your proxy, and vote in person as described above.

If your shares are held in “street name” or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker for information on how to change or revoke your voting instructions.

Who Can Answer Your Questions About Voting Your Shares

If you are a stockholder and have any questions about how to vote or direct a vote in respect of your Blue Water common stock, you may call Advantage Proxy, Blue Water’s proxy solicitor, at (877) 870-8565 (toll free) or (206) 870-8565 (collect) or by email ksmith@advantageproxy.com.

No Additional Matters May Be Presented at the Blue Water Special Meeting

The Blue Water Special Meeting has been called only to consider the approval of, the Business Combination Proposal, the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Director Election Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal. Under Blue Water’s bylaws, other than procedural matters incident to the conduct of the Blue Water Special Meeting, no other matters may be considered at the Blue Water Special Meeting if they are not included in this proxy statement/prospectus, which serves as the notice of the Blue Water Special Meeting.

Redemption Rights

Pursuant to the Blue Water Charter, any holders of Public Shares may demand that such shares be redeemed in exchange for a pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account, less taxes payable, calculated as of two (2) business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. If demand is properly made and the Business Combination is consummated, these shares, immediately prior to the Business Combination, will cease to be outstanding and will represent only the right to receive a pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account which holds the proceeds of the Blue Water IPO (calculated as of two (2) business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to it to pay the Company’s taxes). For illustrative purposes, based on funds in the Trust Account of $58,652,474.78 on June 15, 2021, the estimated per share redemption price was approximately $10.20. A public stockholder, together with any of his, her or its affiliates or any other person with whom it is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13(d)(3) of Exchange Act) will be restricted from redeeming in the aggregate his, her or its shares or, if part of such a group, the group’s shares, with respect to more than 15% of the shares of Blue Water common stock included in the Units of Blue Water sold in the Blue Water IPO (including overallotment securities sold to Blue Water’s underwriters after the Blue Water IPO) without the prior consent of Blue Water.

98

Table of Contents

In order to exercise your redemption rights, you must:

•        prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [    ] (two (2) business days before the Blue Water Special Meeting), tender your shares physically or electronically and submit a request in writing that we redeem your public shares for cash to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Blue Water’s transfer agent, at the following address:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

One State Street Plaza, 30th Floor

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Mark Zimkind

E-mail: mzimkind@continentalstock.com

•        In your request to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company for redemption, you must also affirmatively certify if you “ARE” or “ARE NOT” acting in concert or as a “group”(as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) with any other stockholder with respect to shares of Blue Water common stock;

and

•        deliver your Public Shares either physically or electronically through DTC to Blue Water’s transfer agent at least two (2) business days before the Blue Water Special Meeting. Stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights and opting to deliver physical certificates should allot sufficient time to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent and time to effect delivery. It is Blue Water’s understanding that stockholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, Blue Water does not have any control over this process and it may take longer than two weeks. Stockholders who hold their shares in street name will have to coordinate with their bank, broker or other nominee to have the shares certificated or delivered electronically. If you do not submit a written request and deliver your public shares as described above, your shares will not be redeemed.

Any demand for redemption, once made, may be withdrawn at any time until the deadline for exercising redemption requests (and submitting shares to the transfer agent) and thereafter, with Blue Water’s consent, until the vote is taken with respect to the Business Combination. If you delivered your shares for redemption to Blue Water’s transfer agent and decide within the required timeframe not to exercise your redemption rights, you may request that Blue Water’s transfer agent return the shares (physically or electronically). You may make such request by contacting Blue Water’s transfer agent at the phone number or address listed above.

Prior to exercising redemption rights, stockholders should verify the market price of Blue Water common stock as they may receive higher proceeds from the sale of their Blue Water common stock in the public market than from exercising their redemption rights if the market price per share is higher than the redemption price. We cannot assure you that you will be able to sell your shares of Blue Water common stock in the open market, even if the market price per share is higher than the redemption price stated above, as there may not be sufficient liquidity in Blue Water common stock when you wish to sell your shares.

If you exercise your redemption rights, your shares of Blue Water common stock will cease to be outstanding immediately prior to the Business Combination and will only represent the right to receive a pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account. You will no longer own those shares and will have no right to participate in, or have any interest in, the future growth of the Combined Entity, if any. You will be entitled to receive cash for these shares only if you properly and timely demand redemption.

If the Business Combination is not consummated and Blue Water otherwise does not consummate an initial business combination by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), Blue Water will be required to dissolve and liquidate its Trust Account by returning the then remaining funds in such account to the public stockholders and the Warrants will expire worthless.

99

Table of Contents

Appraisal Rights

Blue Water stockholders do not have appraisal rights in connection with the Business Combination or the other proposals.

Proxy Solicitation

Blue Water is soliciting proxies on behalf of its board of directors. This solicitation is being made by mail but also may be made by telephone or in person. Blue Water and its directors, officers and employees may also solicit proxies in person. Blue Water will file with the SEC all scripts and other electronic communications as proxy soliciting materials. Blue Water will bear the cost of the solicitation.

Blue Water has hired Advantage Proxy to assist in the proxy solicitation process. Blue Water will pay that firm a fee of up to $25,000, plus disbursements.

Blue Water will ask banks, brokers and other institutions, nominees and fiduciaries to forward the proxy materials to their principals and to obtain their authority to execute proxies and voting instructions. Blue Water will reimburse them for their reasonable expenses.

100

Table of Contents

THE BUSINESS COMBINATION PROPOSAL (PROPOSAL 1)

General

Holders of Blue Water common stock are being asked to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination. Blue Water stockholders should read carefully this proxy statement/prospectus in its entirety for more detailed information concerning the Merger Agreement, which is attached as Annex A to this proxy statement/prospectus. Please see the section titled “—The Merger Agreement” below, for additional information and a summary of certain terms of the Merger Agreement. You are urged to read carefully the Merger Agreement in its entirety before voting on this proposal.

Because Blue Water is holding a stockholder vote on the Business Combination, Blue Water may consummate the Business Combination only if it is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Blue Water common stock cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting.

The Merger Agreement

The subsections that follow this subsection describe the material provisions of the Merger Agreement, but do not purport to describe all of the terms of the Merger Agreement. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Merger Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Annex A hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference. Stockholders and other interested parties are urged to read the Merger Agreement carefully and in its entirety (and, if appropriate, with the advice of financial and legal counsel) because it is the primary legal document that governs the Business Combination.

The Merger Agreement contains representations, warranties and covenants that the respective parties made to each other as of the date of the Merger Agreement or other specific dates, which may be updated prior to the closing of the Business Combination. The assertions embodied in those representations, warranties and covenants were made for purposes of the contract among the respective parties and are subject to important qualifications and limitations agreed to by the parties in connection with negotiating the Merger Agreement. The representations, warranties and covenants in the Merger Agreement are also modified in important part by the disclosure schedules attached thereto which are not filed publicly and which are subject to a contractual standard of materiality different from that generally applicable to stockholders. The disclosure schedules were used for the purpose of allocating risk among the parties rather than establishing matters as facts. The disclosure schedules do not disclose any information material to an investment decision that is not already disclosed elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

General Description of the Merger Agreement

On April 27, 2021, Blue Water entered into the Merger Agreement with Merger Sub and Clarus. Unless otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms used in this section “The Business Combination Proposal (Proposal 1)  The Merger Agreement” will have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Merger Agreement.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time, Merger Sub will merge with and into Clarus, with Clarus surviving the Merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Water and, based on existing Clarus share preference and convertible debtholder rights:

(a)     certain shares of Clarus preferred stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (such shares, the “Clarus Consideration-Receiving Preferred Stock”) will be canceled and converted into the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration,

(b)    certain convertible and non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus outstanding as of the Effective Time (such notes, the “Clarus Consideration-Receiving Notes”) will be canceled and converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration,

(c)     certain warrants to purchase Clarus stock will be converted into the Clarus Converting Warrants, and

(d)    all shares of Clarus capital stock (other than the Consideration-Receiving Preferred Stock), and all outstanding options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase any capital stock of Clarus or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that otherwise confer on the holder any right to acquire any

101

Table of Contents

capital stock of Clarus (in each case, excluding the Clarus Consideration-Receiving Notes and the Clarus Converting Warrants) that have not been exercised prior to the Effective Time, will be canceled, retired and terminated without any consideration or any liability to Clarus with respect thereto.

The Merger Consideration to be paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement to Clarus securityholders will be a number of shares of New Blue Water common stock equal to:

(i)     17,929,832 shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock, subject to adjustment to account for the Closing Net Indebtedness, divided by $10.20; plus

(ii)    1,500,000 shares of New Blue Water Class A Common Stock issuable to the holders of certain non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus in exchange for $10.0 million of the aggregate principal amount of such notes and certain outstanding royalty rights; plus

(iii)   a number of shares of New Blue Water Class A common stock equal to the outstanding balance (principal and interest) at Closing of convertible and non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus issued between the date of the Merger Agreement and Closing divided by $10.00, provided that Clarus may elect, in its discretion to instead pay off the outstanding balance of, and any redemption premium on, the non-convertible promissory notes at Closing.

Additionally, the outstanding shares of Blue Water Class A common stock, including any shares of Blue Water Class B common stock that are converted into Blue Water Class A common stock in accordance with the Blue Water Charter, will be redesignated as the New Blue Water common stock, which is common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. (the new name of Blue Water after the Closing).

The Merger Consideration to be paid to Clarus stockholders will be paid solely by the delivery of new shares of New Blue Water common stock. The Closing Net Indebtedness (and the resulting Merger Consideration) is based solely on estimates determined shortly prior to the Closing and is not subject to any post-Closing true-up or adjustment. The Merger Consideration will be allocated among the Clarus securityholders as determined by Clarus shortly prior to the Closing based on existing share preference and convertible debtholder rights.

Post-Business Combination Ownership of the Combined Entity

Immediately after the Closing, Blue Water, which will be renamed Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc., will own 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Clarus.

It is anticipated that, upon the Closing, Blue Water’s public stockholders will retain an ownership interest of approximately 24.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Combined Entity, the Sponsor will retain an ownership interest of approximately 6.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Combined Entity and the Clarus securityholders and noteholders will own approximately 70.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Combined Entity. The foregoing ownership percentages with respect to the Combined Entity following the Business Combination exclude any outstanding Warrants and assume that (i) there are no redemptions of any shares by Blue Water’s public stockholders in connection with the Business Combination, (ii) the negative Closing Net Indebtedness is $43.1 million, based on the Merger Agreement, (iii) no awards are issued under the Equity Incentive Plan and (iv) no Working Capital Warrants or Extension Warrants are issued. If the actual facts are different than these assumptions (which they are likely to be), the percentage ownership retained by Blue Water’s existing stockholders in the Combined Entity will be different.

Representations and Warranties; Survival/Indemnification

The Merger Agreement contains representations and warranties by each of Blue Water and Clarus that are customary for transactions similar to the Business Combination.

Clarus made representations and warranties relating to, among other matters, (1) corporate existence and power, (2) corporate authorization, (3) governmental authorization, (4) non-contravention, (5) capitalization, (6) corporate records, (7) subsidiaries, (8) consents, (9) financial statements, (10) books and records, (11) internal accounting controls, (12) absence of certain changes, (13) properties and title to its assets, (14) litigation, (15) material contracts, (16) licenses and permits, (17) compliance with laws, (18) intellectual property, (19) healthcare matters, (20) accounts receivable, accounts payable, and affiliate loans, (21) employees and employment matters, (22) withholding, (23) employee benefits, (24) real property, (25) tax matters, (26) environmental laws, (27) top customers and suppliers, (28) finders’ and

102

Table of Contents

brokers’ fees, (29) powers of attorney and suretyships, (30) directors and officers, (31) anti-money laundering laws, (32) insurance, (33) related party transactions, (34) the Investment Company Act of 1940, (35) independent investigation and (36) information supplied.

Blue Water and Merger Sub made representations and warranties relating to, among other matters, (1) corporate existence and power, (2) corporate authorization, (3) governmental authorization, (4) non-contravention, (5) finders’ and brokers’ fees, (6) issuance of the Merger Consideration, (7) capitalization, (8) information supplied, (9) the Trust Account, (10) listing, (11) board approval, (12) SEC filings and financial statements, (13) certain business practices, (14) anti-money laundering laws, (15) affiliate transactions, (16) litigation, (17) expenses, indebtedness and other liabilities, and (18) tax matters.

Many of the representations and warranties are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect and/or the representing party’s knowledge. “Material Adverse Effect” as used in the Merger Agreement means with respect to any specified person or entity, any fact, event, occurrence, change or effect that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, net worth, management, earnings, cash flows, business, operations or properties of such person or entity and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability of such person or entity or any of its subsidiaries on a timely basis to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or the ancillary documents to which it is a party or bound or to perform its obligations thereunder, in each case subject to certain customary exceptions. Certain of the representations are subject to specified exceptions and qualifications contained in the Merger Agreement or in information provided pursuant to certain disclosure schedules to the Merger Agreement.

Survival/Indemnification

The representations and warranties made by the parties terminate as of and do not survive the Closing, and there are no indemnification rights for another party’s breach. The covenants and agreements of the parties shall not survive the Closing, except those covenants and agreements to be performed after the Closing, which covenants and agreement shall survive until fully performed.

Covenants of the Parties

Each party agreed in the Merger Agreement to use its reasonable best efforts to effect the Closing. The Merger Agreement also contains certain customary covenants by each of the parties during the period between the signing of the Merger Agreement and the earlier of the Closing or the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms (the “Interim Period”), including (1) the provision of access to their offices, properties, books and records; (2) the operation of their respective businesses in the ordinary course of business; (3) provision of financial statements by Clarus; (4) Blue Water’s public filings; (5) no insider trading; (6) notifications of certain breaches, consent requirements, material adverse changes or other matters; (7) efforts to consummate the Closing and obtain third party and regulatory approvals; (8) tax matters and transfer taxes; (9) further assurances; (10) public announcements; and (11) confidentiality. Each party also agreed during the Interim Period not to solicit or enter into any inquiry, proposal or offer, or any indication of interest in making an offer or proposal for an alternative competing transaction, to notify the others as promptly as practicable in writing of the receipt of unsolicited proposals for, or indications of interest in entering into, an alternative competing transaction, and to keep the others informed of material developments with respect to such proposals or indications. There are also certain customary post-Closing covenants regarding (1) maintenance of books and records; (2) indemnification of directors and officers; and (3) use of Trust Account proceeds.

Blue Water agreed, as promptly as practicable after the date of the Merger Agreement, to prepare, with reasonable assistance from Clarus, and file with the SEC this Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of the issuance of the Merger Consideration Shares to be issued to the Clarus stockholders and noteholders and containing a proxy statement/prospectus for the purpose of Blue Water soliciting proxies from the stockholders of Blue Water to approve the Business Combination Proposal and the other Required Proposals at the Blue Water Special Meeting and providing such stockholders an opportunity in accordance with Blue Water’s organizational documents and Blue Water’s Initial Public Offering prospectus to have their shares of Blue Water common stock redeemed.

Clarus also agreed in the Merger Agreement to obtain the written consent of its stockholders as promptly as practicable after the Registration Statement has become effective to approve the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination and related matters.

103

Table of Contents

The parties also agreed to take all necessary action, so that effective at the Closing, the entire board of directors of New Blue Water will consist of seven individuals, a majority of whom shall be independent directors in accordance with Nasdaq requirements. Two of the members of such board will be individuals (at least one of whom shall be an independent director, and one of whom shall serve as the chairperson of such board) designated by Blue Water in the Merger Agreement and five of the members of such board (at least three of whom shall be independent directors) will be designated by Clarus prior to the Closing. The parties also agreed to classify Blue Water’s board into three classes as described in the Charter Amendment Proposal #3 below. Blue Water also agreed to provide each of the director designees to the post-Closing board of directors with a customary director indemnification agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such director. The parties also agreed to take all action necessary, so that the individuals serving as the officers of Blue Water immediately after Closing will be the same individuals as those of Clarus immediately prior to the Closing.

Conditions to the Closing

The closing of the Merger Agreement is subject to various conditions, including the following mutual conditions of the parties unless waived: (i) the approval of the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination and Required Proposals by the requisite vote of Blue Water’s stockholders, (ii) the approval of the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination and related matters by Clarus’s stockholders; (iii) receipt of requisite consents from governmental authorities to consummate the Business Combination, (iv) no law or order, or action brought by a governmental authority, that would restrain, prohibit or impose any condition on the Business Combination; (v) Blue Water having at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets, after giving effect to the completion of the redemption of public stockholders who redeem their shares in connection with the Business Combination; (vi) the election or appointment of members to Blue Water’s board of directors as of the Closing in accordance with the Merger Agreement; (vii) the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part; and (viii) the conditional approval of Blue Water’s initial listing application with Nasdaq with respect to the common stock to be issued pursuant to the Business Combination.

In addition, unless waived by Clarus, the obligations of Clarus to consummate the Business Combination are subject to the fulfillment of certain closing conditions, including but not limited to the following (in addition to customary certificates and other closing deliverables):

•        The representations and warranties of Blue Water and Merger Sub being true and correct as of the date of the Merger Agreement and as of the Closing (subject to Material Adverse Effect);

•        Blue Water and Merger Sub having performed in all material respects their respective obligations and complied in all material respects with their respective covenants and agreements under the Merger Agreement required to be performed or complied with on or prior to the date of the Closing;

•        Filing and effectiveness of the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Blue Water; and

•        Clarus having received a copy of a duly executed Registration Rights Agreement (as described below) by Blue Water.

Unless waived by Blue Water, the obligations of Blue Water and the Merger Sub to consummate the Business Combination is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions (in addition to customary certificates and other closing deliverables):

•        The representations and warranties of Clarus being true and correct as of the date of the Merger Agreement and as of the Closing (subject to Material Adverse Effect);

•        Clarus having performed in all material respects its obligations and complied in all material respects with its covenants and agreements under the Merger Agreement required to be performed or complied with on or prior to the date of the Closing;

•        Certain litigation in which Clarus is involved not having been adjudicated or settled, and no offer of settlement having been made by Clarus, that would have a Material Adverse Effect on Blue Water;

104

Table of Contents

•        Absence of a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Clarus since the date of the Merger Agreement (but excluding a qualifying settlement of certain litigation in which Clarus is involved) that is continuing and uncured;

•        Certain specified contracts of Clarus being terminated without further obligation of Clarus;

•        Clarus and the Clarus securityholders specified therein having executed and delivered the Registration Rights Agreement (as described below)

•        Each Stockholder Lock-Up Agreement (as described below) and Lender Lock-Up Agreement (as described below) having been executed and delivered;

•        Clarus’s indebtedness at the Closing not exceeding $43.125 million and there being no obligation of Clarus to make any post-Closing payment in the nature of a royalty; and

•        Clarus having consummated a Permitted Financing with gross proceeds to Clarus of at least $15 million.

Termination

The Merger Agreement may be terminated under certain customary and limited circumstances at any time prior to the Closing, including:

•        by mutual consent of Clarus and Blue Water;

•        by either Blue Water or Clarus if any of the conditions to the Closing have not been satisfied or waived by October 27, 2021 (which we refer to as the “Outside Date”), provided that this termination right shall not be available to Blue Water or Clarus if a breach by such party (i.e., either Blue Water or Merger Sub on one hand, or Clarus, on the other hand) of the Merger Agreement was the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or before the Outside Date;

•        by either Blue Water or Clarus if a governmental authority of competent jurisdiction shall have issued an order or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting, or if any law is in effect making illegal, the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

•        by either Blue Water or Clarus if there has been a material breach by the other party of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in the Merger Agreement, such that the related closing condition would not be met, and such breach is not cured within the earlier of (i) 30 days after the non-breaching party receives notice of such breach, or (ii) by the Outside Date;

•        by Blue Water if there has been an event after the signing of the Merger Agreement that has had a Material Adverse Effect on Clarus (but excluding a qualifying settlement of certain litigation in which Clarus is involved) that is continuing and uncured for 30 days;

•        by Clarus if there has been a Material Adverse Effect on Blue Water following the date of the Merger Agreement which is uncured and continuing for 30 days;

•        by either Blue Water or Clarus if approval for the Business Combination and the other matters submitted for Blue Water stockholder approval in this proxy statement/prospectus are not obtained at the Blue Water Special Meeting; and

•        by either Blue Water or Clarus if a special meeting of Clarus’ stockholders is held and Clarus’ stockholders shall not have approved the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination and related matters.

If the Merger Agreement is validly terminated, all further obligations of the parties under the Merger Agreement will terminate and will be of no further force and effect (except that certain obligations related to confidentiality, dispute resolution, termination, waiver of claims against the Trust Account, and certain general provisions will continue in effect), and no party will have any further liability to any other party thereto except for liability for any willful breach of the Merger Agreement prior to such termination. No termination fee is payable by either party.

105

Table of Contents

Trust Account Waiver

Clarus agreed that it and its affiliates will not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in Blue Water’s Trust Account held for its public stockholders, and agreed not to, and waived any right to, make any claim against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom).

Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

The Merger Agreement is governed by Delaware law and, subject to the required arbitration provisions, the parties are subject to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of federal and state courts located in Delaware, and each party waived its rights to a jury trial in connection therewith.

Related Agreements

This section describes the material provisions of certain additional agreements entered into or to be entered into pursuant to the Merger Agreement (the “Related Agreements”) but does not purport to describe all of the terms thereof. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of each of the Related Agreements, copies of each of which are attached hereto as part of Annex A. Stockholders and other interested parties are urged to read such Related Agreements in their entirety.

Clarus Support Agreements

Simultaneously with the execution of the Merger Agreement, Blue Water and Clarus entered into support agreements (the “Clarus Support Agreements”) with certain significant stockholders of Clarus holding in the aggregate approximately 70.0% of Clarus’s outstanding capital stock. Pursuant to the Clarus Support Agreement, each such stockholder agreed, among other things, to vote all of its shares of Clarus stock in favor of the Merger Agreement and related transactions and to otherwise take certain other actions in support of the Merger Agreement and related transactions and the other matters submitted to Clarus stockholders for their approval, and provide a proxy to Blue Water to vote such Clarus stock accordingly. The Clarus Support Agreement prevents transfers of the Clarus stock held by such stockholder between the date of the Clarus Support Agreement and the date of the Closing, except for certain permitted transfers where the recipient also agrees to comply with the Clarus Support Agreement.

Sponsor Support Agreement

Simultaneously with the execution of the Merger Agreement, Blue Water and Clarus entered into a support agreement (the “Sponsor Support Agreement”) with the Sponsor. Under the Sponsor Support Agreement, the Sponsor agreed that it would abide by its undertakings in that certain letter agreement dated December 15, 2020, by and among Blue Water and its officers, its directors and the Sponsor filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Blue Water’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2020 (the “Insider Letter”), including voting its Blue Water shares in favor of the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination and not redeeming such shares in connection with the Merger, and that in the event of a transfer of its shares permitted under the Insider Letter, the Sponsor will ensure that the transferee agrees to be bound by the restrictions in the Sponsor Support Agreement. The Sponsor also agreed in connection with the Merger to waive its anti-dilution right pursuant to Article IV, Section 4.3(b)(ii) of the Blue Water Charter. Blue Water undertook to enforce the Sponsor’s obligations under the Insider Letter.

Stockholder Lock-Up Agreements

The Merger Agreement provides that at or prior to the Closing, certain significant Clarus stockholders will enter into a Lock-Up Agreement with Blue Water (each, a “Stockholder Lock-Up Agreement”). Pursuant to the Stockholder Lock-Up Agreements, each Clarus stockholder party thereto would agree not to, during the period commencing from the Closing and ending 180 days after the date of the Closing (subject to early release if the Combined Entity consummates a liquidation, merger, capital stock, reorganization exchange or other similar transaction with an unaffiliated third party that results in all of the Combined Entity’s stockholders having the right to exchange their equity holdings in the Combined Entity for cash, securities or other property): (x) lend, offer, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, donate, assign, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract

106

Table of Contents

to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any restricted securities, (y) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the restricted securities, or (z) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, whether any such transaction described in clauses (x), (y) or (z) above is to be settled by delivery of restricted securities or other securities, in cash or otherwise (in each case, subject to certain limited permitted transfers where the recipient takes the shares subject to the restrictions in the Stockholder Lock-Up Agreement).

Lender Lock-Up Agreements

The Merger Agreement provides that at or prior to the Closing, certain Clarus noteholders (the “Lenders”) will enter into a Lock-Up Agreement with Blue Water (each, a “Lender Lock-Up Agreement”). Pursuant to the Lender Lock-Up Agreements, each Lender party thereto would agree not to, during the period commencing from the Closing and ending 180 days after the date of the Closing (subject to early release if the Combined Entity consummates a liquidation, merger, capital stock, reorganization exchange or other similar transaction with an unaffiliated third party that results in all of the Combined Entity’s stockholders having the right to exchange their equity holdings in the Combined Entity for cash, securities or other property): (x) lend, offer, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, donate, assign, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any restricted securities, (y) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the restricted securities, or (z) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, whether any such transaction described in clauses (x), (y) or (z) above is to be settled by delivery of restricted securities or other securities, in cash or otherwise (in each case, subject to certain limited permitted transfers where the recipient takes the shares subject to the restrictions in the Lender Lock-Up Agreement). However, during the second half of the lock-up period (the “Leak-Out Period”), each Lender would be able to engage in limited transfers of restricted securities that would otherwise be prohibited by the lock-up, up to a daily maximum volume based on the number of restricted securities held by such Lender at the commencement of the Leak-Out Period prorated to the number of trading days in the Leak-Out Period, with the ability to cumulate unused daily volume limits over a maximum period of five trading days.

Registration Rights Agreement

The Merger Agreement provides that upon the Closing, Blue Water will enter into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Sponsor and the Clarus securityholders named therein. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Combined Entity would have an obligation to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the resale of (i) shares of New Blue Water common stock held by the Sponsor or issuable to the Sponsor upon conversion or exercise of other Company securities held by it, and (ii) shares of New Blue Water common stock issuable to the Clarus securityholders party thereto in the Merger. Either the Sponsor or a majority of the Clarus securityholders party to the Registration Rights Agreement holding registrable securities would be entitled to make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their registrable securities. Subject to certain exceptions, if at any time after the Closing the Combined Entity proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to its securities, under the Registration Rights Agreement the Combined Entity would be required to give notice to the other parties thereto as to the proposed filing and offer them the opportunity to register the sale of such number of registrable securities as they may request in writing. The Registration Rights Agreement would terminate and supersede that certain registration rights agreement dated December 15, 2020 between Blue Water and the Sponsor filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Blue Water’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on with the SEC December 21, 2020.

107

Table of Contents

Board of Directors and Management Following the Business Combination

The following persons are expected to be elected or appointed by the Blue Water board to serve as executive officers and directors following the Business Combination. For biographical information concerning the executive officers and directors following the Business Combination, see “Management after the Business Combination — Management and Board of Directors.

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

Kimberly Murphy(1)

 

58

 

Class III Director and Chair of the Board

Joseph Hernandez(1)

 

48

 

Class III Director

Robert E. Dudley(2)

 

66

 

Class III Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Elizabeth A. Cermak(2)

 

63

 

Class II Director

Mark A. Prygocki, Sr.(2)

 

55

 

Class II Director

Alex Zisson(2)

 

52

 

Class I Director

[](2)

 

[]

 

Class I Director

Richard Peterson

 

53

 

Chief Financial Officer

Frank Jaeger

 

51

 

Chief Commercial Officer

Jay Newmark

 

60

 

Chief Medical Officer

Steve Bourne

 

59

 

Chief Administrative Officer

____________

(1)      Blue Water Designee

(2)      Clarus Designee

Classified Board of Directors

The Combined Entity’s board of directors will consist of seven members upon the closing of the Business Combination. In accordance with the Amended Charter to be filed, immediately after the consummation of the Business Combination, the board of directors of New Blue Water will be divided into three classes, Class I, II and III, each to serve a three year term, except for the initial term after the Closing, for which the Class I directors will be up for reelection at the first annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing, and for which the Class II directors will be up for reelection at the second annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following the election. Directors will not be able to be removed during their term except for cause, and then only by the affirmative vote of only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Blue Water and Clarus will work in good faith to equitably allocate director designees among the three classes of directors, provided that Blue Water’s designees will serve in the class of directors with the latest initial re-election date.

The Combined Entity expects that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of the board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of the Combined Entity.

Interests of Blue Water’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination

When you consider the recommendation of Blue Water’s board of directors in favor of approval of the Proposals, you should keep in mind that Blue Water directors and officers have interests in the Business Combination that may be different from or in addition to (and which may conflict with) your interests as a stockholder. These interests include, among other things:

•        unless Blue Water consummates an initial business combination, Blue Water’s officers and directors and the Sponsor will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount of available proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account;

•        as a condition to the Blue Water IPO, the Founder Shares became subject to a lock-up whereby, subject to certain limited exceptions, the Founder Shares cannot be transferred for 180 days following the consummation of an initial business combination;

108

Table of Contents

•        the Placement Warrants purchased by the Sponsor will be worthless if a business combination is not consummated;

•        the Sponsor has agreed that the Placement Warrants, and all of their underlying securities, will not be sold or transferred by it until after Blue Water has completed a business combination, subject to limited exceptions;

•        the fact that the Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for its Founder Shares and such securities will have a significantly higher value at the time of the Business Combination;

•        the fact that the Sponsor has agreed not to redeem any of the Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

•        the Sponsor may loan to Blue Water additional funds for working capital purposes prior to the Business Combination. There are no working capital loans from the Sponsor currently outstanding. If the Business Combination is not consummated and Blue Water does not otherwise consummate another business combination prior to December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), then there will likely be insufficient funds to pay the working capital loans;

•        $575,000 may be loaned by the Sponsor or its affiliates or designees for each three-month extension (for up to $1,150,000) of the time that we have to consummate a business combination, which amount may be converted into Extension Warrants, at the price of $1.00 per warrant and such warrants would be identical to the Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period;

•        if Blue Water does not complete an initial business combination by December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination), a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Placement Warrants will be included in the liquidating distribution to Blue Water’s public stockholders and the Placement Warrants will expire worthless; and

•        if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event Blue Water is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the Sponsor has agreed to indemnify Blue Water to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.20 per Public Share by the claims of prospective target businesses with which Blue Water has entered into an acquisition agreement or claims of any third party for services rendered or products sold to Blue Water, but only if such a vendor or target business has not executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account.

Interests of Clarus’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination

When Clarus securityholders and other interested persons consider the recommendation of its board of directors in favor of approval of the Business Combination, such persons should keep in mind that the directors and executive officers of Clarus may have interests in the Business Combination and other proposals that may be different from, or in addition to, those of Clarus securityholders generally. These interests include, among other things:

•        That Dr. Robert E. Dudley, the Founder, Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer and President, and member of the board of directors, of Clarus is expected to serve as a member of the board of directors, and the Chief Executive Officer and President, of the Combined Entity after consummation of the Business Combination;

•        That Elizabeth Cermak, Alex Zisson and Mark Prygocki, each of whom currently serves on the board of directors of Clarus, are expected to be directors of the Combined Entity after consummation of the Business Combination;

•        Richard Peterson, the current Chief Financial Officer of Clarus, Frank Jaeger, the current Chief Commercial Officer of Clarus, Jay Newark, the current Chief Medical Officer of Clarus, and Steve Bourne, the current Chief Administrative Officer of Clarus, are expected to serve as officers of the Combined Entity in their same respective roles;

109

Table of Contents

•        That Clarus’s executive officers have entered into employment arrangements that are expected to become effective in connection with the Business Combination and which provide for payment of certain “sign-on bonuses”, a portion of which is payable promptly following consummation of the Business Combination. Please see the section entitled “Executive Compensation of Clarus — Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements with Executive Officers and Directors — Employment Arrangements with Executive Officers and Directors” of this proxy statement/prospectus for further discussion.

•        That, upon consummation of the Business Combination, and subject to approval of the Incentive Plan Proposal, Clarus’s executive officers are expected to receive grants of stock options and restricted stock units under the Equity Incentive Plan.

•        That upon or promptly following the consummation of the Business Combination, accrued but unpaid base compensation payable to Messrs. [ ] for prior years of service shall be paid to them. As of December 31, 2020, an aggregate of $[ ] is due in unpaid compensation for prior service to, respectively, Messrs. [ ]. Please see section entitled “Executive Compensation of Clarus — Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements with Executive Officers and Directors — Payment of Accrued but Unpaid Base Compensation” of this proxy statement/prospectus for further discussion.

Clarus’s board of directors were aware of and considered these interests, among other matters, in evaluating and negotiating the Business Combination and the Merger Agreement.

Ownership of New Blue Water after the Business Combination

It is anticipated that, upon the Closing of the Business Combination, Blue Water’s public stockholders will retain an ownership interest of approximately 24.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Combined Entity, the Sponsor will retain an aggregate ownership interest of approximately 6.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Combined Entity and the Clarus securityholders and noteholders will own approximately 70.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Combined Entity. The foregoing ownership percentages with respect to the Combined Entity following the Business Combination exclude any outstanding Warrants and assume that (i) there are no redemptions of any shares by Blue Water’s public stockholders in connection with the Business Combination, (ii) the negative Closing Net Indebtedness is $41.3 million, based on Clarus’s audited financial statements as of December 31, 2020, (iii) no awards are issued under the Equity Incentive Plan and (iv) no Working Capital Warrants or Extension Warrants are issued. If the actual facts are different than these assumptions (which they are likely to be), the percentage ownership retained by Blue Water’s existing stockholders in the Combined Entity will be different.

Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, upon the Closing, the Blue Water Charter will be amended and restated in accordance with the Amended Charter, subject to, among other matters, the approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals by Blue Water stockholders. See “Proposals 2 through 5 – The Charter Amendment Proposals.” We currently also expect that upon the Closing, Blue Water’s bylaws will be amended and restated promptly to:

•        reflect necessary changes and to be consistent with the proposed Amended Charter; and

•        make certain other changes that our board of directors deems appropriate for a public operating company.

Name and headquarters of the Combined Entity

The name of the Combined Entity will be Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. and its principal executive offices will be located at 555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340., Northbrook, IL 60062.

Background of the Business Combination

Blue Water is a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on May 22, 2020, for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. The Business Combination was the result of Blue Water’s search for a potential transaction utilizing the network and investing and operating experience of Blue Water’s management team and Board. The execution of the Business Combination was the result of extensive negotiations between representatives of Blue

110

Table of Contents

Water and Clarus based on diligence efforts of the Blue Water management team with the support of its advisors. The following is a brief description of the background of these negotiations, the Business Combination and related transactions.

On December 15, 2020, Blue Water closed the Blue Water IPO for the sale of 5,750,000 units, which included 750,000 Units issued pursuant to the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, at a price of $10.00 per unit, yielding gross proceeds of $57,500,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the Blue Water IPO, Blue Water consummated the sale of 3,445,000 Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($3,445,000 in the aggregate) in a private placement with the Sponsor.

Upon the consummation of the Blue Water IPO, Blue Water commenced its search for potential targets. In connection with its search, representatives of Blue Water communicated with a number of individuals and entities who offered to present acquisition opportunities, including financial advisors and companies within the healthcare, biotechnology, and consumer sectors.

From the date of the Blue Water IPO through the execution of the Merger Agreement on April 27, 2021, Blue Water identified and evaluated over 100 potential target companies. Of these companies, Blue Water performed advanced due diligence on 47 companies and signed confidentiality agreements with 12 companies, including Clarus. Blue Water did not ultimately have substantive discussions with five of these companies for one or more of the following reasons:

•        Blue Water postponed outreach efforts to the target management team due to time management and its belief that better opportunities were available.

•        Blue Water believed the target’s valuation expectations were too high.

•        Blue Water deemed auction processes too competitive to achieve an attractive valuation for Blue Water stockholders.

•        The target’s regulatory or legislative approval process did not make sense for the SPAC process.

•        The perceived valuation of the target did not meet the size requirements deemed appropriate by Blue Water.

•        Financial and operating aspects of the target were not compatible with Blue Water’s business combination criteria.

•        Management of the target decided the potential benefits of a business combination with Blue Water did not warrant dedicating significant resources to pursue a transaction with Blue Water.

•        The target’s management team decided the Blue Water’s timeline was not compatible for a business combination.

Blue Water ultimately engaged in substantive discussions with seven of the companies with which it entered into confidentiality agreements, including Clarus, prior to announcing its proposed business combination with Clarus. The discussions covered various topics, including the target’s business operations, the target’s financial projections, the target’s growth opportunities, potential deal structures and due diligence. Blue Water did not execute a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) with any of these seven companies other than Clarus. Blue Water did not proceed with these other companies for the following reasons:

•        The inability of a target to commit to a transaction timeline and to prepare accounts audited to Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) standards.

•        Proposed deal terms that Blue Water believed not to be in the best interests of Blue Water stockholders.

•        Ownership of a target decided against pursuing a business combination with a SPAC.

•        A valuation expectation by a target that Blue Water believed to be too high.

•        Concerns about the regulatory status of the target’s product candidate, and lack of visibility as to when the product would become revenue-generating.

•        Concerns regarding the long-term viability of a target’s business model and opportunities for additional value creation.

111

Table of Contents

•        Concerns about the capital structure of the target and level of prior investment.

•        Concerns about the readiness of the management team to lead a public company their track record in the target’s product category.

•        Lack of FDA-approved product or pipeline was in early stages of development.

Timeline of the Business Combination

On November 11, 2020, Clarus held a board of directors meeting via video conference to discuss the potential implications in the event Clarus were to fail to maintain its $10.0 million minimum liquidity covenant under the March 2020 indenture as of December 31, 2020.

In December 2020, Clarus engaged SierraConstellation Partners LLC (“SCP”) as its debt restructuring advisor.

On December 1, 2020, Clarus held a board of directors meeting via video conference to discuss strategic transactions and evaluate, with SCP, alternatives with respect to Clarus’s compliance with its obligations under the indenture.

On December 16, 2020, an investor in Clarus, Bruce Robertson, introduced Clarus to Blue Water’s Chief Executive Officer, Joseph Hernandez.

On December 18, 2020, Blue Water and Clarus began preliminary discussions with respect to a possible business combination between the two companies, including Blue Water Chief Executive Officer, Joseph Hernandez, Clarus Chief Executive Officer, Robert Dudley, Chief Commercial Officer, Frank Jaeger, Chief Financial Officer, Steve Bourne.

On or about December 21, 2020, Blue Water and Clarus exchanged emails regarding the execution of a non-disclosure agreement in order to ensure the confidentiality of their discussions, and the parties executed a mutual confidentiality agreement on December 28, 2020.

Between December 22, 2020 and January 8, 2021, Blue Water conducted preliminary due diligence calls with Clarus management and reviewed materials to evaluate Clarus’s business, as well as preliminary calls with Clarus litigation counsel to discuss Clarus’s pending Lipocine litigation.

Between January 7, 2021 and January 11, 2021, Blue Water management, including Chief Executive Officer, Joseph Hernandez, and Chief Financial Officer, Jon Garfield, discussed with Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP (counsel for Blue Water) (“EGS”) the potential scope of diligence and proposed terms for a possible business combination with Clarus, and EGS prepared the initial draft of the letter of intent for the transaction.

On January 8, 2021, Blue Water executed a new replacement non-disclosure agreement with Clarus with respect to a potential business combination with Clarus in order to facilitate their discussions.

On January 11, 2021, Blue Water presented a non-binding letter of intent and attached term sheet (together, the “LOI”) to Clarus setting forth the terms for a proposed business combination.

Between January 11 and January 26, 2021, Blue Water and Clarus engaged in negotiations with respect to the terms of the LOI.

On January 13, 2021, Clarus held a board of directors meeting via video conference to discuss LOI.

On January 16, 2021, Blue Water received comments on the draft LOI from H.I.G. BioHealth Partners (“HIG”) on behalf of Clarus’s management. Blue Water discussed the LOI comments with EGS on January 18, 2021 and January 19, 2021 and on January 21, 2021, EGS had initial conversations with Goodwin Procter LLP (counsel for Clarus) (“Goodwin”) regarding some high level issues on the LOI, and Blue Water and Clarus continued to engage in business discussions. Some of the key business issues related to mutual exclusivity between the parties, the valuation of Clarus, forfeiture of Sponsor equity, size of the proposed private placement and closing conditions, including the restructuring of Clarus’s debt. With respect to valuation, Blue Water had originally proposed a total enterprise value of $175.0 million, and Clarus responded with a total equity value of $160.0 million, which when added to the expected net debt, would result in an enterprise value of approximately $200.0 million (excluding unvested options) at $10.00 per share, and provided that Clarus transaction expenses would not reduce the valuation. Blue Water accepted

112

Table of Contents

a $200.0 million enterprise value (including all options and convertible securities, including unvested options, but not subject to adjustment for Clarus transaction expenses), but at $10.20 per share, with the first $15.0 million of financing obtained by Clarus included in the valuation.

On January 23, 2021, Blue Water, Clarus, EGS and Goodwin had a zoom call to discuss the LOI and the significant open business issues, which mainly related to the mutual exclusivity, valuation, the lock-ups and closing conditions.

On January 26, 2021, Clarus sent back a revised draft of the LOI to EGS based on their prior discussions. The parties further increased the enterprise value to $202.5 million based on a revised expected net debt.

On January 27, 2021, EGS discussed the revised LOI with Blue Water and prepared and sent a revised draft of the LOI to Clarus and Goodwin, and later in the day, Clarus sent back a revised version of the LOI with the final agreed upon terms.

On January 27, 2021, Blue Water’s Chief Executive Officer, Joseph Hernandez, convened a board of directors meeting to discuss the final LOI draft. The board discussed with management two top contenders other than Clarus, which were less mature and still in clinical trials, as opposed to Clarus, which was already commercially viable. Following a unanimous board vote in favor of signing, Blue Water executed the LOI with Clarus.

During January 2021, members of Clarus’s board of directors, together with SCP, engaged in discussions with Clarus’s lenders (which are Bracebridge and UBS entities) (under the indenture) regarding the potential transaction with Blue Water, the restructuring of the indebtedness under the indenture, the treatment of outstanding indebtedness under the proposed transaction with Blue Water, and the terms of a forbearance agreement.

On January 29, 2021, Clarus presented a non-binding letter of intent to the lenders setting forth the terms for the proposed restructuring of the indebtedness under the indenture, along with the LOI.

On January 30, 2021, Clarus gave written notice to the lenders and the indenture trustee certifying that Clarus failed to maintain its $10.0 million minimum liquidity covenant under the indenture as of December 31, 2020, or the December default.

Between January 30, 2021 and February 9, 2021, members of the Clarus board of directors, Goodwin and SCP discussed with the lenders and Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP, counsel for lenders (“Pillsbury”), the terms of the proposed restructuring of the indebtedness under the indenture and the forbearance agreement.

On or about February 1, 2021, Blue Water began preliminary discussions with potential banking partners about conducting a potential financing transaction to support the business combination and fund a business plan for Clarus through the year 2021. Blue Water’s management team and Sponsor, together with Clarus and HIG, identified bankers with whom the parties had relationship, understood the biotech market and had a track record of raising funds for companies in the biotech space.

On February 1, 2021, EGS submitted an initial due diligence request list to Clarus and Goodwin.

Between February 1 and February 4, 2021, Blue Water and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“Cantor”) exchanged comments regarding a non-disclosure agreement in preparation for Cantor’s engagement as a placement agent for a potential private placement financing in connection with the Business Combination (the “Potential PIPE”).

On February 4, 2021, Joseph Hernandez of Blue Water and Igor Borodyansky, EunSu Chang, and Brandon Spinelli of Cantor held a conference call to finalize edits to the non-disclosure agreement and fully executed the non-disclosure agreement on February 5, 2021.

On February 4, 2021, Clarus management, including Chief Executive Officer Robert Dudley, Chief Commercial Officer Frank Jaeger, and Chief Financial Officer Steve Bourne gave a full company presentation to the Blue Water board of directors, including an overview of Clarus’s leadership, product, sales forecast and other financial projections, potential future licensing opportunities, and then pending Lipocine litigation as presented by Clarus IP litigation counsel.

On February 8, 2021, Blue Water received comments from Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. (“Oppenheimer”) on a non-disclosure agreement in preparation for Oppenheimer’s engagement as a placement agent for the Potential PIPE. A follow-up call was conducted on February 10, 2021.

113

Table of Contents

On February 8, 2021, Blue Water received an initial draft merger agreement from Goodwin and held a follow-up conference call with EGS to discuss the agreement on February 9, 2021. Discussion topics included IP litigation, merger equity consideration calculations, operational funding amounts, minimum cash consideration, representations and warranties, knowledge definitions, closing conditions, dispute resolution, U.S. tax treatment, Blue Water board, officers of Blue Water, and treatment of Clarus options.

On February 10, 2021, Blue Water executed non-disclosure agreements with, respectively, (i) Truist Securities Inc. (“Truist Securities”), Clarus’s financial advisor, (ii) Needham & Company, LLC (“Needham & Company”), Clarus’s capital markets advisor, and (iii) BMO Capital Markets, Corp. (“BMO”), in each case in preparation for such entity’s engagement as a placement agent and/or advisor in connection with the Potential PIPE.

On February 10, 2021, EGS and Goodwin held a conference call to discuss the Blue Water and Oppenheimer non-disclosure agreement and the scope of Oppenheimer’s potential engagement.

On February 10, 2021, Clarus received an initial draft forbearance agreement and an updated draft of the restructuring term sheet from Pillsbury.

On February 11, 2021, a conference call amongst Blue Water, Clarus, Oppenheimer & Co., Cantor, and BMO was conducted to hold preliminary discussions regarding the Merger Agreement and the Potential PIPE, including timeline, next steps, roles and responsibilities, potential investors and a proposed investor presentation.

On February 15, 2021, EGS provided Blue Water with a clean revised working draft of the Merger Agreement and held a conference call with Blue Water management to discuss.

On February 16, 2021, Blue Water received a revised engagement letter from BMO, Cantor and Oppenheimer & Co. Final terms were negotiated between February 16 and March 9, 2021. A formal engagement letter was executed on March 9, 2021 and subsequently amended on April 27, 2021 to engage Cantor and Oppenheimer & Co. as capital markets advisors in connection with the proposed PIPE.

On February 19, 2021, Clarus held a board of directors meeting via video conference to discuss the forbearance agreement and the restructuring term sheet.

Beginning on February 19, 2021, representatives of BMO, Cantor and Oppenheimer held conversations with potential investors with respect to the PIPE Financing. Goodwin, EGS and Mayer Brown, counsel to BMO, Cantor and Oppenheimer, exchanged drafts of the form of Subscription Agreement to be used in the Proposed PIPE, the proposed form of which was finalized and distributed to potential investors with respect to the Proposed PIPE on March 21, 2021.

From February 19, 2021 to February 22, 2021, EGS prepared initial reports on Clarus corporate, capital structure, debt, convertible notes, contracts, employment, equity compensation, and intellectual property.

On February 22, 2021, Clarus sent revised drafts of the forbearance agreement and the restructuring term sheet.

On February 25, 2021, Goodwin and Pillsbury had a call to discuss the forbearance agreement, restructuring term sheet and the significant open business issues.

On February 27, 2021, the Blue Water’s exclusivity with Clarus pursuant to its January 27, 2021 letter of intent expired. Thereafter, Blue Water resumed research on approximately 26 companies as potential acquisition targets.

On March 1, 2021, Clarus received revised drafts of the forbearance agreement and the restructuring term sheet.

On March 2, 2021, Clarus gave written notice to the lenders and the indenture trustee certifying that Clarus failed to maintain its $10.0 million minimum liquidity covenant under the indenture as of January 31, 2021 (the “January default”).

On March 3, 2021, EGS received comments from Clarus on the draft Merger Agreement. On March 5, 2021, Blue Water and EGS held a conference call to discuss open issues and further edits to the draft Merger Agreement. Issues discussed included intellectual property matters, minimum cash condition, corporate name change, interim Clarus financials, closing schedule, certain representations and warranties, board composition, closing conditions, and termination rights.

On March 4, 2021, Clarus sent back revised drafts of the forbearance agreement and the restructuring term sheet.

114

Table of Contents

On March 5, 2021, EGS sent additional diligence requests to Clarus.

On March 8, 2021, EGS and Goodwin held a conference call to discuss the draft Merger Agreement. Issues discussed included merger consideration; treatment of outstanding Clarus securities, Clarus stockholder approvals, closing indebtedness, minimum cash condition, corporate name change, interim Clarus financials, certain representations and warranties, board composition, closing and pre-closing deliverables, closing conditions, and termination rights.

On March 10, 2021, Clarus received revised drafts of the forbearance agreement and the restructuring term sheet, reflecting the discussions between Clarus, Goodwin, the lenders and Pillsbury.

On March 12, 2021 EGS and Clarus patent litigation counsel held a conference call to discuss the then pending Lipocine patent litigation and provided to Blue Water an initial report on such matter.

On March 16, 2021, EGS provided an updated draft of the Merger Agreement, and a follow-up conference call between Blue Water and EGS to discuss open issues and the latest modifications to the draft Merger Agreement was held later that day. EGS also provided to Blue Water a report on IP diligence matters and the Lipocine litigation, as well as a draft report on other diligence matters.

On March 17, 2021, Clarus, Blue Water and the lenders executed the forbearance and transaction agreement and the debt restructuring term sheet. Pursuant to the forbearance agreement, Clarus, the lenders and the trustee acknowledged the December default, the January default and Clarus’ failure to maintain its $10.0 million minimum liquidity covenant under the indenture, and to provide notice of such failure, as of February 28, 2021, or collectively, the defaults, and the lenders and the trustee agreed to not to exercise default remedies under the indenture and related documents or take any enforcement action until August 31, 2021.

On April 7, 2021, Blue Water and Clarus held a video conference meeting to discuss progress on the draft Merger Agreement, proposed financing, and proposed timeline for the Merger. HIG and other existing Clarus investors discussed with Blue Water and Clarus their intent to commit additional capital to Clarus as part of the financing efforts.

On April 12, 2021, EGS received a draft investor presentation from Blue Water for use in discussions with potential investors in the Potential PIPE and relayed comments to Blue Water. Discussion topics included amounts raised, warrant coverage, Merger Agreement considerations for any potential financing, institutional investor support, and SEC guidelines relating to certain financial disclosures.

On April 13, 2021, Blue Water and EGS held a conference call to discuss progress on the draft Merger Agreement and ancillary documents. Issues discussed included board composition, closing conditions, the Lipocine litigation, certain representations and warranties, Clarus’s permitted financing, and treatment of certain Clarus securities and its incentive plan.

On April 13, 2021, Joseph Hernandez convened a Blue Water board of directors meeting with EGS via video conference to discuss progress on the draft Merger Agreement and the Potential PIPE.

Between April 13, 2021 and April 20, 2021, Blue Water and Clarus discussed with their respective capital markets advisors prospects and potential terms for a private placement financing. Topics included the emergence of a slowdown in the PIPE markets, and possible adjustments in terms that might be made in response to market trends.

On April 14, 2021, Clarus and the lenders executed a written consent pursuant to which the lenders agreed to Clarus’s request that the forbearance period shall not automatically terminate due to forbearance termination triggers in connection with Clarus not satisfying the first milestone under the indenture by the deadline of April 15, 2021, provided that we, amongst other things, executed the Merger Agreement and provided financial reporting requirements by April 27, 2021.

On April 15, 2021, EGS and Goodwin held a conference call to discuss outstanding issues in the draft Merger Agreement. Issues discussed included board composition, intellectual property matters (including the treatment of the Lipocine litigation), certain representations and warranties, material adverse effect, closing conditions, permitted financing activities of Clarus, treatment of certain outstanding Clarus securities, and termination rights. Additional diligence requests were submitted between April 15, 2021 and April 20, 2021.

On April 18, 2021, EGS provided a further revised draft of the Merger Agreement.

115

Table of Contents

On April 19, 2021, Mayer Brown circulated to EGS and Goodwin a revised draft of the form of Subscription Agreement, which was revised to reflect the inclusion of warrants in addition to shares of Blue Water Class A common stock.

Later on April 19, 2021, Blue Water and EGS held a conference call to discuss the general status of the draft Merger Agreement and ancillary documents, including various action items, open issues and timing considerations, the merger consideration and economic matters, Clarus’s insider financing round, the new equity incentive plan, and matters relating to the Merger Sub.

Also on April 19, 2021, Clarus and Blue Water held a conference call to discuss the Proposed PIPE. In view of the market slowdown and the parties’ desires to proceed with the Business Combination transaction, Clarus and Blue Water agreed to focus their financing discussions with Clarus’ existing investors. Discussions advanced and negotiations were conducted from April 20, 2021 to April 25, 2021.

On April 21, 2021, Blue Water, Clarus, and their respective legal teams held a video conference meeting to discuss progress on the draft Merger Agreement and ancillary documents and proposed timeline for the Merger. Other matters discussed included the status of Clarus’s insider financing round and the amendment of its existing debt, various economic and valuation issues, and the treatment in the Merger Agreement of the Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by SPACS that was issued by the SEC on April 12, 2021, and related guidance by the SEC.

On April 22, 2021, EGS submitted a final due diligence report to Blue Water.

On April 25, 2021, Clarus and Blue Water management discussed and approved substantially final terms for a convertible debt financing by certain Clarus equity holders and/or noteholders, including the terms of any conversion of such loans into New Blue Water common stock at Closing.

Subsequent update calls with Clarus were held on April 22, 2021, April 23, 2021, April 25, 2021, April 26, 2021, and April 27, 2021, to finalize the Merger Agreement and related agreements on the terms agreed upon by the parties and approved by their respective boards of directors. Over this period, further revisions and updates to the draft Merger Agreement and ancillary agreements were exchanged multiple times between the parties and their respective counsels.

On April 27, 2021, Blue Water and Clarus executed the final transaction documents, and issued a joint press release announcing the transaction. Contemporaneously with the signing of the Merger Agreement, Blue Water, Clarus, and certain Clarus equity holders and noteholders agreed to provide Clarus with up to $35.0 million in financing, through the purchase of convertible and non-convertible promissory notes (of which approximately $7.2 million had been funded prior to April 2021), and to transfer certain royalty rights to Clarus.

The parties have continued and expect to continue regular discussions regarding the timing to consummate the Business Combination and necessary preparation in connection therewith.

The Board’s Reasons for Approval of the Business Combination

Blue Water and its management team considered a wide variety of factors in connection with its evaluation of the Business Combination. The Blue Water Board considered a wide variety of factors in connection with its evaluation of the Business Combination. In light of the complexity of those factors, the Blue Water Board, as a whole, did not consider it practicable to, nor did it attempt to, quantify or otherwise assign relative weights to the specific factors it took into account in reaching its decision. Individual directors may have given different weight to different factors.

The Blue Water Board considered a number of factors pertaining to the Business Combination as generally supporting its decision to enter into the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including but not limited to, the following material factors:

•        Positive Factors:

•        Large Market Opportunity. With an estimated 2.2 million patients currently treated for male hypogonadism, the market opportunity for JATENZO, and for Clarus, is large. The overall T-replacement therapy market was nearly 8 million prescriptions in the United States in 2020, with each market share point accounting for approximately $33.0 million in net sales per year.

116

Table of Contents

Currently, there are no known oral T-options available for patients, leading to high discontinuation rates and increased administration burden on both patients and providers. JATENZO provides an oral option for these patients, providing a convenient, safe, and effective option for patients with low testosterone. Market research has shown that the majority of patients and providers are excited about the opportunity for an oral T-replacement option.

•        Regulatory Clearance and Commercial Viability. With a fully developed and FDA-approved product, Clarus has already addressed many development and regulatory risks typically associated with biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. With an experienced and established commercial product and infrastructure already providing revenue to the company, this allows Clarus to expand its portfolio and maintain company success.

•        Favorable Insurance Coverage and Growth Opportunity. In addition to FDA approval, JATENZO is widely covered by insurance plans, with around 65% of medical lives covering it without a step requirement (i.e., a patient would not be required to try another form of testosterone before being able to try JATENZO). This level of coverage is expected to increase in 2021 with additional coverage decisions by larger plans and increased desire for an oral T-replacement option. In late 2020, JATENZO was included on Express Script formularies, significantly increasing lives coverage and prescription demand. With other larger payers yet to cover, there is still significant opportunity for growth.

•        Growth Opportunities Available for JATENZO and Beyond. While JATENZO twice daily is already FDA-approved to treat hypogonadism, Clarus is investigating opportunities to improve patient convenience and lower dosing to once daily to treat hypogonadism. Clarus’s management is also investigating utilization in treatment of hypogonadism in chronic kidney disease and treatment for transgender men. While these opportunities are in various stages of clinical development, the existing success of JATENZO is a positive indicator for clinical success and efficacy. Clarus is also pursuing out-licensing opportunities throughout the world for JATENZO to recognize incremental and ongoing revenue. Beyond JATENZO, Clarus is actively pursuing complimentary products for in-licensing and/or acquisition.

•        Management Background and Expertise. With over 30 years of experience in the T-replacement therapy space, the Founder, Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer and President of Clarus, Dr. Robert Dudley, will bring an immense clinical and drug development background to the Combined Entity. Dr. Dudley previously co-created and launched AndroGel, a widely successful T-replacement option that is still used today. Dr. Dudley is also the co-inventor of patents having claims covering JATENZO and led Clarus’s successful effort to obtain FDA approval. Other members of the board of directors of Clarus have decades of experience in their respective fields within biotech and pharmaceuticals, including research and development, marketing and commercialization, financial leadership, capital markets and initial public offering processes, which will prove invaluable to the success of the Combined Entity as a publicly traded company.

•        Other Alternatives. The Blue Water Board believes, after a thorough review of other business combination opportunities reasonably available to Blue Water that the proposed Business Combination represents the best potential business combination for Blue Water and the most attractive opportunity for Blue Water based upon the process utilized to evaluate and assess other potential combination targets, and the Blue Water Board’s belief that such process has not presented a better alternative.

•        Negotiated Transaction. The financial and other terms of the Merger Agreement and the fact that such terms and conditions are reasonable and were the product of arm’s length negotiations between Blue Water and Clarus.

•        Negative Factors:

•        Macroeconomic Risk. The risk of macroeconomic uncertainty and the effects it could have on Clarus’s revenues.

117

Table of Contents

•        COVID-19 Risk. The risks that Clarus currently faces related to world health events, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, which could have an adverse effect on Clarus’s, and after the Business Combination, the Combined Entity’s, business and results of operations.

•        Future Growth Risk. The risk that future growth of Clarus is dependent upon the market’s willingness to adopt alternative technologies, including T-replacement therapies.

•        Cost Assumption Risk. The risk that Clarus may not be able to achieve current cost assumptions.

•        Public Company Risk. The risks that are associated with being a publicly traded company that is in its early, developmental stage.

•        Benefits May Not Be Achieved Risk. The risk that the potential benefits of the Business Combination may not be fully achieved or may not be achieved within the expected timeframe.

•        Redemption Risk. The risk that a significant number of Blue Water stockholders elect to redeem their shares prior to the consummation of the Business Combination and pursuant to the Blue Water Charter, which would potentially make the Business Combination more difficult to complete or reduce the amount of cash available to the Combined Entity to accelerate its business plan following the Closing.

•        Stockholder Vote Risk. The risk that Blue Water’s stockholders may fail to provide the votes necessary to effect the Business Combination.

•        General Litigation Risk and Risk to Clarus’s Patent Portfolio. The risk of the possibility of litigation having a material adverse impact on Clarus’s business and its ability to continue to commercialize the relevant patents and sell JATENZO. See section “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Legal Proceedings” for a more detailed discussion. In the event such litigation is not resolved in our favor, we may need to obtain a license. Such a license may not be available or may be available only on terms not favorable to us. This could also have a material adverse effect on us.

•        Closing Conditions Risk. The risk that completion of the Business Combination is conditioned on the satisfaction of certain closing conditions that are not within Blue Water’s control.

•        Fees, Expenses and Time Risk. The risk of incurring significant fees and expenses associated with completing the Business Combination and the substantial time and effort of management required to complete the Business Combination.

Roles of Blue Water’s Advisor in the Negotiation and Execution of the Business Combination

Maxim Group LLC (“Maxim”) served as representative to the underwriters in Blue Water’s IPO and is acting as Blue Water’s capital markets advisor for the Business Combination. Blue Water’s management consulted with Maxim in connection with its evaluation of Clarus, including a review of information on other publicly traded companies in the life sciences and healthcare industries. Maxim was not engaged to provide a report, opinion or appraisal for the proposed Business Combination. Maxim is entitled to $2,012,500 of deferred compensation for its underwriting services in connection with the Blue Water IPO. Other than disclosed herein, there has been no material relationship between Blue Water or its affiliates and Maxim and its affiliates or unaffiliated representatives during the past two years, nor is any such relationship contemplated.

Cantor and Oppenheimer & Co. acted as capital market advisors to Blue Water while Truist Securities acted as a financial advisor and Needham & Company acted as a capital markets advisor to Clarus.

Satisfaction of 80% Test

It is a requirement under Nasdaq listing rules that any business acquired by Blue Water have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the Trust Account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for an initial business combination. Blue Water’s board of directors did not rely on an extensive comparative company analysis or cash flow analysis, as such metrics were not considered to be a meaningful basis on which to evaluate Clarus. As example, the revenue differentials of Clarus’ indirect competitors were generally not deemed

118

Table of Contents

to be comparable, given that JATENZO is currently Clarus’ only commercial product and it is currently the only commercially marketed, oral TRT product that has received full FDA approval. However, the board did consider the market capitalization of Lipocine, which Blue Water’s management believed to be Clarus’ most direct competitor, which was approximately $205.0 million in the second half of January 2021, when management conducted such analysis. In addition, the board considered total equity investments received by Clarus of approximately $194.0 million, as well as the other material factors discussed above. In consideration of these and other factors, Blue Water’s board of directors determined that Clarus had an enterprise value of approximately $198.2 million. As of April 27, 2021, the date the Merger Agreement was executed, the balance of funds in the Trust Account was approximately $58.7 million and the threshold amount for satisfaction of the 80% test was therefore approximately $47.0 million. Accordingly, Blue Water’s board of directors determined that such test was met. Blue Water’s board of directors believes that the financial skills and background of its members qualify it to conclude that the Business Combination met this test.

Anticipated Accounting Treatment

Notwithstanding the legal form of the Business Combination pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Business Combination is expected to be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Blue Water will be treated as the acquired company and Clarus will be treated as the acquirer for financial statement reporting purposes. Clarus has been determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

•        Clarus existing securityholders and noteholders will have the greatest voting interest in the Combined Entity under the no redemptions and maximum redemptions scenarios with over 70.0% and 82.7% voting interest, respectively (excluding any outstanding Warrants and assuming that (i) the negative Closing Net Indebtedness is $43.1 million, (ii) no awards are issued under the Equity Incentive Plan and (iii) no Working Capital Warrants or Extension Warrants are issued;

•        the largest individual minority stockholder of the Combined Entity is an existing stockholder of Clarus;

•        Clarus’s directors will represent five out of seven board seats for the Combined Entity’s board of directors;

•        Clarus’s existing stockholders will have the ability to control decisions regarding election and removal of directors and officers of the Combined Entity’s executive board of directors;

•        Clarus’s senior management will be the senior management of the Combined Entity; and

•        Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. operations will be the only continuing operations of the Combined Entity.

Potential Purchases of Public Shares

In connection with the stockholder vote to approve the proposed Business Combination, Blue Water’s Sponsor, directors, officers, or advisors or their respective affiliates may privately negotiate transactions to purchase shares from Blue Water’s stockholders who would have otherwise elected to have their shares redeemed in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules for a per-share pro rata portion of the Trust Account. None of Blue Water’s Sponsor, directors, officers or advisors or their respective affiliates will make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or during a restricted period under Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase would include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of Blue Water’s shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights, and would include a contractual provision that directs such stockholder to vote such shares in a manner directed by the purchaser. In the event that Blue Water’s Sponsor, directors, officers or advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from Blue Water’s public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. Any such privately negotiated purchases may be effected at purchase prices that are in excess of the per-share pro rata portion of the Trust Account.

The purpose of such purchases would be to increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the Business Combination or, where the purchases are made by Blue Water’s Sponsor, directors, officers or advisors or their respective affiliates, to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement related to the Business Combination.

119

Table of Contents

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations of the Redemption

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations for holders of our shares of Class A common stock that (i) hold New Blue Water common stock following the adoption of the Amended Charter in connection with the Business Combination or (ii) elect to have their Class A common stock redeemed for cash if the Business Combination is completed. This discussion applies only to Class A common stock or New Blue Water common stock, as applicable, that is held as a capital asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This discussion is limited to U.S. federal income tax considerations, and does not address estate or any gift tax considerations or considerations arising under the tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction. This discussion does not describe all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, including the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare tax on certain investment income and the different consequences that may apply if you are subject to special rules that apply to certain types of investors, such as:

•        financial institutions or financial services entities;

•        broker dealers;

•        insurance companies;

•        dealers or traders in securities subject to a mark-to-market method of accounting with respect to shares of Class A common stock or New Blue Water common stock;

•        persons subject to the “applicable financial statement” accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code;

•        persons holding Class A common stock or New Blue Water common stock as part of a “straddle,” hedge, integrated transaction or similar transaction;

•        U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

•        “specified foreign corporations” (including “controlled foreign corporations”), “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

•        U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

•        governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

•        regulated investment companies (“RICs”) or real estate investment trusts (“REITs”);

•        persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code;

•        persons who received their shares of Class A common stock or New Blue Water common stock as compensation;

•        partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

•        tax-exempt entities.

If you are a partnership (or other pass-through entity) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of your partners (or other owners) will generally depend on the status of the partners and your activities. Partnerships and their partners (or other owners) should consult their tax advisors with respect to the consequences to them under the circumstances described herein.

This discussion is based on the Code and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations as of the date hereof, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a contrary position. This discussion does not address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. taxation, or any U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes (such as gift and estate taxes). You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of U.S. federal tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

120

Table of Contents

In connection with the filing of the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP will deliver an opinion that the statements under this section titled “The Business Combination Proposal — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations of the Redemption” constitutes the opinion of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP. In rendering its opinion, counsel assumes that the statements and facts concerning the Business Combination set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus and in the Merger Agreement, are true and accurate in all respects, and that the Business Combination will be completed in accordance with this proxy statement/prospectus and the Merger Agreement. Counsel’s opinion also assumes the truth and accuracy of certain representations and covenants as to factual matters made by Blue Water, Clarus and Merger Sub in tax representation letters provided to counsel. In addition, counsel bases its tax opinion on the law in effect on the date of the opinion and assumes that there will be no change in applicable law between such date and the time of the Business Combination. If any of these assumptions is inaccurate, the tax consequences of the Merger could differ from those described in this proxy statement/prospectus.

We have not sought, and do not expect to seek, a ruling from the IRS as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the discussion herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Moreover, there can be no assurance that future legislation, regulations, administrative rulings or court decisions will not adversely affect the accuracy of the statements in this discussion.

Adoption of the Amended Charter

Holders of Class A common stock are not expected to recognize any income, gain or loss under U.S. federal income tax laws as a result of the adoption of the Amended Charter in connection with the Business Combination. It is expected that each such holder would have the same basis in its New Blue Water common stock after the adoption of the Amended Charter as that holder has in the corresponding Class A common stock immediately prior to the adoption of the Amended Charter and such holder’s holding period in the New Blue Water common stock would include the holder’s holding period in the corresponding Class A common stock. Although the matter is not entirely clear, these consequences to the holders assume, and we intend to take the position, that the adoption of the Amended Charter does not result in an exchange by the holders of Class A common stock for New Blue Water common stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If contrary to this characterization, the adoption of the Amended Charter does result in an exchange, it is expected that such exchange would be treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The consequences to holders of a recapitalization could be different than those discussed above. Each holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to it of the adoption of the Amended Charter in connection with the Business Combination.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that the adoption of the Amended Charter will not result in an exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Tax Consequences of the Business Combination for Holders Who Do Not Elect to Redeem

If you do not elect to have your Class A common stock redeemed for cash, then you will not have a sale, taxable exchange or taxable redemption of such Class A common stock as described below and you will recognize no taxable gain or loss as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination. In addition, we will not recognize any taxable gain or loss as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination.

Redemption of Class A Common Stock

In the event that a holder’s shares of Class A common stock are redeemed pursuant to the redemption provisions described in this proxy statement/prospectus under the section entitled “Special Meeting of Blue Water Stockholders — Redemption Rights”, the treatment of the redemption for U.S. federal income tax purposes will depend on whether the redemption qualifies as a sale or other exchange of shares of Class A common stock under Section 302 of the Code. If the redemption qualifies as a sale of shares of Class A common stock, a U.S. holder will be treated as described below under the section entitled “— U.S. Holders — Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A common stock,” and a Non-U.S. holder will be treated as described under the section entitled “— Non-U.S. Holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A common stock.” If the redemption does not qualify as a sale of shares of Class A common stock, a holder will be treated as receiving a corporate

121

Table of Contents

distribution with the tax consequences to a U.S. holder described below under the section entitled “— U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions,” and the tax consequences to a Non-U.S. holder described below under the section entitled “— Non-U.S. Holder — Taxation of Distributions.

Whether a redemption of shares of Class A common stock qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of shares of our stock treated as held by the redeemed holder before and after the redemption (including any stock constructively owned by the holder as a result of owning Placement Warrants or Public Warrants and any of our stock that a holder would directly or indirectly acquire pursuant to the Business Combination) relative to all of our shares outstanding both before and after the redemption. The redemption of Class A common stock generally will be treated as a sale of Class A common stock (rather than as a corporate distribution) if the redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of the holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests result in a redemption qualifying for sale treatment, a holder takes into account not only shares of our stock actually owned by the holder, but also shares of our stock that are constructively owned by it. A holder may constructively own, in addition to stock owned directly, stock owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the holder has an interest or that have an interest in such holder, as well as any stock that the holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which would generally include Class A common stock which could be acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Placement Warrants or the Public Warrants. Moreover, any of our stock that a holder directly or constructively acquires pursuant to the Business Combination generally should be included in determining the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the redemption.

In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by the holder immediately following the redemption of shares of Class A common stock must, among other requirements, be less than 80 percent (80%) of the percentage of our outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by the holder immediately before the redemption (taking into account both redemptions by other holders of Class A common stock and the Class A common stock to be issued pursuant to the Business Combination). There will be a complete termination of a holder’s interest if either (i) all of the shares of our stock actually and constructively owned by the holder are redeemed or (ii) all of the shares of our stock actually owned by the holder are redeemed and the holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of stock owned by certain family members and the holder does not constructively own any other stock.

The redemption of Class A common stock will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if the redemption results in a “meaningful reduction” of the holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the redemption will result in a meaningful reduction in a holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority stockholder in a publicly held corporation where such stockholder exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.”

If none of the foregoing tests is satisfied, then the redemption of shares of Class A common stock will be treated as a corporate distribution to the redeemed holder and the tax effects to such a U.S. holder will be as described below under the section entitled “U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions,” and the tax effects to such a Non-U.S. holder will be as described below under the section entitled “Non-U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions.” After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis of the holder in the redeemed Class A common stock will be added to the holder’s adjusted tax basis in its remaining stock, or, if it has none, to the holder’s adjusted tax basis in its warrants or possibly in other stock constructively owned by it. A holder should consult with its own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of a redemption.

U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our shares of Class A common stock who or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•        a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

122

Table of Contents

•        an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation purposes regardless of its source; or

•        an entity treated as a trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust, and one or more such U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Taxation of Distributions. If our redemption of a U.S. holder’s shares of Class A common stock is treated as a corporate distribution, as discussed above under the section entitled “— Redemption of Class A common stock,” such distribution generally will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the Class A common stock and will be treated as described below under the section entitled “— Redemption of Class A common stock — U.S. Holders — Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A common stock.

Dividends we pay to a U.S. holder that is a taxable corporation generally will qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied. With certain exceptions (including, but not limited to, dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), and provided certain holding period requirements are met, dividends we pay to a non-corporate U.S. holder generally will constitute “qualified dividends” that will be subject to tax at the maximum tax rate accorded to long-term capital gains. It is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to the Class A common stock described in this proxy statement/prospectus may prevent a U.S. holder from satisfying the applicable holding period requirements with respect to the dividends received deduction or the preferential tax rate on qualified dividend income, as the case may be.

Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A common stock. If our redemption of a U.S. holder’s shares of Class A common stock is treated as a sale, taxable exchange or other taxable disposition, as discussed above under the section entitled “ Redemption of Class A common stock,” a U.S. holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of Class A common stock redeemed. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A common stock generally will equal the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost less any prior distributions paid to such U.S. holder with respect to its shares of Class A common stock treated as a return of capital. Any such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A common stock so disposed of exceeds one year. Long-term capital gains recognized by noncorporate U.S. holders will be eligible to be taxed at reduced rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. U.S. holders who hold different blocks of Class A common stock (shares of Class A common stock purchased or acquired on different dates or at different prices) should consult their tax advisors to determine how the above rules apply to them.

Non-U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a Non-U.S. holder. A “Non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock who, or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        a non-resident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to U.S. tax as expatriates;

•        a foreign corporation; or

•        an estate or trust that is not a U.S. holder.

Taxation of Distributions. If our redemption of a Non-U.S. holder’s shares of Class A common stock is treated as a corporate distribution, as discussed above under the section entitled “— Redemption of Class A common stock,” to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), such distribution will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, provided such dividend is not effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States, we will be required to withhold tax from the gross amount of the dividend at a rate of 30 percent

123

Table of Contents

treaty and provides proper certification of its eligibility for such reduced rate (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E). Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing (but not below zero) the Non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our Class A common stock and, to the extent such distribution exceeds the Non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis, as gain realized from the sale or other disposition of the Class A common stock, which will be treated as described below under the section entitled “— Redemption of Class A common stock — Non-U.S. Holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A common stock.

It may not be certain at the time a Non-U.S. holder is redeemed whether such Non-U.S. holder’s redemption will be treated as a sale of shares or a distribution constituting a dividend, and such determination will depend in part on a Non-U.S. holder’s particular circumstances, therefore we or the applicable withholding agent may not be able to determine whether (or to what extent) a Non-U.S. holder is treated as receiving a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, we or the applicable withholding agent may withhold tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gross amount of any consideration paid to a Non-U.S. holder in redemption of such Non-U.S. holder’s shares of Class A common stock, unless (i) we or the applicable withholding agent have established special procedures allowing Non-U.S. holders to certify that they are exempt from such withholding tax and (ii) such Non-U.S. holders are able to certify that they meet the requirements of such exemption (e.g., because such Non-U.S. holders are not treated as receiving a dividend under the Section 302 tests described above under the section titled “— Redemption of Class A common stock”). There can be no assurance that we or any applicable withholding agent will establish such special certification procedures. If we or an applicable withholding agent withhold excess amounts from the amount payable to a Non-U.S. holder, the Non-U.S. holder generally may obtain a refund of any such excess amounts by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the foregoing rules in light of their particular facts and circumstances and any applicable procedures or certification requirements.

The withholding tax described in the preceding paragraph does not apply to dividends paid to a Non-U.S. holder who provides an IRS Form W-8ECI certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax as if the Non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. A Non-U.S. holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and is receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30 percent (30%) (or a lower applicable income tax treaty rate).

Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A common stock. If our redemption of a U.S. holder’s shares of Class A common stock is treated as a sale or other taxable disposition, as discussed above under the section entitled “— Redemption of Class A common stock,” a Non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of the redemption, unless:

•        the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, under certain income tax treaties, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. holder);

•        such Non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which the disposition takes place and certain other conditions are met; or

•        we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the Non-U.S. holder held our Class A common stock and, in the circumstance in which shares of our Class A common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, the Non-U.S. holder has owned, directly or constructively, more than 5% of our Class A common stock at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the redemption or such Non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the shares of our Class A common stock. There can be no assurance that our Class A common stock will be treated as regularly traded on an established securities market for this purpose.

Unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates as if the Non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident. Any gains described in the first bullet point above of a Non-U.S. holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject

124

Table of Contents

to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30 percent (30%) rate (or lower income tax treaty rate). If the second bullet point applies to a Non-U.S. holder, such Non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. tax on such Non-U.S. holder’s net capital gain for such year (including any gain realized in connection with the redemption) at a tax rate of 30 percent (30%).

If the third bullet point above applies to a Non-U.S. holder, gain recognized by such holder in the redemption will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, we may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at a rate of fifteen percent (15%) of the amount realized upon such redemption. We believe that we are not, and have not been at any time since our formation, a United States real property holding corporation and we do not expect to be a United States real property holding corporation immediately after the Business Combination is completed.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our Class A common stock and proceeds from the sale, taxable exchange or taxable redemption of our Class A common stock may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible United States backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes other required certifications, or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding and establishes such exempt status.

Amounts treated as dividends that are paid to a Non-U.S. holder are generally subject to reporting on IRS Form 1042-S even if the payments are exempt from withholding. A Non-U.S. holder generally will eliminate any other requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a holder’s United States federal income tax liability, and a holder generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

FATCA Withholding Taxes

Provisions commonly referred to as “FATCA” impose withholding of 30 percent (30%) on payments of dividends (including amounts treated as dividends received pursuant to a redemption of stock) on our Class A common stock. Previously, withholding with respect to the gross proceeds of a disposition of any stock, debt instrument, or other property that can produce U.S.-source dividends or interest was scheduled to begin on January 1, 2019; however, such withholding has been eliminated under proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations, which can be relied on until final regulations become effective. In general, no such withholding will be required with respect to a U.S. holder or an individual Non-U.S. holder that timely provides the certifications required on a valid IRS Form W-9 or W-8, respectively. Holders potentially subject to withholding include “foreign financial institutions” (which is broadly defined for this purpose and in general includes investment vehicles) and certain other non-U.S. entities unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied, or an exemption applies (typically certified as to by the delivery of a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN-E). If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution generally will be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the effects of FATCA on a redemption of Class A common stock.

Material Differences in Stockholder Rights

A summary of the material differences between the current rights of Clarus securityholders under Clarus’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each as amended to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, and the rights of Blue Water stockholders, post-Closing, under the Amended Charter and the anticipated bylaws of the Combined Entity, is set forth under the section titled “Comparison of Stockholder Rights.”

Vote Required for Approval

The Business Combination Proposal (and consequently, the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Business Combination) will be approved and adopted only if the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Blue Water common stock cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to

125

Table of Contents

vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting vote “FOR” the Business Combination Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal, the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Blue Water common stock as of the Record Date entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting vote “FOR” the Charter Amendment Proposals, and a plurality of the shares of Blue Water common stock cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting vote “FOR” the Director Election Proposal. Failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting, abstentions and broker non-votes will have no effect on the Business Combination Proposal.

As of the Record Date, the Sponsor and Blue Water’s directors and officers have agreed to vote any shares of Blue Water common stock owned by them in favor of the Business Combination and the Required Proposals. As a result, we would need only 2,185,001, or approximately 38.0%, of the 5,750,000 Public Shares, to be voted in favor of the Business Combination in order to have the Business Combination approved, assuming all outstanding shares are voted. As of the date hereof, the Sponsor and Blue Water’s directors and officers have not purchased any Public Shares.

Recommendation of the Blue Water Board of Directors

BLUE WATER’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT
BLUE WATER STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE BUSINESS COMBINATION PROPOSAL.

126

Table of Contents

THE CHARTER AMENDMENT PROPOSALS (PROPOSALS 2 THROUGH 5)

The following sets forth a summary of the principal changes (collectively, the “Charter Amendment Proposals”) proposed to be made between the existing Blue Water Charter and the proposed Amended Charter. This summary is qualified by reference to the complete text of the proposed Amended Charter, a copy of which is attached as Annex B. All Blue Water stockholders and other interested parties are encouraged to read the proposed Amended Charter in its entirety for a more complete description of its terms.

Name Change (Proposal 2).    The name of New Blue Water shall be changed from “Blue Water Acquisition Corp”. to “Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.”

Board Structure and Composition (Proposal 3).    To provide for the size and structure of the Board, split into three classes of as even size as practicable, Classes I, II, and III, each to serve a term of three (3) years, except for the initial term, for which the Class I directors will be up for reelection at the first annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing, and for which the Class II directors will be up for reelection at the second annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing. Directors will not be able to be removed during their term except for cause, and then only by the affirmative vote of only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors. The size of the Board shall be determined by resolution of the Board but will initially be seven (7). The existing Blue Water Charter currently provides that the size of the Board shall be determined by resolution of the Board.

Amendment of Blank Check Provisions (Proposal 4).    To remove and change certain provisions in the Blue Water Charter related to Blue Water’s status as a special purpose acquisition company, including but not limited to the deletion of Article IX of the Blue Water Charter in its entirety.

Amendment and Restatement of the Blue Water Charter (Proposal 5).    The existing Blue Water Charter will be amended and restated in its entirety with the Amended Charter. Conditioned on the approval of Proposals 2 through 4, Proposal 5 provides approval for the proposed Amended Charter, which includes approval of all other changes in the proposed Amended Charter in connection with replacing the existing Blue Water Charter with the proposed Amended Charter as of the Effective Time.

Why We Are Seeking Stockholder Approval

The Merger Agreement requires these amendments to the Charter as a condition to the parties’ obligation to consummate the Business Combination.

Effect of Proposal

If approved, (i) the name of Blue Water shall be changed to “Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.”, (ii) the Board will be divided into three classes as described in more detail under “Management After the Business Combination”, (iii) Article IX of the Blue Water Charter will be removed in its entirety and (iv) the existing Blue Water Charter will be amended and replaced with the Amended Charter.

Vote Required for Approval

The Business Combination Proposal, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal are conditioned on the approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals at the Blue Water Special Meeting.

This Charter Amendment Proposals will be approved and adopted only if the holders of at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Blue Water common stock vote “FOR” the Charter Amendment Proposals and each of the Business Combination Proposal, the Director Election Proposal and the Incentive Plan Proposal are approved at the Blue Water Special Meeting. Failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting, abstentions and broker non-votes will have the same effect as a vote “AGAINST” the Charter Amendment Proposals.

Recommendation of the Blue Water Board of Directors

BLUE WATER’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT BLUE WATER STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” APPROVAL OF EACH OF THE CHARTER AMENDMENT PROPOSALS.

The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of Blue Water’s directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she or they may believe is in the best interests of Blue Water and its stockholders and what he or they may believe is best for himself, herself or themselves in determining to recommend that stockholders vote for the Proposals. In addition, Blue Water’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a stockholder. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal — Interests of Blue Water’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion of these considerations.

127

Table of Contents

THE DIRECTOR ELECTION PROPOSAL (PROPOSAL 6)

Overview

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Blue Water has agreed to take all necessary action, including causing the directors of Blue Water to resign, so that effective at the Closing, the entire board of directors of the Combined Entity will consist of seven individuals, a majority of whom will be independent directors in accordance with the requirements of Nasdaq. The directors will be classified into three classes, with each director holding office for a three-year term or until the next annual meeting of stockholders at which such director’s class is up for election and where his or her successor is elected and qualified.

Blue Water is proposing the election by stockholders of the following seven (7) individuals, who will take office immediately following the Closing and who will constitute all the members of the board of directors of the Combined Entity: (i) [  ] and Alex Zisson as Class I directors, (ii) Elizabeth Cermak and Mark Prygocki as Class II directors, and (iii) Robert Dudley, Kimberly Murphy and Joseph Hernandez as Class III directors.

If elected, the Class I directors will serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Combined Entity to be held following the date of Closing; the Class II directors will serve until the second annual meeting of stockholders of the Combined Entity following the date of Closing; and the Class III directors will serve until the third annual meeting of stockholders of the Combined Entity to be held following the date of Closing. Each of Alex Zisson, Elizabeth Cermak, Mark Prygocki and Kimberly Murphy is expected to qualify as an independent director under Nasdaq listing standards.

There are no family relationships among any of the Company’s directors and executive officers.

Subject to other provisions in the Amended Charter, the number of directors that constitutes the entire board of directors of the Combined Entity will be fixed solely by resolution of its board of directors. Each director of the Combined Entity will hold office until the expiration of the term for which he or she is elected and until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death, disqualification or removal.

Subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock with respect to the election of directors for so long as the board of directors of the Combined Entity is classified, a director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Combined Entity only for cause. Vacancies occurring on the board of directors of the Combined Entity for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Combined Entity, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by stockholders of the Combined Entity. A person so elected by the board of directors of the Combined Entity to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship will hold office until the next election of the class for which such director will have been chosen and until his or her successor will be duly elected and qualified.

If the Business Combination Proposal is not approved, the Director Election Proposal will not be presented at the Blue Water Special Meeting. The appointments of directors resulting from the election will only become effective if the Business Combination is completed.

The Board knows of no reason why any of the nominees will be unavailable or decline to serve as a director. The information presented below is as of the Record Date and is based in part on information furnished by the nominees and in part from Blue Water’s and Clarus’s records.

Resolution to be Voted Upon

The full text of the resolution to be proposed is as follows:

“RESOLVED, as an ordinary resolution, that [  ] and Alex Zisson be appointed as directors of the Company to serve until the 2022 annual meeting of stockholders, Elizabeth Cermak and Mark Prygocki be appointed as directors of the Company to serve until the 2023 annual meeting of stockholders, and Robert Dudley, Kimberly Murphy and Joseph Hernandez be appointed as directors of the Company to serve until the 2024 annual meeting of stockholders.”

128

Table of Contents

Vote Required for Approval

The approval of the Director Election Proposal requires a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon. This means that the seven director nominees who receive the highest number of shares voted “FOR” their election are elected.

Failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting, “withhold” votes and broker non-votes will have no effect on the Director Election Proposal.

Recommendation of the Blue Water Board of Directors

BLUE WATER’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT BLUE WATER STOCKHOLDERS VOTE ‘‘FOR’’ THE DIRECTOR ELECTION PROPOSAL.

The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of Blue Water’s directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she or they may believe is in the best interests of Blue Water and its stockholders and what he or they may believe is best for himself, herself or themselves in determining to recommend that stockholders vote for the Proposals. In addition, Blue Water’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a stockholder. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal — Interests of Blue Water’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion of these considerations.

129

Table of Contents

THE INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL (PROPOSAL 7)

THE INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL

Overview

The Incentive Plan Proposal — to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve and adopt the Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, which is referred to herein as the “2021 Plan,” a copy of which is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex C (such proposal, the “Incentive Plan Proposal”).

A total of [  ] shares of common stock of the Combined Entity will be reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan. As of [  ], 2021, the closing price on Nasdaq per share of common stock of the Combined Entity was $[  ]. Based upon a price per share of $[  ], the maximum aggregate market value of the common stock of the Combined Entity that could potentially be issued under the 2021 Plan is $[  ]. The Board approved the 2021 Plan on [  ], 2021, subject to approval by Blue Water’s stockholders. If the 2021 Plan is approved by Blue Water stockholders, then the 2021 Plan will be effective upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

The following is a summary of the material features of the 2021 Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the 2021 Plan, a copy of which is included as Annex C to this proxy statement/prospectus.

Summary of the Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

The 2021 Plan was adopted by the Board prior to the Closing, subject to stockholder approval, and will become effective upon the date immediately prior to the Closing (the “2021 Plan Effective Date”). The 2021 Plan allows the Combined Entity to make equity and equity-based incentive awards to officers, employees, directors and consultants. The Board anticipates that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Combined Entity will assure a closer alignment of the interests of such individuals with those of the Combined Entity and its stockholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Combined Entity’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Combined Entity.

Blue Water has initially reserved [  ] shares of common stock of the Combined Entity for the issuance of awards under the 2021 Plan (the “Initial Limit”). The 2021 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the 2021 Plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2022, by 4% of the outstanding number of shares of common stock of the Combined Entity on the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser amount as determined by the plan administrator (the “Annual Increase”). This limit is subject to adjustment in the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Combined Entity’s capitalization. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Combined Entity that may be issued upon exercise of incentive stock options under the 2021 Plan shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2022 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase or [  ] shares of common stock of the Combined Entity. Shares underlying any awards under the 2021 Plan that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise of an option or settlement of an award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, satisfied without the issuance of stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) will be added back to the shares available for issuance under the 2021 Plan and, to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the shares that may be issued as incentive stock options.

The 2021 Plan contains a limitation whereby the value of all awards under the 2021 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by the Combined Entity to any non-employee director may not exceed $1,000,000 for the first calendar year a non-employee director is initially appointed to the Combined Entity’s board of directors, and $650,000 in any other calendar year.

The 2021 Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of the Combined Entity’s board of directors, the Combined Entity’s board of directors or such other similar committee pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Plan. The plan administrator, which initially will be the compensation committee of the Combined Entity’s board of directors, will have full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2021 Plan. The plan administrator may delegate to a committee consisting of one

130

Table of Contents

or more officers of the Combined Entity, including the Chief Executive Officer of the Combined Entity, the authority to awards to individuals who are not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and not members of the delegated committee, subject to certain limitations and guidelines.

Persons eligible to participate in the 2021 Plan will be officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants of the Combined Entity and its subsidiaries as selected from time to time by the plan administrator in its discretion. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, approximately 17 individuals will be eligible to participate in the 2021 Plan, which includes approximately five officers, 10 employees who are not officers, two non-employee directors, and 0 consultants.

The 2021 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock of the Combined Entity intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. Options granted under the 2021 Plan will be non-qualified options if they fail to qualify as incentive stock options or exceed the annual limit on incentive stock options. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees of the Combined Entity and its subsidiaries. Non-qualified options may be granted to any persons eligible to receive awards under the 2021 Plan. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by the plan administrator but generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock of the Combined Entity on the date of grant or, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a ten percent stockholder, 110% of such share’s fair market value. The term of each option will be fixed by the plan administrator and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The plan administrator will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised, including the ability to accelerate the vesting of such options.

Upon exercise of options, the option exercise price must be paid in full either in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the plan administrator or by delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of common stock of the Combined Entity that are beneficially owned by the optionee free of restrictions or were purchased in the open market. Subject to applicable law, the exercise price may also be delivered by a broker pursuant to irrevocable instructions to the broker from the optionee. In addition, the plan administrator may permit non-qualified options to be exercised using a “net exercise” arrangement that reduces the number of shares issued to the optionee by the largest whole number of shares with fair market value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

The plan administrator may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock of the Combined Entity, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in the Combined Entity’s stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock of the Combined Entity on the date of grant. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by the plan administrator and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The plan administrator will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised, including the ability to accelerate the vesting of such stock appreciation rights.

The plan administrator may award restricted shares of common stock of the Combined Entity and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with the Combined Entity through a specified vesting period. The plan administrator may also grant shares of common stock of the Combined Entity that are free from any restrictions under the 2021 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of common stock of the Combined Entity.

The plan administrator may grant cash-based awards under the 2021 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals, including continued employment with the Combined Entity.

The 2021 Plan requires the plan administrator to make appropriate adjustments to the number of shares of common stock that are subject to the 2021 Plan, to certain limits in the 2021 Plan, and to any outstanding awards to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, extraordinary cash dividends and similar events.

The 2021 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2021 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding awards under the 2021 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2021 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, all awards

131

Table of Contents

granted under the 2021 Plan shall terminate and in such case except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant award certificate, all awards with time-based vesting conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the sale event, and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and exercisable or nonforfeitable in connection with a sale event in the plan administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant award certificate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will, for each such award, either (a) receive a payment in cash or in kind for each share subject to such award that is exercisable in an amount equal to the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event less the applicable per share exercise price (provided that, in the case of an option or stock appreciation right with an exercise price equal to or greater than the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event, such option or stock appreciation right shall be cancelled for no consideration) or (b) be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. The plan administrator shall also have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding other awards in an amount equal to the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event multiplied by the number of vested shares under such awards.

Participants in the 2021 Plan are responsible for the payment of any federal, state or local taxes that the Combined Entity or its subsidiaries are required by law to withhold upon the exercise of options or stock appreciation rights or vesting of other awards. The plan administrator may cause any tax withholding obligation of the Combined Entity or its subsidiaries to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the applicable entity withholding from shares of common stock of the Combined Entity to be issued pursuant to an award a number of shares with an aggregate fair market value that would satisfy the withholding amount due. The plan administrator may also require any tax withholding obligation of the Combined Entity or its subsidiaries to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by an arrangement whereby a certain number of shares issued pursuant to any award are immediately sold and proceeds from such sale are remitted to the Combined Entity or its subsidiaries in an amount that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

The 2021 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of awards, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order; however, the plan administrator may permit the transfer of non-qualified stock options by gift to an immediate family member, to trusts for the benefit of family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners.

The plan administrator may amend or discontinue the 2021 Plan and the plan administrator may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may materially and adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2021 Plan will require the approval of the Combined Entity’s stockholders. The plan administrator is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding options or stock appreciation rights, effect the repricing of such awards through cancellation and re-grants or cancel such awards in exchange for cash or other awards.

No awards may be granted under the 2021 Plan after the date that is ten years from the 2021 Plan Effective Date. No awards under the 2021 Plan have been made prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus.

Form S-8

Following the consummation of the Business Combination, when permitted by SEC rules, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the common stock of the Combined Entity issuable under the 2021 Plan.

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Aspects

The following is a summary of the principal U.S. federal income tax consequences of certain transactions under the 2021 Plan. It does not describe all federal tax consequences under the 2021 Plan, nor does it describe state or local tax consequences.

Incentive Stock Options.    No taxable income is generally realized by the optionee upon the grant or exercise of an incentive stock option. If shares of the Combined Entity’s common stock issued to an optionee pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option are sold or transferred after two years from the date of grant and after one year from the date of exercise, then generally (i) upon sale of such shares, any amount realized in excess of the option

132

Table of Contents

exercise price (the amount paid for the shares) will be taxed to the optionee as a long-term capital gain, and any loss sustained will be a long-term capital loss, and (ii) neither the Combined Entity nor its subsidiaries will be entitled to any deduction for federal income tax purposes; provided that such incentive stock option otherwise meets all of the technical requirements of an incentive stock option. The exercise of an incentive stock option will give rise to an item of tax preference that may result in alternative minimum tax liability for the optionee.

If shares of the Combined Entity’s common stock acquired upon the exercise of an incentive stock option are disposed of prior to the expiration of the two-year and one-year holding periods described above (a “disqualifying disposition”), generally (i) the optionee will realize ordinary income in the year of disposition in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares of the Combined Entity’s common stock at exercise (or, if less, the amount realized on a sale of such shares of the Combined Entity’s common stock) over the option price thereof, and (ii) the Combined Entity or its subsidiaries will be entitled to deduct such amount. Special rules will apply where all or a portion of the exercise price of the incentive stock option is paid by tendering shares of the Combined Entity’s common stock.

If an incentive stock option is exercised at a time when it no longer qualifies for the tax treatment described above, the option is treated as a non-qualified option. Generally, an incentive stock option will not be eligible for the tax treatment described above if it is exercised more than three months following termination of employment (or one year in the case of termination of employment by reason of disability). In the case of termination of employment by reason of death, the three-month rule does not apply.

No income is generally realized by the optionee at the time a non-qualified option is granted. Generally (i) at exercise, ordinary income is realized by the optionee in an amount equal to the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value of the shares of the Combined Entity’s common stock on the date of exercise, and we receive a tax deduction for the same amount, and (ii) at disposition, appreciation or depreciation after the date of exercise is treated as either short-term or long-term capital gain or loss depending on how long the shares of the Combined Entity’s common stock have been held. Special rules will apply where all or a portion of the exercise price of the non-qualified option is paid by tendering shares of the Combined Entity’s common stock. Upon exercise, the optionee will also be subject to Social Security taxes on the excess of the fair market value over the exercise price of the option.

For all other awards under the 2021 Plan, either the Combined Entity or its subsidiaries generally will be entitled to a tax deduction in connection with other awards under the 2021 Plan in an amount equal to the ordinary income realized by the participant at the time the participant recognizes such income. Participants typically are subject to income tax and recognize such tax at the time that an award is exercised, vests or becomes non-forfeitable, unless the award provides for deferred settlement.

The vesting of any portion of an award that is accelerated due to the occurrence of a change in control (such as a sale event) may cause all or a portion of the payments with respect to such accelerated awards to be treated as “parachute payments” as defined in the Code. Any such parachute payments may be non-deductible to either the Combined Entity or its subsidiaries, in whole or in part, and may subject the recipient to a non-deductible 20% federal excise tax on all or a portion of such payment (in addition to other taxes ordinarily payable).

New Plan Benefits

No awards have been previously granted under the 2021 Plan and no awards have been granted that are contingent on stockholder approval of the 2021 Plan. The awards that are to be granted to any participant or group of participants are indeterminable at the date of this proxy statement/prospectus because participation and the types of awards that may be granted under the 2021 Plan are subject to the discretion of the plan administrator. Consequently, no new plan benefits table is included in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Vote Required for Approval

The approval of the Incentive Plan Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting. Failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Blue Water Special Meeting, abstentions and broker non-votes will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Incentive Plan Proposal.

This proposal is conditioned on the approval of the Business Combination Proposal, and each other Required Proposal at the Blue Water Special Meeting.

133

Table of Contents

Recommendation of the Blue Water Board of Directors

BLUE WATER’S BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT BLUE WATER STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL.

The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of Blue Water’s directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she or they may believe is in the best interests of Blue Water and its stockholders and what he or they may believe is best for himself, herself or themselves in determining to recommend that stockholders vote for the Proposals. In addition, Blue Water’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a stockholder. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal — Interests of Blue Water’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion of these considerations.

134

Table of Contents

THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL (PROPOSAL 8)

Overview

The Adjournment Proposal, if adopted, will allow Blue Water’s board of directors to adjourn the Blue Water Special Meeting to a later date or dates to permit further solicitation of proxies. The Adjournment Proposal will only be presented to Blue Water’s stockholders in the event that based upon the tabulated vote at the time of the Blue Water Special Meeting there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Charter Amendment Proposals, the Business Combination Proposal, the Director Election Proposal or the Incentive Plan Proposal. In no event will Blue Water’s board of directors adjourn the Blue Water Special Meeting or consummate the Business Combination beyond the date by which it may properly do so under the Blue Water Charter and Delaware law.

Consequences if the Adjournment Proposal is Not Approved

If the Adjournment Proposal is not approved by Blue Water’s stockholders, Blue Water’s board of directors may not be able to adjourn the Blue Water Special Meeting to a later date in the event that there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Business Combination Proposal or any other Required Proposal.

Vote Required for Approval

The approval of the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Blue Water Special Meeting. Abstentions will have no effect on this proposal.

Recommendation of the Blue Water Board of Directors

BLUE WATER’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT BLUE WATER’S STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL.

The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of Blue Water’s directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she or they may believe is in the best interests of Blue Water and its stockholders and what he or they may believe is best for himself, herself or themselves in determining to recommend that stockholders vote for the Proposals. In addition, Blue Water’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a stockholder. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal — Interests of Blue Water’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion of these considerations.

135

Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT BLUE WATER

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Blue Water.

Overview

We are an early-stage blank check company incorporated as a Delaware corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware on May 22, 2020, and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to as our initial business combination. While we may pursue an initial business combination target in any stage of its corporate evolution or in any industry or sector, we intend to focus on industries that complement our management team’s background, and to capitalize on the ability of our management team to identify and acquire a business, focusing on the healthcare or healthcare related industries in the United States and Europe. In particular, we intend to prioritize companies in the life sciences and pharmaceutical services sectors where our management team has extensive experience.

Our board of directors, led by our Founder, Joseph Hernandez, has combined decades of experience in growing and developing areas of the healthcare industry. The team consists of Joseph Hernandez, who is also our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Jon Garfield, our Chief Financial Officer, along with James Sapirstein, Kimberly Murphy, Michael Lerner and Yvonne McBurney as directors. We believe that the strong scientific background of our management and directors, combined with their financial and entrepreneurial expertise, will propel the Company to identify a valuable acquisition target that can thrive in a public-listing environment.

On December 17, 2020, we consummated the Blue Water IPO in which we issued 5,750,000 Units, which included 750,000 Units issued pursuant to the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option. Each Unit consisted of one share of Class A common stock, and one Warrant, with each Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A common stock for $11.50 per share. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds to us of $57,500,000. On December 17, 2020, simultaneously with the consummation of the Blue Water IPO, we completed the Private Placement of an aggregate of 3,445,000 Placement Warrants to the Sponsor, at a purchase price of $1.00 per Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds to us of $ 3,445,000.

A total of $58,650,000, (or $10.00 per Unit) comprised of $55,205,000 of the proceeds from the Blue Water IPO (which amount includes $2,012,500 of the underwriter’s deferred discount) and $3,445,000 of the proceeds of the sale of the Placement Warrants, was placed in a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee.

On February 8, 2021, we announced that the holders of the Units may elect to separately trade shares of the Class A common stock and Warrants comprising the Units commencing on February 9, 2021. Those Units not separated continue to trade on Nasdaq under the symbol “BLUWU,” and the Class A common stock and Warrants that are separated trade on Nasdaq under the symbols “BLUW” and “BLUWW,” respectively.

Redemption Rights for Public Stockholders upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination

Pursuant to the Blue Water Charter, we will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the Trust Account as of June 15, 2021 is approximately $10.20 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. Our Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any Public Shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. For more information about how Blue Water stockholders can exercise their redemption rights in connection with the Blue Water Special Meeting, please see section entitled “Blue Water Special Meeting — Redemption Rights.”

136

Table of Contents

The Blue Water Charter provides that in no event will we redeem our Public Shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either immediately prior to or upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the initial business combination or redeem any shares, and all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Blue Water Charter provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without the prior consent of Blue Water. Such restriction shall also be applicable to our affiliates. We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed initial business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the Blue Water IPO could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with an initial business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If the Business Combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete an initial business combination with a different target until December 17, 2021 (or June 17, 2022 if Blue Water extends the period of time to consummate a business combination).

Facilities

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our executive offices are located at 15 West Putnam Ave, Suite 363, Greenwich, CT 06830. Such facility is provided by the Sponsor for a monthly fee of $10,000.

Employees

We currently have Joseph Hernandez, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer and Jon Garfield, who serves as our Chief Financial Officer. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they will devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that any such person devotes in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the initial business combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

Legal Proceedings

To the knowledge of Blue Water’s management, there is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

137

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER’S MANAGEMENT

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our,” “us” and other similar terms refer to Blue Water before the Business Combination.

Directors and Executive Officers

The directors and executive officers of Blue Water are as follows as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus:

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Joseph Hernandez

 

48

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Jon Garfield

 

56

 

Chief Financial Officer

Kimberly Murphy

 

58

 

Director

James Sapirstein

 

59

 

Director

Michael Lerner

 

62

 

Director

Yvonne McBurney

 

56

 

Director

Joseph Hernandez, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since inception, is an entrepreneurial leader with over 25 years of experience in the healthcare field. He has a background in company creation, early-stage technology development, as well as private and public market financing. He brings leadership to the team, backed by a strong educational foundation in biology, medicine, molecular genetics, microbiology, epidemiology, marketing, and finance. Over the course of his career, he has founded or led eight entrepreneurial companies in cutting edge areas of healthcare and pharmaceuticals. After years of building his career at Merck & Co. (NYSE:MRK) from to December 1998 to January 2001 and Digene (acquired by Qiagen (NYSE:QGEN)) from 2005 to 2009, Mr. Hernandez founded and became the President and CEO of Innovative Biosensors from 2004 to 2009. Later, Mr. Hernandez served as the Founder and Chairman of Microlin Bio Inc. from August 2013 to January 2017 and as Chairman of the Board of Ember Therapeutics (OTCMKTS:EMBT) from April 2014 to January 2019. He was also the Chairman of Sydys Corporation from May 2016 to January 2019. In 2018, Mr. Hernandez founded Blue Water Vaccines, an early-stage biotechnology company focused on manufacturing a universal influenza vaccine in partnership with the University of Oxford in England. He has served as Chairman of Blue Water Vaccines, Inc. since January 2019. Most recently, in January 2020, he founded and in May 2020 sold Noachis Terra, Inc. (acquired by Oragenics (NYSE:OGEN)) a company developing a vaccine for COVID-19. Mr. Hernandez brings experience in managing and interacting with diverse cultures, high level executives, and elected officials, to the team. Mr. Hernandez received a B.S. in Neuroscience, M.S. in Molecular Genetics and Microbiology from the University of Florida and a MBA from the University of Florida, and is currently pursuing a MSc in Chronic Disease Epidemiology and Biostatistics from Yale University. He is well qualified to serve on our Board due to his extensive biotech entrepreneurship and early-stage technology development experience in the healthcare industry.

Jon Garfield, our Chief Financial Officer since October 2020, has over 20 years of financial leadership experience, specifically with healthcare companies. Mr. Garfield regularly provides consulting services to private equity funds and privately held companies. He has served as a consultant of Bay State Physical Therapy from June 2018 to February 2019 and also as a director beginning in February 2019. Since June 2008, he has served as the chairman of the audit committee of Xnrgi, Inc. From April 2016 to June 2017, Mr. Garfield was the CFO of Pyramid Healthcare, also a private equity backed healthcare company. Prior to Pyramid Healthcare, Mr. Garfield served as the CFO of Monte Nido in January 2012 until January 2016. Before Monte Nido, he served as CFO of Clearant, Inc., (OTCBB:CLRI) a publicly-traded medical device company, and Network IP and Simplified Development, where he oversaw the finance and treasury functions, implemented systems upgrades, and pursued a number of growth initiatives. Mr. Garfield was previously a Co-Founder and Vice President of Acquisitions for Coach USA, a consolidator of ground transportation entities throughout North America, and was heavily involved in over 50 acquisitions and the eventual IPO of the company. Earlier in his career, he held positions with PricewaterhouseCoopers and Arthur Andersen. Mr. Garfield received a B.B.A. in accounting from the University of Texas.

Kimberly Murphy, who has served as a director since our Initial Public Offering in December 2020, has more than 25 years of experience at leading pharmaceutical companies including Novartis (NYSE:NVS) and Merck & Co (NYSE:MRK). In her distinguished career at Merck, she rose through various public affairs and business roles to leadership positions as Region Marketer for U.S. Commercial Operations, U.S. Marketing Leader for Adult Vaccines and Director of the HPV/Gardasil Franchise. Most recently, Ms. Murphy served as the Vice President and Global

138

Table of Contents

Vaccines Commercialization Leader, Influenza Franchise, at GlaxoSmithKline (NYSE:GSK). Ms. Murphy was with GSK from 2011 through 2019, serving as VP of US Vaccines Customer Strategy from October 2012 to June 2014, then VP of the North America Vaccines Integration Planning from June 2014 to May 2015, followed by VP and Global Marketing Head for the Shingles Vaccines from May 2015 to February 2016, before transitioning to the Global Vaccines Commercialization Leader for the Influenza Franchise. Kim has Board and Advisory experience that includes serving on the boards of Oragenics, Inc. (NYSE: OGEN) and Blue Water Vaccines, Inc., as well as the GSK Representative to the Biotechnology Industry Organization’s Biodefense Advisory Council, and on the St. Joseph’s University Pharmaceutical & Healthcare Marketing MBA Program’s Advisory Board. Ms. Murphy received a B.A. in English from Old Dominion University, a M.B.A. in Marketing from St. Joseph’s University, and the Marketing Excellence Program from the Wharton School of University of Pennsylvania. She is well qualified to serve on our Board due to her extensive experience in the healthcare industry.

James Sapirstein, who has served as a director since our Initial Public Offering in December 2020, has over 35 years of experience leading, founding, growing, and selling healthcare companies, specifically in the pharmaceutical space. Mr. Sapirstein is currently the President and CEO of AzurRx BioPharma (Nasdaq:AZRX), where he has been since October 2019. His career began in sales at Eli Lilly, eventually rising to Director of International Marketing at Bristol Myers Squibb from July 1996 to June 2000, and later led the launch of Viread (tenofovir) at Gilead Sciences, Inc. (Nasdaq:GILD), where he served as Global Marketing Lead from June 2020 to June 2002. From November 2006 to January 2011, he served as founding CEO of Tobira Therapeutics (Nasdaq:TBRA), then a private company, and later acquired by Allergan (NYSE:AGN). Since then, he has served as CEO of Alliqua Biomedical (Nasdaq:ALQA) from September 2012 to February 2014 and CEO of Contravir Pharmaceuticals (Nasdaq:CTRV from March 2014 to October 2018. He has been part of almost two dozen drug product launches and specifically either led or has been a key member of several HIV product launches into different new classes of therapeutics at the time. Additionally, Mr. Sapirstein holds board positions with Marizyme (OTCMKTS:MRZM) (Executive Chairman) since December 2018 Enochian Biosciences (Nasdaq:ENOB) since April 2018, and Leading Biosciences since March 2016. He previously served as a director of BioNJ from February 2017 to February 2019, an association of biopharma industries in New Jersey, from February 2017 to February 2019, RespireRX (OTCBB:RSPI) from April 2014 to January 2020, and NanoViricides Inc. (NYSE: NNVC) from November 2018 to January 2020. He is also a Board Director for BIO, the leading Biopharma Industries Organization promoting public policy and networking in the healthcare space, where he sits on both the Health Section and Emerging Companies Section Governing Boards. Mr. Sapirstein received a B.S. in Pharmacy from Rutgers University and his MBA from Fairleigh Dickinson University. He is well qualified to serve on our Board due to his extensive network from decades in the healthcare industry.

Michael Lerner, who has served as a director since our Initial Public Offering in December 2020, has over 30 years of experience providing strategic judgment and practical advice regarding diverse matters for pharmaceutical, life sciences, and health care companies. Mr. Lerner has a background in product acquisitions and divestitures, technology licensing, sales and marketing practices, mergers and acquisitions, intellectual property, corporate compliance, employment law, and regulatory matters. Mr. Lerner is currently a partner at Lowenstein Sandler LLP, where he chairs the Life Sciences Group. Prior to joining Lowenstein Sandler, from August 2008 to December 2010 Mr. Lerner was a Senior Vice President and General Counsel of EKR Therapeutics, a specialty pharmaceutical company focusing on acute care hospital products. That position followed six years (from September 2000 to August 2006) as Vice President and General Counsel at Reliant Pharmaceuticals Inc., which Mr. Lerner helped grow into one of the nation’s largest privately held pharmaceutical companies before it was acquired by GlaxoSmithKline in 2007. As part of Reliant’s senior management team, he was named lead inside lawyer on product acquisitions and dispositions. He currently serves on the board of directors of the Blanche and Irwin Lerner Center for the study of Pharmaceutical Management Issues at Rutgers Business School. Mr. Lerner brings valuable expertise in legal considerations of the life science industry, as well as a documented track record of public speaking and professional presentations to the team. Mr. Lerner received a J.D. from Hofstra University School of Law in and a B.A. from Boston University. He is well qualified to serve on our Board due to his extensive expertise in a range of legal considerations within the life science and healthcare industry.

Yvonne McBurney, who has served as a director since our Initial Public Offering in December 2020, has over 30 years of business leadership experience in the healthcare field. Ms. McBurney has successfully developed and executed strategic business plans to drive consistent above-plan performance by optimizing group synergies, building high-performing diverse teams, and driving cultural change. During her career, she has acquired a reputation for working with the highest level of integrity. Since March 2020, Ms. McBurney has been VP of Operations at Alivia Specialty Pharmacy, where she leads the operations of a $250.0 million specialty pharmacy including a staff of over

139

Table of Contents

100 and overseeing operations and clinical teams. That position followed ten years at GlaxoSmithKline (NYSE:GSK), beginning in January 2010 where she was ultimately appointed to lead the US Commercial and Medical Affairs integration of TESARO, an oncology focused biopharmaceutical acquisition of $5.1 billion by GSK. She also held the Puerto Rico General Manager role for six years and delivered significant revenue and margin growth. Prior to GSK, Ms. McBurney was the General Manager of Wyeth Puerto Rico from April 2006 to November 2009 where she managed an $80.0 million operation returning the unit to growth. She also spent 15 years at Eli Lilly (NYSE: LLY) where she advanced rapidly into key commercial roles of local, regional and international scope and gained broad general management experience across all commercial functions. Throughout her professional career, Ms. McBurney has built respect and industry credibility by forging meaningful alliances with key customers and major stakeholders in government, nonprofit organizations, healthcare practitioners, and pharma industry associations. She has been a past Board member of the Puerto Rico Pharmaceutical Industry Association holding Vice President and Secretary roles. Ms. McBurney received an MBA and B.A. from Interamerican University of Puerto Rico and is fluent in Spanish and English. She is well qualified to serve on our Board due to her extensive expertise in leadership roles in the life science and healthcare industry.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors is initially comprised of five directors divided into three classes, with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Mr. Lerner, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Mr. Sapirstein and Ms. McBurney, will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Mr. Hernandez and Ms. Murphy, will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our initial business combination. In addition, the Founder Shares, all of which are held by our initial stockholders, will entitle the initial stockholders to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination. Holders of our public shares will have no right to vote on the election of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may only be amended by the vote of at least 90% of our issued and outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon. As a result, you will not have any influence over the election of directors prior to our initial business combination.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of one or more Chairmen of the Board, one or more Chief Executive Officers, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Director Independence

Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Lerner, Sapirstein and Ms. McBurney and Ms. Murphy are “independent directors” as defined in the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our audit committee is entirely composed of independent directors meeting Nasdaq’s additional requirements applicable to members of the audit committee. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of Nasdaq and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and the rules of Nasdaq require that the compensation committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors.

140

Table of Contents

Audit Committee

We have established an audit committee of the board of directors. Ms. McBurney, Ms. Murphy and Mr. Sapirstein serve as members of our audit committee, with Mr. Sapirstein serving as the Chairman of the audit committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent, subject to certain phase-in provisions. Each such person meets the independent director standard under Nasdaq listing standards and under Rule 10-A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Sapirstein qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

•        the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent auditors and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

•        pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

•        reviewing and discussing with the independent auditors all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

•        setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors;

•        setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

•        obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent auditors describing (i) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

•        reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

•        reviewing with management, the independent auditors, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

We have established a compensation committee of the board of directors. Mr. Sapirstein, Ms. McBurney and Ms. Murphy serve as members of our compensation committee, with Mr. Sapirstein serving as the chairman of the compensation committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least two members of the compensation committee, all of whom must be independent, subject to certain phase-in provisions. Each such person meets the independent director standard under Nasdaq listing standards applicable to members of the compensation committee.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

•        reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

•        reviewing and approving on an annual basis the compensation of all of our other officers;

141

Table of Contents

•        reviewing on an annual basis our executive compensation policies and plans;

•        implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

•        assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

•        approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;

•        if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

•        reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, other than reimbursement of expenses, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing stockholders, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to complete the consummation of a business combination although we may consider cash or other compensation to officers or advisors we may hire subsequent to our Initial Public Offering to be paid either prior to or in connection with our initial business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the Nasdaq Rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to our board of directors should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, our board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our officers currently serves, and in the past year have not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on our board of directors.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We will file a copy of our Code of Ethics and our audit and compensation committee charters as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You will be able to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

142

Table of Contents

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our executive officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of our common stock and other equity securities. These executive officers, directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners are required by SEC regulation to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms filed by such reporting persons. Based solely on our review of such forms furnished to us and written representations from certain reporting persons, we believe that all reports applicable to our executive officers, directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners were filed in a timely manner in accordance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

143

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF BLUE WATER

The following discussion of Blue Water’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Blue Water’s financial statements and notes to those statements included in this proxy statement/prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statement” and “Risk Factors” in this proxy statement/prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our,” “us” and other similar terms refer to Blue Water and its consolidated subsidiaries before the Business Combination.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on May 22, 2020 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. We are an emerging growth company and, as such, are subject to all of the risks associated with emerging growth companies. Our sponsor is Blue Water Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”).

The registration statement for our Initial Public Offering was declared effective on December 15, 2020. On December 17, 2020, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 5,750,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”), including 750,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments (the “Over-Allotment Units”), at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $57.5 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $3.7 million, of which approximately $2.0 million was for deferred underwriting commissions.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the private placement (“Private Placement”) of 3,445,000 warrants (each, a “Placement Warrant” and collectively, the “Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, generating proceeds of approximately $3.4 million.

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, approximately $58.7 million ($10.20 per Unit) of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and certain of the proceeds of the Private Placement was held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) located in the United States with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee, and will be invested only in U.S. “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act 1940, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by us, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of an initial business combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.

Our management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a business combination. There is no assurance that we will be able to complete a business combination successfully. We must complete one or more initial business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable and interest previously released for working capital purposes on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. However, we will only complete a business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

We have up to 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, or December 17, 2021, (or up to 18 months from the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, or June 17, 2022, if we extend the period of time to consummate an initial business combination) (the “Combination Period”) to complete an initial business combination. In order to extend the time available for us to consummate an initial business combination, the Sponsor or its affiliate or designees must deposit into the Trust Account $575,000 ($0.10 per Public Share), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline, for each three-month extension.

144

Table of Contents

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the Combination Period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us for working capital purposes or to pay our taxes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining stockholders and the board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Proposed Business Combination and Related Agreements

On April 27, 2021, we into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Blue Water Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Merger Sub”) our newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiary, and Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“Clarus”).

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Closing”), Merger Sub will merge with and into Clarus (the “Merger” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Transactions”), with Clarus continuing as the surviving corporation in the Merger and our wholly-owned subsidiary. In the Merger, based on existing Clarus share preference and convertible debtholder rights, (i) certain shares of Clarus preferred stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”) will be canceled and converted into the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration (as defined below), (ii) all other shares of Clarus capital stock, and all outstanding options to purchase any capital stock that have not been exercised prior to the Effective Time, will be canceled, retired and terminated without any consideration or any liability to Clarus with respect thereto, and (iii) certain of our convertible and non-convertible promissory notes outstanding as of the Closing will be canceled and converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration.

The aggregate merger consideration to be paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement to Clarus securityholders as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (“Clarus Securityholders”) will be a number of shares of Company Class A common stock equal to (the “Merger Consideration”): (A) (i) $198,184,295, plus (or minus) the estimated indebtedness of Clarus as of the Closing, net of its cash and cash equivalents (“Closing Net Indebtedness”), divided by (ii) $10.20, minus 1,500,000 shares of Company Class A Common Stock (the “2025 Note Exchange Shares”) issuable to the holders of certain non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus in exchange for $10.0 million of the aggregate principal amount of such notes and other amendments to the terms of the remaining indebtedness pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement (as described below); plus (B) the 2025 Note Exchange Shares, plus (C) (i) the outstanding balance (principal and interest) at Closing of certain convertible and non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus issued between signing of the Merger Agreement and Closing, other than any such non-convertible promissory notes that the Company elects in its discretion to pay off at Closing, (ii) divided by $10.00. The Merger Consideration to be paid to Clarus Securityholders will be paid solely by the delivery of new shares of our Class A Common Stock. The Closing Net Indebtedness (and the resulting Merger Consideration) is based solely on estimates determined shortly prior to the Closing and is not subject to any post-Closing true-up or adjustment. The Merger Consideration will be allocated among Clarus Securityholders as determined by Clarus shortly prior to the Closing based on existing share preference and convertible debtholder rights.

In connection with the Merger Agreement, on April 27, 2021, the Company, Clarus, and certain Clarus equity holders and noteholders party thereto entered into a Transaction Support Agreement (the “Transaction Support Agreement”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Clarus securityholders party thereto agreed to provide Clarus with up to $35.0 million in financing, through the purchase of convertible and non-convertible promissory notes (of which approximately $7.2 million was funded prior to April 27, 2021), and to transfer certain royalty rights to Clarus.

145

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Our entire activity since inception through March 31, 2021 related to our formation, the preparation for the Initial Public Offering, and since the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the search for a prospective initial business combination. We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. We will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial business combination. We will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents. We expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. Additionally, we recognize non-cash gains and losses within other income (expense) related to changes in recurring fair value measurement of our warrant liabilities at each reporting period.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, we had net income of approximately $10.6 million, which consisted of a gain of approximately $11.2 million resulting from the change in the fair value of the derivative warrant liabilities, partially offset by approximately $418,000 in general and administrative expenses and approximately $88,000 in other taxes.

For the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, we had net loss of approximately $4.7 million, which consisted of $3.0 million in general and administrative expenses, approximately $922,000 change in the fair value of the derivative warrant liabilities, approximately $646,000 of financing costs associated with the warrant liabilities, and approximately $172,000 in other taxes. As a result of the fair value of the private warrants exceeding the value that the Sponsor paid for the warrants, the Company recognized compensation costs of $2.9 million which is included in general and administrative expenses in the statement of operations.

Going Concern

As of March 31, 2021, we had approximately $408,000 in our operating bank account, and working capital of approximately $157,000.

Our liquidity needs prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering were satisfied through the payment $25,000 from our Sponsor to cover certain of our offering costs in exchange for issuance of the Founder Shares, and a loan from our Sponsor of approximately $157,000 under a promissory note. We repaid the promissory note in full on December 17, 2020. Subsequent to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, our liquidity has been satisfied through the net proceeds from the consummation of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement held outside of the Trust Account.

In connection with our assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 205-40, “Basis of Presentation — Going Concern,” management has determined that the anticipated cash requirements in the next twelve months raise substantial about our ability to continue as a going concern until the earlier of the consummation of the Business Combination or the date the Company is required to liquidate, June 17, 2022. The financial statements do not include any adjustment that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

We continue to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and have concluded that the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of the balance sheet. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Contractual Obligations

Upon the consummation of a business combination, the underwriters are entitled to a deferred underwriting discount of three and a half percent (3.5%) of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, or approximately $2.0 million in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that we complete a business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

We do not have any long-term debt obligations, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations, purchase obligations or long-term liabilities, other than an administrative services agreement to pay our Sponsor $10,000 per month for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to us.

146

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

This management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to fair value of financial instruments and accrued expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We have identified the following as our critical accounting policies:

Shares of Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

We account for shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares of Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable shares of Class A common stock (including shares of Class A common stock that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, shares of Class A common stock are classified as stockholders’ equity. Our shares of Class A common stock feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, 4,508,659 and 3,464,860 shares of Class A common stock, respectively, subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the balance sheet.

Derivative Warrant Liabilities

We do not use derivative instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow, market, or foreign currency risks. We evaluate all of our financial instruments, including issued stock purchase warrants, to determine if such instruments are liabilities, derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives, pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity” (“ASC 480”) and ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815-15”). The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is re-assessed at the end of each reporting period.

We issued 9,195,000 common stock warrants issued in connection with our Initial Public Offering (5,750,000) and Private Placement (3,445,000) which are recognized as derivative liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40. Accordingly, we recognize the warrant instruments as liabilities at fair value and adjust the instruments to fair value at each reporting period. The liabilities are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Company’s statement of operations. The fair value of warrants issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering were initially measured at fair value using a Monte-Carlo simulation model and have subsequently been measured based on the listed market price of such warrants. The fair value of the Private Placement warrants have been estimated using Monte-Carlo simulation model at inception and subsequently at each measurement date.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share of Common Stock

We comply with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period excluding shares of common stock subject to forfeiture. An aggregate of 4,508,659 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption at March 31, 2021 and 3,464,860 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption at December 31, 2020, has been excluded from the calculation of basic income (loss) per ordinary share, since such shares, if redeemed, only participate in their pro rata share of

147

Table of Contents

the trust earnings. We have not considered the effect of the warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering (including the consummation of the Over-Allotment Units) and Private Placement to purchase an aggregate of 9,195,000 shares of common stock in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share, since the exercise of the warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events. As a result, diluted net income (loss) per common share is the same as basic net income (loss) per common share for the periods presented.

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2020-06, Debt Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. The ASU also removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity-linked contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception, and it simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. We adopted ASU 2020-06 on January 1, 2021. Adoption of the ASU did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Our management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on our accompanying financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act are allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We have elected to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company,” we choose to rely on such exemptions we are not required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis) and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our Initial Public Offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

148

Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT CLARUS

References in this section to “Clarus,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the commercialization of JATENZO, the first and only oral T-replacement, or T-replacement therapy (“TRT”) of its kind that has received final approval by the FDA. We believe that current users of TRT are not satisfied with their current options and desire a therapeutic that is safe, effective and more convenient. Our primary goal for JATENZO is for it to become the preferred choice for TRT among men with hypogonadism — T deficiency accompanied by an associated medical condition. In parallel, our broader vision is for Clarus to become a profitable specialty pharmaceutical company initially focused on the development and commercialization of T and metabolic therapies for men and women.

In March 2019, our first commercial product, JATENZO, was approved by the FDA as a TRT for the treatment of adult men with hypogonadism due to certain medical conditions. JATENZO is the first oral T therapy approved by the FDA in more than 60 years. JATENZO is a T-ester prodrug created by the linkage of T with the fatty acid undecanoic acid to form T-undecanoate (“TU”). Once absorbed, TU, an inactive version of T, is converted by natural enzymes in the body to bioactive T. In February 2020, we commenced U.S. commercial sales of JATENZO and, as of December 31, 2020, JATENZO was available under health plans, representing approximately 61% of U.S. commercial insured lives. Of these patients, 65% had access to JATENZO without having to try another T-replacement product first (e.g., generic or other branded option). In the year ended December 31, 2020, JATENZO generated net revenues of approximately $6.4 million, demonstrating consistent month over month prescription growth over the first year of commercialization despite the commercial challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. In August 2019, the FDA granted 3-year Hatch-Waxman market exclusivity to JATENZO, which prevents the FDA from granting full market approval to similar new drugs or generic competitors for the protected conditions of use of JATENZO until March 27, 2022.

T-deficiency is diagnosed in men by a simple blood test that identifies a T concentration below 300 nanograms per deciliter (“ng/dL”). Common symptoms identified in the Endocrine Society's clinical guidelines that suggest testing for T deficiency include reduced sexual activity and desire, decreased energy, increased body fat and reduced muscle mass, depressed mood and other emotional and physiological issues. T-deficiency affects approximately 20 million men over the age of 45, according to a study published in the International Journal of Clinical Practice in 2006. Of this population, about 8 million are diagnosed with hypogonadism, and even fewer, approximately 2.2 million, actually receive TRT, the standard treatment for hypogonadism. Even with this low treatment rate, the overall market for TRT grew 7% in 2020 over 2019, despite the COVID-19 pandemic, which followed a 6.6% growth in prescriptions in the United States in 2019 as compared to 2018. The overall T-replacement therapy market was nearly 8 million prescriptions in 2020 and has been growing at a 5% compound annual growth rate, according to Symphony Health (Payer/Plan TRx Volume).

Existing therapeutic options for hypogonadal men, including T-injections (intramuscular and subcutaneous), T-gels, T-patches, T- buccal T-patches and implanted subcutaneous T-pellets, all suffer from limitations due to their routes of administration and ease of use. Consequently, these TRT options have low rates of adherence to prescribed dosing regimens. For example, only 31% and 14% of men continued taking T-gel six and twelve months after commencing therapy, respectively, according to a peer-reviewed study that reviewed enrollment and medical records of more than 15,000 men with hypogonadism. In addition, according to a survey we commissioned in 2020, 76% of the surveyed men reported that their needs are not being met by existing T-replacement therapies. This same poll found that 82% of TRT users were interested in learning about an oral TRT option. We believe that many hypogonadal patients are not satisfied with non-oral therapies due to administration and other challenges. Thus, they often discontinue their TRT or switch from one option to another in a cyclical search of a TRT that is acceptable. We believe JATENZO not only provides patients with the convenience of an oral route of administration but also the efficacy and safety necessary to treat hypogonadism. Although T-injections and T-gels collectively represent 95% of the TRT market, these products have significant challenges. Injections are painful, yield considerable inter-day T level variability and carry the risk of pulmonary micro-embolisms (“POMEs”). Gels are messy, pose a significant risk of T transference to the patient’s

149

Table of Contents

partner or children and result in substantial amounts of T entering the environment when patients shower, bathe or swim. Overall, we believe that JATENZO is more convenient than currently approved T therapies, thus making it more likely that men will adhere to their treatment.

We own patents and pending applications in the United States and several other countries worldwide having claims covering the formulation and use of JATENZO, but are presently involved in an interference proceeding with Lipocine involving a Clarus patent application having claims covering the use of JATENZO and Lipocine’s TLANDO product. See under the section “Legal Proceedings”. There is risk that other infringement or interference proceedings could be declared involving patent or patent application claims covering the formulation and use of JATENZO. Although we prevailed in our motion on summary judgment in the litigation claims with Lipocine and believe we have a sound position in the interference proceeding, if we are not able to reach a global settlement agreement with Lipocine, additional claims could arise in the future. We believe we would not need a license from Lipocine, nor be liable for any damages, if the pending interference either was won or lost, as we do not believe the involved Lipocine patent claims in this interference cover JATENZO nor its FDA-approved use. There is risk that any future litigation and interference proceedings are resolved in a manner that could result in a material adverse effect on us and our business. There is also risk that other interference proceedings could be declared involving patent claims that cover JATENZO, which would pose the same risk of potentially needing a license from the patent holder. Two interferences were previously decided against us, see under the section “Legal Proceedings”. There is risk that the litigation and interference proceedings are resolved in a manner that could result in a material adverse effect on us and our business. We have established a contract sales force of approximately 55 sales representatives to promote JATENZO in the United States. We intend to invest additional resources to expand our national footprint to approximately 100 targeted sales representatives and to bring this sales force in-house. Our sales force currently targets high volume prescribing health care providers (“HCPs”) comprised of endocrinologists, urologists and primary care physicians. We continue to evaluate marketing or co-promotion arrangements to leverage our existing sales force and provide even broader JATENZO penetration in the U.S. market. We continue to explore potential strategic partnerships to assist in obtaining marketing approval for and commercialization of JATENZO outside of the United States (particularly in Europe, Asia and the Middle East). Success in achieving sales of JATENZO outside the United States could be a source of non-dilutive funding. We are also actively exploring potential business development transactions to expand our portfolio and leverage our existing sales force.

Since the beginning of our operations in 2004, we have assembled a seasoned management team with significant commercial TRT and large pharmaceutical experience. Our Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Robert Dudley, has over 30 years of experience in the T-replacement field and led the discovery, development, regulatory approval and launch of AndroGel, the first T-gel product. He also co-invented JATENZO and oversaw its development through approval by the FDA. Our senior management team includes industry veterans who have collectively more than 60 years of experience in the TRT market.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to build a profitable specialty pharmaceutical company that commercializes products complementary to our lead product, JATENZO. Key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal include:

•        Establish JATENZO as the preferred choice among appropriate hypogonadal men for T-replacement.    We will continue to drive awareness of JATENZO by leveraging the convenience of JATENZO's oral administration and will seek to establish JATENZO as the preferred TRT treatment for HCPs and their hypogonadal patients.

•        Accelerate the build of our commercial infrastructure to successfully grow the market for JATENZO and launch any additional products we develop or acquire.    We will grow our commercial infrastructure and sales force that targets endocrinologists, urologists and PCPs who are high-prescribers of TRT.

150

Table of Contents

•        Explore additional indications for JATENZO and consider business development opportunities to grow our pipeline and product portfolio.    We plan to use exploratory trials to guide the development of JATENZO for additional potential indications, including, for example, treatment of hypogonadism associated female-to-male transgender T therapy and chronic kidney disease. We will also seek to leverage the commercial launch of JATENZO with our sales organization and commercial infrastructure to develop or acquire the rights to additional complementary products or product candidates.

Hypogonadism and the T-Replacement Therapy Market

Hypogonadism or T-Deficiency

Testosterone (T) is a key male sex hormone and is essential to the development of male growth. It is responsible for promoting growth of muscle mass, increasing bone density and strength, and stimulating linear growth and bone maturation. In addition, researchers increasingly have identified T as an important factor in metabolic function and other physiological processes, including the observation that normal levels help maintain energy levels and an overall sense of well-being in men.

Approximately 20 million men in the United States between the ages of 45 and 75 years old may have deficient levels of T, defined as circulating T levels below 300 ng/dL, based upon age-based prevalence rates published in the International Journal of Clinical Practice in 2006 and the U.S. Census Bureau's 2012 population estimates.

The Endocrine Society, a professional medical organization comprised of HCPs with medical expertise in the area of hormones and related medical disorders, has published clinical guidelines identifying signs and symptoms of hypogonadism, including the following:

There are two types of hypogonadism: primary, or classical, hypogonadism and secondary hypogonadism.

Primary hypogonadism is caused by the failure (inability) of the testes to synthesize and secrete T. Causes of primary hypogonadism include Klinefelter's syndrome, a condition in which males have an extra X chromosome, testicular tumors, testicular damage, varicocele, which is an abnormal enlargement of the vein in the scrotum that drains blood from the testicles, disease-associated testicular damage, including that from mumps, certain systemic diseases, such as renal insufficiency, and exposure to alcohol in chronic excess.

Secondary hypogonadism is caused by a fault in the hypothalamic-pituitary axis that results in an inadequate gonadotropin signal to the testes to produce T. Secondary hypogonadism is relatively common among men with diseases such as type-2 diabetes and its common precursor, metabolic syndrome. For example, approximately 33%

151

Table of Contents

and 12% of men with type-2 diabetes and metabolic syndrome, respectively, are hypogonadal, according to research published in Diabetes Care in 2007 and the Journal of Andrology in 2009. Secondary hypogonadism is also associated with obesity, chronic heart disease, chronic kidney disease, asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.

U.S. TRT Market Dynamics %

U.S. sales of T-replacement therapies, currently the standard treatment for T deficiency, exceeded $1.3 billion in 2020, according to Symphony Health, and almost 8 million prescriptions for T-replacement therapies are written per year. U.S. sales represent the vast majority of global TRT sales, with injections representing 36% and gels representing 58% of the U.S. sales dollars in 2020. Injections represent 75% and gels represent 24% of all U.S. prescriptions written in 2020.

The following graph demonstrates year-over-year prescription growth in the U.S. TRT market over the last 5 years.

U.S. Annual Prescriptions and Year-over-Year Growth in the TRT Market

We believe there is potential for continued TRT market expansion. According to a study published in the Archives of Internal Medicine in 2008, only 12% of hypogonadal men, representing less than half of all men diagnosed with hypogonadism, actually receive TRT. Additionally, the overall TRT market in 2020 grew 7% over 2019, to approximately 8 million prescriptions per year, despite the COVID-19 pandemic. This followed a 6.6% growth in prescriptions in 2019 as compared to 2018. Our expectation of continued growth and penetration in the TRT market in the United States is based on a number of factors, including:

•        a growing awareness among physicians to diagnose and treat hypogonadism and willingness by patients to discuss signs and symptoms of their medical condition than in the past;

•        recognition and association by HCPs of the association of hypogonadism with other increasingly prevalent diseases, such as metabolic syndrome, type 2 diabetes, chronic renal disease and chronic heart disease;

•        the ability to easily identify low serum T levels through a simple blood test; and

•        continuing guidance from medical societies (including the Endocrine Society, American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists and American Urological Association), that clinicians measure serum T levels of patients if they present with symptoms or signs typically associated with hypogonadism.

Limitations of Existing Treatments for Hypogonadism

The U.S. TRT market is comprised primarily of non-oral T treatments, including injections, gels, topical and buccal patches, and implanted subcutaneous pellets. Each of these products is associated with different T pharmacokinetic profiles which, in turn, can lead to significant intra- and inter-patient variabilities in circulating

152

Table of Contents

T response and associated symptom relief. Furthermore, each TRT delivery route has been associated with user challenges. For example, the pain of weekly deep muscle injections, skin irritation associated with the T-patch or T-gels, risk of T transference to women and children by T-gel users, potential anaphylactic reactions observed with a long-acting depot form of TU, thrice-daily administration of a nasal T preparation, and a surgical procedure for placement of T-pellets. Consequently, there has been relatively poor patient adherence and significant ‘switching’ from one TRT to another. Missing from the available armamentarium of TRT therapies was an oral T product that was effective in meeting current T-replacement regulatory standards and one not associated with potentially serious liver toxicity. Prior to JATENZO’s approval, the only oral T-replacement product approved by FDA (over 60 years ago) was methyltestosterone — a chemical cousin of T that has been associated with serious liver toxicity and thus has been rarely prescribed. Therefore, when viewed in the historical context of TRT, we believe JATENZO offers appropriate hypogonadal patients an easy-to-use, safe and effective TRT option that was not previously available.

Prior to 2000, with the introduction of a T-gel, T was primarily available through either scrotal or non-scrotal patches, pellets, or injections. T-injections, which became the dominant mode of administration and remain so today. However, besides having pain at the injection site, intramuscular T products carry significant risk of POME and polycythemia (i.e., increase in red blood cell count) which requires monitoring by the healthcare provider.

With the introduction of a T-gel formulation in 2000, topical T administration became desirable because of its ease of use. However, over time common side effects including itching, irritation and discomfort at the application site became increasingly problematic for patients. Additionally, topical T-gels place partners and children at risk of T transference (secondary exposure to T when transferred from user to non-user (e.g., women and children)). This prompted the FDA to add boxed warnings to the labeling for T-gels relating to T transference. Despite these limitations, gels have continued to demonstrate significant market penetration.

The other approved TRT therapies have their own limitations, including gum, nasal and skin irritation and difficulty of administration (e.g., office procedure). As a result, non-oral TRT products are associated with low rates of patient compliance and adherence. More than 95,000 men change T-replacement therapies more than once per year. According to a peer-reviewed study published in the Journal of Sexual Medicine in 2013, only 31% and 14% of patients were still on gel therapy six months and 12 months, respectively, after first dosing, and only about half of those who discontinued therapy later resumed treatment.

Our Solution JATENZO

Our first commercial product, JATENZO, was approved in March 2019 by the FDA for oral TRT use in adult males for conditions associated with a deficiency or absence of endogenous, or naturally produced, T, including congenital or acquired primary and secondary hypogonadism, with a boxed warning. JATENZO was the first oral T-medicine approved by the FDA in more than 60 years, the first oral T-prodrug, and the first and only oral softgel TU TRT.

We believe JATENZO offers hypogonadal men and prescribing physicians a safe and effective oral replacement option and has a number of advantages over the currently approved replacement therapies, including:

•        Convenient Oral Dosing.    JATENZO as either one or two easy-to-swallow softgels is taken twice daily with a regular meal. We believe oral dosing is preferred by most patients, is easier to use than other TRTs currently on the market and will ultimately improve the low TRT adherence rates.

•        Normalized T Levels.    After dose adjustment (if necessary), 87% of men treated with JATENZO in our clinical trials achieved average serum T levels in the normal range. In addition, JATENZO improved the classic signs and symptoms associated with hypogonadism, including psychosexual symptoms, body mass index, fat mass and bone mineral density.

•        Avoids Administration Challenges.    Unlike other TRT products, JATENZO is an oral product and as such avoids the challenges, risks and safety issues seen with non-oral products. JATENZO avoids the risk of T transfer to partners and children that exists with gel treatment; injection site pain, risk of POME and polycythemia seen with injections, and the gum, nasal and skin irritation and difficulty of administration seen with other TRT products

•        Safety Profile.    JATENZO's overall safety profile is generally consistent with that observed in clinical trials of other FDA approved TRTs. The modest increase in systolic blood pressure observed in men treated with JATENZO is not unique and has been observed with injectable T and other oral TU products

153

Table of Contents

under development in the United States or marketed outside the U.S. Importantly, JATENZO has not been associated with liver toxicity in Phase 3 clinical testing that included patients treated with JATENZO for up to two years.

We commercially launched JATENZO in the U.S. in February 2020. In the year ended December 31, 2020, JATENZO generated net revenue of approximately $6.4 million. Despite the COVID-19 pandemic which had a profound effect on our ability to market JATENZO to HCPs, we achieved prescription growth month-over-month during the first year of our launch as a result of our increasing educational efforts and increasing commercial payer coverage.

As of December 31, 2020, JATENZO was available and covered for approximately 61% of all U.S. commercial lives. Over 65% of those covered are not required by the applicable payor to try a generic or other branded therapy before reimbursing JATENZO. This level coverage is consistent within the class of approved T-replacement products. We anticipate being able to secure additional payor coverage for JATENZO but there is no guarantee this will occur.

JATENZO is available in three capsule strengths for twice daily administration with food. In our pivotal Phase 3 trial of JATENZO, an open-label study designed to evaluate the efficacy and safety of JATENZO in adult hypogonadal male subjects referred to as the ‘inTUne trial’, JATENZO was evaluated for safety against Axiron, a then commonly prescribed topical T formulation. A total of 222 hypogonadal men were randomized, with 166 in the JATENZO group and 56 in the Axiron group. JATENZO achieved the primary endpoint, with 87% of patients treated with JATENZO achieving an average T level in the normal male range by the end of the trial period and in some cases in as little as seven days. Notably, a robust dose-titration paradigm was tested and validated such that T responses to JATENZO could be tailored to individual patient requirements if a dose adjustment was necessary. As shown graphically below, JATENZO also improved classic signs and symptoms associated with hypogonadism in the inTUne trial, including free (i.e., bioactive) T, psychosexual symptoms, body composition, and bone mineral density, each as illustrated in the figures below.

The safety profile of JATENZO was consistent with data generated in two earlier Phase 3 trials and the general safety profiles for TRT products as a therapeutic class. No liver toxicity was observed. The most common adverse events of JATENZO were headache (5%), increased hematocrit (5%), hypertension (4%), decreased HDL (3%), and nausea (2%). Each of the treatment-emergent adverse events of an increased hematocrit was considered by the investigator as mild in intensity. Compared to baseline, mean serum sex hormone binding globulin (SHBG) concentrations declined significantly in response to JATENZO but remained within the normal range after approximately 3 to 4 months of JATENZO. In parallel, concentrations of free T increased such that by the end of treatment, mean levels were significantly higher than baseline but still within the normal range. JATENZO was associated with a modest increase in average systolic blood pressure (BP) of about 3-5 mmHg — an increase consistent in magnitude with a currently marketed form of injectable testosterone. Because any increase in systolic BP increases the theoretical risk of an adverse cardiovascular event (e.g., heart attack or stroke), FDA required that JATENZO (as well as an injectable T product approved in 2018 XYOSTED) to carry a boxed warning about potential increased blood pressure. Due to this risk, the boxed warning also states that use of JATENZO is only for the treatment of men with hypogonadal conditions associated with structural or genetic etiologies. We are also required by the FDA to conduct certain post-marketing studies to assess patient understanding of key risks relating to JATENZO, evaluate adrenal function with chronic JATENZO therapy, and conduct a pediatric study of JATENZO in adolescent hypogonadal patients.

154

Table of Contents

In recent years, the FDA has mandated changes to all TRT product labeling to define the indicated uses of TRT products more explicitly and to strengthen precautions and warnings about their use. For example, language about potential cardiovascular risks, including deep vein thrombosis, now appears in TRT labeling as does a caution against TRT use in men with “age-related hypogonadism”.

We plan to explore additional potential indications for JATENZO including, for example, treatment of hypogonadal men with chronic kidney disease and as T replacement in female-to-male transgender patients. We plan to conduct small exploratory Phase 4 studies to confirm our hypotheses that JATENZO therapy in these patient populations will restore T levels to the normal male range and improve other biomarkers and symptoms associated with T deficiency. We then expect to conduct Phase 3 studies based on FDA guidance that would potentially result in expanded labeling indications for JATENZO.

We will also continue to explore commercial partnerships with outside organizations to maximize the sales and marketing potential for JATENZO. Of particular interest are establishing marketing partnerships for JATENZO in Europe, Asia and the Middle East.

Additional Product Candidates

We will seek to leverage the commercial launch of JATENZO with our sales team and commercial infrastructure to develop or acquire rights to additional complementary products or product candidates. Our business strategy is to identify complementary development and commercialization opportunities that apply our management expertise, commercial infrastructure and sales force to approved products or product candidates. Our strategy is to pursue these opportunities both on our own and with industry leading partners. We believe this strategy offers a distinct value to patients, healthcare providers, pharmaceutical partners and our stockholders.

In May 2021, we entered into a licensing agreement whereby Clarus will acquire the exclusive worldwide (excluding Australia) development and commercialization rights for HAVAH T+Ai™ (CLAR-121). CLAR-121 is a proprietary combination of testosterone (T) (natural ligand for the androgen receptor; AR) and anastrozole (an aromatase inhibitor that blocks T conversion to estradiol) delivered by a subcutaneous implant for treatment of AR-mediated breast disease that predominantly affects women. Clarus’s initial therapeutic target will be inflammatory periductal mastitis (PDM) — a painful, often debilitating inflammation of breast tissue. Clarus estimates that the annual total U.S. patient population of women with PDM is approximately 150,000. Clarus is not aware of any effective pharmaceutical intervention for PDM and intends to seek FDA Orphan Drug designation for CLAR-121 for use in the treatment of PDM. However, there can be no guarantee that FDA will grant such designation. In addition to PDM, CLAR-121 may have potential use to treat estrogen receptor-positive (ER+) breast cancer as the androgen receptor is a tumor suppressor in estrogen receptor — positive breast cancer. Of the approximately 280,000 annual cases of breast cancer in the United States, 80% of these are ER+ and 90% of ER+ breast cancers are also AR+. Significant development by Clarus will be necessary to demonstrate clinical efficacy and safety and to secure FDA approval for both of these potential uses for CLAR-121. There is no guarantee such development will be successful and result in FDA approval of CLAR-121 for either condition.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

We have built a robust internal commercial organization in the United States to market and sell JATENZO and any additional products we may develop or acquire. We have also established with a commercial outsource partner a sales force of approximately 55 representatives dedicated solely to promoting JATENZO in the United States. We intend to invest additional resources to bring our sales force in-house while expanding its national footprint. Our sales force targets high prescribing endocrinologists, urologists and primary care physicians. We believe that this approach allows us to achieve broad geographic coverage while connecting with the most valuable targets. In addition, we conduct direct outreach to hypogonadal men through paid search, social media and programmatic advertising. In April 2020, in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, we incorporated digital assets and virtual marketing into our sales force approach, including virtual sales calls, and we expect to proceed with a hybrid virtual and in-person approach moving forward. We also intend to explore additional strategies to engage both the patient and the consumer through various direct-to-consumer modalities. The launch of any future products may require further expansion of our existing sales force.

155

Table of Contents

In addition to developing our own commercial organization, we continue to evaluate distribution or co-promotion arrangements with established pharmaceutical companies that have either complimentary product offerings or with established pharmaceutical companies to expand the footprint for JATENZO.

We are considering strategic partners with demonstrated commercial capabilities to assist in obtaining marketing approval for and commercialization of JATENZO outside of the United States. We intend to seek approval and launch commercial sales of JATENZO in territories outside of the United States by establishing additional collaborations with one or more pharmaceutical company collaborators, depending on, among other things, the applicable indications, the related development costs and our available resources. In May 2014, we entered into an agreement with CBC SPVI, Ltd. (“C-Bridge”), pursuant to which we and C-Bridge agreed to make commercially reasonable efforts to jointly develop a plan for the commercial manufacture, marketing, promotion, sale, distribution, and commercial importation and exportation of JATENZO and any related products in China. As part of this agreement, C-Bridge also purchased convertible promissory notes and became an investor in our company.

We have contracted with numerous wholesale distributors, including Cardinal, McKesson Corporation and Amerisource Bergen Corporation, to distribute JATENZO to retail pharmacies. In addition to shipping our product, these distributors provide inventory and sales reports as well as other services. In exchange for these services, we pay fees to certain distributors based on a percentage of wholesale acquisition cost. We also plan to explore using alternative, non-retail channels to distribute JATENZO.

Manufacturing

We have established a comprehensive supply chain for commercial manufacture of JATENZO capsules. We rely on contract manufacturers to produce the drug substance and drug product required for our commercial supply and clinical studies. We have qualified two sources of bulk TU, entered into an exclusive manufacturing relationship for the manufacture of the softgel capsules and engaged with a commercial packager for the production of finished JATENZO capsules. All lots of drug substance and drug product used for our commercial supply and clinical studies are manufactured, packaged and labeled under cGMP. The FDA inspects manufacturing facilities periodically, with the frequency based on its assessment of risk. We have established an internal quality control and quality assurance program, including a set of standard operating procedures and specifications that we believe is cGMP-compliant.

We expect to continue to rely on third parties for our manufacturing processes and for the production of all drug substance and drug product used for our commercial supply and clinical studies of JATENZO and any other product or product candidate we may develop or acquire. We plan to continue to rely upon contract manufacturers and, potentially, collaboration partners, to manufacture commercial quantities of JATENZO and any other product we may develop or acquire, if such product is approved in Europe or in territories outside of the United States and Europe.

We have established a comprehensive supply chain for commercial manufacture of JATENZO capsules. We rely and we expect to continue to rely on third parties for our manufacturing processes and for the production of all drug substance and drug product used for our commercial supply and clinical studies of JATENZO and any other product or product candidates we may develop or acquire. We plan to continue to rely upon contract manufacturers and, potentially, collaboration partners, to manufacture commercial quantities of JATENZO and any other product we may develop or acquire, if such product is approved in Europe or in territories outside of the United States and Europe.

For the commercialization of JATENZO, we have:

•        qualified two sources of bulk TU, Pfizer and Xianju, both of which are subject to continuing FDA review and periodic inspection, and entered into a commercial supply agreement with each;

•        entered into an exclusive manufacturing agreement with Catalent for the manufacture of JATENZO softgel capsules; and

•        entered into an agreement with a commercial packager for finished JATENZO capsules.

In March 2021, we entered into a supply agreement with Pfizer (the “Pfizer Agreement”), for the bulk supply of TU. We provide Pfizer estimates of our projected supply requirements. These supply forecasts are binding for an initial period, can be altered by a certain percentage over a subsequent period and then are used only to assist with Pfizer's production planning over the final period. We have an obligation to purchase a minimum amount of TU from Pfizer, subject to an annual maximum, for the first three years of the Pfizer agreement. The price per kilogram of

156

Table of Contents

bulk TU under the Pfizer Agreement is fixed based on the total volume purchased during a calendar year. If Pfizer is unable to satisfy our delivery requirements, we may purchase more supply needs from an alternative supplier. The term of the Pfizer Agreement expires in January 2024. The Pfizer Agreement may be terminated by either party without cause upon 18 months' prior written notice or upon the other party's uncured breach of any material obligation. The Pfizer Agreement also contains customary representations and warranties, indemnification, limitation on liability, assignment, confidentiality and other provisions.

Our January 2014 agreement with Xianju (the “Xianju Agreement”) similarly requires us to project our bulk TU supply needs for the United States. Our purchase orders are then bound by each such supply forecast for an initial period, can be altered by a certain percentage over a subsequent period and then are used only to assist with Xianju's production planning over such projection's final period. The price per kilogram of bulk TU under the Xianju Agreement is fixed based on the total volume purchased in a year; however, Xianju may increase the price if there are sudden changes in economic circumstances that increase the cost of production or raw materials. In addition, Xianju may request each year that the parties renegotiate the agreed upon prices from the previous year. The Xianju Agreement had an initial term of seven years and automatically renewed for two consecutive three-year terms unless either party gives notice of non-renewal no later than six months’ prior to the expiration of any initial or renewal term. The Xianju Agreement is also terminable by either party upon the other party's bankruptcy, uncured material breach or for any changes in law or regulations that would render it impossible for a party to perform its material obligations. In the event of either non-renewal or termination, however, Xianju will continue to supply us with bulk TU on the terms of the Xianju Agreement for up to 18 months. The Xianju Agreement also contains customary representations and warranties, indemnification, limitation on liability, assignment and confidentiality provisions, as well as provisions with respect to quality control and manufacturing procedures.

The JATENZO formulation is encapsulated in a softgel form. We have chosen Catalent, a third-party manufacturer, to produce clinical trial supplies and commercial quantities of JATENZO softgel capsules. JATENZO softgel capsules come in 158 mg TU, 198 mg TU, and 237 mg TU forms. We have entered into a manufacturing agreement with Catalent (the “Catalent Agreement”), which remains in effect until March 2025, six years following the date on which the FDA approved Catalent as a manufacturer of JATENZO, and automatically renews for successive two-year periods, if not terminated one year prior to the expiration of the initial term or any then-current renewal term. Either we or Catalent may terminate the Catalent Agreement upon the other party’s bankruptcy, uncured material breach or upon 24 months’ prior written notice for convenience. In addition, Catalent may terminate the Catalent Agreement or cease performing its obligations if we fail to pay amounts within ten days of being due. We are required to purchase a minimum quantity of JATENZO softgel capsules, and we are required to pay to Catalent an annual commercial occupancy fee and an annual product maintenance fee. The unit price of capsules under the Catalent Agreement is determined based on batch size and the total volume shipped in a year. The price may be increased annually based on a market price index. The Catalent Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, indemnification, limitation on liability, assignment and confidentiality provisions.

We, along with our contract manufacturers, are subject to extensive governmental regulations, including requirements that our products be manufactured, packaged and labeled in conformity with current cGMP. The cGMP requirements govern quality control of the manufacturing process and documentation policies and procedures. The FDA typically inspects manufacturing facilities every two years. We have established an internal quality control and quality assurance program, including a set of standard operating procedures and specifications that we believe is cGMP-compliant.

Third Party Reimbursement and Pricing

In the United States and elsewhere, sales of pharmaceutical products to consumers depend to a significant degree on the availability of coverage and reimbursement by third-party payers, such as government and private insurance plans. Third-party payers increasingly are challenging the prices charged for medical products and services and implementing other cost containment mechanisms. This is especially true in markets where generic options exist. It is, and will be, time consuming and expensive for us to go through the process of maintaining or seeking reimbursement for our products from Medicaid, Medicare and commercial payers. Our products and those of our partners may not be considered cost effective, and coverage and reimbursement may not be available or sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a competitive and profitable basis, potentially resulting in contract changes with these major payers.

157

Table of Contents

Third-party payers often utilize a tiered reimbursement system, which may adversely affect demand for our products by placing them in a more expensive patient co-payment tier. Additionally, third party payers may require step edits or prior authorizations. We cannot be certain that our products will successfully be placed on the list of drugs covered by particular health plan formularies or in a more preferential position on their formularies. Third-party payers are currently demanding, and will most likely continue to demand, more aggressive pricing and rebates for favorable formulary placement. Some U.S. states have also created Medicaid preferred drug lists and include drugs on those lists only when the manufacturers agree to pay a supplemental rebate. If our products are not included on these preferred drug lists, they may be subject to prior authorization. Physicians may not be inclined to prescribe JATENZO to their Medicaid patients, and even if they do prescribe it, Medicaid may not authorize payment, thereby diminishing the potential market for our products in this market segment.

Currently, most of our prescriptions are open access, and we have negotiated agreements with several pharmacy benefits managers, including Express Scripts. We offer a co-pay assistance program to patients for JATENZO under which patients covered by commercial pharmacy benefit plans receive discounts on their prescriptions. Our JATENZO GO Co-pay Assistance Program provides financial support to most commercially insured patients to assist with out-of-pocket costs of JATENZO, such that most commercial covered patients will pay $0 for their prescription.

Similarly, in order to ensure coverage by Medicare Part D and commercial pharmacy benefit plans, we participate in certain rebate programs, which provide discounted prescriptions to qualified insured patients. Under these rebate programs, we pay a rebate to the third-party administrator of the program. We also provide discounts to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule (“FSS”) of the General Services Administration under an FSS contract negotiated by the Department of Veterans Affairs, including discounts mandated by the Veterans Health Care Act, discounted prescriptions to DoD’s Tricare retail pharmacy program, and discounts to federal grantees and safety net providers referred to as covered entities pursuant to our pharmaceutical pricing agreement with HHS and the 340B drug discount program, which is required as a condition of Medicaid coverage. Government agencies ordering under the FSS and covered entities purchase products from the wholesale distributors at the discounted price, and the wholesale distributors then charge back the difference between the current wholesale acquisition cost and the price the entity paid for the product.

Patents and Proprietary Rights

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain and protect our proprietary rights in the United States and in other countries. To do so, we will continue to rely on patents, trademarks, trade secrets, and confidentiality and other agreements to protect our proprietary rights. We intend to seek patent protection whenever appropriate for any product candidates, including methods for their manufacture and use, and related technology we develop or acquire in the future.

We have been building and continue to expand our intellectual property portfolio relating to JATENZO. We strive to protect and enhance the proprietary technologies that we believe are important to our business and seek patent protection, where appropriate, in the United States and internationally for compositions related to JATENZO, its methods of use and any other inventions that are important to the development of our business. Our policy is to actively seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other things, filing patent applications in the United States and abroad, including Europe and other major countries when appropriate, relating to proprietary technologies that are important to the development of our business.

However, patent protection may not afford us with complete protection against competitors who seek to circumvent our patents. We cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications filed by us in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents that may be granted to us in the future will be commercially useful in protecting our technology. There is also the risk, however, that third parties have patents or may obtain patents having claims that also cover JATENZO. Lipocine asserted use of JATENZO infringes its patents, and has attacked and is attacking patents and applications in our portfolio by patent interferences, see “— Legal Proceedings” subsection below.

Our success will depend significantly on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for the technologies, inventions, know-how and products we consider important to our business, defend our patents, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate our business without infringing the patents and proprietary rights of third parties.

158

Table of Contents

Our U.S. patent portfolio on JATENZO currently includes five issued patents: U.S. Patent No. 8,241,664, which expires March 2029; U.S. Patent No. 8,492,369, which expires December 2030, as well as U.S. Patent Nos. 8,778,916, 10,543,219 and 10,617,696, each of which expires in April 2030. The issued U.S. patents contain claims to both pharmaceutical compositions and methods of treatment using our proprietary pharmaceutical composition and all are listed in the FDA Orange Book: Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations. In addition, we have several patent applications pending in the United States and other countries that, if issued, will cover pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment and other features of JATENZO, and have the potential to extend patent coverage beyond 2030.

We also have issued patents covering JATENZO in Australia, Canada, China, Costa Rica, Europe, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Israel, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Philippines, Russia, Singapore, South Africa and South Korea.

Our portfolio also contains pending applications around the world, including in the United States, Brazil, Canada and Europe. These patent applications, if they were to issue, have the potential to extend the patent coverage beyond 2030.

We solely own all the issued patents and the pending patent applications in our JATENZO patent portfolio. However, one of our applications having claims covering JATENZO is presently the subject of an interference proceeding and there is risk that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office could declare other interference proceedings involving patent claims that cover JATENZO as discussed in more detail in “— Legal Proceedings” below.

TU, the active pharmaceutical ingredient in JATENZO, as well as its use for treating hypogonadism, are well known in this field. Accordingly, The TU active ingredient, standing alone, is not protected by any third party patents, although there are third party patents with claims that are alleged to cover use of TU in treating hypogonadism and the use of JATENZO as discussed in more detail in “— Legal Proceedings” below.

Competition

There are several approved T-replacement therapies on the market, as well as several therapies under review by the FDA. The TRT market is highly competitive, and our future success will depend on our ability to capture market share from currently approved therapies most notably injections and gels, the continued expansion of the TRT market, and our ability to operate freely with regard to or to preclude from competing against us several competitors who have also develop oral TU products, including Lipocine which has received tentative approval from the FDA and has alleged that JATENZO infringes certain Lipocine patents, as described in “— Legal Proceedings” below.

Injectables

Injectable T-esters (e.g., T-enanthate; T-cypionate) continue to represent the majority of the prescriptions in the TRT market. Over 5.9 million prescriptions were written for T injectables (75% of all TRT prescriptions and 36% of U.S. sales) in 2020. T-injectables are predominantly given as T-cypionate (95% of all injections) and T-enanthate (1% of all injections). Injectables have experienced significant prescription growth in the U.S. market due to overall market demand for TRT and due to their generic availability and low cost. These men receive an injection every two to three weeks, most often intramuscularly, instead of applying a daily administration of other products. We believe physicians and their hypogonadal patients perceive the primary downsides of injections to be pain at injection site and risk for POME and polycythemia (excess concentration of red blood cells). Additionally, injecting T weekly or bi-weekly is associated with wide fluctuations in serum T levels between treatment cycles. For example, in many men T levels rise above the upper limit of normal on day 1 of the injection, which may lead to undesirable side effects. Conversely, T levels often fall into the hypogonadal range before it is time for the next injection which leads to a return of undesirable symptoms.

Gels

Gels represent the second largest segment within the TRT market. Over 1.9 million prescriptions were written for gels in 2020 and represented 58% of U.S. sales in 2020. The gel-based T replacement products that are currently available include AbbVie’s AndroGel®, and Endo’s Testim® and Fortesta® along with their respective authorized generics as well as generic equivalents of each version.

159

Table of Contents

The FDA has granted a therapeutic equivalence (“TE”) rating of AB to “generic” versions of approved products which have been approved via a 505(b)(2) NDA. In July 2014, the FDA granted the AB rating to Perrigo’s 1% T-gel drug product (NDA 203098) approved in January 2013, and a BX rating to Teva’s 1% gel drug product (NDA 202763) approved in February 2012. Each are versions of AbbVie’s AndroGel 1.0% and employed 505(b)(2) submissions citing AndroGel as their reference listed drugs ("RLD"). Teva’s version was found not to be bioequivalent to AndroGel, hence the BX rating. Upsher-Smith Laboratories also received approval for a version of Endo’s Testim (Vogelxo™; NDA 204399) in June 2014 using the same pathway. In January of 2015, the FDA determined that Vogelxo™ is therapeutically equivalent to Testim and received an AB rating. In August 2015, the FDA granted AB rating to Perrigo’s 1.62% T-gel drug product (NDA 204268) which also received FDA approval in August 2015. Eli Lilly and Acrux’s Axiron had patent expiry in February 2017. On July 6, 2017, Acrux confirmed that a generic version of Axiron® Topical Solution, 30 mg/1.5 mL (T-Topical Solution, 30 mg/1.5 mL) has been launched in the United States by Perrigo Company plc. Acrux also confirmed the availability of an authorized generic version of Axiron in the United States, through a marketing and distribution agreement between Lilly and a leading authorized generics company.

Other Current T-Delivery Methods

JATENZO also competes with other TRT products such as a nasal T-gel, auto-injectable subcutaneous T, buccal T and topical T-patches, and implantable subcutaneous T-pellets.

Transdermal T-patches include Allergan’s Androderm®. An intramuscular depot form of TU also exists in branded form as Aveed® by Endo. Additionally, Endo markets the buccal TRT Striant® and the Testopel® implantable T-pellets, which it acquired from Auxilium in 2015. Antares Pharma, Inc. markets a sub-cutaneous weekly auto-injector T therapy, Xyosted. Aytu BioScience Inc. markets an intranasal T therapy, Natesto®, which it licensed from Acerus Pharmaceuticals in 2016.

Other T-Products in Development

We are aware of a number of products in clinical development that, if approved by the FDA, would compete with JATENZO.

Lipocine has developed an oral TU formulation, TLANDO®. The FDA has granted tentative market approval to TLANDO for use as a TRT in adult males for conditions associated with a deficiency or absence of endogenous T, specifically congenital or acquired primary and secondary hypogonadism. In granting tentative approval, the FDA has concluded that TLANDO has met all required quality, safety and efficacy standards necessary for approval, but TLANDO has not received final approval and is not eligible for final approval and marketing in the United States until the expiration of JATENZO’s exclusivity period which expires on March 27, 2022. Like JATENZO and XYOSTED, we expect TLANDO to also carry a boxed warning about the potential for increased blood pressure since this was observed in clinical trials conducted by Lipocine. The FDA has also required Lipocine to conduct certain post-marketing studies to assess patient understanding of key risks relating to TLANDO and evaluate adrenal function with chronic TLANDO therapy, and conduct a pediatric study.

Marius Pharmaceuticals has developed an oral T-undecanoate under the name of KYZATREX® as a TRT for the treatment of primary and secondary hypogonadism in adult men. The product was submitted to the FDA on January 5, 2021 with an expected PDUFA action date on October 31, 2021. Should KYZATREX meet all of the required quality, safety, and efficacy standards necessary for approval, we believe it will not receive a final approval or be eligible to receive final approval or marketing in the United States until the expiration, on March 27, 2022, of our Hatch-Waxman 3-year exclusivity period with respect to JATENZO. We expect KYZATREX labeling to carry boxed warning regarding the potential for increased blood pressure. We also believe that the FDA will require Marius Pharmaceuticals to assess patient understanding of key risks relating to KYZATREX, evaluate adrenal function with chronic KYZATREX therapy and conduct a pediatric study.

Mereo BioPharma Group Ltd. is currently developing BGS649, a once weekly aromatase inhibitor, for first-line therapy for the treatment of obese men with hypogonadotropic hypogonadism. BGS649 has completed Phase 2b testing.

TesoRx Pharma LLC is developing an oral ‘bio-identical’ testosterone, TSX-002, for the treatment of Constitutional Delay of Growth and Puberty. Phase 2 clinical studies have been completed. TesoRx is also developing a potential once-daily oral TU product candidate, TSX-049, as TRT for hypogonadal in men.

160

Table of Contents

Government Regulation

The FDA and comparable regulatory agencies in state and local jurisdictions and in foreign countries impose substantial requirements upon the clinical development, manufacture and marketing of pharmaceutical products. These agencies and other federal, state and local entities regulate research and development activities and the testing, manufacture, quality control, safety, effectiveness, labeling, storage, packaging, recordkeeping, tracking, approval, import, export, distribution, advertising and promotion of our products.

U.S. Government Regulation of Drug Products

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”) and its implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as the FDA’s refusal to approve a pending NDA, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties.

The process required by the FDA before product candidates may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

•        nonclinical laboratory and animal tests that must be conducted in accordance with Good Laboratory Practices;

•        submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug (“IND”), which must become effective before clinical trials may begin;

•        approval by an independent institutional review board (“IRB”) for each clinical site or centrally before each trial may be initiated;

•        adequate and well controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed product candidate for its intended use, performed in accordance with good clinical practices (“GCPs”);

•        submission to the FDA of an NDA and payment of user fees;

•        satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

•        pre-approval inspection of manufacturing facilities and selected clinical investigators for their compliance with cGMP and GCP;

•        satisfactory completion of FDA audits of clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data; and

•        FDA review and approval of an NDA to permit commercial marketing for particular indications for use.

Preclinical Studies

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of drug substance chemistry, pharmacology, toxicity and drug product formulation, as well as animal studies to assess potential safety and efficacy. Prior to commencing the first clinical trial with a product candidate, a sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests and preclinical literature, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, among other required information, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some preclinical studies may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises safety concerns or questions about the conduct of the clinical trial and imposes a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in FDA authorization to commence a clinical trial.

161

Table of Contents

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements. A separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development, as well as amendments to previously submitted clinical trials. Further, an independent IRB for each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial, its informed consent form and other communications to study subjects before the clinical trial commences at that site. The IRB must continue to oversee the clinical trial while it is being conducted, including any changes to the study plans.

Regulatory authorities, an IRB or the sponsor may suspend or discontinue a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk, the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the FDA’s or the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to subjects. Some studies also include a data safety monitoring board, which receives special access to unblinded data during the clinical trial and may advise the sponsor to halt the clinical trial if it determines that there is an unacceptable safety risk for subjects or other grounds, such as no demonstration of efficacy.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may be combined or overlap.

•        Phase 1 — Studies are initially conducted to test the product candidate for safety, dosage tolerance, structure-activity relationships, mechanism of action, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion in healthy volunteers or subjects with the target disease or condition. If possible, Phase 1 clinical trials may also be used to gain an initial indication of product effectiveness.

•        Phase 2 — Controlled studies are conducted with groups of subjects with a specified disease or condition to provide enough data to evaluate the preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages and dosing schedule and expanded evidence of safety. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expansive Phase 3 clinical trials.

•        Phase 3 — These clinical trials are generally undertaken in larger subject populations to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety in an expanded subject population at multiple clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the product and provide an adequate basis for product labeling. These clinical trials may be done at trial sites outside the United States as long as the global sites are also representative of the U.S. population and the conduct of the study at global sites comports with FDA regulations and guidance, such as compliance with GCPs. In most cases, FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. A single trial may be sufficient in rare instances, including (1) where the study is a large multicenter trial demonstrating internal consistency and a statistically very persuasive finding of a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity or prevention of a disease with a potentially serious outcome and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible or (2) when in conjunction with other confirmatory evidence.

The FDA may require, or companies may pursue, additional clinical trials after a product is approved. These so-called Phase 4 trials may be made a condition to be satisfied after approval. The results of Phase 4 trials can confirm the effectiveness of a product candidate and can provide important safety information.

Clinical trials must be conducted under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirements that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial and the review and approval of the study by an IRB. Investigators must also provide information to the clinical trial sponsors to allow the sponsors to make specified financial disclosures to the FDA. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the trial, the trial procedures, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the efficacy criteria to be evaluated and a statistical analysis plan. Information about some clinical trials, including a description of the trial and trial results, must be submitted within specific timeframes to the U.S. National Institutes of Health for public dissemination on its ClinicalTrials.gov website. Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur.

162

Table of Contents

The manufacture of investigational drugs for the conduct of human clinical trials is subject to cGMP requirements. Investigational drugs and active pharmaceutical ingredients imported into the United States are also subject to regulation by the FDA relating to their labeling and distribution. Further, the export of investigational drug products outside of the United States is subject to regulatory requirements of the receiving country, as well as U.S. export requirements under the FDCA. Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and the IRB and more frequently if serious adverse effects occur.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the product candidate, as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested, and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

Orphan Drug Designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug product as an “orphan drug” if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition (generally meaning that it affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States or more in cases in which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug product available in the United States for treatment of the disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product). A company must request orphan product designation before submitting an NDA. If the request is granted, the FDA will disclose the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential use. Orphan product designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

If a product with orphan status receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation or for a select indication or use within the rare disease or condition for which it was designated, the product generally will be receiving orphan product exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity means that the FDA may not approve any other applications for the same product for the same indication for seven years, except in certain limited circumstances. If a drug or drug product designated as an orphan product ultimately receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what was designated in its orphan product application, it may not be entitled to exclusivity. Orphan exclusivity will not bar approval of another product under certain circumstances, including if a subsequent product with the same active ingredient for the same indication is shown to be clinically superior to the approved product on the basis of greater efficacy or safety or providing a major contribution to patient care, or if the company with orphan drug exclusivity is not able to meet market demand. Further, the FDA may approve more than one product for the same orphan indication or disease as long as the products contain different active ingredients. Moreover, competitors may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity.

Special FDA Expedited Review and Approval Programs

The FDA has various programs, including fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, orphan drug designation, accelerated approval and priority review, which are intended to expedite or simplify the process for the development and FDA review of drugs that are intended for the treatment of serious or life threatening diseases or conditions and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs. The purpose of these programs is to provide important new drugs to patients earlier than under standard FDA review procedures.

Under the fast track program, the sponsor of a new drug candidate may request that FDA designate the drug candidate for a specific indication as a fast track drug concurrent with, or after, the filing of the IND for the drug candidate. To be eligible for a fast track designation, the FDA must determine, based on the request of a sponsor, that a product is intended to treat a serious or life threatening disease or condition and demonstrates the potential to address an unmet medical need. The FDA will determine that a product will fill an unmet medical need if it will provide a therapy where none exists or provide a therapy that may be potentially superior to existing therapy based on efficacy or safety factors. Fast track designation provides additional opportunities for interaction with the FDA’s review team and may allow for rolling review of NDA components before the completed application is submitted, if the sponsor

163

Table of Contents

provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing an application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. The FDA may decide to rescind the fast track designation if it determines that the qualifying criteria no longer apply.

In addition, a sponsor can request breakthrough therapy designation for a drug if it is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies are eligible for intensive guidance from the FDA on an efficient drug development program, organizational commitment to the development and review of the product, including involvement of senior managers, and, like fast track products, are also eligible for rolling review of the NDA. Both fast track and breakthrough therapy products may be eligible for accelerated approval and/or priority review, if relevant criteria are met.

Under the FDA’s accelerated approval regulations, the FDA may approve a drug for a serious or life threatening illness that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit to patients over existing treatments based upon a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. A drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post approval studies or confirm a clinical benefit during post marketing studies will allow the FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated approval regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

Once an NDA is submitted for a product intended to treat a serious condition, the FDA may assign a priority review designation if FDA determines that the product, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. A priority review means that the goal for the FDA to review an application is six months, rather than the standard review of ten months under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (“PDUFA”) goals. Under the current PDUFA performance goals, these six and ten month review periods are measured from the 60-day filing date rather than the receipt date for NDAs for new molecular entities, which typically adds approximately two months to the timeline for review from the date of submission.

Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. In addition, the manufacturer of an investigational drug for a serious or life-threatening disease is required to make available, such as by posting on its website, its policy on responding to requests for expanded access. Furthermore, fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, accelerated approval and priority review do not change the standards for approval and may not ultimately expedite the development or approval process.

NDA Submission and Review by the FDA

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical and preclinical testing, among other items, the results of product development, including chemistry, manufacture and controls, nonclinical studies and clinical trials are submitted to the FDA, along with proposed labeling, as part of an NDA. The submission of an NDA requires payment of a substantial user fee to the FDA. This user fee must be paid at the time of the first submission of the application, even if the application is being submitted on a rolling basis. Fee waivers or reductions are available in some circumstances.

In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, an NDA or supplement to an NDA for a new active ingredient, indication, dosage form, dosage regimen or route of administration must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and efficacy of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective.

164

Table of Contents

The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements.

Once the FDA receives an application, it has 60 days to review the NDA to determine if it is substantially complete to permit a substantive review, before it files the application. Once the submission is filed by the FDA, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the NDA. Under the goals agreed to by the FDA under PDUFA, the FDA has set the review goal of 10 months from the 60-day filing date to complete its initial review of a standard NDA for a new molecular entity, or NME, and make a decision on the application. For priority review applications, the FDA has set the review goal of reviewing NME NDAs within six months of the 60-day filing date. Such deadlines are referred to as the PDUFA date. The PDUFA date is only a goal and the FDA does not always meet its PDUFA dates. The review process and the PDUFA date may also be extended if the FDA requests or the NDA sponsor otherwise provides certain additional information or clarification regarding the submission during the review period that amends the original application.

The FDA reviews applications to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective for its intended use and whether the manufacturing controls are adequate to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities, including contract manufacturers and subcontracts, are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs.

The FDA must refer applications for drugs that contain active ingredients, including any ester or salt of the active ingredients, that have not previously been approved by the FDA to an advisory committee or provide in an action letter a summary of the reasons for not referring it to an advisory committee. The FDA may also refer drugs which present difficult questions of safety, purity or potency to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts who review, evaluate and make a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Once the FDA’s review of the application is complete, the FDA will issue either a Complete Response Letter (“CRL”) or approval letter. A CRL indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application is not ready for approval. A CRL generally contains a statement of specific deficiencies and provides recommendations for securing approval of the NDA. These recommendations may include additional clinical or preclinical testing or other information or analyses in order for the FDA to reconsider the application in the future. Even with the submission of additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If, or when the deficiencies have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

The FDA may delay or refuse approval of an NDA if applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, require additional testing or information, require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor safety or efficacy of a product and/or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms. For example, the FDA may require a REMS as a condition of approval or following approval to mitigate any identified or suspected serious risks and ensure safe use of the drug. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product or impose additional post-marketing requirements, based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements, FDA notification and FDA review and approval. Further, should new safety information arise, additional testing, product labeling or FDA notification may be required.

If regulatory approval of a product is granted, such approval may entail limitations on the indicated uses for which such product may be marketed or may include contraindications, warnings or precautions in the product labeling.

165

Table of Contents

The FDA may require certain contraindications and serious warnings to be placed in a box at the beginning of the labeling to highlight the information for prescribers, particularly those contraindications and warnings that may lead to death or serious injury. Once approved, the FDA may withdraw the product approval if compliance with pre- and post-marketing regulatory standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the marketplace. In addition, the FDA may require Phase 4 post-marketing studies to monitor the effect of approved products and may limit further marketing of the product based on the results of these post-marketing studies.

U.S. Post-Approval Requirements

Any products manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising, promotion, drug shortage reporting, compliance with any post-approval requirements imposed as a conditional of approval such as Phase 4 clinical trials, REMS and surveillance, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including adverse experiences.

After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual program fee requirements for approved products. Drug manufacturers and their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies and to list their drug products and are subject to periodic announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMPs and other requirements, which impose procedural and documentation requirements.

Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval or notification before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMPs and specifications and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in withdrawal of marketing approval, mandatory revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information or other limitations, imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program, among other consequences.

The FDA closely regulates the marketing and promotion of drugs. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy that are consistent with the FDA approved labeling. Physicians, in their independent professional medical judgment, may prescribe legally available products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested in clinical trials and approved by the FDA. However, manufacturers and third parties acting on their behalf are prohibited from marketing or promoting drugs in a manner inconsistent with the approved labeling. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

Failure to comply with any of the FDA’s requirements could result in significant adverse enforcement actions. These include a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as refusal to approve pending applications, license suspension or revocation, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold or termination of clinical trials, warning letters, untitled letters, modification of promotional materials or labeling, product recalls, product seizures or detentions, refusal to allow imports or exports, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, debarment, injunctions, fines, consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, refusals of government contracts and new orders under existing contracts, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties, including fines and imprisonment. It is also possible that failure to comply with the FDA’s requirements relating to the promotion of prescription drugs may lead to investigations alleging violations of federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse and other laws, as well as state consumer protection laws. Any of these sanctions could result in adverse publicity, among other adverse consequences.

U.S. Marketing Exclusivity

The FDA provides periods of non-patent regulatory exclusivity, which provides the holder of an approved NDA limited protection from new competition in the marketplace for the pharmaceutical innovation represented by its

166

Table of Contents

approved drug for a period of three or five years following the FDA’s approval of the NDA. Five years of exclusivity are available to new chemical entities (“NCEs”). An NCE is a drug that contains no active moiety that has been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An active moiety is the molecule or ion, excluding those appended portions of the molecule that cause the drug to be an ester, salt, including a salt with hydrogen or coordination bonds or other noncovalent bonds not involving the sharing of electron pairs between atoms, derivatives, such as a complex (i.e., formed by the chemical interaction of two compounds), chelate (i.e., a chemical compound) or clathrate (i.e., a polymer framework that traps molecules) of the molecule, responsible for the therapeutic activity of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review or approve an Abbreviated New Drug Application (“ANDA”) or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company that contains the previously approved active moiety. An ANDA or 505(b)(2) application, however, may be submitted one year before NCE exclusivity expires if a Paragraph IV certification is filed.

Three years of exclusivity are available for an application for a drug product containing a previously approved active moiety. To qualify for such exclusivity the NDA applicant must conduct or sponsor a new clinical investigation that FDA determines is essential to the approval of the application. Three-year exclusivity prevents the approval of an ANDA or a 505(b)(2) NDA for a drug product containing the same active moiety for the protected conditions of approval. The scope of any three-year exclusivity granted by the FDA is determined on a case-by-case basis and depends on several factors, including the FDA’s analysis of the scope of the new clinical investigations essential to approval conducted or sponsored by the applicant. JATENZO was awarded 3-year new product marketing exclusivity by the FDA. This exclusivity expires on March 27, 2022.

A drug can also obtain pediatric market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric study in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a study. We may be able to provide data supporting the use of JATENZO in a pediatric population if invited to do so by the FDA. If we do so, and this data is deemed acceptable by the FDA, we may receive an additional six-month extension of any unexpired exclusivity and an additional six-month regulatory exclusivity that the FDA recognizes at the end of a patent term.

Controlled Substances

The CSA and its implementing regulations establish a “closed system” of regulations for controlled substances. The CSA imposes registration, security, recordkeeping and reporting, storage, manufacturing, distribution, importation and other requirements under the oversight of the DEA. The DEA is the federal agency responsible for regulating controlled substances, and requires those individuals or entities that manufacture, import, export, distribute, research, or dispense controlled substances to comply with the regulatory requirements in order to prevent the diversion of controlled substances to illicit channels of commerce.

The DEA categorizes controlled substances into one of five schedules — Schedule I, II, III, IV or V — with varying qualifications for listing in each schedule. Schedule I substances by definition have a high potential for abuse, have no currently accepted medical use in treatment in the United States and lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision. Pharmaceutical products having a currently accepted medical use that are otherwise approved for marketing may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V substances, with Schedule II substances presenting the highest potential for abuse and physical or psychological dependence, and Schedule V substances presenting the lowest relative potential for abuse and dependence.

Facilities that manufacture, distribute, import or export any controlled substance must register annually with the DEA. The DEA registration is specific to the particular location, activity(ies) and controlled substance schedule(s).

The DEA inspects all manufacturing facilities to review security, recordkeeping, reporting and handling prior to issuing a controlled substance registration. The specific security requirements vary by the type of business activity and the schedule and quantity of controlled substances handled. Required security measures commonly include background checks on employees and physical control of controlled substances through storage in approved vaults, safes and cages, and through use of alarm systems and surveillance cameras. Once registered, manufacturing facilities must maintain records documenting the manufacture, receipt and distribution of all controlled substances. Manufacturers must submit periodic reports to the DEA of the distribution of Schedule I and II controlled substances, Schedule III narcotic substances, and other designated substances. Registrants must also report any controlled substance thefts or significant losses, and must obtain authorization to destroy or dispose of controlled substances.

167

Table of Contents

The states also maintain separate controlled substance laws and regulations, including licensing, recordkeeping, security, distribution, and dispensing requirements. State authorities, including boards of pharmacy, regulate use of controlled substances in each state. Failure to maintain compliance with applicable requirements, particularly as manifested in the loss or diversion of controlled substances, can result in enforcement action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal prosecution.

Regulation outside the United States

We will be subject to similar foreign laws and regulations concerning the development of our product candidates outside of the United States.

Other Healthcare Laws

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Our business operations and any current or future arrangements with third-party payors, healthcare providers and physicians may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we develop, market, sell and distribute any drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. In the United States, these laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, false claims, physician transparency and patient data privacy and security laws and regulations, including but not limited to those described below.

•        The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, paying, receiving or providing any remuneration (including any kickback, bride or certain rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid; a person or entity need not have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. On November December 20, 2020, the HHS Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) finalized published further modifications to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Under the final rules, OIG added safe harbor protections under the Anti-Kickback Statute for certain coordinated care and value-based arrangements among clinicians, providers, and others. These rule (with exceptions) became effective January 19, 2021. Pursuant to an order entered by the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, the portion of the rule eliminating safe harbor protection for certain rebates related to the sale or purchase of a pharmaceutical product from a manufacturer to a plan sponsor under Medicare Part D has been delayed to January 1, 2023. Implementation of the this change and new safe harbors for point-of-sale reductions in price for prescription pharmaceutical products and pharmacy benefit manager service fees are currently under review by the Biden administration and may be amended or repealed;

•        The federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act (“FCA”), which prohibit individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false, fictitious or fraudulent; knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false statement or record material to a false or fraudulent claim or obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government; or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. In addition, the government may assert that a claim that includes items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. The FCA also permits a private individual acting as a “whistleblower” to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging violations of the FCA and to share in any monetary recovery;

168

Table of Contents

•        The federal civil monetary penalties laws, which impose civil fines for, among other things, the offering or transfer or remuneration to a Medicare or state healthcare program beneficiary if the person knows or should know it is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner or supplier of services reimbursable by Medicare or a state health care program, unless an exception applies;

•        HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for knowingly and willfully executing a scheme or attempting to execute a scheme, to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense or falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity need not have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

•        HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which imposes, among other things, specified requirements on covered entities and their business associates relating to the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information including mandatory contractual terms and required implementation of technical safeguards of such information. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates in some cases, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions;

•        The Physician Payments Sunshine Act, enacted as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the “ACA”) which imposed new annual reporting requirements for certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, for certain payments and “transfers of value” provided to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by such physicians and their immediate family members. In addition, many states also require reporting of payments or other transfers of value, many of which differ from each other in significant ways, are often not pre-empted and may have a more prohibitive effect than the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, thus further complicating compliance efforts. Effective January 1, 2022, these reporting obligations will extend to include transfers of value made and investment and ownership interested held in the previous year to certain non-physician providers such as physician assistants and nurse practitioners; and

•        Analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party-payors, including private insurers, and may be broader in scope than their federal equivalents; state and foreign laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers; state and foreign laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to drug pricing and payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers and restrict marketing practices or require disclosure of marketing expenditures and pricing information; state and local laws that require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; state and foreign laws that govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances. These data privacy and security laws may differ from each other in significant ways and often are not pre-empted by HIPAA, which may complicate compliance efforts.

In addition, pharmaceutical manufacturers may also be subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws and regulations, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and that potentially harm consumers.

The distribution of drugs and biological products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

169

Table of Contents

The full scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform. Federal and state enforcement bodies have continued to increase their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other related governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, individual imprisonment, disgorgement, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, reputational harm, additional oversight and reporting obligations if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar settlement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to similar actions, penalties and sanctions. Ensuring business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities, can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert a company’s attention from its business.

Coverage and Reimbursement

In the United States and markets in other countries, patients who are prescribed treatments for their conditions and providers performing the prescribed services generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the associated healthcare costs. Thus, even if a product candidate is approved, sales of the product will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors, including government health programs in the United States such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations, provide coverage and establish adequate reimbursement levels for, the product. In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products and services and imposing controls to manage costs. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the approved products for a particular indication.

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, a company may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. Additionally, companies may also need to provide discounts to purchasers, private health plans or government healthcare programs. Nonetheless, product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost effective. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician utilization once the product is approved and have a material adverse effect on sales, our operations and financial condition. Additionally, a third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and reimbursement for the product and the level of coverage and reimbursement can differ significantly from payor to payor.

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments and the prices of products have been a focus in this effort. At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit a company’s revenue generated from the sale of any approved products. Coverage policies and third-party payor reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which a company or its collaborators receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

170

Table of Contents

Healthcare Reform

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and likely will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system directed at broadening the availability of healthcare, improving the quality of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. For example, in March 2010, Congress enacted the ACA, which, among other things, included changes to the coverage and payment for products under government health care programs. The ACA included provisions of importance to our potential product candidate that:

•        created an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic products, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs;

•        expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to certain individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing a manufacturer’s Medicaid rebate liability;

•        expanded manufacturers’ rebate liability under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program by increasing the minimum rebate for both branded and generic drugs and revising the definition of “average manufacturer price,” (“AMP”) for calculating and reporting Medicaid drug rebates on outpatient prescription drug prices;

•        addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

•        expanded the types of entities eligible for the 340B drug discount program;

•        established the Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program by requiring manufacturers to provide point-of-sale-discounts off the negotiated price of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period as a condition for the manufacturers’ outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; and

•        created a Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

Since its enactment, there have been numerous judicial, administrative, executive, and legislative challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future. Various portions of the ACA are currently undergoing legal and constitutional challenges in the United States Supreme Court and members of Congress have introduced several pieces of legislation aimed at significantly revising or repealing the ACA. The United States Supreme Court is expected to rule on a legal challenge to the constitutionality of the ACA in 2021. The implementation of the ACA is ongoing, the law appears likely to continue the downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs. Litigation and legislation related to the ACA are likely to continue, with unpredictable and uncertain results.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, included aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2030 unless additional Congressional action is taken. These reductions have been suspended from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021, extended the suspension period to March 31, 2021. An Act to Prevent Across-the-Board Direct Spending Cuts, and for Other Purposes, signed into law on April 14, 2021, has extended the suspension period to December 31, 2021. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Moreover, payment methodologies may be subject to changes in healthcare legislation and regulatory initiatives. For example, CMS may develop new payment and delivery models, such as bundled payment models. In addition,

171

Table of Contents

recently there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their commercial products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted state and federal legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for pharmaceutical products. For example, at the federal level, the previous administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2021 included a $135 billion allowance to support legislative proposals seeking to reduce drug prices, increase competition, lower out-of-pocket drug costs for patients and increase patient access to lower-cost generic and biosimilar drugs. On March 10, 2020, the previous administration sent “principles” for drug pricing to Congress, calling for legislation that would, among other things, cap Medicare Part D beneficiary out-of-pocket pharmacy expenses, provide an option to cap Medicare Part D beneficiary monthly out-of-pocket expenses and place limits on pharmaceutical price increases. Further, the previous administration previously released a “Blueprint” to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contained proposals to increase drug manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products and reduce the out of pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers. HHS has solicited feedback on some of these measures and has implemented others under its existing authority. For example, in May 2019, CMS issued a final rule to allow Medicare Advantage Plans the option of using step therapy, a type of prior authorization, for Part B drugs beginning January 1, 2020. This final rule codified CMS’s policy change, which was effective as of January 1, 2019. Although a number of these and other measures may require additional authorization to become effective, Congress and the Biden administration have each indicated that they will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare and other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. In addition, individual states in the United States have also increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, it is possible that additional governmental action is taken to address the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, on April 18, 2020, CMS announced that qualified health plan issuers under the ACA may suspend activities related to the collection and reporting of quality data that would have otherwise been reported between May and June 2020 given the challenges healthcare providers are facing responding to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

On May 30, 2018, the Right to Try Act was signed into law. The law, among other things, provides a federal framework for certain patients to access certain investigational new drug products that have completed a Phase 1 clinical trial and that are undergoing investigation for FDA approval. Under certain circumstances, eligible patients can seek treatment without enrolling in clinical trials and without obtaining FDA permission under the FDA expanded access program. There is no obligation for a drug manufacturer to make its drug products available to eligible patients as a result of the Right to Try Act.

Outside the United States, ensuring coverage and adequate payment for a product also involves challenges. Pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to government control in many countries. Pricing negotiations with government authorities can extend well beyond the receipt of regulatory approval for a product and may require a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of a product to other available therapies. The conduct of such a clinical trial could be expensive and result in delays in commercialization.

The Hatch-Waxman Amendments to the FDC Act

Orange Book Listing

In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA information on each patent whose claims cover the applicant's drug product, drug substance, or an approved method of using the drug. Upon approval of a drug, information on each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA's Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Drugs listed in the Orange Book can, in turn, be cited by potential generic competitors in support of approval of an ANDA. Generally, an ANDA provides for marketing of a drug product that has the same active ingredients in the same strengths and dosage form as the listed drug and has been shown through bioequivalence testing to be therapeutically equivalent to the listed drug. Other than the requirement for bioequivalence testing, ANDA applicants are not required

172

Table of Contents

to conduct, or submit results of, pre-clinical or clinical tests to prove the safety or effectiveness of their drug product. Drugs approved in this way are commonly referred to as "generic equivalents" to the listed drug and can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the original listed drug.

The ANDA applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patent information listed in the Orange Book for the approved product. Specifically, the applicant must certify that: (i) the required patent information has not been filed; (ii) the listed patent has expired; (iii) the listed patent has not expired but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; (iv) the listed patent is invalid or will not be infringed by the proposed ANDA product or (v) that there are no relevant patents. The ANDA applicant may also elect to submit a section viii statement certifying that its proposed ANDA label does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of-use rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent. If the ANDA applicant does not challenge the listed patents, the ANDA will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product's listed patents, or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable, is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

The ANDA also will not be finally approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired. Drugs listed in the Orange Book can also be cited by Section 505(b)(2) NDA applicants who must make relevant patent certifications as described above for ANDA applicants.

To date, no Paragraph IV certification has been filed relative to JATENZO.

Non-Patent Exclusivities

JATENZO was awarded 3-year new product marketing exclusivity by the FDA. This exclusivity expires on March 27, 2022.

In the United States, FDA-approved products also may be eligible for 6-month pediatric exclusivity which could extend not only any unexpired non-patent exclusivities, but also the effective term of an Orange Book-listed patent, provided the FDA decides to award pediatric exclusivity on a date that is not less than nine months prior to the expiration of any patent or non-patent exclusivity. We may be able to provide data supporting the use of JATENZO in a pediatric population if invited to do so by the FDA. If we do so, and this data is deemed acceptable by the FDA, we may receive an additional six-month extension of any unexpired exclusivity and an additional six-month regulatory exclusivity that the FDA recognizes at the end of a patent term.

Employees

As of June 30, 2021, we had 16 full-time employees. Two of our employees have Ph.D. degrees and one is an MD. Three of our employees hold MBAs. None of our employees is represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

We lease our office spaces, which consist of 2,728 square feet located at 555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340, Northbrook, Illinois and 1,130 square feet located at 745 South Church Street, Suite 407, Mufreesboro, Tennessee. Our Northbrook, Illinois lease expires December 31, 2021 and our Mufreesboro, Tennessee lease expires September 2022. We believe our current office space is sufficient to meet our needs until the expiration of our lease and we expect to have additional space reserved sufficient to meet our needs prior to this expiration.

173

Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

On April 2, 2019, an action for patent infringement was filed against us by Lipocine in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware. The lawsuit (Civil Action No. 19-622) sought a declaratory judgement of infringement under 35 U.S.C. § 271(a)-(c) arising from our intent to market and sell JATENZO, based on the FDA’s approval of JATENZO in March 2019. Lipocine alleged that we infringed certain claims in each of four U.S. Patents: U.S. Patent No. 9,034,858, U.S. Patent No. 9,205,057, U.S. Patent No. 9,480,690 and U.S. Patent No. 9,757,390. Lipocine sought reasonable royalty monetary damages, pre-judgment interest, post-judgment interest, and attorneys’ fees, and costs and disbursements, and injunctive relief.

Clarus has asserted defenses of noninfringement, invalidity under 35 U.S.C. §§ 103 and 112, as well as inequitable conduct, patent misuse and exceptional case. Clarus’s motion for summary judgment of invalidity under Section 112 was argued on January 15, 2021, and was granted on May 25, 2021, the decision finding all asserted claims invalid for failure to satisfy the written description requirement. Clarus has requested the Court to schedule a bench trial on Clarus’s counterclaims of inequitable conduct, patent misuse, and exceptional case at the earliest practicable date, pursuant to the Court’s invitation to make such a request, and is awaiting the Court’s response.

On January 4, 2021, an interference (No. 106,128) was declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office between our U.S. Patent Application No. 16/656,178 and Lipocine’s U.S. Patent Application No. 16/818,779. This proceeding (Interference No. 106,128 (DK)) is currently pending. The claims at issue in the interference cover uses of JATENZO and TLANDO. The involved Lipocine patent application, however, contains claims we believe cover the use of TLANDO and not JATENZO nor its FDA-approved use. We believe that we would not need a license from Lipocine, nor that we would be liable for any damages, based solely on the outcome of the pending interference, as we do not believe the involved Lipocine patent claims in this interference covers JATENZO or its FDA-approved use.

There is also risk that other interference proceedings could be declared that involve Lipocine patent applications and/or patents and claims that cover JATENZO interference. And while two interferences were previously decided against us, Lipocine has not tried to assert patent claims issued to it as a result of prevailing in those interferences against us, and we believe these claims do not cover JATENZO. In the event our beliefs turn out to be incorrect, or future declared interferences involving claims that cover JATENZO are not resolved in our favor, we may need to obtain a license from Lipocine. Such a license may not be available or may be available only on terms not favorable to us. This could also have a material adverse effect on us.

The litigation and interference are also expensive and consume significant time and resources.

174

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF CLARUS

Clarus’s current directors and executive officers are listed below.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Executive Officers

       

Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D.

 

66

 

Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board

Richard Peterson

 

53

 

Chief Financial Officer

Steven A. Bourne

 

59

 

Chief Administrative Officer, Secretary and Treasurer

Frank Jaeger

 

51

 

Chief Commercial Officer

Jay Newmark, M.D.

 

60

 

Chief Medical Officer

Non-Management Directors:

       

Elizabeth A. Cermak(1)

 

63

 

Director

Mengjiao Jiang

 

40

 

Director

Bruce C. Robertson, Ph.D.

 

58

 

Director

James E. Thomas

 

60

 

Director

Alex Zisson

 

52

 

Director

Mark A. Prygocki, Sr.(1)

 

55

 

Director

____________

(1)      Member of the audit committee.

Executive Officers

Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D. has served as Clarus’s Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the board of directors since February 2004. Prior to that, from 2001 to 2003, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Anagen Therapeutics, Inc., a private biopharmaceutical company. From 1994 to 1999, he held several senior level executive positions at Unimed Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Unimed”), a public company acquired by Solvay Pharmaceuticals in 1999, and from 1999 to 2001 he served as Unimed’s President and Chief Executive Officer and was a member of its board of directors, during which time Unimed received FDA approval for and launched AndroGel. Dr. Dudley received a B.S. in Biology from Pepperdine University, Seaver College, an M.S. in Biology from University of New Mexico, and a Ph.D., with honors, in Pharmacology and Toxicology from the University of Kansas School of Medicine. Dr. Dudley is also a board-certified toxicologist. Dr. Dudley’s experience as a scientist with a leading role in commercializing the market leading T-replacement therapy, coupled with an insider’s perspective his role as our Chief Executive Officer brings to board discussions, provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Richard Peterson has served as Clarus’s Chief Financial Officer since February 2021. Prior to joining Clarus, Mr. Peterson served as Chief Financial Officer for several clinical stage biopharmaceutical companies, most recently at Botanix Pharmaceutical, Ltd. (ASX:BOT) (from August 2019 to May 2020). Prior to this role, Mr. Peterson served as Chief Financial Officer at Dermavant Sciences Inc. (from March 2018 to February 2019), Sienna Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company (Nasdaq:SNNA) (“Sienna”) (from March 2017 to March 2018), and Novan, Inc. (Nasdaq:NOVN) (“Novan”) (from September 2015 to March 2017). Mr. Peterson also served as Chief Financial Officer of Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation (“Medicis”), a commercial pharmaceutical company from June 1995 to December, 2012. Under Mr. Peterson’s leadership, Novan and Sienna completed successful initial public offerings. While at Medicis, he played an integral role in guiding the company’s tremendous growth, which resulted in its acquisition for $2.6 billion by Valeant Pharmaceuticals International. Mr. Peterson began his career with PricewaterhouseCoopers, after receiving a degree in accountancy from Arizona State University.

Steven A. Bourne has served as Clarus’s Chief Administrative Officer since February 2021 and as its Secretary and Treasurer since February 2004. He previously served as Clarus’s Chief Financial Officer from February 2004 to February 2021. Prior to that, from 2002 to 2003, he served as Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer at Anagen Therapeutics, Inc., a private biopharmaceutical company. Further, Mr. Bourne served as Controller, Secretary and Treasurer of Aksys, Ltd., a public medical device company, from 1996 to 2001. Mr. Bourne received a B.S. in Accounting from Miami University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Frank Jaeger has served as Clarus’s Chief Commercial Officer since September 2019. At Clarus, Mr. Jaeger is responsible for all commercial matters of sales, marketing, commercial operations and market access for JATENZO.

175

Table of Contents

Prior to his joining Clarus, Mr. Jaeger served as the Regional Sales Director at AbbVie Inc. (NYSE:ABBV) from January 2014 to August 2019, where he was responsible for sales of AndroGel and Synthroid for the West Region in the Metabolics division. Mr. Jaeger received a B.A. in Psychology and an M.A. in Clinical Psychology from the University of Illinois at Chicago and he received a M.B.A. from the Lake Forest Graduate School of Management.

Jay Newmark, M.D. has served as Clarus’s Chief Medical Officer since December 2019. Prior to joining Clarus, Dr. Newmark was an independent urologist in private practice for 16 years, establishing himself as a leading voice in men’s health. Dr. Newmark served as Senior Director of Medical Affairs (Medical Diagnostics) at Genomic health from April 2018 to August 2019 and Senior Director of Medical Affairs (Medical Diagnostics) at OPKO Health (Nasdaq:OPK) from to August 2014 to April 2018, and has worked closely with both commercial development organizations and academic researchers to design clinical trial protocols and co-author publications in oncology and urology. Dr. Newmark received his M.D. from the University of Michigan Medical School and completed his residency in urology at The Johns Hopkins Hospital. Dr. Newark also holds an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

Non-Management Directors

Elizabeth A. Cermak has served as a member of Clarus’s board of directors since July 2014. Ms. Cermak also serves on the board of directors of Moleculin Biotech, Inc. (Nasdaq: MBRX) and the board of directors of QUE Oncology, a private company. She has also served on the board of directors of SteadyMed Therapeutics (Nasdaq: STDY) from 2015 to 2018, a public company acquired by United Therapeutics. From 2009 to 2013, Ms. Cermak was the Chief Commercial Officer and Executive Vice President at POZEN, now Aralez Pharmaceuticals. As Chief Commercial Officer at POZEN, Ms. Cermak developed the commercial strategy and launch plans for the Company's first self-marketed product, and signed licensing deals with Johnson & Johnson, Desitin, and Sanofi. Prior to joining POZEN, Ms. Cermak worked at Johnson & Johnson for 25 years, serving most recently as World-Wide Vice President Personal Products Franchise and Vice President Professional Sales & Marketing. Ms. Cermak received a B.A. in accounting and Spanish from Franklin & Marshall College and an M.B.A. from Drexel University. Ms. Cermak’s robust business experience, with a focus in life science companies, including public companies, provides her with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Mengjiao Jiang has served as a member of Clarus’s board of directors since May 2014. Since December 2013, she has served as Managing Partner of C-Bridge Capital Partners LLC, an investment management firm, which she co-founded. Prior to that, Ms. Jiang served from March 2012 to December 2013 as Chief Operating Officer and Director in the Principal Investments Group of Far East Horizon Ltd., a leasing company in China. Ms. Jiang previously was Managing Director at the Shanghai-based investment manager, ARC China, where she established its China operations, from March 2008 to June 2012. Ms. Jiang received a B.A. in economics and political science from Wellesley College. Ms. Jiang's business background, coupled with her investment management, mergers and acquisitions and investment banking experience, particularly in China, provides her with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Bruce C. Robertson, Ph.D. has served as a member of Clarus’s board of directors since November 2007. Since 2005, he has served as a Managing Director at H.I.G. BioHealth Partners (“H.I.G.”), a venture capital firm, where he focuses on investment opportunities in the life sciences sector, including biopharmaceuticals, medical devices, and diagnostics. Prior to joining H.I.G., Dr. Robertson served as a Managing Director at Toucan Capital, a venture capital fund focusing on life science investments. Before Toucan, he was a General Partner at GIV Venture Partners. Before his venture capital career, Dr. Robertson held operating roles in R&D and business development with IGEN International and W.R. Grace & Co. Dr. Robertson currently serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies and organizations, including Apollo Endosurgery, RxSight, CardioFocus, Iconic Therapeutics, Augmedics, the University of Delaware Research Foundation and BioLife Fund of Virginia’s Center for Innovative Technology. Dr. Robertson holds a B.S.E. in Chemical Engineering and a B.A. in Mathematics from the University of Pennsylvania, a Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Delaware, and an M.B.A. with High Distinction from Harvard Business School. Dr. Robertson’s scientific background and business experience, coupled with his experience as a venture capitalist advising life science and technology companies, provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

James E. Thomas has served as a member of Clarus’s board of directors since February 2004. Since 2002, he has been a Partner at Thomas, McNerney, a venture capital firm focused on investments in healthcare, which he co-founded. Prior to that, he headed the medical technology private equity practice at Warburg Pincus LLC. From 2010 to 2019, Mr. Thomas served on the board of directors of CAS Medical Systems, Inc., a public company. Mr. Thomas received a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and received

176

Table of Contents

an M.Sc. in Economics from the London School of Economics. Mr. Thomas's venture capital experience in the life sciences industry, including his service on the boards of other companies, provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Alex Zisson has served as a member of Clarus’s board of directors since February 2004. Since January 2016, Mr. Zisson has been a Managing Director at H.I.G. BioHealth Partners, focusing on pharmaceuticals, genetics, drug delivery and specialty pharma and biotechnology. Prior to this role, from 2002 to 2016, he served as a Venture Investor and Partner at Thomas, McNerney, where he focused on investment opportunities in the life sciences sector. Prior to that, Mr. Zisson spent 11 years in the research department at Hambrecht & Quist, an investment bank (and its successor firms Chase H&Q and JPMorgan H&Q), from 1991 to 2002, including serving as Managing Director from 1997 to 2002 and as the firm's Health Care Strategist following the merger of Chase H&Q and JPMorgan. Mr. Zisson also serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies, including Leiters Pharmacy, Neurana Pharmaceuticals, Taconic Biosciences and BioVectra Inc. Mr. Zisson received an A.B. in History from Brown University. Mr. Zisson's experience as a healthcare strategist combined with his experience in investing in life science companies provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Mark A. Prygocki, Sr. has served as a member of Clarus’s board of directors since July 2014. From January 2017 until January 2020, he served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of Illustris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., (“Illustris”) a privately held bio-development company. Prior to joining Illustris, Mr. Prygocki worked at Medicis for more than 20 years and served most recently at Medicis as President from 2010 to 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Prygocki held several senior-level positions at Medicis, including Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. Since 2012, Mr. Prygocki has served as a consultant to the pharmaceutical and retail industries through his consulting company. Mr. Prygocki’s previous experience includes work at Citigroup, an investment banking firm, in the regulatory reporting division and several years in the audit department of Ernst & Young, LLP. Mr. Prygocki currently serves on the board of directors of Verrica Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: VRCA), since 2018 and is Chairman of its audit committee. Mr. Prygocki also served on the board of directors of Revance Therapeutics, Inc. within the last five years. He is certified by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Prygocki serves on the board of Whispering Hope Ranch Foundation, a non-profit organization that assists children with special needs. Mr. Prygocki holds a B.A. in accounting from Pace University. Mr. Prygocki’s operating experience and financial expertise in the life science companies provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

177

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF CLARUS

The following discussion and analysis of Clarus’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Clarus’s financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those made, projected or implied in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere particularly in the “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” sections of this proxy statement/prospectus.

Overview

Clarus is a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the commercialization of JATENZO, the first and only oral T-replacement, or T-replacement therapy (“TRT”) of its kind that has received final approval by the FDA. The Company believes that current users of TRT are not satisfied with their current options and desire a therapeutic that is safe, effective and more convenient. Clarus’s primary goal for JATENZO is for it to become the preferred choice for TRT among men with hypogonadism — T deficiency accompanied by an associated medical condition. In parallel, the Company’s broader vision is for Clarus to become a profitable specialty pharmaceutical company initially focused on the development and commercialization of T and metabolic therapies for men and women.

Clarus’s corporate objectives include maximizing the commercial success of JATENZO in the United States and internationally by making it the preferred choice for TRT for men with hypogonadism, expanding its research and development portfolio with additional metabolic therapies for men and women and sourcing new technologies through its business development efforts.

Clarus believes JATENZO offers hypogonadal men and prescribing physicians a safe and effective oral replacement option and has a number of advantages over the currently approved replacement therapies, including:

CONVENIENT

•        Easy-to-swallow softgel taken BID with food (twice daily)

•        Dose adjustable

EFFECTIVE

•        87% of men achieved T levels in normal range

•        Restored T levels to mid-normal range

SAFE

•        Safety profile consistent with TRT class

•        No liver toxicity — JATENZO bypasses first-pass hepatic metabolism; liver toxicity not observed in clinical studies of up to 2 years duration.

In March 2019, the Company’s first commercial product, JATENZO, was approved by the FDA as a TRT for the treatment of adult men with hypogonadism due to certain medical conditions. JATENZO is the first oral T therapy approved by the FDA in more than 60 years. JATENZO is a T-ester prodrug created by the linkage of T with the fatty acid undecanoic acid to form T-undecanoate (“TU”). Once absorbed, TU, an inactive version of T, is converted by natural enzymes in the body to bioactive T. In February 2020, the Company commenced U.S. commercial sales of JATENZO and, as of December 31, 2020, JATENZO was available under health plans representing approximately 61% of U.S. commercial insured lives. Of these patients, 65% had access to JATENZO without having to try another T product first (e.g., generic or other branded option). For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 and year ended December 31, 2020, JATENZO generated net revenues of approximately $2.3 million, $0.9 million and $6.4 million, respectively, demonstrating consistent month over month prescription and sales growth despite the commercial challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. In August 2019, the FDA granted 3-year Hatch-Waxman market exclusivity to JATENZO, which prevents the FDA from granting full market approval to similar new drugs or generic competitors of JATENZO until March 27, 2022.

178

Table of Contents

Since the beginning of Clarus’s operations in 2004, Clarus has focused primarily on developing and progressing JATENZO through clinical development, organizing and staffing Clarus, research and development activities, raising capital and commercial launch activities. Clarus has one product approved for sale, JATENZO, as of March 31, 2021. Clarus has funded operations primarily with proceeds from the sale of convertible preferred stock and debt through convertible and senior secured notes, including a royalty obligation. Through March 31, 2021, Clarus has received gross proceeds of $104.2 million from investors in Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, gross proceeds of $68.5 million from investors in Clarus’s issued convertible debt and gross proceeds of $49.1 million from investors in issued senior secured notes and related royalty obligation.

In April 2021, upon announcement of the Merger, Clarus’s convertible note holders and senior secured noteholders agreed to provide $25.0 million in additional capital to Clarus following the contemplation and announcement of the Merger until its close. All such proceeds will convert to shares of Blue Water common stock at a price of $10.00 per share at the merger Closing. Through the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, Clarus has received $17.8 million of the $25.0 million in additional capital from the sale of private placement convertible notes.

Since inception, Clarus has incurred significant operating losses and has experienced negative operating cash flows. Clarus’s net loss was $15.4 million and $11.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and net income of $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to net loss of $41.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Clarus had an accumulated deficit of $341.2 million and $325.8 million, respectively. Clarus expects to continue to generate operating losses and negative operating cash flows for the foreseeable future if and as it:

•        continues to commercialize JATENZO in the United States for the treatment of adult males with a deficiency or absence of endogenous T;

•        incurs sales and marketing costs to support the commercialization of JATENZO;

•        pays royalties related to Clarus’s senior secured notes agreement only until such time as the Merger closes;

•        incurs contractual manufacturing costs for JATENZO;

•        implements post-approval requirements related to JATENZO;

•        actively pursues additional indications and line extensions for JATENZO for the treatment of adult males with a deficiency or absence of endogenous T;

•        seeks to attract and retain new and existing skilled personnel;

•        invests in measures to protect and expand Clarus’s intellectual property;

•        seeks to discover and develop additional product candidates;

•        seeks to in-license or acquire additional product candidates for other medical conditions;

•        adapts Clarus’s regulatory compliance efforts to incorporate requirements applicable to marketed products;

•        maintains, expands and protects Clarus’s intellectual property portfolio;

•        hires additional clinical, manufacturing and scientific personnel;

•        adds operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support Clarus’s product development and planned future commercialization efforts;

•        creates additional infrastructure to support operations as a public company and incur increased legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses; and

•        experiences delays or encounters issues with additional outbreaks of the pandemic in addition to any of the above.

179

Table of Contents

Clarus expects to incur significant expenses related to developing an internal commercialization capability to support product sales, marketing and distribution. Furthermore, upon the closing of the proposed Merger, Clarus expects to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that it did not incur as a private company.

As a result, Clarus will need substantial additional funding to support its continuing operations and pursue its growth strategy. Until such time as it can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, Clarus expects to finance its operations through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, which may include collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. To the extent that Clarus raises additional capital through the sale of private or public equity or convertible debt securities, existing ownership interests will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of its equity holders. Private and public equity offerings and debt financings, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting Clarus’s ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making acquisitions or capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If Clarus raises additional funds through collaborations or other strategic transactions with third parties, it may have to relinquish valuable rights to its technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or drug candidates, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to Clarus. Clarus may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. If it fails to raise capital or enter into such agreements as and when needed, Clarus may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the commercialization efforts of its product, JATENZO, and/or any product portfolio expansion.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with a commercial stage pharmaceutical company and its efforts to grow its business by means of product and business development, Clarus is unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when or if it will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Clarus began product sales in 2020, and if it fails to become profitable or is unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, it may be unable to continue its operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce or terminate its operations.

Clarus expects to continue to incur significant and increasing expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future. These factors raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management believes that its existing cash and cash equivalents of $7.4 million as of March 31, 2021, will not be sufficient to fund Clarus’s operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months without additional capital. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

COVID-19 Business Update

The business disruptions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic had a significant negative impact on Clarus’s financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020. Management expects that the public health actions being undertaken to reduce the spread of the virus, and that will have to be undertaken again in the event of a resurgence of the virus, will create significant disruptions to Clarus with respect to: (i) the demand for its products, (ii) the ability of its sales representatives to reach healthcare customers, (iii) its ability to maintain staffing levels to support its operations, (iv) its ability to continue to manufacture certain of its products, (v) the reliability of its supply chain and (vi) its ability to achieve the financial covenants required by the senior secured notes agreement. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will impact Clarus’s business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the duration of the outbreak, travel restrictions and social distancing in the United States and other countries, business closures or business disruptions and the effectiveness of actions taken in the United States and other countries to contain and treat the disease.

Clarus is closely monitoring the evolving impact of the pandemic on all aspects of its business. Clarus has implemented a number of measures designed to protect the health and safety of its employees, support its customers and promote business continuity. Clarus is also actively reviewing and implementing cost-saving measures including discontinuing or delaying all non-essential services and programs and instituting controls on travel, events, marketing and clinical studies to adapt the business plan for the evolving COVID-19 challenges.

180

Table of Contents

Clarus expects to have an adequate supply of JATENZO through the remainder of 2021. Clarus is working closely with its third-party manufacturers, distributors and other partners to manage its supply chain activities and mitigate potential disruptions to product supplies as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Proposed Business Combination Transaction

On April 27, 2021, Blue Water executed a definitive merger agreement with Clarus, which will result in Blue Water acquiring 100% of Clarus’s issued and outstanding equity securities. The proposed Merger is expected to be accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization” in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under the reverse recapitalization model, the Business Combination will be treated as Clarus issuing equity for the net assets of Blue Water, with no goodwill or intangible assets recorded. Under this method of accounting, Blue Water will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination is primarily based on the fact that subsequent to the Business Combination, Clarus’s stockholders are expected to have a majority of the voting power of the Combined Entity, Clarus will comprise all of the ongoing operations of the Combined Entity, it will comprise a majority of the governing body of the Combined Entity, and Clarus’s senior management will comprise all of the senior management of the Combined Entity. As a result of the proposed Business Combination, Blue Water will be renamed Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. The boards of directors of both Blue Water and Clarus have approved the proposed merger transaction. Completion of the transaction, which is expected to occur by the third quarter of 2021, is subject to approval of Blue Water stockholders and the satisfaction or waiver of certain other customary closing conditions.

As a result of the Business Combination, the Combined Entity will operate under the current Clarus management team upon the Closing. Dr. Dudley will serve as the Combined Entity’s Chief Executive Officer and President. Frank Jaeger, Clarus’s Chief Commercial Officer, and the architect of AndroGel 1.62%’s sales and marketing efforts that resulted in annual peak sales of over $1 billion, will continue to lead commercialization efforts for JATENZO. Mr. Jaeger has built a team with vast experience in the TRT field. Kimberly Murphy, former VP, Global Vaccines Commercialization (Influenza) at GSK will join Clarus’s board as Chairperson after the Closing.

In conjunction with the Merger Agreement, Clarus’s convertible note holders and senior secured noteholders agreed to provide $25.0 million in additional capital to Clarus following contemplation and announcement of the merger until its closing. All such proceeds will convert to shares of Blue Water common stock at a price of $10.00 per share at the merger closing. Through the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, Clarus has received $17.8 million of the $25.0 million in additional capital from the sale of private placement convertible notes.

Subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the merger (the “Effective Time”), Clarus’s Series D Convertible Notes including principal and interest and the shares of Clarus’s redeemable convertible Series D Preferred Stock, including accumulated dividends, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be converted into shares of the Combined Entity’s common stock. Certain of Clarus’s Senior Note lenders will receive 1,500,000 million shares of the Combined Entities common stock in exchange for $10.0 million reduction in Senior Note debt outstanding at the close of the Business Combination. All other Clarus preferred stock, common stock and stock options will be cancelled and extinguished at the Effective Time. Completion of the Business Combination is subject to approval of Blue Water stockholders and the satisfaction or waiver of certain other customary closing conditions.

Components of Clarus’s Results of Operations

Product Revenue

Clarus did not generate any product revenue from inception until 2020. Clarus’s first commercial product, JATENZO, was approved by the FDA, as a treatment for adult males with a deficiency or absence of endogenous testosterone, in March 2019 and became commercially available in February 2020.

Total revenue consists of net sales of JATENZO. Net sales represent the gross sales of JATENZO less provisions for product sales discounts and allowances. These provisions include trade allowances, rebates to government and commercial entities, copay costs and other customary sales discounts. Although Clarus expects net sales to increase over time, the provisions for product sales discounts and allowances may fluctuate based on the mix of sales to different customer segments and/or changes in accrual estimates. For further discussion of the components of revenue see “— Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates.”

181

Table of Contents

Cost of Product Sales

Cost of product sales includes manufacturing and distribution costs, the cost of the drug substance, FDA program fees, royalties due to third parties on net product sales, freight, shipping, handling, storage costs and salaries of employees involved with production. Clarus began capitalizing inventory upon FDA approval of JATENZO. A portion of the inventory sold during the year ended December 31, 2020 was produced prior to FDA approval and, therefore, expensed previously as research and development expense in 2019 in the amount of $0.7 million.

Clarus expects that its cost of product sales will increase moderately in the near term as it ramps up production to meet anticipated demand for JATENZO.

The shelf life of JATENZO is thirty months from the date of manufacture, with earliest expiration of current inventory expected to be November 2021. Due to the low rate of inventory turnover generated by Clarus’s commercial launch efforts for JATENZO during a global pandemic, Clarus recorded a reserve for inventory obsolescence of $7.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2020. Absent this charge, the gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.8 million and $5.5 million, respectively. Clarus will continue to assess obsolescence in future periods as demand for JATENZO and the rate of inventory turnover evolves.

Operating Expenses

Selling and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of commercialization expenses related to JATENZO, commercially launched in February of 2020. Prior to the commercial launch, Clarus had significantly lower selling and marketing expenses. Clarus anticipates that its sales and marketing expenses will increase in 2021 as it continues to expand its commercialization of JATENZO.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses, such as salaries, stock-based compensation, benefits and travel expenses for personnel in executive, legal, finance and accounting, human resources, and other administrative departments. General and administrative expenses also consist of office leases, and professional fees, including legal, tax and accounting and consulting fees.

Clarus anticipates that its general and administrative expenses will increase in the future to support continued commercialization efforts, ongoing and future potential research and development activities, and increased costs of operating as a public company. These increases will likely include increased costs related to the hiring of additional personnel and fees paid to outside consultants, lawyers and accountants, among other expenses. Additionally, Clarus anticipates increased costs associated with being a public company, including expenses related to services associated with maintaining compliance with the requirements of Nasdaq and the SEC, insurance and investor relations costs.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses have primarily been limited to clinical trials, and chemistry, manufacturing, and controls (“CMC”), and CMC activities related to JATENZO. Clarus expenses research and development costs as incurred, which include:

•        salaries, benefits and other related costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for personnel engaged in research and development functions;

•        costs of manufacturing and pharmaceutical development expense related to JATENZO; and

•        costs of outside consultants, including their fees and related travel expenses engaged in research and development functions.

Clarus currently has one product, JATENZO, and does not currently track internal research and development expenses on an indication-by-indication basis as they primarily relate to personnel, early research and consumable costs, which are deployed across multiple programs. A significant portion of research and development costs are external costs, such as fees paid to consultants, central laboratories, contractors, contract manufacturing organizations,

182

Table of Contents

contract research organizations and companies that manufacture clinical trial materials and potential future commercial supplies. Inventory acquired prior to receipt of the marketing approval of JATENZO was recorded as research and development expense as incurred. Clarus began capitalizing the costs associated with the production of JATENZO after the FDA approval in March 2019.

Clarus’s research and development expenses are expected to increase in the foreseeable future. Specifically, Clarus’s costs will increase as it conducts additional clinical trials for JATENZO and conducts further developmental activities for its pipeline programs.

Total Other Income (Expense), Net

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability and Derivative Liability

Change in fair value of warrant liability relates to the change in value of Clarus’s liability-classified Series D Preferred Stock warrants and convertible notes derivative liability, which were recognized in connection with Clarus’s equity financing and certain borrowing arrangements. Such instruments will no longer require remeasurement at fair value option upon completion of the Business Combination. As the fair value of Series D convertible notes and Series D warrants at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 was less than the Series D Preferred Stock issuance price of $4.50, the fair value of the derivative liability and warrant liability was reduced to zero.

Interest Income

Interest income related to Clarus’s operating bank accounts, including money market funds.

Interest Expense

Interest expense related to Clarus’s convertible notes, senior secured notes and debt discount amortization.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020

The following table summarizes Clarus’s results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

   
   

2021

 

2020

 

Change

Net product revenue

 

$

2,330

 

 

$

897

 

 

$

1,433

 

Cost of product sales

 

 

367

 

 

 

7,968

 

 

 

(7,601

)

Gross profit (loss)

 

 

1,963

 

 

 

(7,071

)

 

 

9,034

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

7,937

 

 

 

4,949

 

 

 

2,988

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,605

 

 

 

3,209

 

 

 

396

 

Research and development

 

 

1,210

 

 

 

952

 

 

 

258

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(10,789

)

 

 

(16,181

)

 

 

5,392

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (expense) income, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability and derivative, net

 

 

 

 

 

6,453

 

 

 

(6,453

)

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

(14

)

Interest expense

 

 

(4,640

)

 

 

(2,180

)

 

 

(2,460

)

Total other (expense) income, net

 

 

(4,460

)

 

 

4,287

 

 

 

(8,927

)

Net loss

 

$

(15,429

)

 

$

(11,894

)

 

$

(3,535

)

183

Table of Contents

Net Product Revenue

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, Clarus recorded $2.3 million of net product revenue, which increased by $1.4 million from $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase in net revenue is related to the timing of when JATENZO became commercially available for sale. Clarus did not begin commercially selling JATENZO within the United States until February 2020, following FDA approval in March 2019.

Cost of Product Sales

Cost of sales was $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, which decreased by $7.6 million, from $8.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The decrease in cost of sales is related to a reserve for inventory obsolescence of $7.8 million recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2020.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses were $7.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, which increased by $3.0 million, from $4.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

•        A $1.9 million increase in outsourced advertising and promotion costs; and

•        a $0.7 million increase in commercial analytic costs; and

•        a $0.3 million increase in patient assistance costs associated with increased sales volume.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses were $3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, which increased by $0.4 million, from $3.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

•        A $0.6 million increase in personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to an increase headcount and external consultants; and

•        a $0.3 million decrease in consulting and professional fees, primarily due to a decrease in legal fees related to patents.

•        a $0.1 million increase in insurance fees, related to directors and officers insurance.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses were $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, which increased by $0.3 million from $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

•        A $0.8 million increase in costs related to phase IV studies related to the development of JATENZO, Clarus’s lead commercial product.

•        a $0.5 million decrease in costs related to research and development consulting services.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Total other expense, net was $4.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, compared to income of $4.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The decrease of $8.9 million was primarily related to a $6.5 million decrease in the change in fair value of the warrant liability and derivative and an increase in interest expense of $2.5 million, related to an increase of $0.1 million in interest incurred with related parties and an increase of $2.3 in interest incurred with third parties.

184

Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

The following table summarizes Clarus’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

   
   

2020

 

2019

 

Change

Net product revenue

 

$

6,369

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,369

 

Cost of product sales

 

 

8,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,687

 

Gross loss

 

 

(2,318

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,318

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

29,515

 

 

 

7,374

 

 

 

22,141

 

General and administrative

 

 

11,937

 

 

 

7,414

 

 

 

4,523

 

Research and development

 

 

3,407

 

 

 

3,088

 

 

 

319

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(47,177

)

 

 

(17,876

)

 

 

(29,301

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability and derivative, net

 

 

66,891

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

66,878

 

Interest income

 

 

25

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

(54

)

Interest expense

 

 

(15,394

)

 

 

(23,866

)

 

 

8,472

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

51,522

 

 

 

(23,774

)

 

 

75,296

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

4,345

 

 

$

(41,650

)

 

$

45,995

 

Net Product Revenue

Clarus began commercially selling JATENZO within the United States in February 2020, following FDA approval in March 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, Clarus recorded $6.4 million of net product revenue. For further discussion regarding Clarus’s revenue recognition policy, see Note 2 to Clarus’s audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Cost of Product Sales

Cost of sales was $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Cost of sales consisted of $0.9 million related to the actual cost of units sold and a reserve for inventory obsolescence of $7.8 million. Based on Clarus’s policy to expense costs associated with the manufacture of its products prior to regulatory approval, raw material costs of $0.6 million used to manufacture JATENZO that were recognized as revenue during the year ended December 31, 2020 were expensed prior to the March 2019 FDA approval and, therefore, are not included in cost of sales during the period.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses were $29.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which increased by $22.1 million, from $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

•        A $21.8 million increase in commercialization costs, primarily due to an increase in outsourced commercial costs of $21.1 million and an increase of patient assistance program costs of $0.5 million; and

•        a $0.3 million increase in 3PL distribution fees.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses were $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which increased by $4.5 million, from $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

•        A $2.2 million increase in personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to an increase headcount and external consultants; and

185

Table of Contents

•        a $2.2 million increase in consulting and professional fees, including legal, business development, accounting and audit fees.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses were $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which increased by $0.3 million from $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

•        A $0.6 million increase in outside consulting costs; and

•        a $0.3 million decrease in costs related to the development of JATENZO, Clarus’s lead commercial product, specifically due to the decreased clinical and manufacturing expenses after JATENZO was commercially available in February 2020.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Total other income, net was $51.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to an expense of $23.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase of $75.3 million was primarily related to a $66.9 decrease in the change in fair value of the warrant liability and derivative and a decrease in interest expense of $8.4 million, related to a decrease of $17.1 million in interest incurred with related parties and an increase of $8.7 in interest incurred with third parties.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

Since inception, Clarus has incurred significant operating losses, has experienced negative operating cash flows and has accumulated significant accrued liabilities. Clarus’s net loss was $15.4 million and $11.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and net income of $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to net loss of $41.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Clarus had an accumulated deficit of $341.2 million and $325.8 million, respectively. Clarus expects to continue to generate operating losses and negative operating cash flows for the foreseeable future. As a result, absent the Business Combination and depending on the level of related redemptions, Clarus will need substantial additional funding to support its continuing operations and pursue its growth strategy. Until such time as it can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, Clarus expects to finance its operations through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, which may include collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions.

Convertible Promissory Notes

On various dates from 2016 to 2021, Clarus entered into note purchase agreements, pursuant to which Clarus borrowed an aggregate of $68.5 million from related party investors as of March 31, 2020. The carrying value of all convertible notes as of March 31, 2021 was $83.5 million. In April, May and June 2021, the Company entered into additional note purchase agreements pursuant to which the Company borrowed an aggregate of $17.8 million from existing investors. All convertible notes have the option to convert into Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $4.50.

In March 2021, $3.4 million of the Company’s convertible notes converted into 747,451 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the option of the noteholder. At the date of conversion, the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Convertible Notes were $2.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

Senior Secured Notes

On March 12, 2020, Clarus issued and sold senior secured notes to certain lenders not related to Clarus. Gross proceeds from the senior secured notes were $50.0 million and Clarus received $42.7 million in net proceeds after deducting the original issue discount, interest reserve and transaction expenses.

186

Table of Contents

The senior secured notes also have a detachable royalty feature under which the lenders receive a royalty of 0.56% to 1.67% on net sales beginning in 2021, with the royalty obligation continuing until the lenders receive total royalty payments of approximately $24.2 million. Proceeds were used to finance the commercial launch of JATENZO in 2020.

On March 17, 2021, Clarus entered into a forbearance agreement with noteholders in relation to the senior secured notes. Clarus was unable to and did not pay interest of $3.1 million due on March 1, 2021. If Clarus is unable to secure the funds to repay its debt as of March 31, 2021, all investors have the right to exercise all remedies available under the indenture to receive the funds due.

Under the forbearance agreement, in exchange for the investors’ agreement not to exercise their rights to retrieve the funds owed, Clarus was required to maintain cash and cash equivalents of at least $2.5 million amongst other financial budgeting and reporting requirements until consummation of the Business Combination. Under the forbearance agreement, the forbearance period would automatically terminate if certain conditions, including the execution of the Merger Agreement, did not occur on or prior to April 15, 2021.

On April 14, 2021, Clarus entered into a written consent to update the terms of its forbearance agreement. Per the written consent, the forbearance period would not be terminated on April 15, 2021, provided that Clarus, amongst other things, executed the Merger Agreement and provided financial reporting requirements by April 27, 2021. The noteholders have also agreed to provide additional capital under certain circumstances to Clarus for operations up to $10.0 million under such time of the Business Combination of which $5.0 million is included in the $25.0 million interim funding prior to closing of the Business Combination.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes Clarus’s cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 and the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

 

Years Ended December 31,

   

2021

 

2020

 

2020

 

2019

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(7,042

)

 

$

(14,078

)

 

$

(41,580

)

 

$

(19,715

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(59

)

 

 

(63

)

 

 

(21

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

7,184

 

 

 

47,220

 

 

 

47,220

 

 

 

18,360

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

131

 

 

$

33,083

 

 

$

5,577

 

 

$

(1,376

)

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $7.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, reflecting net loss of $15.4 million, offset by a net change of $3.6 million in net operating assets and non-cash charges of $4.8 million. The non-cash charges primarily consist of non-cash interest expense on debt financings and the royalty obligation, stock-based compensation expense and depreciation. The change in net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in inventory of $2.2 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $0.8 million, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.3 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $4.1 million and an increase in accrued expenses of $2.8 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $14.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, reflecting a net loss of $11.9 million, offset by a net change of $2.0 million in net operating assets and non-cash charges of $4.2 million. The non-cash charges primarily consist of the change in fair value of the warrant liability and derivative liability, non-cash interest expense on debt financings and the royalty obligation, stock-based compensation expense and depreciation. The change in net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable of $1.6 million, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $3.5 million, a decrease in accrued expenses of $0.6 million, partially offset by an decrease in inventory of $3.3 million, an increase in accounts payable of $2.9 million an increase in deferred revenue of $0.3 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $41.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, reflecting net income of $4.3 million, offset by a net change of $17.2 million in net operating assets and non-cash charges of $63.1 million. The non-cash charges primarily consist of the change in fair value of the warrant and derivative liabilities, non-cash interest expense on debt financings and the royalty obligation, stock-based compensation expense

187

Table of Contents

and depreciation. The change in net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in inventory of $1.1 million, an increase in accounts payable of $7.7 million, an increase in accrued expenses of $2.9 million, an increase in deferred revenue of $1.2 million and an increase in accrued interest included in debt and royalty obligation of $9.5 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $4.4 million and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.8 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $19.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, reflecting a net loss of $41.7 million, offset by a net change of $2.3 million in net operating assets and non-cash charges of $24.2 million. The non-cash charges primarily consist of interest expense on convertible notes, beneficial conversion feature and derivatives stock compensation expense. The change in net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in inventory of $7.0 million and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.9 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $5.6 million.

Investing Activities

During the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, Clarus used approximately $11,000 and $59,000, respectively, of cash in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment.

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, Clarus used approximately $62,000 and $21,000, respectively, of cash in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

During the three months ended March 31, 2021, net cash provided by financing activities was $7.2 million, related to $7.2 million of proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes payable.

During the three months ended March 31, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $47.2 million, primarily related to $49.1 million of gross proceeds received from the issuance of senior notes and related royalty obligation, and $1.6 million of gross proceeds received from the issuance of convertible note, partially offset by debt issuance costs paid of $3.5 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $47.2 million, primarily related to $49.1 million of gross proceeds received from the issuance of senior notes and related royalty obligation, and $1.6 million of gross proceeds received from the issuance of convertible note, partially offset by debt issuance costs paid of $3.5 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities was $18.4 million, primarily related to gross proceeds received from the issuance of convertible notes.

Funding Requirements

Clarus’s primary use of cash is to fund operating expenses, primarily related to its selling and marketing activities associated with the commercialization of JATENZO and its research and development activities. Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of when Clarus pays these expenses, as reflected in the change in its outstanding accounts payable, accrued expenses and prepaid expenses. Until such time, if ever, Clarus can generate substantial product revenues, it expects to finance its cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. Clarus’s ability to raise additional capital may be adversely impacted by potential worsening global economic conditions and the recent disruptions to, and volatility in, the credit and financial markets in the United States and worldwide resulting from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. To the extent that Clarus raises additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, ownership interests of existing stockholders may be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect Clarus’s existing stockholders’ rights. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting Clarus’s ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

If funding permits, Clarus would expect its expenses to increase substantially in connection with its ongoing activities, particularly as it advances the commercialization of its product JATENZO. In addition, upon the closing of the Business Combination, Clarus expects to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that it did not incur as a private company.

188

Table of Contents

Going Concern

Clarus expects as a standalone private entity, that its revenue generated from the sales of JATENZO along with existing cash and cash equivalents of $7.4 million as of March 31, 2021 will not be sufficient to fund its operating expenses in order to maximize the commercial launch of JATENZO and capital expenditure requirements for twelve months from March 31, 2021. Since its inception, Clarus has devoted substantially all its efforts to business planning, clinical development, commercial planning and raising capital. Clarus has incurred losses since inception and has an accumulated deficit of $341.2 million as of March 31, 2021, including $97.9 million of cumulative accretion on its Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”), Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”), Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) and Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series D Preferred Stock”) (collectively, “Preferred Stock”), and $98.4 million of cumulative non-cash interest related to previously issued convertible notes. Clarus is also in forbearance on its March 12, 2020 senior secured notes as it was unable to maintain at least $10.0 million in cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of each calendar month beginning December 2020 and was unable to pay the required $3.1 million interest payment due in March 2021. In accordance with the related forbearance agreement, Clarus will need to maintain at least $2.5 million of cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of each calendar month until the proposed Business Combination (see below).

Clarus is seeking to complete a proposed business combination transaction with Blue Water, described above and within Note 15, Subsequent Events, to its financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. In addition, current Clarus stakeholders will invest an additional $25.0 million in Clarus following the contemplation and announcement of this transaction. Through the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, Clarus has received $17.8 million of the $25.0 million in additional capital from the sale of private placement convertible notes. In addition to pursuing consummation of the Business Combination and the related investment, Clarus plans to seek additional funding through the expansion of its commercial efforts to grow JATENZO and its operating cash flow, business development efforts to out-license JATENZO internationally, equity financings, debt financings such as the secured notes, or other capital sources including collaborations with other companies or other strategic arrangements with third parties. There can be no assurance that these future financing efforts will be successful.

If Clarus is unable to obtain funding or generate operating cash flow, Clarus will be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of its product portfolio expansion or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects, or Clarus may be unable to continue operations. Although management continues to pursue these plans, there is no assurance that Clarus will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to Clarus to fund continuing operations, if at all. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of Clarus’s stockholders.

Working Capital

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with research, development and commercialization of JATENZO and the Company’s research and development portfolio, Clarus is unable to estimate the exact amount of its working capital requirements. Its future funding requirements will depend on and could increase significantly as a result of many factors, including:

•        The costs, timing and ability to manufacture JATENZO;

•        the costs of future activities, including product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution of JATENZO;

•        the costs of manufacturing commercial-grade product and necessary inventory to support continued commercial launch;

•        the costs of potential milestones related to license agreements;

•        the ability to receive additional non-dilutive funding, including grants from organizations and foundations;

•        the revenue from commercial sale of its products;

•        the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, obtaining, maintaining, expanding and enforcing its intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims; and

•        its ability to establish and maintain collaborations on favorable terms, if at all.

189

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes Clarus’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020, and the effects such obligations are expected to have on Clarus’s liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):

Contractual obligation

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

More than
1 year and less
than 3

 

More than
3 years and less
than 5

 

More than
5 years

Convertible promissory notes

 

$

61,300

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

61,300

Interest on convertible promissory notes(1)

 

 

31,090

 

 

6,545

 

 

7,090

 

 

7,680

 

 

9,776

Senior secured notes

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

7,500

 

 

15,000

 

 

27,500

Interest on senior secured notes(2)

 

 

20,938

 

 

6,250

 

 

6,250

 

 

4,844

 

 

3,594

Operating lease obligations(3)

 

 

111

 

 

95

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

Catalent Agreement purchase obligation

 

 

15,466

 

 

3,639

 

 

3,639

 

 

3,639

 

 

4,549

Total

 

$

178,904

 

$

16,529

 

$

24,494

 

$

31,163

 

$

106,719

____________

(1)      Clarus has borrowed $61.3 million using convertible promissory notes which have a stated interest rate of 8% and mature on March 1, 2025.

(2)      Clarus has borrowed $50.0 million through issuing its senior secured notes that bear interest at 12.5% and mature on March 1, 2025.

(3)      Clarus has an operating lease agreement for its office space.

The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts.

Purchase Obligations

In July 2009, Clarus entered into a commercial manufacturing agreement, as amended, with Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC (the “Catalent Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Catalent Agreement, Clarus must make minimum annual purchases of JATENZO softgel capsules, through the initial term, or March 2025. Any shortfall between the minimum annual purchase quantities and actual purchases will be multiplied by a unit price, as defined in the Catalent Agreement, and paid to Catalent within 30 days of any year-end that the minimum purchase requirement is not met. Clarus has not made any payments to Catalent as a result of a shortfall in minimum purchase quantities. The Catalent Agreement renews automatically for two-year periods and either party may terminate the contract upon twelve months, written notice. Purchases under the Catalent Agreement were $3.3 million, $2.8 million, $3.2 million and $5.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 and the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The table above includes future minimum payments under the Catalent Agreement.

Clarus entered into a product supply agreement with Pharmacia & Upjohn Company LLC, or Pfizer (the “Pfizer Agreement”), effective January 1, 2021. Pursuant to the terms of the Pfizer Agreement, Clarus must make minimum annual purchases of T-undecanoate equal to approximately $1.8 million per year, through the initial term, or January 2024. If there is a shortfall between the minimum annual purchase quantities and actual purchases, the difference between the minimum annual purchase amount and actual purchases will be paid to Pfizer by Clarus. There were no purchases under the Pfizer Agreement during the three months ended March 31, 2021.

Lease Commitments

Clarus has entered into operating leases for rental space in Northbrook, Illinois and Murfreesboro, Tennessee that extend into December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022, respectively. The table above includes future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable lease arrangements.

190

Table of Contents

Clarus enters into contracts in the normal course of business with clinical trial sites, clinical and commercial supply manufacturers, and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination after a notice period, and, therefore, are cancelable contracts and not included in the table above.

Long-Term Debt Commitments

As discussed above and in Note 7 of Clarus’s financial statements appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, Clarus has both convertible promissory notes and senior secured notes that are included in the table above.

License Agreement Commitments

In May 2021, the Company entered into a license agreement (the “HavaH Agreement”) with HavaH Therapeutics, or HavaH, an Australia-based biopharmaceutical company developing androgen therapies for inflammatory breast disease and certain forms of breast cancer. Under the HavaH Agreement, the Company will acquire the development and commercialization rights for HavaH T+Ai, to be renamed CLAR-121.

Under the terms of the licensing agreement, HavaH may be eligible for up to $10.8 million in potential development and regulatory milestone payments. Additionally, HavaH would be eligible for a royalty payments and up to $30.0 million in potential commercial milestones.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Clarus’s management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on its financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of the Clarus’s financial statements and related disclosures requires Clarus to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, costs and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in its financial statements. Clarus bases its estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Clarus evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Clarus’s actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While Clarus’s significant accounting policies are described in greater detail in Note 2 to its financial statements appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, Clarus believes that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

In accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Clarus performs the following five steps to recognize revenue under ASC 606: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. Clarus only recognizes revenue when it is probable that it will collect the consideration to which it is entitled in exchange for the goods or services that will be transferred to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, Clarus assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determine those that are performance obligations. Clarus then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. Clarus has determined that the delivery of its product to its customer constitutes a single performance obligation as there are no other promises to deliver goods or services. Shipping and handling activities are considered fulfillment activities and are not considered to be a separate performance obligation. Clarus has assessed the existence of a significant financing component in the agreements with its customers. The trade payment terms with its customers do not exceed one year and therefore, no amount of consideration has been allocated as a financing component. Taxes collected related to product sales are remitted to governmental authorities and are excluded from revenue.

191

Table of Contents

Net Product Sales

Clarus began selling JATENZO in February 2020, in the United States through a 3PL which takes title and control of the goods. The 3PL distributes the product to wholesale distributors (collectively the “Distributors”), with whom Clarus has entered into formal agreements for delivery to retail pharmacies. Clarus has also entered into arrangements with payors that provide government mandated and/or privately negotiated rebates, chargebacks and discounts for the purchase of Clarus’s products.

Clarus recognizes revenue on sales of JATENZO when the customer obtains control of the product, which occurs at a point in time, typically upon delivery. Product revenues are recorded at the product’s wholesale acquisition costs, net of applicable reserves for variable consideration that are offered within contracts between Clarus and its customers, wholesale distributors, payors, and other indirect customers relating to the sale of JATENZO. Components of variable consideration include government and commercial contract rebates, product returns, chargebacks, commercial co-payment assistance program transactions and distribution services fees. These deductions are based on the amounts earned or to be claimed on the related sales and are classified as a current liability or reduction of receivables, based on expected value method and a range of outcomes and are probability weighted in accordance with ASC 606.

The amount of variable consideration which is included in the transaction price may be constrained and is included in the net sales price only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of the cumulative revenue recognition under contracts will not occur in a future period. Clarus’s analyses contemplate the application of the constraint in accordance with ASC 606. Actual amounts of consideration ultimately received may differ from its estimates. If actual results in the future vary from its estimates, Clarus will adjust these estimates, which would affect net product revenue and earnings in the period such variances become known.

Transaction Price and Variable Consideration

Clarus utilizes the expected value method when estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price with respect to each of the foregoing variable components. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price only to the extent it is probable that a significant revenue reversal will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. The variable component of the transaction price is estimated based on factors such as Clarus’s direct and indirect customers’ buying patterns and the estimated resulting contractual deduction rates, historical experience, specific known market events and estimated future trends, current contractual and statutory requirements, industry data, estimated customer inventory levels, current contract sales terms with Clarus’s direct and indirect customers and other competitive factors. Clarus subsequently reviews its estimates for sales deductions based on new or revised information that becomes available to us and make revisions to Clarus’s estimates if and when appropriate, which would affect product revenue and earnings in the period such variances become known.

Co-payment Assistance

Clarus offers co-payment assistance to commercially insured patients meeting certain eligibility requirements. The calculation of the accrual for co-payment assistance is based on an estimate of claims and the cost per claim that Clarus expects to receive associated with product that has been recognized as revenue.

Rebates

Clarus establishes contracts with wholesalers, chain stores and indirect customers that provide for rebates, sales incentives, DSA fees and other allowances. Some customers receive rebates upon attaining established sales volumes. Direct rebates are generally rebates paid to direct purchasing customers based on a percentage applied to a direct customer’s purchases from us, including fees paid to wholesalers under distribution service agreements. Indirect rebates are rebates paid to indirect customers that have purchased Clarus’s products from a wholesaler under a contract with Clarus.

Clarus is subject to discount obligations under state Medicaid programs and Medicare. For example, Clarus is required to provide a discount to patients who fall within the Medicare Part D coverage gap, also referred to as the donut hole. Clarus also pays Medicaid rebates owed based upon contractual agreements or legal requirements with public sector (Medicaid) benefit providers after the final dispensing of the product by a pharmacy to a benefit plan participant. Medicaid reserves are based on expected payments, which are driven by patient usage, contract

192

Table of Contents

performance and field inventory that will be subject to a Medicaid rebate. Medicaid rebates are typically billed up to 180 days after the product is shipped, but can be as much as 270 days after the quarter in which the product is dispensed to the Medicaid participant. Periodically, Clarus adjusts the Medicaid rebate provision based on actual claims paid. Due to the delay in billing, adjustments to actual claims paid may incorporate revisions of this provision for several periods. Because Medicaid pricing programs involve particularly difficult interpretations of complex statutes and regulatory guidance, Clarus’s estimates could differ from actual experience.

Clarus also enters into contracts with certain private payor organizations, primarily insurance companies, for the payment of rebates with respect to utilization of Clarus’s product.

Rebate reserves are recorded in the same period the related revenue is recognized, resulting in a reduction of product revenue and the establishment of a current liability which is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the balance sheets. Clarus’s liability for these rebates consists of invoices received for claims from prior quarters that have not been paid or for which an invoice has not yet been received, estimates of claims for the current quarter, and estimated future claims that will be made for product that has been recognized as revenue, but which remains in the distribution channel inventories at the end of each reporting period.

In determining Clarus’s estimates for rebates, it considers the terms of its contracts and relevant statutes, together with information about sales mix (to determine which sales are subject to rebates and the amount of such rebates), historical relationships of rebates to revenues, past payment experience, estimated inventory levels of Clarus’s customers and estimated future trends. Changes in the level of utilization of Clarus’s product through private or public benefit plans and GPOs will affect the amount of rebates that Clarus owes.

Product Returns

Consistent with industry practice, Clarus maintains a return policy that allows customers to return product within a specified period prior to and subsequent to the product expiration date. Generally, a product may be returned for a period beginning six months prior to its expiration date and up to one year after its expiration date. The right of return expires on the earlier of one year after the product expiration date or the time that the product is dispensed to a patient. Returns are settled through the issuance of a credit to the customer. Clarus calculate sales returns using the expected value method. Sales returns are recorded in accrued expenses and as a reduction of revenue.

In determining Clarus’s estimates for returns, Clarus is required to make certain assumptions regarding the timing of the introduction of new products and the potential of these products to capture market share. In addition, Clarus makes certain assumptions with respect to the extent and pattern of decline associated with generic competition. To make these assessments, Clarus utilizes market data for similar products as analogs for its estimations. Clarus uses its best judgment to formulate these assumptions based on past experience and information available to Clarus at the time. Clarus continually reassesses and make appropriate changes to its estimates and assumptions as new information becomes available to Clarus.

Clarus’s estimate for returns and allowances may be impacted by a number of factors, but the principal factor relates to the level of inventory in the distribution channel. Where available, Clarus utilizes information received from its wholesaler customers about the quantities of inventory held, including the information received from Distributors, which Clarus has not independently verified. As of December 31, 2020, Clarus believes that its estimates of the level of inventory held by its customers is within a reasonable range as compared to both historical amounts and expected demand for each respective product.

Chargebacks

Clarus markets and sells products to both: (i) direct customers including its 3PL and (ii) indirect customers including independent pharmacies, other wholesalers, non-warehousing chains, managed care organizations, group purchasing organizations (GPOs) and government entities. Clarus enters into agreements with certain of its indirect customers to establish contract pricing for its product. These indirect customers then independently select a wholesaler from which to purchase the product at these contracted prices. Chargebacks represent the estimated obligations resulting from contractual commitments to sell Clarus’s product at prices lower than the list prices charged to Clarus’s Distributors. These Distributors charge Clarus for the difference between what they pay for the product and

193

Table of Contents

the contracted selling price. These reserves are established in the same period that the related revenue is recognized, resulting in a reduction of product revenue and the establishment of a current liability. Reserves for chargebacks consist of amounts that Clarus expects to pay for units that remain in the distribution channel inventories at each reporting period-end that Clarus expects will be sold under a contracted selling price, and chargebacks that Distributors have claimed, but which have not yet been settled.

Other Sales Deductions

Clarus offers prompt-pay cash discounts to certain of its customers. Provisions for such discounts are estimated and recorded at the time of sale. Clarus estimates provisions for cash discounts based on contractual sales terms with customers, an analysis of unpaid invoices and historical payment experience. Estimated cash discounts have historically been predictable and less subjective due to the limited number of assumptions involved, the consistency of historical experience and the fact that Clarus generally settles these amounts within 30 to 60 days.

Shelf-stock adjustments are credits issued to customers to reflect decreases in the selling prices of Clarus’s products. These credits are customary in the industry and are intended to reduce a customer’s inventory cost to better reflect current market prices. The primary factors Clarus considers when deciding whether to record a reserve for a shelf-stock adjustment include:

•        the estimated number of competing products being launched as well as the expected launch date, which Clarus determines based on market intelligence;

•        the estimated decline in the market price of product, which Clarus determines based on historical experience and customer input; and

•        the estimated levels of inventory held by customers at the time of the anticipated decrease in market price, which Clarus determines based upon historical experience and customer input.

Accrued Research and Development Costs

As part of the process of preparing Clarus’s financial statements, Clarus is required to estimate its accrued expenses. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with Clarus’s personnel to identify services that have been performed on its behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when Clarus has not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. The majority of Clarus’s service providers invoice Clarus monthly in arrears for services performed or when contractual milestones are met. Clarus makes estimates of its accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in its financial statements based on facts and circumstances known at that time. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include fees paid to vendors in connection with preclinical development activities and vendors related to development, manufacturing and distribution of product candidate materials.

Clarus bases its expenses related to clinical studies on its estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple vendors that conduct and manage preclinical studies on its behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to Clarus’s vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the expense. In accruing service fees, Clarus estimates the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period and adjust accordingly.

Royalty Obligation

Clarus treats the royalty obligation as a debt financing, as Clarus has significant continuing involvement in the generation of the cash flows, to be amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method over the life of the related royalty stream.

The royalty obligation and the related interest expense are based on Clarus’s current estimates of future royalties expected to be paid over the life of the arrangement. Clarus will periodically assess the expected royalty payments using a combination of internal projections and forecasts from external sources. To the extent future estimates of royalty payments are greater or less than previous estimates or the estimated timing of such payments is materially different than its previous estimates, Clarus will prospectively recognize related non-cash interest expense.

194

Table of Contents

Valuation of Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

Certain lenders were granted Series D Warrants. The warrant is a freestanding financial instrument that requires Clarus to transfer equity instruments upon exercise by the warrant holder at a strike price equal to the issuance price of the underlying preferred stock (the “Warrant Liability”). The valuation of the warrant liability was determined with the assistance of an independent valuation firm which utilized the hybrid method, a hybrid valuation between a probability-weighted expected return model (“PWERM”) and an option pricing model (“OPM”). The hybrid method estimates probability-weighted values across multiple scenarios, but uses the OPM to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of those scenarios. Weighting allocations are assigned to the OPM and PWERM methods factoring possible future liquidity events. Specifically, for each exit event date and exit scenario, the OPM method was utilized to estimate the Series D value per share. The fair value was determined using Level 3 inputs. The warrants to purchase preferred stock are remeasured at each reporting and settlement date. Changes in fair value for each reporting period are recognized in other income (expense) in the statements of operations. A change in the assumptions related to the valuation of the warrant liability could have a significant impact on the value of the obligation.

Valuation of Derivative Liability

Clarus has convertible notes containing embedded derivative instruments. The derivative liability is a freestanding financial instrument that requires Clarus to transfer equity instruments upon exercise by the noteholders. The derivative liability was initially recorded as liability at fair value, with a corresponding debt discount, which was amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method over the term of the related notes. The valuation of the derivative liability was determined with the assistance of an independent valuation firm utilizing a PWERM, which estimates the value based on probability-weighted present value of potential future liquidity events, with an allocation of probabilities applied to each scenario. Future liquidity event scenarios for the Convertible Notes as of December 31, 2019 included an acquisition event prior to expected FDA approval, an IPO prior to expected FDA approval, an acquisition event after expected FDA approval and an IPO after expected FDA approval, and only two scenarios as of December 31, 2020 which were an acquisition event after expected FDA approval and an IPO after expected FDA approval. The fair value was determined using Level 3 inputs. The derivative liability is remeasured at each reporting and settlement date. Changes in fair value for each reporting period are recognized in other income (expense) in the statements of operations. A change in the assumptions related to the valuation of the derivative liability could have a significant impact on the value of the obligation.

Stock-Based Compensation

Clarus accounts for all stock-based compensation awards granted as stock-based compensation expense at fair value. Clarus’s stock-based payments include stock options and grants of common stock, restricted for vesting conditions. The measurement date for awards is the date of grant, and stock-based compensation costs are recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. Stock-based compensation expense is classified in the accompanying statements of operations based on the function to which the related services are provided. Clarus recognizes stock-based compensation expense for the portion of awards that have vested. Forfeitures are recorded as they occur. The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock

As there has been no public market for Clarus’s common stock to date of this proxy statement/prospectus, the estimated fair value of its common stock has been determined by its most recently available third-party valuations of common stock. These third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Clarus’s common stock valuations were prepared using an OPM. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceeded the value of the preferred stock liquidation preferences at the time of the liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or a merger. A discount for lack of marketability of the common stock is then applied to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock. These third-party valuations were performed at various dates, which resulted in valuations of Clarus’s common stock of $0.22 per share as of December 31, 2020 and $2.69 per share as of December 31, 2019.

195

Table of Contents

In addition to considering the results of these third-party valuations, Clarus’s board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of its common stock as of each grant date, including:

•        the prices at which Clarus sold shares of preferred stock and the superior rights and preferences of the preferred stock relative to common stock at the time of each grant;

•        the progress of research and development programs, including the status and results of preclinical studies for product candidates;

•        stage of development and commercialization and Clarus’s business strategy;

•        external market conditions affecting the biopharmaceutical industry and trends within the biopharmaceutical industry;

•        Clarus’s financial position, including cash on hand, and historical and forecasted performance and operating results;

•        the lack of an active public market for common stock and preferred stock;

•        the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of Clarus in light of prevailing market conditions; and

•        the analysis of initial public offerings and the market performance of similar companies in the biopharmaceutical industry.

The assumptions underlying these valuations represented management’s best estimate, which involved inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if Clarus had used different assumptions or estimates, the fair value of its common stock and its stock-based compensation expense could have been materially different.

Once a public trading market for the Combined Entity’s common stock has been established for a sufficient period of time subsequent to the Closing, it will no longer be necessary for its board of directors to estimate the fair value of its common stock in connection with its accounting for granted stock options and other such awards Clarus may grant, as the fair value of Clarus’s common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of its common stock.

Options Granted

The following table sets forth, by grant date, the number of shares underlying options granted from January 1, 2020 through the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, the per share exercise price of options, the fair value per share of common stock on each grant date, and the estimated per share fair value of the options granted:

Grant Date

 

Number of
common shares
subject to
options granted

 

Exercise
price
per common
share
(1)

 

Fair value
per common
share at grant
date
(1)

 

Estimated
per-share
value of
options
(2)

June 8, 2020

 

51,968

 

$

2.69

 

$

2.69

 

$

1.26

July 29, 2020

 

354,261

 

$

2.69

 

$

2.69

 

$

1.26

December 18, 2020

 

1,400,000

 

$

2.69

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.07

____________

(1)      The exercise price per share of common stock and fair value of common stock represents the fair value of common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors, after taking into account the most recently available contemporaneous valuation of common stock as well as additional factors that may have changed since the date of such contemporaneous valuation through the date of grant.

(2)      The estimated per share fair value of options reflects the weighted average fair value of options granted on each grant date, determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Clarus did not have during the periods presented, and Clarus does not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

196

Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to Clarus’s annual financial statements appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus for a description of recent accounting pronouncements applicable to its financial statements.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risks

Clarus is exposed to certain market risks in the ordinary course of its business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact its financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Clarus’s market risk exposure primarily relates to changes interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk

Clarus’s primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because its cash equivalents are in the form of money market funds and its long-term debt financings. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Clarus had cash and cash equivalents of $7.4 million and $7.2 million, respectively. Interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates; however, due to the nature of these investments, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of Clarus’s investment portfolio.

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, $115.9 and $111.3 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of Clarus’s outstanding debt obligations were at fixed interest rates, representing approximately 100 percent of its total debt, on an amortized cost basis. As of December 31, 2020, Clarus’s outstanding debt obligations at fixed interest rates were comprised of convertible promissory notes and senior notes.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Combined Entity is expected to be an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jobs Act and may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. The Combined Entity may take advantage of these exemptions until it is no longer an emerging growth company under Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. The Combined Company expects to avail itself of the extended transition period and, therefore, while the Combined Entity is an emerging growth company, it will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, unless it chooses to early adopt a new or revised accounting standard.

197

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OF BLUE WATER

The following summary of the material terms of Blue Water’s securities following the Business Combination is not intended to be a complete summary of the rights and preferences of such securities. We urge you to read the proposed Amended Charter in its entirety for a complete description of the rights and preferences of Blue Water’s securities following the Business Combination. The proposed Amended Charter is described in “The Charter Amendment Proposals,” and the full text of the proposed Amended and Restated Charter is attached as Annex B to this proxy statement/prospectus.

Pursuant to the Blue Water Charter, our authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, 2,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value, and 1,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. Following the Business Combination, pursuant to the Amended Charter, the authorized capital stock of New Blue Water will consist of [ ] shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value, and [ ] shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. The following description summarizes the material terms of the capital stock of New Blue Water after the Business Combination. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you.

Units

Each Unit had an offering price of $10.00 and consists of one whole share of Class A common stock and one redeemable warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described in this prospectus. On December 17, 2020, Blue Water closed the Blue Water IPO for the sale of 5,750,000 units, which included 750,000 Units issued pursuant to the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, at a price of $10.00 per unit.

Common Stock

Upon the Closing, the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, including any shares of Class B common stock that are converted into Blue Water Class A common stock in accordance with the Blue Water Charter, will be redesignated as common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. (the new name of Blue Water after the Closing), which shares are referred to herein as New Blue Water common stock.

It is anticipated that, immediately after the Closing of the Business Combination, New Blue Water will have a total of [24,228,462] shares of New Blue Water common stock issued and outstanding. The foregoing excludes any outstanding Warrants and assumes that (i) there are no redemptions of any shares by Blue Water’s public stockholders in connection with the Business Combination, (ii) the negative Closing Net Indebtedness is $41.3 million, (iii) no awards are issued under the Equity Incentive Plan and (iv) no Working Capital Warrants or Extension Warrants are issued. If the actual facts are different than these assumptions (which they are likely to be), the percentage ownership retained by Blue Water’s existing stockholders in the Combined Entity will be different.

Common stockholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Unless specified in the Amended Charter or bylaws, or as required by applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our shares of New Blue Water common stock that are voted is required to approve any such matter voted on by our stockholders. Our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors. Our stockholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.

All of the outstanding Founder Shares, as shares of Class B common stock, will convert into shares of New Blue Water common stock at the Closing of the Business Combination. With certain limited exceptions, the Founder Shares are not transferable, assignable or salable (except to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with the Sponsor, each of whom will be subject to the same transfer restrictions) until the earlier of (A) one year after the Closing or (B) subsequent to the Closing, (x) if the last sale price of the New Blue Water common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Closing, or (y) the

198

Table of Contents

date on which New Blue Water completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Preferred Stock

The Amended Charter provides that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board of directors will be able to, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the common stock and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have no preferred stock outstanding at the date hereof. Although we do not currently intend to issue any shares of preferred stock, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future. No shares of preferred stock are being issued or registered in the Business Combination.

Warrants

Public Warrants

Each Public Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of New Blue Water common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the Closing. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the Closing of the Business Combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

We will not be obligated to deliver any shares of New Blue Water common stock pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of New Blue Water common stock underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of New Blue Water common stock upon exercise of a warrant unless the New Blue Water common stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a Public Warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant.

We are not registering the shares of New Blue Water common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants at this time. However, we have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the Closing, we will use our best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the shares of New Blue Water common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, to cause such registration statement to become effective and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of New Blue Water common stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the shares of New Blue Water common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the Closing of the Business Combination, warrantholders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration statement covering the New Blue Water common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective within a specified period following the Closing of the Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, provided that such exemption is available. If that exemption, or another exemption, is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis.

199

Table of Contents

Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, we may call the warrants for redemption:

•        in whole and not in part;

•        at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

•        upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrantholder; and

•        if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the New Blue Water common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to the warrantholders.

If and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by us, we may not exercise our redemption right if the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or we are unable to effect such registration or qualification.

We have established the last of the redemption criteria discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the Public Warrants, each warrantholder will be entitled to exercise its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the New Blue Water common stock may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) as well as the $11.50 warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

If we call the Public Warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise its warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” our management will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our stockholders of issuing the maximum number of shares of New Blue Water common stock issuable upon the exercise of our warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, all holders of Public Warrants would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of shares of New Blue Water common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of New Blue Water common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the New Blue Water common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of shares of New Blue Water common stock to be received upon exercise of the Public Warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case. Requiring a cashless exercise in this manner will reduce the number of shares to be issued and thereby lessen the dilutive effect of a warrant redemption. We believe this feature is an attractive option to us if we do not need the cash from the exercise of the warrants after the Closing. If we call our Public Warrants for redemption and our management does not take advantage of this option, the Sponsor and its permitted transferees would still be entitled to exercise their Placement Warrants for cash or on a cashless basis using the same formula described above that other warrantholders would have been required to use had all warrantholders been required to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, as described in more detail below.

A holder of a Public Warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 4.9% or 9.8% (or such other amount as a holder may specify) of the shares of New Blue Water common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

If the number of outstanding shares of New Blue Water common stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of New Blue Water common stock, or by a split-up of shares of New Blue Water common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of New Blue Water common stock issuable on exercise of each Public Warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of New Blue Water common stock. A rights offering to holders of New Blue Water common stock entitling holders to purchase shares of New Blue Water common stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of New Blue Water common stock equal to

200

Table of Contents

the product of (i) the number of shares of New Blue Water common stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for New Blue Water common stock) and (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of New Blue Water common stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for New Blue Water common stock, in determining the price payable for New Blue Water common stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of New Blue Water common stock as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of New Blue Water common stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if we, at any time while the Public Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of New Blue Water common stock on account of such shares of New Blue Water common stock (or other shares of our capital stock into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above, (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, (c) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of New Blue Water common stock in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, (d) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of New Blue Water common stock in connection with an Extension Rea stockholder vote to amend the Blue Water Charter (i) for an Extension or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, or (e) in connection with the redemption of our public shares upon our failure to complete our initial business combination, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of New Blue Water common stock in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding shares of our New Blue Water common stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of New Blue Water common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of New Blue Water common stock issuable on exercise of each Public Warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of New Blue Water common stock.

Whenever the number of shares of New Blue Water common stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Public Warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of New Blue Water common stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of New Blue Water common stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of New Blue Water common stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of New Blue Water common stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding shares of New Blue Water common stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the Public Warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of our New Blue Water common stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of New Blue Water common stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of New Blue Water common stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the warrant. The purpose of such exercise price reduction is to provide additional value to holders of the warrants when an extraordinary transaction occurs during the exercise period of the warrants pursuant to which the holders of the warrants otherwise do not receive the full potential value of the warrants in order to determine and realize the option

201

Table of Contents

value component of the warrant. This formula is to compensate the warrant holder for the loss of the option value portion of the warrant due to the requirement that the warrant holder exercise the warrant within 30 days of the event. The Black-Scholes model is an accepted pricing model for estimating fair market value where no quoted market price for an instrument is available.

The Public Warrants and the Placement Warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and Blue Water. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement, which has been publicly filed with the SEC and which you can find in the list of exhibits to this registration statement, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding Public Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of Public Warrants.

The Public Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrantholders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of New Blue Water common stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of New Blue Water common stock. After the issuance of shares of New Blue Water common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one (1) vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares of New Blue Water common stock to be issued to the warrantholder.

Placement Warrants

Except as described below, the Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the Public Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. The Placement Warrants (including the New Blue Water common stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Warrants) are not transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the Closing (except, among certain other limited exceptions to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with the Sponsor) and they will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. The Sponsor, or its permitted transferees, has the option to exercise the Placement Warrants on a cashless basis. If the Placement Warrants are held by holders other than the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Placement Warrants will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Public Warrants, and among other matters, be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

If holders of the Placement Warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of shares of New Blue Water common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of New Blue Water common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the New Blue Water common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent.

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the Sponsor or its affiliate or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants (referred to in this registration statement as Working Capital Warrants) at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such Working Capital Warrants would be identical to the Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. The terms of such working capital loans by the Sponsor or its affiliates, or our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. As of May 13, 2021, Blue Water had not obtained any working capital loan.

202

Table of Contents

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the Closing of the Business Combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial conditions subsequent to the Closing. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to the Closing will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for our common stock and warrant agent for our warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. We have agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its roles as transfer agent and warrant agent, its agents and each of its stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the indemnified person or entity.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

The Blue Water Charter contains certain requirements and restrictions relating to our Initial Public Offering that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. These provisions cannot be amended without the approval of the holders of 65% of our common stock. Our initial stockholders will participate in any vote to amend the Blue Water Charter and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that:

•        If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering (or up to 18 months from the consummation of our Initial Public Offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this prospectus), we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes or for working capital purposes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law;

•        Prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to: (i) receive funds from the trust account; (ii) vote on any initial business combination; or (iii) vote on matters related to our pre-initial business combination activity;

•        Although we do not intend to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, our directors or our officers, we are not prohibited from doing so. In the event we enter into such a transaction, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that such a business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view;

•        If a stockholder vote on our initial business combination is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will offer to redeem our public shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act;

203

Table of Contents

•        Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of our assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and interest income earned on the trust account that is released to us to pay taxes or for working capital purposes) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination;

•        Our Sponsor may extend the period of time to consummate a business combination extend the period of time to consummate a business combination up to two times, each by an additional three months (for a total of up to 18 months to complete a business combination), subject to the Sponsor depositing additional funds into the trust account as set out below. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the trust agreement to be entered into between us and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company on the date of this prospectus, in order for the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination to be extended, our Sponsor or its affiliates or designees, upon five business days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account $500,000, or $575,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per unit in either case) on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline, for each three-month extension; our stockholders will not be entitled to vote or redeem their shares in connection with any such extension; if we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts either out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us or, at the lender’s option, convert a portion or all of the total loan amount into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant, which warrants will be identical to the Placement Warrants;

•        If our stockholders approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering (or up to 18 months from the consummation of our Initial Public Offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this prospectus) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, we will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares; and

•        We will not complete our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In addition, the Blue Water Charter provides that we will only redeem our public shares so long as (after such redemption) our net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 either immediately prior to or upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law and our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

New Blue Water will opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” (i.e. a stockholder owning 15% or more of company’s voting stock) for three years following the time that the “interested stockholder” becomes such, subject to certain exceptions.

The Blue Water Charter provides that our board of directors are classified into three classes of directors. As a result, in most circumstances, a person can gain control of our board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual meetings.

Our authorized but unissued common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval (including a specified future issuance) and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

204

Table of Contents

Exclusive forum for certain lawsuits

The Blue Water Charter requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Notwithstanding the Blue Water Charter provides that the exclusive forum provision will be applicable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, (i) the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction, and (ii) unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Special meeting of stockholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority vote of our board of directors, by our Chief Executive Officer or by our Chairman.

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations

Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice will need to be received by the company secretary at our principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the opening of business on the 120th day prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, proposals seeking inclusion in our annual proxy statement must comply with the notice periods contained therein. Our bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.

Action by written consent

Subsequent to the consummation of the IPO, any action required or permitted to be taken by our common stockholders must be effected by a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by written consent of the stockholders other than with respect to our Class B common stock.

Classified Board of Directors

Our board of directors are divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. The Blue Water Charter provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Subject to the terms of any preferred stock, any or all of the directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Class B Common Stock Consent Right

For so long as any shares of Class B common stock remain outstanding, we may not, without the prior vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Class B common stock then outstanding, voting separately as a single class, amend, alter or repeal any provision of our certificate of incorporation, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, if such amendment, alteration or repeal would alter or change the powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other or special rights of the Class B common stock. Any action required or

205

Table of Contents

permitted to be taken at any meeting of the holders of Class B common stock may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of the outstanding Class B common stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of Class B common stock were present and voted.

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, Placement Warrants, Working Capital Warrants and Extension Warrants (and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Placement Warrants, Working Capital Warrants and Extension Warrants) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to the registration rights agreement that was signed at the time of the Blue Water IPO, requiring us to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to our Class A common stock). The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Listing of Securities

Our Units, Class A common stock and Warrants are currently listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “BLUWU,” “BLUW” and “BLUWW,” respectively. It is currently expected that after the Closing, our New Blue Water common stock and Public Warrants will be listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “CRXT” and “CRXTW”, respectively.

206

Table of Contents

SECURITIES ACT RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OF COMMON STOCK

Rule 144

Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock or warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

•        1% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock (or after the Closing, New Blue Water common stock) then outstanding; or

•        the average weekly reported trading volume of the Class A common stock (or after the Closing, New Blue Water common stock) then during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

•        the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

•        the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

•        the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and materials required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K; and

•        at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, our initial stockholders will be able to sell their Founder Shares and Placement Warrants, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination.

207

Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS

Both Blue Water and Clarus are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and, accordingly, the rights of the stockholders of each are currently, and will continue to be, governed by the DGCL. If the Business Combination is completed, Clarus securityholders will become stockholders of Blue Water, and their rights will be governed by the DGCL, the Amended Charter attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex B, and the bylaws of New Blue Water attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Exhibit F to Annex A.

The table below summarizes the material differences between the current rights of Clarus securityholders under the Clarus certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the rights of Blue Water stockholders, post-Closing, under the Amended Charter and bylaws, each as amended, as applicable, and as in effect immediately following the Business Combination.

While Blue Water and Clarus believe that the summary tables cover the material differences between the rights of their respective stockholders prior to the Business Combination and the rights of Blue Water stockholders following the Business Combination, these summary tables may not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should carefully read this entire proxy statement/prospectus and the other documents referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus for a more complete understanding of the differences between being a stockholder of Blue Water or Clarus before the Business Combination and being a stockholder of Blue Water after the Business Combination. Blue Water has attached as Annex B to this proxy statement/prospectus a copy of the proposed Amended Charter, and attached as Exhibit F to Annex A, to this proxy statement/prospectus a copy of the form of New Blue Water bylaws, and will send copies of the documents referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus to you upon your request. See the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information” in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Current Blue Water Rights Versus New Blue Water Rights Post-Merger

Provision

 

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
(Pre-Merger)

 

New Blue Water (Post-Closing)

Authorized Capital Stock

 

Blue Water is authorized to issue 53,000,000 shares, consisting of (a) 52,000,000 shares of Blue Water common stock, including (i) 50,000,000 shares of Blue Water Class A common stock, and (ii) 2,000,000 shares of Blue Water Class B common stock, and (b) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, no shares of preferred stock are outstanding.

 

New Blue Water will be authorized to issue [  ] shares of capital stock, consisting of (a) [    ] shares of common stock and (b) [    ] shares of preferred stock.

Upon consummation of the Business Combination and assuming no Blue Water Class A common stock are redeemed, we expect there will be approximately [24,228,462] shares of New Blue Water common stock.

Number of Directors

 

The Blue Water Charter provides that the number of directors of Blue Water, other than those who may be elected by the holders of one or more series of the preferred stock voting separately by class or series, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Blue Water Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Blue Water Board.

 

The number of directors of New Blue Water shall initially be 7. The precise number of directors shall be fixed by the New Blue Water board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by the New Blue Water board of directors.

208

Table of Contents

Provision

 

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
(Pre-Merger)

 

New Blue Water (Post-Closing)

Classification of the Board of Directors

 

Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, the Blue Water Board shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Blue Water Board is authorized to assign members of the board already in office to Class I, Class II or Class III. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of Blue Water, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term or until the election and qualification of their respective successors in office, subject to their earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Following the Business Combination, New Blue Water will have a classified board of directors, with three classes of directors. Class I will initially serve a one year term, Class II will initially serve a two year term, and Class III will initially serve a three year term. All classes will serve 3 year terms following their initial term.

Appointment of Directors

 

The Blue Water Charter requires that the directors be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors; provided, that prior to the closing of the initial business combination, the holders of Class B common stock shall have the exclusive right to elect and remove any director, and the holders of Class A common stock shall have no right to vote on the election or removal of any director.

In addition, except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of one or more series of the preferred stock shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect one or more directors, the term of office, the filling of vacancies, the removal from office and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of such series of the preferred stock as set forth in the Blue Water Charter (including any preferred stock designation) and such directors shall not be included in any of the classes described above unless expressly provided by such terms.

 

At New Blue Water’s annual meeting, the stockholders elect directors each of whom shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal.

At stockholder meetings for the election of directors, the vote required for election of a director shall be by a plurality of the votes cast by stockholders entitled to vote in the election in favor or against the election of a nominee.

209

Table of Contents

Provision

 

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
(Pre-Merger)

 

New Blue Water (Post-Closing)

Removal of Directors

 

The Blue Water Charter provides that any and all of the directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of Blue Water entitled to vote generally in election of directors, voting together as a single class; provided, that prior to the closing of the initial business combination, the holders of Class B common stock shall have the exclusive right to elect and remove any director, and the holders of Class A common stock shall have no right to vote on the election or removal of any director.

 

Any director or the entire board may be removed from office, only for cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of 2/3 of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of New Blue Water entitled to vote for the election of directors.

Vacancies on the Board of Directors

 

Newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Blue Water Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause may be filled solely and exclusively by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders), and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors to which the new directorship was added or in which the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor has been elected and qualified, subject, however, to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

 

Any newly created directorship on the New Blue Water board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the board are filled exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the New Blue Water board. Any director so chosen will hold office until his or her successor has been elected and qualified.

Special Meeting of the Board of Directors

 

The current bylaws provide that special meetings of the Blue Water Board (a) may be called by the chairman of the Blue Water Board or President and (b) shall be called by the chairman of the Blue Water Board, president or secretary on the written request of at least a majority of directors then in office, or the sole director, as the case may be, and shall be held at such time, date and place (within or without the State of Delaware) as may be determined by the person calling the meeting or, if called upon the request of directors or the sole director, as specified in such written request.

 

Special meetings of the New Blue Water board may be called by the chairman of the board, President, or on the written request of at least a majority of directors then in office.

210

Table of Contents

Provision

 

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
(Pre-Merger)

 

New Blue Water (Post-Closing)

Special Meeting of the Stockholders

 

The current charter and bylaws provide that, subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of the preferred stock of Blue Water and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called only by the chairman of the Blue Water Board, chief executive officer, or the Blue Water Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Blue Water Board, and may not be called by any other person.

 

Special meetings of the stockholders of New Blue Water may be called only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

Voting

 

The Blue Water Charter provides that holders of Blue Water Class A common stock and holders of Blue Water Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, except as required by law. Each share of common stock will have one vote on all such matters. However, the holders of the shares of Blue Water Class B common stock have the right to elect all of the directors prior to the Business Combination. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of common stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the charter of Blue Water that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series of preferred stock are entitled exclusively, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series of preferred stock, to vote thereon pursuant to the charter of Blue Water or the DGCL.

 

Except as otherwise required by law or the charter of New Blue Water, holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders are generally entitled to vote; provided, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of common stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the charter of New Blue Water that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series of preferred stock are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series of preferred stock, to vote thereon pursuant to the charter of New Blue Water or the DGCL.

Cumulative Voting

 

The Blue Water Charter does not authorize cumulative voting.

 

Delaware law allows for cumulative voting only if provided for in the charter of Blue Water. The charter of New Blue Water does not authorize cumulative voting.

211

Table of Contents

Provision

 

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
(Pre-Merger)

 

New Blue Water (Post-Closing)

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

 

The Blue Water Charter provides that, except as may be otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the current certificate of incorporation (including any preferred stock designation) relating to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock, subsequent to the consummation of the Blue Water IPO, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of Blue Water must be effected by a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by written consent of the stockholders other than with respect to the Class B Common Stock with respect to which action may be taken by written consent.

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of New Blue Water at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of New Blue Water and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

Declaration and Payment of Dividends

 

Subject to applicable law, the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of the preferred stock and the business combination requirement provisions of the Blue Water Charter, the holders of shares of Blue Water common stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of Blue Water) when, as and if declared thereon by Blue Water Board from time to time out of any assets or funds of Blue Water legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

 

The board of directors of New Blue Water may from time to time declare, and New Blue Water may pay, dividends on New Blue Water’s outstanding shares of capital stock, subject to applicable law and New Blue Water’s charter.

Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

 

The Blue Water Charter provides that a director of Blue Water shall not be personally liable to Blue Water or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended unless they violated their duty of loyalty to Blue Water or its stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived improper personal benefit from their actions as directors.

 

The DGCL permits limiting or eliminating the monetary liability of a director to a corporation or its stockholders, except with regard to breaches of the duty of loyalty, intentional misconduct, unlawful repurchases or dividends, or improper personal benefit.

The charter of New Blue Water will provide that, to the fullest extent provided by law, no director will be personally liable to New Blue Water or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to New Blue Water or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit.

212

Table of Contents

Provision

 

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
(Pre-Merger)

 

New Blue Water (Post-Closing)

Indemnification of Directors, Officers

 

The Blue Water Charter provides that Blue Water’s officers and directors will be indemnified by Blue Water to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

 

The DGCL generally permits a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers acting in good faith. Under the DGCL, the corporation through its stockholders, directors or independent legal counsel, will determine that the conduct of the person seeking indemnity conformed with the statutory provisions governing indemnity.

The bylaws of New Blue Water will provide that New Blue Water will indemnify each director and officer to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Interested Directors

 

To the extent allowed by law, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any other analogous doctrine, shall not apply with respect to Blue Water or any of its officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, in circumstances where the application of any such doctrine would conflict with any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations they may have as of the date of Blue Water Charter or in the future, and Blue Water renounces any expectancy that any of the directors or officers of Blue Water will offer any such corporate opportunity of which he or she may become aware to Blue Water, except, the doctrine of corporate opportunity shall apply with respect to any of the directors or officers of Blue Water with respect to a corporate opportunity that was offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of Blue Water and (i) such opportunity is one Blue Water is legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for Blue Water to pursue and (ii) the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to Blue Water without violating any legal obligation.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, New Blue Water renounces any interest or expectancy that any of the New Blue Water directors will offer any opportunity in which he or she may become aware to New Blue Water, except with respect to any of the directors of New Blue Water with respect to a opportunity that was offered to such person expressly and solely in his or her capacity as a director of New Blue Water.

213

Table of Contents

Provision

 

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
(Pre-Merger)

 

New Blue Water (Post-Closing)

Inspection of Books and Records

 

The current bylaws provides that Blue Water may treat the registered stockholders as the person exclusively entitled to inspect for any proper purpose the stock ledger and the other books and records of Blue Water, vote such shares, receive dividends or notifications with respect to such shares and otherwise exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of such shares, except that a person who is the beneficial owner of such shares (if held in a voting trust or by a nominee on behalf of such person) may, upon providing documentary evidence of beneficial ownership of such shares and satisfying such other conditions as are provided under applicable law, may also so inspect the books and records of Blue Water.

 

Under the DGCL, any stockholder or beneficial owner has the right, upon written demand under oath stating the proper purpose thereof, either in person or by attorney or other agent, to inspect and make copies and extracts from the corporation’s stock ledger, list of stockholders and its other books and records for a proper purpose during the usual hours for business. The bylaws of New Blue Water will permit New Blue Water’s books and records to be kept within or outside Delaware shall be kept at the principal office of New Blue Water, at an office of its counsel, at an office of its transfer agent or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board.

Choice of Forum

 

The Blue Water Charter requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware, except any action (A) as to which the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or (C) for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction.

 

The charter of New Blue Water generally designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for any state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of New Blue Water, (ii) any action asserting a claim of, or a claim based on, a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of New Blue Water to New Blue Water or New Blue Water’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the charter or bylaws (including the interpretation, validity or enforceability thereof), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Unless New Blue Water consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

214

Table of Contents

Provision

 

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
(Pre-Merger)

 

New Blue Water (Post-Closing)

   

The Blue Water Charter further provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Blue Water Charter provides that the exclusive forum provision will be applicable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

   

Quorum

 

Board of directors.    A majority of the Blue Water Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Blue Water Board.

Stockholders.    The presence, in person or by proxy, at a stockholders meeting of the holders of shares of outstanding capital stock of Blue Water representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of Blue Water entitled to vote at such meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business.

 

Board of directors.    A majority of the New Blue Water board of directors constitutes a quorum at any meeting of the New Blue Water board of directors.

Stockholders.    The presence, in person or proxy, at a stockholder’s meetings of the holders of shares entitled to vote a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote at such meeting constitutes a quorum.

215

Table of Contents

Provision

 

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
(Pre-Merger)

 

New Blue Water (Post-Closing)

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation

 

The Blue Water Charter requires a separate or specific vote for:

•   Amendments that relate solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock, or another series of common stock, if the holders thereof are entitled to a separate vote;

•   Amendments that would alter or change the powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other or special rights of the Blue Water Class B common stock, which require a separate class vote;

•   Amendments to the provisions of the current certificate of incorporation related to the requirements for Blue Water’s initial business combination, redemption rights, distributions from the trust account, certain share issuances, which prior to the consummation of Blue Water’s initial business combination require the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of all then outstanding shares of the Blue Water common stock; and

•   Amendments to the provisions of the current Blue Water Charter related to the election and removal of directors, which require a resolution passed by holders of at least ninety (90%) of the outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon.

 

Under Delaware law, an amendment to a charter generally requires the approval of the New Blue Water board of directors and a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of voting stock, voting together as a single class.

Except as otherwise required by law, holders of common stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the charter of New Blue Water that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series of preferred stock are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series of preferred stock, to vote thereon pursuant to the charter of New Blue Water.

216

Table of Contents

Provision

 

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
(Pre-Merger)

 

New Blue Water (Post-Closing)

Amendment to Bylaws

 

The current bylaws provide that the Blue Water Board shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the current bylaws. The affirmative vote of a majority of the Blue Water Board shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the current bylaws. The current bylaws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders; provided, however, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of Blue Water required by applicable law or the current Blue Water Charter, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of Blue Water entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the current bylaws.

 

The New Blue Water board of directors will be expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the bylaws of New Blue Water. The bylaws may also be amended, repealed or added to by the New Blue Water stockholders representing at least 2/3 of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of New Blue Water, however, that if the board recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

217

Table of Contents

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of Blue Water common stock as of the date hereof (pre-Business Combination) and the currently expected ownership of shares of New Blue Water common stock upon the closing of the Business Combination by:

•        each person known by Blue Water to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of Blue Water common stock as of the date hereof (pre-Business Combination) or of shares of New Blue Water common stock upon the closing of the Business Combination;

•        each of Blue Water’s current executive officers and directors;

•        each person who will become an executive officer or director of the Combined Entity upon the closing of the Business Combination; and

•        all executive officers and directors of the Combined Entity as a group upon the closing of the Business Combination.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

The beneficial ownership of shares of Blue Water common stock pre-Business Combination is based on 7,187,500 issued and outstanding shares of Blue Water common stock as of the date hereof, consisting of 5,750,000 shares of Class A common stock and 1,437,500 shares of Class B common stock. The beneficial ownership of shares of New Blue Water common stock upon the closing of the Business Combination is based on [24,228,462] shares to be outstanding. It excludes any outstanding Warrants and assumes that (i) there are no redemptions of any shares by Blue Water’s public stockholders in connection with the Business Combination, (ii) the negative Closing Net Indebtedness is $41.3 million, (iii) no awards are issued under the Equity Incentive Plan and (iv) no Working Capital Warrants or Extension Warrants are issued. If the actual facts are different than these assumptions (which they are likely to be), the percentage ownership retained by Blue Water’s existing stockholders in the Combined Entity will be different.

Unless otherwise indicated, Blue Water believes that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Blue Water common stock beneficially owned by them.

Pre-Business Combination Beneficial Ownership Table

 

Class A Common Stock

 

Class B Common Stock

 

Approximate
Percentage
of Outstanding
Common Stock

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

 

Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

 

Approximate
Percentage
of Class

 

Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

 

Approximate
Percentage
of Class

 

Blue Water Sponsor LLC (our Sponsor)(2)(3)

 

 

 

 

1,437,500

 

100

%

 

19.8

%

Joseph Hernandez(3)

 

 

 

 

1,437,500

 

100

%

 

19.8

%

Kimberly Murphy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yvonne McBurney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James Sapirstein

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Lerner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jon Garfield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (6 individuals)(2)

 

 

 

 

1,437,500

 

100

%

 

19.8

%

         

 

       

 

   

 

Other 5% Stockholders

       

 

       

 

   

 

Heights Capital Management, Inc.(4)

 

400,000

 

6.89

%

 

 

 

 

5.52

%

Lighthouse Investment Partners, LLC(5)

 

293,545

 

5.05

%

 

 

 

 

4.05

%

Sander Gerber(6)

 

495,000

 

8.52

%

 

 

 

 

6.83

%

Andrew M. Weiss(7)

 

511,800

 

8.81

%

 

 

 

 

7.06

%

Mizuho Financial Group(8)

 

401,592

 

7.0

%

 

 

 

 

5.54

%

____________

(1)      Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is c/o Blue Water Acquisition Corp., 15 E Putnam Avenue, Suite 363, Greenwich, CT 06830.

(2)      Interests shown consist solely of Founder Shares, classified as shares of Class B common stock. Such shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions contained therein.

218

Table of Contents

(3)      Sponsor is the record holder of the Class B common stock reported herein. Joseph Hernandez, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is the managing member of our Sponsor, and as such may be deemed to have sole voting and investment discretion with respect to the Class B common stock held by our Sponsor.

(4)      According to a Schedule 13G filed on December 22, 2020, CVI Investments, Inc. acquired 400,000 shares of Class A Common Stock. CVI Investments, Inc. is managed by Heights Capital Management, Inc., which has a business office at 101 California Street, Suite 3250, San Francisco, California 94111.

(5)      According to a Schedule 13G filed on February 8, 2021, Lighthouse Investment Partners, LLC (“Lighthouse”), MAP 136 Segregated Portfolio, a segregated portfolio of LMA SPC (“MAP 136”) and MAP 214 Segregated Portfolio, a segregated portfolio of LMA SPC (“MAP 214”), acquired 293,545 shares of Class A Common Stock. Lighthouse serves as the investment manager of MAP 136 and MAP 214. The business address for all reporting persons is 3801 PGA Boulevard, Suite 500, Palm Beach Gardens, Florida 33410.

(6)      According to a Schedule 13G filed on February 8, 2021, Hudson Bay Capital Management LP (“Hudson Bay”) and Sander Gerber, acquired 495,000 shares of Class A Common Stock. Mr. Gerber serves as the investment manager of Hudson Bay. The business address for all reporting persons is 777 Third Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

(7)      According to a Schedule 13G filed on February 12, 2021, Weiss Asset Management LP (“Weiss Asset Management”), BIP GP LLC (“BIP GP”), WAM GP LLC (“WAM GP”), and Andrew M. Weiss, acquired 511,800 shares of Class A Common Stock. Shares reported for BIP GP include shares beneficially owned by a private investment partnership (the “Partnership”) of which BIP GP is the sole general partner. Weiss Asset Management is the sole investment manager to the Partnership. WAM GP is the sole general partner of Weiss Asset Management. Andrew Weiss is the managing member of WAM GP and BIP GP. Shares reported for WAM GP, Andrew Weiss and Weiss Asset Management include shares beneficially owned by the Partnership. The business address for all reporting persons is 222 Berkeley St., 16th floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(8)      According to a Schedule 13G filed on February 12, 2021, Mizuho Financial Group, Inc., acquired 401,592 shares of Class A Common Stock. The business address for the reporting person is 1–5–5, Otemachi, Chiyoda–ku, Tokyo 100–8176, Japan.

The table above does not include the shares of common stock underlying the Placement Warrants held or to be held by Blue Water’s officers, directors or the Sponsor.

Post-Business Combination Beneficial Ownership Table

         

Combined Entity Post-Business Combination

   

Blue Water
Pre-Business
Combination

 

(assuming no
redemptions by
Blue Water
stockholders)
(1)

 

(assuming maximum
redemptions by Blue
Water stockholders)
(2)

Name and Address of Beneficial
Owner

 

Number
of Shares

 

Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares

 

Number
of Shares

 

Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares

 

Number
of Shares

 

Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares

Directors and Executive Officers Post-Business Combination

                       

All directors and executive officers of Combined Entity post-Business Combination as a group ([    ] individuals)

                       

Five Percent Holders:

                       

____________

*        less than 1%

(1)      Assumes that no shares of Blue Water Class A common stock are redeemed and 100% participation by Clarus securityholders. Percentages are based on [              ] shares of New Blue Water common stock outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination.

(2)      Assumes additional redemption of [        ] Blue Water Class A common stock, for aggregate payment of approximately $[            ] from the Trust Account (based on an assumed redemption price of approximately $[ ] per share based on the redemption price per share of [          ]). [The maximum redemption amount is derived so that there is a minimum net tangible asset value of $5,000,001 immediately prior to or upon the consummation of the Business Combination, after giving effect to the payments to redeeming stockholders]. Percentages are based on [          ] shares of New Blue Water common stock outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination.

219

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT AFTER THE BUSINESS COMBINATION

Management and Board of Directors

The following persons are expected to be elected or appointed by the Blue Water board to serve as executive officers and directors following the Business Combination.

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

Kimberly Murphy(1)

 

58

 

Class III Director and Chair of the Board

Joseph Hernandez(1)

 

48

 

Class III Director

Robert E. Dudley(2)

 

66

 

Class III Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Elizabeth A. Cermak(2)

 

63

 

Class II Director

Mark A. Prygocki, Sr.(2)

 

55

 

Class II Director

Alex Zisson(2)

 

51

 

Class I Director

[•](2)

 

[•]

 

Class I Director

Richard Peterson

 

53

 

Chief Financial Officer

Frank Jaeger

 

51

 

Chief Commercial Officer

Jay Newmark

 

60

 

Chief Medical Officer

Steve Bourne

 

59

 

Chief Administrative Officer

____________

(1)      Blue Water Designee

(2)      Clarus Designee

Information regarding the executive officers and directors following the Business Combination is set forth below:

Executive Officers

Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D. has served as Clarus’s Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the board of directors since February 2004. Prior to that, from 2001 to 2003, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Anagen Therapeutics, Inc., a private biopharmaceutical company. From 1994 to 1999, he held several senior level executive positions at Unimed Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Unimed”), a public company acquired by Solvay Pharmaceuticals in 1999, and from 1999 to 2001 he served as Unimed’s President and Chief Executive Officer and was a member of its board of directors, during which time Unimed received FDA approval for and launched AndroGel. Dr. Dudley received a B.S. in Biology from Pepperdine University, Seaver College, an M.S. in Biology from University of New Mexico, and a Ph.D., with honors, in Pharmacology and Toxicology from the University of Kansas School of Medicine. Dr. Dudley is also a board-certified toxicologist. Dr. Dudley’s experience as a scientist with a leading role in commercializing the market leading T-replacement therapy, coupled with an insider’s perspective his role as our Chief Executive Officer brings to board discussions, provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Richard Peterson has served as Clarus’s Chief Financial Officer since February 2021. Prior to joining Clarus, Mr. Peterson served as Chief Financial Officer for several clinical stage biopharmaceutical companies, most recently at Botanix Pharmaceutical, Ltd. (ASX:BOT) (from August 2019 to May 2020). Prior to this role, Mr. Peterson served as Chief Financial Officer at Dermavant Sciences Inc. (from March 2018 to February 2019), Sienna Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company (Nasdaq:SNNA) (“Sienna”) (from March 2017 to March 2018), and Novan, Inc. (Nasdaq:NOVN) (“Novan”) (from September 2015 to March 2017). Mr. Peterson also served as Chief Financial Officer of Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation (“Medicis”), a commercial pharmaceutical company from June 1995 to December, 2012. Under Mr. Peterson’s leadership, Novan and Sienna completed successful initial public offerings. While at Medicis, he played an integral role in guiding the company’s tremendous growth, which resulted in its acquisition for $2.6 billion by Valeant Pharmaceuticals International. Mr. Peterson began his career with PricewaterhouseCoopers, after receiving a degree in accountancy from Arizona State University.

Steven A. Bourne has served as Clarus’s Chief Administrative Officer since February 2021 and as its Secretary and Treasurer since February 2004. He previously served as Clarus’s Chief Financial Officer from February 2004 to February 2021. Prior to that, from 2002 to 2003, he served as Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer at

220

Table of Contents

Anagen Therapeutics, Inc., a private biopharmaceutical company. Further, Mr. Bourne served as Controller, Secretary and Treasurer of Aksys, Ltd., a public medical device company, from 1996 to 2001. Mr. Bourne received a B.S. in Accounting from Miami University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Frank Jaeger has served as Clarus’s Chief Commercial Officer since September 2019. At Clarus, Mr. Jaeger is responsible for all commercial matters of sales, marketing, commercial operations and market access for JATENZO. Prior to his joining Clarus, Mr. Jaeger served as the Regional Sales Director at AbbVie Inc. (NYSE:ABBV) from January 2014 to August 2019, where he was responsible for sales of AndroGel and Synthroid for the West Region in the Metabolics division. Mr. Jaeger received a B.A. in Psychology and an M.A. in Clinical Psychology from the University of Illinois at Chicago and he received a M.B.A. from the Lake Forest Graduate School of Management.

Jay Newmark, M.D. has served as Clarus’s Chief Medical Officer since December 2019. Prior to joining Clarus, Dr. Newmark was an independent urologist in private practice for 16 years, establishing himself as a leading voice in men’s health. Dr. Newmark served as Senior Director of Medical Affairs (Medical Diagnostics) at Genomic health from April 2018 to August 2019 and Senior Director of Medical Affairs (Medical Diagnostics) at OPKO Health (Nasdaq:OPK) from to August 2014 to April 2018, and has worked closely with both commercial development organizations and academic researchers to design clinical trial protocols and co-author publications in oncology and urology. Dr. Newmark received his M.D. from the University of Michigan Medical School and completed his residency in urology at The Johns Hopkins Hospital. Dr. Newark also holds an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

Non-Management Directors

Kimberly Murphy, Blue Water’s director, has more than 25 years of experience at leading pharmaceutical companies including Novartis (NYSE:NVS) and Merck & Co (NYSE:MRK). In her distinguished career at Merck, she rose through various public affairs and business roles to leadership positions as Region Marketer for U.S. Commercial Operations, U.S. Marketing Leader for Adult Vaccines and Director of the HPV/Gardasil Franchise. Most recently, Ms. Murphy served as the Vice President and Global Vaccines Commercialization Leader, Influenza Franchise, at GlaxoSmithKline (NYSE:GSK). Ms. Murphy was with GSK from 2011 through 2019, serving as VP of US Vaccines Customer Strategy from October 2012 to June 2014, then VP of the North America Vaccines Integration Planning from June 2014 to May 2015, followed by VP and Global Marketing Head for the Shingles Vaccines from May 2015 to February 2016, before transitioning to the Global Vaccines Commercialization Leader for the Influenza Franchise. Kim has Board and Advisory experience that includes serving on the boards of Oragenics, Inc. (NYSE: OGEN) and Blue Water Vaccines, Inc., as well as the GSK Representative to the Biotechnology Industry Organization’s Biodefense Advisory Council, and on the St. Joseph’s University Pharmaceutical & Healthcare Marketing MBA Program’s Advisory Board. Ms. Murphy received a B.A. in English from Old Dominion University, a M.B.A. in Marketing from St. Joseph’s University, and the Marketing Excellence Program from the Wharton School of University of Pennsylvania. She is well qualified to serve on our Board due to her extensive experience in the healthcare industry.

Joseph Hernandez, Blue Water’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is an entrepreneurial leader with over 25 years of experience in the healthcare field. He has a background in company creation, early-stage technology development, as well as private and public market financing. He brings leadership to the team, backed by a strong educational foundation in biology, medicine, molecular genetics, microbiology, epidemiology, marketing, and finance. Over the course of his career, he has founded or led eight entrepreneurial companies in cutting edge areas of healthcare and pharmaceuticals. After years of building his career at Merck & Co. (NYSE:MRK) from to December 1998 to January 2001 and Digene (acquired by Qiagen (NYSE:QGEN)) from 2005 to 2009, Mr. Hernandez founded and became the President and CEO of Innovative Biosensors from 2004 to 2009. Later, Mr. Hernandez served as the Founder and Chairman of Microlin Bio Inc. from August 2013 to January 2017 and as Chairman of the Board of Ember Therapeutics (OTCMKTS:EMBT) from April 2014 to January 2019. He was also the Chairman of Sydys Corporation from May 2016 to January 2019. In 2018, Mr.Hernandez founded Blue Water Vaccines, an early-stage biotechnology company focused on manufacturing a universal influenza vaccine in partnership with the University of Oxford in England. He has served as Chairman of Blue Water Vaccines, Inc. since January 2019. Most recently, in January 2020, he founded and in May 2020 sold Noachis Terra, Inc. (acquired by Oragenics (NYSE:OGEN)) a company developing a vaccine for COVID-19. Mr.Hernandez brings experience in managing and interacting with diverse cultures, high level executives, and elected officials, to the team. Mr. Hernandez received a B.S. in Neuroscience, M.S. in Molecular

221

Table of Contents

Genetics and Microbiology from the University of Florida and a MBA from the University of Florida, and is currently pursuing a MSc in Chronic Disease Epidemiology and Biostatistics from Yale University. He is well qualified to serve on our Board due to his extensive biotech entrepreneurship and early-stage technology development experience in the healthcare industry.

Elizabeth A. Cermak has served as a member of Clarus’s board of directors since July 2014. Ms. Cermak also serves on the board of directors of Moleculin Biotech, Inc. (Nasdaq: MBRX) and the board of directors of QUE Oncology, a private company. She has also served on the board of directors of SteadyMed Therapeutics (Nasdaq: STDY) from 2015 to 2018, a public company acquired by United Therapeutics. From 2009 to 2013, Ms. Cermak was the Chief Commercial Officer and Executive Vice President at POZEN, now Aralez Pharmaceuticals. As Chief Commercial Officer at POZEN, Ms. Cermak developed the commercial strategy and launch plans for the Company’s first self-marketed product, and signed licensing deals with Johnson & Johnson, Desitin, and Sanofi. Prior to joining POZEN, Ms. Cermak worked at Johnson & Johnson for 25 years, serving most recently as World-Wide Vice President Personal Products Franchise and Vice President Professional Sales & Marketing. Ms. Cermak received a B.A. in accounting and Spanish from Franklin & Marshall College and an M.B.A. from Drexel University. Ms. Cermak’s robust business experience, with a focus in life science companies, including public companies, provides her with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Alex Zisson has served as a member of Clarus’s board of directors since February 2004. Since January 2016, Mr. Zisson has been a Managing Director at H.I.G. BioHealth Partners, focusing on pharmaceuticals, genetics, drug delivery and specialty pharma and biotechnology. Prior to this role, from 2002 to 2016, he served as a Venture Investor and Partner at Thomas, McNerney, where he focused on investment opportunities in the life sciences sector. Prior to that, Mr. Zisson spent 11 years in the research department at Hambrecht & Quist, an investment bank (and its successor firms Chase H&Q and JPMorgan H&Q), from 1991 to 2002, including serving as Managing Director from 1997 to 2002 and as the firm’s Health Care Strategist following the merger of Chase H&Q and JPMorgan. Mr. Zisson also serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies, including Leiters Pharmacy, Neurana Pharmaceuticals, Taconic Biosciences and BioVectra Inc. Mr. Zisson received an A.B. in History from Brown University. Mr. Zisson’s experience as a healthcare strategist combined with his experience in investing in life science companies provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Mark A. Prygocki, Sr. has served as a member of Clarus’s board of directors since July 2014. From January 2017 until January 2020, he served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of Illustris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., (“Illustris”) a privately held bio-development company. Prior to joining Illustris, Mr. Prygocki worked at Medicis for more than 20 years and served most recently at Medicis as President from 2010 to 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Prygocki held several senior-level positions at Medicis, including Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. Since 2012, Mr. Prygocki has served as a consultant to the pharmaceutical and retail industries through his consulting company. Mr. Prygocki’s previous experience includes work at Citigroup, an investment banking firm, in the regulatory reporting division and several years in the audit department of Ernst & Young, LLP. Mr. Prygocki currently serves on the board of directors of Verrica Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: VRCA), since 2018 and is Chairman of its audit committee. Mr. Prygocki also served on the board of directors of Revance Therapeutics, Inc. within the last five years. He is certified by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Prygocki serves on the board of Whispering Hope Ranch Foundation, a non-profit organization that assists children with special needs. Mr. Prygocki holds a B.A. in accounting from Pace University. Mr. Prygocki’s operating experience and financial expertise in the life science companies provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Board of Directors

The Combined Entity’s board of directors, upon the closing of the Business Combination, will consist of seven members, including Clarus’s President and Chief Executive Officer. In accordance with the Amended Charter to be filed, immediately after the consummation of the Business Combination, the board of directors of New Blue Water will be divided into three classes, Classes I, II and III, each to serve a three year term, except for the initial term after the Closing, for which the Class I directors will be up for reelection at the first annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing, and for which the Class II directors will be up for reelection at the second annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Closing. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following the election. Directors will not be able to be removed during their term except for cause, and then

222

Table of Contents

only by the affirmative vote of only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors. The directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

•        the Class I directors will be Alex Zisson and [  ], and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;

•        the Class II directors will be Mark Prygocki and Elizabeth Cermak, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and

•        the Class III directors will be Robert Dudley, Kimberly Murphy and Joseph Hernandez, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.

The Combined Entity expects that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of the board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Under the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors and of certain board committees. Following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity’s board of directors will review the composition of the board and committees of the Combined Entity and the independence of each director.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Combined Entity’s board of directors will have the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions. Blue Water’s current board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by the board of directors. Following the Closing, the charters for each of these committees will be available on the Combined Entity’s website.

Audit Committee

The audit committee of the board of directors of the Combined Entity is expected to consist of [          ]. Blue Water’s board of directors has determined each proposed member is independent under the Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. The chairperson of the audit committee is expected to be [          ]. Following the Business Combination, the Combined Entity’s board of directors will determine which member of the audit committee qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and possesses financial sophistication, as defined under the rules of Nasdaq.

The primary purpose of the audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of the board of directors with respect to our accounting, financial, and other reporting and internal control practices and to oversee our independent registered accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

•        selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Combined Entity’s financial statements;

•        helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

•        discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

•        developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

•        reviewing policies on risk assessment and risk management;

223

Table of Contents

•        reviewing related party transactions;

•        obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes the Combined Entity’s internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

•        approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit service to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee of the Combined Entity’s board of directors is expected to consist of [          ]. Blue Water’s board of directors has determined each proposed member is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. The chairperson of the compensation committee is expected to be [          ]. The primary purpose of the compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of the board of directors to oversee its compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to its executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate.

Specific responsibilities of the compensation committee will include:

•        reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the Combined Entity’s Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating the Combined Entity’s Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of the Combined Entity’s Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

•        reviewing and approving the compensation of the Combined Entity’s other executive officers;

•        reviewing and recommending to the Combined Entity’s board of directors the compensation of the Combined Entity’s directors;

•        reviewing the Combined Entity’s executive compensation policies and plans;

•        reviewing and approving, or recommending that the Combined Entity’s board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for the Combined Entity’s executive officers and other senior management, as appropriate;

•        administering the Combined Entity’s incentive compensation equity-based incentive plans;

•        selecting independent compensation consultants and assessing whether there are any conflicts of interest with any of the committee’s compensation advisors;

•        assisting management in complying with the Combined Entity’s proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

•        if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in the Combined Entity’s annual proxy statement;

•        reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of the Combined Entity’s employees; and

•        reviewing the Combined Entity’s overall compensation philosophy.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee of the Combined Entity’s board of directors is expected to consist of [          ]. Blue Water’s board of directors has determined each proposed member is independent under Nasdaq listing standards. The chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee is expected to be [          ].

224

Table of Contents

Specific responsibilities of the nominating and corporate governance committee include:

•        identifying, evaluating and selecting, or recommending that the Combined Entity’s board of directors approve, nominees for election to the Combined Entity’s board of directors;

•        evaluating the performance of the Combined Entity’s board of directors and of individual directors;

•        reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

•        evaluating the adequacy of the Combined Entity’s corporate governance practices and reporting;

•        reviewing management succession plans; and

•        developing and making recommendations to the Combined Entity’s board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

The Combined Entity will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of its employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the Closing, the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be available on the Combined Entity’s website at https://clarustherapeutics.com/. Information contained on or accessible through such website is not a part of this prospectus/proxy statement, and the inclusion of the website address in this prospectus/proxy statement is an inactive textual reference only. The Combined Entity intends to disclose any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or any waivers of its requirements, on its website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of Combined Entity’s compensation committee has ever been an officer or employee of either company. None of Combined Entity’s expected executive officers serve, or have served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee, or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on either company’s compensation committee.

225

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION OF CLARUS

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference in this section of this proxy statement/prospectus to “Clarus,” “we,” “us” or “our” refers to Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. prior to the consummation of the Business Combination and to the Combined Entity and its consolidated subsidiaries following the Business Combination. As an “emerging growth company,” we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “emerging growth companies” and “smaller reporting companies” as such terms are defined in the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and the rules promulgated thereunder.

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program offered to the executive officers of Clarus who would have been “named executive officers” for 2020 and who will serve as the executive officers of the Combined Entity following the consummation of the Business Combination. Such executive officers consist of the following persons, referred to herein as our named executive officers (the “NEOs”):

•        Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D., President and Chief Executive Officer

•        Steven A. Bourne, Chief Administrative Officer

•        Frank A. Jaeger, Chief Commercial Officer

Each of our NEOs will serve the Combined Entity in the same capacities after the closing of the Business Combination.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of the Business Combination could vary significantly from our historical practices and currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

2020 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information regarding the total compensation awarded to and earned by our named executive officers for services rendered to Clarus in all capacities in fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, or Fiscal Year 2020.

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

Option
Awards
($)
(1)

 

Nonequity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)

 

Total
($)

Robert E. Dudley
President and Chief Executive Office
r

 

2020

 

410,000

 

 

 

147,600

 

557,600

Steven A. Bourne
Chief Administrative Officer

 

2020

 

325,000

 

 

 

85,830

 

410,830

Frank A. Jaeger
Chief Commercial Officer

 

2020

 

325,000

 

 

24,500

 

89,234

 

438,734

____________

(1)      The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock option awards granted to our named executive officer during 2020, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock option awards reported in this column are set forth in Note 10 of our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock option awards and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our named executive officers upon the exercise of the stock option awards or any sale of the underlying shares of Clarus common stock.

(2)      Reflects amounts earned in Fiscal Year 2020. Bonuses will be paid following closing of the Business Combination.

Narrative Disclosure to the Summary Compensation Table

2020 Base Salaries

Each of the named executive officers is paid a base salary commensurate with his skill set, experience, performance, role and responsibilities. For Fiscal Year 2020, the base salaries for Dr. Dudley and Messrs. Bourne and Jaeger were $410,000, $325,000 and $325,000, respectively.

226

Table of Contents

Annual Cash Bonuses

During the year ended December 31, 2020, each NEO was eligible to earn an annual discretionary bonus based on the achievement of corporate and individual objectives. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the earned annual bonuses for Dr. Dudley and Messrs. Bourne and Jaeger were $147,600, $85,830 and $89,234, respectively.

Equity Incentive Plan

We sponsor the Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “2014 Plan”), pursuant to which we have granted option awards to certain service providers of the Company, including our NEOs. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, we granted a stock option to purchase 350,000 shares of our common stock under the 2014 Plan to Mr. Jaeger. These awards are described in more detail in the “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Fiscal Year-End” table.

Employment Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers

Clarus has entered into offer letters and/or employment agreements with each of its NEOs. The material terms of the applicable employment agreement and offer letters with our NEOs are described below.

Robert E. Dudley.    We entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Robert E. Dudley effective as of February 13, 2004 (as amended from time to time, the “Dudley Employment Agreement”). Dr. Dudley currently serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The Dudley Employment Agreement provides for the terms and conditions of Dr. Dudley’s employment and sets forth his initial annual base salary, his initial target annual bonus, eligibility to participate in our equity incentive plans, and his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally.

Pursuant to the Dudley Employment Agreement, if Dr. Dudley’s employment is terminated without “cause” or if he resigns with “good reason”, as each such term is defined in the Dudley Employment Agreement, Dr. Dudley will be entitled to receive the following severance benefits, subject to his execution of an irrevocable separation agreement: (A) a lump-sum payment equal to twelve (12) months of his then-current base salary; (B) reimbursement for COBRA premium for himself and his dependents for up to twelve (12) months following his separation (or, if the Company has not secured group medical coverage, monthly payment of actual costs incurred by the executive to obtain medical coverage comparable to that he had immediately before joining Clarus, for a period of twelve (12) months following his termination); (C) a prorated portion of any annual bonus that would otherwise have been awarded for services rendered up to date of termination; and (D) company-paid executive-level outplacement services at a cost of up to $30,000. If Dr. Dudley is terminated due to death or disability, the Company shall pay for one year of continuation of health insurance that Dr. Dudley received during the term of his employment or other insurance comparable thereto, as well as a pro-rated annual bonus based on actual performance. The Dudley Employment Agreement also contains certain post-termination restrictive covenants, including (i) perpetual confidentiality, (ii) non-competition restriction during the term of his employment and for a one-year period thereafter, (iii) and non-solicitation of employees and customers during the term of his employment and for a one-year period thereafter. The Dudley Employment Agreement is governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its principles regarding choice of law.

Steven A. Bourne.    We entered into an offer letter with Steven A. Bourne effective as of February 16, 2004 (as amended from time to time, the “Bourne Offer Letter”). Mr. Bourne currently serves as our Chief Administrative Officer. The Bourne Offer Letter provides for Mr. Bourne’s employment and sets forth his initial annual base salary and initial equity grants. Pursuant to the Bourne Offer Letter, if Mr. Bourne’s employment is terminated without “cause” or if there is a “change of control” (as defined in the Bourne Offer Letter), Mr. Bourne will be entitled to receive, subject to his execution of an irrevocable separation agreement, continuation of salary (at the rate then in effect) and health insurance benefits for up to six (6) months after the date of termination or until he obtains comparable employment (if earlier).

Frank A. Jaeger.    We entered into an offer letter with Frank A. Jaeger effective as of September 30, 2019 (the “Jaeger Offer Letter”). Mr. Jaeger currently serves as our Chief Commercial Officer. The Jaeger Offer Letter provides for Mr. Jaeger’s employment and sets forth his initial annual base salary, initial bonus opportunity, initial equity grant, and eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Pursuant to the Jaeger Offer Letter, if Mr. Jaeger’s employment is terminated without “cause” or if he resigns with “good reason”, as each such term is defined in the Jaeger Offer Letter, Mr. Jaeger will be entitled to receive, subject to his execution of an irrevocable separation agreement, continuation of salary for six (6) months following the separation date.

227

Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards held by each of its named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.

         

Option awards(1)

 

Stock awards

Name

 

Grant
date

 

Vesting
commencement
date

 

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable

 

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable

 

Option
exercise
price
($)

 

Option
expiration
date

 

Number
of shares
or units
of stock
that
have
not
vested
(#)

 

Market
value of
shares
or units
of stock
that
have
not
vested
($)

 

Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
number of
unearned
shares,
units or
other
rights
that
have not
vested
(#)

 

Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
market or
payout
value of
unearned
shares,
units or
other rights
that have
not vested
($)
(3)

Robert E. Dudley

 

9/9/2011(1)

 

9/9/2011

 

570,000

 

 

 

 

0.99

 

9/9/2021

 

 

 

 

   

1/22/2015(2)

 

1/22/2015

 

58,823

(3)

 

 

 

2.93

 

1/22/2025

               
   

6/2/2016(2)

 

6/2/2016

 

128,000

(3)

 

 

 

1.32

 

6/2/2026

               
   

7/17/2017(2)

 

7/17/2017

 

125,525

(4)

 

21,431

(4)

 

2.14

 

7/17/2027

               
   

12/15/2017(2)

 

12/15/2017

 

129,000

(4)

 

43,000

(4)

 

2.13

 

12/15/2027

               

Steven A. Bourne

 

9/9/2011(1)

 

9/9/2011

 

95,000

(3)

 

 

 

0.99

 

9/9/2021

 

 

 

 

   

1/22/2015(2)

 

1/22/2015

 

31,512

(3)

 

 

 

2.93

 

1/22/2025

               
   

6/2/2016(2)

 

6/2/2016

 

80,000

(3)

 

 

 

1.32

 

6/2/2026

               
   

7/17/2017(2)

 

7/17/2017

 

55,521

(4)

 

9,479

(4)

 

2.14

 

7/17/2027

               
   

12/15/2017(2)

 

12/15/2017

 

73,125

(4)

 

24,375

(4)

 

2.13

 

12/15/2027

               

Frank A. Jaeger

 

12/18/2020(2)

 

9/23/2019

 

109,375

(4)

 

240,375

(4)

 

2.69

 

12/18/2030

 

 

 

 

____________

(1)      This equity award was granted under and is subject to the terms of our 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”), as well as certain acceleration of vesting rights under the NEO’s employment agreement or offer letter, as applicable. This equity award will be cancelled and extinguished as of the Closing.

(2)      This equity award was granted under and is subject to the terms of our 2014 Plan, as well as certain acceleration of vesting rights under the NEO’s employment agreement or offer letter, as applicable. This equity award will be cancelled and extinguished as of the Closing.

(3)      This grant was fully vested on December 31, 2020.

(4)      ¼ of the shares subject to this stock option vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the stock option vest on a monthly basis thereafter, in each case, subject to the NEO’s continued service relationship through each applicable vesting date.

228

Table of Contents

Employee benefit and equity compensation plans and arrangements

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

The 2004 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and any of our subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, and restricted stock units awards to our employees, officers, directors and consultants of ours and our subsidiary corporations. Our 2004 Plan will be terminated in connection with the Closing, and accordingly, no shares will be available for future issuance under the 2004 Plan following the Closing. In addition, all outstanding awards granted under the 2004 Plan will be cancelled and extinguished.

As of December 31, 2020, options to purchase up to 722,500 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2004 Plan.

2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

The 2014 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and any of our subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options and restricted stock awards to our employees, officers, directors and consultants of ours and our subsidiary corporations. Our 2014 Plan will be terminated in connection with the Closing, and accordingly, no shares will be available for future issuance under the 2014 Plan following the Closing. In addition, all outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan will be cancelled and extinguished as of the Closing.

As of December 31, 2020, options to purchase up to 3,092,159 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2014 Plan.

2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

The 2021 Plan was adopted by Blue Water’s board of directors on [          ], 2021. Under the 2021 Plan, we have initially reserved for issuance an aggregate of [          ] shares of our common stock. The terms, eligibility and administration of our 2021 Plan is described in further detail in the section entitled “The Incentive Plan Proposal.

229

Table of Contents

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

During Fiscal Year 2020, we did not provide any compensation to our non-employee directors who were associated with Thomas, McNerney & Partners, H.I.G. BioHealth Partners and C-Bridge Capital Partners, LLC for their services on our board of directors. While we did not have a formal non-employee director compensation program prior to the Business Combination, Ms. Cermak and Mr. Prygocki each received an annual cash retainer of $30,000, paid on a quarterly basis.

2020 Director Compensation Table

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee director of our board of directors during Fiscal Year 2020. Dr. Dudley, our President and Chief Executive Officer, did not receive any additional compensation from us for his services on our board of directors. The compensation received by Dr. Dudley as an NEO is set forth above in “Executive Compensation—2020 Summary Compensation Table.

Name

 

Fees
Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)

 

Option
Awards
($)
(1)

 

All Other
Compensation
($)

 

Total
($)

Alex Zisson(2)

 

 

 

 

 

   

Bruce Robertson(3)

 

 

 

 

 

   

Elizabeth Cermak(4)

 

30,000

 

 

32,740

 

 

 

62,740

James Thomas(5)

 

 

 

 

 

   

Mark A. Prygocki(6)

 

16,250

(7)

 

479,109

 

131,162

(8)

 

626,521

Mengjiao Jiang(7)

 

 

 

 

 

   

____________

(1)      The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock option awards granted to non-employee directors during 2020, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock option awards reported in this column are set forth in note 10 of our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock option awards and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our non-employee directors upon the exercise of the stock option awards or any sale of the underlying shares of Clarus common stock.

(2)      As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Zisson did not hold any outstanding awards.

(3)      As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Robertson did not hold any outstanding awards.

(4)      As of December 31, 2020, Ms. Cermak held stock options to purchase a total of 121,520 shares of Clarus common stock.

(5)      As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Thomas did not hold any outstanding awards.

(6)      As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Prygocki held stock options to purchase a total of 475,781 shares of Clarus common stock.

(7)      Mr. Prygocki was appointed, temporarily, as an Executive Director of our board of directors on July 15, 2020 and ceased to receive any cash retainer for board services as of such date and until such time that he no longer held the Executive Director position. Mr. Prygocki’s role as Executive Director ceased on May 15, 2021.

(8)      Represents amounts paid to Mr. Prygocki for service as a director, consisting of the $128,125 in cash compensation and $3,037 for medical insurance premiums. In connection with Mr. Prygocki’s appointment as an Executive Director of our board of directors, our board approved the following compensation to Mr. Prygocki: (i) a cash payment in an amount equal to 70% of our Chief Executive Officer’s salary, payable on a monthly basis, if Mr. Prygocki is not eligible for and has not elected coverage under our healthcare plans, (ii) a cash payment amount equal to 60% of our Chief Executive Officer’s salary, payable on a monthly basis, if Mr. Prygocki is eligible for and has elected coverage under our healthcare plans, and (iii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus in an amount of up to 60% of our Chief Executive Officer’s bonus, contingent upon achievement of certain performance measures as determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion

(9)      As of December 31, 2020, Ms. Jiang did not hold any outstanding awards.

In connection with the Business Combination, we intend to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy that will become effective upon completion of the Business Combination and will be designed to align compensation with our business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while enabling us to attract, retain, incentivize and reward directors who contribute to the long-term success of the company.

230

Table of Contents

Under the contemplated policy, our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive cash retainers (which will be prorated for partial years of service) and equity awards as set forth below:

Annual Retainer for Board Membership

 

 

 

Annual service on the board of directors

 

$

 

Additional retainer for annual service as non-executive chairperson

 

$

 

Additional retainer for annual service as a lead director of the board of directors

 

$

 

Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Membership

 

 

 

Annual service as audit committee chairperson

 

$

 

Annual service as member of the audit committee (other than chair)

 

$

 

Annual service as compensation committee chairperson

 

$

 

Annual service as member of the compensation committee (other than chair)

 

$

 

Annual service as nominating and governance committee chairperson

 

$

 

Annual service as member of the nominating and governance committee (other than chair)

 

$

 

In addition, the non-employee director compensation policy will provide that, upon initial election to our board of directors, each non-employee director will be granted [  ] (“Initial Grant”). The Initial Grant will vest in [  ], subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date. Furthermore, on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director who continues as a non-employee director following such meeting will be granted an annual [  ] (“Annual Grant”). The Annual Grant will vest in full on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the grant date or (ii) our next annual meeting of stockholders, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date. Such awards are subject to full accelerated vesting upon the sale of the company.

The aggregate amount of compensation, including both equity compensation and cash compensation, paid to any non-employee director of the Combined Entity in a calendar year will not exceed $1,000,000 in the first calendar year such individual becomes a non-employee director and $650,000 in any other calendar year.

We will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by non-employee directors in attending meetings of the board of directors and committees thereof. Employee directors will receive no additional compensation for their service as a director.

231

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Blue Water

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

On June 30, 2020, we issued an aggregate of 1,437,500 Founder Shares to the Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 in cash, or approximately $0.017 per share. The number of Founder Shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such Founder Shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of the Blue Water IPO. The Founder Shares (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

On December 17, 2020, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 3,445,000 Placement Warrants for a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $3,445,000, in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of the Blue Water IPO. Each Placement Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The Placement Warrants (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

Commencing December 2020, we paid the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

Other than the foregoing, no compensation of any kind, including any finder’s fee, reimbursement, consulting fee or monies in respect of any payment of a loan, will be paid by us to our Sponsor, officers and directors, or any affiliate of our Sponsor or officers, prior to, or in connection with any services rendered in order to effectuate, the consummation of an initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. We do not have a policy that prohibits our Sponsor, executive officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, from negotiating for the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses by a target business. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

Prior to the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor loaned us approximately $157,000 under an unsecured promissory note, which were used for a portion of the expenses of our Initial Public Offering. The loan was non-interest bearing and unsecured and was repaid in full on December 17, 2020 out of the offering proceeds that were allocated to the payment of offering expenses (other than underwriting commissions).

If we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate an initial business combination by December 17, 2021, we may, by resolution of our board if requested by the Sponsor, extend the period of time to consummate an initial business combination up to two times, each by an additional three months (up to June 17, 2022), subject to the Sponsor depositing additional funds into the Trust Account as set out below. Pursuant to the terms of Blue Water Charter and the trust agreement entered into between us and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, in order for the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination to be extended, the Sponsor or its affiliates or designees, upon five business days’ advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the Trust Account $575,000 ($0.10 per unit), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline, for each of the available three month extensions, providing a total possible business combination period of 18 months at a total payment value of $1,150,000 ($0.10 per unit). Any such payments would be made in the form of non-interest bearing loans. If we complete an initial business combination, we will, at the option of the Sponsor, repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to us or convert a portion or all of the total loan amount into Extension Warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant, which warrants will be identical to the Placement Warrants. If we do not complete an initial business combination, we will repay such loans only from funds held outside of the Trust Account. Furthermore, the letter agreement with our initial stockholders contains a provision pursuant to which the Sponsor has agreed to waive its right to be repaid for such loans to the extent there is insufficient funds held outside of the Trust Account in the event that we do not complete an initial business combination. The Sponsor and its affiliates or designees are not obligated to fund the Trust Account to extend the time for us to complete an initial business combination.

232

Table of Contents

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the Sponsor or its affiliate or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from the Trust Account would be used for such repayment. As of May 13, 2021, Blue Water had not obtained any working capital loan. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants (which we refer to in this proxy statement/prospectus as Working Capital Warrants) at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The Working Capital Warrants would be identical to the Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. The terms of such working capital loans by the Sponsor or its affiliates, or our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the Combined Entity with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with respect to the Founder Shares, the Placement Warrants, the Working Capital Warrants (if any), the Extension Warrants (if any) and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the foregoing and upon conversion of the Founder Shares.

Clarus

Other than compensation arrangements, the following is a summary of the transactions and series of similar transactions since January 1, 2018, or any currently proposed transactions, to which Clarus was a participant or will be a participant, in which:

•        the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

•        any of Clarus’s directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of Clarus’s voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for Clarus’s directors and named executive officers are described elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement.

Sales and Purchases of Securities

2018 Note Financings

On February 13, 2018, Clarus entered into a note purchase agreement (the “February Notes”) pursuant to which its existing investors committed to purchase convertible promissory notes.

On August 16, 2018, Clarus entered into a note purchase agreement (the “August Notes”, and together with the February Notes, the “Notes”), pursuant to which its existing investors committed to purchase convertible promissory notes. The August Notes were amended on June 7, 2019, March 17, 2021 and April 26, 2021 to allow for subsequent closings and certain mandatory conversion rights.

The Notes are subject to certain mandatory conversion rights such that if the conditions are met, the Notes shall convert to Mandatory Conversion Stock (as defined in the August Notes). Further, in the event of a SPAC Transaction (as defined in the August Notes), if the August Notes have not been previously converted, the note holder will receive the number of shares of common stock of the SPAC Acquirer (as defined in the August Notes) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the outstanding principal balance of the August Note and any interest accrued and unpaid as of immediately prior to the SPAC Transaction by (B) (i) if the August Notes was issued prior to April 2021, $10.20, or (ii) if the August Notes were issued in or after April 2021, $10.00.

233

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the aggregate participation in the Notes beginning January 1, 2018 by any of Clarus’s directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of Clarus’s voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons.

Name and Date of Issuance

 

Aggregate
Principal

February Notes

 

 

 

February 13, 2018

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Thomas, McNerney & Partners(1)

 

$

1,654,756.18

Entities affiliated with H.I.G. BioVentures(2)

 

$

783,554.49

CBC SPVI Ltd(3)

 

$

876,618.82

   

 

 

August Notes

 

 

 

Initial 2018 Closing

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Thomas, McNerney & Partners(1)

 

$

1,946,771.98

Entities affiliated with H.I.G. BioVentures(2)

 

$

1,727,269.09

CBC SPVI Ltd(3)

 

$

1,031,316.26

First Subsequent 2019 Closing

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Thomas, McNerney & Partners(1)

 

$

3,893,543.96

Entities affiliated with H.I.G. BioVentures(2)

 

$

3,454,538.18

CBC SPVI Ltd(3)

 

$

2,062,632.52

Second Subsequent 2019 Closing

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Thomas, McNerney & Partners(1)

 

$

1,946,774.98

Entities affiliated with H.I.G. BioVentures(2)

 

$

1,727,269.09

CBC SPVI Ltd(3)

 

$

1,031,316.52

Third Subsequent 2019 Closing

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Thomas, McNerney & Partners(1)

 

$

1,946,774.98

Entities affiliated with H.I.G. BioVentures(2)

 

$

1,727,269.09

CBC SPVI Ltd(3)

 

$

1,031,316.26

First Subsequent 2021 Closing

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Thomas, McNerney & Partners(1)

 

$

2,920,157.98

Entities affiliated with H.I.G. BioVentures(2)

 

$

2,590,903.63

CBC SPVI Ltd(3)

 

$

1,546,974.38

Second Subsequent 2021 Closing

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Thomas, McNerney & Partners(1)

 

$

2,133,681.77

Entities affiliated with H.I.G. BioVentures(2)

 

$

1,413,053.83

CBC SPVI Ltd(3)

 

$

1,130,333.05

Third Subsequent 2021 Closing

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Thomas, McNerney & Partners(1)

 

$

1,160,295.79

Entities affiliated with H.I.G. BioVentures(2)

 

$

549,419.29

CBC SPVI Ltd(3)

 

$

614,674.90

____________

(1)      James E. Thomas is a partner at Thomas, McNerney & Partners and is a member of Clarus’s board of directors.

(2)      Bruce C. Robertson, Ph.D. and Alex Zisson are managing directors at H.I.G. BioHealth Partners and are members of Clarus’s board of directors.

(3)      Mengjiao Jiang is a managing partner at C-Bridge Capital Partners and is a member of Clarus’s board of directors.

Indemnification Agreements

Clarus has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors. These agreements, among other things, require Clarus to indemnify each director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of Clarus, arising out of the person’s services as a director.

234

Table of Contents

In connection with the Business Combination, New Blue Water expects to enter into new agreements to indemnify its directors and executive officers. These agreements will, among other things, require New Blue Water to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in New Blue Water’s right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on our behalf or that person’s status as a member of New Blue Water’s board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law.

Policies for Approval of Related Person Transactions

Clarus’s board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers, and holders of 5% or more of its voting securities and their affiliates (each, a “related person”). Prior to this transaction, prior to Clarus’s board of directors’ consideration of a transaction with a related person, the material facts as to the related person’s relationship or interest in the transaction were disclosed to the board of directors, and the transaction was not considered approved by the board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approve the transaction. Clarus’s current policy with respect to approval of related person transactions is not in writing.

Upon the Closing, New Blue Water will adopt a written related person transaction policy that sets forth the following policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions.

A “Related Person Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which New Blue Water or any of its subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “Related Person” means:

•        any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of New Blue Water’s officers or one of New Blue Water’s directors;

•        any person who is known by New Blue Water to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of New Blue Water’s voting stock;

•        any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of its voting stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of its voting stock; and

•        any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

New Blue Water will have policies and procedures designed to minimize potential conflicts of interest arising from any dealings it may have with its affiliates and to provide appropriate procedures for the disclosure of any real or potential conflicts of interest that may exist from time to time. Specifically, pursuant to its charter, the audit committee of the board of directors of New Blue Water will have the responsibility to review related party transactions.

Employment Arrangements

Clarus has entered into employment arrangements with each of its executive officers. In 2020, Clarus’s board of directors requested an expansion of board duties in turn for compensation with one of its current directors. For more information regarding these agreements with Clarus’s executive officers and directors, please see “Executive Compensation of Clarus — Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements with Executive Officers and Directors — Employment Arrangements with Executive Officers and Directors” of this proxy statement/prospectus.

Voting Agreements

In connection with the Business Combination, Clarus and Blue Water have entered into voting agreements with the Sponsor and certain significant Clarus securityholders, including certain key employees. For more information, please see “The Business Combination Proposal — General Description of the Merger Agreement — Clarus Support Agreements” and “The Business Combination Proposal — General Description of the Merger Agreement — Sponsor Support Agreement” of this proxy statement/prospectus.

235

Table of Contents

APPRAISAL RIGHTS

Blue Water’s stockholders do not have appraisal rights in connection with the Business Combination under Delaware law.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters relating to the validity of the common stock to be issued hereunder will be passed upon for Blue Water by Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The audited financial statements of Blue Water Acquisition Corp. for the period from as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 included in this proxy statement/prospectus have been so included in reliance on a report, which includes an explanatory paragraph about the existence of substantial doubt concerning Blue Water’s ability to continue as a going concern, of Marcum LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and are included in reliance on such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020 included in this proxy statement/prospectus of Blue Water Acquisition Corp. have been audited by RSM US LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report thereon which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to going concern, and included in this proxy statement/prospectus and registration statement in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The transfer agent and registrar for Blue Water’s securities is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

236

Table of Contents

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO STOCKHOLDERS

Pursuant to the rules of the SEC, Blue Water and servicers that it employs to deliver communications to Blue Water’s stockholders are permitted to deliver to two or more stockholders sharing the same address a single copy of this proxy statement/prospectus. Upon written or oral request, Blue Water will deliver a separate copy of this proxy statement/prospectus to any stockholder at a shared address to which a single copy of this proxy statement/prospectus was delivered and who wishes to receive separate copies in the future. Stockholders receiving multiple copies of this proxy statement/prospectus may likewise request that Blue Water deliver single copies of Blue Water’s proxy statement in the future. Stockholders may notify Blue Water of their requests by calling or writing Blue Water at its principal executive offices at 15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363, Greenwich, CT 06830, (646) 303-0737. Following the Business Combination, communications should be sent to Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc., 555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340., Northbrook, IL 60062.

SUBMISSION OF STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

Blue Water’s board of directors is aware of no other matter that may be brought before the Blue Water Special Meeting. Under Delaware law, only business that is specified in the notice of Special Meeting to stockholders may be transacted at the Blue Water Special Meeting.

FUTURE STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

Stockholder proposals, other than director nominations, for the 2022 annual meeting must be received by our secretary at our principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the anniversary date of our 2021 annual meeting. However, in the event that our 2022 annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after the anniversary date of our 2021 annual meeting, to be timely a stockholder’s notice must be received by our secretary at our principal executive office not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the 2022 annual meeting and not later than the later of (1) the close of business on the 90th day before the 2022 annual meeting or (2) the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the 2022 annual meeting is first made by us.

Director nominations for the 2022 annual meeting must be received by our secretary at our principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the anniversary date of our 2021 annual meeting. However, in the event that our 2022 annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after the anniversary date of our 2021 annual meeting, to be timely a stockholder’s notice must be received by our secretary at our principal executive office not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the 2022 annual meeting and not later than the later of (1) the close of business on the 90th day before the 2022 annual meeting or (2) the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the 2022 annual meeting is first made by us.

In addition to the above, a stockholder proposal must otherwise comply with applicable SEC rules to be considered for inclusion in our proxy materials relating to our 2022 annual meeting. You may contact our Secretary at our principal executive offices for a copy of the relevant bylaw provisions regarding the requirements for making stockholder proposals and nominating director candidates.

STOCKHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS

Stockholders and interested parties may communicate with Blue Water’s board of directors, any committee chairperson or the non-management directors as a group by writing to the board or committee chairperson in care of Joseph Hernandez, Chief Executive Officer, Blue Water Acquisition Corp., 15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363, Greenwich, CT 06830. Following the Business Combination, such communications should be sent to Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc., 555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340., Northbrook, IL 60062. Each communication will be forwarded, depending on the subject matter, to the board of directors, the appropriate committee chairperson or all non-management directors.

237

Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

Blue Water has filed a registration statement on Form S-4 to register the issuance of securities described elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. This proxy statement/prospectus is a part of that registration statement.

Blue Water files reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC as required by the Exchange Act. You may access Blue Water’s filings, including this proxy statement/prospectus, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at: http://www.sec.gov.

Information and statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus or any annex to this proxy statement/prospectus are qualified in all respects by reference to the copy of the relevant contract or other annex filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part, which includes exhibits incorporated by reference from other filings made with the SEC.

If you would like additional copies of this proxy statement/prospectus or if you have questions about the Business Combination or the proposals to be presented at the Blue Water Special Meeting, you should contact Blue Water by telephone or in writing at the following address and telephone number:

Joseph Hernandez
Chief Executive Officer
15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363
Greenwich, CT 06830
(646) 303-0737

You may also obtain these documents by requesting them in writing or by telephone from Blue Water’s proxy solicitation, Advantage Proxy agent at the following address and telephone number:

Karen Smith
President and Chief Executive Officer
Advantage Proxy
P.O. Box 13581
Des Moines, WA 98198
Toll Free: (877) 870-8565
Collect: (206) 870-8565
(banks and brokers can call collect at (206) 870-8565)
Email: ksmith@advantageproxy.com

If you are a stockholder of Blue Water and would like to request documents, please do so by [          ], 2021, in order to receive them before the Blue Water Special Meeting. If you request any documents from Blue Water, Blue Water will mail them to you by first class mail, or another equally prompt means.

All information contained or incorporated by reference in this proxy statement/prospectus relating to Blue Water has been supplied by Blue Water, and all such information relating to Clarus has been supplied by Clarus. Information provided by either Blue Water or Clarus does not constitute any representation, estimate or projection of any other party. Clarus’s website is https://clarustherapeutics.com/. The information on this website is neither incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus, or into any other filings with, or into any other information furnished or submitted to, the SEC.

This document is a proxy statement of Blue Water for the Blue Water Special Meeting and constitutes a prospectus of Blue Water under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock of Blue Water to be issued to Clarus’s securityholders and noteholders under the Merger Agreement. Blue Water has not authorized anyone to give any information or make any representation about the Business Combination, Blue Water or Clarus that is different from, or in addition to, that contained in this proxy statement/prospectus. Therefore, if anyone does give you information of this sort, you should not rely on it. The information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus speaks only as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies.

238

Table of Contents

INDEX TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements:

 

Page

Condensed Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2021 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2020

 

F-2

Unaudited Condensed Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021

 

F-3

Unaudited Condensed Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2021

 

F-4

Unaudited Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021

 

F-5

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

 

F-6

Financial Statements:

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-20

Financial Statements:

   

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2020

 

F-21

Statement of Operations for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020

 

F-22

Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020

 

F-23

Statement of Cash Flows for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020

 

F-24

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-25

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2021 AND 2020:

 

Page

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

F-40

Condensed Statements of Operations

 

F-41

Condensed Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

 

F-42

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-43

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

 

F-44

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019:

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-58

Balance Sheets

 

F-59

Statements of Operations

 

F-60

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

 

F-61

Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-62

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-63

F-1

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

March 31,
2021

 

December 31, 2020

   

(unaudited)

   

Assets:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

408,195

 

$

655,371

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

184,921

 

 

168,141

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

593,116

 

 

823,512

 

Investments held in Trust Account

 

 

58,651,494

 

 

58,650,048

 

Total Assets

 

$

59,244,610

 

$

59,473,560

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

83,091

 

$

178,645

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

323,192

 

 

70,000

 

Due to related party

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

Accrued taxes

 

 

259,745

 

 

172,200

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

696,028

 

 

420,845

 

Deferred underwriting commissions

 

 

2,012,500

 

 

2,012,500

 

Derivative warrant liabilities

 

 

5,547,755

 

 

16,698,635

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

8,256,283

 

 

19,131,980

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

   

 

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 4,508,659 and 3,464,860 shares subject to possible redemption at $10.20 per share at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

 

 

45,988,322

 

 

35,341,572

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 1,298,841 and 2,342,640 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 4,508,659 and 3,464,860 shares subject to possible redemption) at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

 

 

130

 

 

234

 

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,437,500 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

144

 

 

144

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

9,717,651

 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

 

4,999,731

 

 

(4,718,021

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

5,000,005

 

 

5,000,008

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

59,244,610

 

$

59,473,560

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-2

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2021

General and administrative expenses

 

$

418,034

 

Other taxes

 

 

87,545

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(505,579

)

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

 

 

11,150,880

 

Gain on marketable securities

 

 

1,446

 

Net income

 

$

10,646,747

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock subject to redemption, basic and diluted

 

 

3,476,458

 

Basic and diluted net income per share, common stock subject to redemption

 

$

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock, basic and diluted

 

 

3,768,542

 

Basic and diluted net income per share, common stock

 

$

2.83

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2021

         

Retained
Earnings/
(Accumulated
Deficit)

   
   

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

 

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

   

Class A

 

Class B

 
   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance – December 31, 2020

 

2,342,640

 

 

$

234

 

 

1,437,500

 

$

144

 

$

9,717,651

 

 

$

(4,718,021

)

 

$

5,000,008

 

Common stock subject to possible redemption

 

(1,043,799

)

 

 

(104

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9,717,651

)

 

 

(928,995

)

 

 

(10,646,750

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,646,747

 

 

 

10,646,747

 

Balance – March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

 

1,298,841

 

 

$

130

 

 

1,437,500

 

$

144

 

$

 

 

$

4,999,731

 

 

$

5,000,005

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2021

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

10,646,747

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative warranty liabilities

 

 

(11,150,880

)

Gain on marketable securities

 

 

(1,446

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(16,780

)

Accounts payable

 

 

(74,954

)

Accrued expenses

 

 

253,192

 

Due to related party

 

 

30,000

 

Accrued taxes

 

 

87,545

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(226,576

)

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

Offering costs paid

 

 

(20,600

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(20,600

)

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash

 

 

(247,176

)

Cash – beginning of the period

 

 

655,371

 

Cash – end of the period

 

$

408,195

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities:

 

 

 

 

Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption

 

$

10,646,750

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 1 Description of Organization, Business Operations and Basis of Presentation

Blue Water Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on May 22, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”). The Company is an emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with emerging growth companies.

As of March 31, 2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”) described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The Company’s sponsor is Blue Water Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”). The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on December 15, 2020. On December 17, 2020, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offering of 5,750,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”), including 750,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments (the “Over-Allotment Units”), at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $57.5 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $3.7 million, of which approximately $2.0 million was for deferred underwriting commissions (Note 5).

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the private placement (“Private Placement”) of 3,445,000 warrants (each, a “Private Placement Warrant” and collectively, the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, generating proceeds of approximately $3.4 million (Note 4).

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, approximately $58.7 million ($10.20 per Unit) of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and certain of the proceeds of the Private Placement was held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) located in the United States with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee, and will be invested only in U.S. “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete one or more initial Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable and interest previously released for working capital purposes on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

The Company will provide the holders (the “Public Stockholders”) of the Public Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public

F-6

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 1 — Description of Organization, Business Operations and Basis of Presentation (cont.)

Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then held in the Trust Account (initially anticipated to be $10.20 per Public Share). The per-share amount to be distributed to Public Stockholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 5). These Public Shares are recorded at a redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity” (“ASC 480”). The Company will proceed with a Business Combination if a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. The Company will not redeem the Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. If a stockholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the initial stockholders (as defined below) agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined below in Note 4) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of a Business Combination. In addition, the initial stockholders agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of a Business Combination.

The Certificate of Incorporation provided that a Public Stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors (the “initial stockholders”) agreed not to propose an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or with respect to any other material provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

The Company will have up to 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, or December 17, 2021, (or up to 18 months from the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, or June 17, 2022, if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a Business Combination) (the “Combination Period”) to complete a Business Combination. In order to extend the time available for the Company to consummate a Business Combination, the Sponsor or its affiliate or designees must deposit into the Trust Account $575,000 ($0.10 per Public Share), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline, for each three-month extension.

If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company for working capital purposes or to pay its taxes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining stockholders and the board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

F-7

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 1 — Description of Organization, Business Operations and Basis of Presentation (cont.)

The initial stockholders agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the initial stockholders acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters agreed to waive their rights to the deferred underwriting commission (see Note 5) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.20. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party (except for the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has entered into a letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement (a “Target”), reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.20 per Public Share and (ii) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.20 per Public Share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or Target that executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) not will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Going Concern

As of March 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $408,000 in cash and working capital of approximately $157,000.

The Company’s liquidity needs prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering were satisfied through the payment of $25,000 from the Sponsor to cover certain offering costs on behalf of the Company in exchange for issuance of the Founders Shares (as defined in Note 4), and a loan from the Sponsor of approximately $157,000 under the Note (as defined in Note 4). The Company repaid the Note in full on December 17, 2020. Subsequent to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Company’s liquidity has been satisfied through the net proceeds from the consummation of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement held outside of the Trust Account.

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 205-40, “Basis of Presentation — Going Concern,” management has determined that the anticipated cash requirements in the next twelve months raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern until the earlier of the consummation of the Business Combination or the date the Company is required to liquidate, June 17, 2022. The financial statements do not include any adjustment that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

COVID-19 Impact

Management is currently evaluating the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

F-8

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 1 — Description of Organization, Business Operations and Basis of Presentation (cont.)

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information and Article 8 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal accruals) considered for a fair presentation have been included. The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by the Company with the SEC on May 6, 2021.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company that is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Proposed Business Combination

On April 27, 2021, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Blue Water Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), and Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Clarus”). See Note 9

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheet. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company had no cash equivalents as of March 31, 2021 in its operating cash account.

F-9

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Investments Held in Trust Account

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, $58.7 million of the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement were placed in the Trust Account and invested in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. All of the Company’s investments held in the Trust Account are classified as trading securities. Trading securities are presented on the balance sheet at fair value at the end of each reporting period. Gains and losses resulting from the change in fair value of these securities is included in net gain on investments, dividends and interest held in Trust Account in the accompanying statement of operations. The estimated fair values of investments held in the Trust Account are determined using available market information.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage limit of $250,000, and investments held in Trust Account. As of March 31, 2021, the Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under the FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

•        Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

•        Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

•        Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Derivative warrant liabilities

The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow, market, or foreign currency risks. The Company evaluates all of its financial instruments, including issued stock purchase warrants, to determine if such instruments are liabilities, derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives, pursuant to ASC 480 and ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging, (“ASC 815”). The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is re-assessed at the end of each reporting period.

F-10

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

The Company accounts for its 9,195,000 common stock warrants issued in connection with its Initial Public Offering (5,750,000) and Private Placement (3,445,000) as derivative warrant liabilities in accordance with ASC 815. Accordingly, the Company recognizes the warrant instruments as liabilities at fair value and adjusts the instruments to fair value at each reporting period. The liabilities are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Company’s statement of operations. The fair value of warrants issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering were initially measured at fair value using a Monte-Carlo simulation model and have subsequently been measured based on the listed market price of such warrants. The fair value of the Private Placement warrants have been estimated using Monte-Carlo simulation model at inception and subsequently at each measurement date.

Offering Costs Associated with the Initial Public Offering

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred that were directly related to the Initial Public Offering and were charged to stockholders’ equity or written off to the statement of operations upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The portion of the offering costs related to the issuance of the public and private warrants was written off to the statement of operations as a financing costs — warrant liabilities.

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption (if any) is classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable Class A common stock (including Class A common stock that features redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, Class A common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A common stock feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, 4,508,659 and 3,464,860 shares of Class A common stock, respectively, subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. As of March 31, 2021, the Company has aggregate deferred tax assets of approximately $1,042,000 and has recognized a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets.

FASB ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2021. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties as of March 31, 2021. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

F-11

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary Share

Net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The Company has not considered the effect of the warrants sold in the Public Offering and Private Placement to purchase an aggregate of 9,195,000 shares in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since the exercise of the warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants would be ant- dilutive.

The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of income (loss) per share for Redeemable Class A Common Stock in a manner similar to the two-class method of income (loss) per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted, for Redeemable Class A Common Stock is calculated by dividing the proportionate share of income or loss on marketable securities held by the Trust Account, net of applicable franchise and income taxes, by the weighted average number of Common stock subject to possible redemption outstanding since original issuance.

Net income per share, basic and diluted, for Non-Redeemable Class A and Class B Common Stock is calculated by dividing the net loss, adjusted for income or loss on marketable securities attributable to Redeemable Class A Common Stock, by the weighted average number of non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period.

Non-Redeemable Class A and Class B Common Stock includes Founder Shares and non-redeemable shares of common stock as these shares do not have any redemption features. Non-Redeemable Class A and Class B Common Stock participates in the income or loss on marketable securities based on non-redeemable common stock shares’ proportionate interest.

Accordingly, basic and diluted income per common share is calculated as follows for the three months ended March 31, 2021:

 

For The
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021

Class A Common stock subject to possible redemption

 

 

 

 

Numerator: Earnings allocable to Common stock subject to possible redemption

 

 

 

 

Income from investments held in Trust Account

 

$

1,134

 

Less: Company’s portion available to be withdrawn to pay taxes

 

 

(1,134

)

Net income attributable

 

$

 

Denominator: Weighted average Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

3,476,458

 

Basic and diluted net income per share

 

$

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Redeemable Common Stock

 

 

 

 

Numerator: Net Income minus Net Earnings

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

10,646,747

 

Net income allocable to Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

 

 

 

Non-redeemable net income

 

$

10,646,747

 

Denominator: weighted average Non-redeemable common stock

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Non-redeemable common stock

 

 

3,768,542

 

Basic and diluted net income per share, Non-redeemable common stock

 

$

2.83

 

F-12

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2020-06Debt Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. The ASU also removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity-linked contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception, and it simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. The Company adopted ASU 2020-06 on January 1, 2021. Adoption of the ASU did not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company’s management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, that would have a material effect on the Company’s condensed financial statements.

Note 3 — Initial Public Offering

On December 17, 2020, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offering of 5,750,000 Units, including 750,000 Over-Allotment Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $57.5 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $3.7 million, of which approximately $2.0 million was for deferred underwriting commissions.

Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock, and one redeemable warrant (each, a “Public Warrant”). Each Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 6).

Note 4 — Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On June 30, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 1,437,500 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate price of $25,000. The initial stockholders agreed to forfeit up to 187,500 Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriters, so that the Founder Shares would represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering (excluding the Representative Shares as defined below). The underwriter exercised its over-allotment option in full on December 17, 2020; thus, the 187,500 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

The initial stockholders agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) 180 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the initial Business Combination, the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Public Stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property. Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial stockholders with respect to any Founder Shares.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the Private Placement of 3,445,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, generating proceeds of approximately $3.4 million.

Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants to the Sponsor was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business

F-13

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 4 — Related Party Transactions (cont.)

Combination within the Combination Period, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable for cash and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the Sponsor or their permitted transferees.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until the completion of the initial Business Combination.

Related Party Loans

On June 30, 2020, as amended on October 20, 2020, an affiliate of the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). This loan was non-interest bearing and payable upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The Company borrowed approximately $157,000 under the Note and fully repaid the Note on December 17, 2020.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination or, at the lenders’ discretion, up to $1.5 million of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. To date, the Company had no borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company may extend the period of time to consummate a Business Combination up to two times, each by an additional three months (for a total of 18 months to complete a Business Combination). In order to extend the time available for the Company to consummate a Business Combination, the Sponsor or its affiliates or designees must deposit into the Trust Account $500,000, or $575,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per Public Share in either case), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline, for each three-month extension (each, an “Extension Loan”). Any such payments would be made in the form of a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note. Such notes would either be paid upon consummation of a Business Combination, or, at the relevant insiders’ discretion, converted upon consummation of a Business Combination into additional Private Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant. The Sponsor and its affiliates or designees are not obligated to fund the Trust Account to extend the time for the Company to complete a Business Combination.

Administrative Services Agreement

Commencing on the date that the Company’s securities were first listed on Nasdaq until the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the Company agreed to pay the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. The Company incurred approximately $30,000 in expenses in connection with such services during the three months ended March 31, 2021 as reflected in the accompanying statement of operations. As of March 31, 2021, the Company had $30,000 in due to related party in connection with such services.

F-14

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 5 — Commitments & Contingencies

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans and Extension Loans, if any, (and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans and Extension Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) were entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. These holders were entitled to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters were entitled to underwriting discounts of: (i) two percent (2.0%) of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, or approximately $1.2 million in the aggregate, paid upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering; (ii) one percent (1.0%) of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering issued in the form of Class A common stock (the “Representative Shares”), or 57,500 Class A common stock, at the closing of the Initial Public Offering; (iii) upon the consummation of a Business Combination, a deferred underwriting discount of three and a half percent (3.5%) of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, or approximately $2.0 million in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Right of First Refusal

The Company granted the underwriters a right of first refusal to act as lead-left book running manager for any and all future private or public equity, equity-linked, convertible and debt offerings as well as exclusive strategic advisor in connection with any subsequent merger or acquisition during such period, or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company for a period of 16 months from the closing of a Business Combination.

Note 6 — Derivative Warrant Liabilities

The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act). The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of the initial Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC and have an effective registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed. If a registration statement covering the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of the initial Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Notwithstanding the above, if the Company’s shares of Class A common stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elect, it will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, and in the event the Company does not so elect, it will use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

F-15

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 6 — Derivative Warrant Liabilities (cont.)

The warrants have an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments, and will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of the initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share of Class A common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of the initial Business Combination on the date of the consummation of the initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates its initial Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the greater of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described below will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the greater of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the Sponsor or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants for cash (except as described herein with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

•        at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

•        upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

•        if and only if, the last sale price of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement.

In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle any warrant. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless

Note 7 — Stockholders’ Equity

Class A Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 5,807,500 shares of Class A common stock issued or outstanding, including 4,508,659 and 3,464,860 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, respectively.

F-16

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 7 — Stockholders’ Equity (cont.)

Class B Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 2,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. On June 30, 2020, the Company issued 1,437,500 shares of Class B common stock to the Sponsor. Of these, up to 187,500 shares of Class B common stock were subject to forfeiture to the Company by the initial stockholders for no consideration to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part, so that the initial stockholders would collectively own 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock after the Initial Public Offering (excluding the Representative Shares). The underwriter exercised its over-allotment option in full on December 17, 2020; thus, the 187,500 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

Common stockholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Holders of record of the Class A common stock and holders of record of the Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, with each share of common stock entitling the holder to one vote except as required by law.

The Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock at the closing of the initial Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issued in connection with the initial Business Combination, the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering, plus the total number of shares of Class A common stock issued, or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, excluding the Representative Shares and any shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of Class A common stock issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination and any private placement-equivalent warrants issued to the Sponsor, officers or directors upon conversion of Working Capital Loans; provided that such conversion of Founder Shares will never occur on a less than one for one basis.

Preferred Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Note 8 — Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques that the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

March 31, 2021

Description

 

Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Other
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Assets:

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Investments held in Trust Account

 

$

58,651,494

 

$

 

$

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Warrant Liabilities – public warrants

 

$

3,277,500

 

$

 

$

Warrant Liabilities – private warrants

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,270,255

F-17

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 8 — Fair Value Measurements (cont.)

December 31, 2020

Description

 

Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Other
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Assets:

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Investments held in Trust Account

 

$

58,650,048

 

$

 —

 

$

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Warrant Liabilities – public warrants

 

$

 

$

 

$

10,005,000

Warrant Liabilities – private warrants

 

$

 

$

 

$

6,693,635

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2, and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period. The estimated fair value of the Public Warrants transferred from a Level 3 measurement to a Level 1 fair value measurement in February 2021, upon trading of the Public Warrants in an active market. There were no other transfers between levels for the three months ended March 31, 2021.

Level 1 assets include investments in U.S. Treasury securities and money market funds that invest solely in U.S. Treasury securities. The Company uses inputs such as actual trade data, benchmark yields, quoted market prices from dealers or brokers, and other similar sources to determine the fair value of its investments.

The initial fair value of the Public Warrants issued in connection with the Public Offering and the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants have been estimated using a Monte-Carlo simulation. The fair value of the Public Warrants has subsequently been determined using listed prices in an active market for such warrants. The changes in fair value are recognized in the statement of operations. For the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company recognized a charge to the statement of operations resulting from a decrease in the fair value of liabilities of $11.2 million presented as change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities on the accompanying statement of operations.

The change in the level 3 fair value of the derivative warrant liabilities for the three months ended March 31, 2021 is summarized as follows:

Warrant liabilities at December 31, 2020

 

$

16,698,635

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

(11,150,880

)

Transfer of public warrants to level 1

 

 

(3,277,500

)

Warrant liabilities at December 31, 2020

 

$

2,270,255

 

The estimated fair value of the Public Warrants, prior to being traded in an active market, and of the Private Placement Warrants is determined using Level 3 inputs. Inherent in a Monte Carlo simulation are assumptions related to expected stock-price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The Company estimates the volatility of its common stock based on historical volatility of select peer companies that matches the expected remaining life of the warrants. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve on the grant date for a maturity similar to the expected remaining life of the warrants. The expected life of the warrants is assumed to be equivalent to their remaining contractual term. The dividend rate is based on the historical rate, which the Company anticipates remaining at zero.

F-18

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 8 — Fair Value Measurements (cont.)

The following table provides quantitative information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements inputs as their measurement dates:

 

As of
March 31,
2021

 

As of
December 31,
2020

Strike price

 

$

11.50

 

 

$

11.50

 

Contractual term (years)

 

 

5.3

 

 

 

5.8

 

Volatility

 

 

6.00

%

 

 

10.00

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

1.00

%

 

 

0.48

%

Dividend yield (per share)

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

Note 9 — Subsequent Events

On April 27, 2021, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Blue Water Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Merger Sub”) and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“Clarus”).

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Closing”), Merger Sub will merge with and into Clarus (the “Merger” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Transactions”), with Clarus continuing as the surviving corporation in the Merger and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In the Merger, based on existing Clarus share preference and convertible debtholder rights, (i) certain shares of Clarus preferred stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”) will be canceled and converted into the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration (as defined below), (ii) all other shares of Clarus capital stock, and all outstanding options to purchase any capital stock that have not been exercised prior to the Effective Time, will be canceled, retired and terminated without any consideration or any liability to Clarus with respect thereto, and (iii) certain convertible and non-convertible promissory notes of the Company outstanding as of the Closing will be canceled and converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration.

The aggregate merger consideration to be paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement to Clarus securityholders as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (“Clarus Securityholders”) will be a number of shares of Company Class A common stock equal to (the “Merger Consideration”): (A) (i) $198,184,295, plus (or minus) the estimated indebtedness of Clarus as of the Closing, net of its cash and cash equivalents (“Closing Net Indebtedness”), divided by (ii) $10.20, minus 1,500,000 shares of Company Class A Common Stock (the “2025 Note Exchange Shares”) issuable to the holders of certain non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus in exchange for $10 million of the aggregate principal amount of such notes and other amendments to the terms of the remaining indebtedness pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement (as described in the Merger Agreement); plus (B) the 2025 Note Exchange Shares, plus (C) (i) the outstanding balance (principal and interest) at Closing of certain convertible and non-convertible promissory notes of Clarus issued between signing of the Merger Agreement and Closing, other than any such non-convertible promissory notes that the Company elects in its discretion to pay off at Closing, (ii) divided by $10.00. The Merger Consideration to be paid to Clarus Securityholders will be paid solely by the delivery of new shares of Company Class A Common Stock. The Closing Net Indebtedness (and the resulting Merger Consideration) is based solely on estimates determined shortly prior to the Closing and is not subject to any post-Closing true-up or adjustment. The Merger Consideration will be allocated among Clarus Securityholders as determined by Clarus shortly prior to the Closing based on existing share preference and convertible debtholder rights.

Management has evaluated subsequent events to determine if events or transactions occurring through the date the financial statements were issued, require potential adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statements and has concluded that all such events that would require recognition or disclosure have been recognized or disclosed, including the Merger Agreement referenced above.

F-19

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
Blue Water Acquisition Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Blue Water Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020, the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph — Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 1, the Company’s anticipated cash requirements in the next twelve months raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, NY
May 6, 2021

F-20

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2020

Assets:

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

655,371

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

168,141

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

823,512

 

Investments held in Trust Account

 

 

58,650,048

 

Total Assets

 

$

59,473,560

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

178,645

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

70,000

 

Accrued taxes

 

 

172,200

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

420,845

 

Deferred underwriting commissions

 

 

2,012,500

 

Derivative warrant liabilities

 

 

16,698,635

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

19,131,980

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 3,464,860 shares subject to possible redemption at $10.20 per share

 

 

35,341,572

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

 

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 2,342,640 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 3,464,860 shares subject to possible redemption)

 

 

234

 

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,437,500 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

144

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

9,717,651

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(4,718,021

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

5,000,008

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

59,473,560

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-21

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 22, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

General and administrative expenses

 

$

2,978,263

 

Other taxes

 

 

172,200

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(3,150,463

)

Gain on marketable securities held in Trust Account

 

 

48

 

Issuance costs – warrant liabilities

 

 

(645,776

)

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

 

 

(921,830

)

Net loss available to Sponsor

 

$

(4,718,021

)

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock subject to redemption, basic and diluted

 

 

3,556,309

 

Basic and diluted net income per share, common stock subject to redemption

 

$

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock, basic and diluted

 

 

1,447,732

 

Basic and diluted net loss available to Sponsor per share, common stock

 

$

(3.26

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-22

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 22, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

   

Class A

 

Class B

 
   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance – May 22, 2020 (inception)

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Issuance of Class B common stock to related party

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,437,500

 

 

144

 

 

24,856

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

Sale of units in initial public offering, gross

 

5,750,000

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

 

 

 

48,092,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

48,093,000

 

Offering costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,058,399

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,058,399

)

Issuance of Class A common stock to the underwriters

 

57,500

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock subject to possible redemption

 

(3,464,860

)

 

 

(347

)

 

 

 

 

 

(35,341,225

)

 

 

 

 

 

(35,341,572

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,718,021

)

 

 

(4,718,021

)

Balance – December 31, 2020

 

2,342,640

 

 

$

234

 

 

1,437,500

 

$

144

 

$

9,717,651

 

 

$

(4,718,021

)

 

$

5,000,008

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-23

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 22, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(4,718,021

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses paid by related party through note payable

 

 

36,280

 

Compensation cost from issuance of derivative warrant liabilities – private warrants

 

 

2,924,805

 

Gain on marketable securities held in Trust Account

 

 

(48

)

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

 

 

921,830

 

Issuance costs – warrant liabilities

 

 

645,776

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(168,141

)

Accounts payable

 

 

157,210

 

Accrued taxes

 

 

172,200

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(28,109

)

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

Cash deposited in Trust Account

 

 

(58,650,000

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(58,650,000

)

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

Repayment of note payable to related party

 

 

(157,480

)

Proceeds received from initial public offering, gross

 

 

57,500,000

 

Proceeds received from private placement

 

 

3,445,000

 

Offering costs paid

 

 

(1,454,040

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

59,333,480

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

 

 

655,371

 

Cash – beginning of the period

 

 

 

Cash – end of the period

 

$

655,371

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities:

 

 

 

 

Offering costs paid by related party in exchange for issuance of Class B common stock

 

$

25,000

 

Offering costs included in accounts payable

 

$

21,435

 

Offering costs included in accrued expenses

 

$

70,000

 

Offering costs paid by related party through note payable

 

$

121,200

 

Deferred underwriting commissions in connection with the initial public offering

 

$

2,012,500

 

Initial value of common stock subject to possible redemption

 

$

36,340,978

 

Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption

 

$

(999,406

)

Issuance of Class A common stock to the underwriters

 

$

6

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-24

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Description of Organization, Business Operations and Basis of Presentation

Blue Water Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on May 22, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”). The Company is an emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”) described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The Company’s sponsor is Blue Water Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”). The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on December 15, 2020. On December 17, 2020, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offering of 5,750,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”), including 750,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments (the “Over-Allotment Units”), at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $57.5 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $3.7 million, of which approximately $2.0 million was for deferred underwriting commissions (Note 5).

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the private placement (“Private Placement”) of 3,445,000 warrants (each, a “Private Placement Warrant” and collectively, the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, generating proceeds of approximately $3.4 million (Note 4).

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, approximately $58.7 million ($10.20 per Unit) of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and certain of the proceeds of the Private Placement was held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) located in the United States with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee, and will be invested only in U.S. “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete one or more initial Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable and interest previously released for working capital purposes on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

The Company will provide the holders (the “Public Stockholders”) of the Public Shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then held in the Trust Account (initially anticipated to be $10.20 per Public

F-25

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Description of Organization, Business Operations and Basis of Presentation (cont.)

Share). The per-share amount to be distributed to Public Stockholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 5). These Public Shares are recorded at a redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” The Company will proceed with a Business Combination if a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. The Company will not redeem the Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. If a stockholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the initial stockholders (as defined below) agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined below in Note 4) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of a Business Combination. In addition, the initial stockholders agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of a Business Combination.

The Certificate of Incorporation provided that a Public Stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors (the “initial stockholders”) agreed not to propose an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or with respect to any other material provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

The Company will have up to 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, or December 17, 2021, (or up to 18 months from the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, or June 17, 2022, if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a Business Combination) (the “Combination Period”) to complete a Business Combination. In order to extend the time available for the Company to consummate a Business Combination, the Sponsor or its affiliate or designees must deposit into the Trust Account $575,000 ($0.10 per Public Share), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline, for each three-month extension.

If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company for working capital purposes or to pay its taxes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining stockholders and the board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

F-26

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Description of Organization, Business Operations and Basis of Presentation (cont.)

The initial stockholders agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the initial stockholders acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters agreed to waive their rights to the deferred underwriting commission (see Note 5) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within in the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.20. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party (except for the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has entered into a letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement (a “Target”), reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.20 per Public Share and (ii) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.20 per Public Share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or Target that executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) not will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Going Concern

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $655,000 in cash, and working capital of approximately $575,000.

The Company’s liquidity needs prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering were satisfied through the payment $25,000 from the Sponsor to cover certain offering costs on behalf of the Company in exchange for issuance of the Founders Shares (as defined in Note 4), and a loan from the Sponsor of approximately $157,000 under the Note (as defined in Note 4). The Company repaid the Note in full on December 17, 2020. Subsequent to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Company’s liquidity has been satisfied through the net proceeds from the consummation of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement held outside of the Trust Account.

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 205-40, “Basis of Presentation — Going Concern,” management has determined that the anticipated cash requirements in the next twelve months raise substantial about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern until the earlier of the consummation of the Business Combination or the date the Company is required to liquidate, June 17, 2022. The financial statements do not include any adjustment that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

COVID-19 Impact

Management is currently evaluating the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

F-27

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Description of Organization, Business Operations and Basis of Presentation (cont.)

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company that is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheet. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company had no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020 in its operating cash account.

Investments Held in Trust Account

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, $58.7 million of the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement were placed in the Trust Account and invested in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. All of the Company’s investments held in the Trust Account are classified as trading securities. Trading securities are presented on the balance sheet at fair value at the

F-28

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

end of each reporting period. Gains and losses resulting from the change in fair value of these securities is included in net gain on investments, dividends and interest held in Trust Account in the accompanying statement of operations. The estimated fair values of investments held in the Trust Account are determined using available market information.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage limit of $250,000, and investments held in Trust Account. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

•        Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

•        Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

•        Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

As of December 31, 2020, the carrying values of cash, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of the instruments. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s portfolio of investments held in the Trust Account is comprised entirely of investments in money market funds that invest in U.S. government securities.

Derivative warrant liabilities

The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow, market, or foreign currency risks. The Company evaluates all of its financial instruments, including issued stock purchase warrants, to determine if such instruments are liabilities, derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives, pursuant to ASC 480 and ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging, ASC 815-15. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is re-assessed at the end of each reporting period.

The Company accounts for its 9,195,000 common stock warrants issued in connection with its Initial Public Offering (5,750,000) and Private Placement (3,445,000) as derivative warrant liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40. Accordingly, the Company recognizes the warrant instruments as liabilities at fair value and adjusts the instruments to fair value at each reporting period. The liabilities are subject to re-measurement at each balance

F-29

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Company’s statement of operations. The fair value of warrants issued by the Company in connection with the Public Offering and Private Placement has been estimated using Monte-Carlo simulations at each measurement date

Offering Costs Associated with the Initial Public Offering

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred that were directly related to the Initial Public Offering and were charged to stockholders’ equity or written off to the statement of operations upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The portion of the offering costs related to the issuance of the public and private warrants was written off to the statement of operations as a financing costs — warrant liabilities.

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption (if any) is classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable Class A common stock (including Class A common stock that features redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, Class A common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A common stock feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2020, 3,464,860 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has aggregate deferred tax assets of approximately $898,000 and has recognized a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets.

FASB ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Net Loss Per Ordinary Share

Net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The Company has not considered the effect of the warrants sold in the Public Offering and Private Placement to purchase an aggregate of 9,195,000 shares in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since the exercise of the warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants would be ant-dilutive.

F-30

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of income (loss) per share for Redeemable Class A Common Stock in a manner similar to the two-class method of income (loss) per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted, for Redeemable Class A Common Stock is calculated by dividing the proportionate share of income or loss on marketable securities held by the Trust Account, net of applicable franchise and income taxes, by the weighted average number of Common stock subject to possible redemption outstanding since original issuance.

Net loss per share, basic and diluted, for Non-Redeemable Class A and Class B Common Stock is calculated by dividing the net loss, adjusted for income or loss on marketable securities attributable to Redeemable Class A Common Stock, by the weighted average number of non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period.

Non-Redeemable Class A and Class B Common Stock includes Founder Shares and non-redeemable shares of common stock as these shares do not have any redemption features. Non-Redeemable Class A and Class B Common Stock participates in the income or loss on marketable securities based on non-redeemable common stock shares’ proportionate interest.

Accordingly, basic and diluted loss per common share is calculated as follows for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020:

 

For The
Period From
May 22, 2020
(Inception)
Through
December 31,
2020

Class A Common stock subject to possible redemption

 

 

 

 

Numerator: Earnings allocable to Common stock subject to possible redemption

 

 

 

 

Income from investments held in Trust Account

 

$

29

 

Less: Company’s portion available to be withdrawn to pay taxes

 

 

(29

)

Net income attributable

 

$

 

Denominator: Weighted average Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

3,556,309

 

Basic and diluted net income per share

 

$

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Redeemable Common Stock

 

 

 

 

Numerator: Net Loss minus Net Earnings

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(4,718,021

)

Net income allocable to Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

 

 

 

Non-redeemable net loss

 

$

(4,718,021

)

Denominator: weighted average Non-redeemable common stock

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Non-redeemable common stock

 

 

1,447,732

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share, Non-redeemable common stock

 

$

(3.26

)

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

F-31

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Initial Public Offering

On December 17, 2020, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offering of 5,750,000 Units, including 750,000 Over-Allotment Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $57.5 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $3.7 million, of which approximately $2.0 million was for deferred underwriting commissions.

Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock, and one redeemable warrant (each, a “Public Warrant”). Each Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 6).

Note 4 — Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On June 30, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 1,437,500 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate price of $25,000. The initial stockholders agreed to forfeit up to 187,500 Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriters, so that the Founder Shares would represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering (excluding the Representative Shares as defined below). The underwriter exercised its over-allotment option in full on December 17, 2020; thus, the 187,500 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

The initial stockholders agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) 180 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the initial Business Combination, the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Public Stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property. Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial stockholders with respect to any Founder Shares.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the Private Placement of 3,445,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, generating proceeds of approximately $3.4 million.

Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants to the Sponsor was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable for cash and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the Sponsor or their permitted transferees.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until the completion of the initial Business Combination.

Related Party Loans

On June 30, 2020, as amended on October 20, 2020, an affiliate of the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). This loan was non-interest bearing and payable upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The Company borrowed approximately $157,000 under the Note and fully repaid the Note on December 17, 2020.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account.

F-32

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Related Party Transactions (cont.)

In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination or, at the lenders’ discretion, up to $1.5 million of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. To date, the Company had no borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company may extend the period of time to consummate a Business Combination up to two times, each by an additional three months (for a total of 18 months to complete a Business Combination). In order to extend the time available for the Company to consummate a Business Combination, the Sponsor or its affiliates or designees must deposit into the Trust Account $500,000, or $575,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per Public Share in either case), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline, for each three-month extension (each, an “Extension Loan”). Any such payments would be made in the form of a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note. Such notes would either be paid upon consummation of a Business Combination, or, at the relevant insiders’ discretion, converted upon consummation of a Business Combination into additional Private Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant. The Sponsor and its affiliates or designees are not obligated to fund the Trust Account to extend the time for the Company to complete a Business Combination.

Administrative Services Agreement

Commencing on the date that the Company’s securities were first listed on Nasdaq until the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the Company agreed to pay the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services.

Note 5 — Commitments & Contingencies

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans and Extension Loans, if any, (and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans and Extension Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) were entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. These holders were entitled to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters were entitled to underwriting discounts of: (i) two percent (2.0%) of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, or approximately $1.2 million in the aggregate, paid upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering; (ii) one percent (1.0%) of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering issued in the form of Class A common stock (the “Representative Shares”), or 57,500 Class A common stock, at the closing of the Initial Public Offering; (iii) upon the consummation of a Business Combination, a deferred underwriting discount of three and a half percent (3.5%) of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, or approximately $2.0 million in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

F-33

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Commitments & Contingencies (cont.)

Right of First Refusal

The Company granted the underwriters a right of first refusal to act as lead-left book running manager for any and all future private or public equity, equity-linked, convertible and debt offerings as well as exclusive strategic advisor in connection with any subsequent merger or acquisition during such period, or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company for a period of 16 months from the closing of a Business Combination.

Note 6 — Derivative Warrant Liabilities

The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act). The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of the initial Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC and have an effective registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed. If a registration statement covering the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of the initial Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Notwithstanding the above, if the Company’s shares of Class A common stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elect, it will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, and in the event the Company does not so elect, it will use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

The warrants have an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments, and will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of the initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share of Class A common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of the initial Business Combination on the date of the consummation of the initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates its initial Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the greater of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described below will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the greater of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the

F-34

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 — Derivative Warrant Liabilities (cont.)

Sponsor or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the Sponsor or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants for cash (except as described herein with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

•        at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

•        upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

•        if and only if, the last sale price of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement.

In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle any warrant. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

Note 7 — Stockholders’ Equity

Class A Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2020, there were 5,807,500 shares of Class A common stock issued or outstanding, including 3,464,860 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, respectively.

Class B Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 2,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. On June 30, 2020, the Company issued 1,437,500 shares of Class B common stock to the Sponsor. Of these, up to 187,500 shares of Class B common stock were subject to forfeiture to the Company by the initial stockholders for no consideration to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part, so that the initial stockholders would collectively own 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock after the Initial Public Offering (excluding the Representative Shares). The underwriter exercised its over-allotment option in full on December 17, 2020; thus, the 187,500 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

Common stockholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Holders of record of the Class A common stock and holders of record of the Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, with each share of common stock entitling the holder to one vote except as required by law.

The Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock at the closing of the initial Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issued in connection with the initial Business Combination, the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering, plus the total number of shares of Class A common stock issued, or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued

F-35

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7 — Stockholders’ Equity (cont.)

or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, excluding the Representative Shares and any shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of Class A common stock issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination and any private placement-equivalent warrants issued to the Sponsor, officers or directors upon conversion of Working Capital Loans; provided that such conversion of Founder Shares will never occur on a less than one for one basis.

Preferred Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of December 31, 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Note 8 — Income Taxes

The Company’s taxable income primarily consists of interest income on the Trust Account. The Company’s general and administrative expenses are generally considered start-up costs and are not currently deductible. There was no income tax expense for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

The income tax provision (benefit) consists of the following for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020:

Current

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

State

 

 

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(661,587

)

State

 

 

(236,281

)

Valuation allowance

 

 

897,868

 

Income tax provision

 

$

 

The Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows as of December 31, 2020:

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

Start-up/Organization costs

 

$

848,805

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

49,063

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

897,868

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(897,868

)

Deferred tax asset, net of allowance

 

$

 

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax assets, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of all of the information available, Management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realization of the deferred tax assets and has therefore established a full valuation allowance. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the change in the valuation allowance was approximately $898,000.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $172,000 of U.S. federal and State net operating loss carryovers available to offset future taxable income. The federal net operating losses do not expire, while the state net operating losses will expire in 2041.

F-36

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8 — Income Taxes (cont.)

There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate (benefit) to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020:

Statutory Federal income tax rate

 

21.0

%

State income taxes

 

7.5

%

Change in fair value of warrants

 

(4.1

)%

Issuance costs – warrants

 

(2.9

)%

Change in Valuation Allowance

 

(21.5

)%

Income Taxes Benefit

 

0.0

%

Note 9 — Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques that the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

Description

 

Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Other
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Assets:

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Investments held in Trust Account

 

$

58,650,048

 

$

 

$

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Warrant Liabilities – public warrants

 

$

10,005,000

 

$

 

$

Warrant Liabilities – private warrants

 

$

 

$

 

$

6,693,635

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2, and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers between levels for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

The Company utilizes a binomial Monte-Carlo simulation to estimate the fair value of the warrants at each reporting period, with changes in fair value recognized in the statement of operations. The Company recognized $15,776,805 for the derivative warrant liabilities upon their issuance on December 17, 2020. For the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company recognized a charge to the statement of operations resulting from an increase in the fair value of liabilities of $922,000 presented as change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities on the accompanying statement of operations. As a result of the fair value of the private warrants exceeding the value that the Sponsor paid for the warrants, the Company recognized compensation costs of $2,924,805 which is included in general and administrative expenses in the statement of operations.

The change in the fair value of the derivative warrant liabilities from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 is summarized as follows:

Warrant liabilities at May 22, 2020

 

$

Issuance of Public and Private warrants

 

 

15,776,805

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

921,830

Warrant liabilities at December 31, 2020

 

$

16,698,635

F-37

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9 — Fair Value Measurements (cont.)

The estimated fair value of the derivative warrant liabilities is determined using Level 3 inputs. Inherent in a Monte Carlo simulation are assumptions related to expected stock-price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The Company estimates the volatility of its common stock based on historical volatility of select peer companies that matches the expected remaining life of the warrants. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve on the grant date for a maturity similar to the expected remaining life of the warrants. The expected life of the warrants is assumed to be equivalent to their remaining contractual term. The dividend rate is based on the historical rate, which the Company anticipates remaining at zero.

The following table provides quantitative information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements inputs as their measurement dates:

 

As of
December 17,
2020

 

As of
December 31,
2020

Exercise price

 

$

11.50

 

 

$

11.50

 

Contractual term (years)

 

 

5.9

 

 

$

5.8

 

Volatility

 

 

10.00

%

 

 

10.00

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

0.50

%

 

 

0.48

%

Dividend yield (per share)

 

 

0.0

%

 

$

0.0

%

Note 10 — Revision to Prior Period Financial Statements

During the course of preparing the annual report on Form 10-K for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company identified a misstatement in its misapplication of accounting guidance related to the Company’s warrants in the Company’s previously issued audited balance sheet dated December 17, 2020, filed on Form 8-K on December 23, 2020 (the “Post-IPO Balance Sheet”).

On April 12, 2021, the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC Staff”) issued a public statement entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”)” (the “SEC Staff Statement”). In the SEC Staff Statement, the SEC Staff expressed its view that certain terms and conditions common to SPAC warrants may require the warrants to be classified as liabilities on the SPAC’s balance sheet as opposed to equity. Since their issuance on December 17, 2020, the Company’s warrants have been accounted for as equity within the Company’s previously reported balance sheets. After discussion and evaluation, including with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and the Company’s audit committee, management concluded that the warrants should be presented as liabilities with subsequent fair value remeasurement.

The Warrants were reflected as a component of equity in the Post-IPO Balance Sheet as opposed to liabilities on the balance sheet, based on the Company’s application of FASB ASC Topic 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (“ASC 815-40). The views expressed in the SEC Staff Statement were not consistent with the Company’s historical interpretation of the specific provisions within its warrant agreement and the Company’s application of ASC 815-40 to the warrant agreement. The Company reassessed its accounting for Warrants issued on December 17, 2020, in light of the SEC Staff’s published views. Based on this reassessment, management determined that the Warrants should be classified as liabilities measured at fair value upon issuance, with subsequent changes in fair value reported in the Company Statement of Operations each reporting period.

F-38

Table of Contents

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.
NOTES TO THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10 — Revision to Prior Period Financial Statements (cont.)

The Company concluded that the misstatement was not material to the Post-IPO Balance Sheet and the misstatement had no material impact to any prior interim period. The effect of the revisions to the Post-IPO Balance Sheet is as follows:

 

As of December 17, 2020

   

As
Previously Reported

 

Restatement Adjustment

 

As
Restated

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

59,328,581

 

 

$

 

 

$

59,328,581

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

$

198,291

 

 

$

 

 

$

198,291

 

Deferred underwriting commissions

 

 

2,012,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,012,500

 

Derivative warrant liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

15,776,805

 

 

 

15,776,805

 

Total liabilities

 

 

2,210,791

 

 

 

15,776,805

 

 

 

17,987,596

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; shares subject to possible redemption

 

 

52,117,783

 

 

 

(15,776,805

)

 

 

36,340,978

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock- $0.0001 par value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock – $0.0001 par value

 

 

69

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

217

 

Class B common stock – $0.0001 par value

 

 

144

 

 

 

 

 

 

144

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

5,147,829

 

 

 

3,570,433

 

 

 

8,718,262

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(148,035

)

 

 

(3,570,581

)

 

 

(3,718,616

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

5,000,007

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,000,007

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

59,328,581

 

 

$

 

 

$

59,328,581

 

Note 11 — Subsequent Events

On April 27, 2021, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Blue Water Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Merger Sub”) and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“Clarus”).

Management has evaluated subsequent events to determine if events or transactions occurring through May 6, 2021, the date the financial statements were available for issuance, require potential adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statements and has concluded that all such events that would require recognition or disclosure have been recognized or disclosed, including the Merger Agreement referenced above

F-39

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Condensed Balance Sheets
Unaudited

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

March 31,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

7,364

 

 

$

7,233

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

5,225

 

 

 

4,400

 

Inventory

 

 

8,035

 

 

 

5,857

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

2,118

 

 

 

1,846

 

Total current assets

 

 

22,742

 

 

 

19,336

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

70

 

 

 

64

 

Total assets

 

$

22,812

 

 

$

19,400

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior notes payable

 

 

44,060

 

 

 

41,902

 

Accounts payable

 

 

16,189

 

 

 

12,107

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

7,470

 

 

 

4,631

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

1,172

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

68,813

 

 

 

59,812

 

Convertible notes payable to related parties

 

 

83,479

 

 

 

77,911

 

Royalty obligation

 

 

9,998

 

 

 

9,262

 

Total liabilities

 

 

162,290

 

 

 

146,985

 

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 53,340,636 shares authorized at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020; 34,873,364 and 36,756,498 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

 

 

193,665

 

 

 

198,195

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock $0.001 par value; 56,593,539 shares authorized at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020; 3,500,848 and 870,263 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

8,064

 

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(341,210

)

 

 

(325,781

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(333,143

)

 

 

(325,780

)

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

22,812

 

 

$

19,400

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-40

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Condensed Statements of Operations
Unaudited

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

   

2021

 

2020

Net product revenue

 

$

2,330

 

 

$

897

 

Cost of product sales

 

 

367

 

 

 

7,698

 

Gross profit (loss)

 

 

1,963

 

 

 

(7,071

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

7,937

 

 

 

4,949

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,605

 

 

 

3,209

 

Research and development

 

 

1,210

 

 

 

952

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(10,789

)

 

 

(16,181

)

Other (expense) income, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability and derivative, net

 

 

 

 

 

6,453

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Interest expense

 

 

(4,640

)

 

 

(2,180

)

Total other (expense) income, net

 

 

(4,640

)

 

 

4,287

 

Net loss before income taxes

 

 

(15,429

)

 

 

(11,894

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(15,429

)

 

 

(11,894

)

Accretion of preferred stock

 

 

(3,939

)

 

 

(3,671

)

Net loss attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted

 

$

(19,368

)

 

$

(15,565

)

Net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

$

(14.80

)

 

$

(17.89

)

Weighted-average common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

 

1,308,694

 

 

 

870,263

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-41

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Condensed Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
Unaudited

(in thousands, except share data)

 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

36,756,498

 

 

$

198,195

 

 

870,263

 

$

1

 

$

 

 

$

(325,781

)

 

$

(325,780

)

Conversion of convertible notes payable into Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

747,451

 

 

 

3,360

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock

 

(2,630,585

)

 

 

(11,829

)

 

2,630,585

 

 

2

 

 

11,827

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,829

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

 

 

 

 

3,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,939

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,939

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,429

)

 

 

(15,429

)

Balance at March 31, 2021

 

34,873,364

 

 

$

193,665

 

 

3,500,848

 

$

3

 

$

8,064

 

 

$

(341,210

)

 

$

(333,143

)

 

Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

36,756,498

 

$

183,513

 

870,263

 

$

1

 

$

 

 

$

(316,269

)

 

$

(316,268

)

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

 

 

 

3,671

 

 

 

 

 

(74

)

 

 

(3,597

)

 

 

(3,671

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

 

74

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,894

)

 

 

(11,894

)

Balance at March 31, 2020

 

36,756,498

 

$

187,184

 

870,263

 

$

1

 

$

 

 

$

(331,760

)

 

$

(331,759

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-42

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Unaudited

(in thousands)

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

   

2021

 

2020

Operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(15,429

)

 

$

(11,894

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash interest expense related to debt financing and royalty obligation

 

 

4,640

 

 

 

2,180

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

 

 

 

(67

)

Change in fair value of derivative liability

 

 

 

 

 

(6,386

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

176

 

 

 

74

 

Depreciation

 

 

5

 

 

 

4

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(825

)

 

 

(1,616

)

Inventory

 

 

(2,177

)

 

 

4,517

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(275

)

 

 

(3,509

)

Accounts payable

 

 

4,082

 

 

 

2,904

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

2,839

 

 

 

(574

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

(78

)

 

 

289

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(7,042

)

 

 

(14,078

)

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(59

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(59

)

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable

 

 

7,184

 

 

 

1,611

 

Proceeds from issuance of senior notes payable, net of discount

 

 

 

 

 

49,125

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

(3,516

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

7,184

 

 

 

47,220

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

131

 

 

 

33,083

 

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

 

 

7,233

 

 

 

1,656

 

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

 

$

7,364

 

 

$

34,739

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of convertible notes payable into Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

$

3,360

 

 

$

 

Conversion of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock

 

$

11,829

 

 

$

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value, including dividends on preferred stock

 

$

3,939

 

 

$

3,671

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-43

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

1. Organization and Description of Business Operations

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” or “Clarus”) is a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the commercialization of JATENZO, the first and only oral testosterone (“T”) replacement, or testosterone replacement therapy (“TRT”), of its kind approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA. The FDA completed its review of the Company’s New Drug Application and approved JATENZO for marketing on March 27, 2019. The Company commercially launched JATENZO on February 10, 2020. JATENZO is the Company’s sole source of revenue and sales are exclusively within the United States. Management remains committed to the product’s commercial success. The Company was founded in 2004 and is located and headquartered in Northbrook, Illinois.

The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties associated with any pharmaceutical company that is transitioning from the development to commercial stage. Since inception, the Company has incurred substantial operating losses due to substantial product development and commercialization expenditures. In addition, the Company operates in an environment of rapid technological change and is largely dependent on the services of its employees and consultants. The Company anticipates incurring additional losses until such time, if ever, that it can generate significant sales of JATENZO, is cash flow positive from operations, or enters into cash flow positive business development transactions.

Liquidity and Going Concern

The Company has evaluated whether there are certain conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the condensed financial statements are issued.

Since its inception, the Company has devoted substantially all its efforts to business planning, clinical development, commercial planning and raising capital. The Company has incurred losses since inception and has an accumulated deficit of $341.2 million as of March 31, 2021, including $97.9 million of cumulative accretion on the Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”), the Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”), the Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) and the Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series D Preferred Stock”), collectively, Preferred Stock, and $98.4 million of cumulative non-cash interest related to previously issued convertible debt. The Company is also in forbearance on its March 12, 2020 senior secured notes as it was unable to maintain at least $10.0 million in cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of each calendar month beginning December 2020 and was unable to pay the required $3.1 million interest payment due in March 2021. In accordance with the related forbearance agreement, the Company will need to maintain at least $2.5 million of cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of each calendar month until the proposed SPAC merger (see below).

The Company is seeking to complete a merger with a newly-formed Special Purpose Acquisition Company (“SPAC”), whereby the Company will become a 100% owned subsidiary of the SPAC. In addition, current Clarus stakeholders will invest an additional $25.0 million in Clarus before the close of this transaction (see Note 13. Subsequent Events). In addition to pursuing consummation of the SPAC merger and the related investment, the Company plans to seek additional funding through the expansion of its commercial efforts to grow JATENZO and its operating cash flow, business development efforts to out-license JATENZO internationally, equity financings, debt financings such as the secured notes described in Note 6, Debt, or other capital sources including collaborations with other companies or other strategic arrangements with third parties. There can be no assurance that these future financing efforts will be successful.

If the Company is unable to obtain funding or generate operating cash flow, the Company will be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of its product portfolio expansion or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects, or the Company may be unable to continue operations. Although management continues to pursue these plans, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to the Company to fund continuing operations, if at all. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of the Company’s stockholders.

F-44

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

1. Organization and Description of Business Operations (cont.)

Based on its recurring losses from operations incurred since inception, expectation of continuing operating losses for the foreseeable future, and need to raise additional capital to finance its future operations, as of the issuance date of the condensed financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company has concluded that its cash and cash equivalents will not be sufficient to fund its operating expenses, capital expenditure requirements and debt service payments through at least twelve months from the date that these condensed financial statements are available to be issued and that there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The accompanying condensed financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Accordingly, the condensed financial statements have been prepared on a basis that assumes the Company will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic

The business disruptions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic had a significant negative impact on the Company’s condensed financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2021. Management expects that the public health actions being undertaken to reduce the spread of the virus, and that may have to be undertaken again in the event of a resurgence of the virus, will create significant disruptions to the Company with respect to: (i) the demand for its products, (ii) the ability of its sales representatives to reach healthcare customers, (iii) its ability to maintain staffing levels to support its operations, (iv) its ability to continue to manufacture certain of its products, (v) the reliability of its supply chain and (vi) its ability to achieve the financial covenants required by the senior secured notes agreement (see Note 6, Debt). The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will impact the Company’s business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the duration of the outbreak, travel restrictions and social distancing in the U.S. and other countries, business closures or business disruptions and the effectiveness of actions taken in the U.S. and other countries to contain and treat the disease.

The Company is closely monitoring the evolving impact of the pandemic on all aspects of its business. The Company has implemented a number of measures designed to protect the health and safety of its employees, support its customers and promote business continuity. The Company is also actively reviewing and implementing cost-saving measures including discontinuing or delaying all non-essential services and programs and instituting controls on travel, events, marketing and clinical studies to adapt the business plan for the evolving COVID-19 challenges.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The condensed financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to fairly present the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 and its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 have been included and are of a normal, recurring nature except as otherwise disclosed. These condensed financial statements and notes thereto have been prepared under the presumption that users of the financial information have either read or have access to the audited financial statements for the latest year ended December 31, 2020.

Use of Estimates

Preparation of the condensed financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and

F-45

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

expenses during the reporting period covered by the condensed financial statements and accompanying notes. The most significant estimates relate to determination of fair value of the Company’s common stock and common stock warrants, stock-based compensation, notes, royalty obligation and the valuation of embedded derivatives. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, and records adjustments when facts and circumstances dictate. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

March 31, 2021

(in thousands)

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

Assets

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

5,359

 

$

5,359

 

$

 

$

Total assets

 

$

5,359

 

$

5,359

 

$

 

$

 

December 31, 2020

(in thousands)

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

Assets

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

7,205

 

$

7,205

 

$

 

$

Total assets

 

$

7,205

 

$

7,205

 

$

 

$

During the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no transfers between levels.

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company’s cash equivalents consisted of money market funds, classified as Level 1 financial assets, as these assets are valued using quoted market prices in active markets without any valuation adjustment. There were no financial assets valued based on Level 2 inputs.

The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying balance sheets for cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair value based on the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying value of long-term and short-term debt, taking into consideration debt discounts and related derivative instruments, is estimated to approximate fair value.

4. Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

March 31,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Raw material

 

$

4,226

 

$

4,225

Work-in-process

 

 

3,335

 

 

Finished goods

 

 

474

 

 

1,632

Total

 

$

8,035

 

$

5,857

The inventory balance as of March 31, 2021 is disclosed net of the Company’s inventory reserve. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had an inventory reserve balance of $7.8 million.

F-46

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

5. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

March 31,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Selling and marketing costs

 

$

5,622

 

$

3,468

Employee compensation and related benefits

 

 

1,342

 

 

1,090

Other research costs

 

 

91

 

 

Professional Fees

 

 

409

 

 

73

Other

 

 

6

 

 

Total

 

$

7,470

 

$

4,631

6. Debt

Convertible Notes

From 2016 to 2021, the Company issued several convertible notes (the “Convertible Notes”) pursuant to which the Company borrowed an aggregate of $68.5 million from existing investors and related parties. All Convertible Notes accrue interest at a rate of 8% compounded daily and have a maturity date of March 1, 2025.

The Company had the following convertible notes outstanding as of March 31, 2021 (in thousands):

Issuance Year

 

Outstanding
Principal
Amount

2016

 

$

17,243

2017

 

 

13,410

2018

 

 

8,911

2019

 

 

17,547

2020

 

 

1,611

2021

 

 

7,184

Total

 

$

65,906

The Convertible Notes contain various conversion features. Upon the occurrence of a qualified financing, the Convertible Notes plus accrued interest mandatorily convert, to shares issued in the qualified financing, as defined in the notes, at a 20% discount, or into shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the Series D Price of $4.50 per share. Upon the occurrence of a non-qualified financing, the noteholders have the option to convert at the same terms as described above for a qualified financing. At maturity, the noteholders also have an option to convert at the terms described above for a qualified or non-qualified financing. If the Company completes a strategic transaction and the Convertible Notes have not been previously converted, noteholders will automatically receive an acquisition premium of the greater of a) the sum of (i) 1.5 times the principal amount of the Convertible Notes and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest thereon, or b) the amount that would have been payable to the noteholders if such notes had been converted to shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the Series D price immediately prior to the close of such strategic transaction.

The Company determined that the acquisition premium and the qualified and non-qualified financing conversion features were embedded derivative instruments requiring bifurcation as separate liabilities with a corresponding debt discount, of which were determined to be fair valued at zero as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The debt discount was amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method over the term of the Convertible Notes.

F-47

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

6. Debt (cont.)

In April 2021, pursuant to the executed amendment of the Convertible Notes, the Company and certain lenders agreed to extend or further extend the maturity dates of the Convertible Notes to September 1, 2025. The amendment only modified the maturity date, no other terms, and accordingly was deemed administrative in nature as it was not intended to change any of the economic terms between parties. As such the extension of the maturity dates was deemed to be a modification of the Convertible Notes and modification accounting was applied. The Company calculated the remaining debt discount for each of the Convertible Notes and adjusted the effective interest rate to amortize the remaining debt discount over the adjusted remaining life of the Convertible Notes.

In March 2021, upon an investors decision to not participate in the next round of Convertible Notes, pursuant to the Convertible Notes’ provisions, $3.4 million of the investor’s Convertible Notes converted into 747,451 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and such Series D Preferred Stock issued as a result of this conversion was converted into common stock. At the date of conversion, the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Convertible Notes were $2.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively. Refer to Note 7, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, for additional information.

The carrying value of the Company’s Convertible Notes is as follows (in thousands):

 

March 31,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Principal amount

 

$

68,484

 

 

$

61,300

 

Accrued and unpaid interest

 

 

18,865

 

 

 

17,287

 

Unamortized debt discount

 

 

(510

)

 

 

(676

)

Conversion of convertible notes payable into Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

(3,360

)

 

 

 

Total

 

$

83,479

 

 

$

77,911

 

The Company recognized interest expense of $1.6 million and $1.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Senior Secured Notes

The carrying value of the Company’s senior secured notes is as follows (in thousands):

 

March 31,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Principal amount

 

$

50,000

 

 

$

50,000

 

Accrued and unpaid interest

 

 

2,732

 

 

 

1,278

 

Unamortized debt discount

 

 

(8,672

)

 

 

(9,376

)

Total

 

$

44,060

 

 

$

41,902

 

On March 12, 2020, the Company issued and sold senior secured notes to certain lenders not related to the Company. The aggregate principal amount of the senior secured notes was $50.0 million and the Company received $42.7 million in net proceeds after deducting transaction expenses of $4.4 million and prepaid interest of $2.9 million.

The senior secured notes bear interest at 12.5% and specify semiannual payments on March 1 and September 1 and have a maturity date of March 1, 2025. The first two years provide for interest-only payments and the final three years amortize the principal balance at $15.0 million, $15.0 million and $20.0 million, respectively. The senior secured notes are governed by an indenture, dated as of March 12, 2020, between the Company and the investors. The interest rate will increase to 14.50% for overdue installments in the event of default. In addition to liquidation preference, the senior secured notes contain a lien on all assets of the Company.

F-48

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

6. Debt (cont.)

Future principal payments of the senior secured notes are as follows (in thousands):

Years ended December 31,

 

Amount

2021 (remaining 9 months)

 

$

2022

 

 

7,500

2023

 

 

15,000

2024

 

 

17,500

2025

 

 

10,000

Total

 

$

50,000

The senior secured notes also have a detachable royalty feature under which the lenders receive a royalty of 0.56% to 1.67% on net sales beginning in 2021, with the royalty obligation continuing until the lenders receive total royalty payments of approximately $24.2 million. The value assigned to royalty rights is recorded as a debt discount to the Notes and is amortized to interest expense over the life of the notes. The royalty obligation had a fair value of $7.9 million at issuance in March of 2020. The lenders have a security interest in the assets and intellectual property of the Company. Since the royalty rights are tied to Clarus’ net sales of JATENZO, such royalty rights are not subject to treatment as a derivative instrument and thus do not need to be periodically measured and marked to market. Proceeds were used to finance the commercial launch of JATENZO. Refer to the section below for the accounting treatment of the royalty obligation.

In connection with the senior secured notes, the Company entered into an indenture stating that the Company would maintain cash and cash equivalents in the amount of at least $10.0 million as of the last day of each calendar month, commencing on March 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was unable to maintain cash and cash equivalents of $10.0 million, and such breach of the indenture resulted in a default and the negotiation of a forbearance agreement noted below.

Forbearance Agreement

On March 17, 2021, the Company entered into a forbearance agreement with noteholders in relation to the senior secured notes. The Company was unable to and did not pay interest of $3.1 million due on March 1, 2021. If the Company is unable to secure the funds to repay its debt as of March 31, 2021, all investors have the right to exercise all remedies available under the indenture to receive the funds due.

Under the forbearance agreement, in exchange for the investors’ agreement not to exercise their rights to retrieve the funds owed, the Company was required to maintain cash and cash equivalents of at least $2.5 million amongst other financial budgeting and reporting requirements until consummation of the Business Combination. Under the forbearance agreement, the forbearance period would automatically terminate if certain conditions, including the execution of the merger agreement, did not occur on or prior to April 15, 2021 (see Note 14, Subsequent Events). The noteholders have also agreed to provide additional capital under certain circumstances to the Company for operations up to $10.0 million until such time of the proposed business combination transaction.

On April 14, 2021, the Company entered into a written consent to update the terms of its forbearance agreement. Per the written consent, the forbearance period would not be terminated on April 15, 2021, provided that the Company, amongst other things, executed the merger agreement and provided financial reporting requirements by April 27, 2021.

Royalty Obligation

The Company periodically assesses the estimated royalty payments related to the senior secured notes to the lender and to the extent such payments are greater or less than its initial estimates or the timing of such payments is materially different than its original estimates, the Company will prospectively adjust the accretion of interest on the royalty obligation. There are a number of factors that could materially affect the amount and the timing of royalty payments, most of which are not within the Company’s control. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the rate

F-49

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

6. Debt (cont.)

of JATENZO prescriptions, the number of doses administered, the introduction of competing products, manufacturing or other delays, patent protection, adverse events that result in governmental health authority-imposed restrictions on the use of the drug products, and sales never achieving forecasted numbers, which would result in reduced royalty payments and reduced non-cash interest expense over the life of the royalty obligation. To the extent future royalties result in an amount less than the liability, the Company is not obligated to fund any such shortfall.

The Company records estimated royalties due for the current period in accrued other expenses until the payment is received from the customer, at which time the Company then remits payment to the lenders. In order to determine the accretion of the royalty obligation, the Company is required to estimate the total amount of future royalty payments to be received and submitted to the lenders. The sum of these amounts less the proceeds the Company received will be recorded as interest expense over the life of the royalty obligation. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company’s estimate of its total interest expense resulted in an annual effective interest rate of approximately 32.3%.

The carrying value of the Company’s royalty obligation is as follows (in thousands):

 

March 31,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Royalty obligation beginning of period

 

$

9,262

 

$

7,211

Non-cash interest expense recognized

 

 

736

 

 

2,051

Royalty obligation – end of period

 

$

9,998

 

$

9,262

PPP Loan

In March of 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was enacted to, among other provisions, provide emergency assistance for individuals, families and businesses affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act includes a Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) administered through the Small Business Association (“SBA”). Under the PPP, beginning April 3, 2020, small businesses and other entities and individuals could apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated lenders that enroll in the program, subject to numerous limitations and eligibility criteria.

In April of 2020, the Company received an unsecured loan of $0.5 million from the SBA. After considering further guidance issued by SBA, the Company elected to repay the loan in full in May of 2020 with no interest due under safe harbor provisions of the CARES Act.

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

There were no shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock issued during the three months ended March 31, 2020.

In March 2021, 2,630,585 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (of which 747,451 shares are from the conversion of Convertible Notes discussed in Note 6, Debt) converted into 2,630,585 shares of common stock. At the date of conversion, the cost at purchase plus accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock was $11.8 million.

F-50

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (cont.)

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Preferred Stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except for share data):

 

March 31, 2021

   

Preferred
Stock
Authorized

 

Preferred
Stock
Issued and
Outstanding

 

Carrying
Value

 

Liquidation
Value

 

Common
Stock
Issuable
Upon
Conversion

Series A Preferred Stock

 

2,500,000

 

2,500,000

 

$

9,354

 

$

9,354

 

2,500,000

Series B Preferred Stock

 

5,066,637

 

5,066,637

 

 

15,420

 

 

15,420

 

5,066,637

Series C Preferred Stock

 

9,438,744

 

9,438,744

 

 

20,458

 

 

20,458

 

9,438,744

Series D Preferred Stock

 

36,335,255

 

17,867,983

 

 

148,433

 

 

148,433

 

17,867,983

Total

 

53,340,636

 

34,873,364

 

$

193,665

 

$

193,665

 

34,873,364

 

December 31, 2020

   

Preferred
Stock
Authorized

 

Preferred
Stock
Issued and
Outstanding

 

Carrying
Value

 

Liquidation
Value

 

Common
Stock
Issuable
Upon
Conversion

Series A Preferred Stock

 

2,500,000

 

2,500,000

 

$

9,170

 

$

9,170

 

2,500,000

Series B Preferred Stock

 

5,066,637

 

5,066,637

 

 

15,118

 

 

15,118

 

5,066,637

Series C Preferred Stock

 

9,438,744

 

9,438,744

 

 

20,057

 

 

20,057

 

9,438,744

Series D Preferred Stock

 

36,335,255

 

19,751,117

 

 

153,850

 

 

153,850

 

19,751,117

Total

 

53,340,636

 

36,756,498

 

$

198,195

 

$

198,195

 

36,756,498

The following is a summary of the rights and preferences of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, and Series D Preferred Stock (collectively, “Preferred Stock”) are as follows:

Conversion — Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock, upon approval of the holders of at least 65% of the preferred shares, on a share-for-share basis to be adjusted for the effect of any stock splits or reverse splits, subject to certain antidilution adjustments, are entitled to vote together with the common stockholders as one class and are entitled to separate votes on certain matters. Preferred Stock automatically converts on a share-for-share basis into shares of common stock upon the closing of a qualified IPO.

Dividends — Preferred stockholders are entitled to receive an annual, cumulative 8% dividend, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared through March 31, 2021.

Liquidation Preference — Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of business, the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive a liquidation preference in priority over the holders of common stock, at an amount per share equal to their original purchase price of $1.82 per share for Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, $1.50 per share for Series C Preferred Stock and $4.50 for Series D Preferred Stock, plus accumulated dividends. Upon liquidation, the Company’s remaining assets will be distributed to Preferred Stockholders in the following order: Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock. When holders of preferred stock are satisfied in full, any excess assets available for distribution will be allocated ratably among common stockholders based on their pro rata shareholdings. Upon a deemed liquidation event, as defined, holders have the option to redeem their shareholding at the liquidation payment amounts summarized above.

Redemption — Holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding preferred shares, voting together as a separate class, may require the Company to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock upon the earlier of (a) September 9, 2016 (in which case such shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Company in three equal annual installments), and (b) the occurrence of any redemption event. A redemption event shall mean the breach by the Company of any

F-51

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (cont.)

material term of its Certificate of Incorporation or any material provision of the related securities purchase agreement, the stockholders’ agreement or the registration rights agreement. To date holders have not required redemption of the Preferred Stock.

Voting Rights — Preferred Stock and common stock generally vote together as one class on an as-converted basis; however, common stock voting rights on certain matters are subject to the powers, preferences, and rights of the Preferred Stock. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to elect three directors to the Company’s board of directors and the holders of Series D Preferred Stock are entitled to elect one director to the Company’s board of directors. Certain actions, such as mergers, acquisition, liquidation, dissolution, wind up of business, and deemed liquidation events, must be approved by the holders of at least 65% of outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

8. Common Stock

The Company was authorized to issue up to 56,593,539 shares of common stock with a $0.001 par value per share as of March 31, 2021.

The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Company’s common stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the preferred stock as set forth above.

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock. Subject to the payment in full of all preferential dividends to which the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled, the holders of common stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, after the payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company and all preferential amounts to which the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled with respect to the distribution of assets in liquidation, the holders of common stock shall be entitled to share ratably in the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution.

As of March 31, 2021, the Company has reserved the following shares of common stock for the potential conversion of outstanding preferred stock and exercise of stock options:

 

March 31,
2021

Preferred stock, as converted

 

34,873,364

Options to purchase common stock

 

3,814,659

Series D warrants

 

183,438

Remaining shares reserved for future issuance

 

1,350,481

Total

 

40,221,942

9. Stock-Based Compensation

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

Effective February 13, 2004, the Company adopted the Clarus Therapeutics 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”). The 2004 Plan was amended on January 28, 2011 to increase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock reserved for issuance to employees, directors, and consultants to 1,529,936 shares. Options granted under the 2004 Plan may be incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Restricted stock awards may also be granted under the 2004 Plan. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. Options generally vest over a four-year period. The exercise price of incentive stock options shall be not less than 100% of the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock on the grant date. As of March 31, 2021, only incentive stock options to employees have been awarded under the 2004 Plan. The awards granted under this plan generally vest over a four-year period and have a 10-year contractual term.

F-52

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

9. Stock-Based Compensation (cont.)

2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Effective February 13, 2014, the Company adopted the Clarus Therapeutics 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) and reserved 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock for the issuance of awards under the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan permits the Company to make grants of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock awards, cash-based awards, performance share awards and dividend equivalent rights. To qualify as incentive options, stock options must meet additional federal tax requirements, including a $100,000 limit on the value of shares subject to incentive options which first become exercisable in any calendar year, and a shorter term and higher minimum exercise price in the case of certain large stockholders. All full-time and part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and other key persons, including consultants and prospective employees, are eligible to participate in the 2014 Plan, subject to the sole discretion of the administrator. On December 15, 2017, April 17, 2019 and again on December 18, 2020, the 2014 Plan was amended, increasing the total shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance by 416,500, 26,140, and 3,000,000 shares, respectively, for a total of 4,442,640 shares of Common Stock available for award in the 2014 Plan. As of March 31, 2021, no shares of common stock were available for future grants under the 2014 Plan. Once the 2014 Plan was adopted, no further options were awarded under the 2004 Plan. The awards granted under this plan generally vest over a four-year period and have a 10-year contractual term.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Plans:

 

Number of 
options

 

Weighted
average
exercise
price

 

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)

 

Aggregate
intrinsic
value

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020

 

3,814,659

 

$

2.17

 

6.8

 

$

Granted

 

 

 

     

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

     

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

 

     

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

     

 

 

Outstanding as of March 31, 2021

 

3,814,659

 

$

2.17

 

6.6

 

$

Options vested and exercisable as of March 31, 2021

 

2,594,530

 

$

1.94

 

5.2

 

$

No stock options were granted during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. The total fair value of stock options vested during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 was $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense is as follows (in thousands):

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

   

2021

 

2020

Selling and marketing

 

$

5

 

$

Research and development

 

 

16

 

 

22

General and administrative

 

 

155

 

 

52

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

176

 

$

74

As of March 31, 2021, there was $0.4 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options, which is being recognized over a period of 0.95 years.

F-53

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

10. Income Taxes

The Company did not record a federal or state or income tax provision or benefit for the three months ended March 31, 2020 or 2021 due to the expected loss before income taxes to be incurred, as well as the Company’s continued maintenance of a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company leases office space in Northbrook, Illinois and Murfreesboro, Tennessee under non-cancelable operating leases which expire on December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022, respectively. Total rent expense under the lease agreements was $40 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2019, respectively.

A summary of the Company’s future minimum lease payments required under non-cancellable lease agreements is as follows (in thousands):

Years ended December 31,

 

Amount

2021 (remaining 9 months)

 

$

90

2022

 

 

16

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

2025

 

 

Total

 

$

106

Purchase Obligation

In July of 2009, the Company entered into a commercial manufacturing agreement, as amended, with Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC (the “Catalent Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Catalent Agreement, the Company must make minimum annual purchases of JATENZO equal to 7.0 million softgels, through the initial term, or March 2025. Any shortfall between the minimum annual purchase quantities and actual purchases will be multiplied by a unit price, as defined in the Catalent Agreement, and paid to Catalent within 30 days of any year-end that the minimum purchase requirement is not met. The Company has not made any payments to Catalent as a result of a shortfall in minimum purchase quantities. The Catalent Agreement renews automatically for two-year periods and either party may terminate the contract upon twelve months written notice. Purchases under the Catalent Agreement were $3.3 million and $2.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The Company entered into a product supply agreement with Pharmacia & Upjohn Company LLC, or Pfizer (the “Pfizer Agreement”), effective January 1, 2021. Pursuant to the terms of the Pfizer Agreement, the Company must make minimum annual purchases of testosterone undecanoate equal to 2,000 kilograms per year, through the initial term, or January 2024. If there is a shortfall between the minimum annual purchase quantities and actual purchases, the difference between the minimum annual purchase amount and actual purchases will be paid to Pfizer by the Company. Purchases under the Pfizer Agreement are expected to be approximately $1.8 million per year, over the life of the contract. There were no purchases under the Pfizer Agreement during the three months ended March 31, 2021.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, in the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to litigation and regulatory examinations as well as information gathering requests, inquiries and investigations.

On April 2, 2019, an action for patent infringement was filed against the Company by Lipocine in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware. The lawsuit (Civil Action No. 19-622) sought a declaratory judgement of infringement under 35 U.S.C. § 271(a)-(c) arising from the Company’s intent to market and sell JATENZO, based on the FDA’s approval

F-54

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

11. Commitments and Contingencies (cont.)

of JATENZO in March 2019. Lipocine alleged that the Company infringed certain claims in each of four U.S. Patents: U.S. Patent No. 9,034,858, U.S. Patent No. 9,205,057, U.S. Patent No. 9,480,690 and U.S. Patent No. 9,757,390. Lipocine sought reasonable royalty monetary damages, pre-judgment interest, post-judgment interest, and attorneys’ fees, and costs and disbursements, and injunctive relief.

The Company asserted defenses of noninfringement, invalidity under 35 U.S.C. §§ 103 and 112, as well as inequitable conduct. The Company’s motion for summary judgment of invalidity under Section 112 was argued in January 2021 and further hearing was held on May 14, 2021 to address questions he had that were pertinent to the summary judgment motion. On May 25, 2021, Judge Bryson granted the Company’s motion for summary judgment and invalidated all of the patent claims asserted against Clarus by Lipocine. A bench trial before Judge Bryson to hear Clarus’ inequitable conduct defense is pending trial. Clarus has asked the court to schedule trial on these defenses at the earliest practicable date.

On January 4, 2021, an interference (No. 106,128) was declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office between the Company’s U.S. Patent Application No. 16/656,178 and Lipocine’s U.S. Patent Application No. 16/818,779. This proceeding (Interference No. 106,128 (DK)) is currently pending. The claims at issue in the interference cover uses of JATENZO and TLANDO. The involved Lipocine patent application, however, contains claims the Company believes cover the use of TLANDO and not JATENZO nor its FDA-approved use. The Company believes that it would not need a license from Lipocine, nor that it would be liable for any damages, based solely on the outcome of the pending interference, as the Company does not believe the involved Lipocine patent claims in this interference covers JATENZO or its FDA-approved use.

There is also risk that other interference proceedings could be declared that involve Lipocine patent applications and/or patents and claims that cover JATENZO interference. And while two interferences were previously decided against the Company, Lipocine has not tried to assert patent claims issued to it as a result of prevailing in those interferences against the Company, and the Company believes these claims do not cover JATENZO. In the event the Company’s beliefs turn out to be incorrect, or future declared interferences involving claims that cover JATENZO are not resolved in the Company’s favor, it may need to obtain a license from Lipocine. Such a license may not be available or may be available only on terms not favorable to the Company. This could also have a material adverse effect on the Company.

The litigation and interference are also expensive and consume significant time and resources.

12. Net Loss per Share

The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include preferred stock and stock options, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The Company excluded the following shares from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as of March 31, 2021 and 2020 because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

March 31,

   

2021

 

2020

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

34,873,364

 

36,756,497

Options to purchase common stock

 

3,814,659

 

2,008,430

Convertible notes(1)

 

18,550,825

 

16,178,854

Series D warrants

 

183,438

 

183,438

____________

(1)      Convertible note shares are calculated using the Series D Preferred Stock issue price of $4.50 per share and includes interest accrued as of March 31, 2021 and 2020.

F-55

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

13. Related Party Transactions

In July of 2020, a member of the Company’s board of directors temporarily expanded his director duties as an executive director, at the request of the Company’s board of directors. As executive director, this member received a total of $0.1 million in consulting fees during the three months ended March 31, 2021.

14. Subsequent Events

Proposed Merger

On April 27, 2021, the Company executed a definitive merger agreement with Blue Water Acquisition Corporation (“Blue Water”, or “BLUW”), a Special Purpose Acquisition Company. Upon the completion of the proposed business combination transaction, the convertible noteholders and Series D Preferred Stock shareholders of Clarus will exchange their interests in Clarus for shares of common stock of continuing public company or Combined Entity. The proposed merger is expected to be accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization” in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under the reverse recapitalization model, the Business Combination will be treated as Clarus issuing equity for the net assets of BLUW, with no goodwill or intangible assets recorded. Under this method of accounting, Blue Water will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination is primarily based on the fact that subsequent to the merger, the Company’s stockholders are expected to have a majority of the voting power of the combined company, the Company will comprise all of the ongoing operations of the combined entity, the Company will comprise a majority of the governing body of the combined company, and the Company’s senior management will comprise all of the senior management of the combined company. As a result of the proposed merger, Blue Water will be renamed Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc., or Combined Entity, and Clarus will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Combined Entity.

Blue Water is expected to receive net proceeds of approximately $198.2 million upon the closing of the proposed merger transaction, assuming no redemptions are affected by stockholders of Blue Water, and will operate under the current Clarus management team upon the closing of the proposed merger. In connection with the proposed merger, the Company’s convertible noteholders and senior secured noteholders agreed to provide $25.0 million in additional capital to the Company following the close of the merger. All such proceeds will convert to shares of Blue Water common stock at a price of $10.00 per share at the merger closing. The closing of the proposed merger is a precondition to the additional financing.

Subject to the terms of the merger agreement, at the effective time of the merger (the “Effective Time”), each share of Clarus’s redeemable convertible Series D Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into shares of the combined Company’s common stock and all principal and accrued interest under the Company’s Series D convertible notes shall convert into shares of common stock of the surviving entity, subject to adjustment in accordance with the exchange ratio. All other series of preferred stock, common stock and stock options will be cancelled and extinguished upon completion of the proposed merger. In addition, Clarus’s existing equity incentive plans will be terminated. Any unexpired, outstanding Series D Warrants will remain outstanding and become exercisable shares of common stock of the surviving entity, subject to adjustment in accordance with the exchange ratio.

The boards of directors of both Blue Water and Clarus have approved the proposed transaction. Completion of the transaction is expected to be in the third quarter of 2021, and is subject to, among other things, the approval by Blue Water’s shareholders, satisfaction of the conditions stated in the merger agreement and other customary closing conditions. There is no assurance that the transaction will be consummated.

License Agreement

In May 2021, the Company entered into a license agreement (the “HavaH Agreement”) with HavaH Therapeutics, or HavaH, an Australia-based biopharmaceutical company developing androgen therapies for inflammatory breast disease and certain forms of breast cancer. Under the HavaH Agreement, the Company will acquire the development and commercialization rights for HavaH T+Ai™, to be renamed CLAR-121.

F-56

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
Unaudited

14. Subsequent Events (cont.)

Under the terms of the licensing agreement, Clarus will be responsible for future global development and regulatory activities for CLAR-121, excluding Australia. Clarus will pay HavaH an upfront payment of $0.5 million upon signing and HavaH may be eligible for up to $10.8 million in potential development and regulatory milestone payments. HavaH will retain the right to promote HAVAH T+Ai™ in Australia. Additionally, HavaH would be eligible for a royalty payments and up to $30.0 million in potential commercial milestones.

Issuance of Convertible Notes

In April, May and June 2021, the Company entered into additional note purchase agreements (the “2021 Notes”) pursuant to which the Company borrowed an aggregate of $17.8 million in connection with the $25.0 million in additional capital to be provided by the Company’s convertible noteholders and senior secured noteholders following the close of the merger. Outstanding balances under the 2021 Notes accrue interest at a rate of 8%, compounded daily, and have a maturity date of September 1, 2025. The conversion features of the 2021 Notes are identical to the conversion features of the Convertible Notes.

Issuance of PIK Note

In June 2021, the Company entered into a payment-in-kind, or PIK, note (the “PIK Note”), in relation to the Company’s missed interest payment on its senior secured notes, pursuant to which the Company borrowed an aggregate of $3.1 million from senior secured noteholders, to be included in the principal senior secured notes balance. The PIK note accrues interest at a rate of 12.5%, compounded daily, and the principal is repayable in full on February 1,2023.

F-57

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related statements of operations, changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency. This raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters also are described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ RSM US LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2006.

Chicago, Illinois
May 13, 2021

F-58

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

7,233

 

 

$

1,656

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

4,400

 

 

 

 

Inventory

 

 

5,857

 

 

 

6,961

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,846

 

 

 

1,229

 

Total current assets

 

 

19,336

 

 

 

9,846

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

64

 

 

 

21

 

Total assets

 

$

19,400

 

 

$

9,867

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible notes payable to related parties

 

$

 

 

$

70,919

 

Senior notes payable

 

 

41,902

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

12,107

 

 

 

4,379

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

4,631

 

 

 

1,767

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,172

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

59,812

 

 

 

77,065

 

Convertible notes payable to related parties

 

 

77,911

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

 

 

 

 

 

551

 

Derivative liability

 

 

 

 

 

65,006

 

Royalty obligation

 

 

9,262

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

146,985

 

 

 

142,622

 

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 53,340,636 shares authorized at December 31, 2020 and 2019; 36,756,498 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

198,195

 

 

 

183,513

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock $0.001 par value; 56,593,539 shares authorized at December 31, 2020 and 2019; 870,263 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(325,781

)

 

 

(316,269

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(325,780

)

 

 

(316,268

)

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

19,400

 

 

$

9,867

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-59

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Years Ended December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Net product revenue

 

$

6,369

 

 

$

 

Cost of product sales

 

 

8,687

 

 

 

 

Gross loss

 

 

(2,318

)

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

29,515

 

 

 

7,374

 

General and administrative

 

 

11,937

 

 

 

7,414

 

Research and development

 

 

3,407

 

 

 

3,088

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(47,177

)

 

 

(17,876

)

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability and derivative, net

 

 

66,891

 

 

 

13

 

Interest income

 

 

25

 

 

 

79

 

Interest expense

 

 

(15,394

)

 

 

(23,866

)

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

51,522

 

 

 

(23,774

)

Net income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

4,345

 

 

 

(41,650

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

4,345

 

 

 

(41,650

)

Accretion of preferred stock

 

 

(14,682

)

 

 

(13,594

)

Net loss attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted

 

$

(10,337

)

 

$

(55,244

)

Net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

$

(11.88

)

 

$

(63.48

)

Weighted-average common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

 

870,263

 

 

 

870,263

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-60

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
(in thousands, except share data)

 

Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Additional Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total Stockholders’
Deficit

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

36,756,498

 

$

169,919

 

870,263

 

$

1

 

$

 

 

$

(261,384

)

 

$

(261,383

)

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

 

 

 

13,594

 

 

 

 

 

(359

)

 

 

(13,235

)

 

 

(13,594

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

 

 

 

359

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41,650

)

 

 

(41,650

)

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

36,756,498

 

$

183,513

 

870,263

 

$

1

 

$

 

 

$

(316,269

)

 

$

(316,268

)

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

 

 

 

14,682

 

 

 

 

 

(825

)

 

 

(13,857

)

 

 

(14,682

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

825

 

 

 

 

 

 

825

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,345

 

 

 

4,345

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

36,756,498

 

$

198,195

 

870,263

 

$

1

 

$

 

 

$

(325,781

)

 

$

(325,780

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-61

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

 

Years Ended December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

4,345

 

 

$

(41,650

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash interest expense related to debt financing and royalty obligation

 

 

12,459

 

 

 

9,005

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

(551

)

 

 

(138

)

Change in fair value of derivative liability

 

 

(66,340

)

 

 

14,986

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

825

 

 

 

359

 

Depreciation

 

 

18

 

 

 

4

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(4,400

)

 

 

 

Inventory

 

 

1,104

 

 

 

(6,961

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(804

)

 

 

(939

)

Accounts payable

 

 

7,728

 

 

 

4,035

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

2,864

 

 

 

1,584

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,172

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(41,580

)

 

 

(19,715

)

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(63

)

 

 

(21

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(63

)

 

 

(21

)

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable

 

 

1,611

 

 

 

18,389

 

Proceeds from issuance of senior notes payable, net of discount

 

 

49,125

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from PPP loan

 

 

488

 

 

 

 

Repayment of PPP loan

 

 

(488

)

 

 

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

(3,516

)

 

 

(29

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

47,220

 

 

 

18,360

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

5,577

 

 

 

(1,376

)

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

 

 

1,656

 

 

 

3,032

 

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

 

$

7,233

 

 

$

1,656

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

3,125

 

 

$

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value, including dividends on preferred stock

 

$

14,682

 

 

$

13,594

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-62

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of Business Operations

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” or “Clarus”) is a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the commercialization of JATENZO, the first and only oral testosterone (“T”) replacement, or testosterone replacement therapy (“TRT”), of its kind approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA. The FDA completed its review of the Company’s New Drug Application and approved JATENZO for marketing on March 27, 2019. The Company commercially launched JATENZO on February 10, 2020. JATENZO is the Company’s sole source of revenue and sales are exclusively within the United States. Management remains committed to the product’s commercial success. The Company was founded in 2004 and is located and headquartered in Northbrook, Illinois.

The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties associated with any pharmaceutical company that is transitioning from the development to commercial stage. Since inception, the Company has incurred substantial operating losses due to substantial product development and commercialization expenditures. In addition, the Company operates in an environment of rapid technological change and is largely dependent on the services of its employees and consultants. The Company anticipates incurring additional losses until such time, if ever, that it can generate significant sales of JATENZO, is cash flow positive from operations, or enters into cash flow positive business development transactions.

Liquidity and Going Concern

The Company has evaluated whether there are certain conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued.

Since its inception, the Company has devoted substantially all its efforts to business planning, clinical development, commercial planning and raising capital. The Company has incurred losses since inception and has an accumulated deficit of $325.8 million as of December 31, 2020, including $94.0 million of cumulative accretion on the Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”), the Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”), the Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) and the Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series D Preferred Stock”), collectively, Preferred Stock, and $97.6 million of cumulative non-cash interest related to previously issued convertible debt. The Company is also in forbearance on its March 12, 2020 senior secured notes as it was unable to maintain at least $10.0 million in cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of each calendar month beginning December 2020 and was unable to pay the required $3.1 million interest payment due in March 2021. In accordance with the related forbearance agreement, the Company will need to maintain at least $2.5 million of cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of each calendar month until the proposed SPAC merger (see below).

The Company is seeking to complete a merger with a newly-formed Special Purpose Acquisition Company (“SPAC”), whereby the Company will become a 100% owned subsidiary of the SPAC. In addition, current Clarus stakeholders will invest an additional $25.0 million in Clarus before the close of this transaction (Note 15). In addition to pursuing consummation of the SPAC merger and the related investment, the Company plans to seek additional funding through the expansion of its commercial efforts to grow JATENZO and its operating cash flow, business development efforts to out-license JATENZO internationally, equity financings, debt financings such as the secured notes described in Note 7, Debt, or other capital sources including collaborations with other companies or other strategic arrangements with third parties. There can be no assurance that these future financing efforts will be successful.

If the Company is unable to obtain funding or generate operating cash flow, the Company will be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of its product portfolio expansion or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects, or the Company may be unable to continue operations. Although management continues to pursue these plans, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to the Company to fund continuing operations, if at all. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of the Company’s stockholders.

F-63

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of Business Operations (cont.)

Based on its recurring losses from operations incurred since inception, expectation of continuing operating losses for the foreseeable future, and need to raise additional capital to finance its future operations, as of the issuance date of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company has concluded that its cash and cash equivalents will not be sufficient to fund its operating expenses, capital expenditure requirements and debt service payments through at least twelve months from the date that these financial statements are available to be issued and that there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Accordingly, the financial statements have been prepared on a basis that assumes the Company will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic

The business disruptions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic had a significant negative impact on the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020. Management expects that the public health actions being undertaken to reduce the spread of the virus, and that may have to be undertaken again in the event of a resurgence of the virus, will create significant disruptions to the Company with respect to: (i) the demand for its products, (ii) the ability of its sales representatives to reach healthcare customers, (iii) its ability to maintain staffing levels to support its operations, (iv) its ability to continue to manufacture certain of its products, (v) the reliability of its supply chain and (vi) its ability to achieve the financial covenants required by the senior secured notes agreement (see Note 7, Debt). The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will impact the Company’s business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the duration of the outbreak, travel restrictions and social distancing in the U.S. and other countries, business closures or business disruptions and the effectiveness of actions taken in the U.S. and other countries to contain and treat the disease.

The Company is closely monitoring the evolving impact of the pandemic on all aspects of its business. The Company has implemented a number of measures designed to protect the health and safety of its employees, support its customers and promote business continuity. The Company is also actively reviewing and implementing cost-saving measures including discontinuing or delaying all non-essential services and programs and instituting controls on travel, events, marketing and clinical studies to adapt the business plan for the evolving COVID-19 challenges.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the Company’s prior year financial statements to conform to the Company’s current year presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on the Company’s previously reported results of operations or accumulated deficit.

Segment Information

The Company’s chief operating decision maker manages its operations as a single operating segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions. All of the Company’s long-lived assets are held in the United States.

F-64

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Use of Estimates

Preparation of the financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period covered by the financial statements and accompanying notes. The most significant estimates relate to determination of fair value of the Company’s common stock and common stock warrants, stock-based compensation, notes, royalty obligation and the valuation of embedded derivatives. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, and records adjustments when facts and circumstances dictate. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are defined below:

Level 1:

 

Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2:

 

Inputs other than Level 1 inputs that are either directly or indirectly observable, such as quoted market prices, interest rates and yield curves.

Level 3:

 

Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability (i.e. supported by little or no market activity). Level 3 inputs include management’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk).

To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents and represent cash and highly liquid investments with an original contractual maturity at the date of purchase of three months or less. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, cash and cash equivalents included government-backed money market funds.

Concentrations of Risk

Substantially all of the Company’s cash and money market funds are held with a single financial institution. Due to its size, the Company believes this financial institution represents minimal credit risk. Deposits in this institution may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for U.S. institutions. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held.

The Company’s accounts receivable balance is compromised solely from transactions with the Company’s single third-party logistics provider, or 3PL. The Company monitors economic conditions to identify facts or circumstances that may indicate that any of its accounts receivable are at risk of collection.

The Company depends on two third-party suppliers for its supply of T-undecanoate (“TU”), the active pharmaceutical ingredient of JATENZO.

F-65

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable are stated at net realizable value. On a periodic basis, management evaluates its accounts receivable and determines whether to provide an allowance or if any accounts should be written off based on a past history of write-offs, collections and current credit conditions. A receivable is considered past due if the Company has not received payments based on agreed-upon terms. The Company generally does not require any security or collateral to support its receivables. The Company performs ongoing evaluations of its customers.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Inventories are written down for product that has become obsolete, inventory that has a cost basis in excess of its expected net realizable value and inventory in excess of expected requirements. The estimate of excess quantities is subjective and primarily dependent on our estimates of future demand for a particular product. Write-downs of inventory establish a new cost basis which is not increased for future increases in the net realizable value of inventories or changes in estimated obsolescence.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, as follows:

Asset Class

 

Estimated
Useful Life

Computer and office equipment

 

3 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

7 years

Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in loss from operations. Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset group may not be recoverable. There were no charges as a result of impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings or debt financings as deferred financing costs until such financings are consummated. After consummation of a financing, these costs are presented in the balance sheets as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of the respective equity or debt instrument issued. Should an in-process financing be abandoned, the deferred financing costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the statements of operations and loss.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company has adopted current accounting guidance in regard to accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity and for the classification and measurement of redeemable securities. This guidance requires companies with mandatorily redeemable features in their equity instruments to be classified separately from equity. The Company measures these instruments by recognizing changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying amount of the instrument to equal the redemption value at the

F-66

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

end of each reporting period. In accordance with this guidance, the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock have been classified separately from equity in the accompanying balance sheets.

Revenue Recognition

In accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The Company performs the following five steps to recognize revenue under ASC 606: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only recognizes revenue when it is probable that it will collect the consideration to which it is entitled in exchange for the goods or services that will be transferred to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines those that are performance obligations. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. The Company has determined that the delivery of its product to its customer constitutes a single performance obligation as there are no other promises to deliver goods or services. Shipping and handling activities are considered fulfillment activities and are not considered to be a separate performance obligation. The Company has assessed the existence of a significant financing component in the agreements with its customers. The trade payment terms with its customers do not exceed one year and therefore, no amount of consideration has been allocated as a financing component. Taxes collected related to product sales are remitted to governmental authorities and are excluded from revenue.

Net Product Sales

The Company began selling JATENZO in February 2020, in the United States through a 3PL which takes title and control of the goods. The 3PL distributes the product to wholesale distributors (collectively the “Distributors”), with whom the Company has entered into formal agreements for delivery to retail pharmacies. The Company has also entered into arrangements with payors that provide government mandated and/or privately negotiated rebates, chargebacks and discounts for the purchase of the Company’s products.

The Company recognizes revenue on sales of JATENZO when the customer obtains control of the product, which occurs at a point in time, typically upon delivery. Product revenues are recorded at the product’s wholesale acquisition costs, net of applicable reserves for variable consideration that are offered within contracts between the Company and its customers, wholesale distributors, payors, and other indirect customers relating to the sale of JATENZO. Components of variable consideration include government and commercial contract rebates, product returns, chargebacks, commercial co-payment assistance program transactions and distribution services fees. These deductions are based on the amounts earned or to be claimed on the related sales and are classified as a current liability or reduction of receivables, based on expected value method and a range of outcomes and are probability weighted in accordance with ASC 606.

The amount of variable consideration which is included in the transaction price may be constrained and is included in the net sales price only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of the cumulative revenue recognition under contracts will not occur in a future period. The Company’s analyses contemplate the application of the constraint in accordance with ASC 606. Actual amounts of consideration ultimately received may differ from its estimates. If actual results in the future vary from its estimates, the Company will adjust these estimates, which would affect net product revenue and earnings in the period such variances become known.

F-67

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Cost of Product Sales

Cost of product sales include manufacturing and distribution costs, the cost of drug substance, FDA program fees and a reserve for short-dated, obsolete inventory. The Company began capitalizing inventory upon FDA approval of JANTENZO®.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses include salaries and benefits, clinical trials costs, contract services and manufacturing development costs. Research and development expenses are charged to operations as they are incurred. The Company follows the provisions of the Research and Development Topic of the Codification which requires the Company to defer and capitalize nonrefundable advance payments made for goods or services to be used in research and development activities until the goods have been delivered or the related services have been performed. If the goods are no longer expected to be delivered or the services are no longer expected to be performed, the Company would be required to expense the related capitalized advance payments. The Company had no capitalized nonrefundable advance payments and no refundable advance payments as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Leases

The Company leases office space and recognizes related rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for all stock-based compensation awards granted as stock-based compensation expense at fair value. The Company’s stock-based payments include stock options and grants of common stock, restricted for vesting conditions. The measurement date for awards is the date of grant, and stock-based compensation costs are recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. Stock-based compensation expense is classified in the accompanying statements of operations based on the function to which the related services are provided. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for the portion of awards that have vested. Forfeitures are recorded as they occur. The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Patents and Trademarks

All patent-related costs incurred in connection with filing and prosecuting patent applications are expensed as incurred due to the uncertainty of the recovery of the expenditure. Amounts incurred are classified as general and administrative expenses in the statement of operations.

Basic and Diluted Loss per Share

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is determined by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding. Basic net loss per share is determined using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted net loss per share includes the effect, if any, from the potential exercise or conversion of securities, such as convertible preferred stock, warrants and stock options, which would result in the issuance of incremental shares of common stock. The computation of diluted net loss per shares does not include the conversion of securities that would have an anti-dilutive effect. The basic and diluted computations of net loss per share for the Company are the same because the effects of the Company’s convertible securities would be anti-dilutive. See Note 13, Net Loss per Share, for further detail.

F-68

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Comprehensive Loss

The Company’s comprehensive loss was the same as its reported net loss for all periods presented.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, the Company determines deferred tax assets and liabilities on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of its net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on the income tax expense line in the accompanying statement of operations. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, no accrued interest or penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the balance sheet.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is expected to be an “emerging growth company” (“EGC”) upon merger, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”) and may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs. The Company may take advantage of these exemptions until it is no longer an EGC under Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an EGC can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. The Company expects to elect to avail itself of the extended transition period and, therefore, while the Company is an EGC it will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs, unless it chooses to early adopt a new or revised accounting standard.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments — Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). ASU 2016-01 amends various aspects of the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure for financial instruments. The Company adopted ASU 2016-01 as of January 1, 2020. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures.

F-69

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, an entity is required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. For leases with a term of twelve months or less, the lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities by class of underlying assets. The new lease standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company will adopt the new standard using a modified retrospective basis, which requires the Company to reflect its leases on its balance sheet for the earliest comparative period presented. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss model. It also eliminates the concept of other-than-temporary impairment and requires credit losses related to available-for-sale debt securities to be recorded through an allowance for credit losses rather than as a reduction in the amortized cost basis of the securities. These changes may result in earlier recognition of credit losses. For public entities that are Securities and Exchange Commission filers, excluding entities eligible to be smaller reporting companies, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. This standard will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2023. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-13 to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) (“ASU 2019-12”): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which adds or clarifies guidance on accounting for income taxes. The new guidance will become effective for the Company on January 1, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (“ASU 2020-4”), which applies to entities that have contracts, such as debt agreements, lease agreements or derivative instruments, which reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued due to reference rate reform. Entities can elect not to apply certain modification accounting requirements for contract modifications that replace a reference rate affected by reference rate reform. If elected, such contracts are accounted for as a continuation of the existing contract and no reassessments or remeasurements are required. ASU 2020-04 is effective for all entities from March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022 and does not apply to contract modifications made after December 31, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption for ASU 2020-04 will have on its financial statements.

In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“ASU 2020-06”). ASU 2020-06 simplifies the accounting for certain convertible instruments, amends guidance on derivative scope exceptions for contracts in an entity’s own equity and modifies the guidance on diluted earnings per share calculations as a result of these changes. The new guidance will become effective for the Company on January 1, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption for ASU 2020-06 will have on its financial statements.

F-70

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

3. Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

December 31, 2020

(in thousands)

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

Assets

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

7,205

 

$

7,205

 

$

 

$

Total assets

 

$

7,205

 

$

7,205

 

$

 

$

Liabilities

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Warrant liability

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Derivative liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

December 31, 2019

(in thousands)

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

Assets

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

1,628

 

$

1,628

 

$

 

$

Total Assets

 

$

1,628

 

$

1,628

 

$

 

$

Liabilities

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Warrant liability

 

$

551

 

$

 

$

 

$

551

Derivative liability

 

 

65,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,006

Total liabilities

 

$

65,557

 

$

 

$

 

$

65,557

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no transfers between levels.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s cash equivalents consisted of money market funds, classified as Level 1 financial assets, as these assets are valued using quoted market prices in active markets without any valuation adjustment. There were no financial assets valued based on Level 2 inputs.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had Level 3 financial liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company’s Warrant Liability and Derivative Liability (defined below) are carried at fair value, determined using Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy as described below. As of December 31, 2020, the Warrant Liability and Derivative Liability were valued at zero.

The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying balance sheets for cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair value based on the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying value of long-term and short-term debt, taking into consideration debt discounts and related derivative instruments, is estimated to approximate fair value.

Warrant Liability

In conjunction with a previous loan agreement that was fully paid in 2017, certain lenders were granted warrants, or the Series D Warrants, to purchase a total of 183,438 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $4.50 per share. The expiration date of the warrants will be the earlier of July 14, 2021 for 122,292 shares and April 9, 2023 for 61,146 shares, or three years from the effective date of a registration statement for an initial public offering of the Company’s stock. No warrants were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

F-71

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

3. Fair Value Measurements (cont.)

The warrant is a freestanding financial instrument that requires the Company to transfer equity instruments upon exercise by the warrant holder at a strike price equal to the issuance price of the underlying preferred stock (the “Warrant Liability”). The valuation of the warrant liability was determined with the assistance of an independent valuation firm which utilized the hybrid method, a hybrid valuation between a probability-weighted expected return model (“PWERM”) and an option pricing model (“OPM”). The hybrid method estimates probability-weighted values across multiple scenarios, but uses the OPM to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of those scenarios. Weighting allocations are assigned to the OPM and PWERM methods factoring possible future liquidity events. Specifically, for each exit event date and exit scenario, the OPM method was utilized to estimate the Series D Preferred Stock value per share. The fair value was determined using Level 3 inputs. The warrants to purchase preferred stock are remeasured at each reporting and settlement date. Changes in fair value for each reporting period are recognized in other income (expense) in the statements of operations. A change in the assumptions related to the valuation of the Warrant Liability could have a significant impact on the value of the obligation.

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s warrant liability (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

$

689

 

Change in fair value of warrants

 

 

(138

)

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

$

551

 

Change in fair value of warrants

 

 

(551

)

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

$

 

As the fair value of Series D Preferred Stock at December 31, 2020 was less than the Series D Preferred Stock issuance price of $4.50, the fair value of the Series D warrants was reduced to zero.

Derivative Liability

From 2016 through 2020, the Company entered into convertible notes purchase agreements with related parties for a total aggregate borrowing amount of $61.3 million (see Note 7, Debt). The convertible notes contain various conversion features including mandatory conversion upon the occurrence of a qualified financing at a 20% discount or shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the Series D Preferred Stock issuance price of $4.50. Upon the occurrence of a non-qualified financing, the noteholders have the option to convert at the same terms as described above for a qualified financing. The Company determined that the acquisition premium and the qualified and non-qualified financing conversion features were embedded derivative instruments requiring bifurcation as separate liabilities with a corresponding debt discount.

The derivative liability is a freestanding financial instrument that requires the Company to transfer equity instruments upon exercise by the noteholders. The derivative liability was initially recorded as a liability at fair value, with a corresponding debt discount, which was amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method over the term of the related notes. The valuation of the derivative liability was determined with the assistance of an independent valuation firm utilizing a probability-weighted expected return model (“PWERM”), which estimates the value based on probability-weighted present value of potential future liquidity events, with an allocation of probabilities applied to each scenario. Future liquidity event scenarios for the Convertible Notes as of December 31, 2019 included an acquisition event prior to expected FDA approval, an IPO prior to expected FDA approval, an acquisition event after expected FDA approval and an IPO after expected FDA approval, and only two scenarios as of December 31, 2020 which were an acquisition event after expected FDA approval and an IPO after expected FDA approval. The fair value was determined using Level 3 inputs. The derivative liability is remeasured at each reporting and settlement date. Changes in fair value for each reporting period are recognized in other income (expense) in the statements of operations. A change in the assumptions related to the valuation of the derivative liability could have a significant impact on the value of the obligation.

F-72

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

3. Fair Value Measurements (cont.)

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s derivative liability (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

$

50,020

 

2019 Notes issued

 

 

14,861

 

Change in fair value of derivative

 

 

125

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

$

65,006

 

2020 Notes issued

 

 

1,334

 

Change in fair value of derivative

 

 

(66,340

)

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

$

 

As the fair value of Series D Preferred Stock at December 31, 2020 was less than the Series D Preferred Stock issuance price of $4.50, the fair value of the derivative liability related to the Company’s convertible notes was reduced to zero.

4. Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Raw material

 

$

4,225

 

$

94

Work-in-process

 

 

 

 

4,664

Finished goods

 

 

1,632

 

 

2,203

Total

 

$

5,857

 

$

6,961

As of December 31, 2020, the Company recorded a reserve for inventory obsolescence of $7.8 million, with a corresponding charge to cost of product sales. The charge was estimated based on an analysis of the remaining shelf life of the Company’s inventory at the time that inventory is forecasted to be sold.

5. Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Office equipment and computer hardware

 

$

99

 

 

$

96

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

109

 

 

 

51

 

Total property and equipment

 

 

208

 

 

 

147

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(144

)

 

 

(126

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

64

 

 

$

21

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was approximately $18 thousand and $4 thousand, respectively.

F-73

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

6. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Selling and marketing costs

 

$

3,468

 

$

698

Employee compensation and related benefits

 

 

1,090

 

 

569

Other research costs

 

 

 

 

61

Professional Fees

 

 

73

 

 

426

Other

 

 

 

 

13

Total

 

$

4,631

 

$

1,767

7. Debt

Convertible Notes

From 2016 to 2020, the Company issued several convertible notes (the “Convertible Notes”) pursuant to which the Company borrowed an aggregate of $61.3 million from existing investors and related parties. All Convertible Notes accrue interest at a rate of 8% compounded daily and have a maturity date of March 1, 2025.

The Company had the following convertible notes outstanding as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

Issuance Year

 

Aggregate
Borrowing Amount

2016

 

$

18,000

2017

 

 

14,000

2018

 

 

9,300

2019

 

 

18,389

2020

 

 

1,611

Total

 

$

61,300

The Convertible Notes contain various conversion features. Upon the occurrence of a qualified financing, the Convertible Notes plus accrued interest mandatorily converts, to shares issued in the qualified financing, as defined in the notes, at a 20% discount, or into shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the Series D Price of $4.50 per share. Upon the occurrence of a non-qualified financing, the noteholders have the option to convert at the same terms as described above for a qualified financing. At maturity, the noteholders also have an option to convert at the terms described above for a qualified or non-qualified financing. If the Company completes a strategic transaction and the Convertible Notes have not been previously converted, noteholders will automatically receive an acquisition premium of the greater of a) the sum of (i) 1.5 times the principal amount of the Convertible Notes and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest thereon, or b) the amount that would have been payable to the noteholders if such notes had been converted to shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the Series D price immediately prior to the close of such strategic transaction.

The Company determined that the acquisition premium and the qualified and non-qualified financing conversion features were embedded derivative instruments requiring bifurcation as separate liabilities with a corresponding debt discount (see Note 3, Fair Value Measurements). The debt discount was amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method over the term of the Convertible Notes.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, pursuant to the executed amendment of the Convertible Notes, the Company and certain lenders agreed to extend or further extend the maturity dates of the Convertible Notes to March 1, 2025. The amendment only modified the maturity date, no other terms, and accordingly was deemed administrative

F-74

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

7. Debt (cont.)

in nature as it was not intended to change any of the economic terms between parties. As such the extension of the maturity dates was deemed to be a modification of the Convertible Notes and modification accounting was applied. The Company calculated the remaining debt discount for each of the Convertible Notes and adjusted the effective interest rate to amortize the remaining debt discount over the adjusted remaining life of the Convertible Notes.

The carrying value of the Company’s Convertible Notes is as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Principal amount

 

$

61,300

 

 

$

59,689

Accrued and unpaid interest

 

 

17,287

 

 

 

11,230

Unamortized debt discount

 

 

(676

)

 

 

Total

 

$

77,911

 

 

$

70,919

The Company recognized interest expense of $6.1 million and $4.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Senior Secured Notes

The carrying value of the Company’s senior secured notes is as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,
2020

Principal amount

 

$

50,000

 

Accrued and unpaid interest

 

 

1,278

 

Unamortized debt discount

 

 

(9,376

)

Total

 

$

41,902

 

On March 12, 2020, the Company issued and sold senior secured notes to certain lenders not related to the Company. The aggregate principal amount of the senior secured notes was $50.0 million and the Company received $42.7 million in net proceeds after deducting transaction expenses of $4.4 million and prepaid interest of $2.9 million. The senior secured notes bear interest at 12.5% and specify semiannual payments on March 1 and September 1 and have a maturity date of March 1, 2025. The first two years provide for interest-only payments and the final three years amortize the principal balance at $15.0 million, $15.0 million and $20.0 million, respectively. The senior secured notes are governed by an indenture, dated as of March 12, 2020, between the Company and the investors. The interest rate will increase to 14.50% for overdue installments in the event of default. In addition to liquidation preference, the senior secured notes contain a lien on all assets of the Company.

Future principal payments of the senior secured notes are as follows (in thousands):

Years ending December 31,

 

Amount

2021

 

$

2022

 

 

7,500

2023

 

 

15,000

2024

 

 

17,500

2025

 

 

10,000

Total

 

$

50,000

The senior secured notes also have a detachable royalty feature under which the lenders receive a royalty of 0.56% to 1.67% on net sales beginning in 2021, with the royalty obligation continuing until the lenders receive total royalty payments of approximately $24.2 million. The value assigned to royalty rights is recorded as a debt discount to the Notes and is amortized to interest expense over the life of the notes. The royalty obligation had a fair value of

F-75

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

7. Debt (cont.)

$7.9 million at issuance in March of 2020. The lenders have a security interest in the assets and intellectual property of the Company. Since the royalty rights are tied to Clarus’ net sales of JATENZO, such royalty rights are not subject to treatment as a derivative instrument and thus do not need to be periodically measured and marked to market. Proceeds were used to finance the commercial launch of JATENZO. Refer to the section below for the accounting treatment of the royalty obligation.

In connection with the senior secured notes, the Company entered into an indenture stating that the Company would maintain cash and cash equivalents in the amount of at least $10.0 million as of the last day of each calendar month, commencing on March 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was unable to maintain cash and cash equivalents of $10.0 million, and such breach of the indenture resulted in a default and the negotiation of a forbearance agreement noted below.

Forbearance Agreement

On March 17, 2021, the Company entered into a forbearance agreement with noteholders in relation to the senior secured notes. The Company was unable to and did not pay interest of $3.1 million due on March 1, 2021. If the Company is unable to secure the funds to repay its debt as of March 31, 2021, all investors have the right to exercise all remedies available under the indenture to receive the funds due.

Under the forbearance agreement, in exchange for the investors’ agreement not to exercise their rights to retrieve the funds owed, the Company was required to maintain cash and cash equivalents of at least $2.5 million amongst other financial budgeting and reporting requirements until consummation of the Business Combination. Under the forbearance agreement, the forbearance period would automatically terminate if certain conditions, including the execution of the merger agreement, did not occur on or prior to April 15, 2021 (see Note 15, Subsequent Events). The noteholders have also agreed to provide additional capital under certain circumstances to the Company for operations up to $10.0 million until such time of the proposed business combination transaction.

On April 14, 2021, the Company entered into a written consent to update the terms of its forbearance agreement. Per the written consent, the forbearance period would not be terminated on April 15, 2021, provided that the Company, amongst other things, executed the merger agreement and provided financial reporting requirements by April 27, 2021.

Royalty Obligation

The Company periodically assesses the estimated royalty payments related to the senior secured notes to the lender and to the extent such payments are greater or less than its initial estimates or the timing of such payments is materially different than its original estimates, the Company will prospectively adjust the accretion of interest on the royalty obligation. There are a number of factors that could materially affect the amount and the timing of royalty payments, most of which are not within the Company’s control. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the rate of JATENZO prescriptions, the number of doses administered, the introduction of competing products, manufacturing or other delays, patent protection, adverse events that result in governmental health authority-imposed restrictions on the use of the drug products, and sales never achieving forecasted numbers, which would result in reduced royalty payments and reduced non-cash interest expense over the life of the royalty obligation. To the extent future royalties result in an amount less than the liability, the Company is not obligated to fund any such shortfall.

The Company records estimated royalties due for the current period in accrued other expenses until the payment is received from the customer, at which time the Company then remits payment to the lenders. In order to determine the accretion of the royalty obligation, the Company is required to estimate the total amount of future royalty payments to be received and submitted to the lenders. The sum of these amounts less the proceeds the Company received will be recorded as interest expense over the life of the royalty obligation. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s estimate of its total interest expense resulted in an annual effective interest rate of approximately 32.3%.

F-76

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

7. Debt (cont.)

The following table shows the activity of the royalty obligation since the transaction inception through December 31, 2020:

 

December 31, 2020

Value assigned to royalty obligation at inception

 

$

7,211

Non-cash interest expense recognized

 

 

2,051

Royalty obligation – ending balance

 

$

9,262

PPP Loan

In March of 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was enacted to, among other provisions, provide emergency assistance for individuals, families and businesses affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act includes a Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) administered through the Small Business Association (“SBA”). Under the PPP, beginning April 3, 2020, small businesses and other entities and individuals could apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated lenders that enroll in the program, subject to numerous limitations and eligibility criteria.

In April of 2020, the Company received an unsecured loan of $0.5 million from the SBA. After considering further guidance issued by SBA, the Company elected to repay the loan in full in May of 2020 with no interest due under safe harbor provisions of the CARES Act.

8. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

There were no shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock issued during the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except for share data):

 

December 31, 2020

   

Preferred Stock Authorized

 

Preferred
Stock
Issued and
Outstanding

 

Carrying Value

 

Liquidation Value

 

Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion

Series A Preferred Stock

 

2,500,000

 

2,500,000

 

$

9,170

 

$

9,170

 

2,500,000

Series B Preferred Stock

 

5,066,637

 

5,066,637

 

 

15,118

 

 

15,118

 

5,066,637

Series C Preferred Stock

 

9,438,744

 

9,438,744

 

 

20,057

 

 

20,057

 

9,438,744

Series D Preferred Stock

 

36,335,255

 

19,751,117

 

 

153,850

 

 

153,850

 

19,751,117

Total

 

53,340,636

 

36,756,498

 

$

198,195

 

$

198,195

 

36,756,498

 

December 31, 2019

   

Preferred
Stock Authorized

 

Preferred
Stock
Issued and
Outstanding

 

Carrying
Value

 

Liquidation Value

 

Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion

Series A Preferred Stock

 

2,500,000

 

2,500,000

 

$

8,491

 

$

8,491

 

2,500,000

Series B Preferred Stock

 

5,066,637

 

5,066,637

 

 

13,998

 

 

13,998

 

5,066,637

Series C Preferred Stock

 

9,438,744

 

9,438,744

 

 

18,571

 

 

18,571

 

9,438,744

Series D Preferred Stock

 

36,335,255

 

19,751,117

 

 

142,453

 

 

142,453

 

19,751,117

Total

 

53,340,636

 

36,756,498

 

$

183,513

 

$

183,513

 

36,756,498

F-77

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

8. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (cont.)

The following is a summary of the rights and preferences of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, and Series D Preferred Stock (collectively, “Preferred Stock”) are as follows:

Conversion — Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock, upon approval of the holders of at least 65% of the preferred shares, on a share-for-share basis to be adjusted for the effect of any stock splits or reverse splits, subject to certain antidilution adjustments, are entitled to vote together with the common stockholders as one class and are entitled to separate votes on certain matters. Preferred Stock automatically converts on a share-for-share basis into shares of common stock upon the closing of a qualified IPO.

Dividends — Preferred stockholders are entitled to receive an annual, cumulative 8% dividend, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared through December 31, 2020. For the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, there were $14.7 million and $13.6 million of accrued and unpaid dividends, respectively.

Liquidation Preference — Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of business, the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive a liquidation preference in priority over the holders of common stock, at an amount per share equal to their original purchase price of $1.82 per share for Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, $1.50 per share for Series C Preferred Stock and $4.50 for Series D Preferred Stock, plus accumulated dividends. Upon liquidation, the Company’s remaining assets will be distributed to Preferred Stockholders in the following order: Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock. When holders of preferred stock are satisfied in full, any excess assets available for distribution will be allocated ratably among common stockholders based on their pro rata shareholdings. Upon a deemed liquidation event, as defined, holders have the option to redeem their shareholding at the liquidation payment amounts summarized above.

Redemption — Holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding preferred shares, voting together as a separate class, may require the Company to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock upon the earlier of (a) September 9, 2016 (in which case such shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Company in three equal annual installments), and (b) the occurrence of any redemption event. A redemption event shall mean the breach by the Company of any material term of its Certificate of Incorporation or any material provision of the related securities purchase agreement, the stockholders’ agreement or the registration rights agreement. To date holders have not required redemption of the Preferred Stock.

Voting Rights — Preferred Stock and common stock generally vote together as one class on an as-converted basis; however, common stock voting rights on certain matters are subject to the powers, preferences, and rights of the Preferred Stock. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to elect three directors to the Company’s board of directors and the holders of Series D Preferred Stock are entitled to elect one director to the Company’s board of directors. Certain actions, such as mergers, acquisition, liquidation, dissolution, wind up of business, and deemed liquidation events, must be approved by the holders of at least 65% of outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

9. Common Stock

The Company was authorized to issue up to 56,593,539 shares of common stock with a $0.001 par value per share as of December 31, 2020.

The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Company’s common stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the preferred stock as set forth above.

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock. Subject to the payment in full of all preferential dividends to which the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled, the holders of common stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, after the payment or provision for payment of all debts and

F-78

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

9. Common Stock (cont.)

liabilities of the Company and all preferential amounts to which the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled with respect to the distribution of assets in liquidation, the holders of common stock shall be entitled to share ratably in the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution.

As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, the Company has reserved the following shares of common stock for the potential conversion of outstanding preferred stock and exercise of stock options:

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Preferred stock, as converted

 

36,756,498

 

36,756,498

Options to purchase common stock

 

3,814,659

 

2,307,640

Series D warrants

 

183,438

 

183,438

Remaining shares reserved for future issuance

 

1,350,481

 

3,156,710

Total

 

42,105,076

 

42,404,286

10. Stock-Based Compensation

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

Effective February 13, 2004, the Company adopted the Clarus Therapeutics 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”). The 2004 Plan was amended on January 28, 2011 to increase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock reserved for issuance to employees, directors, and consultants to 1,529,936 shares. Options granted under the 2004 Plan may be incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Restricted stock awards may also be granted under the 2004 Plan. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. Options generally vest over a four-year period. The exercise price of incentive stock options shall be not less than 100% of the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock on the grant date. As of December 31, 2020, only incentive stock options to employees have been awarded under the 2004 Plan. The awards granted under this plan generally vest over a four-year period and have a 10-year contractual term.

2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Effective February 13, 2014, the Company adopted the Clarus Therapeutics 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) and reserved 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock for the issuance of awards under the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan permits the Company to make grants of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock awards, cash-based awards, performance share awards and dividend equivalent rights. To qualify as incentive options, stock options must meet additional federal tax requirements, including a $100,000 limit on the value of shares subject to incentive options which first become exercisable in any calendar year, and a shorter term and higher minimum exercise price in the case of certain large stockholders. All full-time and part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and other key persons, including consultants and prospective employees, are eligible to participate in the 2014 Plan, subject to the sole discretion of the administrator. On December 15, 2017, April 17, 2019 and again on December 18, 2020, the 2014 Plan was amended, increasing the total shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance by 416,500, 26,140, and 3,000,000 shares, respectively, for a total of 4,442,640 shares of Common Stock available for award in the 2014 Plan. As of December 31, 2020, no shares of common stock were available for future grants under the 2014 Plan. Once the 2014 Plan was adopted, no further options were awarded under the 2004 Plan. The awards granted under this plan generally vest over a four-year period and have a 10-year contractual term.

F-79

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

10. Stock-Based Compensation (cont.)

Stock Options

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Plans:

 

Number of
options

 

Weighted average
exercise
price

 

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)

 

Aggregate
intrinsic
value

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

 

2,307,640

 

 

$

1.70

 

5.1

 

$

Granted

 

1,806,229

 

 

 

2.69

     

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Cancelled

 

(142,500

)

 

 

1.49

     

 

 

Forfeited

 

(156,710

)

 

 

1.98

     

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020

 

3,814,659

 

 

$

2.17

 

6.8

 

$

Options vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2020

 

2,320,686

 

 

$

1.86

 

6.9

 

$

The weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options granted in 2020 and 2019 was $1.26 per share and $1.59 per share, respectively. The total fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

The fair value was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

Years Ended December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Expected volatility

 

59.66

%

 

58.13

%

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate

 

1.59

%

 

2.58

%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

Expected term (in years)

 

4.00

 

 

4.00

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense is as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ended December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Selling and marketing

 

$

183

 

$

Research and development

 

 

189

 

 

108

General and administrative

 

 

453

 

 

251

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

825

 

$

359

As of December 31, 2020, there was $0.6 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options, which is being recognized over a period of 1.14 years.

F-80

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

11. Income Taxes

No provision for federal or state income taxes was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, as the Company incurred operating losses and maintains a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets. The reported amount of income tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 differs from the amount that would result from applying domestic federal statutory rates to pretax losses primarily because of changes in the valuation allowance, state taxes, and the generation of research and development credits.

A reconciliation of the Company’s statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Income at U.S. statutory rate

 

$

912

 

 

21.00

%

 

$

(8,746

)

 

21.00

%

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

(1,583

)

 

-36.45

%

 

 

(1,171

)

 

2.81

%

Change in fair value

 

 

(14,047

)

 

-323.39

%

 

 

 

 

0.00

%

Interest expense

 

 

1,410

 

 

32.46

%

 

 

5,009

 

 

-12.03

%

Stock compensation

 

 

127

 

 

2.93

%

 

 

1,139

 

 

-2.73

%

Permanent differences

 

 

6

 

 

0.13

%

 

 

3

 

 

-0.01

%

Valuation allowance

 

 

13,175

 

 

303.32

%

 

 

3,561

 

 

-8.55

%

Other

 

 

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

205

 

 

-0.49

%

   

$

 

 

0.00

%

 

$

 

 

0.00

%

The net deferred income tax asset balance related to the following (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock compensation

 

$

64

 

 

$

12

 

Accruals and other

 

 

4,151

 

 

 

1,060

 

Debt discount

 

 

483

 

 

 

 

Royalty liability

 

 

2,272

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

51,918

 

 

 

44,641

 

Tax credits

 

 

6,774

 

 

 

6,774

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

65,662

 

 

 

52,487

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

 

(65,662

)

 

 

(52,487

)

Deferred tax assets, net

 

$

 

 

$

 

At December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $189.2 million and $169.1 million of federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, respectively. Approximately $134.9 million of the federal NOL and $124.1 million of the state NOL was generated prior to the 2018 tax year. As a result, these net operating loss carryforwards will expire, if not utilized, between 2021 and 2037 for federal and state income tax purposes. As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, federal NOLs generated in tax years ending after December 31, 2017 are limited to a deduction of 80% of the taxpayer’s taxable income. Furthermore, the post 2017 NOLs are subject to an indefinite carryforward period; therefore, $54.4 million of federal NOL generated after 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely. As it pertains to the approximately $45.0 million of state NOLs generated after 2017, not all states have conformed to the Act; therefore, the NOL expiration will vary based on the state. The Company also has federal tax credits of $6.7 million, which begin to expire in 2024 and state tax credits of $0.1 million which begin to expire in 2021.

F-81

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

11. Income Taxes (cont.)

Future realization of the tax benefits of existing temporary differences and net operating loss carryforwards ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company performed an evaluation to determine whether a valuation allowance was needed. The Company considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, which included the results of operations for the current and preceding years. The Company determined that it was not possible to reasonably quantify future taxable income and determined that it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company maintained a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

The Company’s valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Valuation allowance at beginning of year

 

$

52,487

 

$

48,926

Increases recorded to income tax provision

 

 

13,175

 

 

3,561

Valuation allowance at the end of year

 

$

65,662

 

$

52,487

Under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. We have not completed a study to assess whether an “ownership change” has occurred or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since we became a “loss corporation” as defined in Section 382. Future changes in our stock ownership, which may be outside of our control, may trigger an “ownership change.” In addition, future equity offerings or acquisitions that have equity as a component of the purchase price could result in an “ownership change.” If an “ownership change” has occurred or does occur in the future, utilization of the NOL carryforwards or other tax attributes may be limited, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us.

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations for both federal taxes and the many states in which we operate or do business in. ASC 740 states that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, on the basis of the technical merits.

The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal and state jurisdictions, where applicable. The earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by jurisdiction is 2017 for both federal and state. However, to the extent the Company utilizes net operating losses from years prior to 2017, the statute remains open to the extent of the net operating losses or other credits are utilized. The resolution of tax matters is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company leases office space in Northbrook, Illinois and Murfreesboro, Tennessee under non-cancelable operating leases which expire on December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022, respectively. Total rent expense under the lease agreements was $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

F-82

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

12. Commitments and Contingencies (cont.)

A summary of the Company’s future minimum lease payments required under non-cancellable lease agreements is as follows (in thousands):

Years ending December 31,

 

Amount

2021

 

$

95

2022

 

 

16

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

2025

 

 

Total

 

$

111

Purchase Obligation

In July of 2009, the Company entered into a commercial manufacturing agreement, as amended, with Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC (the “Catalent Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Catalent Agreement, the Company must make minimum annual purchases of JATENZO equal to 7.0 million softgels, through the initial term, or March 2025. Any shortfall between the minimum annual purchase quantities and actual purchases will be multiplied by a unit price, as defined in the Catalent Agreement, and paid to Catalent within 30 days of any year-end that the minimum purchase requirement is not met. The Company has not made any payments to Catalent as a result of a shortfall in minimum purchase quantities. The Catalent Agreement renews automatically for two-year periods and either party may terminate the contract upon twelve months written notice. Purchases under the Catalent Agreement were $3.2 million and $5.8 million during 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Company entered into a product supply agreement with Pharmacia & Upjohn Company LLC, or Pfizer (the “Pfizer Agreement”), effective January 1, 2021. Pursuant to the terms of the Pfizer Agreement, the Company must make minimum annual purchases of testosterone undecanoate equal to 2,000 kilograms per year, through the initial term, or January 2024. If there is a shortfall between the minimum annual purchase quantities and actual purchases, the difference between the minimum annual purchase amount and actual purchases will be paid to Pfizer by the Company. Purchases under the Pfizer Agreement are expected to be approximately $1.8 million per year, over the life of the contract.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, in the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to litigation and regulatory examinations as well as information gathering requests, inquiries and investigations.

On April 2, 2019, an action for patent infringement was filed against the Company by Lipocine Inc. (“Lipocine”) in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware. The lawsuit (Civil Action No. 19-622) seeks a declaratory judgement of infringement under 35 U.S.C. § 271(a)-(c) arising from the Company’s intent to market and sell JATENZO, based on the FDA’s approval of JATENZO in March 2019. Lipocine currently alleges that the Company has infringed certain claims in each of four U.S. Patents: U.S. Patent No. 9,034,858, U.S. Patent No. 9,205,057, U.S. Patent No. 9,480,690 and U.S. Patent No. 9,757,390. Lipocine seeks reasonable royalty monetary damages, pre-judgment interest, post-judgment interest, and attorneys’ fees, and costs and disbursements, and injunctive relief. While the Company believes its defenses are strong, patent litigation is inherently risky and uncertain. In the event this litigation is not resolved in the Company’s favor, it may need to obtain a license from Lipocine. Such a license may not be available or may be available only on terms not favorable to the Company. This could have a material adverse effect on Clarus.

F-83

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

12. Commitments and Contingencies (cont.)

Clarus has asserted defenses of noninfringement, invalidity under 35 U.S.C. §§ 103 and 112, as well as inequitable conduct. The Company’s motion for summary judgment of invalidity under Section 112 was argued in January 2021 and is awaiting decision. A hearing has been scheduled before the presiding judge on May 14, 2021 to address questions he has that are pertinent to the summary judgment motion. The lawsuit is otherwise ready for trial, but no trial date has been set due to court delays arising from the COVID-19 pandemic.

On January 4, 2021, an interference (No. 106,128) was declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office between our U.S. Patent Application No. 16/656,178 and Lipocine’s U.S. Patent Application No. 16/818,779. This proceeding (Interference No. 106,128 (DK)) is currently pending. The claims at issue in the interference cover uses of JATENZO and TLANDO. The involved Lipocine patent application, however, contains claims the Comapny believes cover the use of TLANDO and not JATENZO. The Company believes that it would not need a license from Lipocine, nor that it would be liable for any damages, based solely on the outcome of the pending interference. There is also risk that other interference proceedings could be declared that involve Lipocine patent applications and/or patents and claims that cover JATENZO interference. And while two interferences were previously decided against the Company, Lipocine has not tried to assert patent claims issued to it as a result of prevailing in those interferences against the Company, and Clarus believes these claims do not cover JATENZO. In the event the Company’s beliefs turn out to be incorrect, or future declared interferences involving claims that cover JATENZO are not resolved in its favor, Clarus may need to obtain a license from Lipocine. Such a license may not be available or may be available only on terms not favorable to the Company. This could also have a material adverse effect on the Company.

13. Net Loss per Share

The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include preferred stock and stock options, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The Company excluded the following shares from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

36,756,497

 

36,756,497

Options to purchase common stock

 

3,814,659

 

2,307,640

Convertible notes(1)

 

17,313,456

 

15,759,821

Series D warrants

 

183,438

 

183,438

____________

(1)      Convertible note shares are calculated using the Series D Preferred Stock issue price of $4.50 per share and includes interest accrued as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

14. Related Party Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2020, a member of the Company’s board of directors, temporarily expanded his director duties as an executive director, at the request of the Company’s board of directors. As executive director, this member received a total of $0.1 million in consulting fees during the year ended December 31, 2020.

F-84

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

15. Subsequent Events

Issuance of Convertible Notes

In March and April of 2021, the Company entered into additional note purchase agreements (the “2021 Notes”) pursuant to which the Company borrowed an aggregate of $12.5 million from existing investors. Outstanding balances under the 2021 Notes accrue interest at a rate of 8%, compounded daily, and have a maturity date of September 1, 2025. The conversion features of the 2021 Notes are identical to the conversion features of the Convertible Notes.

Proposed Merger

On April 27, 2021, the Company executed a definitive merger agreement with Blue Water Acquisition Corporation (“Blue Water”, or “BLUW”), a Special Purpose Acquisition Company. Upon the completion of the proposed business combination transaction, the convertible noteholders and Series D Preferred Stock shareholders of Clarus will exchange their interests in Clarus for shares of common stock of continuing public company or Combined Entity. The proposed merger is expected to be accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization” in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under the reverse recapitalization model, the Business Combination will be treated as Clarus issuing equity for the net assets of BLUW, with no goodwill or intangible assets recorded. Under this method of accounting, Blue Water will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination is primarily based on the fact that subsequent to the merger, the Company’s stockholders are expected to have a majority of the voting power of the combined company, the Company will comprise all of the ongoing operations of the combined entity, the Company will comprise a majority of the governing body of the combined company, and the Company’s senior management will comprise all of the senior management of the combined company. As a result of the proposed merger, Blue Water will be renamed Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc., or Combined Entity, and Clarus will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Combined Entity.

Blue Water is expected to receive net proceeds of approximately $198.2 million upon the closing of the proposed merger transaction, assuming no redemptions are affected by stockholders of Blue Water, and will operate under the current Clarus management team upon the closing of the proposed merger. In connection with the proposed merger, the Company’s convertible noteholders and senior secured noteholders agreed to provide $25.0 million in additional capital to the Company following the close of the merger. All such proceeds will convert to shares of Blue Water common stock at a price of $10.00 per share at the merger closing. The closing of the proposed merger is a precondition to the additional financing.

Subject to the terms of the merger agreement, at the effective time of the merger (the “Effective Time”), each share of Clarus’s redeemable convertible Series D Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into shares of the combined Company’s common stock and all principal and accrued interest under the Company’s Series D convertible notes shall convert into shares of common stock of the surviving entity, subject to adjustment in accordance with the exchange ratio. All other series of preferred stock, common stock and stock options will be cancelled and extinguished upon completion of the proposed merger. In addition, Clarus’s existing equity incentive plans will be terminated. Any unexpired, outstanding Series D Warrants will remain outstanding and become exercisable shares of common stock of the surviving entity, subject to adjustment in accordance with the exchange ratio.

The boards of directors of both Blue Water and Clarus have approved the proposed transaction. Completion of the transaction is expected to be in the third quarter of 2021, and is subject to, among other things, the approval by Blue Water’s shareholders, satisfaction of the conditions stated in the merger agreement and other customary closing conditions. There is no assurance that the transaction will be consummated.

F-85

Table of Contents

ANNEX A

EXECUTION VERSION

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

dated

April 27, 2021

by and among

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.,

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.,

and

Blue Water Merger Sub Corp.

 

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

     

Page

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

 

A-2

1.1

 

Definitions

 

A-2

1.2

 

Construction

 

A-11

     

ARTICLE II MERGER

 

A-12

2.1

 

Merger

 

A-12

2.2

 

Merger Effective Time

 

A-12

2.3

 

Effect of the Merger

 

A-12

2.4

 

U.S. Tax Treatment

 

A-12

2.5

 

Certificate of Incorporation

 

A-12

2.6

 

Closing; Effective Time

 

A-12

2.7

 

Board of Directors of Parent

 

A-13

2.8

 

Officers of Parent

 

A-13

2.9

 

Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action

 

A-13

2.10

 

No Further Ownership Rights in Company Securities

 

A-13

2.11

 

Appraisal Rights

 

A-13

     

ARTICLE III CONSIDERATION

 

A-14

3.1

 

Merger Consideration

 

A-14

3.2

 

Conversion of Company Capital Stock; Convertible Notes; 2025 Notes

 

A-14

3.3

 

No Fractional Shares

 

A-16

3.4

 

Withholding

 

A-17

     

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

A-17

4.1

 

Corporate Existence and Power

 

A-17

4.2

 

Authorization

 

A-17

4.3

 

Governmental Authorization

 

A-17

4.4

 

Non-Contravention

 

A-18

4.5

 

Capitalization

 

A-18

4.6

 

Corporate Records

 

A-19

4.7

 

Subsidiaries

 

A-19

4.8

 

Consents

 

A-19

4.9

 

Financial Statements

 

A-19

4.10

 

Books and Records

 

A-20

4.11

 

Internal Accounting Controls

 

A-20

4.12

 

Absence of Certain Changes

 

A-20

4.13

 

Properties; Title to the Company’s Assets

 

A-20

4.14

 

Litigation

 

A-20

4.15

 

Contracts

 

A-21

4.16

 

Licenses and Permits

 

A-23

4.17

 

Compliance with Laws

 

A-23

4.18

 

Intellectual Property

 

A-23

4.19

 

Healthcare

 

A-25

4.20

 

Accounts Receivable; Accounts Payable; Affiliate Loans

 

A-26

4.21

 

Employees; Employment Matters

 

A-27

4.22

 

Withholding

 

A-27

4.23

 

Employee Benefits

 

A-28

4.24

 

Real Property

 

A-29

4.25

 

Tax Matters

 

A-29

4.26

 

Environmental Laws

 

A-31

Annex A-i

Table of Contents

     

Page

4.27

 

Top Customers and Suppliers

 

A-31

4.28

 

Finders’ Fees

 

A-31

4.29

 

Powers of Attorney and Suretyships

 

A-31

4.30

 

Directors and Officers

 

A-31

4.31

 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws

 

A-31

4.32

 

Insurance

 

A-31

4.33

 

Related Party Transactions

 

A-32

4.34

 

Investment Company Act

 

A-32

4.35

 

Independent Investigation

 

A-32

4.36

 

Information Supplied

 

A-32

     

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

 

A-32

5.1

 

Corporate Existence and Power

 

A-32

5.2

 

Corporate Authorization

 

A-33

5.3

 

Governmental Authorization

 

A-33

5.4

 

Non-Contravention

 

A-33

5.5

 

Finders’ Fees

 

A-33

5.6

 

Issuance of Shares

 

A-33

5.7

 

Capitalization

 

A-33

5.8

 

Information Supplied

 

A-34

5.9

 

Trust Fund

 

A-34

5.10

 

Listing

 

A-34

5.11

 

Board Approval

 

A-34

5.12

 

Parent SEC Documents and Financial Statements

 

A-34

5.13

 

Certain Business Practices

 

A-35

5.14

 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws

 

A-35

5.15

 

Affiliate Transactions

 

A-35

5.16

 

Litigation

 

A-35

5.17

 

Expenses, Indebtedness and Other Liabilities

 

A-35

5.18

 

Tax Matters

 

A-36

     

ARTICLE VI COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES PENDING CLOSING

 

A-37

6.1

 

Conduct of the Business

 

A-37

6.2

 

Exclusivity

 

A-39

6.3

 

Access to Information

 

A-39

6.4

 

Notices of Certain Events

 

A-39

6.5

 

Cooperation with Form S-4/Proxy Statement; Other Filings

 

A-40

6.6

 

Trust Account

 

A-42

6.7

 

Obligations of Merger Sub

 

A-42

     

ARTICLE VII COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

A-42

7.1

 

Tax Returns

 

A-42

7.2

 

Commercially Reasonable Efforts to Obtain Consents

 

A-42

7.3

 

Permitted Financing

 

A-42

7.4

 

Company’s Stockholders Approval

 

A-42

7.5

 

Financial Information

 

A-42

7.6

 

No Trading

 

A-43

     

ARTICLE VIII COVENANTS OF ALL PARTIES HERETO

 

A-43

8.1

 

Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Further Assurances; Governmental Consents

 

A-43

8.2

 

Confidentiality

 

A-43

8.3

 

Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnification and Liability Insurance

 

A-44

Annex A-ii

Table of Contents

     

Page

8.4

 

Nasdaq Listing

 

A-44

8.5

 

Certain Tax Matters

 

A-44

8.6

 

Equity Incentive Plan

 

A-45

     

ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

A-45

9.1

 

Condition to the Obligations of the Parties

 

A-45

9.2

 

Conditions to Obligations of Parent and Merger Sub

 

A-45

9.3

 

Conditions to Obligations of the Company

 

A-46

     

ARTICLE X DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

A-47

10.1

 

Arbitration

 

A-47

10.2

 

Waiver of Jury Trial; Exemplary Damages

 

A-48

     

ARTICLE XI TERMINATION

 

A-48

11.1

 

Termination Without Default

 

A-48

11.2

 

Termination Upon Default

 

A-49

11.3

 

Effect of Termination

 

A-49

     

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS

 

A-50

12.1

 

Notices

 

A-50

12.2

 

Amendments; No Waivers; Remedies

 

A-50

12.3

 

Arm’s Length Bargaining; No Presumption Against Drafter

 

A-51

12.4

 

Publicity

 

A-51

12.5

 

Expenses

 

A-51

12.6

 

No Assignment or Delegation

 

A-51

12.7

 

Governing Law

 

A-51

12.8

 

Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures

 

A-51

12.9

 

Entire Agreement

 

A-51

12.10

 

Severability

 

A-51

12.11

 

Further Assurances

 

A-52

12.12

 

Third Party Beneficiaries

 

A-52

12.13

 

Waiver

 

A-52

12.14

 

Non-Recourse

 

A-52

12.15

 

No Other Representations; No Reliance

 

A-53

12.16

 

Legal Representation

 

A-53

Exhibit A

 

Company Support Agreement

   

Exhibit B

 

Parent Support Agreement

   

Exhibit C

 

Registration Rights Agreement

   

Exhibit D

 

Certificate of Merger

   

Exhibit E

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Parent

   

Exhibit F

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Parent

   

Exhibit G

 

Parent Equity Incentive Plan

   

Exhibit H

 

FIRPTA Certificate

   

Exhibit I

 

Stockholder Lockup Agreement

   

Exhibit J

 

Lender Lockup Agreement

   

Company Disclosure Schedules

Parent Disclosure Schedules

Other Schedules

Annex A-iii

Table of Contents

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of April 27, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and among Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Blue Water Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”) and Blue Water Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

A.     The Company is in the business of pharmaceutical product development and commercialization and related activities (the “Business”);

B.      Parent is a blank check company formed for the sole purpose of entering into a share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, and Merger Sub is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent;

C.     The Company Securityholders are listed in Annex 4.5(a) to Schedule 4.5 and own 100% of the issued and outstanding Company Securities as of the date hereof;

D.     Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company (the “Merger”), after which the Company will be the surviving company (the “Surviving Corporation”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent and Parent shall change its name to “Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.”;

E.      Contemporaneously with the execution of, and as a condition and an inducement to Parent and the Company entering into this Agreement, Company Securityholders set forth on Schedule 1 (“Specified Company Securityholders”) are entering into and delivering Support Agreements, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, a “Company Support Agreement”), pursuant to which each of the Specified Company Securityholders has agreed (i) to vote in favor of this Agreement and the Merger as soon as practicable following the following the Effective Date and (ii) not to assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of their Company Securities prior to the Closing;

F.      Contemporaneously with the execution of, and as a condition and an inducement to Parent and the Company entering into this Agreement, specified stockholders of Parent are entering into and delivering Support Agreements, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (each, a “Parent Support Agreement”), pursuant to which each such Parent stockholder has agreed (x) not to transfer or redeem any shares of Parent Common Stock held by such Parent stockholder in accordance with the Insider Letter, (y) to vote in favor of this Agreement and the Merger at the Parent Stockholder Meeting in accordance with the Insider Letter and (z) waive any adjustment to the conversion ratio set forth in the Parent Charter or any other anti-dilution or similar protection with respect to the Parent Class B Shares (whether resulting from the transactions contemplated hereby, by the Additional Agreements or by any other transaction consummated in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby); and

G.     The Company Board has unanimously (i) approved and declared advisable this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Additional Agreements to which the Company is or will be party, including the Merger, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, (ii) determined that this Agreement and such transactions are advisable and fair to the Company and the Company Stockholders and (iii) resolved to recommend that the Company Stockholders approve the Merger and such other transactions and adopt this Agreement and the Additional Agreements to which the Company is or will be a party (the “Company Board Recommendation”).

Annex A-1

Table of Contents

In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises set forth in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions.

2025 Notes” means the 12.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2020, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent.

Accounts Receivable” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20(a).

Action” means any legal action, litigation, suit, claim, hearing or proceeding, including any audit, claim or assessment for Taxes or otherwise, by or before any Authority.

Additional 2025 Notes” means any 2025 Notes issued following the date hereof but prior to the Closing Date (except for any 2025 Notes issued in respect of past due interest on the Existing 2025 Notes).

Additional Agreements” means the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company Support Agreements, the Parent Support Agreements, the Stockholder Lockup Agreements and the Lender Lockup Agreements.

Additional Closing Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Additional Convertible Notes” means (a) those certain Convertible Promissory Notes of the Company issued following the date hereof but prior to the Closing Date to certain Company Securityholders pursuant to Amendment No. 2 to the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of August 16, 2018, as amended, dated as of March 16, 2021, by and among the Company and such Company Securityholders and (b) those certain Convertible Promissory Notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of up to $10,000,000.00, issued from time to time prior to the Closing Date to certain Company Securityholders pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated April 26, 2021, by and among the Company and such Company Securityholders.

Additional Parent SEC Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a).

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person. “Affiliate” shall also include, with respect to any individual natural Person, (a) such Person’s spouse, parent, lineal descendant, sibling, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, sister-in-law, or brother-in-law or (b) a trust for the benefit of such Person and/or the individuals described in the foregoing clause (a) or of which such Person is a trustee.

Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.33.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Alternative Proposal” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(b).

Alternative Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).

Arbitrator” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a).

Authority” means any governmental, regulatory or administrative body, agency or authority, any court or judicial authority, any arbitrator, or any public, private or industry regulatory authority, whether international, national, foreign, Federal, state, or local.

Balance Sheet Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(a).

Base Closing Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Books and Records” means all books and records, ledgers, employee records, customer lists, files, correspondence, and other records of every kind (whether written, electronic, or otherwise embodied) owned or controlled by a Person in which a Person’s assets, its business or its transactions are otherwise reflected, other than stock books and minute books.

Business” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Annex A-2

Table of Contents

Business Combination” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.13.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized to close for business, excluding as a result of “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any Authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems, including for wire transfers, of commercial banking institutions in New York, New York are generally open for use by customers on such day.

Capitalization Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(h).

Certificate of Merger” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

Closing Company Cash” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(i).

Closing Company Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(i).

Closing Company Transaction Bonuses” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(i).

Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

Closing Payment Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Closing Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(i).

COBRA” means collectively, the requirements of Sections 601 through 606 of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. All citations to the Code, or to the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, shall include any amendments or any substitute or successor provisions thereto.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Company Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

Company Cash” means all cash and cash equivalents of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any cash collateralizing any letters of credit or credit card accounts and any cash held as security deposits for any real property leased by the Company).

Company Capital Stock” means Company Common Stock, Company Series A Preferred Stock, Company Series B Preferred Stock, Company Series C Preferred Stock and Company Series D Preferred Stock.

Company Certificate of Incorporation” means the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as filed on December 18, 2020 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the DGCL.

Company Common Stock” means common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

Company Consent” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8.

Company Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(a).

Company Option” means each option to purchase Company Common Stock granted, and that remains outstanding, under the Equity Incentive Plan.

Company Preferred Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(a).

Company Securities” means the Company Common Stock, the Company Preferred Stock, the Company Options, the Existing Convertible Notes, the Additional Convertible Notes, the Existing 2025 Notes and the Additional 2025 Notes.

Annex A-3

Table of Contents

Company Securityholder” means each Person who holds Company Securities immediately prior to the Effective Time, each of which will be listed on the Capitalization Schedule delivered prior to Closing.

Company Series A Preferred Stock” means the Series A preferred stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

Company Series B Preferred Stock” means the Series B preferred stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

Company Series C Preferred Stock” means the Series C preferred stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

Company Series D Preferred Stock” means the Series D preferred stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

Company Stockholders” means, at any given time, the holders of Company Capital Stock.

Company Stockholder Approval” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

Company Stockholder Written Consent” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(a).

Company Stockholder Written Consent Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(a).

Company Support Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Company Transaction Bonuses” means any change of control payments or severance, termination or similar payments pursuant to a contract that are or become due to any current or former employee, director or independent contractor of the Company triggered solely by the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby, in each case, that remains unpaid as of the Reference Time.

Contracts” means all contracts, agreements, leases (including equipment leases, car leases and capital leases), licenses, Permits, commitments, client contracts, statements of work (SOWs), sales and purchase orders and similar instruments, oral or written, to which the Company is a party or by which any of its respective assets is bound.

Control” of a Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. “Controlled”, “Controlling” and “under common Control with” have correlative meanings. Without limiting the foregoing, a Person (the “Controlled Person”) shall be deemed Controlled by any other Person (the “50% Owner”) (i) owning beneficially, as meant in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, securities entitling such Person to cast 50% or more of the votes for election of directors or equivalent governing authority of the Controlled Person or (ii) entitled to be allocated or receive 50% or more of the profits, losses, or distributions of the Controlled Person.

Data Protection Laws” means all Laws worldwide relating to the processing, privacy or security of Personal Information and all regulations or guidance issued thereunder, including the EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 and all laws implementing it, HIPAA, the regulations set forth in 42 C.F.R. Part 495 and 45 C.F.R. Parts 160, 164 and 170, the HITECH Act, Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, the FTC Red Flag Rules, the CAN SPAM Act and associated regulations set forth in 16 C.F.R. Part 316, the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, state social security number protection laws, state data breach notification laws, state data privacy laws including the California Consumer Privacy Act, as amended, state data security laws, state consumer protection Laws, PCI-DSS regulatory standards and any law concerning requirements for website and mobile application privacy policies and practices, or any outbound commercial communications (including e-mail marketing, telemarketing and text messaging), tracking and marketing.

DGCL” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(c).

Effective Time” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

EGS” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.16.

Annex A-4

Table of Contents

Enforceability Exceptions” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

Environmental Laws” shall mean all Laws that prohibit, regulate or control any Hazardous Material or any Hazardous Material Activity, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, the Resource Recovery and Conservation Act of 1976, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Clean Air Act, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act and the Clean Water Act.

Equity Incentive Plan” means the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

Equity Interest” means, with respect to any Person, any capital stock of, or other ownership, membership, partnership, voting, joint venture, equity interest, preemptive right, stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights in, such Person or any indebtedness, securities, options, warrants, call, subscription or other rights or entitlements of, or granted by, such Person that are convertible into, or are exercisable or exchangeable for, or give any person any right or entitlement to acquire any such capital stock or other ownership, partnership, voting, joint venture, equity interest, preemptive right, stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights, in all cases, whether vested or unvested, of such Person or any similar security or right that is derivative or provides any economic benefit based, directly or indirectly, on the value or price of any such capital stock or other ownership, partnership, voting, joint venture, equity interest, preemptive right, stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights, in all cases, whether vested or unvested.

Existing 2025 Notes” means any 2025 Notes issued prior to the date hereof (but including any 2025 Notes issued in respect of past due interest on the Existing 2025 Notes).

Existing Convertible Notes” means, collectively, (a) those certain Convertible Promissory Notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000.00, issued on March 21, 2016 to certain Company Securityholders pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement dated March 21, 2016 among the Company and such Company Securityholders; (b) those certain Convertible Promissory Notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $8,000,000.00, issued on September 9, 2016 to certain Company Securityholders pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement dated September 9, 2016, as amended on October 10, 2016 and November 1, 2016, among the Company and such Company Securityholders; (c) those certain Convertible Promissory Notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $14,000,000.00, issued on February 9, 2017 to certain Company Securityholders pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement dated February 9, 2017, as amended on March 30, 2017, among the Company and such Company Securityholders; (d) those certain Convertible Promissory Notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $4,300,000.00, issued on February 13, 2018 to certain Company Securityholders pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement dated February 13, 2018 among the Company and such Company Securityholders; (e) those certain Convertible Promissory Notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $4,789,530.29, issued on August 16, 2018, to certain Company Securityholders pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement dated August 16, 2018, as amended on June 7, 2019, March 17, 2021 and April 26, 2021 (the “2018 NPA”) among the Company and such Company Securityholders; (f) those certain Convertible Promissory Notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $9,579,060.57, issued on June 7, 2019, to certain Company Securityholders pursuant to the 2018 NPA; (g) those certain Convertible Promissory Notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $4,789,530.29, issued on November 21, 2019, to certain Company Securityholders pursuant to the 2018 NPA; (h) those certain Convertible Promissory Notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $4,789,530.29, issued on January 3, 2020, to certain Company Securityholders pursuant to the 2018 NPA; and (i) those certain Convertible Promissory Notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $7,184,295.43, issued on March 17, 2021, to certain Company Securityholders pursuant to the 2018 NPA.

Extension” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means each entity, trade or business that is, or was at the relevant time, a member of a group described in Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA that includes or included the Company, or that is, or was at the relevant time, a member of the same “controlled group” as the Company pursuant to Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Annex A-5

Table of Contents

FDA” means the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or any successor agency thereto.

Final 2020 Audit” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

Financing” means the sale and issuance of Equity Interests by the Company to Persons who are Company Securityholders as of the date hereof, or their respective Affiliates or designees.

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17(a).

Hazardous Material” shall mean any material, emission, chemical, substance or waste that has been designated by any Authority to be radioactive, toxic, hazardous, a pollutant or a contaminant.

Hazardous Material Activity” shall mean the transportation, transfer, recycling, storage, use, treatment, manufacture, removal, remediation, release, exposure of others to, sale, labeling, or distribution of any Hazardous Material or any product or waste containing a Hazardous Material, or product manufactured with ozone depleting substances, including any required labeling, payment of waste fees or charges (including so-called e-waste fees) and compliance with any recycling, product take-back or product content requirements.

HIPAA” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act.

Healthcare Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(a).

IPO” means the initial public offering of Parent pursuant to a prospectus dated December 15, 2020.

Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind (including amounts by reason of overdrafts and amounts owed by reason of letter of credit reimbursement agreements), including with respect thereto, all interests, fees and costs, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable to creditors for goods and services incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any lien or security interest on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (f) all obligations of such Person under leases required to be accounted for as capital leases under U.S. GAAP, (g) all guarantees by such Person, (h) all liability of such Person with respect to any hedging obligations, including interest rate or currency exchange swaps, collars, caps or similar hedging obligations, (i) any unfunded or underfunded liabilities pursuant to any pension or nonqualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement and (j) any agreement to incur any of the same.

Insider Letter” means the letter agreement, dated as of December 15, 2020, by and among Parent and the Sponsor and certain officers and directors of Parent.

Intellectual Property Rights” means any and all technology (including patented, patentable and unpatented inventions and unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), designs, processes, trademarks, service marks, registrations thereof or applications for registration therefor, trade names, licenses, inventions, patents, patent applications, trade secrets, trade dress, know-how, copyrights, copyrightable materials, copyright registrations, applications for copyright registration, software programs, data bases, u.r.l.s., and any other works of authorship, computer programs, technical data and information and other intellectual property, and all embodiments and fixations thereof and related documentation and registrations and all additions, improvements and accessions thereto; and when used herein in respect of the Company (including by “Intellectual Property Rights of the Company” and similar expressions, or as the context may reasonably indicate), means, with respect to each of the foregoing items in this definition, Intellectual Property Rights owned or licensed or filed by the Company, or used or held for use in the Business, whether registered or unregistered or domestic or foreign.

Jatenzo” means testosterone undecanoate capsules, marketed by the Company under the trade name JATENZO®.

Annex A-6

Table of Contents

Knowledge of the Company” or “to the Company’s Knowledge” or similar terms (whether or not capitalized) means the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of Robert E. Dudley, Steven A. Bourne, Frank Jaeger, Jay R. Newmark and James Holloway.

Knowledge of Parent” or “to Parent’s Knowledge” or “Known by Parent” or similar terms (whether or not capitalized) means the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of Joseph Hernandez and Jon Garfield.

Law” means any domestic or foreign, federal, state, municipality or local law, statute, ordinance, code, rule, or regulation.

Lease” means the lease described on Schedule 1.1(c), together with all fixtures and improvements erected on the premises leased thereby.

Lender Lockup Agreement” means the lockup agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J.

Lien” means, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such property or asset, and any conditional sale or voting agreement or proxy, including any agreement to give any of the foregoing.

Lockup Agreements” means, collectively, the Lender Lockup Agreements and the Stockholder Lockup Agreements.

Material Adverse Effect” or “Material Adverse Change” means, with respect to a specified Person, any fact, event, occurrence, change or effect that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse change or a material adverse effect upon (i) the assets, liabilities, financial condition, net worth, management, earnings, cash flows, business, operations or properties of such Person and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the ability of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries on a timely basis to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Additional Agreements to which it is a party or bound or to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder; provided, however, that “Material Adverse Effect” or “Material Adverse Change” shall not include any event, occurrence, fact, condition or change, directly or indirectly, arising out of or attributable to: (a) general economic or political conditions; (b) conditions generally affecting the industries in which the such Person or its Subsidiaries principally operate; (c) any changes in financial, banking or securities markets in general, including any disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or any market index or any change in prevailing interest rates; (d) acts of war (whether or not declared), armed hostilities or terrorism, or the escalation or worsening thereof; (e) any action required or permitted by this Agreement or any action taken (or omitted to be taken) with the written consent of or at the written request of the other party hereto ; (f) any changes in applicable Laws or accounting rules (including U.S. GAAP) or the enforcement, implementation or interpretation thereof; (g) the announcement, pendency or completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (provided that the exception in this subclause (g) shall not apply to any representation or warranty contained in Section 4.3, 4.4 or 4.8 or to the determination of whether any inaccuracy in such representations or warranties would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect for purposes of Sections 9.2(b)); (h) any natural or man-made disaster or acts of God or the COVID-19 pandemic; (i) any failure by such Person to meet any internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or earnings predictions (provided that the underlying causes of such failures (subject to the other provisions of this definition) shall not be excluded); or (j) with respect to Parent, the consummation and effects of any redemption by Parent of Parent Class A Shares held by its public stockholders pursuant to Section 6.6; except, in the case of subclauses (a), (b), (d), (f) and (h), to the extent such change, event, circumstance or effect has a disproportionate adverse effect on such entity as compared to other Persons engaged in the same industry.

Material Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a).

Merger” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Merger Sub” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Merger Sub Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(b).

Money Laundering Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.31.

Nasdaq” means The Nasdaq Capital Market.

Annex A-7

Table of Contents

Net Indebtedness” means a dollar amount equal to: the Closing Company Cash; minus the Closing Company Indebtedness; minus the Closing Company Transaction Bonuses.

Offer Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a).

Offering Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(f).

Order” means any decree, order, judgment, writ, award, injunction, rule or consent of or by an Authority.

Other Filings” means any filings to be made by Parent required under the Exchange Act, Securities Act or any other United States federal, foreign or blue sky laws, other than the SEC Statement and the other Offer Documents.

Outside Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a).

Parent” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Parent Board” means the board of directors of Parent.

Parent Board Recommendation” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11.

Parent Certificate of Incorporation” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as filed on December 16, 2020 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the DGCL.

Parent Class A Shares” means the Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, of Parent.

Parent Class B Shares” means the Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value, of Parent.

Parent Common Stock” means Parent Class A Shares and Parent Class B Shares.

Parent Designees” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7.

Parent Equity Incentive Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.

Parent Liabilities” means, as of any determination time, the aggregate of all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, known or unknown, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable, including those arising under any Law, Action or Order and those arising under any Contract, of Parent or Merger Sub, whether or not such liabilities are due and payable as of such time, including all fees, expense, commissions or other amounts incurred by or on behalf of, or otherwise payable by, whether or not due, Parent or Merger Sub in connection with the negotiation, preparation or execution of this Agreement or any Additional Agreements, the performance of any covenants or agreements in this Agreement or any Additional Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

Parent Parties” has the meaning set forth in ARTICLE V.

Parent Preferred Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(a).

Parent Proposals” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(e).

Parent Public Warrant” means a redeemable warrant for the purchase of a Parent Class A Share included in each unit issued in the IPO.

Parent Warrants” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(a).

Parent Redemption Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6.

Parent SEC Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a).

Parent Stockholder Approval” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

Parent Stockholder Meeting” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a).

Parent Support Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

PCAOB” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(a).

Annex A-8

Table of Contents

Permit” means each license, franchise, permit, order, approval, consent or other similar authorization required to be obtained and maintained by the Company under applicable Law to carry out or otherwise affecting, or relating in any way to, the Business.

Permitted Financing” means a Financing in an amount not to exceed $35,000,000 without the prior written consent of Parent (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), provided that any portion of such amount that consists of Additional 2025 Notes will, at the election of Parent, in accordance with Sections 3.1(c), 3.2(a)(ii) and 3.2(i) at the Closing be either repaid or be paid off or convert at the Closing into Parent Class A Shares.

Permitted Liens” means (a) all defects, exceptions, restrictions, easements, rights of way and encumbrances disclosed in policies of title insurance which have been made available to Parent; (b) mechanics’, carriers’, workers’, repairers’ and similar statutory Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business for amounts (i) that are not delinquent, (ii) that are not material to the business, operations and financial condition of the Company so encumbered, either individually or in the aggregate, and (iii) not resulting from a breach, default or violation by the Company of any Contract or Law; (c) liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (and for which adequate accruals or reserves have been established on the Company Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP); and (d) the Liens set forth on Schedule 1.1(a).

Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership (including a general partnership, limited partnership or limited liability partnership), limited liability company, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government, domestic or foreign, or political subdivision thereof, or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

Personal Information” means any data or information, on any media that, alone or in combination with other data or information, can, directly or indirectly, be associated with or be reasonably used to identify an individual natural Person (including any part of such Person’s name, physical address, telephone number, email address, financial account number or credit card number, government issued identifier (including social security number and driver’s license number), user identification number and password, billing and transactional information, medical, health or insurance information, date of birth, educational or employment information, vehicle identification number, IP address, cookie identifier, or any other number or identifier that identifies an individual natural Person, or such Person’s vehicle, browser or device), or any other data or information that constitutes personal data, protected health information, personally identifiable information, personal information or similar defined term under any Privacy Law or Healthcare Laws (including protected health information, as defined in 45 C.F.R. §160.103 and personal data, as defined in the EU General Data Protection Regulation).

Plan” means each “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA and all other compensation and benefits plans, policies, programs, or arrangements, including multiemployer plans within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA, and each other stock purchase, stock option, restricted stock, severance, retention, employment (other than any employment offer letter in such form as previously provided to Parent that is terminable “at will” without any contractual obligation on the part of the Company to make any severance, termination, change of control, or similar payment), consulting, change-of-control, collective bargaining, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, employee loan, fringe benefit and other benefit plan, agreement, program, policy, commitment or other arrangement, whether or not subject to ERISA (including any related funding mechanism now in effect or required in the future), whether formal or informal, oral or written, in each case, that is sponsored, maintained, contributed or required to be contributed to by the Company, or under which the Company has any current or potential liability.

Preferred Vote” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Third Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2014, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto.

Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to each Company Securityholder, a fraction expressed a percentage equal to (i) the portion of the Closing Payment Shares payable by Parent to such Company Securityholder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, divided by (ii) the total Closing Payment Shares payable by Parent to all Company Securityholders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.13.

Proxy Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a).

Public Shareholders” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.13.

Annex A-9

Table of Contents

Real Property” means, collectively, all real properties and interests therein (including the right to use), together with all buildings, fixtures, trade fixtures, plant and other improvements located thereon or attached thereto; all rights arising out of use thereof (including air, water, oil and mineral rights); and all subleases, franchises, licenses, permits, easements and rights-of-way which are appurtenant thereto.

Reference Time” means the time that is immediately following the Effective Time.

Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration rights agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

Released Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.13.

Representatives” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).

Sarbanes-Oxley Act” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

SEC Statement” means the Form S-4, including the Proxy Statement, whether in preliminary or definitive form, and any amendments or supplements thereto.

SEC Warrant Liability” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Specified Company Securityholder” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Sponsor” means Blue Water Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Standard Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a)(vi).

Stockholder Lockup Agreement” means the lockup agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I.

Subsidiary” means, as to any Person, each entity of which at least fifty percent (50%) of the capital stock or other equity or voting securities are Controlled or owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

Surviving Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Tangible Personal Property” means all tangible personal property and interests therein, including machinery, computers and accessories, furniture, office equipment, communications equipment, automobiles, laboratory equipment and other equipment owned or leased by the Company and other tangible property, including the items listed on Schedule 1.1(b).

Tax(es)” means any U.S. federal, state or local or non-U.S. tax, charge, fee, levy, custom, duty, deficiency, or other assessment of any kind or nature imposed by any Taxing Authority (including any income (net or gross), gross receipts, profits, windfall profit, sales, use, goods and services, ad valorem, franchise, license, withholding, employment, social security, workers compensation, unemployment compensation, employment, payroll, transfer, excise, import, real property, personal property, intangible property, occupancy, recording, minimum, alternative minimum, escheat and other Taxes), together with any interest, penalty, additions to Tax or additional amount imposed with respect thereto and shall include any liability for such amounts as a result of (a) being a transferee or successor or member of a combined, consolidated, unitary or affiliated group, or (b) a contractual obligation to indemnify any Person (other than any commercial agreement the principal purpose of which is not Taxes).

Taxing Authority” means the Internal Revenue Service and any other Authority responsible for the collection, assessment or imposition of any Tax or the administration of any Law relating to any Tax.

Tax Return” means any return, information return, declaration, claim for refund or credit, report or any similar statement, and any amendment thereto, including any attached schedule and supporting information, whether on a separate, consolidated, combined, unitary or other basis, that is filed or required to be filed with any Taxing Authority in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or payment of a Tax or the administration of any Law relating to any Tax.

Annex A-10

Table of Contents

Third-Party Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a).

Top Customer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.27.

Top Supplier” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.27.

Transaction Support Agreement” means the Transaction Support Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Company, the equityholders of the Company named therein, the holders of the 2025 Notes and the Parent.

Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to occur at or immediately prior to the Closing, including the Merger.

Transfer Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(c).

Trust Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9.

Trust Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9.

Trust Fund” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9.

Trustee” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9.

U.S. GAAP” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

1.2 Construction.

(a) References to particular sections and subsections, schedules, and exhibits not otherwise specified are cross-references to sections and subsections, schedules, and exhibits of this Agreement. Captions are not a part of this Agreement, but are included for convenience, only.

(b) The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and, unless the context requires otherwise, “party” means a party signatory hereto.

(c) Any use of the singular or plural, or the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, includes the others, unless the context otherwise requires; the word “including” means “including without limitation”; the word “or” means “and/or”; the word “any” means “any one, more than one, or all”; and, unless otherwise specified, any financial or accounting term has the meaning of the term under United States generally accepted accounting principles as consistently applied heretofore by the Company.

(d) Unless otherwise specified, any reference to any agreement (including this Agreement), instrument, or other document includes all schedules, exhibits, or other attachments referred to therein, and any reference to a statute or other law means such law as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and includes any rule, regulation, ordinance or the like promulgated thereunder, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

(e) Any reference to a numbered schedule means the same-numbered section of the disclosure schedule. Any reference in a schedule contained in the disclosure schedules delivered by a party hereunder shall be deemed to be an exception to (or, as applicable, a disclosure for purposes of) the applicable representations and warranties (or applicable covenants) that are contained in the section or subsection of this Agreement that corresponds to such schedule and any other representations and warranties of such party that are contained in this Agreement to which the relevance of such item thereto is reasonably apparent on its face. The mere inclusion of an item in a schedule as an exception to (or, as applicable, a disclosure for purposes of) a representation or warranty shall not be deemed an admission that such item represents a material exception or material fact, event or circumstance or that such item would have a Material Adverse Effect or establish any standard of materiality to define further the meaning of such terms for purposes of this Agreement.

(f) If any action is required to be taken or notice is required to be given within a specified number of days following a specific date or event, the day of such date or event is not counted in determining the last day for such action or notice. If any action is required to be taken or notice is required to be given on or before a particular day which is not a Business Day, such action or notice shall be considered timely if it is taken or given on or before the next Business Day.

Annex A-11

Table of Contents

ARTICLE II
MERGER

2.1 Merger. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), at the Effective Time, (a) Merger Sub shall be merged with and into the Company, (b) the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall thereupon cease, and the Company shall be the Surviving Corporation in the Merger, and (c) the Surviving Corporation shall become a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent. The Company Securityholders shall be entitled to the consideration described in, and in accordance with the provisions of, ARTICLE III.

2.2 Merger Effective Time. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the Company shall file a certificate of merger in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of the DGCL (the “Certificate of Merger”). The Merger shall become effective upon the filing of the Certificate of Merger or at such later time as is agreed to by the parties and specified in the Certificate of Merger (the time at which the Merger becomes effective is herein referred to as the “Effective Time”).

2.3 Effect of the Merger. At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, agreements, powers and franchises, debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of the Company and Merger Sub shall become the property, rights, privileges, agreements, powers and franchises, debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of the Surviving Corporation, which shall include the assumption by the Surviving Corporation of any and all agreements, covenants, duties and obligations of the Company and the Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement to be performed after the Closing. Merger Sub will be merged with and into the Company, and the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease, and the Surviving Corporation will become wholly owned directly by Parent, all as provided under the DGCL and the provisions of this Agreement.

2.4 U.S. Tax Treatment. For U.S. federal income Tax purposes, the Merger is intended to constitute a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. The parties to this Agreement hereby (i) adopt this Agreement insofar as it relates to the Merger as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Section 1.368-2(g) of the United States Treasury regulations, (ii) agree to file and retain such information as shall be required under Section 1.368-3 of the United States Treasury regulations, and (iii) agree to file all Tax and other informational returns on a basis consistent with such characterization. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that, other than the representations set forth in Section 4.25(c) and 5.18(f), no party is making any representation or warranty as to the qualification of the Merger as a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code or as to the effect, if any, that any transaction consummated on, after or prior to the Effective Time has or may have on any such reorganization status. Each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that each such party (A) has had the opportunity to obtain independent legal and tax advice with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (B) is responsible for paying its own Taxes, including any adverse Tax consequences that may result if the Merger is determined not to qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code.

2.5 Certificate of Incorporation. At the Effective Time, the Company Certificate of Incorporation, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall cease to have effect and the certificate of incorporation of Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation, except that reference to the name of Merger Sub shall be replaced by reference to the name of “Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.”

2.6 Closing; Effective Time. Unless this Agreement is earlier terminated in accordance with ARTICLE XI, the closing of the Merger (the “Closing”) shall take place virtually at 10:00 a.m. local time, on the second (2nd) Business Day after the satisfaction or waiver (to the extent permitted by applicable Law) of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE IX or at such other time, date and location as Parent and Company agree in writing. The parties may participate in the Closing via electronic means. The date on which the Closing actually occurs is hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Date”.

Annex A-12

Table of Contents

2.7 Board of Directors of Parent. Parent shall take all necessary corporate action to cause, as of the Effective Time, an increase in the size of the Parent Board to seven (7) directors, comprised of (i) two (2) directors designated by Parent (the “Parent Designees”), who shall be (i) Joseph Hernandez and (ii) Kimberly Murphy, if Ms. Murphy qualifies as an independent director under the Securities Act and the listing standards of Nasdaq, and one of whom (to be designated by Joseph Hernandez) shall also serve as the chairperson, and (ii) five (5) directors designated by the Company, at least three (3) of whom shall qualify as an independent directors under the Securities Act and the listing standards of Nasdaq, in each case subject to each individual’s ability and willingness to serve and who shall serve until such individual’s successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified in accordance with applicable Law. Such designees not named herein, including the appointment of the chairperson, shall be identified promptly following the date hereof and, in any event, in advance of and for inclusion in the Joint Proxy Statement. In the event any designee becomes unable or unwilling to serve prior to the Effective Time on the Parent Board in the role identified, a replacement for such designee shall be determined prior to the Effective Time in accordance with the principles set forth in this Section 2.7. Promptly following the date hereof, and in any event prior to the filing of the Proxy Statement, Parent and the Company shall work in good faith to equitably allocate designees among the three classes of directors, provided that the Parent Designees shall serve in the class of directors with the latest initial re-election date. Parent will enter into customary indemnification agreements with such designees, including the Parent Designees, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to them.

2.8 Officers of Parent. At the Effective Time, the officers of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the officers of Parent, each to hold office until such officer’s successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified, or until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.

2.9 Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action. If, at any time after the Closing, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and interest in, to and under, or possession of, all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and the Merger Sub, the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized in the name and on behalf of the Company and the Merger Sub, to take all lawful action necessary or desirable to accomplish such purpose or acts, so long as such action is not inconsistent with this Agreement.

2.10 No Further Ownership Rights in Company Securities. At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed and thereafter there shall be no further registration of transfers of shares of Company Capital Stock or other securities of the Company on the records of the Company. From and after the Effective Time, the holders of certificates evidencing ownership of shares of Company Capital Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect to such shares of Company Capital Stock, except as otherwise provided for herein or by Law.

2.11 Appraisal Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any shares of Company Capital Stock that are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and in respect of which appraisal rights shall have been perfected, and not waived, withdrawn or lost, in accordance with the DGCL in connection with the Merger and that are owned by a holder who complies in all respects with Section 262 of the DGCL (such shares, “Dissenting Shares”) shall not be converted into the right to receive the applicable portion of the Closing Payment Shares, but shall instead be converted into the right to receive such consideration as may be determined to be due with respect to any such Dissenting Shares pursuant to the DGCL. At the Effective Time, (a) all Dissenting Shares shall be cancelled, extinguished and cease to exist and (b) the holders of Dissenting Shares shall be entitled only to such rights as may be granted to them under the DGCL. Each holder of Dissenting Shares who, pursuant to the DGCL, becomes entitled to payment thereunder for such shares shall receive payment therefor in accordance with the DGCL (but only after the value therefor shall have been agreed upon or finally determined pursuant to such provisions). If, after the Effective Time, any Dissenting Shares shall lose their status as Dissenting Shares, then any such shares shall immediately be deemed to have converted at the Effective Time into the right to receive the applicable portion of the Closing Payment Shares (upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement) in respect of such shares as if such shares never had been Dissenting Shares, and Parent shall issue and deliver (or cause to be issued and delivered) to the holder thereof, following the satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in this Agreement, the applicable portion of the Closing Payment Shares as if such shares never had been Dissenting Shares. The Company shall give Parent prompt written notice (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) of any demands received by the Company for appraisal of shares of Company Common Stock, attempted withdrawals of such demands and any other instruments served pursuant to the DGCL and received by the Company relating to rights to be paid the fair value of Dissenting Shares, and Parent shall have the right to participate in and, following the Effective Time, direct all negotiations and

Annex A-13

Table of Contents

proceedings with respect to such demands. Prior to the Effective Time, neither the Company nor Parent shall, except with the prior written consent of the other party (in its sole discretion), or as otherwise required under the DGCL, (i) make any payment or offer to make any payment with respect to, or settle or compromise or offer to settle or compromise, any claim or demand in respect of any Dissenting Shares, (ii) waive any failure to timely deliver a written demand for appraisal or otherwise comply with the provisions under Section 262 of the DGCL or (iii) agree or commit to do any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, for all purposes of this Agreement, the amount of Closing Payment Shares shall be reduced by the Pro Rata Share of any holders of Dissenting Shares attributable to such Dissenting Shares and the holders of Dissenting Shares shall have no rights to any portion of the Closing Payment Shares with respect to such Dissenting Shares.

ARTICLE III
CONSIDERATION

3.1 Merger Consideration. As consideration for the Merger, the Company Securityholders collectively shall be entitled to receive from Parent:

(a) a number of Parent Class A Shares (the “Base Closing Shares”) equal to:

(i) (A) One Hundred Ninety-Eight Million One Hundred Eighty-Four Thousand Two Hundred Ninety-Five U.S. Dollars and Forty Three Cents ($198,184,295.43) plus Net Indebtedness (which may be a positive or negative figure, but which shall not include the principal balance of the Additional Convertible Notes or Additional 2025 Notes, or interest accrued thereon) divided by (B) $10.20,

(ii) minus 1,500,000 Parent Class A Shares issuable to the holders of the 2025 Notes pursuant to Section 4 of the Transaction Support Agreement (the “2025 Note Exchange Shares”); plus

(b) the 2025 Note Exchange Shares; plus

(c) a number of Parent Class A Shares equal to (i) the principal balance of the Additional Convertible Notes and any interest accrued thereon divided by $10.00 and (ii) the principal balance of the Additional 2025 Notes and any interest accrued thereon divided by $10.00, unless Parent has delivered notice to the Company pursuant to Section 3.2(i) (the “Additional Closing Shares” and together with the Base Closing Shares and the 2025 Note Exchange Shares, the “Closing Payment Shares”).

The Closing Payment Shares will be allocated in the manner set forth on the final Capitalization Schedule.

3.2 Conversion of Company Capital Stock; Convertible Notes; 2025 Notes.

(a) Convertible Notes; Additional 2025 Notes; Permitted Financing.

(i) At the Effective Time, each Existing Convertible Note issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be canceled and converted in accordance with its terms into the right to receive the number of Base Closing Shares set forth opposite to the name of the holder of such Existing Convertible Note on the Capitalization Schedule.

(ii) At the Effective Time, except as provided in Section 3.2(i), each Additional 2025 Note issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, if any, shall be canceled and converted pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement into the right to receive the number of Additional Closing Shares set forth opposite to the name of the holder of such Additional 2025 Note on the Capitalization Schedule.

(iii) At the Effective Time, each Additional Convertible Note issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, if any, shall be canceled and converted in accordance with its terms into the right to receive the number of Additional Closing Shares set forth opposite to the name of the holder of such Additional Convertible Note on the Capitalization Schedule.

(b) Treatment of Portion of Existing 2025 Notes. At the Effective Time, in accordance with Section 4 of the Transaction Support Agreement, the holders of the Existing 2025 Notes shall transfer to Parent (i) an aggregate of $10,000,000 of the outstanding principal amount of the Existing 2025 Notes and (ii) the Royalty Rights (as defined in the Purchase Agreement, dated March 12, 2020, by and among the Company and the purchasers named therein) in exchange for the right to receive the 2025 Note Exchange Shares, to be allocated to the holders of such Existing 2025 Notes as set forth in the Capitalization Schedule.

Annex A-14

Table of Contents

(c) Conversion of Company Capital Stock. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Parent, Merger Sub, the Company or the Company Securityholders:

(i) each share of Company Series D Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Dissenting Shares) shall be canceled and automatically converted into, and represent the right to receive, the right to receive the number of Base Closing Shares set forth opposite to the name of the holder thereof on the Capitalization Schedule;

(ii) each share of Company Series A Preferred Stock, Company Series B Preferred Stock and Company Series C Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Dissenting Shares) shall be canceled and extinguished and will cease to exist, and no consideration will be delivered in exchange therefor; and

(iii) each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Dissenting Shares) shall be canceled and extinguished and will cease to exist, and no consideration will be delivered in exchange therefor.

(d) Treatment of Company Options. The Company shall terminate the Equity Incentive Plans at or prior to the Effective Time, contingent on the closing of the Merger. The Company shall take all necessary actions so that at or prior to the Effective Time, each Company Option issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, whether vested or unvested, shall be cancelled and extinguished.

(e) Conversion of Shares of Merger Sub. Each share of Merger Sub that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will, by virtue of the Merger and without further action on the part of the sole shareholder of Merger Sub, be converted into and become one share of the Surviving Corporation (and the shares of Surviving Corporation into which the shares of Merger Sub are so converted shall be the only shares of the Surviving Corporation that are issued and outstanding immediately after the Effective Time). Each certificate evidencing ownership of shares of Merger Sub will, as of the Effective Time, be deemed to evidence ownership of such shares of the Surviving Corporation.

(f) Treatment of Shares of Company Common Stock Owned by the Company. At the Effective Time, all shares of Company Common Stock that are owned by the Company as treasury shares immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be canceled and extinguished without any conversion thereof.

(g) Surrender of Certificates. All Closing Payment Shares issued upon the surrender and cancellation of the Company Series D Preferred Stock, in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be deemed to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such securities.

(h) Lost or Destroyed Certificates. In the event any certificates representing shares of Company Series D Preferred Stock shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, Parent shall issue in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed certificates or securities, as the case may be, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the holder thereof (without the requirement to post a bond), such securities, as may be required pursuant to this Section 3.2.

(i) Optional Treatment of Additional 2025 Notes. No later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing, Parent may (but shall not have the obligation to) provide notice to the Company that the principal balance of the Additional 2025 Notes, if any, together with interest accrued thereon as of the Closing Date, plus the redemption premium payable in respect of such Additional 2025 Notes in accordance with their terms, shall be repaid by Parent at the Closing. If Parent delivers such notice and repays such Additional 2025 Notes pursuant to this Section 3.2(i), no Additional Closing Shares shall be issued pursuant to this ARTICLE III in respect of any Additional 2025 Notes.

(j) Capitalization Schedule. No later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to Parent a draft of a schedule (the “Capitalization Schedule”) setting forth:

(i) the interest accrued, as of the Closing Date, upon the principal balance of the Existing Convertible Notes;

(ii) the interest accrued, as of the Closing Date, upon the principal balance of the Additional Convertible Notes, if any;

Annex A-15

Table of Contents

(iii) the interest accrued, as of the Closing Date, upon the principal balance of the Additional 2025 Notes, if any;

(iv) the number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding as of the Closing Date;

(v) the number of shares of Company Preferred Stock outstanding as of the Closing Date;

(vi) the number of Company Options outstanding as of the Closing Date;

(vii) with respect to each Company Securityholder:

(A) the name and address of record of such Company Securityholder;

(B) the principal balance of any Existing Convertible Notes held by such Company Securityholder and any accrued interest thereon;

(C) the principal balance of any Additional Convertible Note held by such Company Securityholder and any accrued interest thereon;

(D) the principal balance of any Additional 2025 Note held by such Company Securityholder and any accrued interest thereon;

(E) the number and type or class of shares of Company Capital Stock held by such Company Securityholder;

(F) the Closing Payment Shares payable to such Company Securityholder upon the Closing, which shall be used by Parent for purposes of issuing the Closing Payment Shares to the Company Securityholders pursuant to this Section 3.2; and

(G) the Pro Rata Share of such Company Securityholder.

The Company shall review any comments to the Capitalization Schedule provided by Parent or any of its Representatives and consider in good faith any reasonable comments proposed by Parent or any of its Representatives and shall deliver a final Capitalization Schedule to Parent no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing. Nothing contained in this Section 3.2(i) or in the Capitalization Schedule shall be construed or deemed to: (x) modify the Company’s obligations to obtain Parent’s prior consent to the issuance of any securities pursuant to Section 6.1(t); or (y) alter or amend the total aggregate number of Closing Payment Shares issuable or reserved for issuance to the Company Securityholders. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that Parent and its Representatives shall be entitled to rely on the allocation of the Closing Payment Shares among the Company Securityholders set forth in the final Capitalization Schedule, without any obligation to investigate or verify the accuracy or correctness thereof, and to make payments in accordance therewith, and in no event shall Parent or its Representatives have any liability to any Person (including any of the Company Securityholders) in connection with any claims relating to any misallocation of the Closing Payment Shares among the Company Securityholders set forth in the final Capitalization Schedule, any determination by the Company in connection therewith, or payments made by any Person in accordance therewith.

(k) Closing Schedule. No later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to Parent a draft of a schedule setting forth its good faith estimate, as of the Reference Time, of (A) (i) the Company’s Indebtedness (the “Closing Company Indebtedness”), (ii) the Company Cash (the “Closing Company Cash”) and (iii) the Company Transaction Bonuses (the “Closing Company Transaction Bonuses”) (the “Closing Schedule”). Parent shall review the draft Closing Schedule and provide any comments no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing. The Company shall review any comments to the Closing Schedule provided by Parent or any of its Representatives and consider in good faith any reasonable comments proposed by Parent or any of its Representatives and shall deliver a final Closing Schedule to Parent, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Parent acting in good faith, no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing.

3.3 No Fractional Shares. No fractional Parent Class A Shares, or certificates or scrip representing fractional Parent Class A Shares, will be issued to a Company Securityholder pursuant to Section 3.2, and such fractional share interests will not entitle the owner thereof to vote or to any rights of a stockholder of Parent. Any fractional Parent Class A Shares issuable to a Company Securityholder shall be aggregated prior to being rounded down to the nearest whole number of Parent Class A Shares.

Annex A-16

Table of Contents

3.4 Withholding. Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable to any Person pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as may be required to be deducted or withheld with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or under any provision of state, local or non-U.S. Tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so deducted and withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authorities, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent, the Company and the Surviving Corporation shall provide recipients of consideration with a reasonable opportunity to provide documentation establishing exemptions from or reductions of such withholdings.

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Except as set forth in the disclosure schedules delivered by the Company to Parent prior to the execution of this Agreement, the Company hereby represents and warrants to Parent that each of the following representations and warranties are true, correct and complete as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date.

4.1 Corporate Existence and Power. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all power and authority, corporate and otherwise, required to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on the Business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which its properties are owned or leased by it or the operation of its Business as currently conducted makes such licensing or qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. Schedule 4.1 lists all jurisdictions in which the Company is licensed or qualified to conduct business and all names other than its legal name under which the Company does business. The Company has offices located only at the addresses set forth on Schedule 4.1. The Company is not in violation of any provision of its organizational documents.

4.2 Authorization.

(a) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Additional Agreements to which the Company is or will be a party and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby are within the corporate powers of the Company and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company. This Agreement constitutes, and, upon the execution and delivery thereof, each Additional Agreement to which the Company is or will be a party will constitute, a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (the “Enforceability Exceptions”).

(b) By resolutions duly adopted (and not thereafter modified or rescinded) by the requisite vote of the Company Board, the Company Board has (i) approved this Agreement, the Additional Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby in accordance with the provisions of the DGCL and the Company Certificate of Incorporation; (ii) determined that this Agreement, the Additional Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, are advisable and fair to the Company and the Company Stockholders; (iii) directed that the adoption of this Agreement be submitted to the Company Stockholders for consideration and recommended that all of the Company Stockholders adopt this Agreement. The affirmative votes or written consents of the Preferred Vote and the holders of at least a majority of the Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, who deliver written consents or are present in person or by proxy at such meeting and voting thereon are required to, and shall be sufficient to, approve this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Company Stockholder Approval”). The Company Stockholder Approval is the only vote or consent of any of the holders of any of the Company Capital Stock necessary to adopt this Agreement and approve the Merger and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby.

4.3 Governmental Authorization. None of the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or any Additional Agreement to which the Company is or will be a party, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, requires any consent, approval, license, order or other action by or in respect of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Authority, except for the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the DGCL.

Annex A-17

Table of Contents

4.4 Non-Contravention. None of the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or any Additional Agreement to which the Company is or will be a party does or will (a) contravene or conflict with the organizational documents of the Company, (b) contravene or conflict with or constitute a violation of any provision of any Law or Order binding upon or applicable to the Company or by which any of the Company’s assets is or may be bound, (c) except for the Contracts listed on Schedule 4.8 requiring Company Consents (but only as to the need to obtain such Company Consents), constitute a default under or breach of (with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both) or violate or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation, amendment or acceleration of any right or obligation of the Company or require any payment or reimbursement or to a loss of any material benefit relating to the Business to which the Company is entitled under any provision of any Permit, Contract or other instrument or obligations binding upon the Company or by which any of the Company’s assets is or may be bound or any Permit, (d) cause a loss of any material benefit relating to the Business to which the Company is entitled under any provision of any Permit or Contract binding upon the Company or by which any of the Company’s assets is or may be bound, (e) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (except for Permitted Liens) on any of the Company’s assets or any of the Company Securities, or (f) require any consent, approval or waiver from any Person pursuant to any provision of the Company Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws, except for such consent, approval or waiver which shall be obtained (and a copy provided to Parent) prior to the Closing.

4.5 Capitalization.

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 75,500,000 shares of the Company Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 66,622,133 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Company Preferred Stock”), of which 3,500,841 shares of Company Common Stock, 2,500,000 shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock, 5,066,637 shares of Company Series B Preferred Stock, 9,438,744 shares of Company Series C Preferred Stock and 18,531,695 shares of Company Series D Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. There are 5,165,140 shares of Company Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, which was duly adopted by the Company Board and approved by the Company’s stockholders, and of such shares (i) 3,814,659 of such shares are reserved for issuance upon exercise of currently outstanding Company Options, (ii) no shares are currently issued and outstanding that were issued upon exercise of Company Options previously granted under the Equity Incentive Plan, and (iii) 1,350,481 shares remain available for future awards permitted under the Equity Incentive Plan. The Company has furnished to Parent complete and accurate copies of the Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements used thereunder. No other shares of capital stock or other voting securities of the Company are issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. All issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. No shares of Company Common Stock or Company Preferred Stock were or are subject to, or were issued in violation of any purchase option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right (including under any provision of the DGCL, any other applicable Law, the Company Certificate of Incorporation or any Contract to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound). None of the securities of the Company have been granted, offered, sold or issued in violation of any applicable securities Laws. Schedule 4.5(a) contains a true, correct and complete list of each Company Option outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, the holder thereof, the number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable thereunder or otherwise subject thereto, the grant date thereof, the exercise price, and the expiration date thereof.

(b) Except for the Company Options, the Existing Convertible Notes and the Additional Convertible Notes outstanding as of the date hereof, or as otherwise required or permitted by this Agreement, there are no (i) outstanding warrants, options, agreements, convertible securities, performance units or other commitments or instruments pursuant to which the Company is or may become obligated to issue or sell any of its shares or other securities, (ii) outstanding obligations of the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire outstanding capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of capital stock of the Company, (iii) treasury shares of capital stock of the Company, (iv) bonds, debentures, notes or other Indebtedness of the Company having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matters on which stockholders of the Company may vote, are issued or outstanding, (v) preemptive or similar rights to purchase or otherwise acquire shares or other securities of the Company pursuant to any provision of Law, the Company Certificate of Incorporation or any Contract to which the Company is a party, (vi) Liens (including any right of first refusal, right of first offer, proxy, voting trust, voting agreement or similar arrangement) with respect to the sale or voting of shares or securities of the Company (whether outstanding or issuable), or (vii) outstanding or authorized equity appreciation, phantom equity or similar rights with respect to the Company.

Annex A-18

Table of Contents

(c) Each Company Option (i) was granted in compliance in all material respects with (A) all applicable Laws and (B) all of the terms and conditions of the Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to which it was issued, (ii) has an exercise price per share of Company Common Stock equal to or greater than the fair market value of such share at the close of business on the date of such grant, and (iii) has a grant date identical to the date on which the Company Board or compensation committee actually awarded such Company Option.

(d) As of the date of this Agreement, all outstanding shares of the Company Capital Stock are owned of record by the Persons set forth on the Capitalization Schedule in the amounts set forth opposite their respective names. All of the outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock are validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof.

(e) Except as disclosed in the Company Financial Statements, Since January 1, 2019, the Company has not declared or paid any distribution or dividend in respect of its Equity Interests and has not repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired any Equity Interests of the Company, and the Company Board has not authorized any of the foregoing.

4.6 Corporate Records. All proceedings occurring since January 1, 2017 of the Company Board, including all committees thereof, and of the Company Stockholders, and all consents to actions taken thereby, are accurately reflected in the minutes and records contained in the corporate minute books of the Company and made available to Parent. The stockholder ledger of the Company is complete and accurate.

4.7 Subsidiaries. The Company does not directly or indirectly own, or hold any rights to acquire, any capital stock or any other securities or interests in any Person. In the event of the breach of this Section 4.7, without limiting any rights or remedies available to Parent under this Agreement or applicable Law, any reference in this Agreement to the Company will include its Subsidiaries to the extent reasonably applicable.

4.8 Consents. The Contracts listed on Schedule 4.8 are the only Contracts binding upon the Company or by which any of the Company’s assets are bound, requiring a consent, approval, authorization, order or other action of or filing with any Person as a result of the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any Additional Agreement to which the Company is or will be a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (each of the foregoing, a “Company Consent”).

4.9 Financial Statements.

(a) The Company has delivered to Parent (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company, and the related audited consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019, including the notes thereto, and (ii) draft audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company, and the related draft audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 including the notes thereto (clauses (i) and (ii), collectively with the Final 2020 Audit when delivered in accordance with Section 7.5, the “Company Financial Statements”). The Company Financial Statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis and in accordance with the requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) for public companies. The Company Financial Statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of the dates thereof and the results of operations of the Company for the periods reflected therein. The Company Financial Statements were prepared from the Books and Records of the Company in all material respects. Since December 31, 2020 (the “Balance Sheet Date”), except as required by applicable Law or U.S. GAAP, there has been no change in any accounting principle, procedure or practice followed by the Company or in the method of applying any such principle, procedure or practice. The Company has never been subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(b) Except as: (i) specifically disclosed, reflected or fully reserved against in the Company Financials; (ii) liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since the Balance Sheet Date; (iii) liabilities that are executory obligations arising under Contracts to which the Company is a party (none of which, with respect to the liabilities described in clause (ii) and this clause (iii), results from, arises out of, or relates to any breach or violation of, or default under, a Contract or applicable Law); (iv) expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement, any Additional Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; and (v) liabilities set forth on Schedule 4.9(b), the Company does not have any material liabilities,

Annex A-19

Table of Contents

debts or obligations of any nature (whether accrued, fixed or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, asserted or unasserted or otherwise) of the type required to be reflected on a balance sheet in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Company represents that neither its annual sales nor its total assets exceed the current threshold of $18,400,000 under Section 18a(a)(2)(B)(ii) of the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976.

(c) The Company does not have any Indebtedness other than the Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 4.7(c)(i), which schedule sets forth the amounts (including principal and any accrued but unpaid interest or other obligations) with respect to such Indebtedness. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9(c)(ii), no Indebtedness of the Company contains any restriction upon (i) the prepayment of any of such Indebtedness, (ii) the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company, of (iii) the ability of the Company to grant any Lien on its properties or assets.

4.10 Books and Records. The Books and Records accurately, completely and fairly, in reasonable detail, reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of and the providing of services by the Company. The Company maintains procedures of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed only in accordance with management’s authorization; (ii) all income and expense items are promptly and properly recorded for the relevant periods in accordance with the revenue recognition and expense policies maintained by the Company, as permitted by U.S. GAAP; and (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s authorization. The Books and Records of the Company have been maintained in all material respects in accordance with reasonable business practices and applicable Laws.

4.11 Internal Accounting Controls. The Company has established a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (a) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (b) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with the Company historical practices and to maintain asset accountability; (c) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (d) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company has not been subject to or involved in any material fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal controls over financial reporting of the Company. In the past five (5) years, neither the Company nor any Representative thereof has received any written complaint, allegation, assertion or claim regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods of the Company or its internal accounting controls, including any material written complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that the Company has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices.

4.12 Absence of Certain Changes. From the Balance Sheet Date until the date of this Agreement, (a) the Company and its Subsidiaries have conducted in all material respects their respective businesses in the ordinary course and in a manner consistent with past practice; (b) there has not been any Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company; and (c) the Company has not taken any action that, if taken after the date of this Agreement and prior to the consummation of the Merger, would require the consent of Parent pursuant to Section 6.1.

4.13 Properties; Title to the Company’s Assets.

(a) All items of Tangible Personal Property have no defects, are in good operating condition and repair and function in accordance with their intended uses (ordinary wear and tear excepted), have been properly maintained and are suitable for their present uses and meet all specifications and warranty requirements with respect thereto. All of the Tangible Personal Property is located at the office of the Company.

(b) The Company has good, valid and marketable title in and to, or in the case of the Lease and the assets which are leased or licensed pursuant to Contracts, a valid leasehold interest or license in or a right to use all of the tangible assets reflected in the Company Financials. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13(b), no such tangible asset is subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens. The Company’s assets constitute all of the rights, property and other assets of any kind or description whatsoever, including goodwill, used in the operation of the Business as it is currently conducted and necessary for the Company to operate the Business immediately after the Closing in all material respects in the same manner as the Business is currently being conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted.

4.14 Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14, as of the date of this Agreement, there is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing against or affecting the Company, any of the officers or directors of the Company (in their capacities as such), the Business, any of the Company’s assets or any Contract before any Authority that any manner challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin, alter or delay the transactions contemplated by

Annex A-20

Table of Contents

this Agreement or any Additional Agreement, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, is there any reasonable basis for any Action to be made (and no such Action has been brought or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing in the past five (5) years). There are no outstanding judgments against the Company. The Company is not, and has not been in the past five (5) years, subject to any Action by any Authority. In the past five (5) years, none of the current or former officers, senior management or directors of the Company have been charged with, indicted for, arrested for, or convicted of any felony or any crime involving fraud.

4.15 Contracts.

(a) Schedule 4.15(a) lists all of the following Contracts (collectively, such Contracts that are listed or should be listed on Schedule 4.15(a), “Material Contracts”) to which, as of the date of this Agreement, the Company is a party or by which any of its assets is bound and which are currently in effect:

(i) all Contracts that, individually or together with all related Contracts, require payments or expenses incurred by, or payments or income to, the Company of $500,000 or more per year (other than standard purchase and sale orders entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice);

(ii) all sales, advertising, agency, lobbying, broker, sales promotion, market research, marketing or similar contracts and agreements, in each case requiring the payment of any commissions by the Company in excess of $500,000 annually;

(iii) each employment Contract, employee leasing Contract and consultant and sales representatives Contract with any current officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company, under which the Company (A) has continuing obligations for payment of annual compensation of at least $250,000, and which is not terminable for any reason or no reason upon reasonable notice without payment of any penalty, severance or other obligation; (B) has severance or post-termination obligations to such Person (other than COBRA obligations); or (C) has an obligation to make a payment upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or as a result of a change of control of the Company;

(iv) all Contracts relating to the creation, operation, management or control of a joint venture, strategic alliance, limited liability company, profit-sharing, partnership or similar arrangement to which the Company is a party;

(v) all Contracts relating to any direct or indirect acquisitions or dispositions of material assets by the Company (other than acquisitions or dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) or of Equity Interests of any Person, or to any merger, consolidation or other business combination with any other Person or the acquisition of any other entity or its business or material assets.

(vi) all Contracts under which the Company is obligated to pay royalties under a license for the use of Intellectual Property Rights, and all other material licensing Contracts, including those pursuant to which any Intellectual Property Rights are licensed by or to the Company and including material transfer agreements, services agreements and scientific advisory board agreements, other than (A) “shrink wrap” or other licenses for generally commercially available software (including open source software) or hosted services, (B) customer or channel partner Contracts substantially on Company’s standard forms, (C) Contracts with the Company’s employees or contractors substantially on Company’s standard forms, and (D) non-disclosure agreements (the “Standard Contracts”);

(vii) all Contracts limiting the freedom of the Company (A) to compete in any line of business or industry, with any Person or in any geographic area or to sell, or provide any service or product or solicit any Person, including any Contract containing non-competition covenants, employee and customer non-solicit covenants, exclusivity restrictions, rights of first refusal or most-favored pricing clauses or (B) to purchase or acquire an interest in any other Person;

(viii) all Contracts relating to patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, brands, copyrights, trade secrets and other Intellectual Property Rights of the Company, other than Standard Contracts, material transfer agreements, services agreements and scientific advisory board agreements;

Annex A-21

Table of Contents

(ix) all Contracts providing for guarantees, indemnification arrangements and other hold harmless arrangements made or provided by the Company, including all ongoing agreements for repair, warranty, maintenance, service, indemnification or similar obligations, other than Standard Contracts;

(x) all Contracts with or pertaining to the Company to which any Affiliate of the Company is a party, other than any Contracts relating to such Affiliate’s status as a Company Securityholder;

(xi) all Contracts relating to an Affiliate Transaction;

(xii) all Contracts obligating the Company to make any capital commitment or expenditure in excess of $500,000 (including pursuant to any joint venture);

(xiii) all Contracts relating to a material settlement entered into within three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement or under which the Company has outstanding obligations (other than customary confidentiality obligations);

(xiv) all Contracts relating to property or assets (whether real or personal, tangible or intangible) in which the Company holds a leasehold interest (including the Lease) and which involve payments to the lessor thereunder in excess of $500,000 per year;

(xv) all Contracts creating or otherwise relating to outstanding Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness);

(xvi) all Contracts relating to the voting or control of the equity interests of the Company or the election of directors of the Company (other than the organizational documents of the Company);

(xvii) all Contracts not cancellable by the Company with no more than sixty (60) days’ notice if the effect of such cancellation would result in monetary penalty to the Company in excess of $500,000 per the terms of such contract;

(xviii) all Contracts that may be terminated, or the provisions or performance of which may be altered, as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Additional Agreement to which the Company is a party;

(xix) all Contracts under which any of the benefits, compensation or payments (or the vesting thereof) will be increased or accelerated by the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or the amount or value thereof will be calculated on the basis of, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(xx) all collective bargaining or other agreements with a labor union or labor organization; and

(xxi) all Contracts that address the provisions for business associate contracts required by HIPAA; and

(xxii) all Contracts that will be required to be filed with the Form S-4 under applicable SEC requirements or would otherwise be required to be filed by the Company as an exhibit for a Form S-1 pursuant to Items 601(b)(1), (2), (4), (9) or (10) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act as if the Company were the registrant.

(b) The Company has made available to Parent (including written summaries of oral Contracts) true, correct and complete copies of each Material Contract. Each Material Contract is (i) a valid and binding agreement, (ii) in full force and effect and (iii) enforceable by and against the Company and each counterparty that is party thereto, subject, in the case of this clause (iii), to the Enforceability Exceptions. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any other party to a Material Contract is in material breach or default (whether with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice or both) under the terms of any such Material Contract. The Company has not assigned, delegated or otherwise transferred any of its rights or obligations under any Material Contract or granted any power of attorney with respect thereto.

(c) The Company is in compliance with all covenants, including all financial covenants, in all notes, indentures, bonds and other instruments or Contracts establishing or evidencing any Indebtedness.

Annex A-22

Table of Contents

4.16 Licenses and Permits. Schedule 4.16 correctly lists each license, franchise, permit, order or approval or other similar authorization required under applicable law to carry out or otherwise affecting, or relating in any way to, the Business, together with the name of the Authority issuing the same (the “Permits”). Such Permits are valid and in full force and effect, and none of the Permits will, assuming the related Company Consent has been obtained or waived prior to the Closing Date, be terminated or impaired or become terminable as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company has all material Permits necessary to operate the Business, including those administered by the FDA or by any foreign, federal, state or local governmental or regulatory authority performing functions similar to those performed by the FDA necessary to conduct the Business. The Company is not in material breach or violation of, or material default under, any such Permit, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no basis exists which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute any such breach, violation or default or give any Authority grounds to suspend, revoke or terminate any such Permit. The Company has not received any written (or, to the Company’s Knowledge, oral) notice from any Authority regarding any material violation of any Permit. There has not been and there is not any pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened action, investigation or disciplinary proceeding by or from any Authority against the Company involving any material Permit.

4.17 Compliance with Laws.

(a) The Company is not in violation in any material respect of, and, since January 1, 2017, has been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws. Since January 1, 2017, the Company has not been threatened in writing or given written notice of any violation of any Law or any judgment, order or decree entered by any Authority. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company is, and during the last five (5) years has been, in material compliance with: (i) every Law applicable to the Company due to the specific nature of the Business, including Data Protection Laws and Laws applicable to lending activities; (ii) the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “Foreign Corrupt Practices Act”) and any comparable or similar Law of any jurisdiction applicable to the Company; and (iii) every Law regulating or covering conduct in the workplace, including regarding sexual harassment or, on any legally impermissible basis, a hostile work environment. Since January 1, 2017, the Company has not been threatened or charged in writing (or to the Company’s Knowledge orally) with or given written (or to the Company’s Knowledge oral) notice of any violation of any Data Protection Law, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or any other Law referred to in or generally described in foregoing sentence and, to the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is not under any investigations with respect to any such Law.

(b) Neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate or Person acting on behalf of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department.

4.18 Intellectual Property.

(a) Schedule 4.18(a) sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all unexpired or pending registered Intellectual Property Rights and applications for registration of Intellectual Property Rights owned (whether exclusively, jointly with another Person or otherwise) or filed by the Company or in which the Company has or purports to have an exclusive interest of any nature, specifying as to each, as applicable: (i) the nature of such Intellectual Property Right; (ii) the owner of such Intellectual Property Right and the nature of such ownership; (iii) the jurisdictions by or in which such Intellectual Property Right has been issued or registered or in which an application for such issuance or registration has been filed; and (iv) other than Standard Contracts, all licenses, sublicenses and other agreements pursuant to which any Person is authorized to use such Intellectual Property Right. In the past two (2) years, the Company has not abandoned any patents or non-provisional patent applications. The Company owns, has valid and enforceable licenses for or otherwise has adequate rights to use Intellectual Property Rights as set forth on Schedule 4.18(a). The Intellectual Property Rights of the Company have not been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, and to the Knowledge of the Company are not, invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.18(a), as of the date of this Agreement, no Intellectual Property Right that is listed or required to be listed on Schedule 4.18(a) is challenged in any interference, opposition, reissue, reexamination, revocation or equivalent proceeding, and to the Knowledge of the Company, as of the date hereof, no such proceeding has been threatened in writing with respect to any such Intellectual Property Rights. As of the date hereof, all registration, maintenance and renewal fees currently due in connection with such registered Intellectual Property Rights have been paid and all documents, recordations and certificates in connection with such registered Intellectual Property Rights currently required to be filed have been filed with the relevant patent, copyright, trademark or other authorities in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purposes of prosecuting, maintaining and perfecting such registered Intellectual Property Rights and recording the Company’s ownership interests therein.

Annex A-23

Table of Contents

(b) The Company is the sole and exclusive owner of each item of Intellectual Property Rights owned or purported to be owned by the Company, including the items of Intellectual Property Rights identified on Schedule 4.18(a) as being owned by the Company (other than any co-owners disclosed on Schedule 4.18(a)). The Company has a valid right to use the Intellectual Property Rights set forth on Schedule 4.18(a) that are used (but not owned) by it in the operation of the Business as presently conducted. Jatenzo and the methods of manufacturing and using Jatenzo fall within the scope of the claims of one or more patent or pending patent applications owned by, or exclusively licensed to, the Company.

(c) All registered Intellectual Property Rights listed on Schedule 4.18(a) are subsisting and to the Knowledge of the Company, all the granted patents are valid and enforceable. To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no granted patent owned by any third party containing a valid claim that (i) is required by the Company to conduct its material business as currently conducted or as currently planned to be conducted and (ii) the Company is not currently authorized to use. To the Knowledge of the Company, the use of any Intellectual Property Rights in connection with the operation of the material business of the Company do not conflict with, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property Rights, including rights of privacy, publicity and endorsement, of any Third Party. The Intellectual Property Rights set forth on Schedule 4.18(a) include all of the material patent rights owned by or licensed to the Company used in the ordinary day-to-day conduct of the business of the Company. To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no prior art that may render any patent within the Intellectual Property Rights Invalid. There are no material defects in any of the patents or patent applications within the Intellectual Property Rights.

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.18(d), to the Knowledge of the Company (i) there are no rights of third parties to any of the Intellectual Property Rights, including Liens, security interests or other encumbrances; (ii) there is no infringement by third parties of any Intellectual Property Right owned by, or licensed to, the Company; (iii) as of the date of this Agreement, there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened Action by any Person challenging the rights of the Company in or to any Intellectual Property Rights owned by, or licensed to, the Company; (iv) as of the date of this Agreement, there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened Action by any Person challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any Intellectual Property Rights owned by, or licensed to, the Company; (v) as of the date of this Agreement, there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened Action by any Person (nor has the Company received any claim from a third party) alleging that the Company use of any Intellectual Property Right infringes or otherwise violates, or would, upon the commercialization of any product or service described on Schedule 4.18(d), infringe or otherwise violate, any patent, trademark, tradename, service name, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right of any other Person. Within the past five (5) years (or prior thereto if the same is still pending or subject to appeal or reinstatement), the Company has not been sued or charged in writing with or been a defendant in any Action that involves a claim of infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property Rights.

(e) To the Company’s Knowledge, there is no unauthorized use, unauthorized disclosure, infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property Right owned or exclusively in-licensed by the Company, by any third party. As of the date hereof, the Company has not instituted any Action for infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property Right owned by or exclusively in-licensed to the Company.

(f) As of the date of this Agreement, there are no disputes or Actions with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights and the Company is not a party to any dispute or Action relating to any Intellectual Property Rights, including any disputes or Actions relating to the ownership, validity, registrability, enforceability, violation or use of any Intellectual Property Rights owned by or exclusively in-licensed to the Company. The Company has materially complied with the terms of each Contract pursuant to which Intellectual Property Rights have been licensed to the Company, and all such Contracts are in full force and effect. Each Intellectual Property Right used by the Company in the performance of any services under any Contract is, and upon the performance of such Contract remains, owned by or in-licensed to the Company, and no client, customer or other Person has any claim of ownership to the Intellectual Property Rights used by the Company in the performance of any such Contract.

(g) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.18(g), each employee, agent, consultant and contractor who has made material contributions to the creation or development of any copyrightable, patentable or trade secret material on behalf of the Company or any predecessor in interest thereto either: (i) is a party to a “work-for-hire” agreement under which the Company is deemed to be the original owner/author of all property rights therein, the form of which has been made available to Parent by the Company; (ii) has executed an assignment in favor of the Company (or such predecessor in interest, as applicable) all right, title and interest in such material, the form of which has been

Annex A-24

Table of Contents

made available to Parent by the Company; or (iii) only with respect to rights that cannot be assigned pursuant to an agreement described in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 4.18(g), has licensed to the Company rights to use such Intellectual Property Rights.

(h) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.18(h), no (i) government funding or (ii) facility of a university, college, other educational institution or research center was used in the development of any item of Intellectual Property Right owned or purported to be owned by, or exclusively licensed to, the Company.

(i) None of the Intellectual Property Rights owned or used or held for use by the Company is subject to any pending or outstanding Order or other disposition of dispute that adversely restricts the use, transfer, registration or licensing of any such Intellectual Property Rights by the Company.

(j) None of the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or any of the Additional Agreements to which the Company is or will be a party or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (i) cause any item of Intellectual Property Rights owned or purported to be owned by, or any material item of Intellectual Property Rights licensed, used or held for use by the Company immediately prior to the Closing, to not be owned, licensed or available for use by the Company on substantially the same terms and conditions immediately following the Closing or (ii) require any additional payment obligations by the Company in order to use or exploit any other such Intellectual Property Rights to the same extent as the Company was permitted before the Closing.

(k) Except with respect to the agreements listed on Schedule 4.15(a)(vi), the Company is not obligated under any Contract to make any payments by way of royalties, fees, or otherwise to any owner or licensor of, or other claimant to, any Intellectual Property Rights.

(l) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.18(l), the manufacture, marketing, license, sale or intended use of any product or technology currently approved or sold or under development by the Company (i) does not infringe or misappropriate any Intellectual Property Right of any other Person and (ii) does not violate or constitute a breach of any license or agreement between the Company and any third party.

(m) The Company, the Company’s information technology networks and software applications are free of all viruses, worms, Trojan horses and other material known contaminants and do not contain any bugs, errors, or problems of a material nature that would disrupt or have an adverse impact on the operation of the information technology networks and software applications. The Company has implemented adequate policies and commercially reasonable security (i) regarding the collection, use, disclosure, confidentiality, integrity, availability and value of Personal Information (including health information), and business proprietary or sensitive information (including all trade secrets, items of Intellectual Property Rights that are confidential, confidential information, data and materials licensed by the Company or otherwise used in the operation of the Business); and (ii) regarding the integrity and availability of the information technology networks and software applications the Company owns, operates, or outsources. The Company has not experienced any information security incident that has compromised the integrity or availability of the information technology networks and software applications the Company owns, operates, or outsources, and there has been no loss, damage, or unauthorized access, disclosure, use, or breach of security of any Company information in its possession, custody, or control, or otherwise held or processed on its behalf. The transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the violation of any Data Protection Laws or the privacy policies of the Company.

4.19 Healthcare.

(a) The Company is, and has been since January 1, 2017, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable healthcare Laws, including (i) the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”); (ii) all federal or state criminal or civil fraud and abuse Laws (including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7(b)), the Civil Monetary Penalties Law (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7(a)), the Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7(h)), the Exclusion Law (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7), the Criminal False Statements Law (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(a), Stark Law (42 U.S.C. §1395nn), the False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§3729 et seq. 42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(a)), HIPAA, (42 U.S.C. §§1320d et seq.), and any comparable state or local Laws) and; (iii) any applicable state licensing, disclosure and reporting requirements (all of the foregoing, collectively, “Healthcare Laws”). The Company has not received written notification of any pending Action from the FDA or any other similar regulatory authority alleging that any operation or activity of the Company is in material violation of any applicable Healthcare Law.

Annex A-25

Table of Contents

(b) All material preclinical and clinical investigations conducted or sponsored by the Company and intended to be submitted to a regulatory authority to support a regulatory approval are being conducted in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Healthcare Laws administered or issued by the applicable Authority, including, as applicable, (i) the FDA regulations for conducting non-clinical laboratory studies contained in Title 21 part 58 of the Code of Federal Regulations, (ii) applicable FDA requirements for the design, conduct, performance, monitoring, auditing, recording, analysis and reporting of clinical trials contained in Title 21 parts 50, 54, 56 and 312 of the Code of Federal Regulations and (iii) applicable federal, state and foreign Healthcare Laws restricting the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information, including HIPAA.

(c) All material reports, documents, claims, permits and notices required to be filed, maintained or furnished to the FDA or any other regulatory authority by the Company have been so filed, maintained or furnished. To the Knowledge of the Company, all such reports, documents, claims, permits and notices were complete and accurate on the date filed (or were corrected in or supplemented by a subsequent filing). Neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any officer, employee or agent of the Company has (i) made an untrue statement of a material fact or any fraudulent statement to the FDA or any other regulatory authority, (ii) failed to disclose a material fact required to be disclosed to the FDA or any other regulatory authority or (iii) committed an act, made a statement, or failed to make a statement that, at the time such disclosure was made, would reasonably be expected to provide a reasonable basis for the FDA or any other regulatory authority to invoke its policy respecting “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery, and Illegal Gratuities”, set forth in 56 Fed. Reg. 46191 (September 10, 1991) or any similar policy. Neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any officer, employee or agent of the Company has been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct for which debarment is mandated by 21 U.S.C. §335a(a) or any similar Healthcare Law or authorized by 21 U.S.C. §335a(b) or any similar Healthcare Law. Neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any officer, employee or agent of Company has been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct for which such person could be excluded from participating in the federal health care programs under Section 1128 of the Social Security Act of 1935 or any Healthcare Law. As of the date of this Agreement, no Actions that would reasonably be expected to result in material debarment or exclusion are pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened in writing against the Company or, to Company’s Knowledge, any of its officers, employees, contractors, suppliers (in their capacities as such) or other entities or individuals performing research or work on behalf of the Company. The Company is not party to any corporate integrity agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders, or similar agreements with or imposed by any Authority.

(d) The Company has not received any written notice, correspondence or other communication from the FDA or any other regulatory authority or from any institutional review board requiring the termination, suspension or material modification of any ongoing or planned clinical trials conducted by, or on behalf of, the Company.

(e) As of the date of this Agreement, no data generated by the Company with respect to its products is the subject of any written regulatory Action, either pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, by any Authority relating to the truthfulness or scientific integrity of such data.

(f) To the Company’s Knowledge, no product manufactured or distributed by the Company is (i) adulterated within the meaning of 21 U.S.C. §351 (or any similar Healthcare Law), or (ii) misbranded within the meaning of 21 U.S.C. § 352 (or any similar Healthcare Law). As of the date of this Agreement, since January 1, 2019, neither the Company nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any of its respective contract manufacturers has received any FDA Form 483, warning letter, untitled letter, or other similar correspondence or written notice from the FDA or any other regulatory authority alleging or asserting material noncompliance with any applicable Healthcare Laws or Permits issued to the Company by the FDA or any other regulatory authority. No manufacturing site owned by the Company or, to the Company’s Knowledge, any of their respective contract manufacturers, is or has been since January 1, 2019, subject to a shutdown or import or export prohibition imposed by FDA or another regulatory authority.

4.20 Accounts Receivable; Accounts Payable; Affiliate Loans.

(a) All accounts, notes and other receivables, whether or not accrued, and whether or not billed, of the Target Companies (the “Accounts Receivable”) arose from sales actually made or services actually performed in the ordinary course of business and represent valid obligations to the Company arising from its business. None of the Accounts Receivable are subject to any right of recourse, defense, deduction, return of goods, counterclaim, offset, or set off on the part of the obligor in excess of any amounts reserved therefore on the Company Financial Statements.

Annex A-26

Table of Contents

All of the Accounts Receivable are, to the Knowledge of the Company, fully collectible according to their terms in amounts not less than the aggregate amounts thereof carried on the books of the Company (net of reserves) within one hundred (100) days.

(b)  The accounts payable of the Company reflected on the Company Financial Statements, and all accounts payable arising subsequent to the date thereof, arose from bona fide transactions in the ordinary course consistent with past practice.

(c) The information set forth on Schedule 4.20(c) separately identifies any and all accounts, receivables or notes of the Company which are owed by any Affiliate of the Company. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.20(c), the Company is not indebted to any of its Affiliates and no Affiliates are indebted to the Company.

4.21 Employees; Employment Matters.

(a) Schedule 4.21(a) sets forth a true, correct and complete list of each of the five highest compensation officers or employees of the Company as of the date hereof, setting forth the name, job title, location, current salary or compensation rate for each such person (including any bonus or commission, other than any such arrangements under which payments are at the Company’s discretion) and total compensation (including bonuses and commissions) paid to each such person for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.21(b), the Company is not a party to or subject to any collective bargaining agreement, or any similar agreement, and there has been no activity or proceeding by a labor union or representative thereof to organize any employees of the Company. There is no labor strike, material slowdown or material work stoppage or lockout pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company, and none of the Company has experienced any strike, material slowdown or material work stoppage, lockout or other collective labor action by or with respect to its employees.

(c) As of the date of this Agreement, there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened Actions against the Company under any worker’s compensation policy or long-term disability policy. There is no unfair labor practice charge or complaint pending before any applicable governmental authority, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, relating to the Company or any employee or other service provider thereof.

(d) The Company is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws relating to employment of labor, including all applicable Laws relating to wages, hours, overtime, collective bargaining, employment discrimination, disability, family and medical leave, civil rights, safety and health, workers’ compensation, pay equity, classification of employees and independent contractors, employee terminations, and the collection and payment of withholding or social security Taxes. The Company has met in all material respects all requirements required by Law relating to the employment of foreign citizens, and the Company does not currently employ, or has ever employed, any Person who was not permitted to work in the jurisdiction in which such Person was employed.

(e) To the Knowledge of the Company, no employee of the Company, in the ordinary course of his or her duties, has breached or will breach any obligation to a former employer in respect of any covenant against competition or soliciting clients or employees or servicing clients or any confidentiality or proprietary right of any former employer.

(f) To the Knowledge of the Company, in the last five (5) years, no substantiated allegations of sexual harassment have been made to the Company against any individual in his or her capacity as director or an employee of the Company at a level of Vice President or above.

(g) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.21(g), the Company has not paid or promised to pay any bonus to any employee in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.22 Withholding. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.22, all obligations of the Company applicable to its employees, whether arising by operation of Law, by Contract, by past custom or otherwise, or attributable to payments by the Company to trusts or other funds or to any governmental agency, with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security benefits or any other benefits for its employees through the date hereof have been paid or adequate accruals therefor have been made on the Company Financial Statements. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.22, all reasonably anticipated obligations of the Company with respect to such employees (except for those related to wages during the pay period immediately prior to the Closing Date and arising in the ordinary course

Annex A-27

Table of Contents

of business), whether arising by operation of Law, by contract, by past custom, or otherwise, for salaries and holiday pay, bonuses and other forms of compensation payable to such employees in respect of the services rendered by any of them prior to the date hereof have been or will be paid by the Company prior to the Closing Date.

4.23 Employee Benefits.

(a) Schedule 4.23(a) sets forth a correct and complete list of all material Plans. With respect to each material Plan, the Company has made available to Parent or its counsel a true and complete copy, to the extent applicable, of: (i) all Plan documents and all amendments thereto, including all plan documents, material employee communications, forms of grant agreements, benefit schedules, trust agreements, and insurance contracts and other funding vehicles; (ii) the three (3) most recent annual reports and accompanying schedules thereto; (iii) the current summary plan description and summaries of any material modifications thereto; (iv) the most recent annual financial and actuarial valuation reports; (v) the most recent determination letter received by the Company from the Internal Revenue Service (or opinion letter received by the prototype or volume submitter plan sponsor upon which the Company is entitled to rely) regarding the tax-qualified status of such Plan; (vi) the most recent written results of all required compliance testing; and (vii) all non-routine and written communications from any Authority during the past three (3) years relating to any pending or actual audit or investigation.

(b) Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has, during the preceding six (6) years, maintained, contributed to, or had an obligation to contribute to a Plan which is (i) subject to Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 or 4971 of the Code, (ii) a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) or (iii) a plan that has two or more contributing sponsors at least two of whom are not under common control, within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has withdrawn at any time within the preceding six (6) years from any multiemployer plan or incurred any withdrawal liability which remains unsatisfied, and no events have occurred and no circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to result in any such liability to the Company or any ERISA Affiliate. The Company has never maintained or been required to contribute or otherwise participated in (i) a multiple employer welfare arrangement (within the meaning of Section 3(40) of ERISA) or (ii) a voluntary employees’ beneficiary association (as defined in Section 501(c)(9) of the Code).

(c) With respect to each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, such Plan, including its related trust, has received a determination letter (or opinion letters in the case of any prototype or volume submitter plans) from the Internal Revenue Service that it is so qualified and that its trust is exempt from Tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, and to the Knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred with respect to the operation of any such Plan that could cause the loss of such qualification or exemption or the imposition of any liability, penalty or Tax under ERISA or the Code. No stock or other securities issued by the Company forms or has formed any part of the assets of any Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code.

(d) There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened Actions against or relating to the Plans or the assets of any of the trusts under such Plans (other than routine benefits claims and administrative appeals of denied claims). No Plan is presently under audit or examination (nor has written notice been received by the Company of a potential audit or examination) by any Authority.

(e) Each Plan has been established, administered and funded in all material respects accordance with its terms and in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other applicable Laws. No breach of fiduciary responsibility under ERISA or other applicable Law has occurred that could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or any ERISA Affiliate. No prohibited transaction (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) has occurred that could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or any ERISA Affiliate. There is not now, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, do any circumstances exist that could give rise to, any requirement for the posting of security with respect to any Plan or the imposition of any Lien on the assets of the Company under ERISA or the Code. All contributions and premiums due or payable through the Closing Date with respect to any Plan or insurance policy funding any Plan have been made or paid in full as required under ERISA or the terms of such Plan or have been fully accrued on the Company Financial Statements. All Plans can be terminated at any time as of or after the Closing Date without resulting in any material liability to the Company, Parent or any of their respective Affiliates for any additional contributions, penalties, premiums, fees, fines, excise Taxes or any other charges of liabilities (other than ordinary administrative expenses associated with such termination).

Annex A-28

Table of Contents

(f) None of the Plans provide retiree health or life insurance benefits, except as may be required by COBRA or any other applicable Law.

(g) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (either alone or in combination with another event) (i) result in any payment becoming due, or increase the amount of any compensation or benefits due, to any current or former employee of the Company with respect to any Plan; (ii) increase any benefits otherwise payable under any Plan; or (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such compensation or benefits. No Person is entitled to receive any additional payment (including any Tax gross-up or other payment) from the Company as a result of the imposition of the excise Taxes required by Section 4999 of the Code or any Taxes required by Section 409A of the Code.

(h) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (either alone or in combination with another event) result in the payment of any amount that would, individually or in combination with any other such payment, be an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code; provided that, this Section 4.23(h) shall be interpreted without regard to the effect of any arrangements put in place by, or at the request of, Parent or its Affiliates.

(i) Each Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as defined in Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code) is in all material respects in documentary compliance with, and has been administered in all material respects in compliance with, Section 409A of the Code.

4.24 Real Property.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.24, the Company does not own, occupy or otherwise have an interest in (and has not in the past owned, occupied or otherwise had an interest in), any Real Property, including under any Real Property lease, sublease, space sharing, license or other occupancy agreement. The Lease (a copy of which has been made available to Parent by the Company) is the only Contract pursuant to which the Company leases any real property or right in any Real Property. The Company has good, valid and subsisting title to its respective leasehold estates in the offices described on Schedule 4.24, free and clear of all Liens. The Company has not breached or violated any local zoning ordinance, and no notice from any Person has been received by the Company or served upon the Company claiming any violation of any local zoning ordinance.

(b) With respect to the Lease: (i) it is valid, binding and in full force and effect; (ii) all rents and additional rents and other sums, expenses and charges due thereunder have been paid; (iii) the Company has been in peaceable possession of the premises leased thereunder since the commencement of the original term thereof; (iv) no waiver, indulgence or postponement of the Company’s obligations thereunder has been granted by the lessor; (v) there exists no default or event of default thereunder by the Company or, to the Company’s Knowledge, by any other party thereto; (vi) there exists no occurrence, condition or act which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or the happening of any further event or condition, would become a default or event of default by the Company thereunder; and (vii) there are no outstanding claims of breach or indemnification or notice of default or termination thereunder. The Company holds the leasehold estate established under the Lease free and clear of all Liens, except for Liens of mortgagees of the Real Property on which such leasehold estate is located. The Real Property leased by the Company is in a state of maintenance and repair in all material respects adequate and suitable for the purposes for which it is presently being used, and there are no material repair or restoration works likely to be required in connection with such leased Real Property. The Company is in physical possession and actual and exclusive occupation of the whole of the leased premises, none of which is subleased or assigned to another Person. The Lease leases all useable square footage of the premises located at the leased Real Property. The Company does not owe any brokerage commission with respect to any Real Property.

4.25 Tax Matters. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.25:

(a) (i) The Company has duly and timely filed all income and other material Tax Returns which are required to be filed by or with respect to it, and has paid all income and other material Taxes which have become due; (ii) all such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete and accurate in all material respects; (iii) there is no Action, within the past seven years (or pending or proposed in writing), with respect to Taxes of the Company; (iv) no statute of limitations in respect of the assessment or collection of any Taxes of the Company has been waived or extended, which waiver or extension is in effect and the Company is not presently contesting the Tax liability before any Taxing Authority or other Authority; (v) the Company has complied in all respects with all applicable Laws relating to the

Annex A-29

Table of Contents

reporting, payment, collection and withholding of Taxes and has duly and timely withheld or collected, paid over to the applicable Taxing Authority and reported all Taxes (including income, social, security and other payroll Taxes) required to be withheld or collected by the Company; (vi) no stock transfer Tax, sales Tax, use Tax, real estate transfer Tax or other similar Tax will be imposed on the transfer of the shares of Company Common Stock by the Company Stockholders to Parent pursuant to this Agreement; (vii) there is no outstanding request for a ruling from any Taxing Authority, request for consent by a Taxing Authority for a change in a method of accounting, subpoena or request for information by any Taxing Authority or agreement with any Taxing Authority with respect to the Company; (viii) there is no Lien (other than Permitted Liens) for Taxes upon the Company or any of the assets of the Company; (ix) no claim has ever been made by a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where the Company has not paid any Tax or filed Tax Returns, asserting that the Company is or may be subject to Tax in such jurisdiction, the Company is not nor has it ever been subject to Tax in any country other than the country of incorporation of the Company by virtue of having a permanent establishment or other place of business in that country, and the Company is and has always been Tax resident solely in its country of incorporation; (x) the Company has provided to Parent true, complete and correct copies of all Tax Returns relating to, and all audit reports and correspondence relating to each proposed adjustment, if any, made by any Taxing Authority with respect to, any taxable period ending after December 31, 2015; (xi) the Company is not, and has never been, a party to any Tax sharing, allocation, indemnification or similar Contract; (xii) the Company is and has never been included in any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return and the Company does not have any liability for Taxes as a result of having been a member of any affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code, or any similar affiliated or consolidated group for Tax purposes under any state, local or foreign Law (other than a group the common parent of which is the Company), or has any liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than the Company) under United States Treasury regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of any state, local or foreign Law), as a transferee or successor, by Contract (other than Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, the primary purpose of which is not Tax) or otherwise; (xiii) to the Knowledge of the Company, no issue has been raised by a Taxing Authority in any prior Action relating to the Company with respect to any Tax for any period which, by application of the same or similar principles, could reasonably be expected to result in a proposed Tax deficiency of the Company for any other period (other than one for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with U.S. GAAP or are immaterial in amount); and (xiv) the Company has not requested any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return, which Tax Return has since not been filed.

(b) The unpaid Taxes of the Company (i) did not, as of the most recent fiscal month end, exceed the reserve for Tax liability (rather than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth in the Company Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and (ii) will not exceed that reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Company in filing its Tax Return.

(c) The Company has not taken any action (nor permitted any action to be taken), and is not aware of any fact or circumstance, that would reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger from qualifying as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

(d) The Company has been in compliance in all respects with all applicable transfer pricing laws and legal requirements. The prices for any property or services (or for the use of any property), including interest and other prices for financial services, provided by or to the Company are arm’s-length prices for purposes of the relevant transfer pricing laws.

(e) The Company is not a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code at any time during the five-year period ending on the Closing Date.

(f) The Company has not engaged in a “reportable transaction” within the meaning of United States Treasury regulations Section 1.6011-4(b).

(g) The Company does not constitute either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of securities (to any Person or entity that is not a member of the consolidated group of which the Company is the common parent corporation) qualifying for, or intended to qualify for, Tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (i) within the two-year period ending on the date hereof or (ii) in a distribution which could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) in conjunction with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Annex A-30

Table of Contents

4.26 Environmental Laws. The Company is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and has not (i) received any written notice of any alleged claim, investigation, violation of or liability under any Environmental Law which has not heretofore been cured or for which there is any remaining or potential liability; (ii) manufactured, disposed of, emitted, discharged, handled, stored, transported, used or released any Hazardous Materials; arranged for or permitted the disposal, discharge, storage or release of any Hazardous Materials; exposed any employee or other individual to any Hazardous Materials; or owned or operated any property or facility in a manner that has given or would reasonably be expected to give rise to any breach, liability, Lien or corrective or remedial obligation under any Environmental Laws or violate any related Permit; or (iii) entered into any agreement that may require it to guarantee, reimburse, pledge, defend, hold harmless or indemnify any other Person with respect to liabilities arising out of Environmental Laws or the Hazardous Material Activities of the Company. There are no Hazardous Materials in, on or under any properties owned, leased or used at any time by the Company, and to the Company’s Knowledge no other fact, circumstance or condition exists in respect of the Company or any such properties, that could give rise to any material liability or corrective or remedial obligation of the Company under any Environmental Laws. To the Company’s Knowledge, no facts, circumstances, or conditions currently exist that could adversely affect the Company’s continued compliance with Environmental Laws and related Permits or require capital expenditures to achieve or maintain such continued compliance with Environmental Laws and related Permits. The Company has provided to Parent all environmentally related site assessments, audits, studies, reports, analyses and results of investigations that have been performed in respect of the currently or previously owned, leased, or operated properties of the Company.

4.27 Top Customers and Suppliers. Schedule 4.27 lists, by dollar volume received or paid, as applicable, for each of the twelve (12) months ended on December 31, 2020, the five (5) largest customers of the Company by dollar volume (the “Top Customers”) and the five (5) largest suppliers of goods or services to the Company by dollar volume (the “Top Suppliers”), along with the amounts of such dollar volumes. The relationships of the Company with such suppliers and customers are, to the Knowledge of the Company, good commercial working relationships, and (i) no Top Supplier or Top Customer has cancelled or otherwise terminated within the last twelve (12) months, or, to the Company’s Knowledge, intends to cancel or otherwise terminate, any material relationships of such Person with the Company, (ii) no Top Supplier or Top Customer has during the last twelve (12) months decreased materially or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened to stop, decrease or limit materially, or intends to modify materially its material relationships with the Company or intends to stop, decrease or limit materially its products or services to the Company or its usage or purchase of the products or services of the Company, (iii) to the Company’s Knowledge, no Top Supplier or Top Customer intends to refuse to pay any amount due to the Company and (iv) the Company has not within the past two (2) years been engaged in any material dispute with any Top Supplier or Top Customer.

4.28 Finders’ Fees. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.28, there is no investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary which has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates who might be entitled to any fee or commission from the Company, Merger Sub, Parent or any of their Affiliates upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.29 Powers of Attorney and Suretyships. The Company does not have any general or special powers of attorney outstanding (whether as grantor or grantee thereof) or any obligation or liability (whether actual, accrued, accruing, contingent or otherwise) as guarantor, surety, co-signer, endorser, co-maker, indemnitor or otherwise in respect of the obligation of any Person.

4.30 Directors and Officers. Schedule 4.30 sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all directors and officers of the Company.

4.31 Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with anti-money laundering Laws in all applicable jurisdictions and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Authority (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”), and no Action involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened.

4.32 Insurance. All forms of insurance owned or held by and insuring the Company are set forth on Schedule 4.32 (by policy number, insurer, coverage period, coverage amount and annual premium), and such policies are in full force and effect. All premiums with respect to such policies covering all periods up to and including the Closing Date have been or will be paid when due, and no notice of cancellation or termination has been received with respect to any such policy which was not replaced on substantially similar terms prior to the date of such cancellation or termination.

Annex A-31

Table of Contents

There is no existing default or event which, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute noncompliance with, or a default under, any such policy or entitle any insurer to terminate or cancel any such policy. Such policies will not in any way be affected by or terminate or lapse by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Additional Agreements. The insurance policies to which the Company is a party are sufficient for compliance with all requirements of all Contracts to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound. The Company has not been refused any insurance with respect to its assets or operations or had its coverage limited by any insurance carrier to which it has applied for any such insurance or with which it has carried insurance. The Company does not have any self-insurance arrangements.

4.33 Related Party Transactions. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.33, as contemplated by this Agreement or as provided in the Company Financial Statements, no Company Stockholder, Affiliate of the Company, current or former director, manager, officer or employee of the Company or any immediate family member or Affiliate of any of the foregoing (a) is a party to any Contract, or has otherwise entered into any transaction, understanding or arrangement, with the Company or (b) owns any property or right, tangible or intangible, which is used by the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”). Each of the Contracts listed in Schedule 4.33 was entered into on an arm’s-length basis.

4.34 Investment Company Act. The Company is not an “investment company” or a Person directly or indirectly “controlled” by or acting on behalf of an “investment company”, or required to register as an “investment company”, in each case within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

4.35 Independent Investigation. The Company has conducted its own independent investigation, review and analysis of the business, results of operations, prospects, condition (financial or otherwise) or assets of the Parent Parties, and acknowledges that it has been provided adequate access to the personnel, properties, assets, premises, books and records, and other documents and data of the Parent Parties for such purpose. The Company acknowledges and agrees that: (a) in making its decision to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, it has relied solely upon its own investigation and the express representations and warranties of the Parent Parties set forth in this Agreement (including the related disclosure schedules) and in any certificate delivered to the Company pursuant hereto; and (b) neither the Parent Parties nor any of their Representatives have made any representation or warranty as to the Parent Parties or this Agreement, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement (including the related disclosure schedules) or in any certificate delivered to the Company pursuant hereto.

4.36 Information Supplied. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by the Company expressly for inclusion or incorporation by reference: (a) in any current report on Form 8-K, and any exhibits thereto or any other report, form, registration or other filing made with any Authority or stock exchange with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Additional Agreements; (b) in the Form S-4; or (c) in the mailings or other distributions to the Parent’s stockholders and/or prospective investors with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or in any amendment to any of documents identified in (a) through (c), will, when filed, made available, mailed or distributed, as the case may be, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representation, warranty or covenant with respect to any information supplied by or on behalf of Parent or its Affiliates.

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

Except as disclosed in the Parent SEC Documents filed with or furnished to the SEC prior to the date of this Agreement (other than any risk factor disclosures or other similar cautionary or predictive statements therein), Parent and Merger Sub (the “Parent Parties”) hereby represent and warrant to the Company that each of the following representations and warranties are true, correct and complete as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date:

5.1 Corporate Existence and Power. The Parent and Merger Sub are each corporations duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Merger Sub does not hold and has not held any material assets or incurred any material liabilities, and has not carried on any business activities other than in connection with the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Annex A-32

Table of Contents

5.2 Corporate Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Parent Parties of this Agreement and the Additional Agreements to which they are or will be parties and the consummation by the Parent Parties of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby are within the corporate powers of the Parent Parties and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Parent Parties. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Parent Parties and constitutes, and upon the execution and delivery thereof, each Additional Agreement to which a Parent Party is party, will constitute, a valid and legally binding agreement of the applicable Parent Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by the Enforceability Exceptions. This Agreement and the Additional Agreements to which a Parent Party is or will be party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly approved by Parent, on behalf of itself and in its capacity as the sole shareholder of Merger Sub. The affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Parent Stockholder Meeting, assuming a quorum is present (the “Parent Stockholder Approval”), is the only vote of the holders of any of Parent’s capital stock necessary to adopt this Agreement and approve the Merger and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby.

5.3 Governmental Authorization. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.3, neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement requires any consent, approval, license or other action by or in respect of, or registration, declaration or filing with any Authority except for (a) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the DGCL and (b) where the failure to obtain such consent, approval, license or other action, or to make such registration, declaration or filing, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Parent Parties.

5.4 Non-Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Parent Parties of this Agreement do not and will not (a) contravene or conflict with the organizational or constitutive documents of the Parent Parties, or (b) contravene or conflict with or constitute a violation of any provision of any Law or any Order binding upon the Parent Parties.

5.5 Finders’ Fees. Except for the Persons identified on Schedule 5.5, there is no investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary which has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of the Parent Parties or their Affiliates who might be entitled to any fee or commission from the Company or any of its Affiliates upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Additional Agreements.

5.6 Issuance of Shares. The Closing Payment Shares, when issued in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly authorized and validly issued, and will be fully paid and nonassessable.

5.7 Capitalization.

(a) The authorized capital stock of Parent consists of 50,000,000 Parent Class A Shares of which 5,807,500 are issued and outstanding, 2,000,000 Parent Class B Shares of which 1,437,500 are issued and outstanding, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Parent Preferred Stock”), none of which are issued and outstanding. There are 9,195,000 warrants outstanding, each entitling the holder thereof to purchase one Parent Class A Share (the “Parent Warrants”). No other shares of capital stock or other voting securities of Parent are issued, reserved for issuance (except for Parent Class A Shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or the conversion of Parent Class B Shares) or outstanding.

(b) All issued and outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are not subject to, and were not issued in violation of, any purchase option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of the DGCL, any other applicable Law, Parent’s organizational documents or any contract to which Parent is a party or by which Parent is bound. Except as set forth in Parent’s organizational documents, there are no outstanding contractual obligations of Parent to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of Parent Common Stock or any capital equity of Parent. There are no outstanding contractual obligations of Parent to provide funds to, or make any investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in, any other Person.

(c) Merger Sub is authorized to issue 1,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share (“Merger Sub Common Stock”), of which 1,000 shares of Merger Sub Common Stock are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof. No other shares or other voting securities of Merger Sub are issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. All issued and outstanding shares of Merger Sub Common Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable

Annex A-33

Table of Contents

and are not subject to, and were not issued in violation of, any purchase option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of the DGCL, any other applicable Law, the Merger Sub’s organizational documents or any contract to which Merger Sub is a party or by which Merger Sub is bound. There are no outstanding contractual obligations of Merger Sub to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of Merger Sub Common Stock or any equity capital of Merger Sub. There are no outstanding contractual obligations of Merger Sub to provide funds to, or make any investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in, any other Person.

5.8 Information Supplied. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by the Parent Parties expressly for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the filings with the SEC and mailings to Parent’s stockholders with respect to the solicitation of proxies to approve the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Additional Agreements, if applicable, will, at the date of filing or mailing, at the time of the Parent Stockholder Meeting or at the Effective Time, as the case may be, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading (subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in the materials provided by Parent or included in the Parent SEC Documents, the Additional Parent SEC Documents, the SEC Statement or any Other Filing). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Parties make no representation, warranty or covenant with respect to any information supplied by or on behalf of the Company or its Affiliates.

5.9 Trust Fund. As of the date of this Agreement, Parent has at least $57,500,000 in the trust fund established by Parent for the benefit of its public stockholders (the “Trust Fund”) in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trustee”) at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., and such monies are invested in “government securities” (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940) and held in trust by the Trustee pursuant to the Investment Management Trust Agreement dated as of December 15, 2020, between Parent and the Trustee (the “Trust Agreement”). The Trust Agreement is valid and in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by the Enforceability Exceptions, and has not been amended or modified. There are no separate agreements, side letters or other agreements or understandings (whether written or unwritten, express or implied) that would cause the description of the Trust Agreement in the Parent SEC Documents to be inaccurate in any material respect or that would entitle any Person (other than stockholders of Parent holding Parent Class A Shares sold in Parent’s IPO who shall have elected to redeem their Parent Class A Shares pursuant to the Parent Certificate of Incorporation) to any portion of the proceeds in the Trust Account. Prior to the Closing, none of the funds held in the Trust Account may be released except in accordance with the Trust Agreement and the Parent Certificate of Incorporation. The Parent has performed all material obligations required to be performed by it to date under, and is not in material default or delinquent in performance or any other respect (claimed or actual) in connection with, the Trust Agreement, and, to the Knowledge of Parent, no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a material default thereunder. There are no claims or proceedings pending with respect to the Trust Account.

5.10 Listing. As of the date of this Agreement, the Parent Class A Shares are listed on Nasdaq, with trading ticker “BLUW.”

5.11 Board Approval. The Parent Board (including any required committee or subgroup of such board) has, as of the date of this Agreement, unanimously (a) declared the advisability of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) determined that the transactions contemplated hereby are in the best interests of the stockholders of Parent (c) determined that the transactions contemplated hereby constitutes a “Business Combination” as such term is defined in the Parent Certificate of Incorporation and Parent’s bylaws; and (d) recommended to the stockholders of Parent to adopt and approve each of the Parent Proposals (the “Parent Board Recommendation”).

5.12 Parent SEC Documents and Financial Statements. Except for any changes (including any required restatements of Parent’s financial statements or the Parent SEC Documents) to Parent’s historical accounting of the Parent Warrants as equity rather than as liabilities that may be required as a result of the Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”) that was issued by the SEC on April 12, 2021, and related guidance by the SEC (the “SEC Warrant Liability”):

(a) The Parent has filed all forms, reports, schedules, statements and other documents, including any exhibits thereto, required to be filed or furnished by Parent with the SEC since Parent’s formation under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, together with any amendments, restatements or supplements thereto, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to file all such forms, reports, schedules, statements and other documents required

Annex A-34

Table of Contents

to be filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement (the “Additional Parent SEC Documents”). The Parent has made available to the Company copies in the form filed with the SEC of all of the following, except to the extent available in full without redaction on the SEC’s website through EDGAR for at least two (2) days prior to the date of this Agreement: (i) Parent’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K for each fiscal year of Parent beginning with the first year that Parent was required to file such a form, (ii) all proxy statements relating to Parent’s meetings of stockholders (whether annual or special) held, and all information statements relating to stockholder consents, since the beginning of the first fiscal year referred to in clause (i) above, (iii) its Form 8-Ks filed since the beginning of the first fiscal year referred to in clause (i) above, and (iv) all other forms, reports, registration statements and other documents (other than preliminary materials if the corresponding definitive materials have been provided to the Company pursuant to this Section 5.12) filed by Parent with the SEC since Parent’s formation (the forms, reports, registration statements and other documents referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above, whether or not available through EDGAR, collectively, the “Parent SEC Documents”).

(b) The Parent SEC Documents were, and the Additional Parent SEC Documents will be, prepared in all material respects in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations thereunder. The Parent SEC Documents did not, and the Additional Parent SEC Documents will not, at the time they were or are filed, as the case may be, with the SEC (except to the extent that information contained in any Parent SEC Document or Additional Parent SEC Document has been or is revised or superseded by a later filed Parent SEC Document or Additional Parent SEC Document, then on the date of such filing) contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the foregoing does not apply to statements in or omissions in any information supplied or to be supplied by the Company expressly for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the SEC Statement or Other Filing.

(c) As used in this Section 5.12, the term “file” shall be broadly construed to include any manner in which a document or information is furnished, supplied or otherwise made available to the SEC.

5.13 Certain Business Practices. Neither Parent, nor any director, officer, agent or employee of Parent (in their capacities as such) has (a) used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity, (b) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials, employees or political parties or campaigns, (c) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or (d) made any other unlawful payment. Neither Parent, nor any director, officer, agent or employee of Parent (nor any Person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing, but solely in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of Parent) has, since the IPO, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any gift or similar benefit in any material amount to any customer, supplier, governmental employee or other Person who is or may be in a position to help or hinder Parent or assist Parent in connection with any actual or proposed transaction, which, if not given or continued in the future, would reasonably be expected to (i) adversely affect the business or prospects of Parent and (ii) subject Parent to suit or penalty in any private or governmental Action.

5.14 Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The operations of Parent are and have at all times been conducted in compliance with the Money Laundering Laws, and no Action involving Parent with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened.

5.15 Affiliate Transactions. Except as described in Parent SEC Documents, there are no transactions, agreements, arrangements or understandings between Parent or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any director, officer, employee, stockholder, warrant holder or Affiliate of Parent or any of its subsidiaries, on the other hand.

5.16 Litigation. As of the date of this Agreement, there is no (a) Action pending, or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened in writing against Parent or any of its subsidiaries or that affects its or their assets or properties, or (b) Order outstanding against Parent or any of its subsidiaries or that affects its or their assets or properties. Neither Parent nor any of its subsidiaries is party to a settlement or similar agreement regarding any of the matters set forth in the preceding sentence that contains any ongoing obligations, restrictions or liabilities (of any nature) that are material to Parent and its subsidiaries.

5.17 Expenses, Indebtedness and Other Liabilities. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.17, or as set forth in the Parent SEC Documents, Parent does not have any Indebtedness or other material liabilities, other than the SEC Warrant Liability.

Annex A-35

Table of Contents

5.18 Tax Matters Except as set forth on Schedule 5.18:

(a) (a) (i) Parent has duly and timely filed all income and other material Tax Returns which are required to be filed by or with respect to it, and has paid all income and other material Taxes which have become due; (ii) all such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete and accurate in all material respects; (iii) there is no Action, within the past five years (or pending or proposed in writing), with respect to Taxes of Parent; (iv) no statute of limitations in respect of the assessment or collection of any Taxes of Parent has been waived or extended, which waiver or extension is in effect, and Parent is not presently contesting the Tax liability before any Taxing Authority or other Authority; (v) Parent has duly and timely withheld or collected, paid over to the applicable Taxing Authority and reported all material Taxes (including income, social, security and other payroll Taxes) required to be withheld or collected by Parent, other than such Taxes for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with U.S. GAAP; (vi) there is no Lien (other than Permitted Liens) for Taxes upon Parent or any of the assets of Parent; (vii) no claim has ever been made by a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where Parent has not paid any Tax or filed Tax Returns, asserting that Parent is or may be subject to Tax in such jurisdiction; (viii) Parent has provided to the Company true, complete and correct copies of all Tax Returns (if any) relating to, and all audit reports and correspondence relating to each proposed adjustment (if any) made by any Taxing Authority with respect to, any taxable period ending after December 31, 2020; (ix) there is no outstanding power of attorney from Parent authorizing anyone to act on behalf of Parent in connection with any Tax, Tax Return or Action relating to any Tax or Tax Return of Parent; (x) Parent is not, and has never been, a party to any Tax sharing, allocation, indemnification or similar Contract; (xi) Parent is and has never been included in any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return and Parent does not have any liability for Taxes as a result of having been a member of any affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code, or any similar affiliated or consolidated group for Tax purposes under any state, local or foreign Law (other than a group the common parent of which is Parent), or has any liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than Parent) under United States Treasury regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of any state, local or foreign Law), as a transferee or successor, by Contract (other than Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, the primary purpose of which is not Tax) or otherwise; (xii) to the knowledge of Parent, no issue has been raised by a Taxing Authority in any prior Action relating to Parent with respect to any Tax for any period which, by application of the same or similar principles, could reasonably be expected to result in a proposed Tax deficiency of Parent for any other period (other than one for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with U.S. GAAP or are immaterial in amount); and (xiii) Parent has not requested any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return, which Tax Return has since not been filed.

(b) Since the date of its formation, Parent has not (i) changed any Tax accounting methods, policies or procedures except as required by a change in Law, (ii) made, revoked, or amended any material Tax election, (iii) filed any amended Tax Returns or claim for refund or (iv) entered into any closing agreement affecting or otherwise settled or compromised any material Tax liability or refund.

(c) The unpaid Taxes of Parent (i) did not, as of the most recent fiscal month end, exceed the reserve for Tax liability (rather than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth in Parent’s financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and (ii) will not exceed that reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of Parent in filing its Tax Return.

(d) Parent is not a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code at any time during the five-year period ending on the Closing Date.

(e) Parent has not engaged in a “reportable transaction” within the meaning of United States Treasury regulations Section 1.6011-4(b).

(f) The Parent has not taken any action (nor permitted any action to be taken), and is not aware of any fact or circumstance, that would reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger from qualifying as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

(g) Schedule 5.18(g) sets forth each jurisdiction where Parent files or is required to file a Tax Return.

Annex A-36

Table of Contents

ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES PENDING CLOSING

6.1 Conduct of the Business. Each of the Company and Parent covenants and agrees that from the date hereof through the Closing Date, each party shall conduct business only in the ordinary course, consistent with past practices, and shall not enter into any material transactions outside the ordinary course of business without the prior written consent of the other party, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its business relationships with employees, clients, suppliers, contract manufacturing organizations, contract research organizations and other third parties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and except as set forth on Schedule 6.1 or otherwise provided in this Agreement, from the date hereof through and including the Closing Date, without the other party’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed), neither the Company nor Parent shall, and the Company shall cause its Subsidiaries not to:

(a) amend, modify or supplement its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or other organizational or governing documents, or engage in any complete or partial reorganization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction, provided that the Company may amend, modify or supplement its certificate of incorporation to the extent necessary to authorize additional equity securities to be sold in, or underlying debt securities sold in, the Permitted Financing; and provided that Parent may extend, in accordance with its organizational documents and the Prospectus, the deadline by which it must complete its Business Combination (an “Extension”), and no consent of any other party shall be required in connection therewith;

(b) amend, waive any provision of, terminate prior to its scheduled expiration date, or otherwise compromise in any way or relinquish any material right under, any Material Contract or other right or asset of the Company or Parent, as applicable;

(c) solely in the case of the Company, modify, amend, assign or enter into any contract, agreement, lease, license or commitment, including for capital expenditures, that would be considered a Material Contract if in effect on of the date hereof, except in the ordinary course of the Company’s business consistent with past practice;

(d) solely in the case of the Company, establish any Subsidiary or enter into any new line of business;

(e) make any capital expenditures in excess of $500,000 (individually or in the aggregate);

(f) sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any of the Company’s or Parent’s, as applicable, material assets, except pursuant to existing contracts or commitments or in the ordinary course of the Company’s business or Parent’s business (as applicable) consistent with past practice;

(g) (A) split, combine, recapitalize or reclassify, or pay, declare or promise to pay any dividends or other distributions (regardless of form) with respect to, its capital stock or other equity securities; (B) pay, declare or promise to pay any other amount to any stockholder, shareholder or other equityholder in its capacity as such (which for the avoidance of doubt does not include payment of salary, benefits, commissions and other regular and necessary customary payments made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices); or (C) except as contemplated by any Additional Agreement, amend any term, right or obligation with respect to any outstanding shares of its capital stock or other equity securities;

(h) (A) make any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person; (B) incur any Indebtedness, including drawings under the lines of credit, if any, other than (1) loans evidenced by promissory notes made to Parent as working capital advances as described in the Prospectus, (2) intercompany Indebtedness or (3) in connection with the Permitted Financing; or (C) repay or satisfy any Indebtedness, other than the repayment of Indebtedness in accordance with the terms thereof;

(i) suffer or incur any Lien, except for Permitted Liens, on the Company’s or Parent’s, as applicable, assets;

(j) delay, accelerate or cancel, or waive any material right with respect to, any receivables or Indebtedness owed to the Company or Parent, as applicable, or write off or make reserves against the same;

(k) merge or consolidate or enter a similar transaction with, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets or business of, any other Person; make any material investment in any Person; or be acquired by any other Person;

Annex A-37

Table of Contents

(l) terminate or allow to lapse any insurance policy protecting any of the Company’s or Parent’s assets, unless simultaneously with such termination or lapse, a replacement policy underwritten by an insurance company of nationally recognized standing having comparable deductions and providing coverage equal to or greater than the coverage under the terminated or lapsed policy for substantially similar premiums or less is in full force and effect;

(m) adopt or amend any severance, retention or other employee plan or fail to continue to make timely contributions to each benefit plan in accordance with the terms thereof;

(n) institute, waive, release, assign, settle or agree to settle any Action before any Authority, in each case in excess of $100,000 (exclusive of any amounts covered by insurance) or that imposes injunctive or other non-monetary relief on, or involves an admission of wrongdoing by, such party;

(o) except as required by U.S. GAAP (including with respect to the SEC Warrant Liability), make any material change in its accounting principles, methods or practices or write down the value of its assets;

(p) solely in the case of the Company, voluntarily incur any liability or obligation (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) in excess of $250,000 individually or $500,000 in the aggregate other than pursuant to the terms of a Material Contract or a Plan;

(q) change its principal place of business or jurisdiction of organization;

(r) solely in the case of the Company, close or materially reduce its activities, or effect any layoff or other personnel reduction or change, at any of its facilities;

(s) fail to maintain its Books and Records in all material respects in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(t) issue, sell, grant, redeem, repurchase or incur any Lien on any Equity Interests or other securities or any options, warrants, commitments or rights of any kind in respect thereof (other than (i) with respect to the Company, the exercise of any Company Option outstanding on the date hereof, (ii) with respect to Parent, any redemption by Parent of Parent Class A Shares held by its public stockholders pursuant to Section 6.6, (iii) with respect to Parent, as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or any Additional Agreement, or (iv) with respect to the Company, the Permitted Financing;

(u)  (A) make, change or revoke any material Tax election; (B) change any annual Tax accounting periods; (C) settle or compromise any material claim, notice, audit report or assessment in respect of Taxes of the Company; (D) enter into any Tax allocation, Tax sharing, Tax indemnity or other closing agreement relating to any Taxes of the Company; or (E) surrender or forfeit any right to claim a material Tax refund;

(v) enter into any transaction with or distribute or advance any assets or property to any of its Affiliates, other than the payment of salary and benefits in the ordinary course;

(w) solely in the case of the Company, other than as required by a Plan, as set forth on Schedule 6.1(w) or as explicitly contemplated hereunder, (A) increase or make any material change in the compensation or benefits of any employee or other individual service provider of the Company other than in the ordinary course of the Company’s business consistent with past practice, (B) accelerate the vesting or payment of any compensation or benefits of any employee or other individual service provider of the Company, (C) terminate without “cause” any employee or other individual service provider of the Company, (D) hire or engage any new employee or other individual service provider of the Company if such new employee or individual service provider will receive annual base compensation in excess of $100,000, (E) make any loan to any present or former employee or other individual service provider of the Company, other than advancement of expenses in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, or (F) enter into, amend or terminate any collective bargaining agreement or other agreement with a labor union or labor organization;

(x) solely in the case of the Company, enter into or amend any Affiliate Transactions;

(y) solely in the case of the Company, enter into any agreement, understanding or arrangement with respect to the voting of equity securities of the Company;

(z) fail to duly observe and conform in all material respects to all applicable Law, including the Exchange Act, and Orders; or

(aa) agree to do any of the foregoing.

Annex A-38

Table of Contents

6.2 Exclusivity.

(a) From the date hereof through the Closing Date, neither the Company, on the one hand, nor Parent, on the other hand, shall, and such Persons shall cause each of their respective officers, directors, Affiliates, managers, consultants, employees, representatives and agents (“Representatives”) not to, directly or indirectly, (i) encourage, solicit, initiate, engage or participate in negotiations with any Person concerning any Alternative Transaction, (ii) take any other action intended or designed to facilitate the efforts of any Person relating to a possible Alternative Transaction or (iii) approve, recommend or enter into any Alternative Transaction or any Contract related to any Alternative Transaction. Immediately following the execution of this Agreement, the Company, on the one hand, and Parent, on the other hand, shall, and shall cause each of its Representatives, to terminate any existing discussion or negotiations with any Persons other than the Company or Parent, as applicable, concerning any Alternative Transaction. Each of the Company and Parent shall be responsible for any acts or omissions of any of its respective Representatives that, if they were the acts or omissions of the Company or Parent, as applicable, would be deemed a breach of such party’s obligations hereunder (it being understood that such responsibility shall be in addition to and not by way of limitation of any right or remedy the Company or Parent, as applicable, may have against such Representatives with respect to any such acts or omissions). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Alternative Transaction” means any of the following transactions involving the Company or Parent (other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement): (A) any merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination or other similar transaction or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of all or a material portion of (x) the assets of such Person (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business) or (y) any class or series of the capital stock or other equity interests of the Company or Parent, as the case may be, in a single transaction or series of transactions.

(b) In the event that there is an unsolicited proposal for, or an indication of interest in entering into, an Alternative Transaction, communicated in writing to the Company or Parent or any of their respective representatives or agents (each, an “Alternative Proposal”), such party shall as promptly as practicable (and in any event within one (1) Business Day after receipt thereof) advise the other parties to this Agreement, orally and in writing, of such Alternative Proposal and the material terms and conditions thereof (including any changes thereto) and the identity of the Person making any such Alternative Proposal. The Company and Parent shall keep each other informed on a reasonably current basis of material developments with respect to any such Alternative Proposal. As used herein with respect to Parent, the term “Alternative Proposal” shall not include the receipt by Parent of any unsolicited communications (including the receipt of draft non-disclosure agreements) in the ordinary course of business inquiring as to Parent’s interest in a potential target for a business combination; provided, however, that Parent shall inform the person initiating such communication of the existence of this Agreement.

6.3 Access to Information

From the date hereof through and including the Closing Date, the Company and Parent shall each, to the best of its ability, (a) continue to give the other party, its legal counsel and its other representatives full access to the offices, properties and Books and Records, (b) furnish to the other party, its legal counsel and its other representatives such information relating to the business of the Company and Parent as such Persons may request and (c) cause its employees, legal counsel, accountants and other representatives to cooperate with the other party in its investigation of the Business (in the case of the Company) or the business of Parent (in the case of Parent) and, in each case, such party’s related assets, liabilities, financial condition, prospects, management and employees; provided that no investigation pursuant to this Section 6.3 (or any investigation made prior to the date hereof) shall affect any representation or warranty given by the Company or the Parent Parties and provided further that any investigation pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall be conducted in such manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of the Business of the Company or the business of Parent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied in this Agreement, neither party shall be required to provide the access described above or disclose any information to the other party if doing so is, in such party’s reasonable judgement, reasonably likely to (i) result in a waiver of attorney-client privilege, work product doctrine or similar privilege or (ii) violate any contract to which it is a party or to which it is subject or applicable Law.

6.4 Notices of Certain Events. Each of Parent and the Company shall promptly notify the other party of:

(a) any notice or other communication from any Person alleging or raising the possibility that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement might give rise to any Action or other rights by or on behalf of such Person or result in the loss of any rights or privileges of the Company (or Parent, post-Closing) to any such Person or create any Lien on any of the Company’s or Parent’s assets;

Annex A-39

Table of Contents

(b) any notice or other communication from any Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Additional Agreements;

(c) any Actions commenced or threatened against, relating to or involving or otherwise affecting either party or any of their stockholders or their equity, assets or business or that relate to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Additional Agreements;

(d) the occurrence of any fact or circumstance which constitutes or results, or would reasonably be expected to constitute or result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to the notifying party; and

(e) any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of such party contained in this Agreement at any time during the term hereof, or any failure of such party to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder, that would reasonably be expected to cause any of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE IX not to be satisfied.

6.5 Cooperation with Form S-4/Proxy Statement; Other Filings.

(a) The Company shall promptly provide to Parent such information concerning the Company and the Company Securityholders as is either required by the federal securities laws or reasonably requested by Parent for inclusion in the proxy statement/prospectus and Offer Documents. As promptly as practicable after the receipt by Parent from the Company of all such information, Parent and shall prepare and file with the SEC, and with all other applicable regulatory bodies, proxy materials for the purpose of soliciting proxies from holders of Parent Common Stock sufficient to obtain Parent Stockholder Approval at a meeting of holders of Parent Common Stock to be called and held for such purpose (the “Parent Stockholder Meeting”). Such proxy materials shall be in the form of a proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement”), which shall be included in a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Form S-4”) filed by Parent with the SEC, pursuant to which the Parent Class A Shares issuable in the Merger shall be registered. Parent shall promptly respond to any SEC comments on the Form S-4. The Proxy Statement, the Form S-4 and the documents included or referred to therein, together with any supplements, amendments or exhibits thereto, are referred to herein as the “Offer Documents”.

(b) Parent shall (i) permit the Company and its counsel to review and comment on the Proxy Statement and Form S-4 and any exhibits, amendments or supplements thereto (or other related documents); (ii) shall consider any such comments in good faith; and (iii) consult with the Company and its counsel prior to filing the Proxy Statement and Form S-4 or any exhibit, amendment or supplement thereto. As promptly as practicable after receipt thereof, Parent shall provide to the Company and its counsel notice and a copy of all correspondence (or, to the extent such correspondence is oral, a summary thereof), including any comments from the SEC or its staff, between Parent or any of its representatives, on the one hand, and the SEC or its staff or other government officials, on the other hand, with respect to the Proxy Statement and the S-4, and, in each case, shall consult with the Company and its counsel concerning any such correspondence. Parent shall, with respect to, any response letters to any comments from the SEC consider any comments from the Company and its counsel in good faith. Parent will advise the Company, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when the Proxy Statement or the S-4 or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed with the SEC and the time when the Form S-4 declared effective or any stop order relating to the Form S-4 is issued. Except as otherwise required by applicable Law (including any Delaware Laws as to fiduciary duties), Parent covenants that none of Parent, the Parent Board nor any committee of the Parent Board shall withdraw or modify, or propose publicly or by formal action of Parent, the Parent Board or any committee of the Parent Board to withdraw or modify, in a manner adverse to the Company, the Parent Board Recommendation or any other recommendation by Parent, the Parent Board or any committee of the Parent Board of in connection with any of the Parent Proposals.

(c) As soon as practicable following the date on which the Form S-4 is declared effective by the SEC (such effective date, the “Effective Date”), Parent shall distribute the Proxy Statement to the holders of Parent Common Stock and, pursuant thereto, shall call the Parent Stockholder Meeting in accordance with its organizational documents and the laws of the State of Delaware and, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, solicit proxies from such holders to vote in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the transactions contemplated hereby and the other matters presented to the Parent’s stockholders for approval or adoption at the Parent Stockholder Meeting, including the matters described in Section 6.5(e).

Annex A-40

Table of Contents

(d) Parent and the Company shall comply with all applicable provisions of and rules under the Securities Act and Exchange Act and all applicable Laws of the State of Delaware and the listing standards of Nasdaq in the preparation, filing and distribution of the Form S-4 and the Proxy Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), as applicable, the solicitation of proxies under the Proxy Statement and the calling and holding of the Parent Stockholder Meeting. Without limiting the foregoing, Parent shall ensure that each of the Form S-4, as of the Effective Date, and the Proxy Statement, as of the date on which it is first distributed to Parent’s stockholders, and as of the date of the Parent Stockholder Meeting, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (provided that Parent shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any information relating to the Company or any other information furnished by the Company for inclusion in the Proxy Statement). The Company represents and warrants that the information relating to the Company supplied by the Company for inclusion in the Form S-4 or the Proxy Statement, as applicable, as of the Effective Date and the date on which the Proxy Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) is first distributed to Parent Stockholders or at the time of the Parent Stockholder Meeting, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If at any time prior to the Effective Time, a change in the information relating to the Company or any other information furnished by Parent, Merger Sub or the Company for inclusion in the Proxy Statement, which would make the preceding sentence incorrect, should be discovered by Parent, Merger Sub or the Company, as applicable, such party shall promptly notify the other parties of such change or discovery and an appropriate amendment or supplement describing such information shall be promptly filed with the SEC and, to the extent required by Law, disseminated to Parent’s stockholders. In connection therewith, Parent, Merger Sub and the Company shall instruct their respective employees, counsel, financial advisors, auditors and other authorized representatives to reasonably cooperate with Parent as relevant if required to achieve the foregoing.

(e) In accordance with the Parent Certificate of Incorporation and applicable securities laws, rules and regulations, including the DGCL and rules and regulations of Nasdaq in the Proxy Statement, Parent shall seek from the holders of Parent Common Stock the approval of the following proposals: (i) the Parent Stockholder Approval; (ii) adoption and approval of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Parent, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, including the change of the name of Parent to “Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.”; (iii) adoption and approval of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Parent in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F; (iv) approval of the Parent Equity Incentive Plan; (v) approval of the issuance of more than 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock to the Company Securityholders in connection with the Merger under applicable exchange listing rules; (vi) approval to obtain any and all other approvals necessary or advisable to effect the consummation of the Merger as determined by Parent (the proposals set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi) collectively, the “Parent Proposals”) and (vii) approval to adjourn the Parent Stockholder Meeting, if necessary.

(f) Parent, with the assistance of the Company, shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the S-4 and the Proxy Statement to “clear” comments from the SEC and the S-4 to become effective as promptly as reasonably practicable. The Offer Documents shall provide the public stockholders of Parent with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public Parent Class A Shares, up to that number of Parent Class A Shares that would permit Parent to maintain net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 (the “Offering Shares”), at a price per share determined in accordance with the Parent Certificate of Incorporation, all in accordance with applicable Law and any applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. In accordance with the Parent Certificate of Incorporation, the proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used for the redemption of the Parent Class A Shares held by Parent’s public stockholders who have elected to redeem such shares, if any.

(g) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement or any Additional Agreements, Parent may make any public filing with respect to the Merger to the extent required by applicable Law.

(h) Parent shall call and hold the Parent Stockholder Meeting as promptly as practicable after the Effective Date for the purpose of seeking the approval of each of the Parent Proposals, and Parent shall consult in good faith with the Company with respect to the date on which such meeting is to be held. Parent shall use reasonable best efforts to solicit from its stockholders proxies in favor of the approval and adoption of the Merger and this Agreement. The Company acknowledges that a substantial portion of the Proxy Statement shall include disclosure regarding the Company and its management, operations and financial condition. Accordingly, the Company agrees to as promptly

Annex A-41

Table of Contents

as reasonably practical provide Parent with such information as shall be reasonably requested by Parent for inclusion in or attachment to the Proxy Statement, and that such information is accurate in all material respects and complies as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Company understands that such information shall be included in the Proxy Statement/Form S-4 or responses to comments from the SEC or its staff in connection therewith. The Company shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, their managers, directors, officers and employees available to Parent and its counsel in connection with the drafting of such filings and mailings and responding in a timely manner to comments from the SEC.

6.6 Trust Account. Parent covenants that it shall cause the funds in the Trust Account to be disbursed in accordance with the Trust Agreement, including for the payment of (a) all amounts payable to public stockholders of Parent holding Parent Class A Shares who shall have validly redeemed their Parent Class A Shares upon acceptance by Parent of such Parent Class A Shares (the “Parent Redemption Amount”), (b) deferred underwriting commissions and the expenses to third parties to which they are owed, and (c) the remaining monies in the Trust Account to Parent after the Closing.

6.7 Obligations of Merger Sub. Parent shall take all action necessary to cause Merger Sub to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

7.1 Tax Returns. From the date hereof through and including the Closing Date, the Company shall duly and timely file all material Tax Returns required to be filed with the applicable Taxing Authorities and pay any and all Taxes due and payable during such time period. The Company shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, each such material Tax Return in a manner consistent with the Company’s past practice.

7.2 Commercially Reasonable Efforts to Obtain Consents. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain each Company Consent.

7.3 Permitted Financing. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to consummate, prior to the Closing, a Permitted Financing representing at least $15,000,000 in gross proceeds to the Company.

7.4 Company’s Stockholders Approval.

(a) As promptly as reasonably practicable, and in any event within two (2) Business Days following the Effective Date (the “Company Stockholder Written Consent Deadline”), the Company shall obtain and deliver to Parent a true, complete and correct copy of a written consent (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent and certified by an executive officer of the Company) evidencing the Company Stockholder Approval that is duly executed by the Company Stockholders that hold at least the requisite number and class of issued and outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock required to obtain the Company Stockholder Approval (the “Company Stockholder Written Consent”).

(b) Neither the Company Board, nor any committee thereof, shall withhold, withdraw, amend, modify, change or propose or resolve to withhold, withdraw, amend, modify or change, in each case in a manner adverse to Parent, the Company Board Recommendation.

7.5 Financial Information. The Company will use its best efforts to deliver to Parent as promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement the consolidated balance sheet of the Company, and the related consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020, including the notes thereto, audited by a PCAOB qualified auditor in accordance with GAAP and PCAOB standards (the “Final 2020 Audit”). From the date hereof through the Closing Date, the Company will promptly deliver to Parent copies of any audited consolidated financial statements of the Company that the Company’s certified public accountants may issue, as well as any unaudited balance sheets and statements of income, cash flows, shareholders’ equity or other financial statements in respect of any interim period or date that may be provided by the Company to the Company Board or any committee thereof.

Annex A-42

Table of Contents

7.6 No Trading. The Company agrees that it is aware, and that the Company’s Affiliates are aware (and each of their respective Representatives is aware or, upon receipt of any material nonpublic information of Parent, will be advised) of the restrictions imposed by U.S. federal securities Laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq promulgated thereunder or otherwise and other applicable foreign and domestic Laws on a Person possessing material nonpublic information about a publicly traded company. The Company hereby agrees that, while it is in possession of such material nonpublic information, it shall not purchase or sell any securities of Parent (other than to engage in the Merger in accordance with ARTICLE II), communicate such information to any third party, take any other action with respect to Parent in violation of such Laws, or cause or encourage any third party to do any of the foregoing.

ARTICLE VIII
COVENANTS OF ALL PARTIES HERETO

8.1 Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Further Assurances; Governmental Consents.

(a) Except with respect to the matters set forth in Section 6.5 (which shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 6.5), and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each party shall use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary or desirable under applicable Laws, or as reasonably requested by the other parties, to consummate and implement expeditiously each of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including using its reasonable best efforts to (i) obtain all necessary actions, nonactions, waivers, consents, approvals and other authorizations from all applicable Authorities prior to the Effective Time; (ii) avoid an Action by any Authority, and (iii) execute and deliver any additional instruments necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The parties shall execute and deliver such other documents, certificates, agreements and other writings and take such other actions as may be necessary or desirable in order to consummate or implement expeditiously each of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Except with respect to the matters set forth in Section 6.5 (which shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 6.5), and otherwise subject to applicable Law, each of the Company and Parent agrees to (i) cooperate and consult with the other regarding obtaining and making all notifications and filings with Authorities, (ii) furnish to the other such information and assistance as the other may reasonably request in connection with its preparation of any notifications or filings, (iii) keep the other apprised of the status of matters relating to the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including promptly furnishing the other with copies of notices or other communications received by such party from, or given by such party to, any third party or any Authority with respect to such transactions, (iv) permit the other party to review and incorporate the other party’s reasonable comments in any communication to be given by it to any Authority with respect to any filings required to be made with, or action or nonactions, waivers, expirations or terminations of waiting periods, clearances, consents or orders required to be obtained from, such Authority in connection with execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (v) to the extent reasonably practicable, consult with the other in advance of and not participate in any meeting or discussion relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, either in person or by telephone, with any Authority in connection with the proposed transactions unless it gives the other party the opportunity to attend and observe; provided, however, that, in each of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, that materials may be redacted (A) to remove references concerning the valuation of such party and its Affiliates, (B) as necessary to comply with contractual arrangements or applicable Laws, and (C) as necessary to address reasonable attorney-client or other privilege or confidentiality concerns.

8.2 Confidentiality. Except as necessary to complete the Offer Documents or any Other Filings, the Company, on the one hand, and Parent and Merger Sub, on the other hand, shall hold and shall cause their respective representatives to hold in strict confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of Law, all documents and information concerning the other party furnished to it by such other party or its representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (a) previously known by the party to which it was furnished, (b) in the public domain through no fault of such party or (c) later lawfully acquired from another source, which source is not the agent of the other party and is not under any obligation of confidentiality with respect to such information); and no party shall release or disclose such information to any other Person, except its representatives in connection with this Agreement. In the

Annex A-43

Table of Contents

event that any party believes that it is required to disclose any such confidential information pursuant to applicable Law, to the extent legally permissible, such party shall give timely written notice to the other party so that such party may have an opportunity to obtain a protective order or other appropriate relief. Each party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations to hold confidential information concerning or supplied by the other party if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve confidentiality for its own similar information. The parties acknowledge that some previously confidential information will be required to be disclosed in the Offer Documents and Other Filings.

8.3 Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnification and Liability Insurance.

(a) All rights to indemnification for acts or omissions occurring through the Closing Date now existing in favor of the current directors and officers of the Company and Parent as provided in their respective organizational documents or in any indemnification agreements shall survive the applicable Merger and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

(b) Prior to the Closing, Parent and the Company shall reasonably cooperate in order to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for Parent and the Company that shall be effective as of Closing and will cover (i) those Persons who were directors and officers of the Parent and the Company prior to the Closing and (ii) those Persons who will be the directors and officers of Parent and its subsidiaries (including the Company after the Effective Time) at and after the Closing on terms not less favorable than the better of (x) the terms of the current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in place for the Company’s directors and officers and (y) the terms of a typical directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy for a company whose equity is listed on Nasdaq which policy has a scope and amount of coverage that is reasonably appropriate for a company of similar characteristics (including the line of business and revenues) as the Company.

(c) The provisions of this Section 8.3 are intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each Person who will have been a director or officer of the Company or Parent for all periods ending on or before the Closing Date and may not be changed with respect to any officer or director without his or her written consent.

(d) Prior to the Effective Time, each of Parent and the Company shall be permitted to obtain and fully pay the premium for a six year prepaid “tail” policy for the extension of the directors’ and officers’ liability coverage of their respective existing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, for claims reporting or discovery period of six years from and after the Effective Time, on terms and conditions providing coverage retentions, limits and other material terms substantially equivalent to the current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by such party with respect to matters arising on or before the Effective Time, covering without limitation the transactions contemplated hereby.

8.4 Nasdaq Listing. Parent shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause (a) Parent’s initial listing application with the Nasdaq in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to have been approved; (b) all applicable initial and continuing listing requirements of the Nasdaq to be satisfied; and (c) the Closing Payment Shares, to be approved for listing on the Nasdaq, subject to official notice of issuance, in each case, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement and in any event prior to the Effective Time; provided, that the parties acknowledge and agree that from and after the Closing, the parties intend to list on the Nasdaq only the Parent Common Stock and the Parent Public Warrants.

8.5 Certain Tax Matters.

(a) Neither Parent nor the Company shall take any action, or fail to take any action, that could reasonably be expected to cause the Merger to fail to qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. Parent and the Company intend to report and, except to the extent otherwise required by a change in Law, shall report, for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, the Merger as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, unless otherwise required by applicable Law.

(b) The Company shall (and shall cause its Affiliates to) provide any information reasonably requested to allow Parent to comply with any information reporting or withholding requirements contained in the Code or other applicable Laws with respect to the transactions contemplated by, or any payment made in connection with, this Agreement.

Annex A-44

Table of Contents

(c) All transfer, documentary, sales, use, value added, goods and services, stamp, registration, notarial fees and other similar Taxes and fees (collectively, “Transfer Taxes”), shall be paid by the Surviving Corporation. After the Closing Date, the Surviving Corporation will prepare and file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such Transfer Taxes that are required to be filed after the Closing Date, and, if required by applicable Law, the Company Securityholders and Parent will, and will cause their respective Affiliates to, cooperate and join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation, as applicable. Each party shall (and shall cause its Affiliates to) provide certificates or forms, and timely execute any Tax Return, that are necessary or appropriate to establish an exemption for (or reduction in) any Transfer Tax.

8.6 Equity Incentive Plan. Prior to the Effective Date, Parent shall adopt a new equity incentive plan in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, with such changes or modifications thereto as the Company and Parent may mutually agree (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by either the Company or Parent, as applicable) (the “Parent Equity Incentive Plan”), effective as of one day prior to the Closing Date.

ARTICLE IX
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

9.1 Condition to the Obligations of the Parties. The obligations of all of the parties to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction of all the following conditions:

(a) no provisions of any applicable Law and no Order shall restrain or prohibit or impose any condition on the consummation of the Transactions;

(b) each consent or approval required to be obtained from any Authority set forth on Schedule 9.1(b) shall have been obtained;

(c) there shall not be any Action brought by any governmental Authority to enjoin or otherwise restrict the consummation of the Transactions;

(d) Parent shall not have redeemed the Parent Class A Shares in an amount that would cause Parent to have net tangible assets of less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of the Merger.

(e) the Form S-4 shall have become effective in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act and no stop order shall have been issued by the SEC and shall remain in effect with respect to the Form S-4, and no proceeding seeking such a stop order shall have been initiated by the SEC and remain pending;

(f) Each of the Parent Proposals shall have been duly approved at the Parent Stockholder Meeting;

(g) The Company Stockholder Approval shall have been obtained;

(h) The Parent Board shall be constituted as set forth in Section 2.7; and

(i) Parent’s initial listing application with Nasdaq in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been conditionally approved and, immediately following the Effective Time, Parent shall satisfy any applicable initial and continuing listing requirements of Nasdaq, and Parent shall not have received any notice of non-compliance therewith, and the Closing Payment Shares shall have been approved for listing on Nasdaq.

9.2 Conditions to Obligations of Parent and Merger Sub. The obligation of Parent and Merger Sub to consummate the Merger is subject to the satisfaction, or the waiver in Parent’s sole and absolute discretion, of all the following further conditions:

(a) The Company shall have duly performed or complied with, in all material respects, all of its obligations hereunder required to be performed or complied with (without giving effect to any materiality or similar qualifiers contained therein) by the Company at or prior to the Closing Date.

(b) The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement (disregarding all qualifications and exceptions contained therein relating to materiality or Material Adverse Effect) shall be true and correct in all respects at and as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, as if made as of such date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty is expressly made as of a specific date, in which case

Annex A-45

Table of Contents

such representation and warranty shall be true and correct at and as of such specific date), except, in each case, for any failure of such representations and warranties (disregarding all qualifications and exceptions contained therein relating to materiality or Material Adverse Effect) to be so true and correct that would not in the aggregate have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(c) Parent shall have received a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company certifying the accuracy of the provisions of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 9.2.

(d) The matter set forth on Schedule 9.2(d) shall not have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or settled, nor shall the Company have offered to settle the matter set forth on Schedule 9.2(d), in a manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(e) Parent shall have received a certificate signed by the Secretary of the Company attaching true and correct copies of (i) the Company Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; (ii) copies of resolutions duly adopted by the Company Board authorizing this Agreement, the Additional Agreements to which the Company is a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the Company Stockholder Written Consent; and (iii) a certificate of good standing of the Company, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

(f) The Company and the Specified Company Securityholders shall have duly executed and delivered to Parent a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement.

(g) There shall not have been a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company since the date hereof that is continuing, provided that no event or circumstance set forth on Schedule 9.2(g) shall, for purposes of this Section 9.2(g), be deemed a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company.

(h) The Company shall have delivered to Parent a duly executed certificate conforming to the requirements of Sections 1.897-2(h)(1)(i) and 1.1445-2(c)(3)(i) of the United States Treasury regulations, and a notice to be delivered to the United States Internal Revenue Service as required under Section 1.897-2(h)(2) of the United States Treasury regulations, each dated no more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date and in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H.

(i) The Company shall have delivered to Parent copies of the Stockholder Lockup Agreements, duly executed by each of the Persons set forth on Schedule 9.2(i).

(j) The Company shall have delivered to Parent copies of the Lender Lockup Agreements, duly executed by each of the Persons set forth on Schedule 9.2(j).

(k) The Company shall have delivered to Parent evidence, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Parent, that each of the Contracts set forth on Schedule 9.2(k) has been terminated without any further obligations of the Company.

(l) The Closing Company Indebtedness shall not exceed $43,125,000 and there shall be no obligation of the Company arising from or under the Company Indebtedness or any Contract relating thereto to make, from and after the Closing, any payment in the nature of a royalty.

(m) The Company shall have consummated a Permitted Financing representing at least $15,000,000 in gross proceeds to the Company.

9.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Company. The obligations of the Company to consummate the Merger is subject to the satisfaction, or the waiver in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, of all of the following further conditions:

(a) Parent and Merger Sub shall each have duly performed or complied with, in all material respects, all of its respective obligations hereunder required to be performed or complied with (without giving effect to any materiality or similar qualifiers contained therein) by Parent or Merger Sub, as applicable, at or prior to the Closing Date.

(b) The representations and warranties of Parent and Merger Sub contained in this Agreement (disregarding all qualifications contained therein relating to materiality or Material Adverse Effect) shall be true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, as if made at and as of such date (except to the extent that any such

Annex A-46

Table of Contents

representation and warranty is made as of an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct at and as of such earlier date), except for any failure of such representations and warranties which would not in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Parent Parties.

(c) The Company shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized officer of Parent certifying the accuracy of the provisions of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 9.3.

(d) The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Parent, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Delaware Secretary of State.

(e) Sponsor shall have executed and delivered to the Company a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement.

(f) As of the Effective Time, after taking into account payments, without duplication, for (i) the Parent Redemption Amount, (ii) Parent’s expenses related to the merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and reasonable, ordinary course operational expenses (including the deferred portion of prior expenses reasonably incurred in connection with searching for other target companies for a business combination prior to the date hereof) that are, in each case, not paid from the portion of the proceeds of the IPO that are held outside of the Trust Account, (iii) deferred IPO expenses and fees in an amount as set forth in Parent’s balance sheet, and  (iv) any loans owed by the Parent to Sponsor in a principal amount, not to exceed, in the aggregate, the total amount of Parent’s expenses related to the merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and reasonable, ordinary course operational expenses that are not paid from the portion of the proceeds of the IPO that are held outside of the Trust Account (including the deferred portion of prior expenses reasonably incurred in connection with searching for other target companies for a business combination prior to the date hereof), any cash remaining in the Trust Account will be provided by Parent to the Surviving Corporation by way of equity contribution, intercompany loan or in such other tax-efficient manner that is mutually agreed by the Company and Parent.

ARTICLE X
DISPUTE RESOLUTION

10.1 Arbitration.

(a) The parties shall promptly submit any dispute, claim, or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement (including with respect to the meaning, effect, validity, termination, interpretation, performance, or enforcement of this Agreement) or any alleged breach thereof (including any action in tort, contract, equity, or otherwise), to binding arbitration before one arbitrator (the “Arbitrator”). Binding arbitration shall be the sole means of resolving any dispute, claim, or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement (including with respect to the meaning, effect, validity, termination, interpretation, performance or enforcement of this Agreement) or any alleged breach thereof (including any claim in tort, contract, equity, or otherwise).

(b) If the parties cannot agree upon the Arbitrator, the Arbitrator shall be selected by the New York, New York chapter head of the American Arbitration Association upon the written request of any party. The Arbitrator shall be selected within thirty (30) days of the written request of any party.

(c) The laws of the State of Delaware shall apply to any arbitration hereunder. In any arbitration hereunder, this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to a contract negotiated, signed and to be performed wholly in the State of Delaware, which laws the Arbitrator shall apply in rendering his decision. The Arbitrator shall issue a written decision, setting forth findings of fact and conclusions of law, within sixty (60) days after he shall have been selected. The Arbitrator shall have no authority to award punitive or other exemplary damages.

(d) The arbitration shall be held in New York, New York in accordance with and under the then-current provisions of the rules of the American Arbitration Association, except as otherwise provided herein.

(e) On application to the Arbitrator, any party shall have rights to discovery to the same extent as would be provided under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, and the Federal Rules of Evidence shall apply to any arbitration under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Arbitrator shall limit any discovery or evidence such that his decision shall be rendered within the period referred to in Section 11.1(c).

Annex A-47

Table of Contents

(f) The Arbitrator may, at his discretion and at the expense of the party who will bear the cost of the arbitration, employ experts to assist him in his determinations.

(g) The costs of the arbitration proceeding and any proceeding in court to confirm any arbitration award or to obtain relief as provided in Section 11.1(h), as applicable (including actual attorneys’ fees and costs), shall be borne by the unsuccessful party and shall be awarded as part of the Arbitrator’s decision, unless the Arbitrator shall otherwise allocate such costs in such decision. The determination of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties and not subject to appeal.

(h) Any judgment upon any award rendered by the Arbitrator may be entered in and enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction. The parties expressly consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts (Federal and state) in Delaware, to enforce any award of the Arbitrator or to render any provisional, temporary, or injunctive relief in connection with or in aid of the arbitration. The parties expressly consent to the personal and subject matter jurisdiction of the Arbitrator to arbitrate any and all matters to be submitted to arbitration hereunder. None of the parties hereto shall challenge any arbitration hereunder on the grounds that any party necessary to such arbitration (including the parties hereto) shall have been absent from such arbitration for any reason, including that such party shall have been the subject of any bankruptcy, reorganization, or insolvency proceeding.

(i) The parties shall indemnify the Arbitrator and any experts employed by the Arbitrator and hold them harmless from and against any claim or demand arising out of any arbitration under this Agreement or any agreement contemplated hereby, unless resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the person indemnified; provided, however, that Parent’s indemnification obligations under this Section 10.1(i) shall be subject to the prior agreement of any applicable indemnitee to be bound by a customary waiver of claim’s against Parent’s Trust Account.

(j) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, without the requirement to post any bond or other security or to prove that money damages would be inadequate. The parties expressly consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts (Federal and state) in Delaware to render such relief and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

10.2 Waiver of Jury Trial; Exemplary Damages.

(a) THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT EACH SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, IN ANY COURT IN WHICH AN ACTION MAY BE COMMENCED, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. NO PARTY SHALL BE AWARDED PUNITIVE OR OTHER EXEMPLARY DAMAGES RESPECTING ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

(b) Each of the parties to this Agreement acknowledges that it has been represented in connection with the signing of the foregoing waiver by independent legal counsel selected by it and that such party has discussed the legal consequences and import of such waiver with legal counsel. Each of the parties to this Agreement further acknowledges that it has read and understands the meaning of such waiver and grants such waiver knowingly, voluntarily, without duress and only after consideration of the consequences of this waiver with legal counsel.

ARTICLE XI
TERMINATION

11.1 Termination Without Default.

(a) This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by mutual written consent of the Company and Parent.

(b) In the event that (i) the Closing of the transactions contemplated hereunder has not occurred by the date which is six (6) months after the date of this Agreement (the “Outside Closing Date”) and (ii) the failure of the Closing to occur by the Outside Closing Date was not the result of or caused by the breach of this Agreement by the party (i.e., Parent or the Merger Sub, on one hand, or the Company, on the other hand) seeking to terminate this Agreement,

Annex A-48

Table of Contents

then Parent or the Company, as applicable, shall have the right, at its sole option, to terminate this Agreement without liability to the other party. Such right may be exercised by Parent or the Company, as the case may be, giving written notice to the other at any time after the Outside Closing Date.

(c) In the event (i) an Authority shall have issued an Order, having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger, or (ii) any applicable Law is in effect making the consummation of the Merger illegal, Parent or the Company shall have the right, at its sole option, to terminate this Agreement without liability to the other party; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.1(c) shall not be available to a party if the failure by such party or its Affiliates to comply with any provision of this Agreement has been a substantial cause of, or substantially resulted in, such action by such Authority.

(d) In the event that there shall have been a Material Adverse Effect on the Company following the date of this Agreement which remains uncured and continuing for a period of thirty (30) days, Parent shall have the right, at its sole option, to terminate this Agreement without liability to the Company; provided that no event or circumstance set forth on Schedule 9.2(g) shall, for purposes of this Section 11.1(d), be deemed a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company.

(e) In the event that there shall have been a Material Adverse Effect on Parent following the date of this Agreement which remains uncured and continuing for a period of thirty (30) days, the Company shall have the right, at its sole option, to terminate this Agreement without liability to Parent.

(f) In the event that the Parent Stockholder Meeting is held (including any adjournment or postponement thereof) and has concluded, Parent’s stockholders have duly voted, and the Parent Stockholder Approval was not obtained, Parent or the Company shall have the right, at its sole option, to terminate this Agreement without liability to the other party.

11.2 Termination Upon Default.

(a) Parent may terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the Company at any time prior to the Closing, without prejudice to any rights or obligations Parent or Merger Sub may have, if: (i) (x) the Company shall have breached any representation, warranty, agreement or covenant contained herein which has rendered or would render the satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in Section 9.2 impossible and (y) such breach cannot be cured or is not be cured by the earlier of the Outside Closing Date and thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of a written notice from Parent describing in reasonable detail the nature of such breach; or (ii) evidence that the Company Stockholder Written Consent was obtained and not delivered to Parent by the Company Stockholder Written Consent Deadline (provided that Parent shall not be permitted to terminate this Agreement under this Section 12.2(a)(ii) at any time (A) prior to the Company Stockholder Written Consent Deadline or (B) after such evidence has been delivered to Parent).

(b) The Company may terminate this Agreement by giving notice to Parent at any time prior to the Closing, without prejudice to any rights or obligations the Company may have, if: (i) Parent shall have breached any of its covenants, agreements, representations, and warranties contained herein, which has rendered or would render the satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in Section 9.3 impossible; and (ii) such breach cannot be cured or is not be cured by the earlier of the Outside Closing Date and thirty (30) days following receipt by Parent of a written notice from the Company describing in reasonable detail the nature of such breach.

11.3 Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this ARTICLE XI, this Agreement shall become void and be of no further force or effect, without any liability on the part of any party (or any shareholder, director, officer, employee, Affiliate, agent, consultant or representative of such party) to the other party hereto or any other Person; provided that, no such termination shall relieve any party from liability incurred as a result of the willful breach by such party of this Agreement or such party’s fraud, in which case such party shall be fully liable for any and all liabilities and damages incurred or suffered by the other party as a result of such breach or fraud. The provisions of Section 8.2, ARTICLE XII, this Section 11.3 and ARTICLE X shall survive any termination hereof pursuant to this ARTICLE XI.

Annex A-49

Table of Contents

ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS

12.1 Notices. Any notice hereunder shall be sent in writing, addressed as specified below, and shall be deemed given: (a) if by hand or recognized courier service, by 5:00 PM on a Business Day, addressee’s day and time, on the date of delivery, and otherwise on the first Business Day after such delivery; (b) if by email, on the date of transmission; or (d) five (5) days after mailing by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notices shall be addressed to the respective parties as follows (excluding telephone numbers, which are for convenience only), or to such other address as a party shall specify to the others in accordance with these notice provisions:

if to the Company (or, following the Closing, the Surviving Corporation or Parent), to:

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340
Attention: Steven A. Bourne, Chief Financial Officer
E-mail: sbourne@clarustherapeutics.com
Telephone: (847) 562-4300 X203

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Goodwin Procter LLP
100 Northern Avenue
Boston, MA 02210
Attention: Mitchell S. Bloom, Arthur R. McGivern, Daniel J. Espinoza
E-mail: mbloom@goodwinlaw.com, amcgivern@goodwinlaw.com,
despinoza@goodwinlaw.com
Telephone: (617) 570-1055; (617) 570-1971; (650) 752-3152

if to Parent or Merger Sub:

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.
15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363
Greenwich, CT 06830
Attention: Joseph Hernandez, Chief Executive Officer
E-mail: hernandez_joe@yahoo.com
Telephone: (646) 303-0737

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
1345 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10105
Attention: Barry I. Grossman, Esq. and Matthew A. Gray, Esq.
E-mail: bigrossman@egsllp.com; mgray@egsllp.com
Telephone: (212) 370-1300

12.2 Amendments; No Waivers; Remedies.

(a) This Agreement cannot be amended, except by a writing signed by each party, and cannot be terminated orally or by course of conduct. No provision hereof can be waived, except by a writing signed by the party against whom such waiver is to be enforced, and any such waiver shall apply only in the particular instance in which such waiver shall have been given.

(b) Neither any failure or delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder or in requiring satisfaction of any condition herein nor any course of dealing shall constitute a waiver of or prevent any party from enforcing any right or remedy or from requiring satisfaction of any condition. No notice to or demand on a party waives or otherwise affects any obligation of that party or impairs any right of the party giving such notice or making such demand, including any right to take any action without notice or demand not otherwise required by this Agreement. No exercise

Annex A-50

Table of Contents

of any right or remedy with respect to a breach of this Agreement shall preclude exercise of any other right or remedy, as appropriate to make the aggrieved party whole with respect to such breach, or subsequent exercise of any right or remedy with respect to any other breach.

(c) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no statement herein of any right or remedy shall impair any other right or remedy stated herein or that otherwise may be available.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no shall any party seek, nor shall any party be liable for, punitive or exemplary damages under any tort, contract, equity or other legal theory with respect to any breach (or alleged breach) of this Agreement or any provision hereof or any matter otherwise relating hereto or arising in connection herewith.

12.3 Arm’s Length Bargaining; No Presumption Against Drafter. This Agreement has been negotiated at arm’s-length by parties of equal bargaining strength, each represented by counsel and having participated in the drafting of this Agreement. This Agreement creates no fiduciary or other special relationship between the parties, and no such relationship otherwise exists. No presumption in favor of or against any party in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be made based upon which Person might have drafted this Agreement or such provision.

12.4 Publicity. Except as required by law or applicable stock exchange rules and except with respect to the Additional Parent SEC Documents, the parties agree that neither they nor their agents shall issue any press release or make any other public disclosure concerning the transactions contemplated hereunder without the prior approval of the other party hereto. If a party is required to make such a disclosure as required by law or applicable stock exchange rules, the party making such determination will, if practicable in the circumstances, use reasonable commercial efforts to allow the other party reasonable time to comment on such disclosure in advance of its issuance.

12.5 Expenses. The anticipated costs and expenses of the Company in connection with any merger, consolidation or business combination, including this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby as of the Closing Date shall be paid by Parent after the Closing. If the Closing does not take place, each party shall be responsible for its own expenses.

12.6 No Assignment or Delegation. No party may assign any right or delegate any obligation hereunder, including by merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise, without the written consent of the other party. Any purported assignment or delegation without such consent shall be void, in addition to constituting a material breach of this Agreement.

12.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

12.8 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which shall constitute one agreement. This Agreement shall become effective upon delivery to each party of an executed counterpart or the earlier delivery to each party of original, photocopied, or electronically transmitted (including scanned .pdf image) signature pages that together (but need not individually) bear the signatures of all other parties.

12.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Additional Agreements, sets forth the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements related thereto (whether written or oral), all of which are merged herein. No provision of this Agreement or any Additional Agreement may be explained or qualified by any agreement, negotiations, understanding, discussion, conduct or course of conduct or by any trade usage. Except as otherwise expressly stated herein or in any Additional Agreement, there is no condition precedent to the effectiveness of any provision hereof or thereof.

12.10 Severability. A determination by a court or other legal authority that any provision that is not of the essence of this Agreement is legally invalid shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof. The parties shall cooperate in good faith to substitute (or cause such court or other legal authority to substitute) for any provision so held to be invalid a valid provision, as alike in substance to such invalid provision as is lawful.

Annex A-51

Table of Contents

12.11 Further Assurances. Each party shall execute and deliver such documents and take such action, as may reasonably be considered within the scope of such party’s obligations hereunder, necessary to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

12.12 Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Section 8.3 and Section 12.14, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof confers any benefit or right upon or may be enforced by any Person not a signatory hereto.

12.13 Waiver. Reference is made to the final prospectus of Parent, dated December 15, 2020 (the “Prospectus”). The Company has read the Prospectus and understands that Parent has established the Trust Account containing the proceeds of the IPO and the overallotment shares acquired by Parent’s underwriters and from certain private placements occurring simultaneously with the IPO (including interest accrued from time to time thereon) for the benefit of Parent’s public shareholders (including overallotment shares acquired by Purchaser’s underwriters) (the “Public Shareholders”) and that, except as otherwise described in the Prospectus, Purchaser may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (a) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem their Parent Common Stock in connection with the consummation of its initial business combination (as such term is used in the Prospectus) (“Business Combination”) or in connection with an amendment to Parent’s organizational documents to extend Parent’s deadline to consummate a Business Combination, (b) to the Public Shareholders if Parent fails to consummate a Business Combination within 12 months after the closing of the IPO, subject to extension by amendment to Parent’s organizational documents, (c) with respect to any interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, amounts necessary to pay for any Taxes, and (d) to Parent after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination. For and in consideration of Parent entering into this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company hereby agrees on behalf of itself and its Affiliates that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates do now or shall at any time hereafter have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account or distributions therefrom, or make any claim against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom), regardless of whether such claim arises as a result of, in connection with or relating in any way to, this Agreement or any proposed or actual business relationship between Parent or any of its Representatives, on the one hand, and the Company or any of its Representatives, on the other hand, or any other matter, and regardless of whether such claim arises based on contract, tort, equity or any other theory of legal liability (collectively, the “Released Claims”). The Company on behalf of itself and its Affiliates hereby irrevocably waives any Released Claims that it or any of its Affiliates may have against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) now or in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with Parent or its Representatives and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) for any reason whatsoever (including for an alleged breach of this Agreement or any other agreement with Parent or its Affiliates). The Company agrees and acknowledges that such irrevocable waiver is material to this Agreement and specifically relied upon by Parent and its Affiliates to induce Parent to enter in this Agreement, and the Company further intends and understands such waiver to be valid, binding and enforceable against such it and each of its Affiliates under applicable Law. To the extent that the Company or any of its Affiliates commences any Action based upon, in connection with, relating to or arising out of any matter relating to Parent or its Representatives, which proceeding seeks, in whole or in part, monetary relief against Parent or its Representatives, the Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that its and its Affiliates’ sole remedy shall be against funds held outside of the Trust Account and that such claim shall not permit the Company or any of its Affiliates (or any Person claiming on any of their behalves or in lieu of them) to have any claim against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) or any amounts contained therein. In the event that the Company or any of its Affiliates commences Action based upon, in connection with, relating to or arising out of any matter relating to Parent or its Representatives which proceeding seeks, in whole or in part, relief against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) or the Public Shareholders, whether in the form of money damages or injunctive relief, Parent and its Representatives, as applicable, shall be entitled to recover from the Company and its Affiliates, as applicable, the associated legal fees and costs in connection with any such Action, in the event Parent or its Representatives, as applicable, prevails in such Action. This Section 12.13 shall survive termination of this Agreement for any reason and continue indefinitely.

12.14 Non-Recourse. This Agreement may be enforced only against, and any dispute, claim or controversy based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be brought only against, the entities that are expressly named as parties hereto and then only with respect to the specific obligations set forth in this Agreement with respect to such party. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, shareholder, agent, attorney, advisor, lender or representative or Affiliate of any named party to this Agreement or any holder or beneficial owner of the 2025 Notes (which Persons are intended third party beneficiaries

Annex A-52

Table of Contents

of this Section 12.14) shall have any liability (whether in contract or tort, at law or in equity or otherwise, or based upon any theory that seeks to impose liability of an entity party against its owners or Affiliates) for any one or more of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations or liabilities of such named party or such holder or beneficial owner or for any dispute, claim or controversy based on, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 12.14 shall be without prejudice to the provisions of Section 8.3 with respect to the applicable indemnitees referred to therein.

12.15 No Other Representations; No Reliance. NONE OF THE PARTIES NOR ANY COMPANY SECURITYHOLDER NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVES HAS MADE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER RELATING TO SUCH PARTY OR ITS BUSINESS OR OTHERWISE IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ADDITIONAL AGREEMENT, OTHER THAN THOSE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ARTICLE IV OR ARTICLE V, AS THE CASE MAY BE, IN EACH CASE, AS MODIFIED BY THE SCHEDULES TO THIS AGREEMENT. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, none of the parties nor any Company Securityholder nor any of their respective Representatives has made, and shall not be deemed to have made, any representations or warranties in the materials relating to such party made available to the other party and its Representatives, including due diligence materials, or in any presentation of the business of such party by management such party or others in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and no statement contained in any of such materials or made in any such presentation shall be deemed a representation or warranty hereunder or otherwise or deemed to be relied upon by the other party in executing, delivering and performing this Agreement, the Additional Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, in each case except for the representations and warranties set forth in ARTICLE IV or ARTICLE V, as the case may be, as modified by the Schedules to this Agreement. It is understood that any cost estimates, projections or other predictions, any data, any financial information or any memoranda or offering materials or presentations, including any offering memorandum or similar materials made available by any party, any Company Securityholder or their respective Representatives are not and shall not be deemed to be or to include representations or warranties of the such party or any Company Securityholder, and are not and shall not be deemed to be relied upon by any other party in executing, delivering and performing this Agreement, the Additional Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, in each case except for the representations and warranties set forth in ARTICLE IV or ARTICLE V, as the case may be, in each case, as modified by the Schedules to this Agreement. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the parties in ARTICLE IV or ARTICLE V, as the case may be, in each case as modified by the Schedules: (a) each party acknowledges and agrees that: (i) neither any party, the Company Securityholders, nor any of their respective Representatives is making or has made any representation or warranty, express or implied, at law or in equity, in respect of such party or the business, assets, liabilities, operations, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of such party, the nature or extent of any liabilities of such party, the effectiveness or the success of any operations of such party or the accuracy or completeness of any confidential information memoranda, projections, forecasts or estimates of earnings, or other information (financial or otherwise) regarding such party furnished to any other party or its Representatives or made available to any other party and its Representatives in any “data rooms,” “virtual data rooms,” management presentations or any other form in expectation of, or in connection with, the transactions contemplated hereby, or in respect of any other matter or thing whatsoever; and (ii) no Representative of any party or any Company Securityholder has any authority, express or implied, to make any representations, warranties or agreements not specifically set forth in ARTICLE IV or ARTICLE V, as the case may be, and subject to the limited remedies herein provided; (b) each party specifically disclaims that it is relying upon or has relied upon any such other representations or warranties that may have been made by any Person, and acknowledges and agrees that the other party and (in the case of the Company) the Company Securityholders have specifically disclaimed and do hereby specifically disclaim any such other representation or warranty made by any Person; and (c) none of the parties, the Company Securityholders nor any other Person shall have any liability to any other party or any other Person with respect to any such other representations or warranties, including projections, forecasts, estimates, plans or budgets of future revenue, expenses or expenditures, future results of operations, future cash flows or the future financial condition of such party or the future business, operations or affairs of such party.

12.16 Legal Representation. The parties hereto agree that, notwithstanding the fact that Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP (“EGS”) may have, prior to Closing, jointly represented Parent, Merger Sub and/or the Sponsor in connection with this Agreement, the Additional Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and has also represented Parent and/or its Affiliates in connection with matters other than the transaction that is the

Annex A-53

Table of Contents

subject of this Agreement, EGS will be permitted in the future, after Closing, to represent the Sponsor or its Affiliates in connection with matters in which such Persons are adverse to Parent or any of its Affiliates, including any disputes arising out of, or related to, this Agreement. The Company, which is or has the right to be represented by independent counsel in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, hereby agrees, in advance, to waive (and to cause its Affiliates to waive) any actual or potential conflict of interest that may hereafter arise in connection with EGS’s future representation of one or more of the Sponsor or its Affiliates in which the interests of such Person are adverse to the interests of Parent and/or the Company or any of their respective Affiliates, including any matters that arise out of this Agreement or that are substantially related to this Agreement or to any prior representation by EGS of Parent, Merger Sub, the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for the purposes of the attorney-client privilege, the Sponsor shall be deemed the client of EGS with respect to the negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the Additional Agreements. All such communications shall remain privileged after the Closing and the privilege and the expectation of client confidence relating thereto shall belong solely to the Sponsor, shall be controlled by the Sponsor and shall not pass to or be claimed by Parent or the Surviving Corporation; provided, further, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be a waiver by Parent or any of its Affiliates (including, after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation and its Affiliates) of any applicable privileges or protections that can or may be asserted to prevent disclosure of any such communications to any third party.

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank; signature pages to follow]

Annex A-54

Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

Parent:

   

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.

   

By:

 

/s/ Joseph Hernandez

       

Name: Joseph Hernandez

       

Title: Chief Executive Officer

   

Merger Sub:

   

BLUE WATER MERGER SUB CORP.

   

By:

 

/s/ Joseph Hernandez

       

Name: Joseph Hernandez

       

Title: President

   

Company:

   

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

   

By:

 

/s/ Robert E. Dudley

       

Name: Robert E. Dudley

       

Title: President and CEO

Annex A-55

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT A

COMPANY SUPPORT AGREEMENT

Annex A-56

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT B

PARENT SUPPORT AGREEMENT

Annex A-57

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT C

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Annex A-58

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF]
CERTIFICATE OF MERGER
OF
BLUE WATER Merger Sub Corp.
WITH AND INTO
CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, Inc.

Pursuant to Title 8, Section 251(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), the undersigned corporation executed the following Certificate of Merger:

FIRST:    The name and state of incorporation of each of the constituent corporations (the “Constituent Corporations”) are:

Name:

 

State of
Incorporation:

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (“Clarus”)

 

Delaware

Blue Water Merger Sub Corp. (“Merger Sub”)

 

Delaware

SECOND:    Clarus shall be the surviving corporation of the merger (the “Surviving Corporation”). The name of the Surviving Corporation shall be “Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.”, a Delaware corporation.

THIRD:    The Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 27, 2021, by and among the Constituent Corporations and the other parties thereto (as amended, the “Merger Agreement”), setting forth the terms and conditions of the merger has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by the Surviving Corporation and Merger Sub in accordance with Title 8, Section 251 and Section 228 of the DGCL.

FOURTH:    This Certificate of Merger, and the merger provided for herein, shall be effective upon filing of this Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”).

FIFTH:    At the Effective Time, the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth on Annex A hereto.

SIXTH:    An executed copy of the Merger Agreement is on file at the principal place of business of the Surviving Corporation at the following address: [_______________________].

SEVENTH:    A copy of the Merger Agreement will be furnished by the Surviving Corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of any of the Constituent Corporations.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

Annex A-59

Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surviving Corporation has caused this Certificate of Merger to be signed as of [__________], 2021 by a duly authorized officer, declaring that the facts stated herein are true.

 

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

   

By:

 

   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

[Signature Page to Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. Certificate of Merger]

Annex A-60

Table of Contents

Annex A

[see attached]

Annex A-61

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT E

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTICATE
OF INCORPORATION OF PARENT

Annex A-62

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT F

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS
OF
CLARUS THERAPEUTICS HOLDINGS, INC.

(the “Corporation”)

Article I.

Stockholders

Section 1.    Annual Meeting.    The annual meeting of stockholders (any such meeting being referred to in these By-laws as an “Annual Meeting”) shall be held at the hour, date and place within or without the United States which is fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”), which time, date and place may subsequently be changed at any time by vote of the Board of Directors. If no Annual Meeting has been held for a period of thirteen (13) months after the Corporation’s last Annual Meeting, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held, and such special meeting shall have, for the purposes of these By-laws or otherwise, all the force and effect of an Annual Meeting. Any and all references hereafter in these By-laws to an Annual Meeting or Annual Meetings also shall be deemed to refer to any special meeting(s) in lieu thereof.

Section 2.    Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

(a)    Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(1)    Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be brought before an Annual Meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in these By-laws, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who is present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in these By-laws as to such nomination or business. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), and such stockholder must comply with the notice and other procedures set forth in Article ISection 2(a)(2) and (3) of these By-laws to bring such nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting. In addition to the other requirements set forth in these By-laws, for any proposal of business to be considered at an Annual Meeting, it must be a proper subject for action by stockholders of the Corporation under Delaware law.

(2)    For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (ii) of Article ISection 2(a)(1) of these By-laws, the stockholder must (i) have given Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) have provided any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by these By-laws and (iii) together with the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination or business proposal is made, have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined below) required by these By-laws. To be timely, a stockholder’s written notice shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s Annual Meeting; providedhowever, that in the event the Annual Meeting is first convened more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, or if no Annual Meeting were held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made (such notice within such time periods shall be referred to as “Timely Notice”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, for the first Annual Meeting following the initial public offering of common stock of the Corporation, a stockholder’s notice shall be timely if received by the

Annex A-63

Table of Contents

Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such Annual Meeting is first made or sent by the Corporation. Such stockholder’s Timely Notice shall set forth:

(A)    as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (iv) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the Corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or concerning the nominee’s potential service on the Board of Directors, (vi) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe fiduciary duties under Delaware law with respect to the Corporation and its stockholders, and (vii) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);

(B)    as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, the text, if any, of any resolutions or By-law amendment proposed for adoption, and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person (as defined below);

(C)    (i) the name and address of the stockholder giving the notice, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and the names and addresses of the other Proposing Persons (if any) and (ii) as to each Proposing Person, the following information: (a) the class or series and number of all shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially or of record by such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act), including any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future, (b) all Synthetic Equity Interests (as defined below) in which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, holds an interest including a description of the material terms of each such Synthetic Equity Interest, including without limitation, identification of the counterparty to each such Synthetic Equity Interest and disclosure, for each such Synthetic Equity Interest, as to (x) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest conveys any voting rights, directly or indirectly, in such shares to such Proposing Person, (y) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares and (z) whether or not such Proposing Person and/or, to the extent known, the counterparty to such Synthetic Equity Interest has entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such Synthetic Equity Interest, (c) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person has or shares a right to, directly or indirectly, vote any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (d) any rights to dividends or other distributions on the shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, and (e) any performance-related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such Proposing Person, directly or indirectly, is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or any Synthetic Equity Interests (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) through

Annex A-64

Table of Contents

(e) are referred to, collectively, as “Material Ownership Interests”) and (iii) a description of the material terms of all agreements, arrangements or understandings (whether or not in writing) entered into by any Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates with any other person for the purpose of acquiring, holding, disposing or voting of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation;

(D)    (i) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings by and among any of the Proposing Persons, or by and among any Proposing Persons and any other person (including with any proposed nominee(s)), pertaining to the nomination(s), or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting of stockholders (which description shall identify the name of each other person who is party to such an agreement, arrangement or understanding), and (ii) identification of the names and addresses of other stockholders (including beneficial owners) known by any of the Proposing Persons to support such nominations or other business proposal(s), and to the extent known the class and number of all shares of the Corporation’s capital stock owned beneficially or of record by such other stockholder(s) or other beneficial owner(s); and

(E)    a statement whether or not the stockholder giving the notice and/or the other Proposing Person(s), if any, will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a business proposal, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to approve the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation reasonably believed by such Proposing Person to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder (such statement, the “Solicitation Statement”).

For purposes of this Article I of these By-laws, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean the following persons: (i) the stockholder of record providing the notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders’ meeting, and (ii) the beneficial owner(s), if different, on whose behalf the nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders’ meeting is made. For purposes of this Section 2 of Article I of these By-laws, the term “Synthetic Equity Interest” shall mean any transaction, agreement or arrangement (or series of transactions, agreements or arrangements), including, without limitation, any derivative, swap, hedge, repurchase or so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, the purpose or effect of which is to, directly or indirectly: (a) give a person or entity economic benefit and/or risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, in whole or in part, including due to the fact that such transaction, agreement or arrangement provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any increase or decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (b) mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk of or manage the risk of share price changes for, any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (c) otherwise provide in any manner the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, or (d) increase or decrease the voting power of any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.

(3)    A stockholder providing Timely Notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information (including, without limitation, the Material Ownership Interests information) provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to these By-laws shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to such Annual Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifth (5th) business day after the record date for the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the eighth (8th) business day prior to the date of the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting).

(4)    Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Article ISection 2(a)(2) of these By-laws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the second sentence of Article ISection 2(a)(2), a stockholder’s notice required

Annex A-65

Table of Contents

by these By-laws shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b)    General.

(1)    Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws shall be eligible for election and to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws or in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws. If neither the Board of Directors nor such designated committee makes a determination as to whether any stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws, the presiding officer of the Annual Meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether the stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws If the Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof or the presiding officer, as applicable, determines that any stockholder proposal or nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws, such proposal or nomination shall be disregarded and shall not be presented for action at the Annual Meeting.

(2)    Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Article ISection 2 shall obligate the Corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the Corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director or any other matter of business submitted by a stockholder.

(3)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article ISection 2, if the nominating or proposing stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the Annual Meeting to present a nomination or any business, such nomination or business shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Article ISection 2, to be considered a qualified representative of the proposing stockholder, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, to the presiding officer at the meeting of stockholders.

(4)    For purposes of these By-laws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(5)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these By-laws, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these By-laws. Nothing in these By-laws shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) stockholders to have proposals included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule), as applicable, under the Exchange Act and, to the extent required by such rule, have such proposals considered and voted on at an Annual Meeting or (ii) the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (⅔) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (⅔) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article ISection 2providedhowever, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

Annex A-66

Table of Contents

Section 3.    Special Meetings.    Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and stockholder proposals of other business shall not be brought before a special meeting of stockholders to be considered by the stockholders unless such special meeting is held in lieu of an annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with Article ISection 1 of these By-laws, in which case such special meeting in lieu thereof shall be deemed an Annual Meeting for purposes of these By-laws and the provisions of Article ISection 2 of these By-laws shall govern such special meeting.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (⅔) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (⅔) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article ISection 3providedhowever, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

Section 4.    Notice of Meetings; Adjournments.

(a)    A notice of each Annual Meeting stating the hour, date and place, if any, of such Annual Meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the Annual Meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat by delivering such notice to such stockholder or by mailing it, postage prepaid, addressed to such stockholder at the address of such stockholder as it appears on the Corporation’s stock transfer books. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

(b)    Unless otherwise required by the DGCL, notice of all special meetings of stockholders shall be given in the same manner as provided for Annual Meetings, except that the notice of all special meetings shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called.

(c)    Notice of an Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders need not be given to a stockholder if a waiver of notice is executed, or waiver of notice by electronic transmission is provided, before or after such meeting by such stockholder or if such stockholder attends such meeting, unless such attendance is for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

(d)    The Board of Directors may postpone and reschedule any previously scheduled Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders and any record date with respect thereto, regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting has been sent or made pursuant to Section 2 of this Article I of these By-laws or otherwise. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment, postponement or rescheduling of any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice under this Article I of these By-laws.

(e)    When any meeting is convened, the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting if (i) no quorum is present for the transaction of business, (ii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate to enable the stockholders to consider fully information which the Board of Directors determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to stockholders, or (iii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is otherwise in the best interests of the Corporation. When any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders is adjourned to another hour, date or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting other than an announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the hour, date and place, if any, to which the meeting is adjourned and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting; providedhowever, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days from the meeting date, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the

Annex A-67

Table of Contents

adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat and each stockholder who, by law or under the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may hereafter be amended and/or restated, the “Certificate”) or these By-laws, is entitled to such notice.

Section 5.    Quorum.    A majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders. If less than a quorum is present at a meeting, the holders of voting stock representing a majority of the voting power present at the meeting or the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article I. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

Section 6.    Voting and Proxies.    Stockholders shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by them of record according to the stock ledger of the Corporation as of the record date, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate. Stockholders may vote either (i) in person, (ii) by written proxy or (iii) by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. Proxies shall be filed in accordance with the procedures established for the meeting of stockholders. Except as otherwise limited therein or as otherwise provided by law, proxies authorizing a person to vote at a specific meeting shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but they shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by or on behalf of any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them.

Section 7.    Action at Meeting.    When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, any matter before any such meeting (other than an election of a director or directors) shall be decided by a majority of the votes properly cast for and against such matter, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws. Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes properly cast on the election of directors.

Section 8.    Stockholder Lists.    The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or the Corporation’s transfer agent or other person authorized by these By-laws or by law) shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 9.    Presiding Officer.    The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all Annual Meetings or special meetings of stockholders, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer, then the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings. If the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer and there is no Chairman of the Board or the Chairman of the Board is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings, provided further that if there is no Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Executive Officer is unable to so preside or is absent, then the President shall preside over such meetings. The presiding officer at any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders shall have the power, among other things, to adjourn such meeting at any time and from time to time, subject to Sections 4 and 5 of this Article I. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of the stockholders shall be determined by the presiding officer.

Section 10.    Inspectors of Elections.    The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the presiding officer shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Any

Annex A-68

Table of Contents

inspector may, but need not, be an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall perform such duties as are required by the DGCL, including the counting of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors. The presiding officer may review all determinations made by the inspectors, and in so doing the presiding officer shall be entitled to exercise his or her sole judgment and discretion and he or she shall not be bound by any determinations made by the inspectors. All determinations by the inspectors and, if applicable, the presiding officer, shall be subject to further review by any court of competent jurisdiction.

Article II.

Directors

Section 1.    Powers.    The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or required by law.

Section 2.    Number and Terms.    The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The directors shall hold office in the manner provided in the Certificate.

Section 3.    Qualification.    No director need be a stockholder of the Corporation.

Section 4.    Vacancies.    Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate.

Section 5.    Removal.    Directors may be removed from office only in the manner provided in the Certificate.

Section 6.    Resignation.    A director may resign at any time by electronic transmission or by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Secretary. A resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.

Section 7.    Regular Meetings.    Regular meetings (including any annual meeting) of the Board of Directors may be held at such hour, date and place as the Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time determine and publicize by means of reasonable notice given to any director who is not present at the meeting at which such resolution is adopted.

Section 8.    Special Meetings.    Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by or at the request of a majority of the directors, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. The person calling any such special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix the hour, date and place thereof.

Section 9.    Notice of Meetings.    Notice of the hour, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President or such other officer designated by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communication, sent to his or her business or home address, at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his or her business or home address, at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when hand-delivered to such address, read to such director by telephone, deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed, dispatched or transmitted if sent by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail or other form of electronic communications. A written waiver of notice signed or electronically transmitted before or after a meeting by a director and filed with the records of the meeting shall be deemed to be equivalent to notice of the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Annex A-69

Table of Contents

Section 10.    Quorum.    At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. Any business which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed may be transacted at such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present. For purposes of this section, the total number of directors includes any unfilled vacancies on the Board of Directors.

Section 11.    Action at Meeting.    At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the directors present shall constitute action by the Board of Directors, unless otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws.

Section 12.    Action by Consent.    Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Such consent shall be treated as a resolution of the Board of Directors for all purposes.

Section 13.    Manner of Participation.    Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting for purposes of these By-laws.

Section 14.    Presiding Director.    The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding director or such designated presiding director is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors. If both the designated presiding director, if one is so designated, and the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, are unable to preside or are absent, the Board of Directors shall designate an alternate representative to preside over a meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 15.    Committees.    The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, may elect one or more committees, including, without limitation, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee, and may delegate thereto some or all of its powers except those which by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws may not be delegated. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by these By-laws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold such offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any such committee at any time. Any committee to which the Board of Directors delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its action to the Board of Directors.

Section 16.    Compensation of Directors.    Directors shall receive such compensation for their services as shall be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors, or a designated committee thereof, provided that directors who are serving the Corporation as employees and who receive compensation for their services as such, shall not receive any salary or other compensation for their services as directors of the Corporation.

Article III.

Officers

Section 1.    Enumeration.    The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine.

Section 2.    Election.    At the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect the President, the Treasurer and the Secretary. Other officers may be elected by the Board of Directors at such regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors or at any other regular or special meeting.

Annex A-70

Table of Contents

Section 3.    Qualification.    No officer need be a stockholder or a director. Any person may occupy more than one office of the Corporation at any time.

Section 4.    Tenure.    Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or by these By-laws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Section 5.    Resignation.    Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written or electronically transmitted resignation to the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.

Section 6.    Removal.    Except as otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

Section 7.    Absence or Disability.    In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.

Section 8.    Vacancies.    Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

Section 9.    President.    The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 10.    Chairman of the Board.    The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 11.    Chief Executive Officer.    The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 12.    Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents.    Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

Section 13.    Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.    The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and except as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may otherwise provide, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation. He or she shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

Section 14.    Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.    The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board of Directors) in books kept for that purpose. In his or her absence from any such meeting, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation). The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary shall have authority to affix it to any instrument requiring it, and, when so affixed, the seal may be attested by his or her signature or that of an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform his or her duties and responsibilities. Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

Section 15.    Other Powers and Duties.    Subject to these By-laws and to such limitations as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe, the officers of the Corporation shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

Annex A-71

Table of Contents

Article IV.

Capital Stock

Section 1.    Certificates of Stock.    Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by any two authorized officers of the Corporation. The Corporation seal and the signatures by the Corporation’s officers, the transfer agent or the registrar may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in these By-laws, the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares (except that the foregoing shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation), and by the approval and adoption of these By-laws the Board of Directors has determined that all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock may be uncertificated, whether upon original issuance, re-issuance, or subsequent transfer.

Section 2.    Transfers.    Subject to any restrictions on transfer and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock that are represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate theretofore properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Shares of stock that are not represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by submitting to the Corporation or its transfer agent such evidence of transfer and following such other procedures as the Corporation or its transfer agent may require.

Section 3.    Record Holders.    Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

Section 4.    Record Date.    In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date: (a) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting and (b) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and (ii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 5.    Replacement of Certificates.    In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock of the Corporation, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Annex A-72

Table of Contents

Article V.

Indemnification

Section 1.    Definitions.    For purposes of this Article:

(a)    “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a Director of the Corporation, (ii) as an Officer of the Corporation, (iii) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation, or (iv) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 1(a), a Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Status” shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person’s activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;

(b)    “Director” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors; including, for the avoidance of doubt, any person who has served as a director of Blue Water Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation;

(c)    “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;

(d)    “Expenses” means all reasonable, documented and out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;

(e)    “Liabilities” means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement;

(f)    “Non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;

(g)    “Officer” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any person who has served as an officer of Blue Water Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation;

(h)    “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and (i) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.

Section 2.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

(a)    Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or

Annex A-73

Table of Contents

may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and to the extent authorized in this Section 2.

(1)    Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than By or In the Right of the Corporation.    Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred or paid by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

(2)    Actions, Suits and Proceedings By or In the Right of the Corporation.    Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein by or in the right of the Corporation, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2(a)(2) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Director or Officer shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Director or Officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses that such court deems proper.

(3)    Survival of Rights.    The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 2 shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

(4)    Actions by Directors or Officers.    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director or Officer) was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce such Officer’s or Director’s rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these By-laws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

Section 3.    Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees.    Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employee’s Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 3 shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.    Determination.    Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Article V to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made by (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (b) a committee comprised of Disinterested

Annex A-74

Table of Contents

Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

Section 5.    Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition.

(a)    The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director seeking advancement of expenses hereunder in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director) was (i) authorized by the Board of Directors, or (ii) brought to enforce such Director’s rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under these By-laws.

(b)    If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting or defending such suit. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director for recovery of the unpaid amount of an advancement claim and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.

(c)     In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

Section 6.    Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition.

(a)    The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer or any Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such person is involved by reason of his or her Corporate Status as an Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer or Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

(b)    In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

Section 7.    Contractual Nature of Rights.

(a)    The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Article V is in effect, in consideration of such person’s past or current and any future performance of services for the Corporation. Neither amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article V nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V shall eliminate or reduce any right conferred by this Article V in respect of any act or omission occurring, or any cause of action or claim that accrues or arises or any state of facts existing, at the time of or before such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption of an inconsistent provision (even in the case of a proceeding based on such a state of facts that is commenced after such time), and all rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses granted herein or arising out of any act or omission shall vest at the time of the act or omission in question, regardless of when or if any proceeding with respect to such act or omission is commenced. The rights to

Annex A-75

Table of Contents

indemnification and to advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributes of such person.

(b)    If a claim for indemnification (following final disposition of such Proceeding) or advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting or defending such suit. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director or Officer for recovery of the unpaid amount of an indemnification claim and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses shall be on the Corporation.

(c)    In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

Section 8.    Non-Exclusivity of Rights.    The rights to indemnification and to advancement of Expenses set forth in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

Section 9.    Insurance.    The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Article V.

Section 10.    Other Indemnification.    Subject to any other right which any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise to the contrary, the Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or provide advancement of Expenses to any person under this Article V as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise (the “Primary Indemnitor”). Subject to any other right which any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise to the contrary, any indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Article V owed by the Corporation as a result of a person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall only be in excess of, and shall be secondary to, the indemnification or advancement of Expenses available from the applicable Primary Indemnitor(s) and any applicable insurance policies.

Article VI.

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section 1.    Fiscal Year.    The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 2.    Seal.    The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

Section 3.    Execution of Instruments.    All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Treasurer or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may authorize.

Annex A-76

Table of Contents

Section 4.    Voting of Securities.    Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Corporation (including with regard to voting and actions by written consent), or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by the Corporation.

Section 5.    Resident Agent.    The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

Section 6.    Corporate Records.    The original or attested copies of the Certificate, By-laws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock transfer books, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, may be kept outside the State of Delaware and shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at an office of its counsel, at an office of its transfer agent or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.    Certificate.    All references in these By-laws to the Certificate shall be deemed to refer to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.

Section 8.    Exclusive Jurisdiction of Delaware Courts or the United States Federal District Courts.    Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of, or a claim based on, a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate or Bylaws (including the interpretation, validity or enforceability thereof), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 8.

Section 9.    Amendment of By-laws.

(a)    Amendment by Directors.    Except as provided otherwise by law, any section or portion of these By-laws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

(b)    Amendment by Stockholders.    These By-laws may be amended or repealed at any Annual Meeting, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose in accordance with these By-Laws, by the affirmative vote of at least two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholder approval shall not be required unless mandated by the Certificate, these By-laws, or other applicable law.

Section 10.    Notices.    If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

Section 11.    Waivers.    A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

Annex A-77

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT G

PARENT EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Annex A-78

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT H

FIRPTA Certificate
Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(c)(3) and Section 1.897-2(h)

This certificate (this “FIRPTA Certificate”) is provided by Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(c)(3) and 1.897-2(h), in connection with that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger entered into as of April 27, 2021, by and among Blue Water Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”), the Company, and Blue Water Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation.

The undersigned, on behalf of the Company, hereby certifies that the Company is not, as of the date hereof, a “United States real property holding corporation” (a “USRPHC”) as such term is defined by Section 897(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and has not been a USRPHC on any determination date (as specified in Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(c)) during the five-year period ending on the date hereof. Accordingly, interests in the Company do not constitute “U.S. real property interests” as defined in Section 897(c)(1) of the Code (“USRPIs”).

Attached hereto is a notice, dated as of the date hereof, from the Company to the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the Company has determined equity interests in the Company are not USRPIs.

Under penalties of perjury, the undersigned declares that [s]he has examined the certifications set forth above and verifies that they are correct to [his/her] knowledge and belief, and the undersigned further declares that [he/she] has the authority to execute this FIRPTA Certificate on behalf of the Company.

Dated: ________________________, 2021

 

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation

   

By:

 

       

[Name]

       

[Title]

Annex A-79

Table of Contents

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

[], 2021

VIA CERTIFIED MAIL

RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED

Internal Revenue Service Center

P.O. Box 409101

Ogden, UT 84409

Re:    Notice Required Under Treasury Regulation 1.897-2(h)(2)

Dear Sir/Madam:

At the request of Blue Water Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”), in connection with the acquisition of Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), we provided the attached statement to Buyer on [•], 2021.

This notice is provided pursuant to the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h)(2).

The following information relates to the corporation providing the notice:

     

Name:

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

       

Address:

 

555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340, Northbrook IL 60062

       

EIN:

 

20-0177717

The attached statement was not requested by a foreign interest holder. It was voluntarily provided by the Company in response to a request from the Buyer in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(c)(3)(i). The following information relates to the Buyer:

     

Name:

 

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.

       

Address:

 

15 E. Putnam Avenue, Suite 363, Greenwich, CT 06830

       

EIN:

 

[•]

The interests in question (equity interests in the Company) are not U.S. real property interests.

Under penalties of perjury, the undersigned declares that (i) [s]he is a responsible corporate officer of the Company with the authority to sign this document on behalf of the Company and (ii) the above notice (including the attachment hereto) is correct to [his/her] knowledge and belief.

 

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation

   

By:

 

       

[Name]

       

[Title]

Annex A-80

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT I

STOCKHOLDER LOCKUP AGREEMENT

Annex A-81

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT J

LENDER LOCKUP AGREEMENT

Annex A-82

Table of Contents

Annex B

SECOND
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.

[__], 2021

Blue Water Acquisition Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY AS FOLLOWS:

1.      The name of the Corporation is “Blue Water Acquisition Corp.” The original certificate of incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 22, 2020 (the “Original Certificate”). The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “First Amended and Restated Certificate”), which both restated and amended the provisions of the Original Certificate was filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on December 16, 2020.

2.      This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Second Amended and Restated Certificate”), which both restates and amends the provisions of the First Amended and Restated Certificate, was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended from time to time, the “DGCL”).

3.      This Second Amended and Restated Certificate shall become effective on the date of filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

4.      Certain capitalized terms used in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate are defined where appropriate herein.

5.      This Second Amended and Restated Certificate is being amended and restated in connection with the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 27, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Corporation, Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Blue Water Merger Sub Corp. As part of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, and in accordance with Section 4.3(b) of the First Amended and Restated Certificate, all shares of outstanding Class B Common Stock of the Corporation shall automatically be converted, on a one-to-one basis, into shares of Class A Common Stock of the Corporation such that, at the effectiveness of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, only Class A Common Stock remains outstanding. All Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding prior to the effectiveness of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate and all Class A Common Stock issued as part of the Merger Agreement shall be renamed as Common Stock for all purposes of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate.

6.      The text of the First Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby restated and amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Article II

The name of the corporation is Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.

Article III

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

Article IV

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

Annex B-1

Table of Contents

Article V

Capital Stock

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [_________] of which (i) [_________] shares shall be a class designated as common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and (ii) [_________] shares shall be a class designated as undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Undesignated Preferred Stock”).

Except as otherwise provided in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock or Undesignated Preferred Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

The powers, preferences and rights of, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions upon, each class or series of stock shall be determined in accordance with, or as set forth below in, this Article IV.

A.     Common Stock

Subject to all the rights, powers and preferences of the Undesignated Preferred Stock and except as provided by law or in this Certificate (or in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock):

(a)     the holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors of the Corporation (the “Directors”) and on all other matters requiring stockholder action, each outstanding share entitling the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate (or on any amendment to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Undesignated Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Undesignated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, on such amendment pursuant to this Certificate (or pursuant to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL;

(b)    dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) or any authorized committee thereof; and

(c)     upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock.

B.     Undesignated Preferred Stock

The Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof is expressly authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for, out of the unissued shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the issuance of the shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more series of such stock, and by filing a certificate of designations pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. Except as otherwise provided by any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock then outstanding or by law, no holder of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled to any voting powers in respect thereof.

Annex B-2

Table of Contents

Article VI

Stockholder Action

1.      Action without Meeting. Except as may otherwise be provided by or pursuant to this Certificate (or any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock then outstanding) with respect to the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock then outstanding, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken or effected by a written consent of stockholders in lieu thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article V, Section 1.

2.      Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, and special meetings of stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article V, Section 2.

Article VII

Directors

1.      General. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

2.      Election of Directors. Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation (the “By-laws”) shall so provide.

3.      Number of Directors; Term of Office.    The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, shall be classified, with respect to the term for which they severally hold office, into three classes. The initial Class I Directors of the Corporation shall be [______]; the initial Class II Directors of the Corporation shall be [______]; and the initial Class III Directors of the Corporation shall be [______]. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022, the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023, and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024. At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate, the holders of any one or more series of Undesignated Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate and any certificate of designations applicable to such series.

Annex B-3

Table of Contents

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article VI, Section 3.

4.      Vacancies. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors relating thereto, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors, when the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the Board of Directors shall, subject to Article VI, Section 3 hereof, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

5.      Removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to remove any Director whom the holders of any such series have the right to elect, any Director (including persons elected by Directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office (i) only with cause and (ii) only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of Directors. At least forty-five (45) days prior to any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any Director be removed from office, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the Director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.

Article VIII

Limitation of Liability

1.      Limitation of Director Liability. A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

2.      Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VIII by either of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such amendment, repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

3.      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article VIII.

Annex B-4

Table of Contents

Article IX

Amendment of By-Laws

1.      Amendment by Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

2.      Amendment by Stockholders. Except as otherwise provided therein, the By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed at any annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

Article X

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal this Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Except as otherwise required by this Certificate or by law, whenever any vote of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation is required to amend or repeal any provision of this Certificate, such amendment or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose.

Article XI

Business Combinations

1.      Opt Out of DGCL 203. The Corporation shall not be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

2.      Excluded Opportunity. The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, any Director of the Corporation who is not an employee or officer of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (a “Covered Person”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a Director of the Corporation.

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed as of this [_____] day of [_____], 2021.

 

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.

   

By:

 

 

   

Name:

 

Robert E. Dudley

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

Annex B-5

Table of Contents

Annex C

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS HOLDINGS, INC.

2021 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1.    GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of Clarus Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) and its Affiliates upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its stockholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Administrator” means either the Board or the compensation committee of the Board or a similar committee performing the functions of the compensation committee and which is comprised of not less than two Non-Employee Directors who are independent.

Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, and Dividend Equivalent Rights.

Award Certificate” means a written or electronic document setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Certificate is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cash-Based Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive a cash-denominated payment.

Closing Date” means the date of the closing of the transactions contemplated by that certain Merger Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2021, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

Consultant” means a consultant or adviser who provides bona fide services to the Company or an Affiliate as an independent contractor and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Instruction A.1.(a)(1) of Form S-8 under the Act.

Date of Grant” means the date on which the Company or the Administrator completes the corporate action necessary to create the legally binding right constituting the Award, as contemplated under Section 409A.

Dividend Equivalent Right” means an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to and held by the grantee.

Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan becomes effective as set forth in Section 19.

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Annex C-1

Table of Contents

Fair Market Value” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Administrator based on the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method utilizing factors set forth under Section 409A; provided, however, that if the Stock is listed on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“Nasdaq”), Nasdaq Global Market, The New York Stock Exchange or another national securities exchange or traded on any established market, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price on such date. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price.

Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Option” or “Stock Option” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

Restricted Shares” means the shares of Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award that remain subject to a risk of forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Award” means an Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions constituting substantial risks of forfeiture (within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code) as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

Restricted Stock Units” means an Award of stock units subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

Sale Event” means (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding Stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding Stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

Sale Price” means the value as determined by the Administrator of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by stockholders, per share of Stock pursuant to a Sale Event.

Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

Service Relationship” means any relationship as an employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant of the Company or any Affiliate. Unless as otherwise set forth in the Award Certificate, a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event a grantee’s status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or a grantee’s status changes from employee to Consultant or Non-Employee Director or vice versa, provided that there is no interruption or other termination of Service Relationship in connection with the grantee’s change in capacity.

Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.

Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the applicable Award Certificate) having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

Annex C-2

Table of Contents

Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation.

Unrestricted Stock Award” means an Award of shares of Stock free of any restrictions.

Section 2.    ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a)     Administration of Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

(b)    Powers of Administrator. The Administrator shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i)     to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii)    to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, and Dividend Equivalent Rights, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii)   to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award;

(iv)   to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the forms of Award Certificates;

(v)    to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(vi)   subject to the provisions of Section 5(c) or 6(d), to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, respectively, may be exercised; and

(vii)  at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.

(c)     Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards. Subject to applicable law, the Administrator, in its discretion, may delegate to a committee consisting of one or more officers of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, all or part of the Administrator’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards to individuals who are (i) not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) not members of the delegated committee. Any such delegation by the Administrator shall include a limitation as to the amount of Stock underlying Awards that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price and the vesting criteria. The Administrator may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Administrator’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

(d)    Award Certificate. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Certificates that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award in a manner consistent with terms of the Plan, and which may include, without limitation, the term of an Award and the provisions applicable in the event the Service Relationship terminates.

(e)     Indemnification. Neither the Board nor the Administrator, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Administrator (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest

Annex C-3

Table of Contents

extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s articles or bylaws or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

(f)     Non-U.S. Award Recipients. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Affiliates operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Administrator determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be incorporated into and made part of this Plan); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Administrator determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.

Section 3.    STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

(a)     Stock Issuable. The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be [ __ ] shares1 (the “Initial Limit”), plus on January 1, 2022 and each January 1 thereafter, the number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by (i) four (4%) percent of the number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or (ii) such lesser number of shares as determined by the Administrator (the “Annual Increase”), in all cases subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). Subject to such overall limitation, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2022 and each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or [ __ ] shares of Stock, subject in all cases to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the shares of Stock underlying any Awards under the Plan that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan and, to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code, the shares of Stock that may be issued as Incentive Stock Options. In the event the Company repurchases shares of Stock on the open market, such shares shall not be added to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, shares of Stock may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company. Awards that may be settled solely in cash shall not be counted against the share reserve, nor shall they reduce the shares of Stock authorized for grant to a grantee in any calendar year.

(b)    Changes in Stock. Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Administrator shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, including the maximum number of shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options, (ii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under

____________

1          NTD: To be equal to 10% of outstanding capital stock post-closing.

Annex C-4

Table of Contents

the Plan, and (iii) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of shares subject to Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) as to which such Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights remain exercisable. The Administrator shall also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event. The adjustment by the Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Administrator in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

(c)     Mergers and Other Transactions. In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the parties thereto may cause the assumption or continuation of Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof, with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree. To the extent the parties to such Sale Event do not provide for the assumption, continuation or substitution of Awards, upon the effective time of the Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Awards granted hereunder shall terminate. In such case, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant Award Certificate, all Awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, and all Awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and exercisable or nonforfeitable in connection with a Sale Event in the Administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant Award Certificate. In the event of such termination, (i) the Company shall have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale Price multiplied by the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (provided that, in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price equal to or greater than the Sale Price, such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be cancelled for no consideration); or (ii) each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Administrator, to exercise all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable) held by such grantee. The Company shall also have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding other Awards in an amount equal to the Sale Price multiplied by the number of vested shares of Stock under such Awards.

(d)    Maximum Awards to Non-Employee Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the value of all Awards awarded under this Plan and all other cash compensation paid by the Company to any Non-Employee Director in any calendar year for service as a Non-Employee Director shall not exceed (i) $1,000,000 in the first calendar year an individual becomes a Non-Employee Director and (ii) $650,000 in any other calendar year. For the purpose of this limitation, the value of any Award shall be its grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with FASB ASC 718 or successor provision but excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting provisions.

Section 4.    ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be such employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates as are selected from time to time by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided that Awards may not be granted to employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants who are providing services only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Act, unless (i) the stock underlying the Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A or (ii) the Company has determined that such Awards are exempt from or otherwise comply with Section 409A.

Section 5.    STOCK OPTIONS

(a)     Award of Stock Options. The Administrator may grant Stock Options under the Plan. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve.

Annex C-5

Table of Contents

Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable. Subject to compliance with Section 409A, if the Administrator so determines, Stock Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the grantee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish.

(b)    Exercise Price. The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by a Stock Option granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the exercise price of such Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Stock Options may be granted with an exercise price per share that is less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant (i) pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) to individuals who are not subject to U.S. income tax on the Date of Grant, or (iii) if the Stock Option is otherwise compliant in all respects with Section 409A.

(c)     Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Stock Option is granted. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the Date of Grant.

(d)    Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder. Stock Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after the Date of Grant. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.

(e)     Method of Exercise. Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Award Certificate:

(i)     In cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator;

(ii)    Through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership following such procedures as the Company may prescribe) of shares of Stock that are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(iii)   By the grantee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the grantee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the grantee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Company shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(iv)   With respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value on the exercise date that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. The transfer to the grantee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the shares of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon receipt from the grantee (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase

Annex C-6

Table of Contents

price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the applicable Award Certificate or applicable provisions of laws (including the satisfaction of any withholding taxes that the Company or an Affiliate is obligated to withhold with respect to the grantee). In the event an grantee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the grantee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of attested shares. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Stock Options, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Stock Options may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

(f)     Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options. To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by a grantee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

Section 6.    STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

(a)     Award of Stock Appreciation Rights. The Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan. A Stock Appreciation Right is an Award entitling the grantee to receive shares of Stock (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the applicable Award Certificate) having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

(b)    Exercise Price of Stock Appreciation Rights. The exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted with an exercise price per share that is less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant (i) pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) to individuals who are not subject to U.S. income tax on the Date of Grant, or (iii) if the Stock Appreciation Right is otherwise compliant in all respects with Section 409A.

(c)     Grant and Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted by the Administrator independently of any Stock Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan.

(d)    Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined on the Date of Grant by the Administrator. The term of a Stock Appreciation Right may not exceed ten years. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

Section 7.    RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a)     Nature of Restricted Stock Awards. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Awards under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Award is any Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.

(b)    Rights as a Stockholder. Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Shares and receipt of dividends; provided, that if the lapse of restrictions with respect to the Restricted Stock Award is tied to the attainment of vesting conditions, any dividends paid by the Company during the vesting period shall accrue and shall not be paid to the grantee until and to the extent the vesting conditions are met with respect to the Restricted Stock Award. Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, (i) uncertificated Restricted Shares shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Company or the transfer agent to the effect that they are subject to forfeiture until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and (ii) certificated Restricted Shares shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company such instruments of transfer as the Administrator may prescribe.

Annex C-7

Table of Contents

(c)     Restrictions. Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Award Certificate. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, if a grantee’s employment (or other Service Relationship) with the Company and its Affiliates terminates for any reason, any Restricted Shares that have not vested at the time of termination shall automatically and without any requirement of notice to such grantee from or other action by or on behalf of, the Company be deemed to have been reacquired by the Company at their original purchase price (if any) from such grantee or such grantee’s legal representative simultaneously with such termination of employment (or other Service Relationship), and thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership of the Company by the grantee or rights of the grantee as a stockholder. Following such deemed reacquisition of Restricted Shares that are represented by physical certificates, a grantee shall surrender such certificates to the Company upon request without consideration.

(d)    Vesting of Restricted Shares. The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Shares shall lapse. Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Shares and shall be deemed “vested.”

Section 8.    RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

(a)     Nature of Restricted Stock Units. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Unit is an Award of stock units that may be settled in shares of Stock (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the Award Certificate) upon the satisfaction of such restrictions and conditions at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees. Restricted Stock Units with deferred settlement dates are subject to Section 409A and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion as necessary in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

(b)    Election to Receive Restricted Stock Units in Lieu of Compensation. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit a grantee to elect to receive a portion of future cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of an Award of Restricted Stock Units. Any such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Administrator and in accordance with Section 409A and such other rules and procedures established by the Administrator. Any such future cash compensation that the grantee elects to defer shall be converted to a fixed number of Restricted Stock Units based on the Fair Market Value of Stock on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the grantee if such payment had not been deferred as provided herein. The Administrator shall have the sole right to determine whether and under what circumstances to permit such elections and to impose such limitations and other terms and conditions thereon as the Administrator deems appropriate. Any Restricted Stock Units that are elected to be received in lieu of cash compensation shall be fully vested, unless otherwise provided in the Award Certificate.

(c)     Rights as a Stockholder. A grantee shall have the rights as a stockholder only as to shares of Stock acquired by the grantee upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that the grantee may be credited with Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the shares of Stock underlying his or her Restricted Stock Units, subject to the provisions of Section 11 and such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.

(d)    Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of Service Relationship) with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason.

Annex C-8

Table of Contents

Section 9.    UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock. The Administrator may grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Administrator) an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. An Unrestricted Stock Award is an Award pursuant to which the grantee may receive shares of Stock free of any restrictions under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

Section 10.    CASH-BASED AWARDS

Grant of Cash-Based Awards. The Administrator may grant Cash-Based Awards under the Plan. A Cash-Based Award is an Award that entitles the grantee to a payment in cash upon the attainment of specified performance goals, including continued employment or other Service Relationship. The Administrator shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award, the amount of cash to which the Cash-Based Award pertains, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine; provided, that to the extent required to avoid liability under Section 409A, such Cash-Based Award shall be exempt from or comply with the applicable requirements under Section 409A. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the Administrator. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and shall be made in cash.

Section 11.    DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

(a)     Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Administrator may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights under the Plan. A Dividend Equivalent Right is an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other Award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to the grantee. A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any grantee as a component of an Award of Restricted Stock Units or as a freestanding Award. The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the Award Certificate. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Stock, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents. Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment or such other price as may then apply under a dividend reinvestment plan sponsored by the Company, if any. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or shares of Stock or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments. A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of an Award of Restricted Stock Units shall provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled only upon settlement or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other Award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other Award.

(b)    Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of Service Relationship) with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason.

Section 12.    TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

(a)     Transferability. Except as provided in Section 12(b) below, during a grantee’s lifetime, his or her Awards shall be exercisable only by the grantee, or by the grantee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the grantee’s incapacity. No Awards shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by a grantee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and any purported transfer in violation hereof shall be null and void.

(b)    Administrator Action. Notwithstanding Section 12(a), the Administrator, in its discretion, may provide either in the Award Certificate regarding a given Award or by subsequent written approval that the grantee (who is an employee or Non-Employee Director) may transfer his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her immediate family members, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such

Annex C-9

Table of Contents

family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. In no event may an Award be transferred by a grantee for value.

(c)     Family Member. For purposes of Section 12(b), “family member” shall mean a grantee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the grantee’s household (other than a tenant of the grantee), a trust in which these persons (or the grantee) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the grantee) own more than 50 percent of the voting interests.

(d)    Designation of Beneficiary. To the extent permitted by the Company and valid under applicable law, each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Administrator and shall not be effective until received by the Administrator. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate or legal heirs.

Section 13.    TAX WITHHOLDING

(a)     Payment by Grantee. Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amount received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for income tax purposes, pay to the Company or any applicable Affiliate, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, any U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company or any applicable Affiliate with respect to such income. The Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee or to satisfy any applicable withholding obligations by any other method of withholding that the Company and its Affiliates deem appropriate. The Company’s obligation to deliver evidence of book entry (or stock certificates) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

(b)    Payment in Stock. The Administrator may cause any tax withholding obligation of the Company or any applicable Affiliate to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due; provided, however, that the amount withheld does not exceed the maximum statutory tax rate or such lesser amount as is necessary to avoid liability accounting treatment. For purposes of share withholding, the Fair Market Value of withheld shares shall be determined in the same manner as the value of Stock includible in income of the grantees. The Administrator may also any tax withholding obligation of the Company or any applicable Affiliate to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by an arrangement whereby a certain number of shares of Stock issued pursuant to any Award are immediately sold and proceeds from such sale are remitted to the Company or any applicable Affiliate in an amount that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

Section 14.    SECTION 409A AWARDS

Awards are intended to be exempt from Section 409A to the greatest extent possible or to otherwise comply with Section 409A. The Plan and all Awards shall be interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. Further, the settlement of any 409A Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A. The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments or benefits described in the Plan will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to

Annex C-10

Table of Contents

preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to any such payment. The grantee shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes and penalties incurred under Section 409A, and neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates will have any liability therewith.

Section 15.    TERMINATION OF SERVICE RELATIONSHIP, TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.

(a)     Termination of Service Relationship. If the grantee’s Service Relationship is with an Affiliate and such Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate, the grantee shall be deemed to have terminated his or her Service Relationship for purposes of the Plan; provided, that with respect to any 409A Award, a termination of a Service Relationship shall not be deemed to have occurred unless such termination would constitute a “separation from service” under section 409A.

(b)    For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of a Service Relationship:

(i)     a transfer to the Service Relationship of the Company from an Affiliate or from the Company to an Affiliate, or from one Affiliate to another; or

(ii)    an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the grantee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise so provides in writing.

Section 16.    AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Administrator may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall materially and adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the grantee’s consent. The Administrator is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, effect the repricing of such Awards through cancellation and re-grants or cancel such Awards in exchange for cash or other Awards. To the extent required under the rules of any securities exchange or market system on which the Stock is listed, to the extent determined by the Administrator to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by Company stockholders. Nothing in this Section 16 shall limit the Administrator’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(b) or 3(c).

Section 17.    STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Administrator shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards. In its sole discretion, the Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

Section 18.    GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a)     No Distribution. The Administrator may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof.

(b)    Issuance of Stock. To the extent certificated, stock certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any evidence of book entry or certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise or settlement of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel (to the extent

Annex C-11

Table of Contents

the Administrator deems such advice necessary or advisable), that the issuance and delivery is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed, quoted or traded. Any Stock issued pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted or traded. The Administrator may place legends on any Stock certificate or notations on any book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that an individual make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Administrator shall have the right to require any individual to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

(c)     Stockholder Rights. Until Stock is deemed delivered in accordance with Section 18(b), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a stockholder will exist with respect to shares of Stock to be issued in connection with an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of a Stock Option or any other action by the grantee with respect to an Award.

(d)    Other Incentive Arrangements; No Rights to Continued Service Relationship. Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional incentive arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any grantee any right to continued employment or other Service Relationship with the Company or any Affiliate.

(e)     Trading Policy Restrictions. Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time.

(f)     Clawback Policy. Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy, as in effect from time to time.

(g)    Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Administrator shall determine whether cash, other securities or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

Section 19.    EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

This Plan shall become effective upon the date immediately preceding the Closing Date, subject to stockholder approval in accordance with applicable state law, the Company’s bylaws and articles of incorporation, and applicable stock exchange rules. No grants of Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and no grants of Incentive Stock Options may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

Section 20.    GOVERNING LAW

This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

DATE APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS:

Annex C-12

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

Blue Water’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification of its directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the DGCL, and Blue Water’s bylaws provide for indemnification of its directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the DGCL.

In addition, effective upon the consummation of the Business Combination, as defined in Part I of this registration statement, Blue Water has entered or will enter into indemnification agreements with directors, officers, and some employees containing provisions which are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements will require Blue Water, among other things, to indemnify its directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

Item 21.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)     The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

EXHIBIT INDEX

1.1

 

Amendment to Underwriting Agreement, dated April 27, 2021, by and between Blue Water Acquisition Corp. and Maxim Group LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Blue Water on May 3, 2021).

2.1 †

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 27, 2021, by and among Blue Water Acquisition Corp., Blue Water Merger Sub Corp. and Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (included as Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus which is part of this Registration Statement).

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Blue Water Acquisition Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Blue Water on December 21, 2020).

3.2

 

Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Blue Water Acquisition Corp. to become effective in connection with the Business Combination (included as Annex B to the proxy statement/prospectus which is part of this Registration Statement).

3.3

 

Bylaws of Blue Water Acquisition Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on September 3, 2020).

3.4

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Blue Water Acquisition Corp. (included as Exhibit F to Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus which is part of this Registration Statement).

3.5

 

Form of Certificate of Merger (included as Exhibit D to Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus which is part of this Registration Statement).

4.1

 

Warrant Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, by and between Blue Water Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on December 21, 2020).

4.2

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A1, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on November 30, 2020).

4.3

 

Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A1, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on November 30, 2020).

5.1*

 

Opinion of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP regarding validity of shares registered.

8.1

 

Opinion of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP regarding certain tax matters.

10.1

 

Promissory Note, dated June 30, 2020, issued to Blue Water Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on September 3, 2020).

II-1

Table of Contents

10.2

 

Letter Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, by and among Blue Water Acquisition Corp., its officers, directors and Blue Water Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on December 21, 2020).

10.3

 

Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, by and between Blue Water Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on December 21, 2020).

10.4

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, by and among Blue Water Acquisition Corp., Blue Water Sponsor LLC and the holders party thereto. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on December 21, 2020).

10.5

 

Securities Subscription Agreement, dated June 30, 2020, between Blue Water Acquisition Corp. and Blue Water Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on September 3, 2020).

10.6

 

Private Placement Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, between Blue Water Acquisition Corp. and Blue Water Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Acquisition Corp. on December 21, 2020).

10.7

 

Form of Indemnity Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A1, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on November 30, 2020).

10.8

 

Services Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, between Blue Water Acquisition Corp. and Blue Water Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Acquisition Corp. on December 21, 2020).

10.9

 

Form of 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (included as Annex C to the proxy statement/prospectus which is part of this Registration Statement).

10.10

 

Form of Company Support Agreement by and among Blue Water Acquisition Corp., Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and the stockholder of Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on May 3, 2021 and also included as Exhibit A to Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus which is part of this Registration Statement).

10.11

 

Form of Parent Support Agreement by and among Blue Water Acquisition Corp., Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Blue Water Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on May 3, 2021 and also included as Exhibit B to Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus which is part of this Registration Statement).

10.12

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among Blue Water Acquisition Corp., Blue Water Sponsor LLC and the Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. securityholders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on May 3, 2021 and also included as Exhibit C to Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus which is part of this Registration Statement).

10.13

 

Form of FIRPTA Certificate (included as Exhibit H to Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus which is part of this Registration Statement).

10.14

 

Form of Stockholder Lock-Up Agreement by and between Blue Water Acquisition Corp. and the stockholder of Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on May 3, 2021 and also included as Exhibit I to Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus which is part of this Registration Statement).

10.15

 

Form of Lender Lock-Up Agreement by and between Blue Water Acquisition Corp. and the noteholder of Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on May 3, 2021 and also included as Exhibit J to Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus which is part of this Registration Statement).

10.16

 

Transaction Support Agreement, dated of April 27, 2021 by and among Blue Water Acquisition Corp., Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and the Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. securityholders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on May 3, 2021).

10.17

 

Office Lease, dated August 18, 2011 by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and MJH Northbrook LLC, as amended.

10.18

 

Warrant to Purchase Stock, issued July 14, 2011, by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended.

10.19

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Stock, issued April 2013, as amended.

10.20†

 

Base Indenture, dated March 12, 2020 by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association.

10.21#

 

Softgel Commercial Manufacturing Agreement, dated July 3, 2009 by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC.

II-2

Table of Contents

10.22#

 

Amendment No. 1 to Softgel Commercial Manufacturing Agreement, dated October 23, 2012 by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC.

10.23#

 

Amendment No. 2 to Softgel Commercial Manufacturing Agreement, dated November 12, 2012 by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC.

10.24#

 

Amendment No. 3 to Softgel Commercial Manufacturing Agreement, dated June 5, 2017 by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC.

10.25#

 

Commercial Packaging Agreement, dated June 26, 2014 by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Packaging Coordinators, LLC.

10.26#

 

First Amendment to Commercial Packaging Agreement, dated January 14, 2019, by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Packaging Coordinators, LLC.

10.27

 

Employment Agreement, dated February 13, 2004 by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Robert Dudley, as amended.

10.28

 

Employment Agreement, dated February 13, 2004 by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Steven Bourne, as amended.

10.29

 

Offer Letter, dated September 5, 2019 by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Frank Jaeger.

10.30

 

Offer Letter, dated March 13, 2020 by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Jay Newmark.

10.31

 

Offer Letter, dated February 21, 2021 by and between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. and Richard Peterson.

21.1*

 

List of Subsidiaries.

23.1

 

Consent of Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm of Blue Water Acquisition Corp.

23.2

 

Consent of RSM US LLP, independent registered public accounting firm of Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

23.3*

 

Consent of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

23.4

 

Consent of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1).

24.1**

 

Power of Attorney (included as part of the signature page to the initial filing of this registration statement).

99.1**

 

Consent of Alex Zisson to be named as a director.

99.2**

 

Consent of Robert E. Dudley to be named as a director.

99.3**

 

Consent of Elizabeth Cermak to be named as a director.

99.4**

 

Consent of Mark Prygocki, Sr. to be named as a director.

99.5*

 

Consent of [              ] to be named as a director.

99.6*

 

Form of Proxy Card.

101

 

The following financial information from Blue Water Acquisition Corp. Form S-4 filed with the SEC, formatted in Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language (iXBRL): (i) the Balance Sheets; (ii) the Statements of Operations; (iii) the Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity; (iv) the Statements of Cash Flows; and (v) the Notes to the Financial Statements. XBRL Instance Document — the XBRL Instance Document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL Document.

____________

*        To be filed by amendment.

**      Previously filed

†        Certain of the exhibits and schedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(a)(5). The Registrant agrees to furnish a copy of all omitted exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon its request.

#        Portions of this exhibit (indicated by brackets and asterisks) have been omitted because the Registrant has determined that the information is both not material and is the type that the Registrant treats as private or confidential.

Item 22.     Undertakings.

(a)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

(1)    To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

i.       To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

ii.      To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation

II-3

Table of Contents

from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

iii.     To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)    That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)    To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)    That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5)    That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

i.       Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

ii.      Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

iii.     The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

iv.      Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(6)    That prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.

II-4

Table of Contents

(7)    That every prospectus: (i) that is filed pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(8)    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the undersigned pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the undersigned has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the undersigned of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the undersigned in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the undersigned will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(b)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-5

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of New York, State of New York, on June 25, 2021.

 

BLUE WATER ACQUISITION CORP.

   

By:

 

/s/ Joseph Hernandez

       

Joseph Hernandez

       

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

 

Position

 

Date

/s/ Joseph Hernandez

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

 

June 25, 2021

Joseph Hernandez

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

   

*

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

June 25, 2021

Jon Garfield

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   

*

 

Director

 

June 25, 2021

Kimberly Murphy

       

*

 

Director

 

June 25, 2021

James Sapirstein

       

*

 

Director

 

June 25, 2021

Michael Lerner

       

*

 

Director

 

June 25, 2021

Yvonne McBurney

       

*/s/ Joseph Hernandez

       

Joseph Hernandez
Attorney-In-Fact

       

II-6

Exhibit 8.1

 

ELLENOFF GROSSMAN & SCHOLE LLP

1345 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10105

TELEPHONE: (212) 370-1300

FACSIMILE: (212) 370-7889

www.egsllp.com

 

June 25, 2021

 

Blue Water Acquisition Corp.

15 E. Putnam Avenue

Suite 363

Greenwich, CT 06830

 

Ladies and Gentleman:

 

We have acted as counsel to Blue Water Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, in connection with the transactions described in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-256116), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2021 and as amended through the date hereof (the “Registration Statement”) of which this exhibit is a part. All section references, unless otherwise indicated, are to the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement.

 

In preparing this opinion, we have examined and relied upon the Registration Statement and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in order to enable us to render this opinion. In our examination of documents, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies, the genuineness of signatures, and the legal capacity of signatories. We have also assumed that the transactions described in the Registration Statement will be consummated in accordance with the description in the Registration Statement.

 

In rendering this opinion, we have assumed without investigation or verification that the facts and statements set forth in the Registration Statement are true, correct and complete in all material respects; that any representation in any of the documents referred to herein that is made “to the best of the knowledge and belief” (or similar qualification) of any person or party is true, correct and complete without such qualification; and that, as to all matters for which a person or entity has represented that such person or entity is not a party to, does not have, or is not aware of, any plan, intention, understanding or agreement, there is no such plan, intention, understanding or agreement. Any inaccuracy in, or breach of, any of the aforementioned statements, representations or assumptions could adversely affect our opinion.

 

Our opinion is based on existing provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations, judicial decisions, and rulings and other pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service as in effect on the date of this opinion, all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect) or reinterpretation. No assurances can be given that a change in the law on which our opinion is based or the interpretation thereof will not occur or that such change will not affect the opinion expressed herein. We undertake no responsibility to advise of any such developments in the law.

 

 

 

 

Based on our examination of the foregoing items and subject to the limitations, qualifications, assumptions and caveats set forth herein, we confirm that the statements in the Registration Statement under the heading “The Business Combination Proposal (Proposal 1) —United States Federal Income Tax Considerations of the Redemption” and subject to the limitations and qualifications described therein, insofar as they relate to matters of U.S. federal income tax law, constitute our opinion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences set forth therein.

 

No opinion is expressed as to any matter not discussed herein.

 

We hereby consent to the use of our name under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ ELLENOFF GROSSMAN & SCHOLE LLP

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.17

 

 

 

 

 

OFFICE LEASE

between

 

 

MJH NORTHBROOK LLC (Landlord) and

 

 

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC. (Tenant)

 

 

COMBINED CENTRE

 

555 Skokie Boulevard

Northbrook, IL 60062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE   PAGE
ARTICLE 1. BASIC LEASE INFORMATION.   1
1.1 Basic Lease Information   1
1.2 Exhibits   3
ARTICLE 2. AGREEMENT   3
ARTICLE 3. DELIVERY OF PREMISES   3
3.1 Delivery of Possession   3
ARTICLE 4. BASE RENT   3
ARTICLE 5. OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES   4
5.1 General   4
5.2 Estimated Payments   5
5.3 Annual Settlement.   5
5.4 Final Proration   6
5.5 Occupancy Variance.   6
5.6 Other Taxes   6
5.7 Additional Rent.   6
ARTICLE 6. INSURANCE   7
6.1 Landlord’s Insurance   7
6.2 Tenant’s Insurance   7
6.3 Forms of Policies   7
6.4 Waiver of Claims and Subrogation.   8
6.5 Adequacy of Coverage.   8
6.6 Certain Insurance Risks   8
ARTICLE 7. USE   8
ARTICLE 8. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS   8
ARTICLE 9. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS   9
ARTICLE 10. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.   9
10.1 General   9
10.2 Recapture.   10
10.3 Submission of Information   11
10.4 Payments to Landlord.   11
10.5 Deemed Transfers   11
10.6 Permitted Transfer   11
10.7 Condition   11
10.8 Remedies   12
ARTICLE 11. RULES AND REGULATIONS   12
ARTICLE 12. COMMON AREAS   12
ARTICLE 13. LANDLORD’S SERVICES   12
13.1 Landlord’s Repair and Maintenance.   12
13.2 Landlord’s Other Services   13
13.3 Tenant’s Costs   14
13.4 Limitation on Liability   14
ARTICLE 14. TENANT’S CARE OF THE PREMISES   15
ARTICLE 15. ALTERATIONS   15
15.1 General   15
15.2 Free-Standing Partitions   15
15.3 Removal   15
15.4 ADA Compliance.   16
ARTICLE 16. MECHANICS’ LIENS   16
ARTICLE 17. END OF TERM   17
ARTICLE 18. EMINENT DOMAIN   17
ARTICLE 19. DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION.   17
ARTICLE 20. SUBORDINATION.   18
20.1 General   18
ARTICLE 21. ENTRY BY LANDLORD.   19
ARTICLE 22. INDEMNIFICATION, WAIVER AND RELEASE   19
22.1 Tenant’s Indemnification.   19
22.2 Waiver and Release.   20

 

i

 

 

ARTICLE 23. QUIET ENJOYMENT   20
ARTICLE 24. EFFECT OF SALE   20
ARTICLE 25. DEFAULT   20
25.1 Events of Default by Tenant   20
25.2 Landlord’s Remedies   21
25.3 Damages; no Termination   22
25.4 Damages upon Termination   22
25.5 Cumulative Remedies   22
25.6 Mitigation   22
ARTICLE 26. Intentionally Deleted   22
ARTICLE 27. PARKING.   23
ARTICLE 28. MISCELLANEOUS   23
28.1 Substitution of Premises   23
28.2 Security Deposit   23
28.3 Signs   24
28.4 No Offer   24
28.5 Joint and Several Liability   24
28.6 No Construction Against Drafting Party   24
28.7 Time of the Essence.   24
28.8 No Recordation   24
28.9 No Waiver   24
28.10 Limitation on Recourse   24
28.11 Estoppel Certificates   25
28.12 Waiver of Jury Trial   25
28.13 No Merger   25
28.14 Holding Over   25
28.15 Notices   25
28.16 Severability   26
28.17 Written Amendment Required.   26
28.18 Captions   26
28.19 Authority   26
28.20 Brokers   26
28.21 Governing Law   26
28.22 No Easements for Air or Light   26
28.23 Tax Credits   26
28.24 Landlord’s Fees   27
28.25 Non-waiver   27
28.26 Presumption   27
28.27 Waiver of Technical Defects in Notices   27
28.28 No Right to Terminate   27
28.29 No Liability for Crimes   27
28.30 Binding Effect   27
28.31 Confidentiality   28
28.32 Force Majeure.   28
28.33 Interest and Late Charges   28
28.34 Entire Agreement   28
28.35 Counterparts   28
28.36 OFAC Certification   28
28.37 Telecommunications   29

 

Exhibits

Exhibit A - Layout Of The Premises

Exhibit B - Rules and Regulations

Exhibit C - Tenant Estoppel Certificate

 

ii

 

 

OFFICE LEASE

between

MJH NORTHBROOK LLC (“Landlord”) and

 

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC. (“Tenant”)

 

THIS OFFICE LEASE (“Lease”) is entered into by Landlord and Tenant on the date set forth in the following Basic Lease Information. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1. BASIC LEASE INFORMATION.

 

1.1 Basic Lease Information.

 

In addition to the Terms that are defined elsewhere in this Lease, the following terms shall have the following meaning as set forth in this Lease:

 

(a) Lease Date:   July_____, 2011

 

(b) Landlord: MJH Northbrook LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

(c) Landlord’s Address for receipt of notice:

 

MJH Northbrook LLC

c/o Fulcrum Operating Company, LLC

8725 W. Higgins Road, Suite 805

Chicago, IL 60631

Attention: Mr. Peter J. Broccolo

 

With a copy to:

Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc.

555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 370

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Attn: General Manager

(Fax: 847-272-5324)

 

(d) Tenant: CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

(e)

Tenant’s Address for receipt of notice: the Premises:
Attn:   Steven Bourne

Fax:    847-562-4306

 

(f) Land: The parcel of land located at the Building Address upon which the Building is situated.

 

(g) Project: The development commonly known as Combined Centre consisting of the Land and all Improvements built on the Land, including without limitation, the Building, Common Areas, other buildings, parking lot or parking structure, if any, walkways, driveways, fences and landscaping.

 

(h) Building: The building located on the Land of which the Premises are a part.

 

(i) Building Address: 555 Skokie Boulevard, Northbrook, Illinois 60062.

 

(j) Premises: The Premises located at Suite 340 on the third floor of the Building, as further shown on Exhibit A to this Lease.

 

Page 1

 

(k) Rentable Square Feet (“RSF”) of the Premises: approximately 2,728 RSF, which Landlord and Tenant hereby conclusively agree shall be the RSF of the Premises for all purposes of this Lease. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, any statement of RSF set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual RSF is more or less.

 

(l) Term: One year, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date.

 

(m) Commencement Date: September 1, 2011

 

(n) Expiration Date: August 31, 2012.

 

(o) Security Deposit: $6,670.00 (approx. one month’s gross Rent)

 

(p) Base Rent:   See Section 4

 

(q) Additional Rent: Any amounts that this Lease requires Tenant to pay in addition to Base Rent.

 

(r) Rent: Collectively, the Base Rent and Additional Rent.

 

(s) Tenant’s Proportionate Share: 4.261%, which is the ratio of the RSF of the Premises to the RSF of the Building (64,016 RSF).

 

(t) Landlord’s Broker:   Jones Lang LaSalle Americas (Illinois), L.P.

 

(u) Tenant’s Broker:   Tenant Advisors

 

(v) Prime Rate: The rate of interest from time to time published in the “Money Rates” section of the Wall Street Journal on the date such calculation is to be made or if not published on such date, the date of publication immediately preceding such calculation date.

 

(w) Use: The permitted use of the Premises shall be general office use.

 

(x) Lease Year: A period of 12 consecutive calendar months with the first full Lease Year commencing on the Commencement Date (unless the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, in which case the first Lease Year will commence on the first day of the calendar month following the Commencement Date) and each succeeding Lease Year commencing on the anniversary of the commencement of the first Lease Year. For the purpose of calculating the amounts due from Tenant as Rent, the first Lease Year shall include the period of time beginning on the Commencement Date (if not the first day of a calendar month) to the first day of the calendar month following the Commencement Date.

 

(y) Calendar Year: Each year in which any part of the Term falls, including the years in which the Term commences and expires.

 

If any other provision of this Lease conflicts with anything set forth in this Article 1.1, such other provision will prevail.

 

Page 2

 

1.2 Exhibits.

 

The following exhibits are attached to this Lease and are made part hereof:

 

Exhibit A - Layout Of The Premises

Exhibit B - Rules and Regulations

Exhibit C - Tenant Estoppel Certificate

 

ARTICLE 2. AGREEMENT.

 

Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant leases the Premises from Landlord, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease. The duration of this Lease shall be the Term. The Term shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall expire on the Expiration Date, except as may be otherwise set forth in this Lease.

 

Landlord also grants to Tenant the rights under this Lease to use in common with Landlord and other tenants, occupants and visitors to the Building, the Common Areas (as defined in Article 12), including the common walkways and sidewalks of the Property, the Building lobby (but not for advertising or promotional purposes), entrances, stairs and elevators, and, if the Premises include less than an entire floor of the Building, the common lobbies, hallways and toilets and other common facilities of such floor. Landlord reserves the right to increase, reduce or change the size, height, layout or location of the Building and the Common Areas and facilities (as long as access to the Premises is not materially impaired). No easement, license or other right to light, air or view is created by this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 3. DELIVERY OF PREMISES.

 

3.1 Delivery of Possession.

 

Tenant accepts the Premises AS IS, WHERE IS, with all faults. Landlord is not required to perform or pay for, or provide Tenant with an allowance for, any work or improvements on the Premises. No agreement or promise of Landlord, the property manager, or their respective agents or employees to alter, remodel, decorate, clean, or improve the Premises or Building (or to provide Tenant with any credit or allowance for the same), and no representation regarding the condition of the Premises or Building, has been made to or relied upon by Tenant.

 

Tenant acknowledges that it is currently in possession of the Premises as a subtenant of the tenant whose lease is expiring on the day before the Commencement Date of this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant is fully familiar with, and hereby accepts, the condition of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor its agents or employees have made any representations or warranties as to the suitability or fitness of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business or for any other purpose.

 

ARTICLE 4. BASE RENT.

 

Throughout the Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent to Landlord in the amounts and for the time periods described as follows:

 

Lease Year   Base Rent /RSF)     Annual Base Rent     Monthly Installments of Base Rent  
1   $ 15.00     $ 40,920.00     $ 3,410.00  

 

Rent shall be paid in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month of the Term, and shall be accompanied by any applicable rent, sales, use or other tax which is based on the amount and/or payment of Rent payable pursuant to this Lease. If the Term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then Base Rent will be appropriately prorated based on the actual number of calendar days in such month. Base Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without written notice or demand and without deduction or offset, as an independent covenant of Tenant, in lawful money of the United States of America at Landlord’s address set forth in Article 1.1 herein or to such other address as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. After the service of more than one notice on Tenant for overdue Rent or if more than one check is returned unpaid during any Lease Year, Rent for the remainder of that Lease Year shall be paid by cashier’s check.

 

Page 3

 

ARTICLE 5. OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES.

 

5.1 General.

 

(a) In addition to Base Rent, beginning on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of (i) the actual Operating Expenses paid, payable or incurred by Landlord for any calendar year or partial calendar year of the Term, and (ii) the actual Taxes paid, payable or incurred by Landlord for any calendar year or partial calendar year of the Term. If Operating Expenses or Taxes are calculated for a partial calendar year, an appropriate proration shall be made.

 

(b) As used in this Lease, the term “Operating Expenses” means:

 

(1) All costs of management, operation, and maintenance of the Project, including without limitation; wages, salaries, and compensation of employees consulting, accounting, legal, janitorial, maintenance, guard, and other services; management fees and costs (charged by Landlord, any affiliate of Landlord, or any other entity managing the Project and determined at a rate consistent with prevailing market rates for comparable services and Projects); that part of office rent or rental value of space in the Project used or furnished by Landlord to enhance, manage, operate, and maintain the Project; electricity, water, waste disposal, and other utilities; materials and supplies; maintenance and repairs; insurance obtained with respect to the Project; depreciation on personal property and equipment, except as set forth in Article 5.1(c), below, which is or should be capitalized on the books of Landlord; and any other costs, charges, and expenses that under generally accepted accounting principles would be regarded as management, maintenance, and/or Operating Expenses; the Building’s allocable share of any operating expenses that are shared with other parts of the Project; and

 

(2) The cost (amortized on a straight line basis over the reasonable useful life as determined by Landlord) together with interest at the greater of the Prime Rate plus two percent (2%) or Landlord’s borrowing rate for such capital improvements, including the rental of equipment which would be a substitute for a capital expense that the Landlord would otherwise incur, on the unamortized balance of any capital improvements that are made to the Project by Landlord (i) for the purpose of reducing Operating Expenses or reducing the increases thereof, or (ii) required under any law or regulation that was not applicable to the Project at or prior to the date the Project was developed.

 

(c) The Operating Expenses will not include:

 

(1) depreciation on the Project (other than depreciation on personal property, equipment, window coverings on exterior windows provided by Landlord and carpeting and wall covering in public corridors and Common Areas);
(2) advertising costs, finders’ fees and real estate brokers’ commissions;
(3) ground lease or mortgage payments;
(4) costs of replacements to personal property and equipment for which depreciation costs are included as an operating expense;
(5) the cost of repairs due to casualty or condemnation that are reimbursed by third parties;
(6) attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the negotiation of leases with tenants of the Building or disputes with such tenants unrelated to the operation or maintenance of the Property;
(7) any expenditures for which Landlord is reimbursed by tenants (other than by payment of their shares of Operating Expenses) or by third parties
(8) salaries and benefits of executive employees above the grade of General Manager;
(9) fines imposed on Landlord for violation of governmental requirements;
(10) costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Property or any portion thereof;
(11) organizational expenses associated with the creation and operation of the entity which constitutes Landlord; and
(12) Taxes (as defined below).

 

Page 4

 

(d) As used in this Lease, the term “Taxes” means all real and personal property taxes and assessments (and any tax levied in whole or in part in lieu of or in addition to such taxes) levied or assessed against the Project. Taxes include, without limitation, real estate taxes, personal property taxes, sewer rents, water rents, assessments (special or otherwise) and transit taxes, whether any such taxes are imposed by the United States, the State of Illinois, the county in which the Project is located or any local governmental municipality, authority or agency, or any other political subdivision of any thereof. For the purpose of determining Taxes for any given fiscal year the amount to be included for such year (i) from special assessments payable in installments shall be the amount of the installments (and any interest) due and payable during such fiscal year, (ii) from all other Taxes shall, at Landlord’s option, be either the amount due and payable during such fiscal year or the amount accrued, assessed or otherwise imposed for such fiscal year, and (iii) from any adjustment to any Taxes by the taxing authority, when such adjustment has resulted in a corresponding adjustment payment by or to Landlord, shall constitute an adjustment to Taxes for the fiscal year during which such adjustment is paid or received by Landlord, as the case may be.

 

5.2 Estimated Payments.

 

During each calendar year or partial calendar year in the Term beginning as of the Commencement Date, in addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month an amount equal to 1/12 of the product of Tenant’s Proportionate Share multiplied by the Estimated Operating Expenses, defined below, for such calendar year and 1/12 of the product of Tenant’s Proportionate Share multiplied by the Estimated Taxes, defined below, for such calendar year. Estimated Operating Expenses for any calendar year means the Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, and will be subject to revision according to the further provisions of this Article 5.2 and Article 5.3. Estimated Taxes for any calendar year means Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Taxes for such calendar year, and will be subject to revision according to the further provisions of this Article 5.2 and Article 5.3. During any partial calendar year during the Term, Estimated Operating Expenses and Estimated Taxes will be estimated on a full-year basis. During each December during the Term, or as soon after each December as practicable, Landlord will give Tenant written notice of Estimated Operating Expenses and Estimated Taxes for the ensuing calendar year. On or before the first day of each month during the ensuing calendar year (or each month of the Term, if a partial calendar year), Tenant shall pay to Landlord 1/12 of the product of Tenant’s Proportionate Share multiplied by the Estimated Operating Expenses for such calendar year and 1/12 of the product of Tenant’s Proportionate Share multiplied by the Estimated Taxes for such calendar year; however, if such written notice is not given in December, Tenant shall continue to make monthly payments on the basis of the prior year’s Estimated Operating Expenses and Estimated Taxes until the month after such written notice is given, at which time Tenant shall commence making monthly payments based upon the revised Estimated Operating Expenses and the revised Estimated Taxes. In the month Tenant first makes a payment based upon the revised Estimated Operating Expenses and the revised Estimated Taxes, Tenant shall pay to Landlord for each month which has elapsed since December the difference between the amount payable based upon the revised Estimated Operating Expenses and the revised Estimated Taxes and the amount payable based upon the prior year’s Estimated Operating Expenses and Estimated Taxes, respectively. If at any time or times it reasonably appears to Landlord that the actual Operating Expenses or the actual Taxes for any calendar year will vary from the Estimated Operating Expenses or Estimated Taxes, respectively for such calendar year, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise the Estimated Operating Expenses or the Estimated Taxes, as the case may be, for such calendar year, and subsequent payments by Tenant in such calendar year will be based upon such revised Estimated Operating Expenses or revised Estimated Taxes.

 

5.3 Annual Settlement.

 

Within 120 days after the end of each calendar year during the Term or as soon after such 120-day period as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of amounts payable under Article 5.1 for such calendar year prepared and certified by Landlord or its agents. Such certified statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant objects to it in writing to Landlord within 45 days after it is given to Tenant. If such statement shows an amount owing by Tenant that is less than the estimated payments previously made by Tenant for such calendar year, the excess shall, at Landlord’s option, be refunded to Tenant within 30 days or be held by Landlord and credited against the next payment of Rent; however, if the Term has ended and Tenant was not in default at its end, Landlord shall refund the excess to Tenant. If such statement shows an amount owing by Tenant that is more than the estimated payments previously made by Tenant for such calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after the delivery of such statement. Provided no Event of Default exists under this Lease, Tenant shall have 90 days after receipt of the statement to have an independent certified public accountant which is either (i) a nationally or regionally recognized public accounting firm or (ii) not working for Tenant on a contingency fee basis, complete an audit of Landlord’s books and records on Operating Expenses and/or Taxes, during normal business hours upon reasonable advance written notice at Landlord’s local office. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the results of such audit within 10 days of receipt by Tenant. If any dispute is resolved in favor of Tenant, Landlord shall promptly credit or refund to Tenant any amount agreed or determined to have been overpaid.

 

Page 5

 

5.4 Final Proration.

 

If the Term ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar year, the amount of increase (if any) in the Operating Expenses and Taxes payable by Tenant applicable to the calendar year in which this Lease ends shall be calculated on the basis of the number of days of the Term falling within such calendar year, and Tenant’s obligation to pay any increase, or Landlord’s obligation to refund any overage, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

 

5.5 Occupancy Variance.

 

Operating Expenses which vary with occupancy and are attributable to any part of the Term in which less than 100% of the rentable area of the Building is occupied by tenants shall be adjusted by Landlord to the amount that Landlord reasonably believes they would have been if 100% of the rentable area of the Building had been occupied.

 

5.6 Other Taxes.

 

(a) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than as set forth in Article 5.6(b) below), whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of Landlord and Tenant:

 

(1) upon or measured by Rent under this Lease, including without limitation, any gross revenue tax, excise tax, or value added tax levied by the federal government or any other governmental body with respect to the receipt of rent; provided, further, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to pay for any year any greater amount by way of such tax than would have been payable by Tenant had the rentals paid to Landlord under this Lease been the sole taxable income of Landlord for the year in question; and
(2) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

 

(b) Tenant will not be obligated to pay, and Operating Expenses and Taxes will not include, any inheritance tax, gift tax, transfer tax, franchise tax, income tax (based on net income), profit tax, or capital levy imposed upon Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant shall pay any tax or excise on Rent or other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord levied or assessed against Landlord on account of Rent.

 

(c) Tenant shall pay promptly when due all personal property taxes on Tenant’s personal property in the Premises and any other taxes payable by Tenant that if not paid might give rise to a lien on the Premises or Tenant’s interest in the Premises.

 

5.7 Additional Rent.

 

Amounts payable by Tenant pursuant to this Article 5 shall be payable as Rent, without deduction or offset.

 

If Tenant fails to pay any amounts due according to this Article 5, Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies available to it under this Lease and/or applicable law.

 

Page 6

 

ARTICLE 6. INSURANCE.

 

6.1 Landlord’s Insurance.

 

At all times during the Term, Landlord shall procure and keep in full force and effect the following insurance:

 

(a) All-risk Property Insurance insuring the Building, its equipment, common area furnishings, and leasehold improvements in the Premises, all in such amounts and with such deductibles as Landlord considers appropriate;

 

(b) Commercial General Liability Insurance insuring its interest in the Project;

 

(c) Such other insurance as Landlord reasonably determines from time to time.

 

6.2 Tenant’s Insurance.

 

Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep in full force and effect the following insurance:

 

(i) All-Risk Property Insurance on “Tenant’s Property” for the full replacement value. Such policy shall contain an Agreed Amount endorsement in lieu of a coinsurance clause. “Tenant’s Property” is defined to be all improvements, betterments and personal property of Tenant located in or on the Premises, Common Areas or Building, excluding that which is insured by Landlord’s all-risk Property Insurance, as set forth in Article 6.1(a) herein.

 

(ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance insuring Tenant against any liability arising out of its use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises or the business operated by Tenant pursuant to the Lease. Such insurance shall be in the amount of at least $3,000,000 per occurrence. Such insurance shall be broad form and include, but not be limited to, contractual liability, products and completed operations liability, and personal injury liability.

 

(iii) Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by state law.

 

(iv) Any other form or forms of insurance or increased amounts of insurance as Landlord or any Mortgagees of Landlord may reasonably require from time to time.

 

All such policies shall be written in a form and with an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord and any mortgagees of Landlord. Policies described in clause (ii) above shall include the following as additional insureds, including their members, managers, officers, directors and employees. A GL-2010 Endorsement shall be utilized for the policy(ies) described above. Please note that the spelling of these parties must be exactly correct or Tenant will not be allowed to take possession or occupancy of the Premises:

 

1. MJH Northbrook LLC
2. Property Manager (currently Jones Lang LaSalle Americas (Illinois), L.P.)
3. Asset Manager (currently Fulcrum Operating Company, LLC)

 

Prior to or at the time that Tenant takes possession of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of policies or certificates evidencing the existence of the amounts and forms of coverage satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals or “binders” thereof, or Landlord may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Tenant as Additional Rent.

 

6.3 Forms of Policies.

 

All policies will be written by companies licensed to do business in the State of Illinois and which have a rating by Best’s Key Rating Guide not less than A-/XII. All Commercial General Liability and All- Risk property policies maintained by Tenant shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not supplemental to the coverage that Landlord may carry. Certificate(s) of insurance relating to policies required under this Agreement shall contain the following words verbatim:

 

“It is agreed that this insurance will not be canceled, not renewed or the limits of coverage in any way reduced without at least thirty (30) day’s advance written notice [ten (10) days for non-payment of premium] sent by certified mail, return receipt requested to the management office (currently Jones Lang LaSalle, 555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 370, Northbrook, Illinois 60062), Attn: General Manager – Insurance.”

 

Page 7

 

In addition, the language set forth in this Section 6.3 shall also be added to each policy in the form of an endorsement. Certificate Holder shall be named as follows: MJH Northbrook LLC, at the management office (currently 555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 370, Northbrook, Illinois 60062).

 

6.4 Waiver of Claims and Subrogation.

 

Notwithstanding that any loss or damage may be due to or result from the negligence of either of the parties hereto, Landlord and Tenant, for themselves and their respective insurers, each waive any and all rights to recover against the other, against any subsidiary or joint venture of such other party or against any other occupant of the Project, or against the officers, directors, shareholders, partners, joint ventures, employees, agents, customers, invitees, or business visitors of such other party or of such other tenant or occupant of the Project, for any loss or damage to the property of such waiving party arising from any cause, if and to the extent that such damage is covered by the waiving party’s property insurance, or would have been so covered if the waiving party had carried the property insurance that it is required to carry under this Article 6.

 

6.5 Adequacy of Coverage.

 

Landlord, its agents and employees make no representation that the limits of liability specified to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 6, are adequate to protect Tenant. If Tenant believes that any of such insurance coverage is inadequate, Tenant will obtain such additional insurance coverage as Tenant deems adequate, at Tenant’s sole expense.

 

6.6 Certain Insurance Risks.

 

Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises or the Project which would (a) jeopardize or be in conflict with fire insurance policies covering the Project or fixtures and property in the Project; (b)  increase the rate of fire insurance applicable to the Project to an amount higher than it otherwise would be for general office use of the Project; or (c) subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury to any person or persons or to property by reason of any business or operation being carried on upon the Premises.

 

ARTICLE 7. USE.

 

The Premises shall be used only for the purposes designated in Article 1.1(w) and purposes incidental to that use, and for no other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall use the Premises in a careful, safe, and proper manner. Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used or occupied for any purpose or in any manner prohibited by any applicable laws, for the use or purposes of demonstrations or picketing, or for any improper, immoral, unlawful, pornographic, sexually explicit, or objectionable use or purpose. Tenant shall not cause, maintain, or permit any nuisance in, on, or about the Premises. Tenant shall not commit waste or suffer or permit waste to be committed in, on, or about the Premises. Tenant shall conduct its business and control its employees, and agents in such a manner as not to create any nuisance or interfere with, annoy, or disturb any other Tenant or occupant of the Project or Landlord in its operation of the Project.

 

ARTICLE 8. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

 

Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all laws, including building and zoning laws, the ADA, statutes, ordinances, and governmental rules and regulations with respect, related or applicable to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall also comply with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body constituted after the Lease Date, with any direction or occupancy certificate issued pursuant to any law by any public officer or officers, and with the provisions of all recorded documents affecting the Premises, insofar as they relate to the condition, use, or occupancy of the Premises, or improvements or alterations made by or for the Tenant after the Lease Date, excluding requirements of structural changes to the Premises or the Building, unless required by negligence or willful acts of the Tenant or by the unique nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

Page 8

 

ARTICLE 9. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

 

(a) For purposes of this Lease, “hazardous materials” means any explosives, radioactive materials, petroleum products, hazardous wastes, or hazardous substances, including without limitation substances defined as “hazardous substances” in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601-9657; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act of 1975, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801-1812; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901-6987; or any other federal, state, or local statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order, or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous materials, waste, or substances now or at any time hereafter in effect (collectively, “hazardous materials laws”).

 

(b) Tenant shall not cause or permit the storage, use, generation, or disposition of any hazardous materials in, on, or about the Premises or the Project by Tenant, its agents, employees, or contractors or invitees. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be used or operated in a manner that may cause the Premises or the Project to be contaminated by any hazardous materials in violation of any hazardous materials laws or result in the diminution of the value of the Building or Project or degradation of structural materials of the Premises. Tenant shall immediately advise Landlord in writing of (1) any and all enforcement, cleanup, remedial, removal, or other governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed, or threatened pursuant to any hazardous materials laws relating to any hazardous materials affecting the Premises; and (2) all claims made or threatened by any third party against Tenant, Landlord, or the Premises relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss, or injury resulting from any hazardous materials on or about the Premises. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall not take any remedial action or enter into any agreements or settlements in response to the presence of any hazardous materials in, on, or about the Premises.

 

(c) Tenant shall be solely responsible for and will defend, indemnify and hold Landlord, its agents, and employees harmless from and against all claims, costs, and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with Tenant’s breach of its obligations in this Article 9. Tenant will be solely responsible for and will defend, indemnify, and hold Landlord, its agents, and employees harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with the removal, cleanup, and restoration work and materials necessary to return the Premises and any other property of whatever nature located on the Project to their condition existing prior to the default. Tenant’s obligations under this Article 9 will survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 10. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

 

10.1 General.

 

Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, and assigns, covenants that it shall not assign, mortgage, or encumber this Lease, nor sublease, nor permit the Premises or any part of the Premises to be used or occupied by others, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (except for any extension or expansion options or any rights of first refusal or first offer for which consent may be arbitrarily withheld), provided Tenant requests the same in writing and provided (i) at the time thereof Tenant is not in default under this Lease, (ii) Landlord, in its sole discretion reasonably exercised, determines that the proposed use of the Premises, and the reputation, business, and financial responsibility of the proposed assignee or sublessee, are satisfactory to Landlord, (iii) any assignee or sublessee expressly assumes all the obligations of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, (iv)  a consent to one assignment or subletting will not be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting, (v) the proposed assignee or sublessee is not a tenant in the Project or the subtenant or assignee of any such tenant, (vi) the proposed assignee or sublessee is not a person or entity with whom Landlord or its agent is then negotiating or to or from whom Landlord or its agent has given or received any written or oral proposal within the past 12 months regarding a lease of space in the Project, (vii) the proposed sublessee or assignee is not a government entity; and (viii) that it will be reasonable for Landlord to refuse to consent to a assignment or sublease if the proposed assignee or sublessee or its business is subject to compliance with additional requirements of the ADA, including related regulations, beyond those requirements which are applicable to Tenant unless Tenant, its assignee or subtenant at Landlord’s request agree to make such alterations to the Premises and the Project that may be necessary in order to comply with the ADA as it applies to the use, occupancy, or alteration of the Premises, and to deposit with Landlord 100% of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the cost of such alterations.

 

Page 9

 

Any assignment or sublease in violation of this Article 10 will be void. If this Lease is assigned, or if the Premises or any part of the Premises are subleased or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, Landlord may, after default by Tenant, collect rent from the assignee, subtenant, or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to Rent. No assignment, sublease, occupancy, or collection shall be deemed (a) a waiver of the provisions of this Article 10; (b)  the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant, or occupant as Tenant; or (c) a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant contained in this Lease including, without limitation, the covenant to pay Rent. The consent by Landlord to an assignment or sublease will not relieve Tenant from obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent in writing to any further assignment or sublease. No assignment or subletting shall relieve Tenant from its obligations hereunder, and Tenant shall continue to be liable as a principal and not as a guarantor or surety to the same extent as though no assignment or sublease has been made. No permitted subtenant may assign or encumber its sublease or further sublease all or any portion of its subleased space, or otherwise permit the subleased space or any part of its subleased space to be used or occupied by others, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord may withhold consent to a sublease or assignment unless Landlord is provided with waivers from any brokers involved in such subleasing or assignment of all lien rights of any such brokers under Illinois law, including but not limited to the Commercial Real Estate Broker Lien Act. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises to a proposed assignee or sublessee whose use, occupancy, or tenancy of the Premises is prohibited by the terms of a lease between Landlord and any other tenant in: (i) the Building or (ii) any other building owned, developed, or constructed by or at the direction of Landlord on land adjacent to the Project. (“Prohibited Tenant”).

 

10.2 Recapture.

 

Landlord shall have the additional right to terminate this Lease as to that portion of the Premises which the Tenant seeks to assign, or in the case of a sublease, to suspend this Lease as to that portion of the Premises and for that portion of the Term which the Tenant seeks to sublet. The Landlord may exercise such right to terminate or suspend by giving written notice to Tenant at any time on or before the date by which the Landlord notifies Tenant whether it consents to a proposed assignment or sublease. If the Landlord exercises such right to terminate or suspend, such termination or suspension shall become effective on the date set forth in the Landlord’s written notice, which shall in no event be sooner than fifteen (15) days prior to, or later than fifteen (15) days following, the effective date of the proposed assignment or sublease as set forth in the Tenant’s request for the Landlord’s consent; provided that if the Tenant has failed to request such consent, then the effective date of any termination or suspension by the Landlord pursuant to this Article 10.2 shall be on any date specified by the Landlord which is reasonably determined to be the date which would have been necessary to get the space ready for possession by the Tenant’s proposed subtenant or assignee. Upon any termination of this Lease pursuant to this Article 10.2, whether with respect to all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall have no further obligation under this Lease with respect to all or such portion of the Premises, as the case may be, for the period following the termination; provided that the Tenant shall remain liable to the Landlord for obligations which arose prior to the termination. Upon any suspension of this Lease pursuant to this Article 10.2, whether with respect to all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall have no obligations to Landlord with respect to all or such portion of the Premises, as the case may be, for the period of such suspension but shall remain liable for all obligations which arose prior to the effective date of the suspension, and shall again become liable for all obligations arising after the expiration of the suspension. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord shall exercise its right to terminate or suspend this Lease by giving written notice pursuant to this Article 10.2, the Tenant may rescind its request for an assignment, or subletting, by giving the Landlord written notice of such decision within fifteen (15) days of the Landlord’s written notice of termination or suspension, and upon such rescission the termination or suspension of this Lease by the Landlord shall be null and void.

 

Page 10

 

10.3 Submission of Information.

 

If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a specific assignment or subletting, Tenant shall submit in writing to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the proposed assignment or sublease (a) the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant; (b) the business terms of the proposed assignment or sublease; (c)  reasonably satisfactory information as to the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and as to the nature of its proposed use of the space; (d) banking, financial, or other credit information reasonably sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility and character of the proposed assignee or subtenant; (e) the proposed form of assignment or sublease for Landlord’s reasonable approval and any other information which Landlord may reasonably deem relevant.

 

10.4 Payments to Landlord.

 

If Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord: (a) 50% of any rent or other consideration paid to Tenant by any proposed transferee that (after deducting the costs of Tenant, if any, in effecting the assignment or sublease, including reasonable alterations costs, commissions and legal fees) is in excess of the Rent allocable to the transferred space then being paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease; and (b) any other profit or gain (after deducting any necessary expenses incurred) realized by Tenant from any such sublease or assignment. All such sums payable will be payable to Landlord at the time the next payment of Base Rent is due. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and other out-of- pocket expenses (not to exceed $1,200.00) incurred in connection with reviewing and processing any request by Tenant for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease, whether or not such consent is granted.

 

10.5 Deemed Transfers.

 

The transfer of all or a majority of the voting or controlling equity in Tenant (other than shares of capital stock of a corporate Tenant whose stock is publicly traded), or the merger, consolidation, reorganization, or liquida- tion of Tenant, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, however accomplished, and whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions, will be deemed an assignment of this Lease or of such sublease requiring Landlord’s consent in each instance.

 

10.6 Permitted Transfer.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for an assignment or other transfer of Tenant’s interest under this Lease or a sublease of the entire Premises to an affiliate of Tenant provided that (i) Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of the proposed transaction and the identity of the proposed assignee or sublessee, (ii) at the time of such proposed assignment, transfer or sublease, Tenant shall not be in default of any of the terms of this Lease, (iii) any proposed assignee or transferee shall agree in a writing reasonably acceptable to Landlord that it will assume and be bound by the terms of this Lease, (iv) there shall be no change in use of the Premises, (v) any proposed assignee or transferee shall have a net worth no less than the net worth of Tenant as of the date of execution of this Lease, and (vi) that Tenant agrees to make such alterations to the Premises and the Project that may be necessary in order to comply with the ADA as it applies to the use, occupancy, or alteration of the Premises by the assignee or subtenant. As used herein, an “affiliate” shall mean an entity which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or which becomes Tenant’s successor through merger, consolidation, reorganization, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, however accomplished. “Controls,” “controlled by” or “under common control” means with regard to a corporation ownership of at least 50% of the issued and outstanding stock or with regard to a corporation and any other entity, ownership of at least 50% of the equity, interests, voting or other decision making power.

 

10.7 Condition.

 

It is an express condition of any permitted assignment or sublease that Tenant not be in default of any of the terms of this Lease at the time Tenant provides Landlord its request for written consent to such assignment or sublease.

 

Page 11

 

10.8 Remedies.

 

If Tenant believes that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent pursuant to this Article 10, Tenant’s sole remedy will be to seek a declaratory judgment that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent or an order of specific performance or mandatory injunction of the Landlord’s agreement to not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent.

 

ARTICLE 11. RULES AND REGULATIONS.

 

Tenant and its employees, agents, licensees, and visitors shall at all times observe faithfully, and comply strictly with, the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit B. Landlord may from time to time reasonably amend, delete, or modify existing rules and regulations, or adopt reasonable new rules and regulations for the use, safety, cleanliness, and care of the Premises, the Building, and the Project, and the comfort, quiet, and convenience of occupants of the Project. Modifications or additions to the Rules and Regulations will be effective upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant from Landlord. In the event of any breach of any of the Rules or Regulations or any amendments or additions thereto, Landlord shall have all remedies that this Lease provides for default by Tenant, and shall in addition have any remedies available at law or in equity, including the right to enjoin any breach of such Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall make reasonable efforts to enforce such rules and regulations in a non-discriminatory manner, but Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of such Rules and Regulations by any other person. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Lease and the Rules and Regulations, the provisions of this Lease shall govern.

 

ARTICLE 12. COMMON AREAS.

 

As used in this Lease, the term “Common Areas” means, without limitation, the above ground parking area, hallways, entryways, stairs, elevators, driveways, walkways, terraces, docks, loading areas, restrooms, trash facilities, and all other areas and facilities in the Project that are provided and designated from time to time by Landlord for the general nonexclusive use and convenience of Tenant with Landlord and their guests, invitees, employees, licensees, or visitors. Without advance written notice to Tenant, except with respect to matters covered by Article 12(a) below, and without any liability to Tenant in any respect, provided Landlord will take no action permitted under Article 12(a) in such a manner as to materially impair or adversely affect Tenant’s substantial benefit and enjoyment of the Premises, Landlord will have the right to:

 

(a) Close off any of the Common Areas to whatever extent required in the reasonable opinion of Landlord to prevent a dedication of any of the Common Areas or the accrual of any rights by any person or the public to the Common Areas;

 

(b) Temporarily close any of the Common Areas for maintenance, alteration, or improvement purposes; and

 

(c) Change the size, use, shape, or nature of any such Common Areas, including erecting additional Buildings on the Common Areas, expanding the Building or other Buildings to cover a portion of the Common Areas, converting Common Areas to a portion of the Building or other Buildings, altering the Common Areas in order to comply with the ADA, or converting any portion of the Building (excluding the Premises) or other Buildings to Common Areas. Upon erection of any additional Buildings or change in Common Areas, the portion of the Project upon which Buildings or structures have been erected shall no longer be deemed to be a part of the Common Areas.

 

ARTICLE 13. LANDLORD’S SERVICES.

 

13.1 Landlord’s Repair and Maintenance.

 

Landlord shall maintain and repair the Common Areas of the Project, including lobbies, stairs, elevators, corridors, and restrooms, the windows in the Building, the mechanical, plumbing and electrical equipment serving the Building, and the structural elements of the Building in reasonably good order and condition, the cost of which is included in Operating Expenses.

 

Page 12

 

13.2 Landlord’s Other Services.

 

(a) Landlord shall furnish the Premises with those services customarily provided in comparable office buildings in the vicinity of the Project, including without limitation (1) heat and air conditioning reasonably required for the comfortable occupation of the Premises during business hours; (2) access and elevator service; (3) lighting replacement during business hours (for Building standard lights, but not for any special Tenant lights, which will be replaced at Tenant’s sole cost and expense), the cost of which shall, at Landlord’s option, either be included in Operating Expenses for all tenants in the Building or separately billed to each tenant in the Building; (4) restroom supplies; (5) window washing with reasonable frequency, as determined by Landlord; and (6) cleaning service 5 days per week. Landlord may, but will not be obligated to provide, any such services (except access and elevator service) on holidays.

 

(b) If the Premises are separately metered for electricity, Landlord shall not provide electricity for lighting, receptacles and outlets or incidental uses in the Premises; and Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall make all necessary arrangements with the utility company for metering and shall pay for electric current furnished by it to Tenant and Tenant shall pay for all charges for electric current consumed on the Premises during Tenant’s occupancy thereof. If the Premises are not separately metered, then, subject to the provisions of this Article 13.2, Landlord will also provide facilities to provide electrical current required by Tenant in its use and occupancy of the Premises, and the charges for such electricity will be included in Operating Expenses. Tenant’s use of electrical services must not exceed, either in voltage, rated capacity, or overall load or usage, that which Landlord deems to be Building Standard. The Building Standard overall load is deemed to be 4.0 watts per rentable square foot. If Tenant requests that it be allowed to consume electrical services in excess of that deemed by Landlord to be Building Standard, Landlord may refuse to consent to usage or may consent upon such conditions as Landlord elects (including the requirement that submeters be installed at Tenant’s expense) and Tenant will pay all costs and expenses thereby incurred, including but not limited to the cost of electricity. In addition, if the Premises are not separately metered for electricity, Landlord reserves the right to cause meters to be installed (at Landlord’s expense) if Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant’s use of electrical services furnished by Landlord exceeds that which is customary in the Building (due to excessive use outside of Normal Building Hours, or otherwise), in which case Tenant will also pay for such electrical usage as Landlord reasonably determines to be in excess of that which is customary for tenants in the Building. Landlord has selected a utility company (“Electric Service Provider”) to provide electricity service for the Building, and will have the right at any time and from time to time during the Lease Term to either contract for service from a different company or companies providing electricity service (each such company hereinafter being referred to as an (“Alternate Service Provider”) or continue to contract service from the Electric Service Provider. Tenant will cooperate with Landlord, the Electric Service Provider and any Alternate Service Provider at all times and, as reasonably necessary, will allow Landlord, Electric Service Provider, and any Alternate Service Provider reasonable access to the Building’s electric lines, feeders, risers, wiring, and any other machinery within the Premises. If the Premises are not separately metered for electricity, then Tenant will obtain all of its electricity for the Premises from Landlord or, if the Premises are separately metered, from the Electric Service Provider or Alternate Service Provider or such other reputable electric utility company selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord. Landlord will not be liable or responsible for any loss, damage, or expense that Tenant sustains or incurs by reason of any change, failure, interference, disruption, or defect in the supply or character of the electric energy furnished to the Premises, or if the supply or character of the electrical energy supplied by the Electric Service Provider or any Alternate Service Provider (or by the electric utility company selected by Tenant, if the Premises are separately metered) is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements, and no such change, failure, defect, unavailability, or unsuitability will constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of rent, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under the Lease.

 

(c) Tenant will have the right to purchase for use during business hours and non-business hours the services described in Article 13.2(a)(1) and (2) in excess of the amounts Landlord has agreed to furnish so long as (1)  Tenant gives Landlord reasonable prior written notice of its desire to do so; (2) the excess services are reasonably available to Landlord and to the Premises; and (3) Tenant pays as Additional Rent (at the time the next payment of Base Rent is due) the cost of such excess service from time to time charged by Landlord; subject to the procedures established by Landlord from time to time for providing such additional or excess services.

 

Page 13

 

(d) The term “business hours” means 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, except holidays (as that term is defined below), and 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. on Saturdays, except holidays. The term “holidays” means New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.

 

13.3 Tenant’s Costs.

 

Whenever equipment or lighting (other than building standard lights) is used in the Premises by Tenant and such equipment or lighting adversely affects the temperature otherwise normally maintained by the design of the Building’s air conditioning system, Landlord shall have the right, after prior written notice to Tenant, to install supplementary air conditioning facilities in the Premises or otherwise modify the ventilating and air conditioning system serving the Premises; and the cost of such facilities, modifications, and additional service shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice. Should Tenant desire any additional service beyond that described in Article 13.2 hereof, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option upon reasonable advance notice from Tenant to Landlord, (i) refuse to consent to such services or (ii) consent to such services upon such conditions as Landlord elects (including the requirement that submeters be installed at Tenant’s expense, that Tenant pay directly to the provider of such service (in the case of sub-metered services) or to Landlord, as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice, Landlord’s additional expenses resulting therefrom, and that Tenant pay the cost of all alterations or additions made to accommodate such excess use, including the cost of a submeter and installation of the same.)

 

13.4 Limitation on Liability.

 

Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease or be liable to Tenant or any other person for direct or consequential damage, or otherwise, for any failure to supply any heat, air conditioning, elevator, cleaning, lighting, security; for surges or interruptions of electricity; or for other services which Landlord has agreed to supply during any period provided that Landlord uses commercially reasonable diligence to supply such services. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to diligently remedy any interruption in the furnishing of such services. Landlord reserves the right temporarily to discontinue such services at such times as may be necessary by reason of accident, repairs, alterations or improvements, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of God, governmental preemption in connection with a national or local emergency, any rule, order, or regulation of any governmental agency, conditions of supply and demand that make any product unavailable, Landlord’s compliance with any mandatory governmental energy conservation or environmental protection program, or any voluntary governmental energy conservation program at the request of or with consent or acquiescence of Tenant, mandatory or prohibitive injunction issued in connection with the enforcement of the ADA, or any other event or condition beyond the control of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other person or entity for direct or consequential damages resulting from the admission to or exclusion from the Building or Project of any person. In the event of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, strikes, lockouts, or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s sole opinion, Landlord shall have the right to prevent access to the Building or Project during the continuance of the same by such means as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem appropriate, including without limitation locking doors and closing parking areas and other Common Areas. Landlord shall not be liable for damages to person or property or for injury to, or interruption of, business for any discontinuance permitted under this Article 13, nor will such discontinuance in any way be construed as an eviction of Tenant or cause an abatement of Rent or operate to release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Premises are made untenantable for a period in excess of five (5) consecutive business days as a result of a failure to provide utilities or services that was within the reasonable control of Landlord to prevent (other than an interruption due to a fire or other casualty, or an act, neglect, fault, or omission by Tenant or its agents, servants, employees or invitees), then Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to receive an abatement of Rent payable hereunder during the period beginning on the sixth (6th) consecutive business day of such failure and ending on the day the service has been restored. If the entire Premises have not been rendered untenantable by such failure, the amount of abatement shall be equitably prorated.

 

 

Page 14

 

ARTICLE 14. TENANT’S CARE OF THE PREMISES.

 

Tenant shall maintain the Premises (including Tenant’s equipment, personal property, and trade fixtures located in the Premises) in the same condition as at the time they were delivered to Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and damage by casualty excluded. Tenant shall immediately advise Landlord of any damage to the Premises, Building or the Project. All damage or injury to the Premises, Building or the Project, or the fixtures, appurtenances, and equipment therein that is caused by Tenant, its agents, employees, or invitees may be repaired, restored, or replaced by Landlord, at the expense of Tenant (provided, however, that Landlord shall first give Tenant a reasonable opportunity after notice from Landlord to make non-emergency repairs to the Premises). Such expense (plus fifteen percent (15%) of such expense for Landlord’s overhead) will be collectible as Additional Rent and will be paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after delivery of a statement for such expense.

 

ARTICLE 15. ALTERATIONS.

 

15.1 General.

 

(a) Tenant shall not make or allow to be made any alterations, additions, or improvements to or of the Premises, the Building or the Project or any part thereof, or attach any fixtures or equipment thereto after the Lease Date, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided however that Landlord may withhold its consent, in its sole and absolute discretion, to any alteration, addition or improvement to the structural portions or the HVAC, plumbing or electrical systems of the Building. All such alterations, additions, and improvements consented to by Landlord, and capital improvements that are required to be made to the Project as a result of the nature of Tenant’s use of the Premises:

 

(1) Shall be performed by contractors approved by Landlord and subject to reasonable conditions specified by Landlord (which may include requiring the posting of a mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien bond); and
(2) At Landlord’s option, will be made by Landlord for Tenant’s account, and Tenant will reimburse Landlord for their cost (including ten percent (10%) for Landlord’s overhead) within ten (10) days after receipt of a statement of such cost.

 

(b) Subject to Tenant’s rights in Article 17 herein, all alterations, additions, fixtures, and improvements, whether temporary or permanent in character, made in or upon the Premises either by Tenant or Landlord, shall immediately become Landlord’s property, and at the end of the Term shall remain on the Premises without compensation to Tenant, unless when consenting to such alterations, additions, fixtures, or improvements, Landlord has advised Tenant in writing that such alterations, additions, fixtures, or improvements must be removed at the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the above, Tenant’s employees may hang light-weight pictures, art, and similar small decorative items in the Premises without Landlord’s approval, and without the resulting nail holes being deemed to constitute damage to the Premises.

 

15.2 Free-Standing Partitions.

 

Tenant shall have the right to install free-standing work station partitions, without Landlord’s prior written consent, so long as no building or other governmental permit is required for their installation or relocation; however, if a permit is required, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to such relocation or installation. The free-standing work station partitions for which Tenant pays shall be part of Tenant’s trade fixtures for all purposes under this Lease. All other partitions installed in the Premises are and shall be Landlord’s property for all purposes under this Lease.

 

15.3 Removal.

 

If Landlord has required Tenant to remove any or all alterations, additions, fixtures, and improvements that are made in or upon the Premises pursuant to this Article 15 prior to the Expiration Date, Tenant shall remove such alterations, additions, fixtures, and improvements at Tenant’s sole cost and shall restore the Premises to the condition in which they were before such alterations, additions, fixtures, improvements, and additions were made, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

 

Page 15

 

15.4 ADA Compliance.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Article or in this Lease, Landlord shall be responsible for compliance with ADA Requirements, defined below, with respect to the Common Areas. Tenant, with respect to the Premises, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (but subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), shall comply with the requirements imposed by the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. Article 12101 et seq.) and any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto effective from time to time during the Term (“ADA Requirements”) if:

 

(a) the requirement for such alteration or addition arises as a result of:

 

(1) Any alteration or addition by Tenant after the Lease Date;
(2) Any violation by Tenant of any ADA Requirements;
(3) A special use of the Premises or any part thereof by Tenant or any assignee or subtenant of Tenant (including but not limited to use for a facility which constitutes, or if open to the public generally would constitute, a “place of public accommodation” under the ADA Requirements);
(4) The special needs of the employee(s) of Tenant or any assignee or subtenant of Tenant; or

 

(b) The ADA Requirements would otherwise make Tenant rather than Landlord primarily responsible for making such alteration or addition.

 

ARTICLE 16. MECHANICS’ LIENS.

 

Tenant shall pay or cause to be paid all costs and charges for work (a) done by Tenant or caused to be done by Tenant, in or to the Premises, and (b) for all materials furnished for or in connection with such work. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against and hold Landlord, the Premises, and the Project free, clear, and harmless of and from all mechanics’ liens and claims of liens, and all other liabilities, liens, claims, and demands on account of such work by or on behalf of Tenant, other than work performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease. If any such lien, at any time, is filed against the Premises or any part of the Project, Tenant shall cause such lien to be discharged of record within ten (10) days after the filing of such lien, except that if Tenant desires to contest such lien, it shall deliver to Landlord, within such 10-day period, at least one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of the claim, plus estimated costs and interest, by cashier’s check or certified funds which shall be held by Landlord as security to insure payment of the lien and to prevent any sale of the Project by foreclosure or otherwise by reason of such lien. If a final judgment establishing the validity or existence of a lien for any amount is entered, Tenant shall pay and satisfy the same at once. If Tenant fails to pay any charge, cost or expense for which a mechanics’ lien has been filed, and has not given Landlord security as described above, Landlord may, at its option, pay such charge and related costs and interest, and the amount so paid, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such lien, shall be immediately due from Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent. Nothing contained in this Lease will be deemed the consent or agreement of Landlord to subject Landlord’s interest in the Project to liability under any mechanics’ or other lien law. If Tenant receives written notice that a lien has been or is about to be filed against the Premises or the Project, or that any action affecting title to the Project has been commenced on account of work done by or for or materials furnished to or for Tenant, it shall immediately give Landlord written notice of such notice. At least fifteen (15) days prior to the commencement of any work (including but not limited to any maintenance, repairs, alterations, additions, improvements, or installations) in or to the Premises, by or for Tenant, Tenant shall give Landlord (i) written notice of the proposed work and the names and addresses of the persons supplying labor and materials for the proposed work and (ii) two copies of Tenant’s plans and specifications for such work.

 

Page 16

 

ARTICLE 17. END OF TERM.

 

On the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly quit and surrender the Premises broom-clean, in good order and repair, ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty or condemnation excepted. Tenant shall remove from the Premises any trade fixtures, equipment, and movable furniture placed in the Premises by Tenant, whether or not such trade fixtures or equipment are fastened to the Building, except that Tenant shall not remove trade fixtures or equipment without Landlord’s prior written consent if such fixtures or equipment are used in the operation of the Building, or if the removal of such fixtures or equipment may impair the structural strength of the Building. Tenant also shall remove such alterations, additions, improvements, trade fixtures, equipment, and furniture as Landlord has requested in accordance with Article 15, and telecommunications cabling in accordance with Article 28.37. Tenant shall fully repair any damage occasioned by the removal of any trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, alterations, additions, and improvements. All trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, inventory, effects, alterations, additions, and improvements on the Premises after the end of the Term shall be deemed conclusively to have been abandoned and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without written notice to Tenant or any other person and without obligation to account for them. Tenant shall pay Landlord for all expenses incurred in connection with the removal of such property, including but not limited to the cost of repairing any damage to the Building or Premises caused by the removal of such property. Tenant’s obligation to observe and perform this covenant will survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 18. EMINENT DOMAIN.

 

If all of the Premises are taken by exercise of the power of eminent domain (or conveyed by Landlord in lieu of such exercise) this Lease shall terminate on a date (the “Termination Date”) which is the earlier of the date upon which the condemning authority takes possession of the Premises or the date on which title to the Premises is vested in the condemning authority. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is so taken, Tenant will have the right to cancel this Lease by written notice to Landlord given within twenty (20) days after the termination date. If less than twenty-five percent ( 25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is so taken, or if the Tenant does not cancel this Lease according to the preceding sentence, the Base Rent shall be abated in the proportion of the rentable area of the Premises so taken to the rentable area of the Premises immediately before such taking, and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be appropriately recalculated. If twenty- five percent (25%) or more of the Building or the Project is so taken, Landlord may cancel this Lease by written notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days after the termination date. In the event of any such taking, the entire award shall be paid to Landlord and Tenant will have no right or claim to any part of such award; however, Tenant shall have the right to assert a claim against the condemning authority in a separate action, so long as Landlord’s award is not otherwise reduced, for Tenant’s moving expenses and leasehold improvements owned by Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 19. DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION.

 

(a) If the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of the time which will be needed to repair such damage, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, and the election (if any) which Landlord has made according to this Article 19. Such notice will be given before the thirtieth (30th) day (the “notice date”) after the fire or other insured casualty.

 

(b) If the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other insured casualty to an extent which may be repaired within two hundred ten (210) days after the notice date, as reasonably determined by Landlord, Landlord shall promptly begin to repair the damage after the notice date and will diligently pursue the completion of such repair. In that event this Lease will continue in full force and effect except that Base Rent shall be abated on a pro rata basis from the date of the damage until the date of the completion of such repairs (the “repair period”) based on the proportion of the rentable area of the Premises Tenant is unable to use during the repair period.

 

(c) If the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other insured casualty to an extent that may not be repaired within two hundred ten (210) days after the notice date, as reasonably determined by Landlord, then (1) Landlord may cancel this Lease as of the date of such damage by written notice given to Tenant on or before the notice date or (2) Tenant may cancel this Lease as of the date of such damage by written notice given to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s delivery of a written notice that the repairs cannot be made within such two hundred ten (210) day period. If neither Landlord nor Tenant so elects to cancel this Lease, Landlord shall diligently proceed to repair the Building and Premises and Base Rent shall be abated on a pro rata basis during the repair period based on the proportion of the rentable area of the Premises Tenant is unable to use during the repair period.

 

Page 17

 

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 19(a), (b), and (c) above, if the Premises or the Building are damaged by uninsured casualty, or if the proceeds of insurance are insufficient to pay for the repair of any damage to the Premises or the Building, Landlord shall have the option to repair such damage or cancel this Lease as of the date of such casualty by written notice to Tenant on or before the notice date.

 

(e) If any such damage by fire or other casualty is the result of the willful conduct or negligence or failure to act of Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees, or invitees, there will be no abatement of Base Rent as otherwise provided for in this Article 19. Tenant shall have no rights to terminate this Lease on account of any damage to the Premises, the Building, or the Project except as specifically set forth herein, Tenant hereby waiving any such right which exists at law or in equity to the extent Tenant is not in violation of any laws.

 

ARTICLE 20. SUBORDINATION.

 

20.1 General.

 

This Lease and Tenant’s rights under this Lease are subject and subordinate to any ground or underlying lease, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, or other lien encumbrance (each a “superior lien”), together with any renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations, and replacements of such superior lien, now or after the date affecting or placed, charged, or enforced against the Land, the Building, or all or any portion of the Project or any interest of Landlord in them or Landlord’s interest in this Lease and the leasehold estate created by this Lease (except to the extent any such instrument expressly provides that this Lease is superior to such instrument). This provision shall be automatic and self-operative and no further instrument shall be required in order to effect it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) business days after written demand by Landlord, such documents as may be reasonably requested by Landlord or the holder of any superior lien to confirm or effect any such subordination.

 

20.2 Attornment.

 

Tenant agrees that in the event that any holder of a superior lien succeeds to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, Tenant shall pay to such holder all Rent subsequently payable under this Lease. Further, Tenant agrees that in the event of the enforcement by the holder of a superior lien of the remedies provided for by law or by such superior lien, Tenant shall, upon request of any person or party succeeding to the interest of Landlord as a result of such enforcement, automatically become the Tenant of and attorn to such successor in interest without change in the terms or provisions of this Lease. So long as the Lease is then in full force and effect and Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, such successor shall continue the Lease in full force and effect as a direct lease between such successor and Tenant, upon and subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, for the balance of the Term. Such successor in interest, however, shall not be bound by:

(a) Any payment of rent for more than one month in advance, except prepayments in the nature of security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease;

 

(b) Any amendment or modification of this Lease made without the written consent of such successor in interest (if such consent was required under the terms of such superior lien);

 

(c) Any claim against Landlord arising prior to the date on which such successor in interest succeeded to Landlord’s interest; or

 

(d) Any claim or offset of Rent against the Landlord arising prior to the date on which such successor in interest succeeded to Landlord’s interest.

 

Upon request by such successor in interest and without cost to Landlord or such successor in interest, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after written demand, execute, acknowledge, and deliver an instrument or instruments confirming the attornment, so long as such instrument provides that such successor in interest will not disturb Tenant in its use of the Premises in accordance with this Lease.

 

Page 18

 

ARTICLE 21. ENTRY BY LANDLORD.

 

Landlord, its agents, employees, and contractors may enter the Premises at any time in response to an emergency and otherwise at reasonable hours with reasonable notice to Tenant (which may be verbal or emailed) to:

 

(a) Inspect the Premises;
     
(b) Exhibit the Premises to prospective purchasers and lenders; and exhibit the Premises during the last nine (9) months of the Term to prospective tenants;
     
(c) Determine whether Tenant is complying with all its obligations in this Lease;
     
(d) Supply cleaning service and any other service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant according to this Lease;
     
(e) Post written notices of non-responsibility or similar notices; or
     
(f) Make repairs required of Landlord under the terms of this Lease or make repairs to any adjoining space or utility services or make repairs, alterations, or improvements to any other portion of the Building; however, all such work shall be done as promptly as reasonably possible and so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as reasonably possible.

 

Tenant, pursuant to this Article 21, waives any claim against Landlord, its agents, employees, or contractors for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, or any other loss occasioned by any entry in accordance with this Article 21. Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, on, or about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes, and similar areas designated in writing by Tenant in advance). Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means Landlord may deem proper to open doors in and to the Premises in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises, provided that Landlord will promptly repair any damages caused by any forced entry. Any entry to the Premises by Landlord in accordance with this Article 21 will not be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into or a detainer of the Premises or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises or any portion of the Premises, nor shall any such entry entitle Tenant to damages or an abatement of Base Rent, Additional Rent, or other charges that this Lease requires Tenant to pay.

 

ARTICLE 22. INDEMNIFICATION, WAIVER AND RELEASE.

 

22.1 Tenant’s Indemnification.

 

Except for any injury to persons or damage to property on the Premises that is proximately caused by or results proximately from the negligence or deliberate act of Landlord, its employees or agents, and subject to the provisions of Article 6.4 herein, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord, Landlord’s wholly owned subsidiaries and the employees and agents of Landlord and Landlord’s wholly owned subsidiaries, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Indemnified Parties” and individually as an “Indemnified Party”), their employees and agents harmless from and against, any and all demands, claims, causes of action, fines, penalties, damages, liabilities, judgments, and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred in connection with or arising from:

 

(a) the use or occupancy or manner of use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant;
     
(b) any activity, work, or thing done or permitted by Tenant in or about the Premises, the Building, or the Project;
     
(c) any breach by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, or invitees of this Lease;
     
(d) any injury or damage to the person, property, or business of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, or invitees entering upon the Premises under the express or implied invitation of Tenant; and
     
(e) any alleged violation by Tenant of any statutes, laws, rules, regulations, including, without limitation, the ADA.

 

If any action or proceeding is brought against an Indemnified Party by reason of any such claim for which Tenant has indemnified the Indemnified Parties, Tenant, upon written notice from such Indemnified Party, shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

 

Page 19

 

22.2 Waiver and Release.

 

Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to Landlord for this Lease, by this Article 22.2 waives and releases all claims against Landlord, Landlord’s wholly owned subsidiaries, and their employees and agents with respect to all matters for which Landlord has disclaimed liability pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, except to the extent such claims are the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees, or its property manager.

 

ARTICLE 23. QUIET ENJOYMENT.

 

Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that, so long as no uncured Event of Default by Tenant exists, Tenant may peaceably and quietly possess the Premises against all persons claiming by, through, or under Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 24. EFFECT OF SALE.

 

A sale, conveyance, or assignment of the Building or the Project shall operate to release Landlord from liability from and after the effective date of such sale, conveyance, or assignment upon all of the covenants, terms, and conditions of this Lease, express or implied, except those liabilities that arose prior to such effective date, and, after the effective date of such sale, conveyance, or assignment, Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s successor in interest in and to this Lease. This Lease shall not be affected by any such sale, conveyance, or assignment, and Tenant shall attorn to Landlord’s successor in interest to this Lease, so long as such successor in interest assumes Landlord’s obligations under the Lease from and after such effective date.

 

ARTICLE 25. DEFAULT.

 

25.1 Events of Default by Tenant.

 

Following events are referred to, collectively, as “Events of Default” or, individually, as an “Event of Default”:

 

(a) Tenant fails to pay Rent when due, and such failure continues for five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord;
     
(b) Tenant breaches any of the other agreements, terms, covenants, or conditions that this Lease requires Tenant to perform, and such breach continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant or, if such breach cannot be cured reasonably within such thirty (30) day period, if Tenant fails to diligently commence to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord and to complete such cure within a reasonable time thereafter, not to exceed an additional sixty (60) days.
     

(c) This Lease or the Premises or any part of the Premises are taken upon execution or by other process of law directed against Tenant, or are taken upon or subject to any attachment by any creditor of Tenant or claimant against Tenant, and said attachment is not discharged or disposed of within sixty (60) days after its levy;
     
(d) Tenant files a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or under any insolvency act of any state, or admits the material allegations of any such petition by answer or otherwise, or is dissolved or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;
     
(e) Involuntary proceedings under any such bankruptcy law or insolvency act or for the dissolution of Tenant are instituted against Tenant, or a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or substantially all of the property of Tenant, and such proceeding is not dismissed or such receivership or trusteeship vacated within sixty (60) days after such institution or appointment;
     
(f) Tenant shall repeatedly default in the timely payment of Rent or any other charges required to be paid, or shall repeatedly default in keeping, observing or performing any other covenant, agreement, condition or provision of this Lease, beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, whether or not Tenant ultimately cures any such payment or other default. For the purposes of this Article 25.1, the occurrence of similar defaults two (2) times during any Lease Year shall constitute a repeated default.

 

Page 20

 

25.2 Landlord’s Remedies.

 

If any one or more events of default set forth in Article 25.1 occurs then Landlord has the right, at its election:

 

(a) To give Tenant written notice of Landlord’s intention to terminate this Lease on the earliest date permitted by law or on any later date specified in such notice, in which case Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall cease and this Lease shall be terminated, except as to Tenant’s liability, on the date specified by Landlord;

 

(b) Without further demand or notice, to reenter and take possession of the Premises or any part of the Premises, repossess the same, expel Tenant and those claiming through or under Tenant, and remove the effects of both or either, using any lawful means for such purposes, without being liable for prosecution, without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass, and without prejudice to any remedies for arrears of Base Rent or other amounts payable under this Lease or as a result of any preceding breach of covenants or conditions; or

 

(c) Without further demand or notice to cure any Event of Default and to charge Tenant for the cost of effecting such cure, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and interest on the amount so advanced at the rate set forth in Article 28.33, provided that Landlord will have no obligation to cure any such Event of Default of Tenant.

 

Should Landlord elect to reenter as provided in Article 25.2(b), or should Landlord take possession pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice provided by law, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, relet the Premises or any part of the Premises in Landlord’s or Tenant’s name, but for the account of Tenant, for such term or terms (which may be greater or less than the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term) and on such conditions and upon such other terms (which may include concessions of free rent and alteration and repair of the Premises) as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, may determine, and Landlord may collect and receive the Rent. Landlord will in no way be responsible or liable for any failure to relet the Premises, or any part of the Premises, or for any failure to collect any Rent due upon such reletting. No such reentry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord will be construed as an election on Landlord’s part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant. No written notice from Landlord under this Article or under a forcible or unlawful entry and detainer statute or similar law will constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless such notice specifically so states. Landlord reserves the right following any such reentry or reletting to exercise its right to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant such written notice, in which event this Lease will terminate as specified in such notice.

 

25.3 Damages; no Termination.

 

In the event that Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as permitted in Article 25.2(a), but on the contrary elects to take possession as provided in Article 25.2(b), Tenant shall pay to Landlord Base Rent and other sums as provided in this Lease that would be payable under this Lease if such repossession had not occurred, less the net proceeds, if any, of any reletting of the Premises after deducting all of Landlord’s reasonable expenses in connection with such reletting, including without limitation all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees, expenses of employees, alteration and repair costs, and expenses of preparation for such reletting. If, in connection with any reletting, the new lease term extends beyond the Term, or the Premises covered by such new lease includes other premises not part of the Premises, a fair apportionment of the Rent received from such reletting and the expenses incurred in connection with such reletting as provided in this Article 25.3 will be made in determining the net proceeds from such reletting, and any Rent concessions will be equally apportioned over the term of the new lease. Tenant will pay such rent and other sums to Landlord monthly on the day on which the Base Rent would have been payable under this Lease if possession had not been retaken, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive such rent and other sums from Tenant on each such day.

 

Page 21

 

25.4 Damages upon Termination.

 

(i) If this Lease is terminated on account of the occurrence of an Event of Default, Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for damages in an amount equal to Base Rent and other amounts that would have been owing by Tenant for the balance of the Term, had this Lease not been terminated, less the net proceeds, if any, of any reletting of the Premises by Landlord subsequent to such termination, after deducting all of Landlord’s expenses in connection with such reletting, including without limitation the expenses enumerated in Article 25.3. Landlord shall be entitled to collect such damages from Tenant monthly on the day on which Base Rent and other amounts would have been payable under this Lease if this Lease had not been terminated, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive such Base Rent and other amounts from Tenant on each such day.

 

(ii) Alternatively, at the option of Landlord, in the event this Lease is so terminated, Landlord shall be entitled, upon written notice to Tenant at any time after such termination, to declare the present cash value (as of the date of such default) of the entire balance of Rent for the remainder of the Term to be due and payable, less the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves should have been reasonably avoided, and to collect such balance in addition to any additional amounts due prior to such termination in any manner not inconsistent with applicable law. For the purpose of this Article 25.4, the “present cash value” shall be computed by adding interest at the per annum interest rate described in Article 28.33 herein from the date on which this Lease is terminated to the date Landlord obtains a court judgment against Tenant for the amount due and discounting the entire balance due to Landlord at the Discount Rate charged by the Federal Reserve Banks as published in the “Money Rates” section of the Wall Street Journal on the day the Lease is terminated or if not published on such date, the publication date immediately prior to the termination date, plus two percent (2%).

 

25.5 Cumulative Remedies.

 

Any suit or suits for the recovery of the amounts and damages set forth in Articles 25.3 and 25.4 may be brought by Landlord, from time to time, at Landlord’s election, and nothing in this Lease will be deemed to require Landlord to await the date upon which this Lease or the Term would have expired had there occurred no Event of Default. Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit to recover any sums due to Landlord under this Lease from time to time and that such suit or recovery of any amount due Landlord hereunder shall not be any defense to any subsequent action brought for any amount not previously reduced to judgment in favor of Landlord. Each right and remedy provided for in this Lease is cumulative and is in addition to every other right or remedy provided for in this Lease or now or after the Lease date existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by Landlord of any one or more of the rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or after the Lease Date existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise will not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Landlord of any or all other rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or after the Lease Date existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise. All costs incurred by Landlord in collecting any amounts and damages owing by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease or to enforce any provision of this Lease, including reasonable attorneys’ fees from the date any such matter is turned over to an attorney, whether or not one or more actions are commenced by Landlord, will also be recoverable by Landlord from Tenant.

 

25.6 Mitigation.

 

If Landlord has not terminated Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord will have no obligation to mitigate Landlord’s damages. If an Event of Default occurs by Tenant and Landlord terminates Tenant’s right to possession but does not terminate this Lease, Landlord will use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages as follows: (i) Landlord will be required to use only reasonable efforts to mitigate, which will not exceed such efforts as Landlord generally uses to lease other space in the Building; (ii) Landlord will not be deemed to have failed to mitigate if Landlord leases any other portion of the Building before reletting all or any portion of the Premises. In recognition that the value of the Building depends on the rental rates and terms of leases therein, Landlord’s rejection of a prospective replacement tenant based on an offer of rentals below Landlord’s published rates for new leases of comparable space in the Building at the time in question, or at Landlord’s option, below the rates provided in this Lease, or containing terms less favorable than those contained herein, will not give rise to a claim by Tenant that Landlord failed to mitigate damages. Tenant shall bear the burden of proving Landlord failed to take such reasonable measures to mitigate damages in any lawsuit filed in connection with this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 26. Intentionally Deleted.

 

Page 22

 

ARTICLE 27. PARKING.

 

27.1 Tenant shall be entitled to use, without charge and in common with the other tenants of the Project, the non-reserved parking spaces serving the Building (together with the reserved space(s), the “Parking”). The Parking shall be subject to rules and regulations for the use thereof as prescribed from time to time by Landlord. Landlord will not be responsible for money, jewelry, automobiles or other personal property lost in or stolen from the Parking areas, or for vandalism to automobiles occurring in the Parking areas, it being agreed that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the use of the Parking will be at the sole risk of Tenant and its employees. Landlord will have the right to temporarily close the Parking areas to perform necessary repairs, maintenance and improvements.

 

27.2 Tenant agrees not to overburden the Parking and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of the Parking. Landlord reserves the right in its sole but reasonable discretion to determine whether the Parking is becoming crowded and, in such event, to allocate specific parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants or to take other steps to correct such condition, including but not limited to policing and towing, and if Tenant, its agents, officers, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees are reasonably deemed by Landlord to be contributing to such condition, to charge to Tenant as Rent that portion of the cost thereof which Landlord reasonably determines to be caused thereby. Landlord may, in its sole discretion, change the location and nature of the Parking spaces available to Tenant, provided that after such change, there shall be available to Tenant approximately the same number of spaces as available before such change.

 

ARTICLE 28. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

28.1 Substitution of Premises.

 

Upon not less than 45 days’ prior written notice, Landlord may require Tenant to move to another location of comparable size and tenant improvement finish in the Building (“Substitute Premises”) in order to permit Landlord to consolidate the Premises with other space leased or to be leased by another tenant in the Building. In the event of such relocation, Landlord will pay all expenses of preparing and decorating the Substitute Premises, of moving Tenant’s furniture and equipment to the Substitute Premises, and of replacing door lettering and reasonable quantities of new stationery. Landlord shall not be responsible, and Tenant shall not make any claim against Landlord, for damages, abatement of rent, lost profits or otherwise as a result of the relocation. Following the effective date of such relocation, the Substitute Premises shall be deemed to be the Premises or all purposes hereunder and Tenant shall have no further right, title or interest to the original Premises. The parties shall execute and deliver an amendment to this Lease to evidence the relocation. Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall not be increased by more than 5% as a result of the relocation, even if Tenant’s Substitute Premises are more than 5% larger than the original Premises.

 

28.2 Security Deposit.

 

As of the Lease Date, Tenant has deposited the Security Deposit referred to in Article 1 of this Lease with Landlord as security for the full, faithful, and timely performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If an Event of Default occurs with respect to any provision of this Lease, including but not limited to the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, Landlord may use, apply, or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent, or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any other amount Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used, applied, or retained, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord will not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant will not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall not be deemed a limitation on Landlord’s damages or a payment of liquidated damages or a payment of the Base Rent due for the last month of the Term. The Security Deposit, or any balance of the Security Deposit after application or retention as described herein, will be returned to Tenant within 45 days after the expiration of the Term. Landlord may deliver the funds deposited under this Lease by Tenant to the purchaser of the Building in the event the Building is sold, and after such time Landlord will have no further liability to Tenant with respect to the Security Deposit.

 

Page 23

 

28.3 Signs.

 

Except for signs that are located inside the Premises and are not visible outside the Building, no signs will be placed in the Premises, Building or Project without the prior written consent of Landlord as to size, design, color, location, content, illumination, composition, material, and mobility, which consent may be withheld for any reason in the sole discretion of Landlord. Tenant shall remove all signs at the end of the Term or duly exercised Renewal Term and shall repair and restore any damage caused by their installation or removal. Landlord shall place Tenant’s name in the Building directory; any changes to such listing shall be at Tenant’s expense.

 

28.4 No Offer.

 

This Lease is submitted to Tenant on the understanding that it will not be considered an offer and will not bind Landlord in any way until Tenant has duly executed and delivered duplicate originals to Landlord and Landlord has executed and delivered one of such originals to Tenant. However, Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord or its agents shall constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant to lease the Premises on the terms and conditions herein contained, which offer may not be revoked for 15 days after such delivery

 

28.5 Joint and Several Liability.

 

If Tenant is composed of more than one signatory to this Lease, each signatory will be jointly and severally liable with each other signatory for payment and performance according to this Lease. The act of, written notice to, written notice from, refund to, or signature of any signatory to this Lease (including without limitation modifications of this Lease made by fewer than all such signatories) will bind every other signatory as though every other signatory had so acted, or received or given the written notice or refund, or signed.

 

28.6 No Construction Against Drafting Party.

 

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that each of them and their counsel have had an opportunity to review this Lease and that this Lease will not be construed against Landlord merely because Landlord has prepared it.

 

28.7 Time of the Essence.

 

Time is of the essence of each and every provision of this Lease.

 

28.8 No Recordation.

 

Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum or short form thereof; any such recording by Tenant will be void and a default under this Lease.

 

28.9 No Waiver.

 

The waiver by Landlord of any agreement, condition, or provision contained in this Lease will not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other agreement, condition, or provision contained in this Lease, nor will any custom or practice that may grow up between the parties in the administration of the Terms of this Lease be construed to waive or to lessen the right of Landlord to insist upon the performance by Tenant in strict accordance with the Terms of this Lease. The subsequent acceptance of rent by Landlord will not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any agreement, condition, or provision of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent.

 

28.10 Limitation on Recourse.

 

It is expressly understood and agreed by Tenant that none of Landlord’s covenants, undertaking or agreements contained in this Lease are made or intended as personal covenants, undertaking or agreements by Landlord or its partners. Tenant specifically agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building for the recovery of any judgments from Landlord. It is agreed that Landlord (and its shareholders, venturers, and partners, and their shareholders, venturers, and partners and all of their officers, directors, and employees) shall not be personally liable for any such judgments. The provisions contained in the preceding sentences are not intended to and will not limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord or relief in any suit or action in connection with enforcement or collection of amounts that may become owing or payable under or on account of insurance maintained by Landlord.

 

Page 24

 

28.11 Estoppel Certificates.

 

At any time and from time to time but within 10 days after written request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord a certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, or such other form as is then in use by Landlord or an existing or prospective purchaser or lender, certifying as to the matters set forth therein. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any existing or prospective purchaser or lender or mortgagee or beneficiary under any deed of trust of the Building or any part of the Project. Tenant’s failure to deliver such a certificate within such time shall be conclusive evidence of the matters set forth in it.

 

28.12 Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

Landlord and Tenant, by this Article 28.12, waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either of the parties to this Lease against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or any other claims (except claims for personal injury or property damage), and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy.

 

28.13 No Merger.

 

The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or the cancellation of this Lease by mutual agreement of Tenant and Landlord or the termination of this Lease on account of Tenant’s default shall not work a merger, and shall, at Landlord’s option, (a) terminate all or any subleases and subtenancies or (b) operate as an assignment to Landlord of all or any subleases or subtenancies. Landlord’s option under this Article 28.13 shall be exercised by written notice to Tenant and all known sublessees or subtenants in the Premises or any part of the Premises.

 

28.14 Holding Over.

 

Tenant shall have no right to remain in possession of all or any part of the Premises after the expiration of the Term. If Tenant retains possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration or termination of the Term or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, Tenant shall pay Rent during such holding over in an amount equal to 150% (increasing to 200% of the Holding Over lasts for more than 60 days) of all Rent due (based on the Base Rent, estimated Operating Expenses and estimated Taxes, and Additional Rent payable for the last month of the Lease Term), computed on a monthly basis for each month or partial month that Tenant remains in possession. Tenant shall also pay, indemnify and defend Landlord from and against all claims and damages, consequential as well as direct, sustained by reason of Tenant’s holding over, including without limitation damages associated with Landlord’s inability to deliver the Premises to or prepare them for a new tenant. The provisions of this paragraph do not waive Landlord’s right of re-entry or right to regain possession by actions at law or in equity, or any other rights hereunder, and any receipt of payment by Landlord shall not be deemed a consent by Landlord to Tenant’s remain- ing in possession or be construed as creating or renewing any lease or right of tenancy between Landlord and Tenant.

 

28.15 Notices.

 

Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other communication required or permitted under this Lease must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when (a) hand-delivered, effective upon receipt, (b) sent by United States Express Mail or by private overnight courier, effective upon receipt, or (c) sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the party for whom it is intended at its address set forth in Article 1.1, or deposited in the United States Mail, with postage thereon fully prepaid, effective on the day of actual delivery as shown by the addressee’s return receipt or the expiration of three (3) business days after the date of mailing, whichever is earlier, or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, effective upon receipt provided that a hard copy is delivered by one of the methods outlined in clauses (a) through (c) above within three (3) days thereafter. Either Landlord or Tenant may add additional addresses or change its address for purposes of receipt of any such communication by giving ten (10) days’ prior written notice of such change to the other party in the manner prescribed in this Article 28.15.

 

Page 25

 

28.16 Severability.

 

If any provision of this Lease proves to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease will not be affected by such finding, and in lieu of each provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable a provision will be added as a part of this Lease as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable.

 

28.17 Written Amendment Required.

 

No amendment, alteration, modification of, or addition to the Lease shall be valid or binding unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant agrees to make any modifications of the Terms and provisions of this Lease required or requested by any lending institution providing financing for the Building, or Project, as the case may be, provided that no such modifications will materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights and obligations under this Lease.

 

28.18 Captions.

 

The captions of the various articles of this Lease are for convenience only and do not necessarily define, limit, describe, or construe the contents of such articles.

 

28.19 Authority.

 

Tenant represents to Landlord that the party executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so by requisite action of the board of directors or partners, as the case may be, and agrees, upon execution of this Lease, to deliver to Landlord a resolution or similar document to that effect.

 

28.20 Brokers.

 

Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that it has not dealt with any real estate broker except for the Brokers, if any, listed in Article 1.1 (Basic Lease Information) with respect to this Lease, and that to its knowledge no other broker initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Lease, submitted or showed the Premises to Tenant or is entitled to any commission in connection with this Lease. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harm- less from all claims from any other broker for commission or fees in connection with the Premises based on dealings with Tenant. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 28.20 will survive termination of this Lease. Landlord will pay a commission to the Brokers according to a separate agreement.

 

28.21 Governing Law.

 

This Lease shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the internal laws of the state of Illinois.

 

28.22 No Easements for Air or Light.

 

Any diminution or shutting off of light, air, or view by any structure that may be erected on lands adjacent to the Building shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord.

 

28.23 Tax Credits.

 

Landlord is entitled to claim all tax credits and depreciation attributable to leasehold improvements in the Premises. Promptly after Landlord’s demand, Landlord and Tenant shall prepare a detailed list of the leasehold improvements and fixtures and their respective costs for which Landlord or Tenant has paid. Landlord shall be entitled to all credits and depreciation for those items for which Landlord has paid by means of any Tenant finish allowance or otherwise. Tenant shall be entitled to any tax credits and depreciation for all items for which Tenant has paid with funds not provided or reimbursed by Landlord.

 

Page 26

 

28.24 Landlord’s Fees.

 

Whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action or give any consent required or permitted under this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s reasonable costs incurred in reviewing the proposed action or consent, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’, engineers’ or architects’ fees, within 10 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement of such costs. Tenant shall be obligated to make such reimbursement without regard to whether Landlord consents to any such proposed action.

 

28.25 Non-waiver.

 

Any default in the payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent or other charges, or any failure of Landlord to enforce the provisions of this Lease upon any default by the Tenant shall not be construed as creating a custom of deferring payment or as modifying in any way the Terms of this Lease or as a waiver of Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease as herein provided, or otherwise, to enforce the provisions hereof for any prior or subsequent default.

 

28.26 Presumption.

 

In all cases hereunder, and in any suit, action or proceeding of any kind between the parties, it shall be presumptive evidence of the fact a charge being due, if Landlord shall produce a bill, notice or certificate to the effect that such charge appears of record on the books in Landlord’s office or appears as an open charge on the books, records or official bills of municipal authorities, and has not been paid.

 

28.27 Waiver of Technical Defects in Notices.

 

In lieu of Landlord or Tenant waiving the right to receive any notices, both parties hereby waives any technical defects as to form, substance and delivery in the giving of any notices required by this Lease and Illinois Compiled Statutes so long as the notice reasonably apprises the appropriate party of the general nature of the reason for the giving of the notice and affords such party a reasonable opportunity to cure, if applicable.

 

28.28 No Right to Terminate.

 

Tenant hereby waives the remedies of termination and rescission and hereby agrees that Tenant’s sole remedies for Landlord’s default hereunder and for breach of any promise or inducement shall be limited to a suit for damages and/or injunction-specific performance.

 

28.29 No Liability for Crimes.

 

Landlord makes no representations or warranties with respect to crime in the area, undertakes no duty to protect against criminal acts and shall not be liable for any injury, wrongful death or property damage arising from any criminal acts. The Landlord may, from time to time, employ or caused to be employed security personnel and equipment, however, such personnel and equipment are only for the protection of Landlord’s property. Landlord reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to start, alter or terminate any such security services without notice. Tenant is urged to provide security for its invitees, its own personnel, and property as it deems necessary. Tenant is urged to obtain insurance to protect against criminal acts.

 

28.30 Binding Effect.

 

The covenants, conditions, and agreements contained in this Lease will bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, successors, and, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, their assigns.

 

Page 27

 

28.31 Confidentiality.

 

Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Lease are to remain confidential for the Landlord’s benefit, and shall not be disclosed by Tenant to anyone, by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, without Landlord’s prior written consent; provided, however, Tenant may disclose such terms or conditions to affiliates of Tenant and prospective subtenants and assignee for the sole purpose of evaluating a potential sublease or assignment so long as such affiliates and prospective subtenants and assignees agree to abide by the terms of this Article 28.31. The consent by Landlord to any disclosures shall not be deemed to be a waiver on the part of Landlord of any prohibition against any future disclosure.

 

28.32 Force Majeure.

 

Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, nor will Tenant have any right to terminate this Lease or abate Rent or assert a claim of partial or total actual or constructive eviction, because of Landlord’s failure to perform any of its obligations in the Lease if the failure is due to reasons beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, including without limitation strikes or other labor difficulties; inability to obtain necessary governmental permits and approvals (including building permits or certificates of occupancy); unavailability or scarcity of materials; war; riot; civil insurrection; accidents; acts of God; and governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency. If Landlord fails to perform its obligations because of any reasons beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (including those enumerated above), the period for Landlord’s performance will be extended day for day for the duration of the cause of Landlord’s failure.

 

28.33 Interest and Late Charges.

 

All Rent and other sums due under this Lease which are not paid when due shall accrue interest at the lesser of the Prime Rate plus six percent (6%) per annum, or the highest rate allowed by law. If Tenant fails to pay any Rent when due, the unpaid amounts also will be subject to a late payment charge equal to three percent (3%) of the unpaid amounts. This late payment charge is intended to compensate Landlord for its additional administrative costs resulting from Tenant’s failure, and has been agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant as a reasonable estimate of the additional administrative costs that will be incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s failure. The actual cost in each instance is extremely difficult, if not impossible, to determine. This late payment charge will constitute liquidated damages and will be paid to Landlord together with such unpaid amounts and interest as set forth above. The payment of this late payment charge will not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any default by Tenant under this Lease.

 

28.34 Entire Agreement.

 

This Lease, the exhibits and addenda, if any, contain the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant. No promises or representations, except as contained in this Lease, have been made to Tenant respecting the condition or the manner of operating the Premises, the Building, or the Project.

 

28.35 Counterparts.

 

This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument, except that in the event of variation or discrepancy between counterparts, the counterpart held by Landlord shall control. Landlord shall have the unilateral right to insert the Lease Date on page 1 hereof.

 

28.36 OFAC Certification.

 

Tenant hereby represents and certifies to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is not acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity or nation named by any Executive Order, including without limitation Executive Order 13224, or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person,” or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule or regulation that is enacted, enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control; and (ii) Tenant is not engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, any such person, group, entity or nation. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities, fines, penalties, forfeitures and expenses (including without limitation costs and attorneys’ fees) arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing certification.

 

Page 28

 

28.37 Telecommunications.

 

There are installed in the Building telephone riser cables (collectively the “riser cables”) from the outside of the Building to the terminal block on each floor in the Building. Subject to Landlord’s supervision and approval, Tenant shall have the right to use the riser cables by installing telecommunication lines from the Premises to the terminal block on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located (such lines, and any other voice/data cables, lines or wires used or installed by or for Tenant and serving the Premises are referred to as the “telecommunication lines”). Landlord, however, makes no representations or warranties with respect to the capacity, suitability or design of the riser cables or terminal blocks. If there is more than one tenant on a floor, Landlord will allocate hook- ups to the terminal block based on the proportion of rentable square feet that each tenant occupies on the floor. The installation and hook-up of telecommunication lines by Tenant will be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including, without limitation, Article 15 of this Lease. Tenant will have no rights or interest in the riser cables and terminal blocks in the Building therein except as set forth herein. Under no circumstances will Landlord or its agents or employees be liable for, and Tenant and each of its subtenants waives all claims with respect to, any damages or losses sustained by it or any occupant of the Premises, including any property or consequential damages, resulting from operating or maintenance of the riser cables and terminal blocks. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in no event shall Landlord be liable for: (a) any damage to Tenant’s or its subtenants’ telephone lines, telephones or other equipment connected to the telecommunication lines, (b) interruption or failure of, or interference with, telephone or other service coming through the telecommunication lines to the Premises, or (c) unauthorized eavesdropping or wiretapping. All telephone and telecommunications desired by Tenant must be ordered and utilized at the sole expense of Tenant. All of Tenant’s telecommunications equipment must be and remain solely in the Premises, in accordance with this Lease and with the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time.

 

Any and all telecommunications lines and equipment installed in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building by or on behalf of Tenant must be removed before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, by Tenant at its sole cost or, at Landlord’s election, by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost, with such cost to be paid as additional rent. However, Landlord will have the right, upon written notice to Tenant given no later than 30 days before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to require Tenant to abandon and leave in place, without additional payment to Tenant or credit against rent, any and all telecommunication lines and related infrastructure, or selected components thereof, whether located in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project. Tenant covenants and agrees that at the termination or expiration of this Lease, Tenant will be the sole owner of such telecommunication lines and related equipment and infrastructure, such that if Landlord elects to require such telecommunication lines and related equipment and infrastructure to remain in place, Landlord will become the sole owner thereof upon expiration or termination of this Lease; Tenant further covenants that such telecommunication lines and related equipment and infrastructure will be free of all liens and encumbrances, and that such telecommunication lines will be in good condition, working order, and properly labeled at each end and in each telecommunications/electrical closet and junction box. The provisions of this grammatical paragraph will survive expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

If Tenant wishes at any time to utilize the services of a telecommunications provider whose equipment is not then servicing the Building, no such provider will be permitted to install its lines or other equipment within the Building or on the Project without first securing the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. If telecommunications equipment, wiring, and facilities installed by or at the request of Tenant within the Premises, or elsewhere within or on the Building or Project causes interference to equipment used by another party, Tenant will (i) assume all liability related to such interference, and will indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any liabilities and claims against Landlord resulting from such interference, (ii) use reasonable efforts, and cooperate with Landlord and other parties, to promptly eliminate such interference, (iii) if Tenant is unable to promptly eliminate such interference, substitute alternative equipment which remedies the situation, and (iv) if such interference persists, discontinue the use of the equipment causing such interference and, at Landlord’s discretion, remove such equipment.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

Page 29

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the Lease Date.

 

LANDLORD  
   
MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company  
     
By: JONES LANG LASALLE AMERICAS (ILLINOIS), L. P.,  
  Property Manager and Authorized Agent  
     
By:    
Name:     
Its:  

 

TENANT  
     
CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware Corporation  
     
By:    
Name:  Steven A. Bourne  
Its: Chief Financial Officer  

 

Page 30

 

EXHIBIT A

 

LAYOUT OF THE PREMISES

 

 

lf(j\\ JONES LANG

\...WJJ LASALLE..

 

555 COMBINED CENTRE

3RDFLOOR

 

Updated 08/29/20 I I

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. Landlord may from time to time adopt appropriate systems and procedures for the security or safety of the Building, or any equipment, furnishings, or contents of the Building, and Tenant will comply with Landlord’s reasonable requirements relative to such systems and procedures.

 

2. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, and stairways of the Building shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators, and stairways are not for the general public, and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access to such halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, and stairways of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation, and interests of the Building, provided that nothing contained in these Rules and Regulations shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. Neither Tenant nor any employee or invitee of Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building. Tenant shall not be permitted to place or install any object (including without limitation radio and television antennas, loudspeakers, sound amplifiers, microwave dishes, solar devices, or similar devices) on the exterior of the Building or on the roof of the Building without having a license agreement in place executed by Tenant and Landlord governing the same. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s agents or contractors may perform maintenance, repairs or alterations on any base building lighting, plumbing or mechanical system or fixture.

 

3. Other than draperies expressly permitted by Landlord and building standard mini-blinds, material visible from outside the building shall not be permitted. In the event of the violation of this rule by Tenant, Landlord may remove the violating items without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to the Tenant.

 

4. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, except in areas of the Premises which are specially constructed for cooking and except that use by the Tenant of microwave ovens and Underwriters’ Laboratory approved equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate, and similar beverages shall be permitted, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules, and regulations.

 

5. Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than the cleaning service of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the Premises, unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord in writing. Except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning it. No Tenant shall cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Should Tenant’s actions result in any increased expense for any required cleaning, Landlord reserves the right to assess Tenant for such expenses.

 

6. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other foreign substances shall be thrown in such plumbing fixtures. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors, or licensees, caused the same.

 

7. Tenant shall not in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building of which they form a part. In those portions of the Premises where carpet has been provided directly or indirectly by Landlord, Tenant shall at its own expense install and maintain pads to protect the carpet under all furniture having casters other than carpet casters.

 

8. Tenant shall not alter, change, replace, or rekey any lock or install a new lock or a knocker on any door of the Premises. Landlord, its agents, or employees shall retain a pass (master) key to all door locks on the Premises. Any new door locks required by Tenant or any change in keying of existing locks shall be installed or changed by Landlord following Tenant’s written request to Landlord and shall be at Tenant’s expense. All new locks and rekeyed locks shall remain operable by Landlord’s pass (master) key. Tenant, upon termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord all keys and access cards for the Premises and Building that have been furnished to Tenant.

 

1

 

9. The elevator designated for freight by Landlord shall be available for use by Tenant during the hours and pursuant to such procedures as Landlord may determine from time to time. The persons employed to move Tenant’s equipment, material, furniture, or other property in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord. The moving company must be a locally recognized professional mover, whose primary business is the performing of relocation services, and must be bonded and fully insured. A certificate or other verification of such insurance must be received and approved by Landlord prior to the start of any moving operations. Insurance must be sufficient, in Landlord’s sole opinion, to cover all personal liability, theft or damage to the Project, including but not limited to floor coverings, doors, walls, elevators, stairs, foliage, and landscaping. Special care must be taken to prevent damage to foliage and landscaping during adverse weather. All moving operations shall be conducted at such times and in such a manner as Landlord shall direct, and all moving shall take place during non-business hours unless Landlord agrees in writing otherwise. Tenant shall be responsible for the provision of Building security during all moving operations, and shall be liable for all losses and damages sustained by any party as a result of the failure to supply adequate security. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size, and position of all equipment, materials, furniture, or other property brought into the Building. Heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on wood strips of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord shall not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining such property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all such property to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all such property which violates any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part. Supplies, goods, materials, packages, furniture, and all other items of every kind delivered to or taken from the Premises shall be delivered or removed through the entrance and route designated by Landlord, and Landlord shall not be responsible for the loss or damage of any such property unless such loss or damage results from the negligence of Landlord, its agents, or employees.

 

10. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline, or any flammable, combustible or explosive fluid or material or chemical substance other than cleaning fluids and solvents required in Tenant’s normal operations in the Premises. Without Landlord’s prior written approval, Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. Tenant shall not use or keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises.

 

11. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice and without liability to Tenant, to change the name and street address of the Building.

 

12. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant mentioning the Building that, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a Building for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

 

13. Tenant shall not bring any animals (except Service Animals as defined by the ADA) or birds into the Building, and shall not permit bicycles or other vehicles inside or on the sidewalks outside the Building except in areas designated from time to time by Landlord for such purposes.

 

14. All persons entering or leaving the Building between the hours of 6 p.m. and 8 a.m. Monday through Friday, and at all hours on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays shall comply with such off-hour regulations as Landlord may establish and modify from time to time.

 

15. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage without being in violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord designates. Removal of any furniture or furnishings, large equipment, packing crates, packing materials, and boxes shall be the responsibility of each Tenant and such items may not be disposed of in the Building trash receptacles nor shall they be removed by the Building’s janitorial service, except at Landlord’s sole option and at the Tenant’s expense. No furniture, appliances, equipment, or flammable products of any type may be disposed of in the Building trash receptacles.

 

2

 

16. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting, and distributing handbills or any other written materials in the Building are prohibited, and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

17. The requirements of the Tenant shall be attended to only upon application by written, personal, or telephone notice at the office of the Building. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

 

18. Tenant shall see that the doors of the Premises are closed and locked and that all water faucets, water apparatus, and utilities are shut off before Tenant or Tenant’s employees leave the Premises, so as to prevent waste or damage, and for any default or carelessness in this regard Tenant shall make good all injuries sustained by other Tenants or occupants of the Building or Landlord.

 

19. Tenant shall not conduct itself in any manner that is inconsistent with the character of the Building as a first quality Building.

 

20. Neither Landlord nor any operator of the parking areas within the Project wherein the parking is located, as the same are designated and modified by Landlord, in its sole discretion, from time to time (sometimes collectively the “parking areas”) shall be liable for loss of or damage to any vehicle or any contents of such vehicle or accessories to any such vehicle, or any property left in any of the parking areas, resulting from fire, theft, vandalism, accident, conduct of other users of the parking areas and other persons, or any other casualty or cause. Further, Tenant understands and agrees that: (a) Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any traffic control, security protection or operator for the parking areas; (b) Tenant uses the parking areas at its own risk; and (c) Landlord shall not be liable for personal injury or death, or theft, loss of, or damage to property. Tenant waives and releases Landlord from any and all liability arising out of the use of the parking areas by Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees, and visitors, whether brought by any of such persons or any other person.

 

21. Tenant and its employees, agents, invitees, and visitors shall use the parking described in Paragraph 27 of the Lease solely for the purpose of parking passenger cars, small vans, and small trucks and shall comply in all respects with any rules and regulations that may be promulgated by Landlord from time to time with respect thereto. Tenant shall ensure that any vehicle parked in any of the parking spaces shall be kept in proper repair, good operating condition, currently licensed, and shall not leak excessive amounts of oil or grease or any amount of gasoline. If any of the parking is at any time used (a) for any purpose other than parking as provided above; (b) in any way or manner reasonably objectionable to Landlord; or (c) by Tenant after default by Tenant under the Lease, Landlord, in addition to any other rights otherwise available to Landlord, including, at the Tenant’s expense, the right to tow or boot the offending vehicle, may consider such default an Event of Default under the Lease.

 

22. Tenant’s right to use the parking shall be in common with other parties permitted by Landlord to use the parking areas. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any unavailability of parking nor shall any unavailability entitle Tenant to any refund, deduction, or allowance.

 

23. If the parking areas are damaged or destroyed, or if the use of the parking areas is limited or prohibited by any governmental authority, or the use or operation of the parking areas is limited or prevented by strikes or other labor difficulties or other causes beyond Landlord’s control, Tenant’s inability to use the parking areas shall not subject Landlord or any operator of the parking areas to any liability to Tenant and shall not relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under the Lease and the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

24. Tenant has no right to assign, sublease or sublicense, as the case may be, any of its rights in the parking, except as part of a permitted assignment or sublease of the Lease. However, Tenant may allocate the parking among its employees.

 

25. No act or thing done or omitted to be done by Landlord or Landlord’s agent during the Term of the Lease in connection with the enforcement of these Rules and Regulations shall constitute an eviction by Landlord of any Tenant nor shall it be deemed an acceptance of surrender of the Premises by any Tenant, and no agreement to accept such termination or surrender shall be valid unless in a writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to any employee or agent of Landlord shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises unless such delivery of keys is done in connection with a written instrument executed by Landlord approving the Termination or surrender.

 

26. As used in these Rules and Regulations, the word “Tenant includes the employees, agents, invitees, and licensees of Tenant and others permitted by Tenant to use or occupy the Premises.

 

27. Landlord shall have the right to designate all or any portion of the Building and/or Project as a non-smoking facility at any time during the Term.

 

28. These rules and regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements, and conditions of the Lease.

 

3

 

EXHIBIT C

 

TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

RE: Lease dated____________ (“Lease”) between MJH Northbrook LLC (“Landlord”) and (“Tenant”) for Suite ____________(“Premises”) in a building located at____________ and commonly known as____________ (“Building”).
 
  The Tenant hereby certifies to Landlord, and to____________, a____________ (“____________“) that the following information with respect to the Lease is true and correct:

 

1. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified or amended except as specifically set forth in Paragraph 4. below. There are no other agreements, understandings, contracts or commitments of any kind with respect to the Lease or the Premises except as expressly provided in the Lease or in any amendment or supplement thereto set forth in Paragraph 4., below.

 

2. Tenant asserts no claim of default, offset or defense against rent or other charges payable by the Tenant under the Lease. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge and belief, there is no default by Landlord under the Lease and all commitments made by Landlord to Tenant to induce Tenant to enter into the Lease have been satisfied.

 

3. All rent due under the Lease has been paid to the end of the current calendar month, which is____________,____________, and no rent due under the Lease has been paid more than one month in advance of its due date.

 

4. Dates of any Lease amendments or modifications:____________.

 

5. Current monthly Base Rental:____________.

 

6. Lease Commencement Date:____________.

 

7. Lease Expiration Date:____________.

 

8. The Lease contains no options to renew, first rights of refusal, options to expand, or options to terminate, except as follows:____________.

 

9. The Tenant has not assigned, or otherwise transferred its interest under the Lease, except as follows:____________.

 

10. Tenant is using the Premises only for those purposes specifically permitted under the Lease, which is____________.

 

11. Landlord is holding Tenant’s security deposit of $____________.

 

12. Neither Landlord nor Tenant is in default under the Lease and there are no conditions or events which have occurred or which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute a default or breach. Tenant is current in the payment of all taxes, utilities, common area maintenance payments, and other charges required to be paid by the Tenant pursuant to the Lease, and there exists no dispute relative to any such amounts.

 

13. The improvements and space required to be furnished according to the Lease have been duly delivered by the Landlord and accepted by the Tenant.

 

14. The undersigned has all requisite authority to execute this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant.

 

Dated:____________,____________.      
       
    By:  
    Name:   
    Its:  

 

 

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (“Amendment) is made and entered into as of the 29th day of June, 2012, between MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease dated August 18, 2011 (the “Lease”). Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 2,728 rentable square feet (“RSF”) situated in Suite 340 (the “Premises”) of the building located at 555 Skokie Boulevard, Northbrook, Illinois 60062 (the “Building”).
Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease and otherwise amend the Lease as provided herein.

 

Terms

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein (which by incorporation are deemed to include the foregoing Recitals as if fully restated below) and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby amend the Lease as follows:

 

1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

 

2. Integration of Amendment and Lease. This Amendment and the Lease shall be deemed to be, for all purposes, one instrument. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall, in all instances, control and prevail.

 

3. Extension of Term. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period (the “Extension Term”) of one (1) year, commencing on September 1, 2012, and continuing to and including August 31, 2013 (the revised “Expiration Date”).

 

4. Base Rent. During the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent in the following amount:

 

Base Rent/RSF     Annual Base Rent     Monthly Base Rent  
$ 15.50     $ 42,284.00     $ 3,523.67  

 

5. Operating Expenses. Taxes. During the Extension Term, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes, as set forth in the Lease.

 

6. Condition of Premises. Tenant accepts the Premises AS IS, WHERE IS, with all faults, and acknowledges that Landlord bas completed and paid for all prior work and allowances required of Landlord under the Lease. Landlord is not required to perform, pay for, or provide Tenant with an allowance for, any work or improvements on the Premises. No agreement or promise of Landlord, the property manager, or their respective agents or employees to alter, remodel, decorate, clean, or improve the Premises or Building (or to provide Tenant with any credit or allowance for the same), and no representation regarding the condition of the Premises or Building, has been made to or relied upon by Tenant.

 

Page 1

 

 

7. Authority; OFAC. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant hereby confirms and re-makes its certification, representations, and agreements as set forth in Section 28.36 of the Lease.

 

8. Broker. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with this Amendment other than Landlord’s broker, Jones Lang LaSalle America (Illinois), L.P., and Tenant’s broker, Tenant Advisors. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s agents harmless from all damages, liability and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other brokers or finders for any commession alleged to be due such brokers or finders in connection with their participation in the negotiation with Tenant of this Amendment.

 

9. Options. Tenant has no option to renew, extend, expand, terminate, or cancel; no right of first offer, first refusal, or purchase; and no similar rights or options. If Tenant notifies Landlord that it requires additional space during the Extension Term, Landlord will work in good faith to accommodate Tenant’s needs by offering such space on market terms (as determined by Landlord) in the Combined Centre Project.

 

10. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties executed the same document. All such counterparts shall constitute one agreement. Landlord shall have the unilateral right to insert the date of this Amendment on page 1 hereof.

 

11. No Offer. Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by Landlord.

 

12. Entire Agreement. This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters (other than the Lease) will be valid or of any force or effect.

 

13. Lease in Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Any liability of Landlord under the Lease and this Amendment shall be limited solely to its interest in the Building, and in no event shall any personal liability be asserted against Landlord in connection with the Lease or Amendment, nor shall any recourse be had to any other property or assets of Landlord.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank, signature page follow]

 

Page 2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment in maimer sufficient to bind them as of the day and year first above written.

 

  LANDLORD
   
  MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

  By: JONES LANG LASALLE AMERICAS
    (ILLINOIS), L. P., Property Manager and Authorized Agent

 

    By:  
    Name:   
    Its:  

 

  TENANT
   
  CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware
  Corporation

 

    By:  
    Name:  Steven A. Bourne
    Its: Chief Financial Officer

 

Page 3

 

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 20th day of June, 2013, between MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease dated August 18, 2011, as amended by First Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 29, 2012 (collectively, the “Lease”). Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 2,728 rentable square feet (“RSF”) situated in Suite 340 (the “Premises”) of the building located at 555 Skokie Boulevard, Northbrook, Illinois 60062 (the “Building”).
Landlord and Tenant desire to further extend the Term of the Lease and otherwise amend the Lease as provided herein.

 

Terms

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein (which by incorporation are deemed to include the foregoing Recitals as if fully restated below) and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby amend the Lease as follows:

 

1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

 

2. Integration of Amendment and Lease. This Amendment and the Lease shall be deemed to be, for all purposes, one instrument. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall, in all instances, control and prevail.

 

3. Extension of Term. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period (the “Extension Term”) of one (1) year, commencing on September 1, 2013, and continuing to and including August 31, 2014 (the revised “Expiration Date”).

 

4. Base Rent. During the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent in the following

amount:

 

Base Rent/RSF     Annual Base Rent     Monthly Base Rent  
$ 15.50     $ 42,284.00     $ 3,523.67  

 

5. Expenses, Taxes. During the Extension Term, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes, as set forth in the Lease.

 

6. Condition of Premises. Tenant accepts the Premises AS IS, WHERE IS, with all faults, and acknowledges that Landlord has completed and paid for all prior work and allowances required of Landlord under the Lease. Landlord is not required to perform, pay for, or provide Tenant with an allow ance for, any work or improvements on the Premises. No agreement or promise of Landlord, the property manager, or their respective agents or employees to alter, remodel, decorate, clean, or improve the Premises or Building (or to provide Tenant with any credit or allowance for the same), and no repre sentation regarding the condition of the Premises or Building, has been made to or relied upon by Tenant.

 

Page 1

 

 

7. Authority; OFAC. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant hereby confirms and re-makes its certification, representations, and agreements as set forth in Section 28.36 of the Lease.

 

8. Broker. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with this Amendment other than Landlord’s broker, Jones Lang LaSalle America (Illinois), L.P. , and Tenant’s broker, Tenant Advisors. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s agents harmless from all damages, liability and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other brokers or finders for any commission alleged to be due such brokers or finders in connection with their participation in the negotiation with Tenant of this Amendment.

 

9. Options. Tenant has no option to renew, extend, expand, terminate, or cancel; no right of first offer, first refusal, or purchase; and no similar rights or options, except as follows:

 

Right of First Offer. Subject to the provisions hereinafter set forth, any rights previously granted to other tenants, and Landlord’s right to renew or extend the lease term of any existing tenant; and provided there is not then an Event of Default by Tenant and Tenant has not subleased or assigned its rights hereunder (other than to an Affiliate), Tenant shall have a Right of First Offer (“ROFO”) with respect to Suite 360 in the Building, containing approximately 472 RSF (the “ROFO Space”). Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have the sole discretion to determine whether to market Suite 360 by itself or in combination with other contiguous suites. Tenant’s ROFO shall commence upon execution of this Amendment, and shall remain in effect until December 31, 2013, at which time it shall expire.

 

(i) Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (“Landlord’s Notice”) of the Major Business Terms (as hereinafter defined) upon which Landlord is planning to market the ROFO Space. “Major Business Terms” means the lease term, base rental rate, operating expense and tax adjustments, tenant improvement allowance, rent commencement date, and number of RSF. During the five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of a Landlord’s Notice, Tenant may lease the ROFO Space by advising Landlord in writing (“Acceptance Notice”) that it wishes to lease the ROFO Space, in which event Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a lease amendment within the following twenty (20) days containing the Major Business Terms specified in Landlord’s Notice (including the lease term specified in Landlord’s Notice, it being understood that such lease term probably will extend beyond the revised Expiration Date applicable to the Premises), and otherwise containing provisions equivalent to those in this Lease.

 

(ii) If Tenant does not provide a timely Acceptance Notice, or timely execute the lease amendment, then the ROFO shall terminate and Landlord may lease the ROFO Space to any third person on substantially the same Major Business Terms (i.e., within 7.5% (or more advantageous to Landlord)) without further notice to Tenant.

 

10. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties executed the same document. All such counterparts shall constitute one agreement. Landlord shall have the unilateral right to insert the date of this Amendment on page 1 hereof.

 

Page 2

 

 

11. No Offer. Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by Landlord.

 

12. Entire Agreement. This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters (other than the Lease) will be valid or of any force or effect.

 

13. Lease in Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Any liability of Landlord under the Lease and this Amendment shall be limited solely to its interest in the Building, and in no event shall any personal liability be asserted against Landlord in connection with the Lease or Amendment, nor shall any recourse be had to any other property or assets of Landlord.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

Page 3

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment in manner sufficient to bind them as of the day and year first above written.

 

  LANDLORD
     
  MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
     
  By: JONES LANG LASALLE AMERICAS
    (ILLINOIS), L. P., Property Manager and Authorized Agent

 

    By:  
    Name:   
    Its:  

 

  TENANT
   
  CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware
  corporation

 

    By:  
    Name:  Steven A. Bourne
    Its: Chief Financial Officer

 

Page 4

 

 

 

CORRECTED THIRD AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS CORRECTED THIRD AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 30th day of July, 2014, between MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease dated August 18, 2011, as amended by First Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 29, 2012, and by Second Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 20, 2013 (collectively, the “Lease”). Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 2,728 rentable square feet (“RSF”) situated in Suite 340 (the “Current Premises”) of the building located at 555 Skokie Boulevard, Northbrook, Illinois 60062 (the “Building”).
Landlord and Tenant desire to further extend the Term of the Lease, expand the Premises, and otherwise amend the Lease as provided herein.
This Amendment corrects and supersedes the Third Amendment to Office Lease dated as of July 30, 2014.

 

Terms

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein (which by incorporation are deemed to include the foregoing Recitals as if fully restated below) and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby amend the Lease as follows:

 

1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

 

2. Integration of Amendment and Lease. This Amendment and the Lease shall be deemed to be, for all purposes, one instrument. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall, in all instances, control and prevail.

 

3. Extension of Term. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period (the “Extension Term”) of sixteen (16) months, commencing on September 1, 2014, and continuing to and including December 31, 2015 (the revised “Expiration Date”).

 

4. Expansion of Premises. As of August 1, 2014 (the “Expansion Commencement Date”), the Premises shall be expanded by adding thereto Suite 333 in the Building, consisting of approximately 4,612 RSF (the “Expansion Space”). The Expansion Space is depicted on the floor plan that is attached hereto as Exhibit A. The RSF of the Expansion Space has been measured by Landlord’s architect using ANSI/BOMA Z65.1 1996 standards, which Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree is reasonable, and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

 

Tenant’s Proportionate Share with respect to the Expansion Space shall be 7.204% (4,612 RSF divided by the 64,016 RSF of the Building). On and after the Expansion Commencement Date, the RSF of the Current Premises plus the Expansion Space shall be 7,340 RSF, and Tenant’s Proportionate Share as to the Current Premises plus the Expansion Space shall be 11.466%. The Term of the Lease as to the Expansion Space (the “Expansion Term”) shall begin on the Expansion Commencement Date and expire on the revised Expiration Date (December 31, 2015).

 

Page 1

 

 

5. Base Rent. During the month of August 2014, Tenant shall pay Base Rent on the Current Premises as set forth in the Lease; in addition, Tenant shall pay Base Rent on the Expansion Space in the amount of $5,765.00 ($15.00 per RSF annualized), payable in the manner set forth in the Lease. During the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent on the entire Premises (Current Premises plus Expansion Space) as set forth in the following chart (plus applicable sales or gross receipts tax, if any):

 

Period   Base
Rent/RSF
    Annual
Base Rent
    Monthly
Base Rent
 
9/1/2014 to 12/31/2015   $ 15.00     $ 110,100.00     $ 9,175.00  

 

6. Operating Expenses, Taxes. At all times after the Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay its Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes as set forth in the Lease, but on the entire Premises.

 

7. Condition of Premises. Tenant accepts the Premises including the Expansion Space AS IS, WHERE IS, with all faults, and acknowledges that Landlord has completed and paid for all prior work and allowances required of Landlord under the Lease. Landlord is not required to perform or pay for, or provide Tenant with an allowance for, any work or improvements on the Current Premises or the Expansion Space, except as set forth in the following paragraph. Except as set forth in the following paragraph, no agreement or promise of Landlord, the property manager, or their respective agents or employees to alter, remodel, decorate, clean, or improve the Current Premises, Expansion Space, or Building (or to provide Tenant with any credit or allowance for the same), and no representation regarding the condition of the Current Premises, Expansion Space, or Building, has been made to or relied upon by Tenant.

 

Notwithstanding the above, Landlord shall (a) shampoo the carpet in the Expansion Space; (b) patch any holes in the walls of the Expansion Space; and (c) paint the walls of the Expansion Space using one color of Building-standard paint as selected by Tenant prior to execution of this Amendment.

 

8. Authority; OFAC. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant hereby confirms and re-makes its certification, representations, and agreements as set forth in Section 28.36 of the Lease.

 

9. Broker. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with this Amendment other than Landlord’s broker, Jones Lang LaSalle America (Illinois), L.P. , and Tenant’s broker, Tenant Advisors. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s agents harmless from all damages, liability and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other brokers or finders for any commission alleged to be due such brokers or finders in connection with their participation in the negotiation with Tenant of this Amendment..

 

10. Options. Tenant has no option to renew, extend, expand, terminate, or cancel; no right of first offer, first refusal, or purchase; and no similar rights or options; any options previously set forth in the Lease are hereby deemed expired, null, void, and of no further force or eff

 

Page 2

 

 

11. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties executed the same document. All such counterparts shall constitute one agreement. Landlord shall have the unilateral right to insert the date of its execution as the date of this Amendment on page 1 hereof.

 

12. No Offer. Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by Landlord.

 

13. Entire Agreement. This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters (other than the Lease) will be valid or of any force or effect.

 

14. Lease in Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Any liability of Landlord under the Lease and this Amendment shall be limited solely to its interest in the Building, and in no event shall any personal liability be asserted against Landlord in connection with the Lease or Amendment, nor shall any recourse be had to any other property or assets of Landlord.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment in manner sufficient to bind them as of the day and year first above written.

 

  LANDLORD
   
  MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

  By: JONES LANG LASALLE AMERICAS
    (ILLINOIS), L. P., Property Manager and Authorized Agent

 

    By:  
    Name:   
    Its:  

 

  TENANT
   
  CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware Corporation

 

    By:  
    Name:  Steven A. Bourne
    Its: Chief Financial Officer

 

Page 3

 

 

EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN OF EXPANSION SPACE

 

 

 

Exh. A, p. 1

 

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the ,3ot.:. day of November, 2015, between MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and CLAROS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease dated August 18, 2011, as amended by First Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 29, 2012, Second Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 20, 2013, and Corrected Third Amendment to Office Lease dated as of July 30, 2014 (collectively, the “Lease”). Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 2,728 rentable square feet (“RSF”) situated in Suite 340, and approximately 4,612 RSF situated in Suite 333 (collectively, the “Current Premises”), of the building located at 555 Skokie Boulevard, Northbrook, Illinois 60062 (the “Building”).
Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease (which is currently set to expire on December 31, 2015) as to Suite 340 only, and otherwise to amend the Lease as provided herein.

 

Terms

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein (which by incorporation are deemed to include the foregoing Recitals as if fully restated below) and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby amend the Lease as follows:

 

1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

 

2. Integration of Amendment and Lease. This Amendment and the Lease shall be deemed to be, for all purposes, one instrument. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall, in all instances, control and prevail.

 

3. Extension of Term. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period (the “Extension Period”) of twelve (12) months, commencing on January 1, 2016, and continuing to and including December 31, 2016 (the revised “Expiration Date”).

 

4. Contraction of Premises. During the Extension Period, the Premises shall consist only of Suite 340. On or before December 31, 2015 (the “Surrender Date”), Tenant shall surrender to Landlord possession of Suite 333. In surrendering Suite 333, Tenant shall: remove all personal property, office equipment, work stations, desks, and papers from Suite 333; disconnect and remove all of Tenant’s low voltage wiring and tele-data cabling from Suite 333, so that all of Tenant’s remaining wire/cable runs are located only within Suite 340; and leave Suite 333 broom clean but otherwise “as is.” Tenant’s failure to so surrender Suite 333 by the Surrender Date shall, without further notice from Landlord, constitute a default hereunder by Tenant and a holding over as to Suite 333. Monthly Holdover Rent for Suite 333 shall be 200% of the total Rent payable under the Lease for Suite 333 during December 2015.

 

Page 1

 

 

5. Base Rent. Until the Extension Period, Tenant shall pay Base Rent on the entire Current Premises as set forth in the Lease. During the Extension Period, Tenant shall pay Base Rent on Suite 340 as set forth in the following chart (plus applicable sales or gross receipts tax, if any):

 

Period   Base
Rent/RSF
    Annual
Base Rent
    Monthly
Base Rent
 
Extension Period   $ 15.50     $ 42,284.00     $ 3,523.67  

 

6. Operating Expenses, Taxes. Until the Extension Period, Tenant shall pay its Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes on the entire Current Premises as set forth in the Lease. During the Extension Period, Tenant shall pay its Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes on Suite 340 as set forth in the Lease. Tenant’s Proportionate Share with respect to Suite 340 shall be 4.261% (2,728 RSF divided by the 64,016 RSF of the Building).

 

7. Condition of Premises. Tenant accepts the Current Premises AS IS, WHERE IS, with all faults, and acknowledges that Landlord has completed and paid for all prior work and allowances required of Landlord under the Lease. Landlord is not required to perform or pay for, or provide Tenant with an allowance for, any work or improvements on any part of the Current Premises. No agreement or promise of Landlord, the property manager, or their respective agents or employees to alter, remodel, decorate, clean, or improve the Current Premises or Building (or to provide Tenant with any credit or allowance for the same), and no representation regarding the condition of the Current Premises or Building, has been made to or relied upon by Tenant.

 

8. Authority; OFAC. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant hereby confirms and re-makes its certification, representations, and agreements as set forth in Section 28.36 of the Lease.

 

9. Broker. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with this Amendment other than Landlord’s broker, Jones Lang LaSalle America (Illinois), L.P., and Tenant’s broker, Tenant Advisors, Inc. (Liza Passarelli). Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s agents harmless from all damages, liability and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other brokers or finders for any commission alleged to be due such brokers or finders in connection with their participation in the negotiation with Tenant of this Amendment.

 

10. Options. Tenant has no option to renew, extend, expand, terminate, or cancel; no right of first offer, first refusal, or purchase; and no similar rights or options.

 

11. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties executed the same document. All such counterparts shall constitute one agreement. Landlord shall have the unilateral right to insert the date of its execution as the date of this Amendment on page 1 hereof.

 

12. No Offer. Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by Landlord.

 

13. Entire Agreement. This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters (other than the Lease) will be valid or of any force or effect.

 

14. Lease in Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Any liability of Landlord under the Lease and this Amendment shall be limited solely to its interest in the Building, and in no event shall any personal liability be asserted against Landlord in connection with the Lease or Amendment, nor shall any recourse be had to any other property or assets of Landlord.

 

Page 2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment in manner sufficient to bind them as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD
   
  MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
   
  By: JONES LANG LASALLE AMERICAS (ILLINOIS), L. P., Property Manager and Authorized Agent

 

    By:  
    Name:   
    Its:  

 

  TENANT
   
  CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation
   
    By:          
    Name:  Steven A. Bourne
    Its: Chief Financial Officer

 

Page 3

 

 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 2nd day of December, 2016, between MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease dated August 18, 2011, as amended by First Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 29, 2012, Second Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 20, 2013, Corrected Third Amendment to Office Lease dated as of July 30, 2014, and Fourth Amendment to Office Lease dated as of November 30, 2015 (collectively, the “Lease”).
Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 2,728 rentable square feet (“RSF”) situated in Suite 340 (the “Premises”), of the building located at 555 Skokie Boulevard, Northbrook, Illinois 60062 (the “Building”).
Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease (which is currently set to expire on December 31, 2016), and otherwise to amend the Lease as provided herein.

 

Terms

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein (which by incorporation are deemed to include the foregoing Recitals as if fully restated below) and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby amend the Lease as follows:

 

1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

 

2. Integration of Amendment and Lease. This Amendment and the Lease shall be deemed to be, for all purposes, one instrument. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall, in all instances, control and prevail.

 

3. Extension of Term. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period (the “Extension Term”) of twelve (12) months, commencing on January 1, 2017, and continuing to and including December 31, 2017 (the revised “Expiration Date”).

 

4. Base Rent. Until the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent on the Premises as set forth in the Lease. During the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent as set forth in the following chart (plus applicable sales or gross receipts tax, if any):

 

Period   Base
Rent/RSF
    Annual
Base Rent
    Monthly
Base Rent
 
Extension Term   $ 15.50     $ 42,284.00     $ 3,523.67  

 

5. Operating Expenses, Taxes. At all times, Tenant shall continue to pay its Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes on the Premises as set forth in the Lease.

 

Page 1

 

 

6. Condition of Premises. Tenant accepts the Premises AS IS, WHERE IS, with all faults, and acknowledges that Landlord has completed and paid for all prior work and allowances required of Landlord under the Lease. Landlord is not required to perform or pay for, or provide Tenant with an allowance for, any work or improvements on any part of the Premises. No agreement or promise of Landlord, the property manager, or their respective agents or employees to alter, remodel, decorate, clean, or improve the Premises or Building (or to provide Tenant with any credit or allowance for the same), and no representation regarding the condition of the Premises or Building, has been made to or relied upon by Tenant.

 

7. Authority; OFAC. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant hereby confirms and re-makes its certification, representations, and agreements as set forth in Section 28.36 of the Lease.

 

8. Broker. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with this Amendment other than Landlord’s broker, Jones Lang LaSalle America (Illinois), L.P., and Tenant’s broker, Tenant Advisors, Inc. (Liza Passarelli). Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s agents harmless from all damages, liability and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other brokers or finders for any commission alleged to be due such brokers or finders in connection with their participation in the negotiation with Tenant of this Amendment.

 

9. Notices to Landlord. Effective immediately, Notices to Landlord under the Lease shall be addressed as follows:

 

 

MJH Northbrook LLC

c/o Fulcrum Operating Company, LLC 8725 W. Higgins Road, Suite 805

Chicago, IL 60631

Attention: Mr. Peter J. Broccolo

   
with a copy to:

Jones Lang LaSalle Americas (Illinois), L. P. 1033 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 100

Northbrook, IL 60062 Attention: Barbara Liebers

   
And:

Rothschild, Barry & Myers LLP

150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3025

Chicago, IL 60606

Attention: Jonathan E. Rothschild

 

10. Options. Tenant has no option to renew, extend, expand, terminate, or cancel; no right of first offer, first refusal, or purchase; and no similar rights or options.

 

11. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties executed the same document. All such counterparts shall constitute one agreement. Landlord shall have the unilateral right to insert the date of its execution as the date of this Amendment on page 1 hereof.

 

12. No Offer. Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by Landlord.

 

13. Entire Agreement. This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters (other than the Lease) will be valid or of any force or effect.

 

14. Lease in Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Any liability of Landlord under the Lease and this Amendment shall be limited solely to its interest in the Building, and in no event shall any personal liability be asse11ed against Landlord in connection with the Lease or Amendment, nor shall any recourse be had to any other property or assets of Landlord.

 

Page 2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment in manner sufficient to bind them as of the day and year first above written.

 

  LANDLORD
   
  MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
   
  By: JONES LANG LASALLE AMERICAS (ILLINOIS), L. P., Property Manager and Authorized Agent

 

    By:
Name:
Its:
 

 

  TENANT
   
  CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation
   
  By:
Name:
Its:

 

 

Page 3

 

 

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 1st day of December, 2017, between MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease dated August 18, 2011, as amended by First Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 29, 2012, Second Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 20, 2013, Corrected Third Amendment to Office Lease dated as of July 30, 2014, Fourth Amendment to Office Lease dated as of November 30, 2015, and Fifth Amendment to Office Lease dated as of December 2, 2016 (collectively, the “Lease”).
Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 2,728 rentable square feet (“RSF”) situated in Suite 340 (the “Premises”), of the building located at 555 Skokie Boulevard, Northbrook, Illinois 60062 (the “Building”).
Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease (which is currently set to expire on December 31, 2017), and otherwise to amend the Lease as provided herein.

 

Terms

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein (which by incorporation are deemed to include the foregoing Recitals as if fully restated below) and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby amend the Lease as follows:

 

1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

 

2. Integration of Amendment and Lease. This Amendment and the Lease shall be deemed to be, for all purposes, one instrument. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall, in all instances, control and prevail.

 

3. Extension of Term. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period (the “Extension Period”) of twelve (12) months, commencing on January 1, 2018, and continuing to and including December 31, 2018 (the revised “Expiration Date”).

 

4. Base Rent. Until the Extension Period, Tenant shall pay Base Rent on the Premises as set forth in the Lease. During the Extension Period, Tenant shall pay Base Rent as set forth in the following chart (plus applicable sales or gross receipts tax, if any):

 

Period   Base
Rent/RSF
    Annual
Base Rent
    Monthly
Base Rent
 
Extension Period   $ 15.50     $ 42,284.00     $ 3,523.67  

 

5. Operating Expenses, Taxes. At all times, Tenant shall continue to pay its Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes on the Premises as set forth in the Lease.

 

Page 1

 

 

6. Condition of Premises. Tenant accepts the Premises AS IS, WHERE IS, with all faults, and acknowledges that Landlord has completed and paid for all prior work and allowances required of Landlord under the Lease. Landlord is not required to perform or pay for, or provide Tenant with an allowance for, any work or improvements on any part of the Premises. No agreement or promise of Landlord, the property manager, or their respective agents or employees to alter, remodel, decorate, clean, or improve the Premises or Building (or to provide Tenant with any credit or allowance for the same), and no representation regarding the condition of the Premises or Building, has been made to or relied upon by Tenant.

 

7. Authority; OFAC. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant hereby confirms and re-makes its certification, representations, and agreements as set forth in Section 28.36 of the Lease.

 

8. Broker. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with this Amendment other than Landlord’s broker, Jones Lang LaSalle America (Illinois), L.P., and Tenant’s broker, Tenant Advisors, Inc. (Liza Passarelli). Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s agents harmless from all damages, liability and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other brokers or finders for any commission alleged to be due such brokers or finders in connection with their participation in the negotiation with Tenant of this Amendment.

 

9. Options. Tenant has no option to renew, extend, expand, terminate, or cancel; no right of first offer, first refusal, or purchase; and no similar rights or options.

 

10. Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant’s existing cash Security Deposit in the amount of $6,670.00 shall remain in place during the Extension Period. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, apply a portion of the Security Deposit to cure any default or any nonpayment of Rent hereunder, and Tenant shall pay on demand the amount necessary to restore the Security Deposit in full within ten (10) days after written notice by Landlord. Except to the extent required by law, Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its or their general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit; Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with Landlord’s operating account.

 

11. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties executed the same document. All such counterparts shall constitute one agreement. Landlord shall have the unilateral right to insert the date of its execution as the date of this Amendment on page 1 hereof.

 

12. No Offer. Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by Landlord.

 

13. Entire Agreement. This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters (other than the Lease) will be valid or of any force or effect.

 

14. Lease in Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Any liability of Landlord under the Lease and this Amendment shall be limited solely to its interest in the Building, and in no event shall any personal liability be asserted against Landlord in connection with the Lease or Amendment, nor shall any recourse be had to any other property or assets of Landlord.

 

Page 2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment in manner sufficient to bind them as of the day and year first above written.

 

  LANDLORD
   
  MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

  By: JONES LANG LASALLE AMERICAS
    (ILLINOIS), L. P., Property Manager and Authorized Agent

 

    By:  
    Name:   
    Its:  

 

  TENANT
   
  CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware Corporation

 

  By:  
  Name:  Steven A. Bourne
  Its: Chief Financial Officer

 

Page 3

 

 

SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the _ day of November, 2018, between MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

  Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease dated August 18, 2011, as amended by First Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 29, 2012, Second Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 20, 2013, Corrected Third Amendment to Office Lease dated as of July 30, 2014, Fourth Amendment to Office Lease dated as of November 30, 2015, Fifth Amendment to Office Lease dated as of December 2, 2016, and Sixth Amendment to Office Lease dated as of December l, 2017 (collectively, the “Lease”).
  Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 2,728 rentable square feet (“RSF”) situated in Suite 340 (the “Premises”), of the building located at 555 Skokie Boulevard, Northbrook, Illinois 60062 (the “Building”).
  Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease (which is currently set to expire on December 31, 2018), and otherwise to amend the Lease as provided herein.

 

Terms

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein (which by incorporation are deemed to include the foregoing Recitals as iffully restated below) and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby amend the Lease as follows:

 

1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

 

2. Integration of Amendment and Lease. This Amendment and the Lease shall be deemed to be, for all purposes, one instrument. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall, in all instances, control and prevail.

 

3. Extension of Term. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period (the “Extension Term”) of twelve (12) months, commencing on January 1, 2019, and continuing to and including December 31, 2019.

 

4. Base Rent. Until the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent on the Premises as set forth in the Lease. During the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent as set forth in the following chart (plus applicable sales or gross receipts tax, if any):

 

Period   Base
Rent/RSF
    Annual
Base Rent
    Monthly
Base Rent
 
Extension Period   $ 16.00     $ 43,648.00     $ 3,637.33  

 

Page 1

 

 

5. Operating Expenses, Taxes. At all times, Tenant shall continue to pay its Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes on the Premises as set forth in the Lease.

 

6. Condition of Premises. Tenant accepts the Premises AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS, and acknowledges that Landlord has completed and paid for all prior work and allowances required of Landlord under the Lease. Landlord is not required to perform, pay for, or provide Tenant with an allowance for, any work or improvements on the Premises. No agreement or promise of Landlord, the property manager, or their respective agents or employees to alter, remodel, decorate, clean, or improve the Premises or Building (or to provide Tenant with any credit or allowance for the same), and no representation regarding the condition of the Premises or Building, has been made to or relied upon by Tenant.

 

Notwithstanding the above, Landlord shall professionally shampoo the carpet in the Premises within a reasonable period of time following execution of this Amendment; Landlord shall not be required to move any of Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, or other personal property in performing this work.

 

7. Authority; OFAC. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant hereby confirms and re-makes its certification, representations, and agreements as set forth in Section 28.36 of the Lease.

 

8. Broker. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with this Amendment other than Landlord’s broker, Jones Lang LaSalle America (Illinois), L.P., and Tenant’s broker, Tenant Advisors, Inc. (Liza Passarelli). Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s agents harmless from all damages, liability and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other brokers or finders for any commission alleged to be due such brokers or finders in connection with their participation in the negotiation with Tenant of this Amendment.

 

9. Options. Tenant has no option to renew, extend, expand, terminate, or cancel; no right of first offer, first refusal, or purchase; and no similar rights or options.

 

10. Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant’s existing cash Security Deposit in the amount of $6,670.00 shall remain in place during the Extension Term.

 

11. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties executed the same document. All such counterparts shall constitute one agreement. Landlord shall have the unilateral right to insert the date of its execution as the date of this Amendment on page 1 hereof. This Amendment may be executed and delivered in .pdf or other electronic format, and delivery of a .pdf or other signature by electronic means shall be effective to the same extent as delivery of an original physical signature.

 

12. No Offer. Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by Landlord.

 

13. Entire Agreement. This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters (other than the Lease) will be valid or of any force or effect.

 

Page 2

 

 

14. Lease in Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Any liability of Landlord under the Lease and this Amendment shall be limited solely to its interest in the Building, and in no event shall any personal liability be asserted against Landlord in connection with the Lease or Amendment, nor shall any recourse be had to any other property or assets of Landlord.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment in manner sufficient to bind them as of the day and year first above written.

 

  LANDLORD
   
  MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

  By: JONES LANG LASALLE AMERICAS
    (ILLINOIS), L. P., Property Manager and Authorized Agent

 

    By:  
    Name:   
    Its:  

 

  TENANT
   
  CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware Corporation

 

    By:  
    Name:  Steven A. Bourne
    Its: Chief Financial Officer

 

Page 3

 

 

EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 1st day of January, 2020, between MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease (“Original Lease”) dated August 18, 2011, as amended by First Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 29, 2012, Second Amendment to Office Lease dated as of June 20, 2013, Corrected Third Amendment to Office Lease dated as of July 30, 2014, Fourth Amendment to Office Lease dated as of November 30, 2015, Fifth Amendment to Office Lease dated as of December 2, 2016, Sixth Amendment to Office Lease dated as of December 1, 2017, and Seventh Amendment to Office Lease dated as of November 12, 2018 (collectively, the “Lease”).
Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord currently leases to Tenant approximately 2,728 rentable square feet (“RSF”) situated in Suite 340 (the “Current Premises”), of the building located at 555 Skokie Boulevard, Northbrook, Illinois 60062 (the “Building”).
The Expiration Date of the Lease Term is currently December 31, 2019.
Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Lease Term, relocate Tenant to a larger suite on the third (3rd) floor of the Building, and otherwise amend the Lease as provided herein.

 

Terms

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein (which by incorporation are deemed to include the foregoing Recitals as if fully restated below) and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby amend the Lease as follows:

 

1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

 

2. Integration of Amendment and Lease. This Amendment and the Lease shall be deemed to be, for all purposes, one instrument. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall, in all instances, control and prevail.

 

3. Extension of Term. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period (the “Extension Period”) of two (2) years, commencing on January 1, 2020 (“Extension Commencement Date”), and continuing to and including December 31, 2021 (the new “Expiration Date”).

 

4. Expansion into New Premises; Subsequent Termination of Current Premises.

 

a. From the Extension Commencement Date until February 29, 2020, Tenant shall be entitled to occupy both the Current Premises and the “New Premises” (defined below).

 

Page 1

 

 

b. Effective on March 1, 2020 (the “Relocation Date”), the “Premises” shall consist solely of Suite 333, as depicted on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and containing approximately 4,612 RSF (the “New Premises”), which Landlord and Tenant conclusively agree shall be the RSF of the New Premises for all purposes. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, any statement of RSF set forth herein, or that may have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual RSF is more or less.

 

c. Tenant’s Proportionate Share as of the Relocation Date shall be 7.204%, calculated by dividing the RSF of the New Premises by 64,016, which is acknowledged to be the current RSF of the Building.

 

d. On and after the Relocation Date, the New Premises shall be known as Suite 340, per Tenant’s request, unless the Village of Northbrook refuses to permit such re-numbering.

 

5. Surrender of Current Premises.

 

a. On or before the date which is three (3) business days after the Relocation Date (the “Current Premises Surrender Date”), except for the Furniture (as defined below), Tenant shall remove from the Current Premises all of its personnel and equipment, and any trade fixtures and other items of personal property that it desires to move to the New Premises, and Tenant shall surrender possession of the Current Premises in the condition required by the Lease. Tenant’s failure to surrender the Current Premises to Landlord (except for the Furniture) on or before the Current Premises Surrender Date shall, without notice, constitute a Default and Tenant shall be deemed to be holding over in the Current Premises pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section

28.14 of the Original Lease.

 

b. From the Current Premises Surrender Date to the earlier of (i) June 30, 2020, or( ii) fourteen (14) days after Landlord provides Notice to Tenant that Landlord has secured a new tenant for the Current Premises (the “Furniture Storage Period”), Tenant may store any surplus furniture, furnishings, and fixtures that it will not be using in the New Premises (the “Furniture”) in the Current Premises, at no charge. During the Furniture Storage Period, in no event shall Tenant (a) conduct or permit the conduct of any business from the Current Premises; or (b) assign or sublease Tenant’s right to use the Current Premises. Tenant’s use of the Current Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease (including without limitation Tenant’s obligations with respect to insurance coverage, indemnity, permitted use, hazardous materials, compliance with laws and Landlord’s rules and regulations, payment for electric usage, default, and liability for attorneys’ fees), provided, however, that during the Furniture Storage Period, Tenant shall not have an obligation to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes with respect to the Current Premises.

 

c. Nothing herein shall require Landlord to perform or pay for any improvements whatsoever to the Current Premises, or to provide janitorial or other services to the Current Premises. Tenant may not install (as opposed to store) any telecommunications cabling, equipment, or furniture in the Current Premises, or make any improvements thereto.

 

d. During the Furniture Storage Period, Tenant agrees that Landlord and its agents and representatives may market the Current Premises and may enter the Current Premises to show the Current Premises to potential new tenants. Tenant agrees that during the Furniture Storage Period, Landlord or its agents or representatives also may enter into and upon any part of the Current Premises to inspect the same, clean, or make repairs, alterations, or additions to the Current Premises or the Building, without such acts being deemed an eviction of Tenant or breach of quiet enjoyment, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of its rent on the New Premises by reason thereof.

 

Page 2

 

 

e. On or before the end of the Furniture Storage Period, Tenant shall remove all of the Furniture from the Current Premises and shall surrender possession of the Current Premises in the condition required by the Lease.

 

f. Any failure by Tenant failure to surrender the Current Premises to Landlord to the extent required as of the Current Premises Surrender Date, and/or by the end of the Furniture Storage Period, shall, without notice, constitute a Default and Tenant shall be deemed to be holding over in the Current Premises pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 28.14 of the Original Lease. Holdover Rent for the Current Premises shall be 150% (increasing to 200% if the Holding Over lasts for more than 30 days) of the Rent payable under the Lease for the Current Premises during February 2020, without abatement. Once Tenant has fully surrendered the Current Premises to Landlord, the parties shall be released and relieved of all obligations and liabilities to one another with respect to the Current Premises, except for: unpaid Rent for the period prior to the Relocation Date; insurance and indemnity claims arising out of Tenant’s occupancy of the Current Premises; reconciliation of Operating Expenses and Taxes for the period prior to the Relocation Date; Holdover Rent; and any obligations and liabilities under the Lease which expressly survive the termination of the Term.

 

6. Base Rent.

 

a. Until the Extension Period, Tenant shall pay Base Rent on the Current Premises as set forth in the Lease.

 

b. From the Extension Commencement Date through February 29, 2020, Tenant shall pay Base Rent on the Current Premises in the amount of $3,637.33 per month (plus applicable sales or gross receipts tax, if any).

 

c. During the Extension Period, Tenant also shall pay Base Rent on the New Premises as set forth in the following chart (plus applicable sales or gross receipts tax, if any):

 

Period   Base
Rent/RSF
    Annual
Base Rent
    Monthly
Base Rent
 
01/01/2020 – 12/31/2021   $ 16.00     $ 73,792.00     $ 6,149.33  

 

7. Operating Expenses, Taxes.

 

a. Until February 29, 2020, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of actual Operating Expenses and actual Taxes on the Current Premises, as set forth in the Lease.

 

b. During the Extension Period, Tenant also shall pay its Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes on the New Premises, as set forth in the Lease, based upon Tenant’s Proportionate Share with respect to the New Premises as set forth above in ¶ 4.c.

 

8. Rent Abatement. Notwithstanding the foregoing ¶¶ 6 and 7, Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes, on the New Premises only, shall be abated for the first full calendar month of the Extension Period (i.e., January 2020). The total amount of Rent abated during such month is referred to as the “Abated Rent.” If, because of an uncured Event of Default by Tenant, the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the New Premises is terminated, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Landlord, an amount equal to the total Abated Rent shall immediately become due and payable.

 

Page 3

 

 

9. Condition of Premises. Tenant accepts the Current Premises and the New Premises AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS, and acknowledges that Landlord has completed and paid for all prior work and allowances required of Landlord under the Lease. Except as expressly set forth below, Landlord is not required to perform, pay for, or provide Tenant with an allowance for, any work or improvements on the Premises; and no agreement or promise of Landlord, the property manager, or their respective agents or employees to alter, remodel, decorate, clean, or improve the Premises or Building (or to provide Tenant with any credit or allowance for the same), and no representation regarding the condition of the Premises or Building, has been made to or relied upon by Tenant.

 

Notwithstanding the above, Landlord shall professionally shampoo the carpet in the New Premises within a reasonable period of time following execution of this Amendment. Landlord shall not be required to move any of Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, or other personal property in performing this work. It is understood that this work will be performed while Tenant is entitled to be in possession of the New Premises; and that some interference with Tenant’s business operations therein may occur. In no event shall any circumstances related to this work allow Tenant to claim that Landlord has committed any breach, interference with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, constructive eviction, or similar wrong, or give Tenant any right of termination, self-help, off-set, set-off, deduction, or similar remedy.

 

10. Authority; OFAC. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant hereby confirms and re-makes its certification, representations, and agreements as set forth in Section 28.36 of the Lease.

 

11. Broker. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with this Amendment other than Landlord’s broker, Jones Lang LaSalle America (Illinois), L.P. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s agents harmless from all damages, liability and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other brokers or finders for any commission alleged to be due such brokers or finders in connection with their participation in the negotiation with Tenant of this Amendment.

 

12. Options. Tenant has no option to renew, extend, expand, terminate, or cancel; no right of first offer, first refusal, or purchase; and no similar rights or options.

 

13. Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant’s existing cash Security Deposit in the amount of $6,670.00 shall remain in place during the Extension Period.

 

14. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties executed the same document. All such counterparts shall constitute one agreement. Landlord shall have the unilateral right to insert the date of its execution as the date of this Amendment on page 1 hereof. This Amendment may be executed and delivered in .pdf or other electronic format, and delivery of a .pdf or other signature by electronic means shall be effective to the same extent as delivery of an original physical signature.

 

15. No Offer. Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by Landlord.

 

16. Entire Agreement. This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters (other than the Lease) will be valid or of any force or effect.

 

17. Lease in Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Any liability of Landlord under the Lease and this Amendment shall be limited solely to its interest in the Building, and in no event shall any personal liability be asserted against Landlord in connection with the Lease or Amendment, nor shall any recourse be had to any other property or assets of Landlord.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

Page 4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment in manner sufficient to bind them as of the day and year first above written.

 

  LANDLORD
   
  MJH NORTHBROOK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
   
  By: JONES LANG LASALLE AMERICAS
    (ILLINOIS), L. P., Property Manager and Authorized Agent

 

    By:               
    Name:  
    Its:  
    Date Signed:   

 

  TENANT
   
  CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware
  Corporation

 

    By:          
    Name:  Steven A. Bourne
    Its: Chief Financial Officer

 

Page 5

 

 

Exhibit A

Floor Plan Showing New Premises

 

 

 

 

 

Exh. A, p. 1

 

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company: Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Class of Stock: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Warrant Price: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Issue Date: July 14, 2011

Expiration Date: As set forth in Article 5.1 below

 

Credit Facility: This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as modified and/or amended and in effect from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, is referred to hereinafter as “Holder”) is entitled to purchase up to the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Class (as defined below) of the above-named company (the “Company”) as determined below, at a purchase price per share equal to the Warrant Price (as defined below), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

 

A. Number and Class of Shares; Warrant Price.

 

(1) Certain Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

“Acquisition” has the meaning given in Article 1.6.1 below.

 

“IPO” has the meaning given in Article 1.3 below.

 

“Qualified Financing” means the first sale or issuance by the Company on or after the Issue Date of this Warrant set forth above, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of shares of its convertible preferred stock or other senior equity securities to one or more investors for cash, and/or conversion of indebtedness, for financing purposes.

 

“Qualified Financing Securities” means the class and series of convertible preferred stock or other senior equity security sold or issued by the Company in the Qualified Financing.

 

“Qualified Financing Price” means the lowest price per share for which Qualified Financing Securities are sold or issued by the Company in the Qualified Financing.

 

 

 

 

“Series C Price” means $0,825, as adjusted from time to time upon the occurrence of events described in Article 2 hereof that occur on or after the Issue Date hereof.

 

“Series C Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, $0,001 par value per share, and any securities of the Company into or for which the outstanding shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted, reclassified, reorganized or exchanged.

 

(2) Class of Shares. The class and series of the Company’s capital stock for which this Warrant shall be exercisable (the “Class”) shall be Qualified Financing Securities; provided, that if, prior to the consummation of the Qualified Financing, there shall be an Acquisition, IPO or any event described in Article 3.2 below, then “Class” shall be Series C Stock as of immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement filed in connection with the IPO, the closing of the Acquisition or the effective date of such Article 3.2 event (and the record date thereof if the Company shall establish a record date for determining shareholders entitled to participate in such event), as the case may be; and in all cases subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

(3) Warrant Price. The purchase price per Share hereunder (the ‘Warrant Price”) shall be the Qualified Financing Price; provided, that if, prior to the consummation of the Qualified Financing, there shall be an Acquisition, IPO or any event described in Article 3.2 below, then the ‘Warrant Price” shall be the Series C Price as of immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement filed in connection with the IPO, the closing of the Acquisition or the effective date of such Article 3.2 event (and the record date thereof if the Company shall establish a record date for determining shareholders entitled to participate in such event), as the case may be; and in all cases subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

(4) Number of Shares. This Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares (the “Shares”) of the applicable Class (determined pursuant to paragraph A(2) above) as shall equal (i) $550,000, divided by (ii) the applicable Warrant Price (determined pursuant to paragraph A(3) above), subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

Article 1. EXERCISE.

 

1.1 Method of Exercise. From and after the first date on which the Class is determinable pursuant to Paragraph A above, Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company.

 

Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

 

2

 

 

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial, underwritten offering and sale of its shares to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“IPO”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Class is a series of convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the IPO, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a share of the Class is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

 

1.6.1 Acquisition”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation or merger of the Company, or sale of outstanding equity securities of the Company by the holders thereof, where the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities as of immediately before the transaction beneficially own less than a majority of the outstanding voting equity securities of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after the transaction or, if such Company shareholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting equity securities of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after the transaction, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company.

 

3

 

 

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition.

 

A)   Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash and/or Marketable Securities, this Warrant shall terminate on and as of the closing of such Acquisition to the extent not previously exercised. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of any proposed Acquisition not later than ten (10) days prior to the closing thereof setting forth the material terms and conditions thereof, and shall provide Holder with copies of the draft transaction agreements and other documents in connection therewith and with such other information respecting such proposed Acquisition as may reasonably be requested by Holder.

 

B)   Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than as particularly described in subsection (A) above, the surviving or successor entity shall assume this Warrant and the obligations of the Company hereunder, and this Warrant shall, from and after such closing, be exercisable for the same class, number and kind of securities, cash and other property as would have been paid for or in respect of the Shares issuable (as of immediately prior to such closing) upon exercise in full hereof as if such Shares had been issued and outstanding on and as of such closing, at an aggregate Warrant Price equal to the aggregate Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such closing; and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

C)   As used in this Article 1.6, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter market, and (iii) Holder would not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months and one day following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

 

1.7 Market “Stand-Off.” In connection with the IPO and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such IPO, Holder shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, or otherwise dispose of any of the Company’s capital stock (or any securities convertible into the Company’s capital stock) held by Holder, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration or purchased subsequent to the IPO) without the prior written consent of Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days, but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with the then applicable rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, such extension or extensions not to exceed thirty-four (34) days after the expiration of such 180-day period) from the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the IPO. Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under this Article 1.7 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities) of the Company, Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Article 1.7 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. The foregoing agreements of Holder in this Article 1.7 shall apply only if all directors and officers of the Company, and all holders of one percent (1%) or more of the outstanding capital stock of the Company (calculated on a fully diluted basis), shall have entered into agreements with the Company and/or underwriters substantially similar to such Holder agreements.

 

4

 

 

Article 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.

 

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Conversion or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, conversion, substitution or similar event affecting the outstanding shares of the Class, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised in full immediately before such reclassification, exchange, conversion, substitution or similar event, at an aggregate Warrant Price not exceeding the aggregate Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior thereto. Such an event shall include, without limitation, any automatic or voluntary conversion of all outstanding shares of the Class to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a certificate pursuant to Article 2.6 hereof setting forth the number, class and series or other designation of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, conversion, substitution or similar event. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, conversions, substitutions, and similar events.

 

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise made pursuant to this Article 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Class in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date (with respect to the Series C Stock), or in effect as of the date (if any) on which the Class becomes Qualified Financing Securities, may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the Class.

 

5

 

 

2.4 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

 

2.5 Fractional Shares. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value (as determined pursuant to Article 1.3 above) of a full Share.

 

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, including, but not limited to, upon consummation of the Qualified Financing (if any), the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares.

 

Article 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

(a) The Series C Price first set forth above is not greater than the price per share at which shares of Series C Stock were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

 

(b) From and after the first date on which the Class is determinable pursuant to Paragraph A above, the Company shall at all times during the remaining term of this Warrant keep reserved out of its authorized and unissued capital stock a sufficient number of shares of the Class (and, if the Class is a series of convertible preferred stock, a sufficient number of shares of common stock) to permit exercise in full of this Warrant and, if applicable, conversion of the Shares issuable and issued upon any exercise hereof. All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights); (c) to effect any event described in Article 2.2 above, or (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event). For purposes of this Article 3.2, the Class shall be deemed to be Series C Stock from and after the Issue Date hereof until such date (if any) as the Class becomes Qualified Financing Securities.

 

6

 

 

3.3 Registration Rights. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have the piggyback registration rights (i.e., the right to participate in registrations initiated by other parties) and the S-3 demand registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement, on a pari passu basis with the parties thereto holding shares of the Class. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement relating to the foregoing registration rights in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the Class whose holders are parties thereto.

 

3.4 No Shareholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise or conversion of this Warrant.

 

3.5 Certain Information. The Company agrees to provide Holder at any time and from time to time with such information as Holder may reasonably request for purposes of Holder’s compliance with regulatory, accounting and reporting requirements applicable to Holder.

 

Article 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER. The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

7

 

 

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

 

Article 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

5.1 Term: This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the earlier to occur (the “Expiration Date”) of: (a) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Issue Date hereof, and (b) the date that is three (3) years following the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company in connection with the IPO.

 

5.2 Legend. Each certificate representing Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof (and the certificates representing the securities issued upon conversion of such Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 OF THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE COMPANY TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED AS OF JULY 14, 2011, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that such affiliate is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

8

 

 

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group, Holder’s parent company. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

 

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally, or on the third (3rd) business day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile or deposit with a reliable overnight courier, fee prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such holder from time to time. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

SVB Financial Group
Attn: Treasury Department
3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Telephone: 408-654-7400
Facsimile: 408-496-2405

 

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
Attn: Steve Bourne
555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340
Northbrook, IL 60062
Telephone: 847-562-4300
Facsimile: 847-562-4306

 

9

 

 

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements.

 

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Article 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

 

5.9 Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5.10   Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally; signature page follows]

 

 

10

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Warrant to Purchase Stock by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY  
   
CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Robert E. Dudley  
Name: Robert E. Dudley  
  (Print)  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  
   
HOLDER  
   
SILICON VALLEY BANK  
   
By: /s/ Nick Honigman  
Name:  Nick Honigman  
  (Print)  
Title: Relationship Manager  

 

11

 

 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1. Holder elects to purchase __________ shares of the Common/Series _____ Preferred [strike one] Stock of _____________________ pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

 

[or]

 

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for _________________________ of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

 

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

 

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

     
  Holders Name  
     
     
     
     
  (Address)  

 

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

  HOLDER:
     
   
     
  By:      
  Name:  
  Title:  
  (Date):  

 

12

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK (this “Amendment No. 1”) is made this 21st day of April, 2021, by and between SVB Financial Group (“Holder”) and Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

WHEREAS, on July 14, 2011, the Company issued that certain Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (the “Warrant”) to Silicon Valley Bank, which was subsequently assigned by Silicon Valley Bank to Holder, and the Company and Holder now desire to amend the Warrant as set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Amendment of Warrant. The Warrant is hereby amended by inserting the following paragraph D under Section 1.6.2:

 

“D) Upon the closing of a merger of the Company with a special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (a “SPAC”), or a subsidiary thereof, in which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities as of immediately before the merger beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting equity securities of the SPAC following the merger (a “SPAC Acquisition”), the SPAC shall assume this Warrant and the obligations of the Company hereunder, and this Warrant shall, from and after such closing, be exercisable for the same class, number and kind of securities of the SPAC as would have been paid for or in respect of the Shares issuable (as of immediately prior to such closing) upon exercise in full hereof as if such Shares had been issued and outstanding on and as of such closing, at an aggregate Warrant Price equal to the aggregate Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such closing; and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Warrant. Promptly following the closing of a SPAC Acquisition, the Company shall, as set forth in Section 2.6, deliver a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer to Holder.”

 

2. No Other Amendments. Except as amended hereby, the Warrant shall remain in full force and effect as originally written.

 

3. Governing Law. This Amendment No. 1 shall be governed by and construed with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of laws.

 

4. Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together constitute one and the same agreement. Each party hereto may execute this Amendment No. 1 by electronic means.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally blank]

 

13

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 by their duly authorized representative as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY  
     
CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.  
     
By: /s/ Steve Bourne        
Name:  Steve Bourne           
Title: Chief Administrative Officer  

 

HOLDER  
     
SVB Financial Group  
     
By: /s/ Bradford G. Davis     
Name:  Bradford G. Davis      
Title: Senior Fixed Income Portfolio Manager  

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Warrant]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

FORM OF WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company: Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: [  ]

Class of Stock: Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $0,001 par value per share

Warrant Price: $4.497407693, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: April 9,2013

Expiration Date: April 9, 2023

Credit Facility: This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith among Silicon Valley Bank, Oxford Finance LLC and the Company (as modified and/or amended and in effect from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, [     ] (“[     ]” and, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase up to the above-stated number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Class of Stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”), at a purchase price per Share equal to the above-stated Warrant Price (the “Warrant Price”), subject to the adjustments and other provisions, and upon the terms and conditions, set forth in this Warrant.

 

Article 1. EXERCISE.

 

1.1 Method of Exercise. From and after the first date on which the Class is determinable pursuant to Paragraph A above, Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

 

 

 

 

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial, underwritten offering and sale of its shares to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“IPO”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Class is a series of convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the IPO, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a share of the Class is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

 

1.6.1 Acquisition”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation or merger of the Company, or sale of outstanding equity securities of the Company by the holders thereof, where the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities as of immediately before the transaction beneficially own less than a majority of the outstanding voting equity securities of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after the transaction or, if such Company shareholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting equity securities of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after the transaction, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company.

 

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition.

 

A)   Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash and/or Marketable Securities, this Warrant shall terminate on and as of the closing of such Acquisition to the extent not previously exercised. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of any proposed Acquisition not later than ten (10) days prior to the closing thereof setting forth the material terms and conditions thereof, and shall provide Holder with copies of the draft transaction agreements and other documents in connection therewith and with such other information respecting such proposed Acquisition as may reasonably be requested by Holder.

 

2

 

 

B) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than as particularly described in subsection (A) above, the surviving or successor entity shall assume this Warrant and the obligations of the Company hereunder, and this Warrant shall, from and after such closing, be exercisable for the same class, number and kind of securities, cash and other property as would have been paid for or in respect of the Shares issuable (as of immediately prior to such closing) upon exercise in full hereof as if such Shares had been issued and outstanding on and as of such closing, at an aggregate Warrant Price equal to the aggregate Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such closing; and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

C)   As used in this Article 1.6, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter market, and (iii) Holder would not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months and one day following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

 

1.7 Market “Stand-Off.” In connection with the IPO and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such IPO, Holder shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, or otherwise dispose of any of the Company’s capital stock (or any securities convertible into the Company’s capital stock) held by Holder, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration or purchased subsequent to the IPO) without the prior written consent of Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days, but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with the then applicable rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, such extension or extensions not to exceed thirty-four (34) days after the expiration of such 180-day period) from the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the IPO. Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under this Article 1.7 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities) of the Company, Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Article 1.7 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. The foregoing agreements of Holder in this Article 1.7 shall apply only if all directors and officers of the Company, and all holders of one percent (1%) or more of the outstanding capital stock of the Company (calculated on a fully diluted basis), shall have entered into agreements with the Company and/or underwriters substantially similar to such Holder agreements.

 

3

 

 

Article 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.

 

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Conversion or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, conversion, substitution or similar event affecting the outstanding shares of the Class, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised in full immediately before such reclassification, exchange, conversion, substitution or similar event, at an aggregate Warrant Price not exceeding the aggregate Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior thereto. Such an event shall include, without limitation, any automatic or voluntary conversion of all outstanding shares of the Class to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a certificate pursuant to Article 2.6 hereof setting forth the number, class and series or other designation of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, conversion, substitution or similar event. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, conversions, substitutions, and similar events.

 

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise made pursuant to this Article 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Class in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the Class.

 

2.4 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

 

4

 

 

2.5 Fractional Shares. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value (as determined pursuant to Article 1.3 above) of a full Share.

 

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares.

 

Article 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

(a) The initial Warrant Price first set forth above is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

 

(b) The Company shall at all times during the term of this Warrant keep reserved out of its authorized and unissued capital stock a sufficient number of shares of the Class (and, if the Class is a series of convertible preferred stock, a sufficient number of shares of common stock) to permit exercise in full of this Warrant and, if applicable, conversion of the Shares issuable and issued upon any exercise hereof. All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights); (c) to effect any event described in Article 2.2 above, or (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

 

5

 

 

3.3 [Intentionally Omitted].

 

3.4 No Shareholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise or conversion of this Warrant.

 

3.5 Certain Information. The Company agrees to provide Holder at any time and from time to time with such information as Holder may reasonably request for purposes of Holder’s compliance with regulatory, accounting and reporting requirements applicable to Holder.

 

Article 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER. The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

 

6

 

 

Article 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

5.1 Term: This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM Pacific time on the Expiration Date first set forth above, and shall be void thereafter.

 

5.2 Legend. Each certificate representing Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof (and the certificates representing the securities issued upon conversion of such Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 OF THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE COMPANY TO [    ] DATED AS OF APRIL 9, 2013, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to any affiliate of Holder, provided that [any] such [transferee][affiliate] is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

5.4 Transfer Procedure. [Following the issuance][After receipt by [ ] of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all] of this Warrant to [[    ], [    ] may transfer same in whole or in part to one or more affiliates of , and in connection with any such transfer [    ] and the affiliate transferee shall execute and deliver to the Company an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2 hereto][Holder’s parent company]. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, such [    ] affiliate and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares [issued][issuable] upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities [issued][issuable directly or indirectly] upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, such [    ] affiliate or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant [and/or Shares (and/or securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any)] being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

 

7

 

 

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first- class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this [Article][Section] 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

[  ]
[  ]
Attn:[   ]
Telephone:
Facsimile

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
Attn: Steve Bourne, Chief Financial Officer
555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340
Northbrook, IL 60062
Telephone: 847-562-4300
Facsimile: 847-562-4306
Email:

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Goodwin Procter LLP
Attn: Mark D. Smith, Esq.
Exchange Place 53 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
Telephone: (617) 570-1750
Facsimile: (617) 523-1231
Email: marksmith@goodwinprocter.com

 

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

8

 

 

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements.

 

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Article 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

 

5.9 Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5.10   Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally; signature page follows]

 

9

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Warrant to Purchase Stock by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY  
   
CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.  
   
By:                                   
   
Name:    
  (Print)  
     
Title:    
   
HOLDER  
[                                      ]
   
By:    
   
Name:    
  (Print)  
Title:    

 

10

 

 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.   Holder elects to purchase ____________ shares of the Common/Series ______ Preferred [strike one] Stock of _________________ pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

 

[or]

 

1.   Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for __________________________ of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

 

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

 

2.   Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

     
  Holders Name  
     
     
     
     
  (Address)  

 

3.   By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

  HOLDER:
     
   
     
  By:      
  Name:  
  Title:  
  (Date):  

 

11

 

 

APPENDIX 2

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

 

For value received [    ], hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:  [ TRANSFEREE]  
Address:    
     
Tax ID:    

 

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by [BORROWER] (the “Company”), on [ISSUE DATE] (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

[                  ]
   
By:                    
Name:  
Title:  
Date: _______________________________  

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [ TRANSFEREE] hereby makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant as of the date hereof and agrees to be bound by all provisions of the Warrant as the Holder thereof.

 

[ TRANSFEREE]
   
By:                    
Name:  
Title:  
 

 

12

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK (this “Amendment No. 1”) is made this 21st day of April, 2021, by and between (“Holder”) and Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

WHEREAS, on April 9, 2013, the Company issued that certain Warrant to Purchase [Common Stock][ shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock] (the “Warrant”) to [   ] and the Company and Holder now desire to amend the Warrant as set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

Article 6. Amendment of Warrant. The Warrant is hereby amended by inserting the following paragraph D under Section 1.6.2:

 

“D) Upon the closing of a merger of the Company with a special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (a “SPAC”), or a subsidiary thereof, in which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities as of immediately before the merger beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting equity securities of the SPAC following the merger (a “SPAC Acquisition”), the SPAC shall assume this Warrant and the obligations of the Company hereunder, and this Warrant shall, from and after such closing, be exercisable for the same class, number and kind of securities of the SPAC as would have been paid for or in respect of the Shares issuable (as of immediately prior to such closing) upon exercise in full hereof as if such Shares had been issued and outstanding on and as of such closing, at an aggregate Warrant Price equal to the aggregate Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such closing; and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Warrant. Promptly following the closing of a SPAC Acquisition, the Company shall, as set forth in Section 2.6, deliver a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer to Holder.”

 

Article 7. No Other Amendments. Except as amended hereby, the Warrant shall remain in full force and effect as originally written.

 

Article 8. Governing Law. This Amendment No. 1 shall be governed by and construed with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of laws.

 

Article 9. Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together constitute one and the same agreement. Each party hereto may execute this Amendment No. 1 by electronic means.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally blank]

 

13

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY  
   
CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.  
   
By:                                       
   
Name:    
   
Title:    
   
HOLDER  
[                                       ]
By:    
   
Name:    
   
Title:    

 

 

14

 

Exhibit 10.20

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

 

as Issuer,

 

and any Guarantor that becomes party hereto pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof

 

12.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2025

 

 

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of March 12, 2020

 

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee and as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 1
SECTION 1.01. Definitions 1
SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions 33
SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction 34
ARTICLE 2 THE SECURITIES 36
SECTION 2.01. Amount of Securities 36
SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating 37
SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication 37
SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent 38
SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust 39
SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists 39
SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange 40
SECTION 2.08. Replacement Securities 40
SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Securities 41
SECTION 2.10. Temporary Securities 41
SECTION 2.11. Cancellation 42
SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest 42
SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc. 42
SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Securities 42
SECTION 2.15. Statement to Holders 43
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION 43
SECTION 3.01. Redemption 43
SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article 43
SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee 43
SECTION 3.04. Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed 43
SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption 44
SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption 45
SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price 45
SECTION 3.08. Securities Redeemed in Part 45

 

i

 

 

    Page
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS 46
SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities 46
SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information. 47
SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock 50
SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 55
SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries 60
SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales 61
SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates 62
SECTION 4.08. Change of Control 64
SECTION 4.09. Further Instruments and Acts 66
SECTION 4.10. Future Guarantors 66
SECTION 4.11. Liens 66
SECTION 4.12. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 67
SECTION 4.13. After-Acquired Property 68
SECTION 4.14. Intellectual Property 68
SECTION 4.15. Line of Business 69
SECTION 4.16. Use of Proceeds 69
SECTION 4.17. Existence 69
SECTION 4.18. Interest Reserve Account 69
SECTION 4.19. Liquidity 70
SECTION 4.20. Right of First Offer; Additional Royalty Right Agreements. 70
SECTION 4.21. Compliance with Applicable Law 71
SECTION 4.22. Tax Matters 71
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSOR COMPANY 72
SECTION 5.01. When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets 72
SECTION 5.02. When Guarantors May Merge or Transfer Assets 73
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 74
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default 74
SECTION 6.02. Acceleration 76
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies 77
SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Existing Defaults 77
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority 78
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 78
SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment 78
SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee 79
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 79
SECTION 6.10. Priorities 79
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs 79
SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws 80
SECTION 6.13. Holder Request 80

 

ii

 

 

    Page
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE 80
SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 80
SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee 82
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee 83
SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer 83
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults 83
SECTION 7.06. Compensation and Indemnity 84
SECTION 7.07. Replacement of Trustee. 85
SECTION 7.08. Successor Trustee by Merger 86
SECTION 7.09. Eligibility; Disqualification 86
SECTION 7.10. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer 86
SECTION 7.11. Confidential Information 86
ARTICLE 8 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 87
SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance. 87
SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance 89
SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money 90
SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Issuer 90
SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations 90
SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement 90
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 91
SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders 91
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders 92
SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers 94
SECTION 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Securities 94
SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments 95
SECTION 9.06. Payment for Consent 95
SECTION 9.07. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount 95
ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES 95
SECTION 10.01. Guarantees 95
SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability 98
SECTION 10.03. Releases 98
SECTION 10.04. Successors and Assigns 99
SECTION 10.05. No Waiver 99
SECTION 10.06. Modification 99
SECTION 10.07. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors 99
SECTION 10.08. No Impairment 99
SECTION 10.09. Benefits Acknowledged 99

 

iii

 

 

    Page
ARTICLE 11 SECURITY DOCUMENTS 100
SECTION 11.01. Collateral and Security Documents 100
SECTION 11.02. Release of Collateral 101
SECTION 11.03. Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien 102
SECTION 11.04. Suits To Protect the Collateral 102
SECTION 11.05. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents 102
SECTION 11.06. Purchaser Protected 103
SECTION 11.07. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee 103
SECTION 11.08. Release Upon Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations 103
SECTION 11.09. Collateral Agent 103
ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS 106
SECTION 12.01. Notices 106
SECTION 12.02. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent 107
SECTION 12.03. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion 108
SECTION 12.04. When Securities Disregarded 108
SECTION 12.05. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar 108
SECTION 12.06. Legal Holidays 108
SECTION 12.07. GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF IMMUNITY 108
SECTION 12.08. No Recourse Against Others 109
SECTION 12.09. Successors 109
SECTION 12.10. Multiple Originals 109
SECTION 12.11. Table of Contents; Headings 109
SECTION 12.12. Indenture Controls 109
SECTION 12.13. Severability 109
SECTION 12.14. Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Currency Exchange Restrictions 110
SECTION 12.15. Intercreditor Agreement Governs 111
SECTION 12.16. Tax Matters 112
SECTION 12.17. USA PATRIOT Act 113
SECTION 12.18. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY 113
SECTION 12.19. Limited Incorporation of the TIA 113

 

Appendix A - Provisions Relating to Securities A-1
EXHIBIT INDEX      
Exhibit A - Form of Security and Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication A-1
Exhibit B - Form of Transferee Letter of Representation B-1
Exhibit C - Form of Supplemental Indenture C-1
Exhibit D - Form of Intercreditor Agreement D-1
Exhibit E - Form of Confidentiality Agreement E-1
Exhibit F - Payment Subordination Terms F-1
Exhibit G - Form of Portfolio Interest Certificate G-1

 

iv

 

 

INDENTURE dated as of March 12, 2020 among Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation with an address at 555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340, Northbrook, Illinois 60062 (the “Issuer”), any Guarantor that becomes party hereto pursuant to Section 4.10, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (as more fully defined in Section 1.01, the “Trustee”) and as collateral agent (as more fully defined in Section 1.01, the “Collateral Agent”).

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuer’s 12.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (as more fully defined in Section 1.01, the “Securities”).

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.

 

“ABL Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

“ABL Collateral” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

“ABL Documents” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

“ABL Obligations” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

“Accredited Investors” means institutional “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3) or (a)(7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

“Additional Securities” means the Issuer’s 12.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 that may be issued after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.01(c).

 

“Additional Securities Triggering Event” means the first date on which the Issuer has achieved at least $17,500,000 of JATENZO® Net Sales for the immediately preceding three calendar months ending prior to such date, beginning with respect to the calendar month during which the first commercial sale of JATENZO® occurs and ending with respect to the calendar month ending March 31, 2022.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

1

 

 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Security (or portion thereof) to be redeemed on any redemption date, the amount, if any, by which (a) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the redemption price of the amount of principal of such Security to be redeemed on the First Call Date (as stated in the table immediately following the second paragraph under Paragraph 5 of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A) plus (2) all required interest payments due on the amount of principal of such Security to be redeemed through the First Call Date (excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate in respect of such redemption date plus 100 basis points, exceeds (b) the amount of principal of such Security to be redeemed. The Trustee shall have no duty to calculate or verify the calculation of the Applicable Premium.

 

“Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of any Credit Agreement and the other Credit Agreement Documents, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including after termination of such Credit Agreement), including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Issuer whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

 

“Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors, board of managers or similar governing body, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof. References in this Indenture to directors (on a Board of Directors) shall also be deemed to refer to managers (on a Board of Managers).

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1) in the case of a corporation or company, corporate stock or shares;

 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and membership interests; and

 

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person; in each case to the extent treated as equity in accordance with GAAP.

 

2

 

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease (or a finance lease upon adoption by the Issuer of ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)) that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP (but excluding any obligations that would have been classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP as of December 31, 2018).

 

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1) U.S. Dollars, Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euros or the national currency of any member state in the European Union;

 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government, Canada, the United Kingdom or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

 

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another nationally recognized statistical rating organization);

 

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above and clause (5) below entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

(5) commercial paper issued by a Person (other than an Affiliate of the Issuer) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another nationally recognized statistical rating organization), and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

 

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another nationally recognized statistical rating organization), in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

 

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than an Affiliate of the Issuer) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another nationally recognized statistical rating organization), in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

 

(8) marketable short-term money market and similar securities rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another nationally recognized statistical rating organization), and in each case maturing within twelve months after the date of creation thereof; and

 

3

 

 

(9) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above.

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets or issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person or any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) other than (x) any of the Permitted Holders or (y) any of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(ii) the Issuer becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any “group” acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act or any successor provision), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control solely as a result of the Issuer becoming a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company if (A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Issuer’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock representing 50% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such holding company. For purposes of this definition, (1) no Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of a transfer of assets among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.

 

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Collateral Agent” means U.S. Bank National Association in its capacity as “Collateral Agent” under this Indenture and under the Security Documents and any successor thereto in such capacity.

 

4

 

 

“Collateral Agreement” means the Collateral Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Issuer, any Guarantor that becomes party thereto pursuant to its terms, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Confidentiality Agreement” means a confidentiality agreement (i) between the Issuer and any Holder or any holder of beneficial interests in the Securities in effect as of the Issue Date, (ii) substantially in the form of a confidentiality agreement described in clause (i) above or (iii) substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided, that Consolidated Interest Expense shall not include any commitment, upfront, consent, agent, underwriting, legal, accounting or other financing fees and expenses incurred in connection with any issuance or amendment of Indebtedness (whether or not consummated); plus

 

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; minus

 

(3) interest income for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, at any date (the “Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date”), the ratio of (i) Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the type described in clause (1)(a) or (b) of the definition of “Indebtedness” (if and to the extent that any of the foregoing (other than letters of credit that have been drawn and not reimbursed or cash collateralized and subject to the paragraphs following the definition of Indebtedness) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet), as of the Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the most recent four full fiscal quarters ended on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date. In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases, defeases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to such last day but prior to the Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase, defeasance or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided that the Issuer may elect to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any agreement evidencing Indebtedness as being Incurred on the first day of the applicable four-quarter measurement period, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time.

 

5

 

 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, Dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to a business, a division or an operating unit of a business, as applicable, that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the applicable four-quarter measurement period or subsequent to such measurement period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, Dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change of any associated Indebtedness and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the applicable four-quarter measurement period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, Disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation, in each case, with respect to a business, a division or an operating unit of a business, as applicable, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, Disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred on the first day of the applicable four-quarter measurement period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer, to reflect operating expense reductions, cost savings and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event; provided, that any such expected operating expense reductions, cost savings, operating improvements or synergies shall not increase EBITDA by more than 20% in the aggregate for the most recent four full fiscal quarters ended on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date.

 

For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars will be converted to U.S. Dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent four full fiscal quarters immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that:

 

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses, expenses, charges, costs and other similar items shall be excluded;

 

6

 

 

(2) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;

 

(3) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

 

(4) any net after-tax income or loss from Disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on Disposal of Disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations, and all costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith that are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, shall be excluded;

 

(5) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business Dispositions or asset Dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), and all costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith that are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, shall be excluded;

 

(6) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, and any unrealized gains and losses relating to Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, shall be excluded;

 

(7) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

 

(8) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (1) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit”, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination with respect to such Restricted Payment permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders or equityholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein;

 

7

 

 

(9) any impairment charges or asset write-offs, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;

 

(10) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights (including any of the foregoing related to terminated employees) shall be excluded;

 

(11) any one-time non-cash compensation charges shall be excluded;

 

(12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the Issue Date and that are so required to be established or adjusted in accordance with GAAP or as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded;

 

(13) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP and related interpretations shall be excluded;

 

(14) any currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness, and any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations, shall be excluded;

 

(15) solely for the purposes of calculating Restricted Payments, if positive, any permanent difference (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any temporary difference the Issuer reasonably expects to be paid in cash in any future tax period) of (A) the Consolidated Taxes of the Issuer calculated in accordance with GAAP over (B) the actual Consolidated Taxes paid in cash by the Issuer during such period shall be excluded;

 

(16) any non-cash after-tax interest expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20 “Debt — Debt With Conversion and Other Options” shall be excluded;

 

(17) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), such loss or expense amounts as are so reimbursed, or reimbursable, by insurance providers in respect of liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

 

(18) to the extent covered by fees, costs, expenses and losses that are, or (without duplication) are required to be, covered by contractual indemnities, guaranty obligations, purchase price adjustments, insurance policies or other contractual reimbursement obligations of third parties, to the extent actually indemnified or reimbursed or with respect to which the Issuer has determined that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement, but only to the extent that such amount is actually indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period of any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days), shall be excluded;

 

8

 

 

(19) one-time transaction costs or charges paid during such period in relation to (i) any Investment that is consummated during such period or (ii) any proposed Investment or any financing thereof that is not consummated, to the extent such costs or charges are cash amounts paid during such period, in each case, shall be excluded; and

 

(20) non-recurring expenses, charges or losses in connection with the undertaking of any restructuring, integration, business optimization or similar initiatives (including recruitment, severance and relocation bonuses, costs and expenses) paid or incurred during such period, to the extent that such expenses, charges or losses are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, in each case, shall be excluded.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.04 pursuant to clauses (5) and (6) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit”.

 

“Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding any such charge that consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period.

 

“Consolidated Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision for taxes for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise, property and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations).

 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

 

(2) to advance or supply funds:

 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

 

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

 

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

9

 

 

“Controlled Foreign Corporation” means a Person that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

 

“Convertible Note Indebtedness” means Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor so long as such Indebtedness (i) is evidenced by a note or other debt instrument that is convertible into Equity Interests of the Issuer (and cash in lieu of fractional shares), (ii) is unsecured; (iii) does not have a stated maturity prior to the date that is six (6) months following March 1, 2025; (iv) has no scheduled amortization or principal payments or requires any mandatory redemptions or payments of principal prior to the date that is six (6) months following March 1, 2025 other than customary payments upon a change of control or fundamental change event (it being understood that conversion of any such Indebtedness shall not be considered a redemption or payment); (v) is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities reflecting the payment subordination terms set forth in Exhibit F; and (vi) otherwise has substantially the same terms as the Indebtedness of the Issuer incurred pursuant to those certain Note Purchase Agreements described on Schedule 5.15 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.01 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

 

“Credit Agreement” means (i) if designated by the Issuer to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement”, any revolving credit, line of credit or similar agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or instrument extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or instrument or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or instrument or instruments or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof and (ii) whether or not the agreements or instruments referred to in clause (i) above remain outstanding, and if designated by the Issuer to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement”, one or more (a) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, or (b) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time.

 

“Credit Agreement Documents” means any Credit Agreement, any notes issued pursuant thereto and the guarantees thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

10

 

 

“Cumulative Credit” means the sum of (without duplication):

 

(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as one accounting period, the “Reference Period”) from January 1, 2020 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payments (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such Reference Period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

 

(2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash, received by the Issuer on or after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer (excluding Refunding Capital Stock and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries); plus

 

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Issuer received in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash after the Issue Date (other than Refunding Capital Stock and Disqualified Stock); plus

 

(4) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) that has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (provided in the case of any such parent, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is retired or extinguished); plus

 

(5) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date from:

 

(A) the Disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances that constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (vii) of Section 4.04(b));

 

(B) Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

 

(C) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus

 

11

 

 

(6) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Investment of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after taking into account any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (vii) of Section 4.04(b) or constituted a Permitted Investment), which Fair Market Value shall not exceed the amount invested in such Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Deposit Account Control Agreement” means the Deposit Account Control Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuer, Silicon Valley Bank and the Collateral Agent, as may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Disposition” means the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, license or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

 

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control; provided that the relevant change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions of Section 4.08 and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until after compliance with the provisions of Section 4.08 (including the purchase of any Securities tendered pursuant thereto));

 

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such Person; or

 

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part (other than solely as a result of a change of control),

 

in each case prior to 91 days after the earlier of the Stated Maturity of the Securities and the date the Securities are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock that so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided, further, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

 

12

 

 

“Domestic CFC Holdco” means any Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist (directly or indirectly) of the Equity Interests (including interests treated as equity for tax purposes) or Indebtedness of one or more Controlled Foreign Corporations.

 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any political subdivision of the United States of America.

 

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted (or otherwise not included) in calculating Consolidated Net Income:

 

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

 

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense plus all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on a series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

 

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

 

(4) Consolidated Net Income attributable to, or adding to the losses attributable to, the minority equity interests of third parties in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, except to the extent of dividends declared or paid with respect to such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties; plus

 

(5) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Guarantor or net cash proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests of the Issuer or a Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the Cumulative Credit; plus

 

(6) any expenses in connection with earn-out obligations of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus

 

13

 

 

(7) any ordinary course dividend or distribution or other payment paid in cash and received from any Person in each case in excess of the amounts included in clause (7) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income; less, without duplication,

 

(8) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding the recognition of deferred revenue or any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in a prior period).

 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Excluded Assets” means, subject to Section 4.11, (i) any license, contract, permit or agreement of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, if and only for so long as and to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein under the Security Documents would result in a breach or default under, or abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of, that license, contract, permit or agreement (except (a) to the extent the relevant term that would result in such breach, default, abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability is rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes of any jurisdiction) or any other applicable law or (b) any such license, contract, permit or agreement between the Issuer and any Subsidiary of the Issuer or between Subsidiaries of the Issuer), (ii) (a) any fee interest in real property (excluding fixtures) if the greater of the cost and the book value of such interest is less than $500,000 or (b) any leasehold interest in real property, (iii) any asset or property to the extent that the grant of a security interest in such asset or property is prohibited by any applicable law or requires a consent not obtained of any Governmental Authority pursuant to applicable law (except to the extent the law prohibiting such grant or requiring such consent is rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes of any jurisdiction) or any other applicable law), (iv) any assets or property as to which the Issuer or the Collateral Agent (at the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding) reasonably determines in good faith that the costs of obtaining such a security interest are excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby, (v) any Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (vi) any Equity Interests in a Controlled Foreign Corporation or Domestic CFC Holdco or any Subsidiary of a Controlled Foreign Corporation or Domestic CFC Holdco, other than 65% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests and 100% of the total outstanding non-voting Equity Interests of (a) any First Tier Controlled Foreign Corporation and (b) any Domestic CFC Holdco to the extent and only for so long as the Issuer reasonably determines in good faith that permitting a pledge of 100% of such voting Equity Interests in the case of clause (a) or clause (b) above would result in material adverse tax consequences for the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) (it being understood that, in the case of clause (a) or clause (b) above, if a percentage less than 100% but greater than 65% of such voting Equity Interests may be pledged without any such material adverse tax consequences, then such percentage shall be pledged), (vii) any assets owned directly or indirectly by a First Tier Controlled Foreign Corporation or Domestic CFC Holdco to the extent and only for so long as the Issuer reasonably determines in good faith that permitting a pledge of such assets would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences for the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction), (viii) any payroll accounts, payroll withholding tax accounts, pension and pension reserve accounts, employee benefit accounts, sales tax accounts, Government Receivables Accounts and petty cash accounts to the extent funded or maintained in the ordinary course of business or as required by law, (ix) any trademark or service mark applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office on the basis of the intent of the Issuer or any Guarantor to use such trademark or service mark, unless and until evidence of use of such mark acceptable to the United States Patent and Trademark Office has been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office pursuant to Section 1(c) or Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act (15 U.S.C., et seq.), to the extent that granting a security interest in such application prior to such filing would adversely affect the validity or enforceability of such trademark application, (x) any vehicle that is (a) subject to a certificate of title and (b) obtained and used in the ordinary course of business and (xi) any Lockbox Account to the extent such Lockbox Account is pledged as collateral to secure any First Priority Lien Obligations.

 

14

 

 

“Fair Market Value” means, at any time of determination, with respect to any asset or property, the price (after taking into account any liabilities related to such asset or property) that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction.

 

“Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

“Financial Officer” of any Person shall mean the Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or Controller of such Person.

 

“First Amortization Date” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the first payment of principal of such security is due and payable.

 

“First Lien Agent” means the Representative(s) of the holders of the First Priority Lien Obligations to the extent designated as such in an Intercreditor Agreement.

 

“First Priority Lien Obligations” means (i) all Secured Bank Indebtedness and (ii) all other Obligations (not constituting Indebtedness) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries under the agreements governing Secured Bank Indebtedness, to the extent that, in the case of each of clause (i) or (ii), such Indebtedness or other Obligations are secured, in whole or in part, by the ABL Collateral and have otherwise been incurred in accordance with this Indenture.

 

“First Tier Controlled Foreign Corporation” means any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation.

 

“First Tier Foreign Subsidiary” means any Foreign Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are owned directly by the Issuer or a Guarantor.

 

15

 

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date, other than reports and financial information required to be delivered under Section 4.02, which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP in effect as of the date thereof.

 

“Government Receivables Account” means a deposit account maintained in the name of the Issuer or any Guarantor into which solely the cash proceeds of Medicare or Medicaid account receivables (or account receivables from similar federal insurance programs) are deposited to the extent a Lien on such deposit account (or the funds on deposit therein or credited thereto) is not permitted under applicable law; provided that the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, will deposit or cause to be deposited, promptly, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after the date of receipt thereof, all funds on deposit therein or credited thereto into a deposit account or securities account in which the Lien of the Collateral Agent is perfected under a valid and effective Account Control Agreement (as defined in the Collateral Agreement).

 

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

“Grantor” means any Person that shall have granted any Lien in favor of an ABL Collateral Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreements) or the Collateral Agent on any of its assets or properties to secure any of the Obligations, including any such Person as debtor-in- possession and any receiver or trustee for such Person (or any similar officer under any Bankruptcy Law) in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

“guarantee” means a guarantee or other provision of credit support (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations, including by providing security therefor or by becoming a co-obligor with respect thereto. The term “guarantee”, when used as a verb, shall mean to provide a guarantee.

 

“Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Securities by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

16

 

 

“Guarantor” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.10; provided, however, that no Foreign Subsidiary or Domestic CFC Holdco shall be required to become a Guarantor if doing so would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences for the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined in good faith by the Issuer; provided, further, however, that no Immaterial Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor; and, provided, further, that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor.

 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

 

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices or to otherwise manage interest rate risk or currency exchange risk.

 

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Issuer that (x) has not Incurred any Indebtedness and (y) has, excluding its Subsidiaries, (i) total assets that are individually less than 2.5% of the consolidated total assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in the aggregate and (ii) gross revenues that are individually less than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in the aggregate; provided, however, that if, at any time, the aggregate amount of the consolidated total assets or consolidated gross revenues attributable to all Subsidiaries of the Issuer that would otherwise be Immaterial Subsidiaries exceeds 5.0% in the aggregate of the consolidated total assets or consolidated gross revenues, respectively, of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, only those Immaterial Subsidiaries with the smallest percentage of assets (not exceeding 5.0% in the aggregate of the consolidated total assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) shall constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries.

 

“Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary; and “Incurrence” has a correlative meaning.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and solely to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

17

 

 

(2) to the extent not otherwise included and without duplication, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

 

(3) to the extent not otherwise included and without duplication, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by such Person) of such asset at such date of determination; and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include: (i) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (ii) deferred or prepaid revenues; (iii) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; (iv) any earn-out obligations, contingent consideration, purchase price adjustments, deferred purchase price amounts, milestone or bonus payments (whether performance or time-based), and royalty, licensing, revenue or profit sharing arrangements, in each case, characterized as such and arising expressly out of purchase and sale contracts, development arrangements or licensing arrangements; (v) deferred compensation; (vi) accrued expenses; or (vii) obligations in respect of Preferred Stock that is not Disqualified Stock.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of Accounting Standards Codification Section 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease the amount of Indebtedness deemed outstanding for purposes of this Indenture (so that such outstanding amount differs from the principal amount of such Indebtedness payable at maturity) as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under this Indenture but for the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness under this Indenture.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in each case of recognized standing in the United States, that is, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

18

 

 

“Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all intellectual property and proprietary rights in any jurisdiction throughout the world, and all corresponding rights, presently or hereafter existing, including: (i) all inventions (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications, industrial designs, industrial design applications, and patent disclosures, together with all reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, divisionals, extensions, and reexaminations in connection therewith; (ii) all trademarks, trademark applications, tradenames, servicemarks, servicemark applications, trade dress, logos and designs, business names, company names, Internet domain names, and all other indicia of origin, all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, and all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing; (iii) all copyrights and other works of authorship, mask works, database rights and moral rights, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith; (iv) all trade secrets, know-how, technologies, processes, techniques, new drug applications, abbreviated new drug applications, biologic license applications or 351(k) biologic license applications (or equivalent non-U.S. applications of any of the foregoing), protocols, methods, industrial models, designs, drawings, plans, specifications, research and development, biological, chemical, pharmacological, biochemical, toxological, pharmaceutical, physical and analytical, safety, quality control, manufacturing, technical, preclinical and clinical data (in each case, whether or not included in any regulatory filing) and confidential information (including technical information, customer and supplier lists, manufacturing processes, protocols and methods, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals); (v) all software (including source code, executable code, data, databases, and related documentation); (vi) all rights of privacy and publicity, including rights to the use of names, likenesses, images, voices, signatures and biographical information of real persons; and (vii) all copies and tangible embodiments or descriptions of any of the foregoing (in whatever form or medium).

 

“Intercreditor Agreement” means any intercreditor agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D (or such other form as shall be acceptable to the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities than outstanding), among the holders of First Priority Lien Obligations or their Representative(s), the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent, the Issuer and each Guarantor that may be party thereto from time to time, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture.

 

“Intercreditor Collateral” means ABL Collateral in which the Noteholder Secured Parties have a Lien.

 

“Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

(2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than “Baa3” (or equivalent) by Moody’s or “BBB-” (or equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency, but excluding any debt securities or loans or advances between and among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) above, which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

19

 

 

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition.

 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the outstanding amount of any Investment shall be deemed to be the initial cost of such Investment when made, purchased or acquired (without giving effect to any adjustments for subsequent increases or decreases in value), but giving effect to any repayments, interest, returns, profits, dividends, distributions, proceeds, fees, income and other amounts actually received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in respect of such Investment and determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of any investments, loans or advances in connection therewith. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04:

 

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or ceases to be a Subsidiary (to the extent the Issuer retains an Investment in such Person); and

 

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

 

“IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

“Issue Date” means March 12, 2020.

 

“Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof but, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“JATENZO®” means the testosterone undecanoate product to be marketed by or on behalf of the Issuer initially under the name JATENZO® (whether marketed under such name or any other name).

 

“JATENZO® Net Sales” means the gross amount billed or invoiced for sales of JATENZO® in arm’s length sales by the Issuer, any of its Affiliates or the Issuer’s licensees, sublicensees, assignees, transferees, distributors or other commercial partners (or any of their respective Affiliates) to independent, unrelated third parties, less the following deductions from such gross amounts that are actually incurred, allowed, accrued or specifically allocated in connection with such sales of JATENZO®: chargeback payments, rebates and similar allowances (or the equivalent thereof) granted to group purchasing organizations, managed health care organizations, distributors or wholesalers or to federal, state/provincial, local and other governments, including their agencies, or to trade customers. JATENZO® Net Sales, as set forth in this definition, shall be calculated applying, in accordance with GAAP, the standard accounting practices the selling Person customarily applies to other branded products sold by it or its Affiliates under similar trade terms and conditions.

 

20

 

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell, or give a security interest in, such asset and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes of any jurisdiction)); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

“Lockbox Account” means any Deposit Account maintained at a depository institution whose customer deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (to the extent required by law) or a similar institution in a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, into which account are paid solely the Proceeds of Inventory and Accounts that constitute ABL Collateral. All capitalized terms used in this definition and not defined elsewhere herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Issuer, (b) the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

 

“Noteholder First Lien Collateral” means any and all Notes Collateral other than Intercreditor Collateral.

 

“Noteholder Obligations” means the Obligations under this Indenture and the Securities.

 

“Noteholder Secured Parties” means, at any time, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, each Holder and each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any Noteholder Obligations outstanding at such time.

 

“Notes Collateral” means all property subject, or purported to be subject from time to time, to a Lien under any Security Documents, including (a) all Intellectual Property of the Issuer and the Guarantors and (b) the Interest Reserve Account. The Notes Collateral does not include the Excluded Assets.

 

21

 

 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided, however, that Obligations with respect to the Securities shall not include fees, indemnifications or other obligations in favor of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent.

 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by at least one Officer of the Issuer.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee and may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

 

“Original Securities” means the Issuer’s 12.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 issued on the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

 

“Permitted Asset Sale” means:

 

(1) a Disposition of (i) Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities, (ii) obsolete, damaged or worn-out assets, property or equipment in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment or other Disposition of Intellectual Property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, no longer economically practicable or commercially reasonable to maintain or useful in any material respect, taken as a whole, in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole), (iii) Inventory (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business or (iv) equipment or other assets as part of a trade-in for replacement equipment;

 

(2) the Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any Disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

(3) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04 or any Permitted Investment;

 

(4) any Disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, which assets or Equity Interests so Disposed or issued have an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of less than $1,000,000 so long as at least 50% of the proceeds of such Disposition or issuance or sale of Equity Interests is in the form of Cash Equivalents;

 

(5) any Disposition of property or assets, or the issuance of securities, (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or (ii) by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to a Guarantor (or to an entity that contemporaneously therewith becomes a Guarantor);

 

(6) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

22

 

 

(7) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business that, at the time of such lease, assignment or sublease, does not materially and adversely affect the Issuer’s business, financial condition or the value of the Notes Collateral, either individually or taken as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

 

(8) any non-exclusive license to a third party in the ordinary course of the Issuer’s business to research, develop, make, have made, use or import Intellectual Property (including JATENZO®) so long as such non-exclusive license does not grant to any third party the right to sell, offer for sale, market or promote such Intellectual Property (including JATENZO®);

 

(9) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement of, release of, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind that does not materially and adversely affect the Issuer’s business, financial condition or the value of the Notes Collateral, either individually or taken as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

 

(10) in the ordinary course of business, any swap of assets, or lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property, in each case, other than Intellectual Property, in exchange for services (including in connection with any outsourcing arrangements) of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

 

(11) any Permitted Liens;

 

(12) any Disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

 

(13) any Disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements that, at the time of such Disposition, does not materially and adversely affect the Issuer’s business, financial condition or the value of the Notes Collateral, either individually or taken as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

 

(14) the issuance of Disqualified Stock pursuant to Section 4.03;

 

(15) any Disposition resulting from any involuntary loss of title or damage to, involuntary loss or destruction of, or condemnation or other taking of, any property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that, at the time of such Disposition, does not materially and adversely affect the Issuer’s business, financial condition or the value of the Notes Collateral, either individually or taken as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer; and

 

(16) voluntary terminations, transitions, sales or other dispositions of Hedging Obligations.

 

23

 

 

“Permitted Holders” means, at any time, each of (i)(a) Thomas, McNerny & Partners, H.I.G, Ventures, and C-Bridge Capital (or, in each case, any Affiliate thereof) and (ii) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any of the Permitted Holders specified in clause (i) of this definition and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of the Issuer (a “Permitted Holder Group”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than Permitted Holders specified in clause (i) of this definition) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group. Any Person or “group” whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

 

“Permitted Investments” means:

 

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that any Notes Collateral may be transferred pursuant to this clause (1) only to a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

 

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided, that any Notes Collateral may be transferred pursuant to this clause (3) only to a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

 

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with a Permitted Asset Sale;

 

(5) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date;

 

(6) advances to employees not in excess of $100,000 outstanding at any one time in the aggregate;

 

(7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default or (c) in settlement of or other resolution of claims or disputes, and in each case, extensions, modifications and renewals thereof;

 

24

 

 

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(x);

 

(9) Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $1,000,000 (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(10) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, not to exceed $500,000 at any one time outstanding pursuant to this clause (10);

 

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit”;

 

(12) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (iv), (v), (viii)(B) or (ix) of such Section);

 

(13) Investments consisting of the non-exclusive licensing to a third party in the ordinary course of the Issuer’s business to research, develop, make, have made, use or import Intellectual Property (including JATENZO®) so long as such non-exclusive license does not grant to any third party the right to sell, offer for sale, market or promote such Intellectual Property (including JATENZO®);

 

(14) guarantees issued in accordance with Sections 4.03 and 4.10, including any guarantee or other obligation Incurred under any Credit Agreement in connection with any letter of credit issued for the account of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (including with respect to the issuance of, or payments in respect of drawings under, such letters of credit);

 

(15) Investments consisting of or to finance purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials, services or equipment or purchases of contract rights or non-exclusive licenses or leases of Intellectual Property (where the Issuer or an applicable Restricted Subsidiary is the licensee or lessee), in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

25

 

 

(16) (i) lease, utility and other similar deposits and (ii) prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(17) any redemption or repurchase of the Securities permitted and made in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

(18) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(19) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a transaction that is not prohibited by Article 5 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

(20) any Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(21) to the extent constituting an Investment, loans and advances relating to indemnification or reimbursement of any officers, directors or employees in respect of liabilities relating to their serving in such capacity;

 

(22) Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of deposits, prepayments or other credits to suppliers or landlords, and guarantees of business obligations to suppliers, landlords, customers, or licensees of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries; and

 

(23) Investments in Restricted Subsidiaries who are not Guarantors not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding pursuant to this clause (23).

 

In the event that any Investment (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Investments described in clauses (1) through (23) above, or is entitled to be Incurred or made pursuant to Section 4.04, the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such Investment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with such categories above or Section 4.04. In addition, at the time of Incurrence or making of any Investment, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify such Investment in more than one of the categories of Permitted Investments described above or described in Section 4.04.

 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

26

 

 

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue for more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

 

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business (including any Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(v) and Section 4.03(b)(xi));

 

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or title defects or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6) (A) Liens on the ABL Collateral securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i) and ABL Obligations related thereto, which Liens shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(iv);

 

(7) (A) Liens securing the Securities or the Guarantees, including Liens arising under or relating to the Security Documents, and (B) the Lien securing the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations under Section 7.06;

 

(8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

27

 

 

(9) Liens on assets or property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acquired the assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or a Guarantor permitted to be Incurred or remain outstanding in accordance with Section 4.03;

 

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations not Incurred in violation of this Indenture; provided that with respect to Hedging Obligations relating to Indebtedness, such Lien extends only to the property securing such Indebtedness;

 

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(13) leases and subleases of real property that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(16) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

(17) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

(18) any non-exclusive license to a third party in the ordinary course of the Issuer’s business to research, develop, make, have made, use or import Intellectual Property (including JATENZO®) so long as such non-exclusive license does not grant to any third party the right to sell, offer for sale, market or promote such Intellectual Property (including JATENZO®);

 

(19) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located that do not materially and adversely affect the Issuer’s business, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects or the value of the Notes Collateral, either individually or taken as a whole;

 

(20) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made that do not materially and adversely affect the Issuer’s business, financial condition or the value of the Notes Collateral, either individually or taken as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

 

28

 

 

(21) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of inventory entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(22) Liens Incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of business that do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the value of the Notes Collateral;

 

(23) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to Deposit Accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) or other funds maintained with a depository or financial institution;

 

(24) Liens that secure Indebtedness Incurred in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $500,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(25) any interest of title of a lessor under any lease of real or personal property;

 

(26) Liens on the identifiable proceeds of any property or asset subject to a Lien otherwise constituting a Permitted Lien;

 

(27) Liens arising on any real property as a result of eminent domain, condemnation or similar proceedings against such property; and

 

(28) Liens to secure the financing of insurance premiums permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xv).

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, company, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

 

“Rating Agency” means (i) Moody’s, (ii) S&P or (iii) any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act selected by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

 

“Representative” means the trustee(s), agent(s) or representative(s) (if any) for an issue of Indebtedness; provided, however, that if, and for so long as, such Indebtedness lacks such a Representative, then the Representative for such Indebtedness shall at all times constitute the holder or holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of obligations under such Indebtedness.

 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

29

 

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

 

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

“Secured Bank Indebtedness” means any Bank Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien Incurred or deemed Incurred pursuant to clause (6)(A) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”.

 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

 

“Securities” means the Issuer’s 12.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 and shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, the Original Securities issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Securities and PIK Securities that may be issued after the Issue Date, in each case, as and to the extent issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

 

“Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Security Documents” means the security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, collateral assignments and related agreements, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating, perfecting or otherwise evidencing the security interests granted by the Issuer or any Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent in the Notes Collateral as contemplated by this Indenture, including the Collateral Agreement and the Deposit Account Control Agreement.

 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer that is (i) unsecured, (ii) by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or (iii) secured by Liens on Notes Collateral ranking junior to the Liens securing the Securities or (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is (i) unsecured, (ii) by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee or (iii) secured by Liens on Notes Collateral ranking junior to the Liens securing its Guarantee. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) Subordinated Indebtedness shall be deemed to include any Indebtedness reflecting the payment subordination terms set forth in Exhibit F and (y) any Convertible Note Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

30

 

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, and (ii) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, or (b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. For purposes of clarity, a Subsidiary of a Person shall not include any Person that is under common control with the first Person solely by virtue of having directors, managers or trustees in common and shall not include any Person that is solely under common control with the first Person (i.e., a sister company with a common parent).

 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as interpreted and in effect on the Issue Date; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended or there is a change in its interpretation after the Issue Date, the term “TIA” shall mean, to the extent required by such amendment or such change in interpretation, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended or interpreted. It is acknowledged that this Indenture will not be qualified under the TIA.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, in respect of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to the First Call Date; provided, that if the period from such redemption date to the First Call Date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

“Trust Officer” means:

 

(1) any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject; and

 

(2) who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means such successor.

 

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

 

31

 

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and

 

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that, in each such case, such Subsidiary does not own, acquire or license any Intellectual Property.

 

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Issuer) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries (i) do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness that is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or that otherwise has recourse to the property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (ii) do not at the time of designation and do not thereafter guarantee any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, however, that either:

 

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or

 

(b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04.

 

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

 

(x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation; and

 

(y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are:

 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

32

 

 

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (ii) the sum of all such payments.

 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

SECTION 1.02.  Other Definitions.

 

Term

Defined in Section
“Acceleration” 6.02
“Affiliate Transaction” 4.07(a)
“After-Acquired Property” 4.13
“Bankruptcy Law” 6.01
“Base Currency” 12.14(b)(i)
“Change of Control Offer” 4.08(b)
“Confidential Information” 7.11
“Confidential Parties” 7.11
“Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date” “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” definition
“covenant defeasance option” 8.01(c)
“Custodian” 6.01
“Definitive Security” Appendix A

 

33

 

 

“Depository” Appendix A
“Event of Default” 6.01
“First Call Date” Exhibit A
“Global Security” Appendix A
“Guaranteed Obligations” 10.01(a)
“Increased Amount” 4.11
“Interest Reserve Account” 4.18(a)
“Judgment Currency” 12.14(b)(i)
“legal defeasance option” 8.01(c)
“Paying Agent” 2.04(a)
“Payment Date” Exhibit A
“Permitted Holder Group” “Permitted Holder” definition
“PIK Interest” Exhibit A
“PIK Payment” 2.01(d)
“PIK Payment Dates” Exhibit A
“PIK Securities” Exhibit A
“primary obligations” “Contingent Obligations” definition
“primary obligor” “Contingent Obligations” definition
Term Defined in Section
“protected purchaser” 2.08
“Purchase Agreement” Appendix A
“QIB” Appendix A
“rate(s) of exchange” 12.14(d)
“Record Date” Exhibit A
“Reference Period” “Cumulative Credit” definition
“Refunding Capital Stock” 4.04(b)(ii)
“Registrar” 2.04(a)
“Restricted Payments” 4.04(a)
“Retired Capital Stock” 4.04(b)(ii)
“Securities” Preamble
“Securities Custodian” Appendix A
“Security Document Order” 11.09(i)
“Successor Company” 5.01(a)(i)
“Successor Guarantor” 5.02(a)(i)
“Tax Group” 4.04(b)(xiii)

 

SECTION 1.03.  Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b) except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as defined herein, and an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP as defined herein;

 

34

 

 

(c) the word “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d) the word “including” means including without limitation, and any item or list of items set forth following the word “including”, “include” or “includes” in this Indenture is set forth only for the purpose of indicating that, regardless of whatever other items are in the category in which such item or items are “included”, such item or items are in such category and shall not be construed as indicating the items in the category in which such item or items are “included” are limited to such item or items similar to such items;

 

(e) all references in this Indenture to any designated “Article”, “Section”, “Appendix”, “Exhibit”, definition and other subdivision are to the designated Article, Section, Appendix, Exhibit, definition and other subdivision, respectively, of this Indenture;

 

(f)  all references in this Indenture to (i) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section, Appendix, Exhibit and other subdivision, respectively, and (ii) the term “this Indenture” means this Indenture as a whole, including the Appendix and Exhibits;

 

(g)  words of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall mean and include the correlative words of other genders;

 

(h)  words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(i)  the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP as defined herein;

 

(j)  the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

 

(k)  “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refers to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

 

(l)  the words “asset” or “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights;

 

(m)  unless otherwise specified, all references to an agreement or other document include references to such agreement or document as from time to time amended, restated, reformed, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, reformations, supplements or modifications set forth herein);

 

35

 

 

(n)  references to any law shall include such law as from time to time in effect, including any amendment, modification, codification, replacement or reenactment thereof or any substitution therefor;

 

(o)  all references to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment, transfer or delegation set forth herein), and any reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in other capacities;

 

(p)  the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and

 

(q)  the parties to this Indenture agree that they have been represented by legal counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Indenture and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document shall be construed against the party or its representatives drafting such agreement or document.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE SECURITIES

 

SECTION 2.01.  Amount of Securities.

 

(a)  Except for any PIK Securities, the aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is limited to $75,000,000.

 

(b)  On the Issue Date, the Issuer shall issue and deliver, in accordance with this Article 2, Original Securities in an aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000.

 

(c)  On any Business Day on or prior to June 30, 2022 that does not fall between a Record Date and its related Payment Date (but, for the avoidance of doubt, only one Business Day, but not more than one Business Day), the Issuer may issue and deliver, in accordance with this Article 2, without the consent of any Holder or of any holder of beneficial interests in the Original Securities, upon five Business Days’ written notice to the Trustee, Additional Securities in an aggregate principal amount of up to $25,000,000; provided, that, as of such Business Day, as conditions to the issuance of such Additional Securities, (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Additional Securities Triggering Event has occurred and (iii) the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, in addition to the written order of the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03, an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying as to the satisfaction of the foregoing clause (i) and clause (ii), describing in sufficient detail the basis for satisfying such clause (ii). Such Additional Securities shall have the same terms as the Original Securities, except that the issue date, the purchase price, the initial Payment Date and the initial date from which interest shall accrue may vary. If the Issuer determines that such Additional Securities are issued as part of a “qualified reopening” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Securities will have the same CUSIP number as the Original Securities and for U.S. federal income tax purposes will have the same issue date and issue price as the Original Securities. If the Issuer determines that such Additional Securities are not issued as part of a “qualified reopening” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Securities will be required to have a CUSIP number that is different than the CUSIP number of the Original Securities.

 

36

 

 

(d)  In connection with any valid election by the Issuer to pay PIK Interest in respect of the Securities in accordance with Paragraph 1(c) of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A, and only in connection with such payment on any PIK Payment Date, the Issuer is required to, in accordance with the terms of the Securities, without the consent of any Holder or of any holder of beneficial interests in the Securities and without regard to Section 4.03, issue PIK Securities by delivering to the Trustee a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer and increasing the outstanding principal amount of the Securities on such PIK Payment Date in accordance with Paragraph 1(c) of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A (each, a “PIK Payment”).

 

(e)  The Securities, including the Original Securities, any Additional Securities and any PIK Securities, shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including directions provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.05 (including, for the avoidance of doubt directing the Trustee to exercise any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture), waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase, and shall rank on a parity basis in right of payment and security.

 

SECTION 2.02.  Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Securities are set forth in Appendix A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Securities shall be issuable only in registered form, without interest coupons, and in minimum denominations of $250,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof (or, after a PIK Payment, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof).

 

SECTION 2.03.  Execution and Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer (i) Original Securities for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000, (ii) Additional Securities for original issue pursuant to Section 2.01(c) and (iii) PIK Securities issued in payment of PIK Interest in accordance with Paragraph 1(c) of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A. Such order shall specify the amount of the Securities to be authenticated, if such Securities are Additional Securities, the form in which the Securities are to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated.

 

One Officer shall sign the Securities for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

 

37

 

 

A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Securities. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

 

On any PIK Payment Date in respect of which the Issuer has validly elected to pay PIK Interest with respect to the Securities by increasing the outstanding principal amount of the Securities in accordance with Paragraph 1(c) of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A, upon receipt from the Issuer of the written notice described in Section 4.02(g), (x) in the case of any such Securities that are Global Securities, the Trustee shall increase the principal amount of such Global Securities by an amount equal to the PIK Interest, rounded up to the nearest $1.00, for the relevant interest payment period on the principal amount of such Global Securities as of the related Record Date for such PIK Payment Date, to the credit of the Holders on such Record Date, pro rata in accordance with their interests, and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Securities Custodian for such Global Securities) with respect to such Global Securities, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such increase, and (y) in the case of any such Securities that are Definitive Securities, the Issuer shall issue Definitive Securities equal in principal amount to the PIK Interest, rounded up to the nearest $1.00, for the relevant interest payment period on the principal amount of such Definitive Securities as of the related Record Date for such PIK Payment Date.

 

SECTION 2.04.  Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

(a)  The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any additional paying agents. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and the Securities Custodian with respect to the Global Securities and as Registrar and Paying Agent with respect to the Definitive Securities.

 

(b)  The Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.06. The Issuer or any of its domestically organized Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. Upon any Event of Default as described in Section 6.01(e) or Section 6.01(f), the Trustee shall automatically be the Paying Agent.

 

38

 

 

(c)  The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.07.

 

(d)  The Issuer shall promptly deliver to the Trustee (and any Holder upon written request) following the end of each calendar year a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount, if any, accrued on the outstanding Securities for the previous calendar year, including daily rates and accrual periods, and such other information relating to original issue discount as may be required under the Code and applicable regulations, as amended from time to time.

 

SECTION 2.05.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. On or prior to each due date of the principal of and interest on any Security, the Issuer shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent if not otherwise so acting. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.05, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

 

SECTION 2.06.  Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders. The Issuer shall also maintain a copy of such list of the names and addresses of Holders at its registered office.

 

39

 

 

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. The Securities shall be issued in registered form (as set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 5f.103-1(c)) and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Security for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When a Security is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Securities are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s request. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the Securities, but the Issuer may require payment from the Holder of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes (including transfer taxes), assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.07. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. The Issuer shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of Securities to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Securities for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

 

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Security shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Security may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Security (or its agent) or (b) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Security, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Security shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

 

All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

SECTION 2.08.  Replacement Securities. If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuer or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer or the Trustee prior to the Security being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Issuer and the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar (if the Registrar also serves as the Paying Agent) and of the Issuer to protect the Issuer, each Guarantor, the Paying Agent and the Registrar (if the Trustee is not serving in the role of Paying Agent or Registrar, as the case may be) from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Security (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Security). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may pay such Security instead of issuing a new Security in replacement thereof.

 

40

 

 

Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Securities.

 

SECTION 2.09.  Outstanding Securities. Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 12.04, a Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Security.

 

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Security surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Security ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Security and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

 

If the principal amount of any Securities (or portions thereof) is considered paid under Section 4.01, such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

SECTION 2.10.  Temporary Securities. In the event that Definitive Securities are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Securities but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Securities and make them available for delivery in exchange for temporary Securities upon surrender of such temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Issuer, without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange, temporary Securities shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Securities under this Indenture.

 

41

 

 

SECTION 2.11.  Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Securities in accordance with its customary procedures. Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Securities shall be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Securities to replace Securities it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Securities in place of canceled Securities other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.12.  Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Securities (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date and shall promptly provide or cause to be provided to each affected Holder a written notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. The special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest shall not be more than 15 days and shall not be less than 10 days prior to the proposed payment date and shall not be less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.

 

SECTION 2.13.  CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc.. The Issuer in issuing the Securities may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices (including notices of redemption) as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities and that any such notice shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers.

 

SECTION 2.14.  Calculation of Principal Amount of Securities. The aggregate principal amount of the Securities, at any date of determination, shall be the aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Securities, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Securities, the Holders of which have so consented, waived, approved or taken other action by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Securities then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 12.04. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate. The Issuer and the Trustee agree that any action of the Holders may be evidenced by the Depository applicable procedures or by such other procedures as the Issuer and Trustee may agree.

 

42

 

 

SECTION 2.15.  Statement to Holders. After the end of each calendar year but not later than the latest date permitted by applicable law, the Trustee shall (or shall instruct any Paying Agent to) furnish to each Person who at any time during such calendar year was a Holder a statement (for example, a Form 1099 or any other means required by applicable law) prepared by the Issuer as may be required pursuant to the then-applicable regulations under the Code.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION

 

SECTION 3.01.  Redemption. The Securities may be redeemed by the Issuer at its option, in whole, or from time to time in part, on any Business Day specified by the Issuer, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

SECTION 3.02.  Applicability of Article. Redemption of Securities at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article 3.

 

SECTION 3.03.  Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Securities pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Security, it shall notify the Trustee and the Holders in writing of (i) the Section of this Indenture and the Paragraph of the Security (if any) pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price (if then ascertainable).

 

The Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.03 at least 15 days but not more than 60 days (unless in connection with a discharge in accordance with Article 8 hereof) before a redemption date if the redemption is pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Security. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuer and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such notice may be conditional or canceled at any time prior to written notice of the completion of the related redemption being provided to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

 

SECTION 3.04.  Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed. In the case of any partial redemption, and if the Securities are Global Securities held by the Depository, the particular Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed shall be allocated on a pro rata pass-through distribution of principal basis in accordance with Depository procedures; provided, that, so long as the Securities are held in book-entry form, the selection for redemption of such Securities shall be made in accordance with the operational arrangements of the Depository then in effect, and if the Depository operational arrangements do not allow for redemption on a pro rata pass-through distribution of principal basis, the Securities will be selected for redemption, in accordance with Depository procedures, by lot. If the Securities are not Global Securities held by the Depository, selection of the Securities for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or such other method the Trustee deems fair and appropriate; provided that no Securities of $1,000 or less (or $1.00 or less after a PIK Payment) shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $1,000 (or larger than $1.00 after a PIK Payment). Securities and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof (or $1.00 or any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof after a PIK Payment). Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed and the principal amount thereof.

 

43

 

 

SECTION 3.05.  Notice of Optional Redemption.

 

(a)  At least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Security, the Issuer shall provide or cause to be provided a written notice of redemption to each Holder whose Securities are to be redeemed.

 

Any such notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(i)  the redemption date;

 

(ii) the redemption price (or manner of calculation thereof if not then known) and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date;

 

(iii)  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(iv)  that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest;

 

(v)  that all outstanding Securities are to be redeemed or, if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the certificate number(s) (in the case of Definitive Securities) and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

 

(vi)  that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(vii)  the CUSIP number, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Securities being redeemed;

 

(viii)  that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities; and (ix) such other matters as the Issuer deems desirable or appropriate.

 

44

 

 

Notice of any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.05 may, at the Issuer’s direction, be revocable and be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including the receipt by the Trustee, on or prior to the redemption date, of money sufficient to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Securities being redeemed.

 

(b)  At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee a notice containing the information required by this Section 3.05 at least five Business Days (unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period) prior to the date such notice is to be provided to Holders.

 

SECTION 3.06.  Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once written notice of redemption is provided in accordance with Section 3.05, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any conditions precedent in the notice of redemption. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to, but not including, the redemption date; provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a Record Date and on or prior to the related Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Securities registered on such Record Date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

 

SECTION 3.07.  Deposit of Redemption Price. With respect to any Securities, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date (provided that the Issuer shall have confirmed in writing to the Trustee the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to such redemption pursuant to Section 3.05(a)), the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Securities to be redeemed, unless the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. Upon redemption of any Securities by the Issuer, such redeemed Securities will be cancelled.

 

SECTION 3.08.  Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

 

45

 

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.01.  Payment of Securities.

 

(a)  The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds as of 12:00 noon New York City time money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. The Issuer shall pay, during the continuance of an Event of Default, interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Securities at the rate borne by the Securities plus 2.00% per annum, and the Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Securities plus 2.00% per annum to the extent lawful.

 

(b)  On each Payment Date, commencing on September 1, 2022, or on the succeeding Business Day if any such date is not a Business Day, the Issuer shall pay to the Holders an installment of principal of the Securities in accordance with the table below corresponding to the applicable Payment Date, where the applicable percentage is the percentage of (i) the initial aggregate principal amount of Original Securities issued on the Issue Date plus (ii) the initial aggregate principal amount of any Additional Securities issued on their date of issuance minus (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Securities redeemed or repurchased pursuant to this Indenture prior to such Payment Date:

 

  Payment Date   Applicable Percentage                              
  September 1, 2022   15%  
  March 1, 2023   15%  
  September 1, 2023   15%  
  March 1, 2024   15%  
  September 1, 2024   20%  
  March 1, 2025   All remaining outstanding principal of the Securities at such date  

 

 

All payments calculated from the principal installment percentages set forth above shall be rounded to two decimal places.

 

46

 

 

SECTION 4.02.  Reports and Other Information.

 

(a)  Annual Financials. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as available, but in any event within 150 days (or such earlier date on which the Issuer is required to file a Form 10-K under the Exchange Act, if applicable) after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020, a consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, with such consolidated financial statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of the Issuer’s independent certified public accounting firm of recognized standing in the United States (which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP), stating that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Issuer as of the dates and for the periods specified in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that the Issuer shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such consolidated financial statements if such consolidated financial statements shall have been made available for free within the time period specified above on the SEC’s EDGAR system (or any successor system adopted by the SEC); provided, further, however, that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been filed pursuant to EDGAR (or its successor).

 

(b)  Quarterly Financials. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days, or, in the case of the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2020, 90 days (or such earlier date on which the Issuer is required to file a Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act, if applicable) after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2020, a consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for such fiscal quarter and (in respect of the second, third and fourth fiscal quarters of such fiscal year) for the then-elapsed portion of the Issuer’s fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the comparable period or periods in the previous fiscal year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that the Issuer shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such consolidated financial statements if such consolidated financial statements shall have been made available for free within the time period specified above on the SEC’s EDGAR system (or any successor system adopted by the SEC); provided, further, however, that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been filed pursuant to EDGAR (or its successor). Such consolidated financial statements shall be certified by a Financial Officer as, to his or her knowledge, fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods specified in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements referred to under Section 4.02(a), subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries have made an acquisition, the financial statements with respect to an acquired entity need not be included in the consolidated quarterly financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 4.02(b) until the first date upon which such quarterly financial statements are required to be so delivered that is at least 90 days after the date such acquisition is consummated.

 

(c)  Compliance with Indenture. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, with the delivery of the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 4.02(a) and (b) at the time periods specified therein, commencing with respect to the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2020, an Officer’s Certificate certifying that to such Officer’s actual knowledge there is no Default or Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such Officer does know of any such Default or Event of Default, such Officer shall include in such certificate a description of such Default or Event of Default and its status with particularity.

 

47

 

 

(d)  Information During Event of Default. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee and the Holders, promptly, such additional information regarding the business or financial affairs of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of this Indenture, as the Trustee, any Holder or any holder of beneficial interests in the Securities may from time to time reasonably request during the existence of any Event of Default (subject to reasonable requirements of confidentiality, including requirements imposed by law or contract; and provided that the Issuer shall not be obligated to disclose any information that is reasonably subject to the assertion of attorney-client privilege).

 

(e)  Rule 144A Information. So long as the Issuer is not subject to either Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer shall deliver, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 4.02(k), to the Holders, any holder of beneficial interests in the Securities and any prospective purchaser of the Securities or a beneficial interest therein designated by a Holder or such other Person, promptly upon the request of any such Person, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(f)  JATENZO® Net Sales. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee and, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 4.02(k), the Holders a written notice with a calculation of JATENZO® Net Sales within 30 days after the end of each calendar month (beginning with respect to the calendar month during which the first commercial sale of JATENZO® occurs and ending with respect to the calendar month ending March 31, 2022) based on the information available to the Issuer at such date.

 

(g)  Notice of PIK Payment. The Issuer shall, no later than the Record Date in respect of the first Payment Date on which the Issuer elects to pay PIK Interest in accordance with Paragraph 1(c) of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A, give written notice to the Trustee and each Holder (in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 4.02(k)) stating the percentage of the interest payment due on the Securities on such PIK Payment Date (but in no event greater than 36% of the total interest payment due on the Securities on such PIK Payment Date) that the Issuer elects to pay in the form of PIK Securities, which percentage shall also apply to each subsequent PIK Payment Date and may not be changed; provided, that if the Issuer does not provide such written notice no later than the Record Date in respect of such first Payment Date on which the Issuer elects to pay PIK Interest, then the Issuer may not pay PIK Interest on such Payment Date, but instead will be required to pay all interest due and payable on such Payment Date in cash. In addition, on any PIK Payment Date in respect of which the Issuer has validly elected to pay PIK Interest, the Issuer shall, no later than two Business Days prior to such PIK Payment Date, give written notice to the Trustee and each Holder (in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 4.02(k)) stating in respect of such PIK Payment Date (i) the aggregate amount of PIK Interest payable and (ii) the amount of such PIK Interest payable in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Securities outstanding.

 

(h)  Notice of Compliance with Liquidity Covenant. The Issuer shall give written notice to the Trustee and, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 4.02(k), each Holder (in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 4.02(k)) within ten Business Days after the end of each calendar month, commencing with March 31, 2020, certifying as to the amount of aggregate Cash Equivalents that the Issuer and the Guarantors, on a consolidated basis, had maintained as of the end of such calendar month (together with a copy of bank account statements as of or about 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the last day of such calendar month evidencing such amount of aggregate Cash Equivalents).

 

48

 

 

(i)  New Bank Accounts. Not less than five Business Days prior to the proposed opening or establishment of any new account (including any “deposit account”, “securities account” and “commodity account” as such terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) in the name of or on behalf of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with any bank, financial institution, depositary institution, broker, securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or other Person engaged in similar activities (and in each case, other than any such accounts that would be considered an “Excluded Asset” pursuant to clause (viii) of the definition thereof in the good faith determination of the Issuer), the Issuer shall give written notice thereof to each Holder (in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 4.02(k)), the Trustee and, if different, the Collateral Agent. Such notice shall identify the purpose of such account, the name to be on the account (or the Person on whose behalf such account is to be opened or established), the amount expected to be held in such account and the Person with which such account is to be opened or established (together with similar information for all other existing accounts of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries).

 

(j)  New ABL Agreement. Not less than five Business Days prior to the proposed effective date of a new ABL Agreement (or any agreement that, if the applicable Intercreditor Agreement were in effect, would constitute an ABL Agreement thereunder) or the date on which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary becomes bound by or in respect of any First Priority Lien Obligations (or any obligations that, if the applicable Intercreditor Agreement were in effect, would constitute First Priority Lien Obligations), the Issuer shall give written notice thereof to each Holder (in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 4.02(k)), the Trustee and, if different, the Collateral Agent. Such notice shall identify the proposed parties to such ABL Agreement or Persons to whom such First Priority Lien Obligations are expected to be owed and the expected maximum amount of lending commitments or availability thereunder and shall also include the proposed ABL Agreement and the related Intercreditor Agreement to the extent available.

 

(k)  Communication of Information.

 

(i)  The Issuer shall make available to the Holders (and holders of beneficial interests in the Securities), who shall have executed and delivered a Confidentiality Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the information required to be delivered under this Section 4.02 by posting such information on Debtdomain or another similar electronic system, and the Issuer shall administer and maintain Debtdomain or such other similar electronic system for the Holders (and holders of beneficial interests in the Securities). Access by a Holder (or holder of beneficial interests in the Securities) to Debtdomain or such other similar electronic system shall be subject to the condition that such Holder (or such holder of beneficial interests in the Securities) shall have executed and delivered a Confidentiality Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. The Issuer shall maintain all such information posted on Debtdomain or such other similar electronic system for as long as the Securities are outstanding.

 

49

 

 

(ii) Delivery of information under this Section 4.02 to the Trustee shall be for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from any information contained therein, including compliance by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates or certificates or statements delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.02(c)). Neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be obligated to deliver any confidential reports or other confidential information to any Holder (or any holder of beneficial interests in the Securities) who has not executed a Confidentiality Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. The Issuer shall provide the Trustee with a list of such Holders (or holders of beneficial interests in the Securities) and shall update such list after the execution and delivery to the Issuer of a Confidentiality Agreement by any Person not already party to such a Confidentiality Agreement with the Issuer. The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the Debtdomain site.

 

(iii) Cure Right. To the extent any information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.02(a), (b), (c) or (h) is not delivered within the time periods specified therein and such information is subsequently furnished, the Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default or Event of Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured unless the Securities have previously been accelerated in accordance with Section 6.02.

 

SECTION 4.03.  Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

 

(a)  The Issuer (i) shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and (ii) shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock.

 

(b)  The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to:

 

(i)  the Incurrence by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Indebtedness under a Credit Agreement and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $7,500,000;

 

50

 

 

(ii) the Incurrence by any of the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Securities and the Guarantees;

 

(iii) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date;

 

(iv)  Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor, and Disqualified Stock issued by the Issuer or any Guarantor, to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) that (A) is without recourse to any property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets so acquired, leased, constructed, repaired, replaced or improved and (B) is in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock then outstanding that was Incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), does not exceed $2,000,000;

 

(v)  Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from Governmental Authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

 

(vi)  Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs, deferred purchase price, or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with any acquisition or Disposition of any business, any assets or a Subsidiary of the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

 

(vii)  Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Issuer under the Securities; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (vii);

 

51

 

 

(viii)  shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or a Guarantor; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Guarantor that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Guarantor or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Guarantor) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (viii);

 

(ix)  Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Guarantor; provided, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Guarantor holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Guarantor or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or a Guarantor or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ix);

 

(x)  Hedging Obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor entered into in the ordinary course of business that are not Incurred for speculative purposes but: (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases or sales;

 

(xi)  obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of (1) performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (2) workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, bankers’ acceptances, export or import indemnities, customs bonds, revenue bonds or other similar instruments, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice;

 

(xii)  Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor not otherwise permitted under this Indenture in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), does not exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

52

 

 

(xiii)  any guarantee by the Issuer or a Guarantor of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or any other Guarantor so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or such other Guarantor is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Guarantee of such other Guarantor, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Securities substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Securities or the Guarantee of such other Guarantor, as applicable;

 

(xiv)  Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days after its Incurrence;

 

(xv)  Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xvi)  Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor issued to (x) any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal entity) that is not a Subsidiary or (y) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the cash management operations (including with respect to intercompany self-insurance arrangements) of the Issuer or any Guarantor that are implemented or maintained in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xvii)   Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock held by any current or former officer, director or employee of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(xviii)  to the extent constituting Indebtedness, Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the form of (a) guarantees of loans and advances to officers, directors, consultants, managers or employees of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding, (b) reimbursements owed to officers, directors, consultants, managers or employees of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries for business expenses, or (c) deferred compensation or equity-based compensation to current or former officers, directors, consultants, managers or employees of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

53

 

 

(xix)  to the extent constituting Indebtedness, customer deposits and advance payments (including progress premiums) received in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(xx)  Convertible Note Indebtedness in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $16,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

 

(c)  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xx) of Section 4.03(b), the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03; provided, that any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date shall be allocated to Section 4.03(b)(i) and shall not be reallocated.

 

(d)  Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms (including the issuance of PIK Securities in payment of interest on the Securities), the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the same class, amortization or accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.03. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03.

 

(e)  For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a non-U.S. currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the higher U.S. Dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt.

 

(f)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values following the Incurrence of such Indebtedness.

 

54

 

 

SECTION 4.04.  Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 

(a)  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(i)  declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Issuer (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

 

(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer;

 

(iii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer;

 

(iv)  make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement, unless such sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity occurs within one year of the Stated Maturity of the Securities, and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (vii) and (ix) of Section 4.03(b)); or

 

(v)  make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (v) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Payment under clause (iii) above, for which the following exception shall not be applicable):

 

(1)  no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

 

(2)  such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (iv), (v) (to the extent such dividends did not reduce Consolidated Net Income) and (xi) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the amount equal to the Cumulative Credit (with the amount of any Restricted Payment made under this Section 4.04 in any property other than cash being equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of such property at the time made).

 

55

 

 

(b)  The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:

 

(i)  the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or any Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”); and (B) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

 

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 so long as:

 

(A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest, of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, plus any paid-in-kind interest, any tender premiums or any defeasance costs, fees and expenses Incurred in connection therewith);

 

(B) such Indebtedness by its terms is subordinated to the Securities and the related Guarantee, as the case may be, in right of payment and either unsecured or secured by a Lien junior as to priority with respect to the Notes Collateral, at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value;

 

56

 

 

(C) such Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity and, if applicable, a First Amortization Date equal to or later than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (y) 91 days following the Stated Maturity of any Securities then outstanding; and

 

(D)  such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred that is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired;

 

(iv)  the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition (or dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to finance any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition) for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) do not exceed $500,000 in any calendar year; provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(A)  the cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (2) of Section 4.04(a)); plus

 

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) or the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any one or more calendar years; and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any present or former employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the direct or indirect parent of the Issuer will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.04 or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

57

 

 

(v)  the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

 

(vi)  payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders or equityholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Article 5, provided that as a result of such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall have made a Change of Control Offer (if required by this Indenture) and that all Securities tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

 

(vii)  other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000;

 

(viii)  the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of (i) shares of Capital Stock of, or (ii) Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are Cash Equivalents);

 

(ix)  repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

(x)  (A) Restricted Payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock or Indebtedness convertible into the Capital Stock of any such Person (or the direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) or (B) the issuance of Capital Stock upon conversion of Indebtedness convertible into the Capital Stock of the Issuer (or the direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) or the exercise of stock options or warrants;

 

(xi)  the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to those described under Section 4.08; provided that all Securities tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

 

58

 

 

(xii)  any distribution or contribution by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer to allow the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer to pay any franchise or similar taxes required to maintain its corporate existence; provided, that in the case of any such distribution or contribution to a Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary such Subsidiary had no other reasonable means to pay such franchise or similar tax and such Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Issuer or applicable Subsidiary for any such distribution or contribution as promptly as reasonably possible; and

 

(xiii)  for any taxable period (or portion thereof) for which the Issuer, any Subsidiary of the Issuer, or any parent of the Issuer is a member of a group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar income tax return (a “Tax Group”), such Person may distribute to the parent of such Tax Group any such consolidated, combined, unitary or similar taxes for which such parent is liable for such taxable period (or portion thereof) that are attributable to the taxable income of such Tax Group in an amount not to exceed the amount of any such taxes that such Person would have been required to pay (plus any amounts distributed to such member from another member of such Tax Group for further distribution to the parent) if it had been a stand-alone corporate taxpayer or it and its Subsidiaries had been a stand-alone Tax Group for the applicable taxable period; provided, that any such distributions are actually used to pay such tax liabilities;

 

provided, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (vii), (viii) and (xi) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and provided, further, that at the time of, and after giving effect to any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (xii) and (xiii) of this Section 4.04(b), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

(c)  For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments”. Such designation shall only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”.

 

(d)  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.04, in the event that a Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described in Section 4.04(b) or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 4.04(a), the Issuer may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.04.

 

59

 

 

SECTION 4.05.  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(a)  (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(b)  make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(c)  sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)  contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(2)  this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Securities, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements;

 

(3)  applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(4)  any agreement or other instrument relating to Indebtedness of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that was in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or guarantees utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

 

(5)  contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the Disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such Disposition;

 

(6)  documents relating to any Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.03 and 4.11, which restrictions are restrictions on the transfer of assets securing such Secured Indebtedness;

 

(7)  restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(8)  customary provisions in joint venture agreements, collaboration agreements, intellectual property licenses, manufacturing agreements, supply agreements, distribution agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

60

 

 

(9)  purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)  customary provisions contained in contracts, leases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (including non-assignment provisions);

 

(11)  other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (a) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a Guarantor or (b) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor so long as such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Securities (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), provided that in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) above, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date under Section 4.03;

 

(12)  any Permitted Investment (to the extent such encumbrance or restriction was not made in contemplation of such Permitted Investment and was in existence on the date of such Permitted Investment);

 

(13)  customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company agreements, joint venture agreements, or other similar organizational documents that restrict the transfer of ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or similar Person; or

 

(14)  any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on other Capital Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

 

SECTION 4.06.  Asset Sales. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (a) make a Disposition or (b) issue or sell Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case except for Permitted Asset Sales.

 

61

 

 

SECTION 4.07.  Transactions with Affiliates.

 

(a)  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or lease or Dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $100,000, unless such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person.

 

(b)  The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following:

 

(i)  (A) any transaction or series of transactions between or among any of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), including any payment to, or lease or Disposition of any properties or assets to, or purchase of any property or assets from, or any contract, agreement, amendment, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or (B) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Issuer and any direct parent of the Issuer; provided that such parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer and such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is otherwise not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture and is effected for a bona fide business purpose;

 

(ii)   Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted Investments (without giving effect to clause (12) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

 

(iii)   the payment of reasonable and customary compensation, benefits, fees and reimbursement of expenses paid to, and indemnity, contribution and insurance provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(iv)  transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.07(a);

 

62

 

 

(v)  payments, advances or loans (or cancellation of loans) to officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer and employment agreements, stock option plans, indemnification agreements, severance and separation agreements and other similar arrangements with such officers, directors, employees or consultants that, in each case, are either entered into in the ordinary course of business or approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

 

(vi)  any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

 

(vii)  the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders or equityholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto or similar transactions, agreements or arrangements that it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement or under any similar transaction, agreement or arrangement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (vii) to the extent that the terms of any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new transaction, agreement or arrangement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original transaction, agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(viii)  (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Issuer, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business that are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(ix)  the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Person;

 

63

 

 

(x)  the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee or director benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, as appropriate, in good faith;

 

(xi)  any contribution to the capital of the Issuer;

 

(xii)  transactions permitted by, and complying with, Article 5;

 

(xiii)  pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(xiv)  the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business.

 

SECTION 4.08.  Change of Control.

 

(a)  Upon a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s then outstanding Securities at a repurchase price in cash equal to the redemption price set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A that would be applicable to the Securities at the time of such occurrence, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the related Payment Date), in accordance with the terms contemplated in this Section 4.08; provided, however, that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall not be obligated to repurchase any Securities pursuant to this Section 4.08 in the event that it has exercised (i) its unconditional right to redeem such Securities in accordance with Article 3 or (ii) its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option in accordance with Article 8.

 

(b)  Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that the Issuer has exercised (x) its unconditional right to redeem the Securities by delivery of a notice of redemption in accordance with Article 3 or (y) its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option in accordance with Article 8, the Issuer shall provide a written notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

 

(i)  that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Holder’s Securities at a repurchase price in cash equal to the redemption price set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A that would be applicable to the Securities at the time of such occurrence, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the related Payment Date);

 

(ii)  [reserved];

 

64

 

 

(iii)   the date of repurchase (which shall be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such written notice is provided), subject to extension in the event that the occurrence of such Change of Control is delayed beyond such date of repurchase; and

 

(iv)  the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Securities repurchased.

 

(c)  Holders electing to have a Security repurchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the Change of Control Offer (or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depository) at least three Business Days prior to the date of repurchase. The Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer receives not later than two Business Days prior to the date of repurchase a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security that was delivered for repurchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Security repurchased. Holders whose Securities are repurchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the portion of the Securities surrendered but not repurchased. If the Securities are Global Securities held by the Depository, then the applicable operational procedures of the Depository for tendering and withdrawing securities will apply.

 

(d)  On the date of repurchase, all Securities repurchased by the Issuer under this Section 4.08 shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall pay the repurchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Holders entitled thereto.

 

(e)  A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

(f)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

 

(g)  Securities repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Securities issued but not outstanding or will be retired and canceled at the option of the Issuer. Securities purchased by a third party pursuant to Section 4.08(f) will have the status of Securities issued and outstanding.

 

(h)  At the time the Issuer delivers (or causes to be delivered) Securities to the Trustee that are to be accepted for repurchase, the Issuer shall also deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Securities are to be accepted by the Issuer pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08 and confirming whether the Securities will be considered issued but not outstanding, or include orders to cancel the repurchased Securities. A Security shall be deemed to have been accepted for repurchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, provides payment therefor upon receipt from or on behalf of the Issuer to the surrendering Holder.

 

65

 

 

(i)  Prior to providing written notice to the Holders of any Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Issuer to make such offer have been complied with.

 

(j)  The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this Section 4.08. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.08 by virtue thereof.

 

SECTION 4.09.  Further Instruments and Acts. The Issuer shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 4.10.  Future Guarantors. The Issuer shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary, within 10 Business Days of becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Securities and this Indenture; provided, however, that no Foreign Subsidiary or Domestic CFC Holdco shall be required to become a Guarantor if doing so would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences for the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined in good faith by the Issuer; provided, further, however, that no Immaterial Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor; provided, further, however, that if a Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary, the Issuer shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary, within 10 Business Days of ceasing to be an Immaterial Subsidiary, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Securities and this Indenture.

 

SECTION 4.11.  Liens. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist (a) any Lien (except Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any Lien on ABL Collateral securing any First Priority Lien Obligation of the Issuer or any Guarantor without effectively providing that the Securities or the applicable Guarantee, as the case may be, shall be secured by a junior security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) upon the assets or property constituting such ABL Collateral for such First Priority Lien Obligations; provided, however, that (x) all such Liens on the ABL Collateral shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and (y) no such junior security interest upon any Lockbox Account constituting ABL Collateral shall be required.

 

66

 

 

Except with respect to clause (x) and clause (xi) of the definition of “Excluded Assets” and except with respect to clause (i) of the definition of “Excluded Assets,” but only with respect to lease and equipment financing to the extent otherwise permitted by this Indenture, no property or asset shall constitute an Excluded Asset to the extent it is pledged to secure any Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.11, in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Liens described in the foregoing paragraph or permitted by clauses (1) through (28) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, then the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such Lien securing an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.11.

 

With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, amortization of original issue discount and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, in each case in respect of such Indebtedness.

 

SECTION 4.12.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

(a)  The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be made. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made at the corporate trust place of payment and notices and demands may be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 12.01.

 

(b)  The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

(c)  The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or its agent as such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04.

 

67

 

 

SECTION 4.13.  After-Acquired Property. Upon the acquisition by any Issuer or any Guarantor of any assets or property, including any new Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Issuer or any Guarantor (in each case, other than Excluded Assets) (“After-Acquired Property”), the Issuer or such Guarantor shall promptly execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, pledge agreements, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest or other Lien, subject only to Permitted Liens, in such After-Acquired Property and to have such After-Acquired Property (but subject to certain limitations, if applicable, including as described under Article 11) added to the Notes Collateral, and shall promptly deliver such Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel as are customary in secured financing transactions in the relevant jurisdictions or as are reasonably requested by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent (subject to customary assumptions, exceptions and qualifications), and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Notes Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect; provided that if granting a security interest or Lien in such After-Acquired Property requires the consent of a third party, the Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent with respect to the security interest or Lien for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Holders of the Securities; provided, further, that if such third party does not consent to the granting of such security interest or Lien after the use of such commercially reasonable efforts, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will not be required to provide such security interest or Lien (so long as no other Person is granted a Lien on such After-Acquired Property securing any Indebtedness following such acquisition or in contemplation thereof); and provided, further, that with respect to the security interest in After-Acquired Property that constitutes ABL Collateral securing First Priority Lien Obligations, such security interest securing the Securities and the Guarantees shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any property or assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor originally deemed to be an Excluded Asset at any point ceases to be an Excluded Asset pursuant to the definition of “Excluded Asset”, all or the applicable portion of such property and assets shall be deemed to be After-Acquired Property and shall be added to the Notes Collateral in accordance with the previous sentence.

 

SECTION 4.14.  Intellectual Property. The Issuer shall, at its sole expense, either directly or by using commercially reasonable efforts to cause any Restricted Subsidiary or any licensee to do so, take any and all commercially reasonable actions to (a) diligently maintain the material Intellectual Property owned or otherwise controlled by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and (b) to the extent the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any licensee in good faith determines appropriate, diligently defend or assert such Intellectual Property against infringement or interference by any other Persons and against any claims of invalidity or unenforceability by any other Persons (including, if determined appropriate in good faith by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, by bringing any legal action for infringement or defending any counterclaim of invalidity or action for declaratory judgment of non-infringement) in each case where the failure to so act, prepare, execute, deliver or file would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer shall not, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause any Restricted Subsidiary or any licensee not to, disclaim or abandon, or fail to take any action the Issuer in good faith determines appropriate to prevent the disclaimer or abandonment of, the Intellectual Property owned or otherwise controlled by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case where such disclaimer, abandonment or failure to take any such action would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, except as otherwise permitted by this Indenture, in no event shall the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary license its Intellectual Property to any Person that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, except in connection with a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, that complies with Article 5.

 

68

 

 

SECTION 4.15.  Line of Business. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any line of business other than those businesses engaged in on the Issue Date and businesses reasonably related thereto.

 

SECTION 4.16.  Use of Proceeds. The Issuer shall use, or will cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to use, the gross proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Securities to fund the Interest Reserve Account in accordance with Section 4.18, to pay fees, costs and expenses arising in connection with the issuance of the Securities, to support the commercialization, marketing and distribution of JATENZO® and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

SECTION 4.17.  Existence. Subject to Article 5, each of the Issuer and each Guarantor will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its respective existence, rights (charter and statutory), license and franchises in accordance with its respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time).

 

SECTION 4.18.  Interest Reserve Account.

 

(a)  The Issuer shall establish and maintain a segregated account held with U.S. Bank National Association (or another segregated account in replacement thereof held with another U.S. federally insured depositary financial institution that is acting as the Trustee or other Paying Agent) in the name of the Trustee or other Paying Agent (acting in either case as an agent for or representative of the Collateral Agent), or in the name of the Issuer, in each case, subject to the Liens established under the Collateral Agreement and the other Security Documents (such account, the “Interest Reserve Account”). The Interest Reserve Account shall be established and maintained so as to create, perfect and establish the priority of the Liens established under the Collateral Agreement and the other Security Documents in such Interest Reserve Account and all funds and other assets or property from time to time deposited therein or credited thereto and otherwise to effectuate the Liens under the Security Documents. The Interest Reserve Account shall bear a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other assets or property deposited therein or credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Holders and the Trustee.

 

(b)  The Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, shall have sole dominion and control over the Interest Reserve Account (including, among other things, the sole power to direct withdrawals or transfers from the Interest Reserve Account). The Trustee or other Paying Agent (acting in either case as an agent for or representative of the Collateral Agent), as applicable, shall make withdrawals and transfers from the Interest Reserve Account in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities. Each of the Issuer and the Trustee, any other Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that the Interest Reserve Account is a “securities account” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the Uniform Commercial Code and that the Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, has “control”, for purposes of Section 9-314 of the Uniform Commercial Code, of the Interest Reserve Account that is maintained with the Trustee or other Paying Agent. The Trustee hereby confirms that it has established account number 254800001 in the name of the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders and the Trustee as the Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer and the Trustee, any other Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent further agree that the jurisdiction of the Trustee, such other Paying Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code shall be the State of New York. The crediting by the Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, to the Interest Reserve Account of any asset or property that is not otherwise a financial asset by virtue of Section 8-102(a)(9)(i) of the Uniform Commercial Code or Section 8-102(a)(9)(ii) of the Uniform Commercial Code, including cash, shall constitute the “express agreement” of the Trustee or such other Paying Agent, as applicable, under Section 8-102(a)(9)(iii) of the Uniform Commercial Code that such property is a financial asset under such Section 8-102(a)(9)(iii) of the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

69

 

 

(c)  The Issuer will deposit, or cause to be deposited, on the Issue Date an amount of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Original Securities equal to $3,125,000 into the Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer shall maintain the Interest Reserve Account with U.S. Bank National Association until the balance in such account has been reduced to zero in accordance with Paragraph 1(e) of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A. The funds in the Interest Reserve Account may not be withdrawn except to the extent the Collateral Agent is authorized to do so pursuant to Paragraph 1(e) of the Securities or, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, in connection with the exercise of remedies pursuant to the Security Documents.

 

SECTION 4.19.  Liquidity. The Issuer and the Guarantors, on a consolidated basis, shall maintain, as of the last day of each calendar month, commencing with March 31, 2020, aggregate Cash Equivalents in the amount of at least $10,000,000.

 

SECTION 4.20.  Right of First Offer; Additional Royalty Right Agreements.

 

(a)  Upon any proposed issuance of Additional Securities, the Issuer will grant to the initial purchasers of the Original Securities the right to purchase an aggregate amount of such Additional Securities in an amount equal to the same proportion that the principal amount of Original Securities each such purchaser initially purchased bears to the aggregate principal amount of Original Securities issued on the Issue Date and at a purchase price specified by the Issuer (which purchase price shall not be more than the purchase price per Additional Security being offered to other investors), with such right to purchase being exercised by each such purchaser by written notice to the Issuer no later than 15 days after being notified of such proposed issuance by the Issuer. To the extent that any of the initial purchasers of the Original Securities decline to exercise their right to purchase any Additional Securities (in whole or in part), the Issuer will promptly notify the other initial purchasers of the Original Securities that have exercised such right in full, in which case such other initial purchasers will have the right to purchase such remaining Additional Securities (subject to proportional reduction to the extent of the relative initial principal amount of Additional Securities purchased by other initial purchasers exercising the same right), on the same terms as any Additional Securities they previously exercised the right to purchase pursuant to the preceding sentence, with such right to purchase being exercised by each such purchaser by written notice to the Issuer no later than two Business Days after being notified of the opportunity to purchase such remaining Additional Securities by the Issuer. The Issuer shall consummate the transactions contemplated under this Section 4.20 directly with the initial purchasers of the Original Securities, and the Trustee shall have no obligations with respect to this Section 4.20 other than to authenticate and deliver Additional Securities in accordance with a written order signed by one Officer.

 

70

 

 

(b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 4, in connection with the issuance of Additional Securities the Issuer may enter into royalty right agreements substantially similar to the royalty right agreements entered into by the Issuer on the Issue Date in connection with the issuance of the Original Securities, provided, that (x) the royalty rates in respect of such royalty right agreements will not exceed, with respect to any calendar year, (i) 0.33333% in respect of JATENZO® Net Sales up to $100,000,000 in such calendar year, (ii) 0.22222% in respect of JATENZO® Net Sales that are between $100,000,000 and $250,000,000 in such calendar year and (iii) 0.11111% in respect of JATENZO® Net Sales that are in excess of $250,000,000 in such calendar year and (y) the maximum amount payable in respect of such royalty right agreements will not exceed $4,840,872.

 

SECTION 4.21.  Compliance with Applicable Law. The Issuer shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all applicable law with respect to this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents and all ancillary agreements related hereto and thereto, in each case, except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

SECTION 4.22.  Tax Matters. The Issuer shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) timely file all tax returns and reports as required by applicable law, and such returns and reports shall be true and correct in all respects, (b) pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges when due and payable, except those that are being contested in good faith by appropriate action and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, (c) not file any tax return or report under any name other than its exact legal name and (d) use commercially reasonable efforts to file any form (or comply with any administrative formalities) required for an exemption from or a reduction of any withholding tax for which it is eligible with respect to any payments received or receivable by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary, except, in each case, as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

71

 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

 

SECTION 5.01.  When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets.

 

(a)  The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into or wind up or convert into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or lease or Dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

 

(i)  (x) the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation, consolidation, winding up or conversion (if other than the Issuer) or to which such lease or Disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); and (y) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture, the Securities, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Documents pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(ii)   immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(iii)   immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(iv)  each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities; and

 

(v)  the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) shall have delivered to the Trustee (A) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion or Opinions of Counsel, each stating (to the extent applicable with respect to such Opinion or Opinions of Counsel) that such transaction and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture and the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture, the Securities, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Documents remain obligations of the Successor Company and confirming the necessary actions to continue the perfection and priority of the Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Notes Collateral and of the preservation of its rights therein and (B) an Officer’s Certificate stating that such necessary actions have been taken (together with evidence thereof) promptly and in any event no later than 30 days following such transaction.

 

72

 

 

(b)  The Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture, the Securities, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Documents, and in such event the Issuer will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents.

 

(c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into or wind up or convert into, or lease or Dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, any Guarantor.

 

SECTION 5.02.  When Guarantors May Merge or Transfer Assets.

 

(a)  Subject to the provisions of Section 10.03 (which govern the release of a Guarantee upon the Disposition or exchange of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor), none of the Guarantors shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into or wind up or convert into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or lease or Dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

 

(i)  either (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation, consolidation, winding up or conversion (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such lease or Disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Guarantor”) and the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and, if applicable, such Guarantors’ Guarantee and the Security Documents pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or (B) (x) such Disposition or merger, amalgamation or consolidation is made to a Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and is not in violation of Section 4.06 and (y) after giving effect to such Disposition, such Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(ii)   the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) or the Issuer shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such merger, amalgamation, consolidation, winding up, conversion, lease or Disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

 

(b)  Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture, such Guarantor’s Guarantee and the Security Documents, and in such event such Guarantor will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture, such Guarantor’s Guarantee and the Security Documents.

 

(c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into or wind up or convert into, or lease or Dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, the Issuer or any other Guarantor.

 

73

 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default. An “Event of Default” occurs if:

 

(a)  there is a default in any payment of interest on any Security when the same becomes due and payable (including interest evidenced by any PIK Securities), and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

(b)  there is a default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Security when due at its Stated Maturity, upon scheduled payment thereof, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise (including pursuant to Section 4.01(b));

 

(c)  the Issuer or any Guarantor fails to comply with any of its agreements in the Securities or this Indenture (other than those referred to in clause (a) or (b) above) and such failure continues for 30 days after the notice specified below;

 

(d)  the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) fails to pay any Indebtedness within any applicable grace period after such payment is due and payable (including at final maturity) or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof occurs because of a default, in each case, if the total principal amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $1,000,000 or its non-U.S. currency equivalent;

 

(e)  the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i)  commences a voluntary case;

 

(ii)  consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

(iii)  consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

 

(iv)  makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any non-U.S. laws relating to insolvency;

 

(f)  a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

74

 

 

(i)  is for relief against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) in an involuntary case;

 

(ii)   appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or for any substantial part of its property; or

 

(iii)   orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary);

 

or any similar relief is granted under any non-U.S. laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

 

(g)  the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $1,000,000 or its non-U.S. currency equivalent (net of any amounts that are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers or indemnities or payable from any escrow arrangement that is available to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary for payment of such liability), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days following the entry thereof;

 

(h)  any representation or warranty made in writing by the Issuer or any Guarantor in any Transaction Document (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made (or, if such representation or warranty is given as of a specific time, as of such time);

 

(i)  the Collateral Agent fails to have a perfected security interest in any portion of the Notes Collateral (i) with a value greater than $1,000,000 or (ii) that is material Intellectual Property, in each case, except as contemplated by this Indenture and the Security Documents or due to the failure on the part of the Collateral Agent to maintain custody of Notes Collateral within its control;

 

(j)  any Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof in accordance with this Indenture) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days;

 

(k)  unless all of the Notes Collateral has been released from the Liens of the Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents with respect to the Securities, the Issuer shall assert or any Guarantor shall assert, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and, in the case of any such Person that is a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer fails to cause such Subsidiary to rescind such assertions within 30 days after the Issuer has actual knowledge of such assertions; or

 

(l)  the Issuer or any Guarantor fails to comply for 30 days after notice with its obligations contained in the Security Documents, except for a failure with respect to Notes Collateral with an aggregate value of less than $1,000,000.

 

75

 

 

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar U.S. federal or state law for the relief of debtors (or their non-U.S. equivalents). The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

A Default under clause (c) or (l) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Issuer (and also the Trustee if given by the Holders) of the Default or after the date on which such Default should reasonably have been known or been aware of by the defaulting party and the Issuer does not cure such Default within the time specified in such clause (c) or (l) after receipt of such notice or after such date, as applicable. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any event that is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

 

SECTION 6.02.  Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or 6.01(f) with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Securities by written notice to the Issuer may, and if such notice is given by the Holders such notice shall be given to the Issuer and the Trustee, declare that the principal of, and the premium and accrued but unpaid interest on, all the Securities is due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or 6.01(f) with respect to the Issuer occurs, the principal of, and the premium and accrued but unpaid interest on, all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

 

If the principal of, or premium or accrued and unpaid interest on, the Securities becomes due and payable as provided above (an “Acceleration”), the principal of, and the premium and accrued but unpaid interest on, the Securities that becomes due and payable shall equal the optional redemption price in effect on the date of such declaration (or the date set forth in the third sentence of this Section 6.02), as if such Acceleration were an optional redemption of the Securities effected thereby on such date of declaration (or the date set forth in the third sentence of this Section 6.02). The amounts described in the preceding sentence are intended to be liquidated damages and not unmatured interest or a penalty, and the Issuer agrees that such liquidated damages are reasonable under the circumstances. THE ISSUER EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE OR LAW THAT PROHIBITS OR MAY PROHIBIT THE COLLECTION OF THE FOREGOING PREMIUM IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH ACCELERATION, INCLUDING IN CONNECTION WITH ANY VOLUNTARY OR INVOLUNTARY ACCELERATION OF THE OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO ANY PROCEEDING PURSUANT TO ANY BANKRUPTCY LAW OR PURSUANT TO A PLAN OF REORGANIZATION. The Issuer expressly agrees that: (a) such premium is reasonable and is the product of an arm’s-length transaction between sophisticated business people, ably represented by counsel; (b) such premium shall be payable notwithstanding the then prevailing market rates at the time payment is made; (c) there has been a course of conduct between the Holders and the Issuer giving specific consideration in this transaction for such agreement to pay such premium; and (d) the Issuer shall be estopped hereafter from claiming differently than as agreed to in this paragraph. The Issuer expressly acknowledges that its agreement to pay such premium to the Holders described in this Section 6.02 is a material inducement to the Holders to purchase the Securities.

 

76

 

 

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(d), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, (y) the Holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Securities as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

 

SECTION 6.03.  Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but only at the written direction of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities, pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities, to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture or to otherwise take the action or actions set forth in such direction to the extent such action or actions shall constitute an available remedy at law or in equity.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. To the extent permitted by law, all available remedies are cumulative.

 

SECTION 6.04.  Waiver of Existing Defaults. Provided the Securities are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Securities by written notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences except (a) an uncured Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Security, (b) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Security when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

 

77

 

 

SECTION 6.05.  Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

SECTION 6.06.  Limitation on Suits.

 

(a)  Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities unless:

 

(i)  the Holder gives the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(ii)   the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(iii)  such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(iv)  the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(v)  the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.

 

(b)  A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

 

SECTION 6.07.  Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in this Indenture or in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

78

 

 

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Securities for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Securities) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.06.

 

SECTION 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions and be a member of a creditors’ or other similar committee, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06.

 

SECTION 6.10.  Priorities. If the Trustee or the Collateral Agent collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6 or any Security Document, the Trustee (after giving effect to Section 5.3 of the Collateral Agreement) shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

FIRST: to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent for amounts due under Section 7.06;

 

SECOND: to the Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and THIRD: to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall provide to each Holder and the Issuer a written notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

 

SECTION 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Securities.

 

79

 

 

SECTION 6.12.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

SECTION 6.13.  Holder Request. At the written request of the Issuer or any Holder (or any holder of beneficial interests in the Securities that certifies to the Trustee that it is a holder of such beneficial interests or is actually known by the Trustee to be such a holder of beneficial interests as evidenced by a Confidentiality Agreement that has previously been delivered to the Trustee), the Trustee shall, as soon as practicable after receipt of such request and at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense, (a) contact each Holder or each other Holder (and each other holder of beneficial interests in the Securities) to request each such other Holder or other Holder (and each such other holder of beneficial interests in the Securities) to provide its written permission to being identified to the Issuer or the requesting Holder (or holder of beneficial interests in the Securities) by the Trustee, to the extent the Trustee has actual knowledge of the identity of such Holder or other Holder (or other holder of beneficial interests in the Securities), including pursuant to Section 4.02(k) and (b) disclose to the Issuer or the requesting Holder (or other holder of beneficial interests in the Securities) the identity of any such Holder or other Holder (and any such other holder of beneficial interests in the Securities) who provides such written permission to the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no liability if it contacts any Person that it believes to be a beneficial holder of the Securities that is not a beneficial holder of the Securities.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.01.  Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs, except with respect to the obligation to exercise rights and remedies following an Event of Default, which right and remedies shall be performed by the Trustee acting solely upon the direction of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities in accordance with Section 6.03 and Section 6.05.

 

(b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee (it being agreed that the permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty); and

 

80

 

 

(ii)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee shall be under no duty to make any investigation as to any statement contained in any such instance, but may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of such statement or the correctness of such opinions. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)  this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

 

(ii)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

(iii)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and

 

(iv)  no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

 

(d)  Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

(e)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

 

(f)  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g)  No party hereto shall be liable to any other Person for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including lost profits), even if such Person has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage.

 

81

 

 

(h)  Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section

 

7.01 and, to the extent made expressly applicable by the terms of this Indenture, to the provisions of the TIA.

 

SECTION 7.02.  Rights of Trustee.

 

(a)  The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(c)  The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

 

(d)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

 

(e)  The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(f)  The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuer and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(g)  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(h)  The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be compensated, reimbursed and indemnified as provided in Section 7.06, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including as Collateral Agent), and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

82

 

 

(i)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture.

 

(j)  Any action taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee in good faith pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or consent of any person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the Holder of any Security shall be conclusive and binding upon future Holders of Securities and upon Securities executed and delivered in exchange therefor or in place thereof.

 

(k)  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

SECTION 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Trustee and its Affiliates have engaged, currently are engaged and may in the future engage in financial or other transactions with the Issuer and its Affiliates in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, subject to the TIA (to the extent this Indenture has been qualified thereunder). Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.09 and 7.10.

 

SECTION 7.04.  Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Guarantee, the Securities or any Security Documents, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Section 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f), 6.01(g), 6.01(h), 6.01(i), 6.01(j), 6.01(k) or 6.01(l) unless either (a) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof in accordance with Section 12.01 from the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder.

 

SECTION 7.05.  Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall provide to each Holder written notice of the Default within 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice referring to this Indenture, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”, is received by the Trustee in accordance with Section 12.01. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of or premium (if any) or interest on any Security, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

83

 

 

SECTION 7.06.  Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services, as agreed between the Issuer and the Trustee. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or a Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The obligation to pay such amounts shall survive the discharge of this Indenture, the payment in full or defeasance of the Securities or the removal or resignation of the Trustee. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall have the opportunity to assume the defense of the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense Incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence (as determined by a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction) or with respect to any settlement made without its consent.

 

To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.06, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, particular Securities.

 

The Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or Section 6.01(f) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

 

84

 

 

No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not assured to its satisfaction.

 

SECTION 7.07.  Replacement of Trustee.

 

(a)  The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days prior notice to the Issuer by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if:

 

(i)  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09;

 

(ii)   the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iii)   a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(iv)  the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

(b)  If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

(c)  A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall provide a written notice of its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06.

 

(d)  If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Securities may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(e)  If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)  Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under Section 7.06 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

85

 

 

SECTION 7.08. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee merges, amalgamates or consolidates with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, amalgamation or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force that it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

SECTION 7.09.  Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued under this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer is outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

 

SECTION 7.10.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated.

 

SECTION 7.11.  Confidential Information. The Trustee, in its individual capacity and as Trustee, agrees and acknowledges that all confidential information (“Confidential Information”) provided to the Trustee by the Issuer or any Subsidiary (or any direct or indirect equityholder of the Issuer or such Subsidiary) or any Holder (or holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities) may be considered to be proprietary and confidential information. The Trustee agrees to take reasonable precautions to keep Confidential Information confidential, which precautions shall be no less stringent than those that the Trustee employs to protect its own confidential information. The Trustee shall not disclose to any third party other than as set forth herein, and shall not use for any purpose other than the exercise of the Trustee’s rights and the performance of its obligations under this Indenture, any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Issuer or such Holder (or such holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities), as applicable. The Trustee shall limit access to Confidential Information received hereunder to (a) its directors, officers, managers and employees and (b) its legal advisors, to each of whom disclosure of Confidential Information is necessary for the purposes described above; provided, however, that in each case such party has expressly agreed to maintain such information in confidence under terms and conditions substantially identical to the terms of this Section 7.11.

 

86

 

 

The Trustee agrees that the Issuer or any Holder (or any holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities), as applicable, does not have any responsibility whatsoever for any reliance on Confidential Information by the Trustee or by any Person to whom such information is disclosed in connection with this Indenture, whether related to the purposes described above or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee agrees that the Issuer or any Holder (or any holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities), as applicable, makes no representation or warranty whatsoever to it with respect to Confidential Information or its suitability for such purposes. The Trustee further agrees that it shall not acquire any rights against the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any employee, officer, director, manager, representative or agent of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any Holder (or any holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities), as applicable (together with the Issuer, “Confidential Parties”) as a result of the disclosure of Confidential Information to the Trustee and that no Confidential Party has any duty, responsibility, liability or obligation to any Person as a result of any such disclosure.

 

In the event the Trustee is required to disclose any Confidential Information received hereunder in order to comply with any laws, regulations or court orders, it may disclose such information only to the extent necessary for such compliance; provided, however, that it shall give the Issuer or any Holder (or any holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities), as applicable, reasonable advance written notice of any court proceeding in which such disclosure may be required pursuant to a court order so as to afford the Issuer or any Holder (or any holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities), as applicable, full and fair opportunity to oppose the issuance of such order and to appeal therefrom and shall cooperate reasonably with the Issuer or any Holder (or any holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities), as applicable, in opposing such court order and in securing confidential treatment of any such information to be disclosed or obtaining a protective order narrowing the scope of such disclosure.

 

Each of the Paying Agent and the Registrar agrees to be bound by this Section 7.11 to the same extent as the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE 8

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

SECTION 8.01.  Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance.

 

(a)  This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Securities when:

 

(i)  either (1) all the Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Securities pursuant to Section 2.08 that have been replaced or paid and Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid by the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (2) all of the Securities (x) have become due and payable, (y) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (z) if redeemable at the option of the Issuer, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Securities to the date of deposit, together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

87

 

 

(ii) the Issuer or the Guarantors have paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and

 

(iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

 

(b)  Notwithstanding clauses (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 6.07, 7.06 and 7.07 and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.06, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 

(c)  Subject to Section 8.01(b) and Section 8.02, the Issuer at any time may terminate (i) all its obligations under the Securities and this Indenture (with respect to such Securities) (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 4.21 and 4.22 and the operation of Section 4.08, Article 5 and Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e) (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(f) (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(g), 6.01(h), 6.01(i), 6.01(j), 6.01(k) and 6.01(l) (“covenant defeasance option”). The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Issuer terminates all of its obligations under the Securities and this Indenture (with respect to such Securities) by exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee of such Securities and the Security Documents shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations.

 

If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Securities so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Securities so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e) (to the extent such Section 6.01(e) applies to Restricted Subsidiaries), 6.01(f) (to the extent such Section 6.01(f) applies to Restricted Subsidiaries), 6.01(g), 6.01(h), 6.01(i), 6.01(j), 6.01(k) or 6.01(l) or because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Article 5.

 

88

 

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuer terminates.

 

SECTION 8.02.  Conditions to Defeasance.

 

(a)  The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

 

(i)  the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient, or U.S. Government Obligations, the principal of and the interest on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay the principal of and premium (if any) and interest on the Securities when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date;

 

(ii)  the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a firm of independent accountants expressing its opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

(iii) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or Section 6.01(f) with respect to the Issuer occurs that is continuing at the end of the period;

 

(iv)  the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Issuer;

 

(v)  in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of tax counsel of recognized standing in the United States stating that (1) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the IRS a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of tax counsel of recognized standing in the United States shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

 

89

 

 

(vi)  in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of tax counsel of recognized standing in the United States to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

 

(vii)  the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, such Holder’s Securities on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Securities shall not be impaired; and

 

(viii)  the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Securities to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with.

 

(b)  Before or after a deposit, the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of such Securities at a future date in accordance with Article 3.

 

SECTION 8.03.  Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations (including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities so discharged or defeased.

 

SECTION 8.04.  Repayment to Issuer. Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuer upon request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article 8 that, in the written opinion of a firm of independent public accountants recognized in the United States delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article 8.

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

 

SECTION 8.05.  Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

 

SECTION 8.06.  Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of or interest on any such Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent.

 

90

 

 

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

SECTION 9.01.  Without Consent of the Holders. Notwithstanding Section 9.02, the Issuer, the Collateral Agent, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements, and may waive any provision thereof, without notice to or consent of any Holder:

 

(i)  to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

(ii)  to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Securities in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

(iii)  to provide for the assumption by a Successor Guarantor of the obligations of a Guarantor under this Indenture and its Guarantee;

 

(iv)  to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; provided, however, that the uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Sections 871(h)(2)(B) and 881(c)(2)(B) of the Code and United States Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c);

 

(v)  to add additional Guarantees or co-obligors with respect to the Securities in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

(vi)  to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred herein upon the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

(vii)  to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA (to the extent any such qualification is required);

 

(viii)  to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

 

91

 

 

(ix)  to add additional assets as Notes Collateral to secure the Securities;

 

(x)  to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Securities and PIK Securities;

 

(xi)  to release a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements when permitted or required by this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements;

 

(xii)  to release Notes Collateral from the Lien pursuant to this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements when permitted or required by this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements; or

 

(xiii)  to modify the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements (a) to secure additional extensions of credit and add additional secured creditors holding First Priority Lien Obligations so long as the Incurrence of such First Priority Lien Obligations and related Liens are not prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture, (b) as provided for in provisions comparable to Section 2.11(b) of the form of Intercreditor Agreement attached as Exhibit D or (c) to add the Issuer or any Guarantor as a party to any Intercreditor Agreement to the extent such party Incurs any Secured Indebtedness that constitutes First Priority Lien Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or to remove the Issuer or any Guarantor as a party to any Intercreditor Agreement to the extent such party ceases to be bound by any and all First Priority Lien Obligations.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such modified or amended indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuer shall provide to the Holders a written notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

 

SECTION 9.02.  With Consent of the Holders.

 

(a)  The Issuer, the Collateral Agent, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, and may waive any provision thereof (including the provisions of Section 4.08), with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities). However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Security affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not:

 

(i)  reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

 

92

 

 

(ii)   reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Security or make any change to Paragraph 1(c) of the Securities (or Paragraph 1(c) of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A);

 

(iii)   reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Security (or reduce the amount of any payment of any installment of principal or change the due date in respect of the payment of any installment of principal);

 

(iv)  reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Security or change the time at which any Security may be redeemed or repurchased in accordance with Article 3 or Section 4.08;

 

(v)  make any Security payable in currency other than that stated in such Security;

 

(vi)  expressly subordinate the Securities or any Guarantees in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor or adversely affect the priority of any Liens securing the Securities and the Guarantees, except as provided in the Intercreditor Agreements;

 

(vii)  impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of or premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Securities on or after the due dates (or the due date in respect of the payment of any installment of principal) therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Securities;

 

(viii)  make any change in Section 6.04 or the second sentence of this Section 9.02;

 

(ix)  make any change to the definition of “Additional Securities Triggering Event,” “JATENZO®” or “JATENZO® Net Sales”;

 

(x)  modify any Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders; or

 

(xi)  make any change in the provisions in this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements dealing with the application of proceeds of Notes Collateral that would adversely affect the Holders of the Securities.

 

93

 

 

Without the consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding or as otherwise provided in the Intercreditor Agreements, no amendment, supplement or waiver may release all or substantially all of the Notes Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents with respect to the Securities. Without the consent of the Holders of at least 90% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not make any change in Section 4.19.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

(b)  After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall provide to the Holders a written notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

 

SECTION 9.03.  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.

 

(a)  A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent, supplement or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent, supplement or waiver as to such Holder’s Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer certifying that the requisite principal amount of Securities have consented. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuer or the Trustee of consents by the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment, supplement or waiver, (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuer and the Trustee and (iv) delivery to the Trustee of the Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel required under Article 12.

 

(b)  The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding Section 9.03(a), those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

 

SECTION 9.04.  Notation on or Exchange of Securities. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Issuer may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

94

 

 

SECTION 9.05.  Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).

 

SECTION 9.06.  Payment for Consent. Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

SECTION 9.07.  Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount. All Securities issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Securities may vote) as one class. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article 9 and Section 2.14.

 

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

 

SECTION 10.01.  Guarantees.

 

(a)  Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally with each other Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to the extent lawful, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety on a senior basis to each Holder, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and their respective successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all Obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities, whether for payment of principal of, or premium or interest on, the Securities and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Securities, and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer, whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Securities, on the terms set forth in this Indenture by becoming a party to this Indenture (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”).

 

95

 

 

(b)  Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. The Guaranteed Obligations of a Guarantor will be secured by security interests (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Notes Collateral owned by such Guarantor to the extent provided for in the Security Documents and as required pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.13.

 

(c)  Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Securities or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Securities, any Security Document, or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Securities, any Security Document or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities, any Security Document or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent for the Guaranteed Obligations or any Guarantor; (v) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor, except as provided in Section 10.03.

 

(d)  Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to (i) have its obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed, (ii) have the assets of the Issuer or any other Guarantor first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder and (iii) require that the Issuer be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor.

 

(e)  Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment and performance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

(f)  Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01, 10.02, 10.03 and 10.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Securities, any Security Document or any other agreement, (ii) any waiver or modification of any thereof, (iii) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations or (iv) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 

96

 

 

(g)  Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01 and 10.03, each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of its Guaranteed Obligations. Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01 and 10.03, each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

 

(h)  In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations then due, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations then due (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuer then due to the Holders, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

(i)  Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of any Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.01.

 

(j)  Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

 

(k)  Each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

97

 

 

SECTION 10.02.  Limitation on Liability. Each Guarantor hereby confirms that it is its intention that the Guarantee of such Guarantor does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar U.S. federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that, any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, can be guaranteed hereby without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, void or voidable under applicable laws relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective maximum liability of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment.

 

SECTION 10.03.  Releases. A Guarantee as to any Guarantor shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Guarantor shall be deemed to be automatically released from all obligations under this Article 10 upon:

 

(a)  the Disposition or exchange (including through merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the applicable Guarantor if (i) such Disposition or exchange is made to a Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a manner not in violation of this Indenture and (ii) after giving effect to such Disposition or exchange, such Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b)  the Issuer designating such Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

 

(c)  the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Issuer or another Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following the Disposition of all of its assets to the Issuer or another Guarantor; or

 

(d)  the Issuer’s exercise of the Issuer’s legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option in accordance with Section 8.01 or if the obligations of the Issuer and such Guarantor under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 10, neither the consent nor the acknowledgment of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Holders (or any of them) shall be necessary to effect any such release. None of the Trustee, the Issuer or any Guarantor will be required to make a notation on the Securities or any Guarantee to reflect any such release, termination or discharge. Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon the satisfaction of one of the foregoing requirements and conditions to the release of a Guarantor under this Section 10.03, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably requested by the Issuer or such Guarantor in order to evidence the release of a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee hereunder.

 

98

 

 

SECTION 10.04.  Successors and Assigns. This Article 10 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders and their successors and assigns and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Securities shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 10.05.  No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits that any of them may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

SECTION 10.06.  Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

 

SECTION 10.07.  Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. Each Person that is required to become a Guarantor after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.10 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit C pursuant to which such Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Person and that, subject to the application of Bankruptcy Laws and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 10.08.  No Impairment. The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Security shall not affect or impair the validity thereof. If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or the notation of Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Securities, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

SECTION 10.09.  Benefits Acknowledged. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

99

 

 

ARTICLE 11



SECURITY DOCUMENTS

 

SECTION 11.01.  Collateral and Security Documents. The due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an Payment Date, at Stated Maturity, or by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Securities and performance of all other Guaranteed Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors to the Holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Securities, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents, which define the terms of the Liens that secure the Guaranteed Obligations, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements. The Trustee and the Issuer hereby acknowledge and agree that the Collateral Agent holds the Notes Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. Each Holder, by accepting a Security, appoints U.S. Bank National Association as Collateral Agent and consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the possession, use, release and foreclosure of Notes Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreements as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their respective terms and this Indenture, and authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and to bind the Holders to the terms thereof and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee (if it is not then also appointed and serving as Collateral Agent) copies of all documents delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by the next sentence of this Section 11.01, to assure and confirm to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent the Liens on the Notes Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Security Documents or by any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Securities secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. The Issuer shall take, and shall cause the Guarantors to take, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create and maintain at all times, as security for the Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereunder, a valid and enforceable perfected Lien on all of the Notes Collateral (subject to the terms of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders under the Security Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or any Security Document, in no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible for, or have any duty or obligation with respect to, the recording, filing, registering, perfection, protection or maintenance of the security interests or other Liens intended to be created by this Indenture or the Security Documents (including the filing or continuation of any Uniform Commercial Code financing or continuation statements or similar documents or instruments), nor shall the Collateral Agent be responsible for, and the Collateral Agent makes no representation regarding, the validity, effectiveness or priority of any of the Security Documents or the security interests or other Liens intended to be created thereby.

 

100

 

 

SECTION 11.02.  Release of Collateral.

 

(a)  Subject to Sections 11.02(b) and 11.03, the Notes Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements or as provided hereby. The Issuer and the Guarantors will be entitled to a release of assets included in the Notes Collateral from the Liens securing the Securities, and the Trustee shall release, or instruct the Collateral Agent to release, as applicable, the same from such Liens at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense, under one or more of the following circumstances:

 

(1)  to enable the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to exchange or Dispose of any of the Notes Collateral to any Person other than the Issuer or any Guarantor (but excluding any transaction subject to Article 5 where the recipient is required to become the obligor on the Securities or a Guarantee) to the extent not prohibited by this Indenture, including Section 4.06, and only to the extent that such exchange or Disposal results in a legal transfer of title of such Notes Collateral;

 

(2)  in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee with respect to the Securities in accordance with this Indenture, the release of the Notes Collateral owned by such Guarantor;

 

(3)  in respect of the Notes Collateral owned by a Guarantor, upon the designation of such Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

 

(4)  in respect of the ABL Collateral (x) to the extent any first-priority liens on such ABL Collateral are released by the First Lien Agent in connection with a Disposition of ABL Collateral to the extent not prohibited under Section 4.06 (except with respect to any proceeds of such Disposition that remain after satisfaction in full of the First Priority Lien Obligations secured by such ABL Collateral) or (y) in accordance with an Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

(5)  pursuant to an amendment, supplement or waiver in accordance with Article 9.

 

Notwithstanding the existence of any Event of Default, the junior lien on the ABL Collateral securing the Securities shall terminate and be released automatically to the extent the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are released by the First Lien Agent in connection with a Disposition of ABL Collateral that is either not prohibited under this Indenture or occurs in connection with the foreclosure of, or other exercise of remedies with respect to, such ABL Collateral by the First Lien Agent (except with respect to any proceeds of such Disposition that remain after satisfaction in full of the First Priority Lien Obligations).

 

Upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate certifying that all conditions precedent under this Indenture and the Security Documents, if any, to such release have been met and any necessary or proper (as determined by the Issuer) instruments of termination, satisfaction or release have been prepared by the Issuer, the applicable Guarantors shall automatically be released from their obligations (and any related Liens on the assets of such Guarantors shall automatically be released) and the Collateral Agent shall execute, deliver or acknowledge (at the Issuer’s expense) such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Notes Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements.

 

101

 

 

(b)  At any time when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the maturity of the Securities has been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise) and the Trustee (if not then also appointed and serving as Collateral Agent) has delivered a notice of acceleration to the Collateral Agent, no release of Notes Collateral pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Security Documents will be effective as against the Holders, except as otherwise provided in the Intercreditor Agreements.

 

SECTION 11.03.  Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien. The release of any Notes Collateral from the terms hereof and of the Security Documents or the release of, in whole or in part, the Liens created by the Security Documents, will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Notes Collateral or Liens are released pursuant to (x) the applicable Security Documents and the terms of this Article 11 or (y) the Intercreditor Agreements. Each of the Holders acknowledges that a release of Notes Collateral or a Lien in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and of this Article 11 will not be deemed for any purpose to be in contravention of the terms of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 11.04.  Suits To Protect the Collateral. Subject to the provisions of Article 7 and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, may or may direct the Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

 

(a)  enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents; and

 

(b)  collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations of the Issuer hereunder.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee shall have the power (but not the obligation) to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Notes Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Notes Collateral (including the power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Lien on the Notes Collateral or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee).

 

SECTION 11.05.  Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents. Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee is authorized (a) to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents and (b) to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.

 

102

 

 

SECTION 11.06.  Purchaser Protected. In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 11 to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer.

 

SECTION 11.07.  Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee. In case the Notes Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 11 upon the Issuer or a Guarantor with respect to the release or Disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 11; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Notes Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee.

 

SECTION 11.08.  Release Upon Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations. In the event that the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Securities and all other Obligations with respect to the Securities under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any), are paid, (ii) all the Obligations under this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents have been satisfied and discharged by complying with the provisions of Article 8 or (iii) the Issuer shall have exercised its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, in each case in compliance with the provisions of Article 8, the Trustee shall deliver to the Issuer and the Collateral Agent a notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Notes Collateral (other than with respect to funds held by the Trustee pursuant to Article 8), and any rights it has under the Security Documents, and upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of such notice, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Notes Collateral on behalf of the Trustee and shall do or cause to be done all acts reasonably requested by the Issuer to release such Lien as soon as is reasonably practicable.

 

SECTION 11.09.  Collateral Agent.

 

(a)  U.S. Bank National Association shall initially act as Collateral Agent and shall be authorized to appoint co-Collateral Agents as necessary in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein or in the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements, neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Notes Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to Dispose of any Notes Collateral upon the request of any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Notes Collateral or any part thereof. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements or the Security Documents, the duties of the Collateral Agent shall be ministerial and administrative in nature, and the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth in this Indenture, in the Intercreditor Agreements and in the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party, nor shall the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any trust or other fiduciary relationship with the Trustee, any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements or the Security Documents or shall otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” or “Agent” in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Documents with reference to the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own willful misconduct or gross negligence (as determined by a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

103

 

 

(b)  The Collateral Agent is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the Security Documents, (ii) enter into the Intercreditor Agreements, (iii) bind the Holders on the terms as set forth in the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and (iv) perform and observe its obligations under the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements.

 

(c)  If the Issuer or any Guarantors Incur any obligations in respect of any First Priority Lien Obligations at any time when no intercreditor agreement with respect thereto is in effect or at any time when Indebtedness constituting First Priority Lien Obligations entitled to the benefit of an existing intercreditor agreement is concurrently retired, the Issuer shall deliver to the Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate so stating and requesting the Collateral Agent to enter into an Intercreditor Agreement in favor of a designated agent or representative for the holders of the First Priority Lien Obligations so Incurred, and the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall (and are hereby authorized and directed to) enter into such Intercreditor Agreement, bind the Holders on the terms set forth therein and perform and observe their obligations thereunder.

 

(d)  The Collateral Agent shall act pursuant to the instructions of the Holders and the Trustee with respect to the Security Documents and the Notes Collateral. For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral Agent shall have no discretion under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements or the Security Documents and shall not be required to make or give any determination, consent, approval, request or direction without the written direction of the requisite Holders or the Trustee, as applicable. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Trustee may direct the Collateral Agent in connection with any action required or permitted by this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements.

 

(e)  The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, unless the Collateral Agent shall have received written notice from the Trustee, a Holder or the Issuer referring to this Indenture, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. The Collateral Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities subject to this Article 11.

 

104

 

 

(f)  No provision of this Indenture or any Security Document shall require the Collateral Agent (or the Trustee) to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or to take or omit to take any action hereunder or thereunder or take any action at the request or direction of Holders (or the Trustee in the case of the Collateral Agent) if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements or the Security Documents, in the event the Collateral Agent is entitled or required to commence an action to foreclose or otherwise exercise its remedies to acquire control or possession of the Notes Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to commence any such action, exercise any remedy, inspect or conduct any studies of any property or take any such other action if the Collateral Agent has determined that the Collateral Agent may incur personal liability as a result of the presence at, or release on or from, the Notes Collateral or such property of any hazardous substances unless the Collateral Agent has received security or indemnity from the Holders in an amount and in a form all satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, protecting the Collateral Agent from all such liability. The Collateral Agent shall at any time be entitled to cease taking any action described in this Section 11.09(f) if it no longer reasonably deems any indemnity, security or undertaking from the Issuer or the Holders to be sufficient.

 

(g)  The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible in any manner to any of the Trustee or any Holder for the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements or for any failure of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other party to this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to the Trustee or any Holder to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Issuer or the Guarantors.

 

(h)  The parties hereto and the Holders hereby agree and acknowledge that the Collateral Agent shall not assume, be responsible for or otherwise be obligated for any liabilities, claims, causes of action, suits, losses, allegations, requests, demands, penalties, fines, settlements, damages (including foreseeable and unforeseeable), judgments, expenses and costs (including any remediation, corrective action, response, removal or remedial action, or investigation, operations and maintenance or monitoring costs, for personal injury or property damages, real or personal) of any kind whatsoever, pursuant to any environmental law as a result of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements or the Security Documents or any actions taken pursuant hereto or thereto. Further, the parties hereto and the Holders hereby agree and acknowledge that, in the exercise of its rights under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent may hold or obtain indicia of ownership primarily to protect the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Notes Collateral and that any such actions taken by the Collateral Agent shall not be construed as or otherwise constitute any participation in the management of such Notes Collateral.

 

105

 

 

(i)  Upon the receipt by the Collateral Agent of a written request of the Issuer signed by two Officers pursuant to this Section 11.09(i) (a “Security Document Order”), the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to execute and enter into, and shall execute and enter into, without the further consent of any Holder or the Trustee, any Security Document to be executed after the Issue Date. Such Security Document Order shall (i) state that it is being delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to, and is a Security Document Order referred to in, this Section 11.09(i) and (ii) instruct the Collateral Agent to execute and enter into such Security Document. Any such execution of a Security Document shall be at the direction and expense of the Issuer, upon delivery to the Collateral Agent of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such Security Document have been satisfied. The Holders, by their acceptance of the Securities, hereby authorize and direct the Collateral Agent to execute such Security Documents.

 

(j)  The Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal shall be governed by provisions equivalent to Section 7.07(a), Section 7.07(b), Section 7.07(c), Section 7.07(d) and Section 7.07(f).

 

(k)  The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to all of the protections, immunities, indemnities, rights and privileges of the Trustee set forth in this Indenture, and all such protections, immunities, indemnities, rights and privileges shall apply to the Collateral Agent in its roles under any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreements, whether or not expressly stated therein.

 

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 12.01.  Notices.

 

(a)  Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile, via electronic mail, via overnight courier or via first- class mail addressed as follows:

 

if to the Issuer or a Guarantor:

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340
Northbrook, Illinois 60062
Attention: Steven A. Bourne
Facsimile: (847) 562-4306

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice)

 

Goodwin Procter LLP
100 Northern Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts, 02210
Attention: Arthur R. McGivern
Facsimile: 617.801.8626

if to the Trustee or to the Collateral Agent:

 

U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor
Los Angeles, California 90071
Attention: P. Oswald (Clarus Therapeutics, Inc)
Facsimile: (213) 615-6197

 

106

 

 

The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. Any notice, direction, request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon actual receipt by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed to the Corporate Trust Office or sent electronically in PDF format.

 

(b)  Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed, first-class mail, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication to be delivered to a Holder of Global Securities shall be delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depository and shall be sufficiently given to such Holder if so delivered to the Depository within the time prescribed.

 

(c)  Failure to provide a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given and provided, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

 

(d)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security, where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice of any event (including any notice of repurchase) to a Holder (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given (in the case of a Global Security) if given to the Depository (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from the Depository or its designee, including by electronic mail in accordance with accepted practices or procedures at the Depository.

 

SECTION 12.02.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

 

(a)  an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(b)  an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

107

 

 

SECTION 12.03.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.02(c)) shall include:

 

(a)  a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)  a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d)  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

 

SECTION 12.04.  When Securities Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Issuer, any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such Person or Persons owns 100% of the Securities, such Securities shall not be so disregarded as aforesaid.

 

SECTION 12.05.  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the Holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

SECTION 12.06.  Legal Holidays. If a Payment Date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such Payment Date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a Record Date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall not be affected.

 

SECTION 12.07.  GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF IMMUNITY. THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES, THE SECURITY DOCUMENTS AND THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW) EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT LOCAL LAW GOVERNS THE CREATION, PERFECTION, PRIORITY OR ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and, by its acceptance of a Security, each Holder (and holder of beneficial interests in a Security) hereby submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts of competent jurisdiction in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby. To the extent that the Issuer or any Guarantor may in any jurisdiction claim for itself or its assets immunity (to the extent such immunity may now or hereafter exist, whether on the grounds of sovereign immunity or otherwise) from suit, execution, attachment (whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise) or other legal process (whether through service of notice or otherwise), and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to itself or its assets such immunity (whether or not claimed), such Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, irrevocably agrees with respect to any matter arising under this Indenture for the benefit of the Holders not to claim, and irrevocably waives, such immunity to the full extent permitted by the laws of such jurisdiction.

 

108

 

 

SECTION 12.08.  No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuer or in any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Securities, this Indenture or the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities.

 

SECTION 12.09.  Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

SECTION 12.10.  Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF electronic transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

SECTION 12.11.  Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 12.12.  Indenture Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of the Securities limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control.

 

SECTION 12.13.  Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

 

109

 

 

SECTION 12.14.  Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Currency Exchange Restrictions.

 

(a)  U.S. Dollars are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Securities, the Guarantees and this Indenture, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. Dollars by a Holder (whether as a result of, or as a result of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer or otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer or a Guarantor shall only constitute a discharge to the Issuer or any such Guarantor to the extent of the U.S. Dollar amount, which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that U.S. Dollar amount is less than the U.S. Dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the applicable Securities, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result as set forth in Section 12.14(b). In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 12.14, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Security to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. Dollars been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. Dollars on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above).

 

(b)  The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Securities, the Guarantees and this Indenture:

 

(i)  if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due in any other currency (the “Base Currency”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine);

 

(ii)   if there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Issuer and the Guarantors will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due; and

 

110

 

 

(iii)  in the event of the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Securities, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (A) the date as of which the non-U.S. currency equivalent of the amount due or contingently due under the Securities, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subSection (b)(iii)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (B) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up (which shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Issuer or such Guarantor may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereof).

 

(c)  The obligations contained in this Section 12.14 shall constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Issuer and the Guarantors, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under subSection (b)(iii) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Issuer or any Guarantor or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of subSection (b)(iii) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.

 

(d)  For purposes of this Section 12.14, the term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) for spot purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than the Base Currency and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.

 

SECTION 12.15.  Intercreditor Agreement Governs.

 

(a)  The terms of this Indenture are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Security, (i) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreements, (ii) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and (iii) authorizes and instructs the Trustee to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements as Noteholder Collateral Agent (as defined therein) and to bind such Holder to the terms thereof, and, in each case, on behalf of such Holder. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the other lenders to the Issuer or any Guarantors acting as a secured party under the Intercreditor Agreements to extend credit and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. Pursuant to the authorization of each Holder, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent hereby agree to enter into Intercreditor Agreements substantially in the form of Exhibit D from time to time upon the request of the Issuer, when accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel confirming compliance with all conditions precedent set forth herein. To the extent the provisions of this Indenture conflict or are inconsistent with the Intercreditor Agreements, each Holder (by accepting a Security), the Trustee and the Collateral Agent consents and agrees that the Intercreditor Agreements will control.

 

111

 

 

(b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in this Indenture or in any Security Document or any ABL Document (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreements), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be required to act or refrain from acting (i) pursuant to this Indenture or any Security Document solely with respect to any ABL Collateral in any manner that would cause a default under any ABL Document, or (ii) pursuant to any ABL Document solely with respect to any Noteholder First Lien Collateral in any manner that would cause a default under this Indenture or any Security Document. For avoidance of doubt, and for the purposes of this paragraph only, the terms Security Document and ABL Document do not include the Intercreditor Agreements.

 

SECTION 12.16.  Tax Matters.

 

(a)  The Issuer has entered into this Indenture, and the Securities will be issued, with the intention that, for all tax purposes, the Securities will qualify as indebtedness. The Issuer, by entering into this Indenture, and each Holder and beneficial owner of Securities, agree to treat the Securities as indebtedness for all tax purposes.

 

(b)  The Issuer shall not be obligated to pay any additional amounts to the Holders or beneficial holder of Securities as a result of any withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes imposed on payments in respect of the Securities. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, if Definitive Securities are issued, so long as a Person shall have delivered to the Issuer a properly completed IRS Form W- 9, IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS form or, in the case of a Person claiming the exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) of the Code or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, the appropriate properly completed IRS form together with a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G, neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall withhold taxes on payments of interest made to any such Person. Any such IRS Form W- 8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E shall specify whether the Holder or beneficial holder of Securities to whom the form relates is entitled to the benefits of any applicable income tax treaty.

 

112

 

 

(c)  If Definitive Securities are issued, (i) if any withholding tax is imposed on the Issuer’s payment under the Securities to any Holder or beneficial holder of Securities, such tax shall reduce the amount otherwise distributable to such Holder or beneficial holder, as the case may be, (ii) the Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts otherwise distributable to any Holder or beneficial holder of Securities sufficient funds for the payment of any withholding tax that is legally owed by the Issuer (but such authorization shall not prevent the Trustee from contesting any such withholding tax in appropriate proceedings and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by applicable law, pending the outcome of such proceedings) and (iii) the amount of any withholding tax imposed with respect to any Holder or beneficial holder of Securities shall be treated as cash distributed to such Holder or beneficial holder, as the case may be, at the time it is withheld by the Trustee and remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. If the applicable withholding agent determines that withholding tax is payable with respect to a payment under the Securities, the Trustee may (but shall have no obligation to) withhold such amounts in accordance with this Section 12.16. Nothing herein shall impose an obligation on the part of the Trustee to determine the amount of any tax or withholding obligation on the part of the Issuer or in respect of the Securities.

 

SECTION 12.17.  USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Person that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

SECTION 12.18.  WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. EACH OF THE ISSUER, EACH GUARANTOR, THE TRUSTEE AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 12.19.  Limited Incorporation of the TIA. This Indenture is not subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA. The provisions of the TIA are not incorporated by reference in or made part of this Indenture unless specifically provided herein.

 

{Remainder of page intentionally left blank}

 

113

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Steven A. Bourne
    Name: Steven A. Bourne
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

  

  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
  as Trustee
   
  By: /s/ Bradley E. Scarbrough
    Name:  Bradley E. Scarbrough
    Title: Vice President
     
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
  as Collateral Agent
     
  By: /s/ Bradley E. Scarbrough
    Name: Bradley E. Scarbrough
    Title: Vice President

  

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.21

 

Execution Version

 

Certain information identified by [***] has been excluded from this exhibit because it is

both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

 

SOFTGEL COMMERCIAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

This Softgel Commercial Manufacturing Agreement (“Agreement”) is made this 23 day of July 2009, by and between Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having a place of business at 2725 Scherer Drive, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716 (“Catalent”) and Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation, having its principal place of business at 500 Skokie Blvd., #250, Northbrook, IL 60062 (“Client”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. Catalent provides pharmaceutical development, manufacturing, packaging, and analytical services to the pharmaceutical industry;

 

B. Client has certain technology relating to the certain pharmaceutical products and wants Catalent to assist in the formulation, filling, packaging and testing of such products as provided in this Agreement and the attachments hereto; and

 

C. Client desires to engage Catalent to provide certain services to Client in connection with the processing of Client’s Product (defined below); and Catalent desires to provide such services pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, terms and conditions set forth below, the parties agree as follows:

 

Article 1
DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms have the following meanings in this Agreement:

 

1.1 Affiliate(s)” means, with respect to Client or any third party, any corporation, firm, partnership or other entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such entity; and with respect to Catalent, any corporation, firm, partnership or other entity controlled by Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. For purposes of this definition, “control” shall mean the ownership of at least 50% of the voting share capital of entity or any other comparable equity or ownership interest.

 

1.2 API” means the pharmaceutically active ingredient testosterone undecanoate set forth in Exhibit A that has been released by Client and provided to Catalent, along with a certificate of analysis, as provided in this Agreement.

 

1.3 Applicable Laws” means all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of the United States applicable to the Processing of the Product or any aspect thereof and the obligations of Catalent or Client, as the context requires under this Agreement, including, without limitation, (A) all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations of each Territory; (B) the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, and (C) the Good Manufacturing Practices (“GMPs”) or Good Laboratory Practices (“GLPs”) promulgated by the Regulatory Authorities, as amended from time to time.

 

1

 

 

1.4 Batch” means defined quantity of finished Product that has been or is in the process of being Processed in accordance with the Specifications.

 

1.5 Calendar Quarter” means a period of three (3) consecutive months commencing on January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 of any calendar year.

 

1.6 Catalent Technology” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 11.

 

1.7 Change Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(a).

 

1.8 Commencement Date” means the first date upon which a Regulatory Authority approves Catalent as a manufacturer of one of the Products.

 

1.9 Commercial Occupancy Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

 

1.10 Confidential Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

 

1.11 Contract Year” means each consecutive twelve (12) month period beginning on the Commencement Date.

 

1.12 Client Technology” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 11.

 

1.13 Defective Product” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

 

1.14 Dispute” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 18.9.

 

1.15 DMF” or “Drug Master File” means a master file that provides a full set of data on the manufacturing of a drug product containing an API.

 

1.16 Dosage Container” means any final dosage form container(s) the parties may agree upon in writing from time to time.

 

1.17 Effective Date” means the date first written above.

 

1.18 Facility” means Catalent’s facility located in St. Petersburg, Florida or such other Catalent facility as agreed by the parties.

 

1.19 FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration.

 

1.20 Firm Commitment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

 

1.21 Minimum Requirement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

 

1.22 Process” or “Processing” means the compounding, filling, encapsulation, producing and/or packaging of the API and Raw Materials into Product in accordance with the Specifications and the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2

 

 

1.23 Process Invention” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 11.

 

1.24 Processing Date” means the day on which the Product is to be compounded by Catalent.

 

1.25 Product” means a softgel formulation containing the API and Client’s fill formulation containing the API, as more fully described in the Specifications.

 

1.26 Purchase Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

1.27 Raw Materials” means all raw materials, supplies, components and packaging necessary to manufacture and ship the Product in accordance with the Specifications, as provided in Exhibit A, but not including the API.

 

1.28 Recall” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.

 

1.29 Regulatory Approval” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.

 

1.30 Regulatory Authority” means any governmental regulatory authority within a Territory involved in regulating any aspect of the development, manufacture, market approval, sale, distribution, packaging or use of the Product.

 

1.31 Review Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

1.32 Rolling Forecast” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

 

1.33 Softgel Technology” means Catalents proprietary technology, whether or not patented or patentable, for the manufacture of softgels for various uses, including the oral administration of pharmaceutically active ingredients (including health and nutritional substances). The Softgel Technology includes proprietary know-how relating to (i) the development of fill and shell formulations, (ii) the design and use of the encapsulation process to enhance stability, solubility, bioavailability and manufacturability of active ingredient chemical entities in softgels, (iii) the selection and preparation of solvents, vehicles, excipients, surfactants, stabilizers, gelatin and gelatin substitutes, plasticizers and other components of the liquid fill and the shell and (iv) certain encapsulation, drying and related manufacturing techniques and machinery for making experimental, clinical, or commercial quantities of softgels.

 

1.34 Specifications” means the procedures, requirements, standards, quality control testing and other data and the scope of services as set forth in Exhibit A, which are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement, along with any valid amendments or modifications thereto, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Article 8.

 

1.35 Supply Failure” means a failure by Catalent to supply the quantities of Product meeting the Specifications ordered by Client for [***] consecutive days, other than where such failure is due to the failure of Client to supply sufficient quantities of API or other Client- supplied Materials that meet applicable specifications to Catalent by the Processing Date for a particular Batch to allow for Processing of Product to occur by the agreed delivery date.

 

3

 

 

1.36 Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.

 

1.37 Territory” means the United States of America and any other country that the parties agree in writing to add to this definition of Territory in an amendment to this Agreement.

 

1.38 Unit Pricing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

 

1.39 Validation Batches” shall mean each Batch of Product manufactured by Catalent that is necessary to support the validation portion of Client’s NDA or ANDA submission to the FDA.

 

Article 2
VALIDATION, PROCESSING & RELATED SERVICES

 

2.1 Validation Services. Catalent shall process validation batches and perform validation services at prices to be agreed in writing between the parties.

 

2.2 Supply and Purchase of Product. Except only as set forth in Section 4.7, Client will purchase exclusively from Catalent, and Catalent will be the exclusive, worldwide supplier to Client for all of Client’s and its Affiliates’ requirements of Product for the Term of this Agreement. Sales of Product by Affiliates of Client shall be deemed to be made by Client for this purpose, and each party may assign to its Affiliates, as appropriate, responsibilities for compliance or partial compliance with its responsibilities hereunder.

 

2.3 Product Maintenance and Other Related Services. During the Term and subject to Client’s payment of the Product Maintenance Fee as set forth in Section 7.3, Client shall be entitled to the following product maintenance services: one annual audit; annual Product review; access to document library over and above the Quality Agreement, including additional copies of batch paperwork or other batch documentation; Annual Drug Master File update; preparation of Product licenses or permits under United States local, state or Federal regulations (in each case as more fully set forth in Article 10); Product document and sample storage relating to GMP requirements; vendor re-qualification; and maintenance and storage of audit reports. Catalent shall provide other services upon terms and conditions agreed to by the parties in writing from time to time.

 

Article 3
MATERIALS

 

3.1 API.

 

A. Client shall supply to Catalent for Processing, at Client’s sole cost, the API and applicable reference standards in quantities sufficient to meet Client’s requirements for each Product as further set forth in Article 4. Catalent shall serve as the importer of record and import the API on Client’s behalf and at Client’s expense. Prior to importation of any of the API by Catalent for Processing and delivery to Catalent by Client of any of the reference standard, Client shall provide to Catalent a copy of the API Certificate of Analysis and the API Material Safety Data Sheet (“MSDS”), as amended, and any subsequent revisions thereto. Client shall be responsible for qualification of the API supplier and associated API testing. Client shall supply the reference standards, and Certificate of Analysis FOB the Facility no later than sixty (60) days before the scheduled Processing Date upon which such API will be used by Catalent. Upon receipt of the API, Catalent shall conduct identification testing of the API. Unless otherwise expressly required by the Specifications, Catalent shall have no obligation to test the API to confirm that it meets the associated specifications or Certificate of Analysis, or otherwise test the API. Catalent shall use the API solely and exclusively for Processing under this Agreement.

 

4

 

 

B. All API provided by Client shall meet applicable Specifications that apply thereto, and shall be produced in accordance with all Applicable Laws.

 

C. Catalent shall inspect API as received to verify its identity and, if expressly required to do so by the Specifications, shall give Client oral and written notice of any nonconformity with Specifications within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of API by Catalent. Client shall provide a Certificate of Analysis with each delivery of API and such certificate shall be the basis for drug potency.

 

D. Client shall retain title to API and all Client-Supplied Materials at all times, and Client shall bear the risk of loss thereof until the time API and/or Client-Supplied Materials are delivered to Catalent’s loading dock at its Facility, provided that Catalent’s risk of loss of API and other Client-supplied Materials shall be subject to Section 3.1(E), Section 5.3 and Article 14.

 

E. If Catalent becomes liable to Client for loss of API or Client-Supplied Materials under the preceding paragraph, the measure of damages shall be limited to (1) the internal, actual total cost of all of Client’s materials, direct labor and services required to produce and inspect the replacement of such Drug; and (2) the internal, actual total cost to package and deliver replacement API to Catalent’s Facility.

 

3.2 Raw Materials. Catalent shall be responsible for procuring, inspecting and releasing adequate Raw Materials as necessary to meet the Firm Commitment, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing. Unless a particular Raw Material can be replaced with the same raw material from another supplier, Catalent shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of Product if (1) Catalent is unable to obtain, in a timely manner, a particular Raw Material necessary to Process the Product, and (2) Catalent placed orders for such Raw Materials promptly following receipt of Client’s Firm Commitment.

 

3.3 Artwork and Packaging. Client shall provide or approve, prior to the procurement of applicable components, all artwork, advertising and packaging information necessary to Process the Product. Such artwork, advertising and packaging information is and shall remain the exclusive property of Client, and Client shall be solely responsible for the content thereof. Such artwork, advertising and packaging information or any reproduction thereof may not be used by Catalent following the termination of this Agreement, or during the Term of this Agreement in any manner other than solely for the purpose of performing its obligations hereunder.

 

3.4 Reimbursement for Materials. In the event of (A) a Specification change for any reason, (B) termination or expiration of this Agreement; or (C) obsolescence of any Raw Material, Client shall bear the cost of any unused Raw Materials, provided that Catalent purchased such Raw Materials in quantities consistent with Client’s most recent Firm Commitment and the supplier’s minimum purchase obligations.

 

5

 

 

Article 4
MINIMUM COMMITMENT, PURCHASE ORDERS & FORECASTS

 

4.1 Minimum Requirement. During each Contract Year, Client shall purchase the minimum number of units of Product (“Minimum Requirement”) set forth on Exhibit B. If Client does not purchase such Minimum Requirement during any Contract Year, within thirty (30) days after the end of such Contract Year, Client shall pay Catalent the difference between (A) the total amount Client would have paid to Catalent during the just-concluded Contract Year if the Minimum Requirement had been fulfilled for the Product and (B) the sum of all purchases from Catalent for the Product during the just-concluded Contract Year.

 

4.2 Forecast. On or before the first (1st) day of each calendar month, beginning at least four (4) months prior to the anticipated Commencement Date, Client shall furnish to Catalent (A) during the first two (2) Contract Years a written twelve (12) month rolling forecast and (B) thereafter during the Term, a written eighteen (18) month rolling forecast of the quantities of Product that Client intends to order from Catalent during such period (each a “Rolling Forecast”). The first three (3) months of each Rolling Forecast shall constitute a binding order for the quantities of Product specified therein (“Firm Commitment”) and the following nine (9) months or fifteen (15) months, as applicable, of the Rolling Forecast shall be non-binding, good faith estimates.

 

4.3 Purchase Orders. On or before the first (1st) day of each Calendar Quarter, Client shall submit a purchase order for the Firm Commitment portion of the Processing, which specifies the actual number of Batches to be Processed, the approximate number of Dosage Containers in each Batch, and the requested delivery dates for each Batch (“Purchase Order”). Client shall submit each Purchase Order to Catalent at least one hundred and fifty (150) days in advance of the delivery date requested in the Purchase Order. If Catalent accepts a Purchase Order, Catalent shall promptly issue an order acknowledgement (“Acknowledgement”), including the Processing Date and the expected delivery date. In the event of a conflict between the terms of any Purchase Order and this Agreement, this Agreement shall control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Catalent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to supply Client with quantities of Product which are in excess of the quantities specified in the Firm Commitment, subject to Catalent’s other supply commitments and manufacturing and equipment capacity; provided, however, that Catalent’s failure to supply Client with quantities in excess of the quantities specified in the Firm Commitment shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement by Catalent.

 

4.4 Catalent’s Cancellation of Purchase Orders. Notwithstanding the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.5 below, Catalent reserves the right to cancel all, or any part of, a Purchase Order upon written notice to Client, and Catalent shall have no further obligations or liability with respect to such Purchase Order if Client refuses or fails to make scheduled deliveries of the API within 30 days of the scheduled delivery date.

 

4.5 Client’s Modification or Cancellation.

 

A. Client may modify the delivery date, Specifications or quantity of Product in such Purchase Order only by submitting a written change order (“Change Order”) to Catalent at least thirty (30) business days in advance of the earliest scheduled Processing Date for the Processing covered by the Change Order. Such Change Order shall be effective and binding against Catalent only upon the written approval of Catalent, and notwithstanding the foregoing, Client shall remain responsible for the Firm Commitment portion of the Rolling Forecast.

 

6

 

 

B. Notwithstanding any amounts due to Catalent under Section 4.4, if Client fails to place Purchase Orders sufficient to satisfy the Firm Commitment, Client shall, within thirty (30) days of receipt of invoice, pay to Catalent the Unit Price for all Units that would have been Processed if Client has placed Purchase Orders sufficient to satisfy the Firm Commitment.

 

C. Neither changes nor postponement of any Batch of Product will reduce or in any way effect Client’s Minimum Requirement obligations set forth in Section 4.1.

 

4.6 Unplanned Delay or Elimination of Processing. Catalent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to meet the Purchase Orders, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Catalent shall provide Client with as much advance notice as possible (and will use its best efforts to provide at least fifteen (15) days’ advance notice where possible) if Catalent determines that any Processing will be delayed or eliminated for any reason.

 

4.7 Supply Failure. In the event of any Supply Failure that remains uncured for forty-five (45) days following Catalent’s receipt of written notice of such Supply Failure, the parties agree that Client shall have the right (upon written notice to Catalent) to Process and have the Product Processed by another supplier, and thereafter Catalent shall supply the Product to Client on a nonexclusive basis.

 

Article 5
TESTING; SAMPLES; RELEASE

 

5.1 Samples; Testing; Release. Within seven (7) days after Catalent’s completion of Processing of each Batch, Catalent shall provide Client or its designee with Catalent’s Certificate of Analysis for such Batch certifying that the Product conforms to the Specifications. Catalent will make available to Client copies of all documentation and test results that are reasonably necessary to demonstrate conformity to the Specifications for the first five (5) post-validation commercial Batches. Client shall be solely responsible for final release of the Product, at its cost. No later than thirty (30) days after Product delivery (“Review Period”), Client or its designee shall notify Catalent of any rejection of the Product. Client’s failure to reject Product for non-conformity to Specifications during the Review Period shall constitute acceptance of the Product.

 

5.2 Discrepant Test Results. In the event of a disagreement between the parties regarding whether the Product meets Specifications or the reason for non-conformity, which cannot be resolved within thirty (30) days after Client notifies Catalent of rejection, the parties shall cause a mutually agreeable independent third party to review records and test data and to perform comparative tests and/or analyses on samples of the Product alleged to be non-conforming (“Defective Product”) and its components. The independent party’s results shall be final and binding. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing, the costs associated with such testing and review shall be borne by the party found responsible.

 

7

 

 

5.3 Defective Product. Catalent will, at its option, either reprocess any Batch of Defective Product or credit any payments made by Client for such Batch of Defective Product provided that Client is responsible for Product defects due to API and Client-Supplied Materials other than to the extent attributable, in whole or in part, to Catalent’s negligence or willful misconduct or omission. THE OBLIGATION OF CATALENT TO (A) REPLACE DEFECTIVE PROCESSING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS OR CREDIT PAYMENTS MADE BY CLIENT FOR DEFECTIVE PRODUCT AND (B) REIMBURSE CLIENT FOR API LOST IN THE DEFECTIVE BATCH, SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATIONS IN ARTICLE 14, SHALL BE CLIENT’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS ARTICLE FOR DEFECTIVE PRODUCT AND IS IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

 

5.4 Supply of Material for Defective Product. In the event Catalent reprocesses Product pursuant to Section 5.3, above, Client shall supply Catalent with sufficient quantities of the API in order for Catalent to complete such reprocessing.

 

Article 6
DELIVERY

 

6.1 Delivery. Catalent shall segregate and store all Product until tender of delivery in accordance with this Section. Catalent shall tender the Product for delivery, Ex Works (Incoterms 2000) the Facility. Client shall be responsible for all costs and risk of loss associated with shipment of the Product. Client shall qualify at least three (3) carriers to ship the Product and then designate the priority of such qualified carriers to Catalent.

 

6.2 Failure to Take Delivery. If Client fails to take delivery on any scheduled delivery date, Client shall be invoiced on the first day of each month for the stored Product and a commercially reasonable administration fee. For each such batch of undelivered Product, Client agrees that: (A) Client has made a fixed commitment to purchase such Product, (B) title and risk of loss for such Product passes to Client, (C) such Product shall be on a bill and hold basis for legitimate business purposes, (D) if no delivery date is determined at the time of billing, Catalent shall have the right to ship the Product to Client within four months after billing, and (E) Client will be responsible for any decrease in market value of such Product that relates to factors and circumstances outside of Catalent’s control. Within ten (10) days following a written request from Catalent, Client shall provide Catalent with a letter confirming items (A) through (E) of this Section for each Batch of undelivered Product.

 

Article 7
PRICING AND PAYMENT

 

7.1 Unit Pricing. The parties shall negotiate in good faith the unit pricing (“Unit Pricing”) for all Product after tender of delivery of the final two (2) registration Batches. Unit pricing shall assume manufacturing and storage processes for a controlled CIII-N DEA substance that is classified as a hormone. In the event Client requests services other than Processing Product, Catalent shall provide a written quote of the fee for such additional services and Client shall advise Catalent whether it wishes to have such additional services performed by Catalent.

 

8

 

 

7.2 Commercial Occupancy Fee. In consideration of Catalent’s agreement to make available the hormone suite in the Facility to manufacture Product, Client shall pay to Catalent an annual fee of [***] (“Commercial Occupancy Fee”). The Commercial Occupancy Fee is payable commencing on January 1st of the year that commercial manufacture of the Product occurs (including manufacture of Validation Batches for commercial sale) and each subsequent January 1st during the term of this Agreement. In the event that this Agreement begins on a date other than January 1 or is terminated prior to the expiration of the term, then the Commercial Occupancy Fee shall be prorated based on the Effective Date of this Agreement or the effective date of termination for the applicable year unless such termination occurs based on Client’s breach of this Agreement for which no such pro-ration shall occur.

 

7.3 Product Maintenance Fee. In partial consideration of the product maintenance services set forth in Section 2.3, Client shall pay Catalent an annual Product Maintenance Fee of [***]. The Product Maintenance Fee is payable commencing on January 1st of the year that commercial manufacture of the Product occurs (including manufacture of Validation Batches for commercial sale) and each subsequent January 1st during the Term of this Agreement.

 

7.4 Price Increase. The Unit Pricing shall be adjusted on an annual basis, effective on each July 1st of the Term, based on the Producer’s Price Index (PPI) [***] as published by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Statistics, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice from Catalent to Client.

 

7.5 Taxes; Duty. All taxes, duties and other amounts assessed on API or the Product prior to or upon sale to Client are the responsibility of Client, and Client shall reimburse Catalent for any such taxes, duties or other expenses paid by Catalent.

 

7.6 Product Approval. Notwithstanding the terms set forth above, Client shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to expedite and obtain all regulatory approvals necessary for Catalent to commence production at the Facility (“Regulatory Approvals”).

 

7.7 Payment Terms. Catalent shall invoice Client upon tender of delivery pursuant to Section 6.1 for all Product as provided in Section 7.1 and for any amounts due pursuant to Section 4.1, and payment for such invoices shall be due within thirty (30) days after the date of such invoice. In the event payment is not received by Catalent on or before the thirtieth (30th) day after the date of the invoice, then such unpaid amount shall accrue interest at the rate of 1.5% per month until paid in full.

 

Article 8
CHANGES TO SPECIFICATIONS

 

All Specifications and any changes thereto agreed to by the parties from time to time shall be in writing, dated and signed by the parties. No change in the Specifications shall be implemented by Catalent, whether requested by Client or requested or required by any Regulatory Authority, until the parties have agreed in writing to such change, the implementation date of such change, and any increase or decrease in costs, expenses or fees associated with such change. Catalent shall respond promptly, and in any event within thirty (30) business days, to any request made by Client for a change in the Specifications, and both parties shall use commercially reasonable, good faith efforts to agree to the terms of such change in a timely manner. As soon as possible after a request is made for any change in Specifications, Catalent shall notify Client of the costs associated with such change and shall provide such supporting documentation as Client may reasonably require. Client shall pay all costs associated with such agreed upon changes. If there is a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Specifications, this Agreement shall control.

 

9

 

 

Article 9
RECORDS; REGULATORY MATTERS

 

9.1 Batch Records and Data. Within thirty (30) days following the completion of Processing of each batch, Catalent shall provide Client with properly completed copies of Batch records prepared in accordance with the Specifications; provided, however, that if testing reveals an out- of-Specification result, Catalent shall provide such Batch records within twenty-one (21) days following resolution of the out-of Specification result.

 

9.2 Recordkeeping. Catalent shall maintain true and accurate books, records, test and laboratory data, reports and all other information relating to Processing under this Agreement according to Catalent standard operating procedures, including all information required to be maintained by all Applicable Laws. Such information shall be maintained in forms, notebooks and records for a period of at least five (5) years from the relevant finished Product expiration date or longer if required under Applicable Laws.

 

9.3 Regulatory Compliance. Client shall be solely responsible for all permits and licenses required by any Regulatory Authority with respect to the Product and the Processing under this Agreement, including any product licenses, applications and amendments in connection therewith. Catalent will be responsible to maintain all permits and licenses required by any Regulatory Authority with respect to the Facility including, without limitation, the Product’s DMF to support Client’s regulatory filings. During the Term, Catalent will assist Client with all regulatory matters (beyond covered Product maintenance services) relating to Processing under this Agreement, at Client’s request and at Client’s expense. Each party intends and commits to cooperate to satisfy all Applicable Laws relating to Processing under this Agreement.

 

9.4 Governmental Inspections and Requests. Catalent will promptly advise Client if it is aware that any Regulatory Authority intends to inspect Catalent’s Facility with respect to the Processing of the Product. Client will have the right to have its representatives present at the Facility (but not as part of the inspection unless specifically requested to answer questions) for such inspection relating to the Product. Catalent will also promptly provide a report of the result of any such inspection to Client and will promptly notify Client of any notice of any deficiencies regarding the Processing of the Product by any Regulatory Authority, including, in each case, a copy of redacted copies of any inspection reports regarding the Processing of the Product (excluding any third party confidential information or Catalent Confidential Information) issued as a result of such inspections and any follow-up written communications between Catalent and the relevant Regulatory Authority or other governmental agency regarding the Processing of the Product. Catalent will use commercially reasonable efforts to correct all deficiencies identified in such written communications in a timely manner and advise Client periodically of progress being made, as well as when all deficiencies are corrected.

 

10

 

 

9.5 Client Inspections and Audits.

 

A.   During the term of this Agreement, duly authorized employees, agents and representatives of Client shall be granted access upon at least twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice and at reasonable times during Catalent’s regular business hours to only the portion of the Facilities where Catalent Processes Product for the purpose of inspecting and verifying that Catalent is Processing Product in accordance with the Specifications and Applicable Laws. For purposes of this Section 9.5, duly-authorized agents and representatives shall be required to sign Catalent’s standard confidential disclosure agreement prior to being allowed access to Catalent’s Facilities. Client shall indemnify and hold Catalent harmless for any action or activity of Client’s duly authorized employees and agents while on Catalent’s premises.

 

B. With due regard to information and operations which constitute Proprietary Information of Catalent, duly-authorized employees, agents and representatives of Client shall have the right to inspect Catalent Batch Records relating to Product and those portions of Catalent’s Facilities used for Processing Product. Client’s Qualify Assurance Manager will arrange audit visits with Catalent Qualify Management.

 

9.6 Recall. In the event Catalent believes a recall, field alert, Product withdrawal or field correction (“Recall”) may be necessary with respect to any Product provided under this Agreement, Catalent shall immediately notify Client in writing. Catalent will not act to initiate a Recall without the express prior written approval of Client, unless otherwise required by Applicable Laws. In the event Client believes a Recall may be necessary with respect to any Product provided under this Agreement, Client shall immediately notify Catalent in writing and Catalent shall provide all necessary cooperation and assistance to Client. The cost of any Recall shall be borne by Client unless such Recall is caused in whole or in part by Catalent’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement or Applicable Laws or its negligence or willful misconduct, then such cost, if wholly attributable to Catalent shall be borne by Catalent, or if partially attributable to Catalent, such pro rata cost shall be borne by Catalent. For purposes hereof, such cost shall be limited to actual and documented costs incurred by Client for such Recall and replacement of the Defective Product to be Recalled, in accordance with Article 5; provided, however that NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE IN ANY EVENT FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUES OR PROFITS OR DAMAGES TO BUSINESS REPUTATION RESULTING FROM SUCH RECALL.

 

9.7 Quality Agreements. Within six (6) months following the execution of this Agreement and in any event prior to commencing Processing of the Product, the parties shall execute a Quality Agreement. In the event of a conflict between any of the provisions of this Agreement and the Quality Agreement with respect to quality-related activities, including compliance with Good Manufacturing Practices or Good Laboratory Practices, the provisions of the Quality Agreement shall govern. In the event of a conflict between any of the provisions of this Agreement and the Quality Agreement with respect to any commercial matters, including allocation of risk, liability and financial responsibility, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

 

11

 

 

Article 10
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

10.1 Mutual Obligation. Catalent and Client agree that they will not disclose the other party’s Confidential Information (defined below) to any third party without the prior written consent of the other party except as required by law or regulation; provided, however, that prior to making any such legally required disclosure, the party making such disclosure shall give the other party as much prior notice of the requirement for and contents of such disclosure as is practicable under the circumstances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party may disclose the other party’s Confidential Information to any of its Affiliates which (A) need to know such Confidential Information for the purpose of performing under this Agreement, (B) are advised of the contents of this Section, and (C) agree to be bound by the terms of this Section, provided, however, that only an Affiliate to which such Confidential Information is actually disclosed and received will be bound by the terms of this Section.

 

10.2 Definition. As used in this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” includes all such information furnished by Catalent or Client, or any of their respective representatives or Affiliates, to the other or its representatives or Affiliates, whether furnished before, on or after the date of this agreement and furnished in any form, including but not limited to written, verbal, visual, electronic or in any other media or manner. Confidential Information includes all proprietary technologies, know-how, trade secrets, discoveries, inventions and any other intellectual property (whether or not patented), analyses, compilations, business or technical information and other materials prepared by either party, or any of their respective representatives, containing or based in whole or in part on any such information furnished by the other party or its representatives. Confidential Information also includes the existence of this agreement and its terms.

 

10.3 Exclusions. Confidential Information does not include, however, information concerning Catalent or Client that (A) is or becomes generally available to the public or within the industry to which such information relates other than as a result of a breach of this agreement, (B) is already known by the receiving party at the time of disclosure as evidenced by the receiving party’s written records, (C) becomes available to the receiving party on a non-confidential basis from a source that is entitled to disclose it on a non-confidential basis, or (D) was or is independently developed by or for the receiving party without reference to the Confidential Information, as evidenced by the receiving party’s written records.

 

10.4 Survival. The obligations of this Article 10 will terminate five (5) years from the expiration of this Agreement; provided that for any Confidential Information that is protected as a trade secret under Applicable Laws, the obligations of this Article 10 shall survive as to such Confidential Information for so long as such information continues to be protected as a trade secret under Applicable Laws.

 

10.5 No Implied License. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the party receiving Confidential Information will obtain no right of any kind or license under any patent application or patent by reason of this Agreement. All Confidential Information will remain the sole property of the party disclosing such information or data.

 

12

 

 

10.6 Return of Confidential Information. Upon termination of this Agreement, the party to which Confidential Information has been disclosed will, upon request, promptly return within thirty (30) days all such information, including any copies thereof, and cease its use or, at the request of the party transmitting such Confidential Information, will promptly destroy the same and certify such destruction to the transmitting party; except for a single copy thereof which may be retained for the sole purpose of determining the scope of the obligations incurred under this Agreement.

 

10.7 Injunctive Relief. Catalent and Client each acknowledge and agree that any breach of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement may result in irreparable injury to the other party and that, in such instance, monetary damages may not constitute an adequate remedy. Accordingly, the non-breaching party may be entitled (without prejudice to its right to other remedies, including monetary damages, and without the posting of a bond or other security) to injunctive and other equitable relief to prevent or restrain the breach or threatened breach of the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement. In such event, the breaching party waives the requirement of any bond for such injunction.

 

Article 11
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

All Catalent Technology, including, without limitation, all improvements, developments, derivatives or modifications to the Catalent Technology, shall be owned exclusively by Catalent and, except as set forth herein, no right or license in Catalent Technology is transferred or granted to Client. All Client Technology, including, without limitation, all improvements, developments, derivatives or modifications to the Client Technology shall be owned exclusively by Client. For purposes hereof, “Catalent Technology” means all Softgel Technology, Catalent Confidential Information, intellectual property, and developments (including, all patents, patent applications, know-how, inventions, designs, concepts, improvements, technical information, manuals, instructions or specifications), owned, licensed or used by Catalent in developing, formulating, manufacturing, filling, processing or packaging of pharmaceuticals and the packaging equipment, processes or methods of packaging, or any improvements to any of the foregoing, including any container, pouch, vial, ampoule, blister pack or other form of container developed by Catalent or any other intellectual property owned or controlled by Catalent that is directly or indirectly necessary for Catalent to manufacture or Client to use, market, distribute, sell and offer for sale the Product during the Term. During the Term, for as long as Catalent is Client’s exclusive manufacturer of the Product, Catalent will grant a non-exclusive, non- assignable, non-transferable, royalty-free license to Client to use Catalent Technology and Process Inventions relating to developing, formulating, manufacturing, filling, processing, packaging, analyzing or testing pharmaceutical products generally arising from the performance of the services that are necessary for Catalent to manufacture and Client to use, market, distribute, sell and offer for sale the Product during the Term of this Agreement, but not to manufacture the Product or have the Product manufactured by a third party. “Process Inventions” means any invention that relates exclusively to the Catalent Technology or relates to developing, formulating, manufacturing, filling, processing, packaging, analyzing or testing pharmaceutical products generally. For purposes hereof, “Client Technology” means all proprietary information, intellectual property and developments owned, developed or licensed by Client relating to the API and the fill formulation containing the API, including, without limitation, patents, patent applications, know-how, inventions, designs, concepts, improvements, technical information, trademarks or trade names. Client hereby grants to Catalent a non-exclusive, non-transferable, royalty-free license to use any and all right, title and interest in the Client Technology that is directly or indirectly necessary for the manufacturing and sale of Product during the Term and as may be necessary for Catalent to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

13

 

 

Article 12
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

12.1 Catalent. Catalent represents and warrants to Client that:

 

A.   at the time of delivery, Product will have been manufactured in accordance with all Applicable Laws and the Specifications, and will not be adulterated, misbranded or mislabeled according to Applicable Laws; excluding any defects attributable to API or other materials supplied by Client;

 

B. Catalent’s use and application of any intellectual property, other than that provided to Catalent by Client, in the manufacturing of the Product and the performance of this Agreement does not violate or infringe on any third-party intellectual property rights;

 

C. Catalent has obtained (or will obtain prior to manufacturing the Product), and will remain in material compliance with all authorizations which are required under Applicable Laws; and

 

D.   Catalent and its employees, affiliates, contractors, and agents have never been (i) debarred or (ii) convicted of a crime for which a person can be debarred, under Section 335(a) or 335(b) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.

 

12.2 Client. Client represents, warrants and covenants to Catalent that:

 

A.   the API and any other materials supplied by Client to Catalent (“Client-supplied Materials”) will have been manufactured in compliance with the Applicable Laws (including GMP) and applicable Specifications, will not be adulterated, misbranded or mislabeled and will be provided in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

B. it has all necessary authority to use and permit Catalent to use the Client Technology;

 

C. Client has provided to Catalent, as of the Effective Date, all relevant safety materials for Product and API and no specific safe handling instructions are applicable to any Client-supplied materials, except as disclosed to Catalent in writing by the Client in sufficient time for review and training by Catalent prior to delivery;

 

D.   all Product delivered to Client by Catalent will be held, used and/or disposed of by the Client in accordance with all Applicable Laws;

 

14

 

 

E. Client will comply with all Applicable Laws and guidelines applicable to Client’s performance under this Agreement and its use of Products provided by Catalent under this Agreement;

 

F.   Client will not release any Batch of Product if the required Certificates of Analysis indicate that the Product does not comply with the Specifications and will use reasonable efforts to ensure that the Product is safe and effective;

 

G.   the content of all artwork provided to Catalent complies with all Applicable Laws;

 

H.   Client has all necessary authority to use and permit Catalent to use the Client Technology; and

 

I. the work to be performed by Catalent in accordance with Client’s written instructions does not violate or infringe upon any third-party intellectual property rights.

 

12.3 THE LIMITED WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 12 ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY AND ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTIES EXPRESSED IN THIS ARTICLE 12, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PROCESSING OR THE PRODUCT. IN ADDITION, THE PARTIES HEREBY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO PRODUCT.

 

Article 13
INDEMNIFICATION

 

13.1 Indemnification by Catalent. Catalent shall indemnify and hold harmless Client, its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any suits, claims, losses, demands, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including costs, reasonable attorney’s fees and reasonable investigative costs) in connection with any suit, demand or action by any third party arising out of or resulting from: (i) any breach of its representations, warranties or obligations under this Agreement; or (ii) any actual or alleged infringement of any third-party patent, trade secret, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property by Catalent’s use of Catalent Technology in connection with the performance of the services under this Agreement; or (iii) any negligence or willful misconduct by Catalent; except to the extent that any of the foregoing arises out of or results from the breach of this Agreement by Client or the negligence or willful misconduct of Client or its Affiliates.

 

13.2 Indemnification by Client. Client shall indemnify and hold harmless Catalent, its Affiliates, directors, officers employees and agents from and against all suits, claims, losses, demands, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including costs, reasonable attorney’s fees and reasonable investigative costs) in connection with any suit, demand or action by any third party arising out of or resulting from (A) any breach of its representations, warranties or obligations set forth in this Agreement; (B) any use, manufacture, packaging, sale, promotion or distribution of Product by Client, or use of, or exposure to, the API, Client-Supplied Materials or Product, including, without limitation, product liability or strict liability; (C) Client’s exercise of control over the Processing under this Agreement, to the extent that Client’s instructions or directions violate Applicable Laws; (D) any actual or alleged infringement or violation of any third party patent, trade secret, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property by Confidential Information or other information provided by Client, including Client-supplied Materials; (E) the conduct of any clinical trials utilizing Product or API; or (F) any negligence or willful misconduct by Client, except to the extent that any of the foregoing arises out of or results from the breach by Catalent of this Agreement, or the negligence or willful misconduct of Catalent or its Affiliates.

 

13.3 Indemnification Procedures. All indemnification obligations in this Agreement are conditioned upon the party seeking indemnification promptly notifying the indemnifying party of any claim or liability of which the party seeking indemnification becomes aware (including a copy of any related complaint, summons, notice or other instrument), cooperating with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such claim or liability (at the indemnifying party’s expense), and not compromising or settling any claim or liability without prior written consent of the indemnifying party.

 

15

 

 

Article 14
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

 

14.1 CATALENT’S TOTAL LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR LOST, DAMAGED OR DESTROYED API OR OTHER CLIENT- SUPPLIED MATERIALS, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH API OR CLIENT-SUPPLIED MATERIALS ARE INCORPORATED INTO PRODUCT, SHALL NOT EXCEED $[***] PER INCIDENT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM, EXCEPT IN THE EVENT THAT CATALENT’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT CAUSES THE LOSS OR DAMAGE, IN WHICH CASE CATALENT’S TOTAL LIABILITY SHALL NOT EXCEED $[***] PER INCIDENT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM.

 

14.2 CATALENT’S TOTAL LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED THE LESSER OF (A) [***] OR (B) [***] PAID BY CLIENT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT DURING THE CONTRACT YEAR IN WHICH THE BATCH GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM WAS MANUFACTURED, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT CATALENT’S TOTAL LIABILITY FOR GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED [***].

 

14.3 NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING LOSS OF REVENUES, REPUTATION, PROFITS OR DATA, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

16

 

 

Article 15
INSURANCE

 

15.1 Catalent. Catalent shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain and maintain in full force and effect the following insurance during the term of this Agreement:

 

(A) Commercial General Liability insurance with a per-occurrence limit of not less than $1,000,000;

 

(B) Products and Completed Operations Liability Insurance with per-occurrence limit of not less than $5,000,000;

 

(C) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance with statutory limits for Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability insurance limits of not less than $1,000,000 per accident; and

 

(D) Professional Services Errors & Omissions Liability Insurance with per claim and aggregate limits of not less than $1,000,000.

 

The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that Catalent may self-insure all or any portion of the above-required insurance. In the event that any of the required policies of insurance are written on a claims made basis, then such policies shall be maintained during the entire term of this Agreement and for a period of not less than three (3) years following the termination or expiration of this Agreement. Catalent shall obtain a waiver from any insurance carrier with whom Catalent carries Workers’ Compensation insurance releasing its subrogation rights against Client. Catalent shall furnish to Customer a certificate of insurance or other evidence of the required insurance and additional insured status as soon as practicable after the Effective Date and within thirty (30) days after renewal of such policies. Each insurance policy which is required under this Agreement, other than self-insurance, shall be obtained from an insurance carrier with an A.M. Best rating of at least A- VII.

 

15.2 Client Insurance. Prior to commercial launch of the Product, Client shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain and maintain in full force and effect the following insurance during the term of this Agreement:

 

(A) Commercial General Liability insurance with per-occurrence limit of not less than $1,000,000;

 

(B) Products and Completed Operations Liability Insurance with per-occurrence limit of not less than $5,000,000;

 

(C) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance with statutory limits for Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability insurance limits of not less than $1,000,000 per accident; and

 

17

 

 

(D) All Risk Property Insurance, including transit coverage, in an amount equal to full replacement value covering Client’s property while it is at the Facility or in transit to, from, or between Catalent’s facilities.

 

The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that Client may self-insure all or any portion of the above-required insurance. Client shall maintain levels of insurance sufficient to meet its obligations under this Agreement. In the event that any of the required policies of insurance are written on a claims made basis, then such policies shall be maintained during the entire term of this Agreement and for a period of not less than three (3) years following the termination or expiration of this Agreement. Client shall obtain a waiver from any insurance carrier with whom Client carries Property Insurance releasing its subrogation rights against Catalent. Client shall not seek reimbursement for any property claim or portion thereof that is not fully recovered from Client’s Property Insurance policy. Client shall obtain a waiver from any insurance carrier with whom Client carries Workers’ Compensation insurance releasing its subrogation rights against Catalent. Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., and its subsidiaries and Affiliates shall be named as additional insureds under the Products and Completed Operations Liability insurance policies with respect to the products and completed operations outlined in this Agreement. Client shall furnish certificates of insurance evidencing the required insurance policies and additional insured status to Catalent as soon as practicable after the effective date of this Agreement and within thirty (30) days after renewal of such policies. Each insurance policy that is required under this Agreement, other than self-insurance, shall be obtained from an insurance carrier with an A.M. Best rating of at least A- VII.

 

Article 16
TERM AND TERMINATION

 

16.1 Term. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of six (6) years, unless earlier terminated under this Section or Section 16.2 (the “Initial Term”). After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for further periods of two (2) years (each, a “Renewal Term”); provided, however, that either party may terminate this Agreement upon twelve (12) months written notice prior to the end of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term. The Initial Term and any Renewal Term shall constitute the “Term.”

 

16.2 Termination by Either Party.

 

A. Material Breach. Either party may terminate this Agreement effective upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other party, if the other party commits a material breach of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach by the end of such sixty (60) day period; provided, however, that failure to pay amounts due under this Agreement within ten (10) days after notice thereof shall constitute cause for immediate termination of this Agreement, or at Catalent’s discretion, Catalent shall be relieved of any further obligation to perform under this Agreement until all outstanding payments are brought current.

 

B. Bankruptcy. Either party may terminate this Agreement effective thirty (30) days after the undismissed bankruptcy of the other party.

 

18

 

 

C. Termination Without Cause. Either party may terminate this Agreement upon twenty-four (24) months’ prior written notice to the other party.

 

16.3 Effect of Termination.

 

A. Expiration or termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any rights or obligations that accrued to the benefit of either party prior to such expiration or termination.

 

B. In the event of any termination, Catalent shall promptly return (1) any remaining inventory of Client-supplied Materials, and (2) all remaining inventories of API and Product to Client at Client’s expense and direction. Catalent shall have no obligation to return the foregoing until all outstanding invoices sent by Catalent to Client have been paid in full. Client shall also be required to pay Catalent for all inventory and work in process and non-cancelable commitments made consistent with Client’s forecasts. In the event Client breaches or terminates this Agreement (other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement by Catalent) or if Catalent terminates this Agreement under Section 16.2 hereof, Client will also be required to pay Catalent for its direct cost of all materials purchased by Catalent for Processing. Client shall specify the location in the continental United States to which delivery, at Client’s expense, of the foregoing is to be made.

 

Article 17
NOTICE

 

All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given: (A) when delivered personally; (B) when delivered by facsimile transmission (receipt verified); (C) when received or refused, if mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid; or (D) when delivered if sent by express courier service, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice; provided, that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof):

 

To Client: Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
500 Skokie Blvd., #250
Northbrook, IL 60062
Attn: President and Chief Executive Officer
Facsimile:

 

With a copy to:
Goodwin Procter LLP
Exchange Place
Boston, MA 02109
Attn: Mitchell S. Bloom, Esq.
Facsimile:

 

To Catalent: Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC
2725 Scherer Drive
St. Petersburg, FL 33716
Attn: General Manager
Facsimile:

 

With a copy to: Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC
14 Schoolhouse Road
Somerset, NJ 08873
Attn: Associate General Counsel
Facsimile:

 

19

 

 

Article 18
MISCELLANEOUS

 

18.1 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement is the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any contracts, agreements or understanding (oral or written) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. No term of this Agreement may be amended except upon written agreement of both parties, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement.

 

18.2 Captions. The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be interpreted or construed as a substantive part of this Agreement

 

18.3 Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments and to take all such other incidental acts as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement.

 

18.4 No Waiver. Failure by either party to insist upon strict compliance with any term of this Agreement in any one or more instances will not be deemed to be a waiver of its rights to insist upon such strict compliance with respect to any subsequent failure.

 

18.5 Severability. If any term of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction, the remaining terms of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

 

18.6 Independent Contractors. The relationship of the parties is that of independent contractors, and neither party will incur any debts or make any commitments for the other party except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create or will be construed as creating between the parties the relationship of joint ventures, co-partners, employer/employee or principal and agent.

 

18.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and permitted assigns. Neither party may assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other party, except that either party may, without the other party’s consent, assign this Agreement to an Affiliate or to a successor to substantially all of the business or assets of the assigning company or the assigning company’s business unit responsible for performance under this Agreement.

 

18.8 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New Jersey, excluding its conflicts-of-law provisions. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement.

 

20

 

 

18.9 Alternative Dispute Resolution. If a dispute, controversy or disagreement (“Dispute”) arises between the parties in connection with this Agreement, then the Dispute shall be presented to the respective presidents or senior executives of Catalent and Client for their consideration and resolution. If such parties cannot reach a resolution of the Dispute, then such Dispute shall be resolved by binding alternative dispute resolution in accordance with the then existing commercial arbitration rules of The CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution, 366 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017. Arbitration shall be conducted in the English language, in New York, New York.

 

18.10   Prevailing Party. In any dispute resolution proceeding between the parties in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs in such proceeding.

 

18.11   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18.12   Publicity. Neither party will make any press release or other public disclosure regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the other party’s express prior written consent, except as required under Applicable Laws or by any governmental agency or by the rules of any stock exchange on which the securities of the disclosing party are listed, in which case the party required to make the press release or public disclosure shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the approval of the other party as to the form, nature and extent of the press release or public disclosure prior to issuing the press release or making the public disclosure.

 

18.13   Setoff. Without limiting Catalent’s rights under law or in equity, Catalent and its Affiliates, parent or related entities, collectively or individually, may exercise a right of set-off against any and all amounts due to Catalent from Client. For purposes of this Section, Catalent, its Affiliates, parent or related entities shall be deemed to be a single creditor.

 

18.14   Survival. The rights and obligations of the parties shall continue under Articles 10 (Confidential Information), 11 (Intellectual Property), 13 (Indemnification), 14 (Limitations of Liability), 15 (Insurance) to the extent expressly stated therein, 16.3 (Effects of Termination), 17 (Notice), and 18 (Miscellaneous), notwithstanding expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

18.15   Force Majeure. Except as to payments required under this Agreement, neither party will be liable for, nor shall this Agreement be terminable or cancelable by reason of, any delay or default in such party’s performance hereunder if such default or delay is caused by events beyond such party’s reasonable control, including but not limited to, acts of God, raw material shortage, regulation or law or other action or failure to act of any government or agency thereof, war or insurrection, civil commotion, destruction of production facilities or materials by earthquake, fire, flood, or weather, labor disturbances, failure of suppliers, public utilities or common carriers; provided, however, that the party seeking relief hereunder shall immediately notify the other party of such cause beyond such party’s reasonable control. The party invoking this section shall use all reasonable endeavors to reinstate its ongoing obligation to the other party. If the cause shall continue beyond one-hundred and eighty (180) days, then both parties shall meet to discuss and negotiate in good faith what modifications to this Agreement should result from this force majeure.

 

The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.

 

21

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their duly-authorized representative to execute this Agreement effective as of the date first written above.

 

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, LLC   CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
     
By: /s/ Aris Gennadios   By: /s/ Robert E. Dudley
Name: Aris Gennadios, Ph.D.   Name: Robert E. Dudley
Title:

VP and General Manager

  Title: President & CEO
  Pharmaceutical Softgel      

 

22

 

 

EXHIBIT A

SPECIFICATIONS

 

To be finalized and attached before process validation

 

API Specifications

 

Product Specifications

 

Packaging Specifications

 

23

 

 

EXHIBIT B

UNIT PRICING, FEES AND MINIMUM REQUIREMENT

 

UNIT PRICING
 
Product   Dosage Form   Initial Unit Price
100 mg testosterone undecanoate   Bulk softgels   [***]
150 mg testosterone undecanoate   Bulk softgels   [***]

 

MINIMUM REQUIREMENT PER CONTRACT YEAR
 
Product   Dosage Form   Minimum Requirement
100 mg testosterone undecanoate   Bulk softgels   [***] softgels
150 mg testosterone undecanoate   Bulk softgels   [***] softgels

 

ADDITIONAL FEES
 
Product Maintenance Fee   $[***]   Annually
Commercial Occupancy Fee   $[***]   Annually

 

 

24

 

 

Exhibit 10.22

 

Execution Copy

 

Certain information identified by [***] has been excluded from this exhibit because it is

both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

 

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO THE
SOFTGEL COMMERCIAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment Number One (“Amendment Number One”) is made this 23rd day of October, 2012 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having a place of business at 14 Schoolhouse Road, Somerset, New Jersey 08873 (“Catalent”) and Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation, having its principal place of business at 555 Skokie Blvd., #340, Northbrook, IL 60062 (“Clarus”).

 

WHEREAS, Catalent and Clarus previously entered into and executed a Softgel Commercial Manufacturing Agreement dated July 23, 2009 (‘‘Agreement’’); and

 

WHEREAS, Catalent and Clarus now desire to amend the terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Pursuant to Section 7.1 (Unit Pricing) of the Agreement, Exhibit B of the Agreement (Unit Pricing, Fees and Minimum Requirement) will be modified as follows:

 

EXHIBIT B

 

UNIT PRICING, FEES AND MINIMUM REQUIREMENT

 

Unit Pricing for 100 mg Testosterone Undecanoate Softgels
 
Theoretical Batch Size   Shipped Volumes of Both
Product Strengths Combined
within each 12- Month Period
between July 1 and June 30
  Unit Price per [***] softgels
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***] (Base Price #1)
  [***]   (Base Price #1) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #1) - $[***]
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***] (Base Price #2)
  [***]   (Base Price #2) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #2) - $[***]
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***] (Base Price #3)
  [***]   (Base Price #3) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #3) - $[***]

 

 

 

 

Unit Pricing for [***] mg Testosterone Undecanoate Softgels

 

Theoretical Batch Size   Shipped Volumes of Both
Product Strengths Combined
within each 12- Month Period between July I and June 30
  Unit Price per [***] softgels
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***]  (Base Price #4)
  [***]   (Base Price #4) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #4) - $[***]
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***] (Base Price #5)
  [***]   (Base Price #5) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #5) - $[***]
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***] (Base Price #6)
  [***]   (Base Price #6) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #6) - $[***]

 

MINIMUM REQUIREMENT PER CONTRACT YEAR
 
Product   Dosage Form   Minimum Requirement
[***] mg testosterone undecanoate   Bulk softgels   [***] softgels
[***] mg testosterone undecanoate   Bulk softgels   [***] softgels

 

ADDITIONAL FEES
 
Product Maintenance Fee   $[***]   Annually
Commercial Occupancy Fee   $[***]   Annually

 

2. The Unit Pricing in Exhibit B will begin on the Effective Date of this Amendment Number One, with a scheduled price adjustment to take place on July 1, 2013, as described in Section 7.4 (Price Increase) of the Agreement. Such scheduled annual price adjustments each July 1st will be applied to the Base Prices identified in the table above for each Product strength and batch size (“Adjusted Base Prices”). For incremental annual shipped volumes between [***] softgels and [***] softgels and incremental annual shipped volumes over [***] softgels, the Unit Price will be calculated by subtracting the dollar amounts shown in the Unit Pricing Table above from the Adjusted Base Prices.

 

3. Except as provided herein, all other terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

4. This Amendment Number One may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. .Any photocopy, facsimile or electronic reproduction of the executed Amendment Number One shall constitute an original.

 

2

 

 

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment Number One to be executed by their duly authorized corporate officers or representatives as of the Effective Date first above written.

 

Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC   Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
     
By: /s/ Aris Gennadios   By: /s/ Steven A. Bourne
Name:  Aris Gennadios   Name:  Steve Bourne
Title: VP/GM, Softgel Technologies   Title: CFO
Date:  24 Oct. 2012   Date: October 24, 2012

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 10.23

 

Execution Copy

 

Certain information identified by [***] has been excluded from this exhibit because it is

both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

 

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO THE
SOFTGEL COMMERCIAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment Number Two (“Amendment Number Two”) is made this of 12 day of November, 2012 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having a place of business at 14 Schoolhouse Road, Somerset, New Jersey 08873 (“Catalent”) and Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation, having its principal place of business at 555 Skokie Blvd., #340, Northbrook, IL 60062 (“Clarus”).

 

WHEREAS, Catalent and Clarus previously entered into and executed a Softgel Commercial Manufacturing Agreement dated July 23, 2009 as amended by Amendment Number One dated October 23, 2012 (“Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, Catalent and Clarus now desire to amend the terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Section 16.1, first sentence of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of six (6) years following the Commencement Date, unless earlier terminated under this Section or Section 16.2 (the “Initial Term”),

 

2. Except as provided herein, all other terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3. This Amendment Number Two may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any photocopy, facsimile or electronic reproduction of the executed Amendment Number Two shall constitute an original.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment Number Two to be executed by their duly authorized corporate officers or representatives as of the Effective Date first above written.

 

Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC   Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
     
By: /s/ Aris Gennadios   By: /s/ Steven A. Bourne
Name:  Aris Gennadios, Ph.D.   Name:  Steve Bourne
Title: VP and General Manager   Title: CFO
  Pharmaceutical Softgel      
Date: 12 NOV 2012   Date: November 12, 2012

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.24

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

Certain information identified by [***] has been excluded from this exhibit because it is

both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

 

AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE TO THE
SOFTGEL COMMERCIAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment Number Three (“Amendment Number Three”) is made this 5th day of June, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having a place of business at 14 Schoolhouse Road, Somerset, New Jersey 08873 (“Catalent”) and Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation, having its principal place of business at 555 Skokie Blvd., #340, Northbrook, IL 60062 (“Clarus”).

 

WHEREAS, Catalent and Clarus previously entered into and executed a Softgel Commercial Manufacturing Agreement dated July 23, 2009, as amended by Amendment Number One dated October 23, 2012 and Amendment Number Two dated November 12, 2012, (as amended, the “Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, Catalent and Clarus now desire to amend the tenus, conditions and provisions of the Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Section 4.1 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

“4.1 Minimum Requirement. During each Contract Year, Client shall purchase the minimum number of units of Product (“Minimum Requirement”) set forth on Exhibit B. If Client does not purchase such Minimum Requirement during any Contract Year, within [***] days of the end of such Contract Year, Client shall pay to Catalent an amount equal to the cost of: [***].

 

2. Pursuant to Section 7.1 (Unit Pricing) of the Agreement, Exhibit B of the Agreement (Unit Pricing, Fees and Minimum Requirement) will be modified as follows:

 

EXHIBIT B

UNIT PRICING, FEES AND MINIMUM REQUIREMENT

 

Unit Pricing for Testosterone Undecanoate Softgels 158 mg ([***] mg Testosterone)
 
Theoretical Batch Size   Shipped Volumes of All
Product Strengths Combined| within each 12- Month
Period between July 1 and
June 30
  Unit Price
per
[***] softgels
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***] (Base Price #1)
  [***]   (Base Price #1) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #1) - $[***]
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***] (Base Price #2)
  [***]   (Base Price #2) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #2)  - $[***]
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***] (Base Price #3)
  [***]   (Base Price #3) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #3) - $[***]

 

 

 

 

Unit Pricing for Testosterone Undecanoate Softgels 198 mg ([***] mg Testosterone)
 
Theoretical Batch Size   Shipped Volumes of All
Product Strengths Combined
within each 12- Month
Period between July 1 and
June 30
  Unit Price
per
[***] softgels
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***] (Base Price #4)
  [***]   (Base Price #4) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #4) - $[***]

 

Unit Pricing for Testosterone Undecanoate Softgels 237 mg ([***] mg Testosterone)
 
Theoretical Batch Size   Shipped Volumes of All
Product Strengths Combined| within each 12- Month
Period between July 1 and
June 30
  Unit Price per
[***] softgels
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***] (Base Price #5)
  [***]   (Base Price #5) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #5) - $[***]
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***] (Base Price #6)
  [***]   (Base Price #6) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #6) - $[***]
[***] softgels   [***]   $[***] (Base Price #7)
  [***]   (Base Price #7) - $[***]
  [***]   (Base Price #7) - $[***]

 

2

 

 

MINIMUM REQUIREMENT PER CONTRACT YEAR
 
Product   Dosage Form   Minimum Requirement
Testosterone Undecanoate Softgels   Bulk softgels   [***] softgels (Total Across All Product Strengths Combined)

 

ADDITIONAL FEES
Product Maintenance Fee   $[***]   Annually
Commercial Occupancy Fee   $[***]   Annually

 

 

3. The Unit Pricing reflected in Exhibit B became effective on [***], and is subject to a scheduled price adjustment to take place on July 1, 2017, as described in Section 7.4 (Price Increase) of the Agreement. Such scheduled annual price adjustments each July 1st will be applied to the Base Prices identified in the tables above for each Product strength and batch size (“Adjusted Base Prices”). For incremental annual shipped volumes between [***] softgels and [***] softgels and incremental annual shipped volumes over [***] softgels, the Unit Price will be calculated by [***].

 

4. Strictly for purposes of updating the contact information contained therein, the penultimate sentence of Section 18.9 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: “If such parties cannot reach a resolution of the Dispute, then such Dispute shall be resolved by binding alternative dispute resolution in accordance with the then existing commercial arbitration rules of The International Institute for Conflict Prevention & Resolution, 30 East 33rd Street, 6th Floor, New York, NY 10016.”

 

5. Except as provided herein, all other terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6. This Amendment Number Three may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any photocopy, facsimile or electronic reproduction of the executed Amendment Number Three shall constitute an original.

 

3

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment Number Three to be executed by their duly authorized corporate officers or representatives as of the Effective Date first above written.

 

Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC   Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
     
By: /s/ Aris Gennadios   By: /s/ Steven A. Bourne
Name:  Aris Gennadios, Ph.D.   Name:  Steven A. Bourne
Title: President, Softgel Technologies   Title: Chief Financial Officer
Date: 06 JUN 2017   Date: June 6, 2017

 

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 10.25

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Certain information identified by [***] has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

 

COMMERCIAL PACKAGING AGREEMENT

 

This Commercial Packaging Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of this 26th day of June, 2014 (“Effective Date”), by and among Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a place of business at 555 Skokie Blvd., Suite 340, Northbrook, IL 60062 (“Client”), and Packaging Coordinators, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, doing business as PCI of Philadelphia and PCI of Woodstock, with a place of business at 3001 Red Lion Road, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19114, USA (“PCI”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. Client is a pharmaceutical company that develops, markets and sells pharmaceutical products;

 

B. PCI specializes in packaging for the pharmaceutical industry and has certain technical and commercial information and know-how relating to, among other things, performing packaging and labeling of pharmaceutical and other products, into various sized primary and secondary containers; and

 

C. Client desires to engage PCI to provide certain commercial packaging services to Client, and PCI desires to provide such services, all pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, terms and conditions set forth below, the parties agree as follows:

 

Article 1
DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms have the following meanings in this Agreement:

 

1.1 “Affiliate(s)” means, with respect to PCI, Client or any third party, any corporation, firm, partnership or other entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such entity. For the purposes of this definition, “control” shall mean the ownership of at least 50% of the voting share capital of an entity or any other comparable equity or ownership interest.

 

1.2 “Applicable Laws” means (i) all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, as amended from time to time, of the United States applicable to the Packaging or any aspect thereof and the obligations of PCI or Client, as the context requires, under this Agreement, including cGMP, and (ii) to the extent mutually agreed upon the parties in writing, any applicable laws, rules and regulations of one or more foreign jurisdictions relating directly to PCI’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

1.3 “Authorization to Package” means a document, signed by a Client representative or designee and provided to PCI prior to the commencement of Packaging of such product, indicating the Bulk Product has been authorized to be Packaged.

 

1.4 “Authorization to Transfer” means a document, signed by a Client representative or designee and provided to PCI, authorizing PCI to transfer the Packaged Product from the Facility.

 

1.5 “Batch” means a defined quantity of Bulk Product that has been or is being Packaged in accordance with the Specifications.

 

1.6 “Bulk Product” means bulk and work in process product of Client to be Packaged that is specified in Attachment A.

 

1.7 “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a national holiday in the United States.

 

1.8 “Certificate of Analysis” means a certificate indicating the Bulk Product’s conformance to the applicable Specifications, signed by a Client representative or designee and provided to PCI prior to the commencement of Packaging of such Bulk Product.

 

1.9 “Certificate of Conformance” means, with respect to a Client-supplied Material other than Bulk Product, a certificate indicating such Client-supplied Material’s conformance with all required testing and other applicable Specifications, signed by a representative of the supplier of such material and provided to PCI prior to the commencement of Packaging using such material.

 

1.10 “Certificate of Release” means a certificate indicating that the Packaging conforms with the Specifications, signed by a PCI representative and provided to Client following the completion of Packaging in accordance with the Quality Agreement.

 

1.11 “cGMP” means all applicable laws, regulations and standards of the United States of America relating to the Packaging including but not limited to, the FDA current Good Manufacturing Practices, as set forth in the Title 21 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations as such regulations and guidelines may be revised from time to time and equivalent non-U.S. regulations solely to the extent such non-U.S. jurisdictions are otherwise included in the definition of “Applicable Laws.”

 

1.12 “Client” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph, or any successor or permitted assign.

 

1.13 “Client Indemnities” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.

 

1.14 “Client Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property and embodiments thereof owned by or licensed to Client as of the date hereof or after by Client.

 

1.15 “Client Material Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(h).

 

2

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

1.16 “Client-supplied Materials” means any materials to be supplied by or on behalf of Client to PCI for Packaging, as provided in Attachment A, including Bulk Product, artwork and labeling.

 

1.17 “Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

 

1.18 “Contract Year” means each consecutive twelve (12) month period beginning on the Effective Date or anniversary thereof, as applicable.

 

1.19 “Defective Packaging” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

1.20 “Delivery Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).

 

1.21 “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

1.22 “Exception Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

1.23 “Excess Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(i).

 

1.24 “Facility” means PCT’s facility located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, or such other facility as agreed by the parties.

 

1.25 “FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration or any successor Regulatory Authority having substantially the same function.

 

1.26 “FD&C Act” means the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

1.27 “Firm Commitment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

 

1.28 “Initial Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.1.

 

1.29 “Intellectual Property” means all intellectual property (whether or not patented), including without limitation, brands, patents, patent applications, formulae, know-how, trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, trademark applications, trade names, trade dress, trade secrets, industrial designs, designs, concepts, technical information, manuals, standard operating procedures, instructions, specifications, inventions, processes, data, improvements and developments.

 

1.30 “Loss Allowance” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(g).

 

1.31 “Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.

 

1.32 “Minimum Requirement” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

 

1.33 “Package” or “Packaging” or “Packaged” means the packaging of Bulk Product and labeling the packages which contain the Bulk Product in accordance with the Specifications.

 

3

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

1.34 “Packaged Product” means the finished Packaging produced by PCI under this Agreement.

 

1.35 “PCI” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph, or any successor or permitted assign.

 

1.36 “PCI Fault” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

1.37 PCI Indemnities” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2.

 

1.38 “PCI Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property and embodiments thereof owned by or licensed to PCI as of the date hereof or after by PCI.

 

1.39 “Pricing” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).

 

1.40 “Purchase Order” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

 

1.41 “Quality Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8.

 

1.42 “Raw Materials” means all raw materials, supplies, components and packaging necessary to Package and ship Packaged Product in accordance with the Specifications, as provided in Attachment A, but not including Client-supplied Materials.

 

1.43 “Recall” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.

 

1.44 “Regulatory Approval” means any approvals, permits, product and/or establishment licenses, registrations or authorizations, including approvals pursuant to U.S. Investigational New Drug applications, New Drug Applications and Abbreviated New Drug Applications (or equivalent non-U.S. filings, such as European marketing authorization applications), as applicable, of any Regulatory Authorities that are necessary or advisable in connection with the development, manufacture, testing, use, storage, exportation, importation, transport, promotion, marketing, distribution or sale of Packaged Product.

 

1.45 “Regulatory Authority” means any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory bodies, agencies, departments, bureaus, courts or other entities in the United States (including the FDA) responsible for (A) the regulation (including pricing) of any aspect of pharmaceutical or medicinal products intended for human use or (B) health, safety or environmental matters generally, and any equivalent non-U.S. governmental or regulatory bodies solely to the extent such non-U.S. jurisdictions are otherwise included in the definition of “Applicable Laws.”

 

1.46 “Review Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

1.47 “Rolling Forecast” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

 

1.48 “Specifications” means the procedures, requirements, standards, quality control testing and other data and the scope of services as set forth in Attachment A, along with any valid amendments or modifications thereto, in accordance with Article 8.

 

4

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

1.49 “Supplier” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a),

 

1.50 “Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.1.

 

Article 2
PROCESSING & RELATED SERVICES

 

2.1 Supply and Purchase of Packaging. PCI shall Package Bulk Product in accordance with the Specifications, Applicable Laws and the terms and conditions of this Agreement for the consideration provided herein. Client shall be responsible for the manufacturing and testing of Bulk Products, testing of Packaged Products, and sale and distribution of the Packaged Product.

 

2.2 Other Related Services. PCI shall provide such related services (including tooling purchases and repair; analytical work; stability; auditing of Suppliers; and retain storage) other than Packaging, as agreed to in writing by the parties from time to time. Such writing shall include the scope and fees for any such services and be appended to this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall govern and apply to such services.

 

Article 3
MATERIALS

 

3.1 Client-Supplied Materials.

 

(a) Supply. Client or a Supplier on Client’s behalf shall supply to PCI for Packaging, at Client’s sole cost and risk, Client-supplied Materials, including Bulk Product, in quantities sufficient to meet Client’s requirements for Packaging, as set forth in Article 4. Client shall deliver or cause to be delivered such items, together with associated Certificates of Analysis, Certificates of Conformance, lot numbers, expiration dates and Authorizations to Package to the Facility no later than 45 days before, but not earlier than 90 days before, the Delivery Date for the Packaged Product in which such items will be used by PCI. If PCI fails to receive the foregoing on a timely basis, PCI shall have the right to return such items to Client or store such items, either at Client’s expense. The preceding supply schedule for Client-supplied Materials may be adjusted upon mutual agreement of the parties if Client is launching a new product. PCI shall use such items solely and exclusively for Packaging hereunder. Prior to first delivery of any such items, Client shall provide to PCI a copy of all associated material safety data sheets, safe handling instructions and health and environmental information, and shall promptly provide any updates, or revisions thereto.

 

(b) Conformity. Within 15 days of receipt of Client-supplied Materials by PCI, PCI shall confirm that the labels on such items conform to their accompanying packing slip. Unless otherwise expressly required by the Specifications, PCI shall have no obligation to test such items to confirm that they meet the associated Specifications, Certificate of Analysis or Certificate of Conformance or otherwise; but in the event that PCI detects a nonconformity with Specifications, PCI shall give Client prompt written notice (which may be by e-mail) of such nonconformity. PCI shall not be liable for any defects in Client-supplied Materials, or in Packaging or Packaged Product as a result of defective Client-supplied Materials, unless PCI failed to properly perform the foregoing obligations. PCI shall follow Client’s reasonable written instructions in respect of return or disposal of defective Client-supplied Materials, at Client’s sole cost and risk.

 

5

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

(c) Customs. Client shall be solely responsible for the proper release and clearance of Client-supplied Materials to be provided by Client or a Supplier for U.S. and foreign customs purposes, including any return thereof required by any Regulatory Authority following improper or unauthorized release, and Client acknowledges that it is the owner of such items for customs purposes. Client shall reimburse PCI for any and all actual, reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred by PCI in connection with customs clearance and release of any such Client-supplied Materials. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any delay in customs clearance or release of any Client-supplied Materials occurs such that PCI cannot supply the quantity of Packaged Product to Client by the Delivery Dates specified in accepted Purchase Orders, then PCI shall not be obligated to supply Packaged Product to Client hereunder until full and proper customs clearance or release is obtained by Client.

 

(d) Title and Risk of Loss for Client-supplied Materials. Title and risk of loss to Client-supplied Materials shall remain with Client while such items are in the possession of PCI and for the duration of the services for each relevant Product. PCI’s liability for any loss to such Client-supplied Materials shall be solely as set forth in Section 3.1(h). Client shall obtain and maintain insurance for Client-supplied Materials in accordance with Section 15.1.

 

(e) Artwork and Packaging. Client shall provide or approve, prior to the procurement of applicable components, all artwork, advertising and packaging information necessary for Packaging. Such artwork, advertising and packaging information is and shall remain the exclusive property of Client, and Client shall be solely responsible for the content thereof. Such artwork, advertising and packaging information or any reproduction thereof may not be used by PCI in any manner other than performing its obligations hereunder. PCI requires no less than ninety (90) calendar days’ notice of changes in artwork, advertising and packaging information; provided, however, that PCI will work with Client in good faith to expedite copy changes on a quicker basis. If Client provides PCI with less notice of changes in artwork, advertising and packaging information, PCI shall not be responsible for any delay in the delivery of Packaged Products to which such changes apply.

 

(f) Expired Client-Supplied Materials. Client will be required to dispose of any Client-supplied Materials that have expired within sixty (60) calendar days of such expiration. PCI will manage destruction of such expired Client-supplied Materials if requested by Client and will invoice Client for the actual, reasonable costs thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, PCI reserves the right to refuse to accept deliveries of new Client-supplied Materials pursuant to Section 3.1(a) until Client or its authorized agent has removed, or has authorized PCI to dispose of, all expired Client-supplied Material in PCI’s possession.

 

(g) Loss Allowance. For each type of Packaged Product, the parties will mutually determine an annual allowance for Bulk Product and other Client-supplied Materials that are not converted to Packaged Product (“Loss Allowance”). The Loss Allowance shall be adjusted in the event of any changes to the Specifications, including without limitation any changes to the Bulk Product. If the parties do not agree, PCI will determine a commercially reasonable Loss Allowance.

 

6

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

(h) Liability for Loss. PCI’s liability for loss or damage to Client-supplied Materials is limited to: (i) process scrap arising from the Packaging operations, (ii) Client- supplied Materials that are not reasonably recoverable from Defective Packaging attributable to PCI Fault or (iii) Client-supplied Materials lost or damaged due to PCI’s negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct in its handling or storing the Client-supplied Materials in accordance with the Specifications (collectively, “Client Material Loss”), but only to the extent that such Client Material Loss exceeds the Loss Allowance. When calculating the amount of Client Material Loss, the following shall not be counted as issued to the line for Packaging: (i) Client-supplied Materials used for samples and testing where expressly required by the Specifications, the Quality Agreement or Applicable Laws, (ii) Packaged Product that must be retained by PCI as samples, pursuant to this Agreement, the Quality Agreement or Applicable Laws, and (iii) Client-supplied Materials that are non-conforming to Specifications.

 

(i) Annual Reconciliation of Excess Loss; Reimbursement. Within sixty (60) days following the end of each Contract Year, PCI will perform a reconciliation for each type of Packaged Product for the prior Contract Year and will calculate for applicable Client-supplied Materials (i) the Client Material Loss and (ii) the amount, if any, by which the Client Material Loss exceeds the Loss Allowance (such excess referred to as the “Excess Loss”). PCI will reimburse Client for Excess Loss, if any, at the lesser of (i) [***] or (ii) [***], in either case subject to the limitation set forth in Section 14.1. For purposes of this Section 3.1 (i), “cost” shall mean (i) [***] and (ii) [***].

 

3.2 Raw Materials.

 

(a) Procurement. PCI shall be responsible for procuring, inspecting and releasing adequate Raw Materials as necessary to meet the Firm Commitment, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing. PCI shall rely on the Firm Commitment for purchasing Raw Materials for use in the Packaged Products forecasted. To the extent practicable, PCI will procure Raw Materials on a quarterly basis based on projected quarterly requirements in an effort to reduce costs of such components and materials. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the lead time necessary to acquire Raw Materials is greater than ninety (90) days, PCI shall submit orders for such Raw Materials based on the Rolling Forecast in a timely manner, and Client shall be liable for such costs incurred by PCI in the event that Client fails to purchase sufficient quantities of Packaged Products as provided in the Rolling Forecast on which PCI relied, as set forth in Section 3.2(c) below. In the event that the quantity of Packaged Products in any Rolling Forecast provided by Client pursuant to Article 4 decreases or increases significantly from one Rolling Forecast to the next, PCI reserves the right (i) to purchase the Raw Materials required for such Packaged Products on a periodic basis as needed to meet such fluctuating requirements and (ii) in accordance with Section 7.2, to adjust the Pricing for such Packaged Products to reflect the costs of such fluctuating purchases.

 

(b) Title and Risk of Loss for Raw Materials. Title and risk of loss with respect to the Raw Materials used for the Packaged Products will remain with PCI until PCI delivers Packaged Products to a common carrier for shipment to Client.

 

7

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

(c) Reimbursement for Raw Materials. In the event of (i) a Specification change for any reason, (ii) obsolescence of any Raw Material or (iii) further to Article 16, termination or expiration of this Agreement, Client shall bear the cost of any unused Raw Materials plus [***], so long as PCI purchased such Raw Materials in quantities consistent with Client’s most recent Firm Commitment, the Supplier’s minimum purchase obligations and Section 3.2(a). Payment will be due within thirty (30) days of Client’s receipt of PCI’s invoice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Client shall not be liable under this Section 3.2(c) for any such unused Raw Materials in the event such Raw Materials may be used by PCI for the fulfillment of orders from its other clients.

 

(d) Storage. After ninety (90) days, Raw Materials or Client-supplied Materials, including Bulk Product, held in inventory will be subject to storage and carrying cost of [***] per month.

 

3.3 Mandated Supplier.

 

(a) Use of Supplier. In certain instances, Client may require a specific supplier, manufacturer or vendor (“Supplier”) to be used for Raw Materials or to furnish Client- supplied Materials. In such an event, (i) such Supplier will be identified in the Specifications or otherwise in writing, (ii) Client shall be responsible for the timeliness, quantity and quality of supply of Raw Materials or Client-supplied Materials from such Supplier, (iii) PCI shall not be liable for any defects in Raw Materials or Client-supplied Materials from such Supplier, or in Packaging or Packaged Product as a result of such defective Raw Materials or Client-supplied Materials, unless PCI failed to properly perform any testing required by the Specifications, and (iv) Raw Materials from such Supplier shall be deemed, for all purposes hereunder including required supply schedule and liability, Client-supplied Materials. If a Supplier fails to deliver the appropriate quantity and quality of Raw Materials or Client-supplied Materials on the required supply schedule and PCI is unable to resolve the issue with Supplier, PCI shall so notify Client of such supply issue and Client shall, to the extent practicable, have a discussion with the Supplier in an effort to resolve such failure. Client shall have no obligation to continue such discussion with the Supplier following the initial discussion or after such offer of an initial discussion, if the Supplier refuses such discussion. If a Supplier refuses such discussion or fails to supply PCI with Raw Materials or Client-supplied Materials such that PCI cannot supply Packaged Product to Client, then, to the extent of such failure, PCI shall not be obligated to supply Packaged Product to Client hereunder until such failure to supply is remedied, either with the Supplier or with an alternate supplier.

 

(b) Costs. If the cost of the Raw Material from any such Supplier is greater than PCI’s costs for the same raw material of equal quality from other suppliers, PCI shall add the difference between PCI’s cost of the Raw Material and the Supplier’s cost of the Raw Material to the Pricing. Client will be responsible for all costs associated with qualification of any such Supplier that has not been previously qualified (as described in Section 3.3(c)) by PCI.

 

(c) Qualification. Client acknowledges and agrees that any Supplier mandated by Client (i) must meet PCI’s requirements for credit approval and (ii) prior to the delivery of any Raw Materials or Client-supplied Materials by such Supplier to the Facility, must pass either (A) the quality audit conducted by PCI or, (B) if Client acknowledges in writing to PCI no later than thirty (30) days after selection of the Supplier that Client shall be solely responsible for conducting all quality audits of such Supplier, the quality audit conducted by Client. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Client further acknowledges and agrees that PCI shall not be required to utilize or contract with any Supplier that fails to meet the foregoing credit and audit requirements.

 

8

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Article 4
REQUIREMENTS, PURCHASE ORDERS & FORECASTS

 

4.1 Requirements. During the Initial Term, Client shall purchase [***] of its requirements for Packaging of the Bulk Product from PCI; provided that such obligation shall terminate in the event that PCI cannot meet the requirements set forth in any Purchase Orders supplied to PCI by Client in accordance with this Agreement.

 

4.2 Forecast. On or before the 10th day of each calendar quarter, beginning at least 120 days prior to the earliest Delivery Date, Client shall furnish to PCI a written [***] rolling forecast of the quantities of Bulk Product that Client intends to have PCI Package during such period (“Rolling Forecast”). The Rolling Forecast shall be submitted in quarterly buckets and in Excel spreadsheet format and shall include quarterly quantity requirements by Client Packaged Product SKU and the proposed delivery date(s). The first [***] months of such Rolling Forecast shall constitute a binding order for the quantities of Product specified therein (“Firm Commitment”) and the following [***] months of the Rolling Forecast shall be non-binding, good faith estimates. At any time after [***] months, the parties will discuss in good faith changing from quarterly to monthly forecasts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the lead time necessary to schedule production is greater than ninety (90) days, PCI shall schedule production based on the Rolling Forecast in a timely manner. In the event PCI believes it may not be able to meet the requirements of any Rolling Forecast, it shall notify Client within 10 days of receipt of such Rolling Forecast, and the parties shall agree in good faith appropriate modifications to the Rolling Forecast.

 

4.3 Purchase Orders.

 

(a) From time to time as provided in this Section 4.3(a), Client shall submit to PCI a binding, non-cancelable purchase order for Packaging specifying the number of Batches, in whole Batch increments, to be Packaged, the Batch size (to the extent the Specifications permit Batches of different sizes), the proposed delivery date(s) for each Batch, and the lot numbers to be applied to such Batches (“Purchase Order”). Concurrently with the submission of each Rolling Forecast, Client shall submit a Purchase Order for the portion of the Firm Commitment which is not already subject to Purchase Order. Purchase Orders for Packaging quantities of Bulk Product in excess of the Firm Commitment shall be submitted by Client at least ninety (90) days in advance of the delivery date(s) requested in the Purchase Order.

 

(b) Provided that a Purchase Order is consistent with the Firm Commitment and other terms and conditions of this Agreement, within 15 days following receipt of a Purchase Order, PCI may issue a written acknowledgement to Client that it accepts such Purchase Order with the proposed delivery date(s) or reasonable alternative delivery date(s), in which event the parties shall promptly reach mutual agreement on acceptable delivery date(s). The term “Delivery Date(s)” refers to the firm date(s), as agreed upon by the parties pursuant to this Section 4.3(b), upon which PCI must deliver to Client or authorized agent of Client the Packaged Products.

 

9

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

(c) PCI may reject Purchase Orders in excess of the Firm Commitment or otherwise not given in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(d) Notwithstanding Section 4.3(c), PCI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to Package Bulk Product in quantities which are up to [***] in excess of the quantities specified in the Firm Commitment, subject to PCI’s other supply commitments and packaging and equipment capacity; provided, that PCI’s failure to Package Bulk Product quantities in excess of the quantities specified in the Firm Commitment shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement by PCI. Within 15 days of receipt of a Purchase Order for quantities of Packaged Product in excess of the applicable Rolling Forecast, PCI will notify Client of PCI’s capacity to supply such excess quantity.

 

(e) Notwithstanding any amounts due to PCI under Section 4.1, if Client fails to place Purchase Orders sufficient to satisfy the Finn Commitment, Client shall, within 30 days of receipt of invoice, pay to PCI the Pricing for all Bulk Product that would have been Packaged if Client had placed Purchase Orders sufficient to satisfy the Firm Commitment; provided, however, in the event the Supplier of Bulk Product fails to make timely delivery of the Bulk Product, Client shall not be liable under this Section 4.3(e) for the Pricing with respect to such Bulk Product. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Client fails to place Purchase Orders sufficient to satisfy the Firm Commitment within any calendar quarter, Client may, at its election and sole discretion, place Purchase Orders in the following calendar quarter to satisfy such Firm Commitment, in lieu of paying to PCI the Pricing for all Bulk Product that would have been Packaged if Client had placed Purchased Orders satisfy the Firm Commitment in such calendar quarter.

 

4.4 PCI’s Cancellation of Purchase Orders. Notwithstanding Section 4.5, PCI reserves the right to cancel all, or any part of, a Purchase Order upon written notice to Client, and PCI shall have no further obligations or liability with respect to such Purchase Order, if Client refuses or fails to timely supply conforming Client-supplied Materials in accordance with Section 3.1, including artwork or related information. Any such cancellation of Purchase Orders shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement by PCI nor shall it absolve Client of its obligation in respect of the Firm Commitment or Minimum Requirement.

 

4.5 Client’s Modification or Cancellation of Purchase Orders. Client may modify the Delivery Date or quantity of Bulk Product to be packaged in a Purchase Order only by submitting a written change order to PCI at least sixty (60) days in advance of the original Delivery Date covered by such change order. Such change order shall be effective and binding against PCI only upon the written approval of PCI, and notwithstanding the foregoing, Client shall remain responsible for the Firm Commitment. In no event shall PCI be required to incur any costs or suffer any losses in connection with such change order or its efforts to accommodate such a change. Any such costs or losses incurred by PCI shall be paid for by Client.

 

10

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

4.6 Unplanned Delay or Elimination of Packaging. PCI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to meet the Purchase Orders, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. PCI shall provide Client with as much advance notice as possible (and will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide at least 15 days’ advance notice where possible) if PCI determines that any Packaging will be delayed or cancelled for any reason.

 

4.7 Observation of Packaging. In addition to Client’s audit right pursuant to Section 9.5, Client may send a reasonable number of representatives to the Facility to observe Packaging, upon reasonable advance written request to PCI. Such representatives shall abide by all PCI safety rules and other applicable employee policies and procedures, and Client shall be responsible for such compliance and must have the appropriate insurance in place to cover such responsibilities. Client shall indemnify and hold harmless PCI for any Losses resulting from an action, omission or other activity of such representatives while on PCI’s premises. PCI reserves the right to require such representatives to enter into separate confidentiality agreements directly with PCI in such persons’ individual capacities on terms substantially similar to those set forth in Article 10.

 

Article 5
TESTING; SAMPLES; RELEASE

 

5.1 Releasing; Rejection. PCI shall provide Client or its designee with a Certificate of Release for each Batch consistent with the requirements in the Quality Agreement. Client shall be responsible for final release of Packaged Product to the market. Unless within 30 days after Client’s receipt of a Batch, including the Certificate of Release and the records relating to such Batch prepared in accordance with the Specifications (“Review Period”), Client or its designee notifies PCI in writing (an “Exception Notice”) that the Packaging of such Batch does not meet the warranty set forth in Section 12.1 (“Defective Packaging”), and provides a sample of the alleged Defective Packaging, the Packaging shall be deemed accepted by Client and Client shall have no right to reject such Batch. Upon timely receipt of an Exception Notice from Client, PCI shall conduct an appropriate investigation in its discretion to determine whether or not it agrees with Client that the Packaging is Defective Packaging and to determine the cause of any nonconformity. If PCI agrees that Packaging is Defective Packaging and determines that the cause of nonconformity is attributable solely to PCI’s negligence or willful misconduct (“PCI Fault”), then Section 5.3 shall apply. For avoidance of doubt, where the cause of nonconformity cannot be determined or assigned as above, it shall not be deemed PCI Fault.

 

5.2 Discrepant Results. In the event of a disagreement between the parties regarding whether Packaging is Defective Packaging and/or whether the cause of the nonconformity is PCI Fault, which disagreement cannot be resolved by the parties within 30 days of the date of the completion of PCI’s investigation, the parties shall cause a mutually agreeable independent third party to review records, test data and to perform comparative tests and/or analyses on samples of the alleged Defective Packaging and its components, including Client-supplied Materials. The independent party’s determination as to whether or not Packaging is Defective Packaging and the cause of any nonconformity shall be final and binding. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing, the costs associated with such testing and review shall be borne by PCI if Packaging is Defective Packaging attributable to PCI Fault, and by Client in all other circumstances.

 

11

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

5.3 Defective Packaging. PCI will, at its option, either re-Package at its cost any Batch of Defective Packaging attributable to PCI Fault (and Client shall be liable to pay the Pricing for either the rejected Batch(es) or the replacement Batch(es), but not both), or credit any payments made by Client for such Batch. THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION OF PCI TO RE-PACKAGE OR CREDIT PAYMENTS MADE BY CLIENT AND REIMBURSE FOR CLIENT MATERIALS IN THE EVENT OF EXCESS LOSS UNDER SECTION 3.1 (i) SHALL BE CLIENT’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR DEFECTIVE PACKAGING AND IS IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

 

5.4 Supply of Material for Defective Packaging. In the event PCI re-Packages pursuant to Section 5.3, Client shall supply, at its cost, PCI with sufficient quantities of Client- supplied Materials in order for PCI to complete such re-Packaging; provided, however, any amounts of Bulk Product that are not reasonably recoverable to be used for such re-Packaging shall constitute “Client Material Loss” and subject to the reconciliation of Excess Loss provided for in Section 3.1(i).

 

Article 6
DELIVERY

 

6.1 Delivery. PCI shall tender Packaged Product for delivery Ex Works (Incoterms 2010) the Facility promptly following PCI’s receipt of the Authorization to Transfer, which shall be provided by Client no more than 5 days after PCI’s issuance of a Certificate of Release, provided, that Client’s failure to provide the Authorization to Transfer in such timeframe shall be deemed as authorizing PCI to tender the Packaged Product for delivery. Client shall qualify at least one carrier to deliver Packaged Product; provided, that if Client does not provide such earner, PCI may select one. If the Packaged Product is to be exported out of the United States, Client shall be solely responsible for obtaining all required export or import licenses available to the Packaged Product prior to such export or import and shall reimburse PCI for any and all costs, charges, expenses and import and export duties for delivery and transportation of Packaged Product from the Facility.

 

6.2 Failure to Take Delivery; Storage. Upon written agreement of the parties, or if Client fails to take delivery of any Packaged Product for which a Certificate of Release has been issued by PCI on any scheduled Delivery Date, PCI shall store such Packaged Product under ambient conditions as Client’s agent. If Client or its authorized agent fails to take delivery within 14 calendar days of the Delivery Date, Client shall be billed [***] per pallet of unshipped Packaged Product at such time and thereafter on the first day of each month until Client or its authorized agent releases and takes delivery of such Packaged Product. For each such Batch of stored Packaged Product, Client agrees that: (A) Client has made a fixed commitment to purchase the Packaging of such Packaged Product, (B) Client has title and risk of loss for such Packaged Product, (C) such Packaging for Packaged Product shall be on a bill and hold basis for legitimate business purposes, and (D) if no rescheduled Delivery Date is determined at the time of billing, PCI shall have the right to ship such Packaged Product to Client within four months after billing. Within 5 days following a written request from PCI, Client shall provide PCI with a letter confirming items (A) through (D) of this Section 6.2 for each Batch of stored Packaged Product.

 

12

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Article 7
PAYMENTS

 

7.1 Fees. In consideration for PCI performing services hereunder:

 

(a) Client shall pay PCI the pricing for Packaging set forth on Attachment B (“Pricing”). Such fees shall be paid within 30 days following date of invoice, which invoice shall be submitted to Client by PCI upon tender of delivery of Packaged Product as provided in Section 6.1 or the entry of the Packaged Products into storage as provided in Section 6.2.

 

(b) Other Fees. Client shall pay PCI for all other fees and expenses of PCI owing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including pursuant to Sections 2.2, 4.1, 6.2 and 16.3. Such fees and expenses shall be paid within 30 days following date of invoice, which invoice shall be submitted to Client by PCI as and when appropriate.

 

7.2 Pricing Adjustment. The Pricing shall be adjusted following advance written notice from PCI to Client and shall be effective on the first day of each contract year of the Term as follows: the Pricing shall be subject to annual increase to reflect any increase in the Producer Price Index, commodity code [***], issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, United States Department of Labor over the prior calendar year (based on the publication by the U.S. Department of Labor of the PPI on or about October 15th of the prior calendar year). In addition, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Pricing is based on production volume and PCI performing order runs of consistent size and frequency and that the Pricing shall be subject to review and adjustment promptly following the occurrence of any unanticipated fluctuation in production volume, order run sizes or frequency or fluctuations in forecasted quantities as described in Sections 4.2 and 4.3. For example, such adjustment may include an increase in the Pricing due to reduced order run sizes. In addition, the parties shall negotiate in good faith changes to the Pricing resulting from changes to Applicable Laws that are reasonably likely to materially increase the cost of providing the services. For the sake of clarity and the avoidance of doubt, no price increases resulting from an adjustment provided for in this Section 7.2 shall be implemented for the first twelve (12) months following the effective date of this Agreement.

 

7.3 Payment Terms. Client shall make payment in U.S. dollars, and otherwise as directed in the applicable invoice. In the event payment is not received by PCI on or before the due date, then PCI may, in addition to any other remedies available at equity or in law, at its option, elect to do any one or more of the following: (A) charge interest on the outstanding sum from the due date (both before and after any judgment) at [***] per month until paid in full (or, if less, the maximum amount permitted by Applicable Laws); (B) suspend any further performance hereunder until such invoice is paid in full; and/or (C) terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 16.2(b).

 

7.4 Taxes. PCI shall bear and pay all federal, state and local taxes based upon or measured by its net income, and all franchise taxes based upon its corporation existence, or its general corporate right to transact business. Any other tax, however denominated and measured, imposed upon the Products, the Packaged Products or Packaging or upon their storage, inventory, sales, transportation, delivery, use or consumption shall be paid directly by Client, or if prepaid by PCI, shall be invoiced to Client, at cost, as a separate item and paid by Client to PCI,

 

13

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Article 8
CHANGES TO SPECIFICATIONS

 

All Specifications and any changes thereto agreed to by the parties from time to time shall be in writing, dated and signed by the parties. Any change to the Packaging process shall be deemed a Specification change. No change in the Specifications shall be implemented by PCI, whether requested by Client, requested by PCI or requested or required by any Regulatory Authority, until the parties have agreed in writing to such change, the implementation date of such change, and any increase or decrease in costs, expenses or fees associated with such change (including any change to Pricing). PCI shall respond promptly to any request made by Client for a change in the Specifications, and both parties shall use commercially reasonable, good faith efforts to agree to the terms of such change in a timely manner. As soon as possible after a request is made for any change in Specifications, PCI shall notify Client of the costs associated with such change and shall provide such supporting documentation as Client may reasonably require. Client shall pay all costs associated with such agreed upon changes. If there is a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Specifications, this Agreement shall control. PCI reserves the right to postpone effecting changes to the Specifications, or in the case of changes requested or required by any Regulatory Authority postpone Packaging under this Agreement, until such time as the parties agree to and execute the required written amendment.

 

Article 9
RECORDS; REGULATORY MATTERS

 

9.1 Batch Records and Data. Within 15 days following the completion of Packaging of each Batch, PCI shall provide Client with properly completed copies of Batch records prepared in accordance with the Specifications; provided, that if an unplanned deviation in the Packaging process occurs, PCI shall provide such Batch records within 10 days following resolution of the unplanned deviation.

 

9.2 Recordkeeping. PCI shall maintain materially complete and accurate books, records, reports and all other information relating to Packaging, including all information required to be maintained by Applicable Laws, in accordance with PCI standard operating procedures. Such information shall be maintained for a period of at least 13 months from the relevant Packaged Product expiration date or longer if required under Applicable Laws.

 

9.3 Regulatory Compliance. Client shall be solely responsible for and will obtain all Regulatory Approvals associated specifically with the Packaged Products, including any applications and amendments in connection therewith. Client shall use its best efforts to expedite and obtain all Regulatory Approvals necessary for PCI to commence Packaging at the Facility. PCI will be responsible to maintain all permits and licenses required by any Regulatory Authority with respect to the Facility generally.

 

14

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

9.4 Governmental Inspections and Requests. PCI shall promptly advise Client if an authorized agent of any Regulatory Authority visits the Facility concerning the Packaging. PCI shall furnish to Client a copy of the relevant portions of any report by such Regulatory Authority within 5 business days of PCI’s receipt of such report. Further, upon receipt of a Regulatory Authority request to inspect the Facility or audit PCI’s books and records with respect to Packaging, PCI shall promptly notify Client, and shall provide Client with a copy of the relevant portions of any written document received from such Regulatory Authority.

 

9.5 Client Inspections and Audits.

 

(a) During the Term, up to two duly-authorized employees, agents and representatives of Client shall be granted access for a maximum of up to [***] (unless otherwise agreed to by PCI in writing) upon reasonable prior written notice and at reasonable times during regular business hours to (i) the portion of the Facility where PCI performs Packaging, (ii) relevant personnel involved in Packaging and (iii) Packaging records described in Section 9.2, in each case solely for the purpose of inspecting and verifying that PCI is Packaging in accordance with cGMPs and the Specifications.

 

(b) Client will arrange audit visits with PCI Quality Management at least 30 days in advance of such visit. Inspections shall be designed to minimize disruption of operations at the Facility. Client may not conduct an inspection under this Section 9.5 more than [***] during any 12-month period; provided, that additional inspections may be conducted upon reasonable advance written notice in the event there is a material quality or compliance issue concerning Packaging.

 

(c) Employees, agents and representatives of Client performing an audit or inspection shall abide by all PCI safety rules and other applicable employee policies and procedures, and Client shall be responsible for such compliance and must have the appropriate insurance in place to cover such responsibilities. Client shall indemnify and hold harmless PCI for Losses resulting from any action, omission or other activity of such representatives while on PCI’s premises. PCI reserves the right to require such representatives to enter into separate confidentiality agreements directly with PCI in such persons’ individual capacities on terms substantially similar to those set forth in Article 10.

 

9.6 Recall. If a Regulatory Authority orders or requires the recall of any Packaged Product supplied hereunder or if Client or PCI believes a recall, field alert, Packaged Product withdrawal or field correction (“Recall”) may be necessary with respect to any Packaged Product supplied under this Agreement, the party receiving the notice from the Regulatory Authority or that holds such belief shall promptly notify the other party in writing. With respect to any Recall, PCI shall provide all necessary cooperation and assistance to Client. Client shall provide PCI with an advance copy of any proposed submission to a Regulatory Authority in respect of any Recall, and shall consider in good faith any comments from PCI. The cost of any Recall shall be borne by Client, and Client shall reimburse PCI for expenses incurred in connection with any Recall, in each case unless such Recall is caused solely by PCI’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in which case PCI’s liability for such Recall costs and expenses is limited to a maximum of the lesser of (i) [***] or (ii) [***]. For purposes of clarification, Recall costs and expenses shall include, without limitation, [***]. In the event that a Product is Recalled or Client is required to disseminate information relating to Packaged Product covered by this Agreement, Client shall so notify PCI within a reasonable time so as to enable PCI to provide Client with such assistance in connection with such Recall as may reasonably be requested by Client. PCI will comply with all such reasonable requests from Client. Client shall handle exclusively the organization and implementation of all Recalls of Products and Packaged Products. Any such Recall shall be implemented and administered in a manner which is appropriate and reasonable under the circumstances and in conformity with any requests or orders of the applicable Regulatory Authority, as well as to the extent not inconsistent with requests or orders of the applicable Regulatory Authority, accepted trade practices.

 

15

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

9.7 Duty to Inform. Client shall inform PCI immediately of any important information relating to the activity, side effects, toxicity and/or safety of the Products or Packaged Products that becomes known to Client during the term of this Agreement and that is relevant to the performance of the services by PCI.

 

9.8 Quality Agreement. Prior to the first Packaging hereunder, the parties shall negotiate in good faith and enter into a Quality Agreement setting forth the parties’ respective quality control, technical and regulatory responsibilities relating to the Packaging of Bulk Product under this Agreement (the “Quality Agreement”). The Quality Agreement shall in no way determine liability or financial responsibility of the parties for the responsibilities set forth therein. In the event of a conflict between any of the provisions of this Agreement and the Quality Agreement with respect to quality-related activities, including compliance with cGMP, the provisions of the Quality Agreement shall govern. In the event of a conflict between any of the provisions of this Agreement and the Quality Agreement with respect to any commercial matters, including allocation of risk, liability and financial responsibility, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

 

Article 10
CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-USE

 

10.1 Mutual Obligation. PCI and Client each agrees that it will not use the other party’s Confidential Information except in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder and will not disclose the other party’s Confidential Information to any third party without the prior written consent of the other party, except as required by law, regulation or court or administrative order; provided, that prior to making any such legally required disclosure, the party making such disclosure shall give the other party as much prior notice of the requirement for and contents of such disclosure as is practicable under the circumstances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party may disclose the other party’s Confidential Information to any of its Affiliates that (A) need to know such Confidential Information for the purpose of performing under this Agreement, (B) are advised of the contents of this Article 10 and (C) agree to be bound by the terms of this Article 10. Without prejudice to the rights and remedies otherwise available to a party at law or in equity, the parties agree that a non-breaching party shall be entitled to seek equitable relief by way of specific performance and injunction or otherwise if the other party breaches or threatens to breach any of the provisions of this Article 10.

 

10.2 Definition. As used in this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” includes all such information furnished by PCI or Client, or any of their respective representatives or Affiliates, to the other party or its representatives or Affiliates, whether furnished before, on or after the Effective Date and furnished in any form, including written, verbal, visual, electronic or in any other media or manner. Confidential Information includes all proprietary technologies, know-how, trade secrets, discoveries, inventions and any other Intellectual Property (whether or not patented), analyses, compilations, business or technical information and other materials prepared by either party, or any of their respective representatives or Affiliates, containing or based in whole or in part on any such information furnished by the other party or its representatives or Affiliates. Confidential Information also includes the existence of this Agreement and its terms.

 

16

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

10.3 Exclusions. Notwithstanding Section 10.2, Confidential Information does not include information that (A) is or becomes generally available to the public or within the industry to which such information relates other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement, (B) is already known by the receiving party at the time of disclosure as evidenced by the receiving party’s written records, (C) becomes available to the receiving party on a non- confidential basis from a source that the receiving party reasonably believes is entitled to disclose it on a non-confidential basis or (D) was or is independently developed by or for the receiving party without reference to the Confidential Information of the other party as evidenced by the receiving party’s written records.

 

10.4 No Implied License. Except as expressly set forth in Section 11.1, the receiving party will obtain no right of any kind or license under any Confidential Information of the disclosing party, including any patent application or patent, by reason of this Agreement. All Confidential Information will remain the sole property of the party disclosing such information or data, subject to Article 11.

 

10.5 Return of Confidential Information. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, the party receiving Confidential Information will cease its use and, upon request, within 30 days either return or destroy (and certify as to such destruction) all Confidential Information of the other party, including any copies thereof, except for a single copy thereof which may be retained for the sole purpose of determining the scope of the obligations incurred under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall be construed as requiring the destruction of system wide back-up materials which may incidentally contain or have reference to Confidential Information.

 

10.6 Survival. The obligations of this Article will terminate 5 years from the expiration or termination of this Agreement, except with respect to trade secrets, for which the obligations of this Article will continue for so long as such information remains a trade secret under applicable law.

 

Article 11
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

11.1 Ownership of Client Intellectual Property; License. All Client Intellectual Property, including any improvements thereto (except as such improvement may relate to packaging which shall be deemed PCI Intellectual Property), shall be the sole and exclusive property of Client. Client grants to PCI a non-exclusive, non-transferable, royalty-free license to use Client Intellectual Property solely to the extent necessary for PCI to perform its obligations under this Agreement. No other license to Client Intellectual Property is hereby granted.

 

17

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

11.2 Ownership of PCI Intellectual Property. All PCI Intellectual Property, including but not limited to any improvements to packaging processes, shall be the sole and exclusive property of PCI. No license or other right to PCI Intellectual Property is granted to Client.

 

11.3 Ownership of Deliverables. Except as set forth in Section 11.2, all data and information resulting from the conduct of Packaging and required to be delivered to Client hereunder shall be the sole property of Client and shall be subject to Client’s exclusive use, commercial or otherwise.

 

Article 12
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

12.1 PCI. PCI represents, warrants and undertakes to Client that Packaging shall have been performed in accordance with Applicable Laws and in conformance with the Specifications; provided, that PCI shall not be liable for defects attributable to Client-supplied Materials (including artwork and labeling).

 

12.2 Client. Client represents, warrants and undertakes to PCI that:

 

(a) the Client-supplied Materials (including artwork and labeling) shall have been produced in accordance with and not violate Applicable Laws and shall comply with all applicable specifications;

 

(b) no Client-supplied Materials shall, at the time of delivery, be (i) adulterated or misbranded within the meaning of the FD&C Act, or any similar law of any other jurisdiction, or (ii) an article which may not, under the provisions of the FD&C Act, or any similar law of any other jurisdiction, be introduced into interstate commerce;

 

(c) no specific safe handling instructions, health and environmental information or material safety data sheets are applicable to any other Client-supplied Materials, except as provided to PCI in writing by Client in sufficient time for review and training by PCI;

 

(d) all Packaged Product delivered to Client by PCI will be held, used and disposed of by or on behalf of the Client in accordance with all Applicable Laws, and Client will otherwise comply with all laws, rules, regulations and guidelines applicable to Client’s performance under this Agreement and its use of Packaged Product provided by PCI under this Agreement;

 

(e) Client will not release any Batch of Packaged Product if Client knows or can reasonably determine that Packaging does not comply with the Specifications;

 

(f) Client has all necessary authority to use and to permit PCI to use pursuant to this Agreement all Intellectual Property related to Client-supplied Materials (including artwork and labeling), and the Packaging, including any copyrights, trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets, patents, inventions and developments; and

 

18

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

(g) to Client’s best knowledge, the work to be performed by PCI under this Agreement will not violate or infringe upon any trademark, trade name, copyright, patent, trade secret, trade dress or other Intellectual Property or other right held by any person or entity.

 

12.3 Limitations. THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 12 ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY EACH PARTY TO THE OTHER PARTY, AND NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR GUARANTEES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

Article 13
INDEMNIFICATION

 

13.1 Indemnification by PCI. PCI shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Client, its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives, and agents (“Client Indemnities”) from and against any and all suits, claims, losses, demands, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable investigative costs) in connection with any suit, demand or action by any third party (“Losses”) arising out of or resulting from (A) any breach of its representations, warranties or obligations set forth in this Agreement or (B) any negligence or willful misconduct by PCI; in each case except to the extent that any of the foregoing arises out of or results from any Client Indemnities’ negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement.

 

13.2 Indemnification by Client. Client shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless PCI, its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives, and agents (“PCI Indemnities”) from and against any and all Losses arising out of or resulting from (A) any breach of its representations, warranties or obligations set forth in this Agreement, (B) any manufacture, labeling, packaging, sale, promotion, distribution or use of or exposure to Client- supplied Materials or Packaged Product, including product liability or strict liability, (C) Client’s exercise of control over the Packaging, to the extent that Client’s instructions or directions violate Applicable Laws, (D) use of a Supplier, (E) any actual or alleged infringement or violation of any third party Intellectual Property by Client’s Intellectual Property, products or components of Client, including Client-supplied Materials, information provided by Client or otherwise caused by Client, or (F) any negligence or willful misconduct by Client; in each case except to the extent that any of the foregoing arises out of or results from any PCI Indemnities’ negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement.

 

13.3 Indemnification Procedures. All indemnification obligations in this Agreement are conditioned upon the party seeking indemnification promptly notifying the indemnifying party of any claim or liability of which the party seeking indemnification becomes aware (including a copy of any related complaint, summons, notice or other instrument); provided, that failure to provide such notice within a reasonable period of time shall not relieve the indemnifying party of any of its obligations hereunder except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by such failure. The indemnifying party will assume and conduct the legal defense of the indemnified party in any suit that could result in claims under this Article 13. The indemnifying party will not settle any case without with prior written consent of the indemnified party and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The indemnified party shall cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such claim or liability and any related settlement negotiations at the indemnifying party’s expense.

 

19

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Article 14
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

 

14.1 PCI’S LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY PACKAGING LOT GIVING RISE TO A PARTICULAR CLAIM SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED [***].

 

14.2 WITH RESPECT TO EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT PACKAGED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL PCI’S TOTAL LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO ANY [***] PERIOD EXCEED [***] FOR SUCH SPECIFIC TYPE OF PRODUCT PACKAGED GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM. IN NO [***] PERIOD SHALL PCI’S LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED [***].

 

14.3 EXCEPT FOR A PARTY’S BREACH OF SECTION 10.1 (CONFIDENTIALITY), NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSS OF REVENUES, PROFITS OR DATA ARISING OUT OF PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

Article 15
INSURANCE

 

15.1 By Client. Client shall maintain (i) property insurance against the perils of physical loss, including those generally associated with “all risk” property insurance, flood, earth movement and theft, in amounts sufficient to protect all Client-supplied Materials at PCI’s facility or while in transit, and (ii) a commercial general liability insurance policy covering product liability and personal injury damages with limits of [***] per occurrence. Client agrees to designate PCI as an “additional insured” under such general liability insurance policy. Client shall also carry and maintain in force at all times relevant hereto all other insurance required by law or statute.

 

15.2 By PCL. PCI shall maintain (i) employer’s liability insurance with a limit of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000), (ii) commercial general liability insurance with limits of one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence and a general aggregate limit of two million dollars ($2,000,000), (iii) umbrella liability insurance, in excess of the above coverage, with a limit per occurrence of ten million dollars ($10,000,000) and an aggregate limit of ten million dollars ($10,000,000), and (iv) products liability insurance exclusive of the above coverage for general liability, with a per claim limit of ten million dollars ($10,000,000) and an aggregate limit of ten million dollars ($10,000,000).

 

15.3 General. The policies required in this Article 15 shall remain in effect throughout the term of this Agreement and shall not be canceled or subject to reduction or any other material modification without 30 days’ prior written notice to the other party. Each party may self-insure all or any portion of the required insurance as long as, together with its Affiliates, its US GAAP net worth is greater than [***] or its annual EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) is greater than [***]. Each required insurance policy, other than self-insurance, shall be obtained from an insurance carrier with an A.M. Best rating of at least A-VII. If any of the required policies of insurance are written on a claims made basis, such policies shall be maintained throughout the Term and for a period of at least [***] thereafter. Upon the other party’s written request from time to time, each party shall promptly furnish to the other party a certificate of insurance or other evidence of the required insurance.

 

20

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Article 16
TERM AND TERMINATION

 

16.1 Term. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until the end of the third Contract Year (the “Initial Term”), unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 16.2 (as may be extended in accordance with this Section, the “Term”). The Term shall automatically be extended for successive one -year periods unless and until one party gives the other party at least one year prior written notice of its desire to terminate as of the end of the then-current Term.

 

16.2 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated immediately without further action:

 

(a) by either party if the other party files a petition in bankruptcy, or enters into an agreement with its creditors, or applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, administrative receiver, trustee or administrator, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or suffers or permits the entry of any order adjudicating it to be bankrupt or insolvent and such order is not discharged within 30 days, or takes any equivalent or similar action in consequence of debt in any jurisdiction;

 

(b) by either party if the other party materially breaches any of the provisions of this Agreement and such breach is not cured within 60 days after the giving of written notice requiring the breach to be remedied; provided, that in the case of a failure of Client to make payments in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, PCI may terminate this Agreement if such payment breach is not cured within 20 days of receipt of notice of non-payment from PCI; or

 

(c) by either party for any reason or no reason upon 12 months’ prior written notice to the other party; or

 

(d) any required license, permit or certificate required of the other party to perform its obligations under this Agreement is not approved and/or issued, or is revoked, by any applicable Regulatory Authority.

 

16.3 Effect of Termination. Expiration or termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any rights or obligations that accrued to the benefit of either party prior to such expiration or termination. In the event of a termination of this Agreement:

 

(a) PCI shall promptly return to Client, at Client’s expense and at Client’s direction, any remaining inventory of Client-supplied Materials; provided, that PCI shall have no obligation to so return such items until all outstanding invoices sent by PCI to Client have been paid in full.

 

21

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

(b) In accordance with the provisions regarding payment under this Agreement, Client shall pay PCI all invoiced amounts outstanding hereunder, plus, upon receipt of invoice therefore, for any (i) Packaging of Packaged Product that has been shipped pursuant to Purchase Orders but not yet invoiced, (ii) Packaging performed pursuant to Purchase Orders that has been completed but Packaged Product has not yet shipped, (iii) in-process Packaging pursuant to Purchase Orders (or, alternatively, Client may instruct PCI to complete such Packaging in process, and the resulting completed Packaged Product shall be governed by clause (ii)) and (iv) in addition to Client’s obligations under Section 3.2(c), all costs and expenses incurred, and all non-cancellable commitments (including all Product specific tooling that has been, or remains to be, amortized) made, in connection with PCI’s performance of this Agreement, so long as such costs, expenses or commitments were made by PCI consistent with Client’s most recent Firm Commitment and the supplier’s minimum purchase obligations.

 

16.4 Survival. The rights and obligations of the parties shall continue under Article 11 (Intellectual Property), Article 13 (Indemnification), Article 14 (Limitations of Liability), Article 17 (Notice), Article 18 (Miscellaneous); under Article 10 (Confidentiality and Non-Use) and Article 15 (Insurance), in each case to the extent expressly stated therein; and under Sections 3.1(h) (Liability for Loss), 3.1(i) (Annual Reconciliation of Excess Loss; Reimbursement), 5.3 (Defective Packaging), 7.3 (Payment Terms), 7.4 (Taxes), 9.2 (Recordkeeping), 9.6 (Recall), 12,3 (Limitations on Warranties), 16.3 (Effect of Termination) and 16.4 (Survival), in each case in accordance with their respective terms if applicable, notwithstanding expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

Article 17
NOTICE

 

All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given: (A) when delivered personally; (B) when delivered by facsimile transmission (receipt verified); (C) when received or refused, if mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid; or (D) when delivered if sent by express courier service, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice; provided, that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof):

 

  To Client: Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
    555 Skokie Blvd., Suite 340
    Northbrook, IL 60062
    Attn:  Facsimile:  
     
  To PCI: Packaging Coordinators, LLC
    3001 Red Lion Road
    Philadelphia, PA 19114
    Attn:  
    Facsimile: [***]

 

22

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Article 18
MISCELLANEOUS

 

18.1 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement, together with all Attachments and the Quality Agreement, as well as that certain Confidentiality Agreement dated April 5, 2013 between the parties, constitutes the entire understanding between the parties, and supersedes any contracts, agreements or understandings (oral or written) of the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof, including for avoidance of doubt, that certain quotation letter (QTE 011408AA, 011409AA (version 3)) dated February 4, 2014. To the extent of any conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and any Purchase Order, invoice, confirmation, acceptance or similar document, the terms of this Agreement shall govern in all respects. No term of this Agreement may be amended except upon written agreement of the parties, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

18.2 Captions; Certain Conventions. The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be interpreted or construed as a substantive part of this Agreement. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein or the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (A) words of any gender include each other gender, (B) words such as “herein”, “hereof’, and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to the particular provision in which such words appear, (C) words using the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, (D) the words “include(s)” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “but not limited to”, “without limitation” or words of similar import, (E) the word “or” shall be deemed to include the word “and” (e.g., “and/or”) and (F) references to “Article,” “Section,” “subsection,” “clause” or other subdivision, or to an Attachment or other appendix, without reference to a document are to the specified provision or Attachment of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as if it were drafted jointly by the parties.

 

18.3 Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments and to take all such other incidental acts as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement.

 

18.4 No Waiver. Failure by either party to insist upon strict compliance with any term of this Agreement in any one or more instances will not be deemed to be a waiver of its rights to insist upon such strict compliance with respect to any subsequent failure.

 

18.5 Severability. If any terni of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction, the remaining tenus of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

 

18.6 Independent Contractors. The relationship of PCI and Client is that of independent contractors, and neither will incur any debts or make any commitments for the other except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create or will be construed as creating between the parties the relationship of joint ventures, co-partners, employer/employee or principal and agent. Neither PCI nor Client shall have any responsibility for the hiring, termination or compensation of the other’s employees or contractors or for any employee benefits of any such employee or contractor.

 

23

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

18.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and permitted assigns. Neither party may assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other party, except that either party may, without the other party’s consent, assign this Agreement in its entirety to an Affiliate or to a successor to substantially all of the business or assets of the assigning party or the assigning party’s business unit responsible for performance under this Agreement.

 

18.8 No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than the parties named herein and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

18.9 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, excluding its conflicts of law provisions. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement.

 

18.10 Alternative Dispute Resolution. If any dispute arises between the parties in connection with this Agreement, such dispute shall be presented to the respective presidents or senior executives of PCI and Client for their consideration and resolution. If such parties cannot reach a resolution of the dispute, then such dispute shall be resolved by binding alternative dispute resolution in accordance with the then existing commercial arbitration rules of CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution, 366 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017. Arbitration shall be conducted in the jurisdiction of the defendant party, in the English language.

 

18.11 Prevailing Party. In any dispute resolution proceeding between the parties in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs in such proceeding from the other party.

 

18.12 Publicity. Neither party will make any press release or other public disclosure regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the other party’s express prior written consent, except as required under Applicable Laws, by any governmental agency or by the rules of any stock exchange on which the securities of the disclosing party are listed, in which case the party required to make the press release or public disclosure shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the approval of the other party as to the form, nature and extent of the press release or public disclosure prior to issuing the press release or making the public disclosure.

 

18.13 Setoff. Without limiting PCI’s rights under law or in equity, PCI and its Affiliates, parent or related entities, collectively or individually, may exercise a right of set-off against any and all amounts due to PCI from Client. For purposes of this Section, PCI, its Affiliates, parent or related entities shall be deemed to be a single creditor.

 

24

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

18.14 Force Majeure. Except as to payments required under this Agreement, a party shall be liable in damages for, nor shall this Agreement be terminable or cancelable by reason of, any delay or default in such party’s performance hereunder if such default or delay is caused by events beyond such party’s reasonable control, including acts of God, law or regulation or other action or failure to act of any government or agency thereof, strikes, lockouts, slowdowns, delay of subcontractors or vendors, war (declared or undeclared) or insurrection, civil commotion, terrorism, destruction of production facilities or materials by earthquake, fire, flood or weather, labor disturbances, epidemic or failure of suppliers, public utilities or common carriers; provided, that the party seeking relief under this Section shall immediately notify the other party of such cause(s) beyond such party’s reasonable control. The party that may invoke this Section 18.14 shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reinstate its ongoing obligations to the other party as soon as practicable. If the cause(s) shall continue unabated for 180 days, then both parties shall meet to discuss and negotiate in good faith what modifications to this Agreement should result from such cause(s).

 

18.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Any photocopy, facsimile or electronic reproduction of the executed Agreement shall constitute an original.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

25

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

 

PACKAGING COORDINATORS, LLC   CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
     
By: /s/ Philip Dibiacomo   By:   /s/ Robert E. Dudley
Name:  Philip Dibiacomo   Name:  Robert E. Dudley
Its: Sr. VP of Sales and Marketing   Its:   President & CEO

 

Signature Page to Commercial Packaging Agreement

 

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

ATTACHMENT A

 

SPECIFICATIONS

 

I. Client-supplied Materials (and associated specifications)

 

a. Bulk Capsules Specifications: Attached

 

b. Bulk Capsule Shipping Box: The bulk capsules are stored and shipped from the manufacturing site to the packaging site in a cardboard box lined with a polyethylene bag.

 

II. Raw Materials (and associated specifications)

 

Specifications for the Raw Materials to be supplied by PCI (bottles, closures, labels, outsells, shippers etc.) are set forth in that certain quotation letter (QTE-011408AA, 011409AA (version 3)) dated February 4, 2014 (attached).

 

III. Packaging Specifications (including Batch size)

 

The Packaging Specifications including capsule lot sizes, number of lots per campaign, number of master lots per campaign, and component purchase quantities, are set forth in that certain quotation letter (QTE-011408AA, 011409AA (version 3)) dated February 4, 2014 (attached).Packaged Product Specifications for Testosterone Undecanoate [***] mg and [***] mg Soft Gelatin Capsules

 

 

 

 

PCI-Clarus Commercial Packaging Agreement June 12, 2014

 

Packaged Product Specifications for Testosterone Undecanoate [***] Soft Gelatin Capsules

 

  Commercial Release Specification Method(s)
No. TEST ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA METHOD TYPE/ NUMBER
01 [***] [***] [***]
02 [***] [***] [***]

 

1

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

ATTACHMENT B

 

UNIT PRICING, FEES AND MINIMUM REQUIREMENT

 

Bulk Product

Dosage Form / Unit Strength Initial Price
Per attached quotation letter    
     
     
     
     

 

* Prices do not include cost of tooling or other Product-specific capital items, artwork, shipping, insurance or duty. Prices also do not include any testing, retesting or testing supplies other than as expressly set forth in the Specifications. Prices are based on certain assumptions as to packaging processes, storage conditions, etc., including those set forth in that certain quotation letter (QTE-011408AA, 011409AA (version 3)) dated February 4, 2014. Accordingly, prices are subject to adjustment in the event any such assumptions are subject to revision in connection with the validation of the Product,

 

MINIMUM REQUIREMENT

Contract Year Product / Dosage Form Minimum Requirement
Contract Year 1 [***] [***]
Contract Year 2 [***] [***]
Contract Year 3 [***] [***]
Each additional Contract Year [***] [***]

 

ADDITIONAL FEES
Type of Fee Amount Payable
Product Maintenance Fee [***] [***]

 

 

 

 

 

Quote: [***]

 

Prepared for

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
555 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 340
Northbrook, IL 60062
 

Provided by

 

Packaging Coordinators, Inc.
3001 Red Lion Road
Philadelphia, PA 19114
[***]
 

Version History

 

Version Number

Date Issued Reason
1 January 10/ 2014 New issue
2 January 16, 2014 Add additional options
3 February 4, 2014 Add additional options

 

 

 

 

Dear Leo,

 

On behalf of Packaging Coordinators, Inc, I am pleased to present the following quotation for the packaging of your [***] Testosterone softgels at our Philadelphia, PA commercial packaging facility,

 

Scope:

 

Packaging Coordinators, Inc, (PCI) will receive bulk [***] Testosterone softgels on behalf of Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. PCI will produce [***].

 

Materials:

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. Supplied:

 

Item

Description
[***] [***]
[***] [***]

 

PCI Supplied:

 

[***]

Item Description
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]

 

[***]

Item Description
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]

 

3001 Red Lion Road ♦ Philadelphia, PA 19114

 

Page 2

 

 

PCI Pricing for [***] strength

 

Estimated Annual Volume Component Purchase Quantity Campaign Size (= run size) Number of Master Lots Per Campaign Number of Capsule Lots Per Campaign Price Per [***]Bottles Comments
(Bottles) (Bottles) (Bottles) ([***]bottles per Master Lot) ([***]) [***]  
             
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
             
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
             

[***]

 

3001 Red Lion Road ♦ Philadelphia, PA 19114

 

Page 3

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

PCI Pricing for [***]

 

Estimated Annual Volume Component Purchase Quantity Campaign Size (= run size) Number of Master Lots Per Campaign Number of Capsule Lots Per Campaign Price Per [***] Comments
(Bottles) (Bottles) (Bottles) ([***] bottles per Master Lot) ([***]) [***]  
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
             
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  
    [***] [***] [***] [***]  

[***]

 

3001 Red Lion Road ♦ Philadelphia, PA 19114

 

Page 4

 

 

Pricing is subject to change if volumes forecasted are significantly different than assumed.

 

Tooling

 

Description Design Price Notes
[***] [***] [***] [***]

 

Terms for tooling are [***]

 

Additional Cost Items:

 

[***]

 

Notes and Assumptions

 

1) [***]

2) Quoted prices are subject to review based on commodity fluctuations.

3) Quote assumes standard IQA and packaging room environmental conditions.

4) [***]

 

5) [***]

 

6) [***]

7) [***]

8) [***]

 

Room Dedication Fee Schedule

 

Annually [***] [***]
Annually [***] [***]
Annually [***] [***]

 

Payment Terms:

 

Standard terms are Net 30 days from date of Invoice. FOB Packaging Coordinators facility

 

Cancellation:

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. is responsible for all materials purchased on their behalf.

 

Terms and Conditions

 

The Standard Terms and Conditions attached to this Quotation as Exhibit 1 are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Quotation and the attached Standard Terms and Conditions, the Standard Terms and Conditions shall govern.

 

Terms and conditions will be negotiable during contract development including limits of liability.

 

Project Approval and Authorization

 

By signing below, Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. agrees to the project details as set forth in this Quotation, including the Terms and Conditions, which are attached hereto and are a part of this quotation.

 

3001 Red Lion Road ♦ Philadelphia, PA 19114

 

Page 5

 

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.   Packaging Coordinators, Inc.
     
     
Signature   Signature
     
     
Printed Name   Printed Name
     
     
Title   Title
     
     
Date   Date

 

3001 Red Lion Road ♦ Philadelphia, PA 19114

 

Page 6

 

 

Packaging Coordinators, LLC. Standard Terms and Conditions- Exhibit 1

 

A. Expiration. This Quotation is vatic! for 30 days from the (fate hereof, and becomes binding If Signed and delivered by both parties during that period.

 

B. Audits. Client may conduct one duality assurance facility audit per year at no cost. Additional audits will be invoiced separately at the current rate for such services.

 

C. Regulatory Inspections. PCI will promptly notify Client of any regulatory inspections directly relating to the Project. Client accepts reasonable and documented costs charged by a regulatory authority for such inspections.

 

D. Price Changes. PCI may revise the prices provided in this Quotation (I) if Client’s requirements or any Client-provided information is inaccurate or incomplete; (ii) if Client revises PCI’s responsibilities or the Project specifications, instructions, procedures, assumptions, processes, test protocols, test methods or analytical requirements; or (Hi) for such other reasons set forth in this Quotation.

 

E. Payments. PCI will Invoice Client as set forth in this Quotation. PCI charges a late payment fee of 1 ½ % per month for payments not received by the date specified in this Quotation (or if no dale is specified, within 30 days of invoice date). Failure to bill for interest due shall not be a waiver of PCI’s right to charge interest.

 

F. Taxes. All sales, use, gross receipts, compensating, value-added or other taxes, duties, licenses or fees (excluding PCI’s net income and franchise taxes) assessed by any tax jurisdiction arising from the Project are the responsibility of Client, whether paid by PCI or Client.

 

G. Hazardous Materials. Client warrants to PCI that no specific safe handling instructions are applicable to any Client-supplied materials, except as disclosed to PCI in writing by the Client in sufficient time for review and training by PCI prior to delivery. Where appropriate or required by law, Client will provide a Material Safety Data Sheet for all Client-supplied materials and finished product,

 

H. Shipment. Unless otherwise specified in this Quotation, all products and other materials shipped by PCI are delivered EXW (Incoterms 2000) PCI’s facilities and the idle shall pass to Client upon such delivery.

 

I. Limitations of Liability. PCI’S TOTAL LIABILITY UNDER THIS QUOTATION SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED THE TOTAL PEES PAID UNDER THIS QUOTATION (BUT EXCLUDING FEES FOR PROCURING COMPARATOR DRUG). PCI’S LIABILITY UNDER THIS QUOTATION FOR ANY AND ALL. CLAIMS FOR LOST, DAMAGED OR DESTROYED API OR CLIENT-SUPPLIED MATERIALS, WHETHER OR NOT INCORPORATED INTO FINISHED PRODUCT, SHALL NOT EXCEED $5,000. NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS QUOTATION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOSS OF REVENUES, PROFITS OR DATA, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

J. Confidentiality. All information disclosed by a party in connection with this Quotation shall be confidential Information, unless such Information is (i) already known to the receiving party, as evidenced by written records; (ii) independently developed or discovered by the receiving party without the use of the disclosing party’s confidential information, as evidenced by written records; (iii) in the public domain, other than through the fault of the receiving party; (iv) disclosed to the receiving party by a third party not in breach of a duty of confidentiality owed to the disclosing party; or (v) required to be disclosed by law, or court or administrative order; provided, that the receiving party first gives prompt notice thereof to the disclosing party. Neither party shall, without the other party’s prior written consent, use the confidential information of the other party or disclose such information to anyone other than employees of the receiving party or its affiliated entities who require such information to perform such party’s obligations under this Quotation. This undertaking shall survive for 7 years following the date of this Quotation.

 

K. Intellectual Property. For purposes hereof, “Client IP” means all intellectual property and embodiments thereof owned by or licensed to Client as Of the date hereof or developed by Client other than m connection with the Project; “PCI IP” means all intellectual property and embodiments thereof owned by or licensed to PCI as of the date hereof or developed by PC) other than in connection with the Project; ‘‘invention’’ means any intellectual property developed by either party in connection with the Project; “API Inventions” means any Invention that relates exclusively to the Client IP or Client’s patented API; and “Process Inventions” means any Invention, other than an API Invention, that relates exclusively to the PCI IP or relates to developing, formulating, manufacturing, filling, processing, packaging, analyzing or testing pharmaceutical products generally. All Client IP and API Inventions shall be owned solely by Client and no right therein is granted to PCI under this Quotation except for use in performing the Project. All PCI IP and Process Inventions shall be owned solely by PCI and no right therein is granted to Client under this Quotation. All Inventions to generic API (other than API Inventions and Process Inventions), if any, shall be owned jointly by PCI and Client. The parties shall cooperate to achieve the allocation of rights to Inventions anticipated herein and each party shall be solely responsible for costs associated with the protection of its intellectual property.

 

3001 Red Lion Road ♦ Philadelphia, PA 19114

 

Page 7

 

 

L. Warranties. PCI will perform the Project in accordance with the written specifications and Project instructions expressly set forth or referenced in this Quotation and United States current Good Manufacturing Practices or current Good Laboratory Practices, as applicable. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES MADE BY PC) TO CLIENT, AND PCI MAKES NO OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR GUARANTEES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

M. Client Obligation. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing, Client is solely responsible to (i) provide complete and accurate scientific data regarding the Project; (ii) if applicable, review and approve all in-process and finished product test results to ensure conformity of such results with the product specifications, regardless of which party is responsible for finished product release; (Hi) prepare all Submissions to regulatory authorities; and (iv) perform such other obligations of Client set forth in this Quotation.

 

N. Indemnification. Client will indemnify PCI , Its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents against any third- party claim arising directly or indirectly from (I) the manufacture, promotion, marketing, distribution or sale of, or use of or exposure to, the product, API and Client-supplied materials that are the subject of the Project; (ii) the negligence or willful misconduct of Client; (in) the breach of this Quotation by Client; or (iv) the use of any intellectual property provided by Client to PCI. PCI will indemnify Client against any third-party claim arising directly or indirectly from the negligence or willful misconduct of PCI or the breach of this Quotation by PCI.

 

O. Set-Off. Without limiting PCI ‘s rights under law or in equity, PCI and its affiliates, parent or related entities, collectively or individually, may exercise a right of set-off against all amounts due to PCI from Client, For purposes of this Article, PCI , its affiliates, parent or related entities, shall be deemed to be a single creditor.

 

P. Force Majeure. Neither party will be liable for any failure to perform or for delay in performance resulting from any cause beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation acts of God, fires, floods or weather, strikes or lockouts, factory shutdowns, embargoes, wars, hostilities or riots, or shortages in transportation. If the cause continues unabated for 90 days, then both parties shall meet to discuss and negotiate in good faith what modifications to this Quotation should result from such cause.

 

Q. Use and Disposal. Client represents and warrants to PCI that Client will hold, use and/or dispose of products and other materials provided by PCI in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. Client grants PCI full authority to use any Client-supplied materials for purposes of the Project,

 

R. Component Inventory. Component inventory held over 90 days may be subjected to reimbursement to PCI by customer, in addition, applicable storage fees may be applied to component inventory held over 90 days,

 

S. Record Retention. Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, PCI will retain batch, laboratory and other technical records for the minimum period required by applicable law.

 

T. Independent Contractor. The relationship of the parties is that of independent contractors and not of joint venturers, co-partners, employer/employee or principal/agent.

 

U. Publicity. Neither party will make any press release or other public disclosure regarding this Quotation or the transactions contemplated hereby without the other party’s express prior written consent, except as required by applicable law, by any governmental agency or by the rules of any stock exchange on which the shares of the disclosing party are listed, In which case the party required to make the press release or public disclosure shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the approval of the other party as to the form, nature and extent of the press release or public disclosure prior to issuing the press release or public disclosure.

 

V. Amendment & Precedence. These Standard Terms and Conditions constitute a part of the Quotation to which they are attached (collectively, “this Quotation”); provided, that these Standard Terms and Conditions supersede any conflicting terms and conditions set forth in the Quotation to which they are attached or any Client purchase order. This Quotation constitutes the entire understanding between the parties, and supersedes any contracts, agreements or understandings (oral or written) of the parties, with respect to the Project. No term of this Quotation may be amended except upon written agreement of both parties.

 

W. Dispute Resolution. If a dispute noses between the parties in connection with this Quotation, the respective presidents or Senior Executives of PCI and Client shall first attempt to resolve the dispute If such parties cannot resolve the dispute, such dispute shall be resolved m the jurisdiction of lire défendant party by binding arbitration in accordance with the then existing commercial arbitration rules of The CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution, 366 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

 

X. Survival. Subject to execution, the rights and obligations of Client and PCI in Articles I, J, K, N, T, V and W of these Standard Terms and Conditions shall survive termination or expiration of this Quotation.

 

3001 Red Lion Road ♦ Philadelphia, PA 19114

 

 

Page 8

 

 

Exhibit 10.26

 

Certain information identified by [***] has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

 

AMENDMENT TO
COMMERCIAL PACKAGING AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT TO COMMERCIAL PACKAGING AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is effective as of January 14, 2019, by and among Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a place of business at 555 Skokie Blvd., Suite 340, Northbrook, IL 60062 (“Client”), and Packaging Coordinators, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, doing business as PCI of Philadelphia and PCI of Woodstock, with a place of business at 3001 Red Lion Road, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19114, USA (“PCI”). PCI and Client are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”.

 

WHEREAS, Client and PCI are parties to that certain Commercial Packaging Agreement dated as of June 26, 2014 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 18.1 of the Agreement, the Agreement may be amended by written amendment signed by each of the Parties; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the Agreement as set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, PCI and Client, each intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1. Section 4.1. Section 4.1 shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“4.1 Requirements. During the Initial Term, Client shall purchase [***] of its requirements for Packaging of the Bulk Product from PCI; provided that (i) such obligation shall cease upon [***] (the “Exclusivity Requirement”) and (ii) such obligation shall terminate in the event that PCI cannot meet the requirements set forth in any Purchase Orders supplied to PCI by Client in accordance with this Agreement.”

 

2. Section 16.1. Section 16.1 shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“16.1 Term. This Agreement shall continue until December 31, 2021 (the “Initial Term”), unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 16.2 (as may be extended in accordance with this Section, the “Term”). The Term shall automatically be extended for successive one -year periods unless and until one party gives the other party at least one year prior written notice of its desire to terminate as of the end of the then-current Term.”

 

3. Section 16.2(c). Client and PCI agree that neither party may terminate the Agreement under Section 16.2(c) prior to satisfaction of the Exclusivity Requirement.

 

 

 

 

4. Miscellaneous.

 

4.1 All references to the Agreement in any documents and instruments executed by the Parties in connection with the Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Agreement as the same has been amended through the date hereof, and as the same may be amended in the future.

 

4.2 This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Any photocopy, facsimile or electronic reproduction of the executed Amendment shall constitute an original.

 

4.3 Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in every respect.

 

4.4 This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the laws of Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, excluding its conflicts of law provisions that would apply the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

PACKAGING COORDINATORS, LLC   CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
       
By: /s/ Philip Diabiacomo   By: /s/ Robert E, Dudley
         
Name:  Philip Diabiacomo   Name:  Robert E, Dudley
         
Its: Senior VP of Sales and Marketing   Its:   President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.27

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

WHEREAS, Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) desires to employ Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D. (the “Executive”) and retain his services, experience and abilities; and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive, as founder of Clarus, desires to accept such employment upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants contained herein, it is agreed as follows:

 

1. Employment. The Company hereby employs the Executive and the Executive hereby accepts such employment under all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Executive shall be an officer of the Company, and shall hold the office of President and Chief Executive Officer, reporting to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”). The Executive also shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors, and agrees to immediately resign from the Board of Directors upon the termination of his employment for any reason.

 

2. Term. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall commence on the date of this Agreement, and shall continue until terminated in accordance with this Agreement.

 

3. Executive’s Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority.

 

a. The Executive shall have and perform diligently the duties of President and Chief Executive Officer as may be directed by the Board of Directors and commensurate with such position and in accordance with the Company’s By-laws. The parties understand and acknowledge that the Executive’s general authority and responsibility in his position shall be to provide business and strategic leadership for all activities of the Company and to participate as a founding architect of the Company’s business and technical vision. Furthermore, the Executive shall be responsible for the general management and day-to-day operations of the Company. The Company shall be located in the greater Chicago metropolitan area and Executive agrees to spend the majority of his time in the Company’s corporate offices. However, the Company agrees that the Executive, at his own discretion, may from time-to-time work from his home office in Florida, provided that it does not materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 

b. The Executive shall devote his full business time and attention to the business of the Company, and shall not be engaged in or concerned with any other duties or pursuits which interfere with performance of his duties under this Agreement except that the Company acknowledges that the Executive has entered into a Consulting Agreement with Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc. for the sole purpose of assisting Solvay in its prosecution of the AndroGel® patent estate. In light of the fact that the Executive is a co-inventor of the patent in question, the Company agrees to this activity so long as Executive uses reasonable best efforts to ensure that such activities do not interfere with Executive’s ability to serve Clarus as its chief executive. No expenses or compensation related to this activity will be paid by the Company.

 

 

 

 

The Company further acknowledges the Executive’s role as a member of the Pepperdine University Board. Such involvement will require Executive to attend approximately four meetings per year in the Los Angeles, CA area.

 

c. The Executive will be expected to abide by all Company policies and procedures of which he has been given notice, as well as all applicable laws and regulations.

 

4. Compensation. In consideration of the services to be rendered by the Executive, the Company agrees to compensate and to provide benefits to the Executive as follows:

 

a. Base Salary.

 

The Executive shall initially be paid a base salary of $21,250.00 per month, less standard payroll deductions and withholdings, payable semi-monthly. The Board of Directors shall review the Executive’s base salary no less often than annually to consider whether an increase is warranted.

 

b. Annual Bonus.

 

The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus of up to 50% of Executive’s then annual salary based on the Company’s and Executive’s performance and the Company’s financial status at the end of each calendar year. Any bonus shall be determined by and at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

c. Equity.

 

i. Restrictions on Current Holdings. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that following the 66 2/3-to-l stock split declared by the Company on the date hereof, Executive holds 500,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Initial Restricted Stock”). Effective as of the date hereof, Executive agrees to subject the Initial Restricted Stock to a vesting schedule such that Initial Restricted Stock shall be 50% vested as of the date hereof, and the remaining 50% shall vest in equal monthly installments over a four-year period following the date hereof, except that no shares shall vest during the first 12 months of employment whereupon, all shares that would have vested on a monthly schedule following the Executive’s initial employment will, so long as Executive remains employed by Clarus, immediately vest, and shall otherwise be subject to the Company’s Stock Restriction Agreement between the Executive and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Initial Restricted Stock shall become fully vested upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined herein).

 

2

 

 

ii. Future Grants. Based on performance of the Executive and the Company as a whole (as determined in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors) the Company will from time to time and at the discretion of the Board of Directors award Executive additional options to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Additional Options”) or additional shares of restricted stock (the “Additional Restricted Stock”). Such Additional Options or Additional Restricted Stock, as applicable, will vest over the four-year period following the date of grant in the same manner as the Initial Restricted Stock, and shall otherwise be subject to the Plan and to such terms and conditions as shall be further described in the 2004 Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement, as applicable, evidencing such award, which terms (excluding vesting and exercise price) shall be substantially similar to those contained in the Restricted Stock Agreement between the Executive and the Company evidencing the Initial Restricted Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Additional Options or Additional Restricted Stock granted under this paragraph 4(c)(ii) prior to a Change in Control shall become fully vested upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined herein).

 

iii. Forfeitures and Repurchase Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company:

 

(A) any Additional Options granted to the Executive under paragraph 4(c)(i) or 4(c)(ii) above, which remain unvested at the time of such termination, shall be immediately forfeited;

 

(B) any Initial Restricted Stock, and Additional Restricted Stock granted to the Executive under paragraph 4(c)(ii) above, which remain unvested at the time of such termination, shall be subject to repurchase by the Company at a purchase price per share equal to the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”)) per share on the date of such repurchase, or (y) the original purchase price of the Initial Restricted Stock or Additional Restricted Stock, as applicable.

 

iv. Taxation. The parties understand that the Executive may desire to file a “Section 83(b) election” with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days following the date hereof, in the case of the Initial Restricted Stock, and date of grant of any Additional Restricted Stock.

 

v. Registration Rights. The Company agrees to file, as soon as practicable after the IPO Date (as defined in the Plan), a Form S-8 registration statement covering the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Initial Options and Additional Options or otherwise granted pursuant to the Initial Restricted Stock award or Additional Restricted Stock awards.

 

3

 

 

d. Benefits. As soon as reasonably practicable, the Company will acquire medical and dental care insurance plans that will cover the Executive and his eligible dependents throughout his employment with the Company, the terms of which shall be no less favorable to the Executive than to any other employee of the Company. The Executive shall be entitled to participate in and receive any other benefits that may be provided by the Company to its senior management personnel, including, without limitation, any profit sharing, pension, 401 (k), short and long term disability insurance, and vision insurance plans made available to such employees, if any, all in accordance with the terms of such benefit plans.

 

e. Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled to take up to four (4) weeks of paid vacation per year and may rollover to the next year up to two (2) weeks of unused vacation to a maximum cumulative reserve of 4 weeks. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Company shall pay the Executive for all accrued but unused vacation time he may have remaining, consistent with the Company’s standard vacation policy.

 

f. Expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses he incurs in the performance of his duties on behalf of the Company, consistent with the Company’s standard policy on business expenses. This benefit includes the reimbursement of up to $5000 in expenses directly related to the funding of Clarus that occurred principally between September 1, 2003 and February 12, 2004.

 

g. Relocation. The Company acknowledges that the Executive currently resides in the State of Florida and that the Executive will not relocate to the Chicago area on a permanent basis until at least such time as the Company has secured a second round of financing (e.g., second tranche of Series A or a Series B round). Between the effective date of this agreement and when Executive relocates to the Chicago area, a period not to exceed 18 months, the Company will reimburse Executive up to $1000 per month of Executive’s incurred costs for temporary living and/or travel to and from Illinois and Florida. At such time as Executive relocates to the Chicago area, the Company shall reimburse the Executive up to $25,000 for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by him in connection with his relocation. Relocation expenses shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, packing, moving, transportation costs, brokerage and legal fees on the purchase of a home in the Chicago area. The Company will also cover travel expenses for two trips to the Chicago area for Executive’s wife to help find a new home.

 

5. Termination By Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may terminate this Agreement as follows:

 

a. Termination With Cause.

 

i. The Company may terminate this Agreement and the Executive’s employment for Cause, as defined herein, upon written notice to the Executive setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances upon which the Board of Directors shall have determined, following reasonable inquiry, that Cause exists.

 

4

 

 

ii. As used herein, “Cause” shall exist if: (A) the Executive has been convicted of, or pleads guilty or “no contest” to, a felony; (B) the Executive has embezzled the Company’s funds or property; or (C) the Executive has been guilty of gross neglect (for reasons other than an inability to perform caused by a documented physical or mental condition) or willful misconduct in the discharge of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, where such gross neglect or willful misconduct has a material detrimental effect on the Company’s business or reputation and the Executive has not cured such gross neglect or willful misconduct within thirty (30) days after the Board of Directors provides him with written notice setting forth in reasonable detail the act(s) it believes constitute such gross neglect or willful misconduct; (D) the Executive is in material breach of this Agreement (for reasons other than an inability to perform caused by a documented physical or mental condition), such breach has a material detrimental effect on the Company’s business or reputation, and the Executive has not cured such breach within thirty (30) days after the Board of Directors provides him with written notice setting forth in reasonable detail the act(s) or omissions it believes constitute such breach; (E) the Executive is in breach of the terms of paragraphs 7 and/or 8 hereof; or (F) the Executive is guilty of Sexual Harassment or Public Drunkenness that besmirches the good name of the Company.

 

iii. If the Company terminates this Agreement for Cause, it shall not be obligated to provide the Executive any compensation or benefits after the effective date of such termination except as required by law or regulation or under paragraph 4(c) above. However, the Company will be obligated to pay Executive for any wages earned up to the date of termination, unused annual vacation in the year of termination and any legitimate outstanding expenses otherwise subject to reimbursement hereunder.

 

b. Termination Without Cause.

 

i. The Company may terminate this Agreement and the Executive’s employment without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Executive from the Board of Directors.

 

ii. If the Company terminates this Agreement without Cause within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, then in addition to any benefits he may be entitled to receive under law or regulation or under paragraph 4(c) above, the Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company, without any duty to mitigate, a severance package consisting of: (A) a lump-sum payment equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s then-current annual base salary; (B) payment of the first twelve (12) months of premiums incurred by the Executive and his eligible dependents in continuing his health benefits under the Company’s group medical plan pursuant to COBRA or similar state law, as applicable, so long as the Executive elects and is eligible for such continued coverage (or, if the Company has not yet secured such group medical coverage, payment of the actual costs incurred by the Executive to obtain medical coverage comparable to that he had immediately before he left the last job he held before joining the Company, for a period of twelve (12) months after his termination of employment); (C) payment of outstanding expenses otherwise subject to reimbursement hereunder; (D) a prorated portion of any annual bonus that would otherwise have been awarded to Executive for services rendered to the Company up to the date of termination, if any; and (E) Company-paid executive-level outplacement services for up to twelve (12) months after the effective date of the Executive’s termination at a cost of no more than $30,000.00 or until he obtains other comparable employment, whichever occurs first.

 

5

 

 

iii. If the Company terminates this Agreement without Cause after January 1, 2005 other than within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, then in addition to any benefits he may be entitled to receive under law or regulation or under paragraph 4(c) above, the Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company, without any duty to mitigate, a severance package consisting of: (A) a lump-sum payment equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s then-current annual base salary; (B) payment of the first twelve (12) months of premiums incurred by the Executive and his eligible dependents in continuing his health benefits under the Company’s plan pursuant to COBRA or similar state law, as applicable, so long as the Executive elects and is eligible for such continued coverage (or, if the Company has not yet secured such group medical coverage, payment of the actual costs incurred by the Executive to obtain medical coverage comparable to that he had immediately before he left the last job he held before joining the Company, for a period of twelve (12) months after his termination of employment); (C) payment of outstanding expenses otherwise subject to reimbursement hereunder; (D) a prorated portion of any annual bonus that would otherwise have been awarded to Executive for services rendered to the Company up to the date of termination, if any; and (E) Company-paid executive-level outplacement services for up to twelve (12) months after the effective date of the Executive’s termination at a cost of no more than $30,000.00 or until he obtains other comparable employment, whichever occurs first.

 

iv. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive will not be entitled to any of the termination benefits set forth in subparagraph 5(b)(ii) or 5(b)(iii) above in the event of the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment for any reason prior to January 1, 2005 unless Executive is terminated without cause following a Change in Control that occurs prior to January 1, 2005 under which circumstance the Executive will receive the severance benefits set forth in 5(b)(ii) above.

 

v. As a condition to his entitlement to a severance package under subparagraph 5(b)(ii) or 5(b)(iii) above, the Executive will sign a general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates which also acknowledges his obligation to abide by the provisions set forth in Section 7 herein.

 

6

 

 

vi. As used herein, “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

(A) A third person other than Shareholders on the date hereof or their Affiliates, including a “group” as such term is defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, becomes the direct or indirect beneficial owner of shares of the Company having more than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of votes that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company;

 

(B) The Company sells all or substantially all of its assets;

 

(C) The Company enters into any transaction in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred to Persons other than the Shareholders on such date or their Affiliates; or

 

(D) The Shareholders of the Company approve dissolution or complete liquidation of the Company.

 

Shareholders means the Shareholders of the Company on the date hereof and Affiliates means any Persons controlled by, controlling or under common control with any Shareholder. Person means any person or entity.

 

If the Company accepts an investment for the purpose of raising cash to fund operations and/or to make an acquisition and such a transaction results in a change in ownership of 50%. then this shall not be deemed a Change in Control provided that the make up of the Company’s Board of Directors is not changed except by the sole addition of no more than two (2) new board members to represent the interests of the party(ies) investing in the Company.

 

c. Termination By Reason of Death or Disability.

 

i. This Agreement will terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment immediately upon the occurrence of a Disability, such termination to be effective upon Executive’s receipt of written notice of such termination.

 

ii. In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated due to his death or Disability, the Company shall not be obligated to provide the Executive any compensation or benefits after the effective date of such termination except as required by law or regulation or under paragraph 4(c) above except that for a period of one year after Executive’s employment is terminated due to disability, the Company shall pay for a continuation of health insurance the Executive received during the term of his employment or other insurance comparable thereto. In addition, the Company will be obligated to pay Executive or his estate or his beneficiaries, as the case may be, for any unused annual vacation in the year of termination, a prorated portion of any annual bonus that would otherwise have been awarded to Executive for services rendered to the Company up to the date of termination, if any, and any legitimate outstanding expenses otherwise subject to reimbursement hereunder.

 

7

 

 

iii. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean any physical or mental disability or infirmity that prevents the performance of the Executive’s duties for a period of (i) ninety (90) consecutive days or (ii) one hundred twenty (120) non-consecutive days during any twelve (12) month period. Any question as to the existence, extent or potentiality of the Executive’s Disability upon which the Executive and the Company cannot agree shall be determined by a qualified, independent physician selected by the Company and approved by the Executive (or the Executive’s duly appointed representative), which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The determination of any such physician shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

6. Termination By Executive. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive may terminate this Agreement as follows:

 

a. Termination For Good Reason.

 

i. The Executive may terminate this Agreement and his employment by the Company at any time for Good Reason, as defined herein, upon written notice to the Company setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances upon which the Executive shall have determined that Good Reason exists.

 

ii. As used herein, “Good Reason” shall exist if any of the following occurs without the Executive’s advance written consent:

 

(A) the Company assigns to the Executive duties or responsibilities that are materially inconsistent with those set forth in paragraph 3 above or changes the Executive’s title, and fails to cure said breach, if curable, within thirty (30) days after the Executive gives written notice to the Company that describes in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of said breach;

 

(B) the Company reduces the Executive’s base salary or terminates or materially reduces his health insurance benefits; or

 

(C) a Successor Employer (as defined in paragraph 10(f) below) fails to assume all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement;

 

8

 

 

provided that the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company within 60 days after he learns that such event has occurred.

 

iii. If the Executive terminates this Agreement for Good Reason under paragraph 6(a) above, then in addition to any benefits he may be entitled to receive under law or regulation or under paragraph 4(c) above, the Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company, without any duty to mitigate, the severance package described in paragraph 5(b)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

iv. As a condition to his entitlement to a severance package under paragraph 6(a)(iii) above, the Executive will sign a general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates which also acknowledges his obligation to abide by the provisions set forth in Section 7 herein.

 

b. Termination Without Good Reason.

 

i. The Executive may terminate this Agreement and his employment by the Company without Good Reason at any time upon providing thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Company.

 

ii. If the Executive terminates this Agreement without Good Reason, the Company shall not be obligated to provide the Executive with any compensation or benefits after the effective date of such resignation except as required by law or regulation or under paragraph 4(c) above.

 

7. Restrictive Covenants. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that (A) the agreements and covenants contained in this paragraph 7 are (i) reasonable and valid in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects, and (ii) essential to protect the value of the Company’s business and assets, and (B) by his employment with the Company, the Executive will obtain specific knowledge, know-how and contacts and there is a reasonable probability that such knowledge, know-how, and, contacts, could be used to the substantial advantage of a competitor of the Company and to the Company’s detriment:

 

a. Confidential Information. At any time during and after the end of the term of the Executive’s employment with the Company, without the prior written consent of the Board, except to the extent required by an order of a court having jurisdiction or under subpoena from an appropriate government agency, in which event. Executive shall use his best efforts to consult with the Board prior to responding to any such order or subpoena, and except as required in the performance of his duties hereunder, the Executive shall not disclose any confidential or proprietary trade secrets, customer lists, drawings, designs, information regarding product development, marketing plans, sales plans, manufacturing plans, management organization information, operating policies or manuals, business plans, financial records, packaging design or other financial, commercial, business or technical information (i) relating to the Company, or (ii) that the Company or any of its affiliates may receive belonging to suppliers, customers or others who do business with the Company (“Confidential Information”). The Executive’s obligation under this paragraph 7(a) shall not apply to any information which (i) is known publicly through no fault of the Executive; (ii) is in the public domain or hereafter enters the public domain without the breach of the Executive of this paragraph 7(a); or (iii) is disclosed after termination of the Executive’s employment to the Executive by a third party not under an obligation of confidence to the Company.

 

9

 

 

b. Non-Competition. With the exception that the Executive will not be bound by this paragraph if he is terminated for any reason by the Company prior to January 1, 2005 other than for Cause or in conjunction with a Change in Control, the Executive covenants and agrees that during the term of the Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period extending to the first (1st) anniversary of the Executive’s termination of employment for any reason (the “Restricted Period”), with respect to any jurisdiction in which the Company is engaged in business at the time of such termination, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or jointly, own any interest in, operate, join, control or participate as a partner, director, principal, officer, or agent of, enter into the employment of, act as a consultant to, or perform any services for any entity (i) that engages in business activities which are materially competitive with the Company, or (ii) in which any such relationship with the Executive would result in the inevitable use or disclosure of Confidential Information. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this paragraph 7(b) shall not prevent the Executive from acquiring as an investment securities representing not more than three percent (3%) of the outstanding voting securities of any publicly-held corporation.

 

c. Non-Solicitation; Non-Interference. With the exception that the Executive will not be bound by this paragraph if he is terminated for any reason by the Company prior to January 1, 2005 other than for Cause or in conjunction with a Change in Control, during the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for his own account or for the account of any other individual or entity. nor shall he assist any person or entity to (i) encourage, solicit or induce, or in any manner attempt to solicit or induce, any person employed by, as agent of, or a service provider to, the Company to terminate such person’s employment, agency or service, as the case may be. with the Company; or (ii) divert, or attempt to divert, any person, concern, or entity from doing business with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or attempt to induce any such person, concern or entity to cease being a customer or supplier of the Company.

 

d. Return of Documents. In the event of the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall deliver to the Company all of (i) the property of the Company, and (ii) the documents and data of any nature and in whatever medium of the Company, and he shall not take with him any such property, documents or data or any reproduction thereof, or any documents containing or pertaining to any Confidential Information.

 

e. Works for Hire. The Executive agrees that the Company shall own all right, title and interest (including patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, mask work rights and other rights throughout the world) in any inventions, works of authorship, mask works, ideas or information made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by Executive (either alone or with others) during the term of the Executive’s employment with the Company (“Developments”); provided, however, that the Company shall not own Developments for which no equipment, supplies, facility, trade secret information or Confidential Information of the Company was used and which were developed entirely on Executive’s time, and which do not relate (A) to the business of the Company or its affiliates, or (B) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development. Subject to the foregoing, the Executive will promptly and fully disclose to the Company, or any persons designated by it, any and all Developments made or conceived or reduced to practice or learned by the Executive, either alone or jointly with others during the term of the Executive’s employment with the Company. The Executive hereby assigns all right, title and interest in and to any and all of these Developments to the Company. The Executive agrees to assist the Company, at the Company’s expense, to further evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights specified to be so owned or assigned. The Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its agents as attorneys-in-fact to act for and on the Executive’s behalf to execute and file any document and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the foregoing with the same legal force and effect as if executed by the Executive. In addition, and not in contravention of any of the foregoing, the Executive acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by him (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act (17 USC Sec. 101). To the extent allowed by law, this includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights.” To the extent the Executive retains any such moral rights under applicable law; the Executive hereby waives such moral rights and consents to any action consistent with the terms of this Agreement with respect to such moral rights, in each case, to the full extent of such applicable law. The Executive will confirm any such waivers and consents from time to time as requested by the Company.

 

10

 

 

f. Blue Pencil. If any court of competent jurisdiction shall at any time deem the duration or the geographic scope of any of the provisions of this paragraph 7 unenforceable, the other provisions of this paragraph 7 shall nevertheless stand and the duration and/or geographic scope set forth herein shall be deemed to be the longest period and/or greatest size permissible by law under the circumstances, and the parties hereto agree that such court shall reduce the time period and/or geographic scope to permissible duration or size.

 

g. Injunctive Relief. Without intending to limit the remedies available to the Company, the Executive acknowledges that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this paragraph 7 may result in material irreparable injury to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of such a breach or threat thereof, the Company shall be entitled to obtain a temporary restraining order and/or a preliminary or permanent injunction, without the necessity of proving irreparable harm or injury as a result of such breach or threatened breach of this paragraph 7, restraining the Executive from engaging in activities prohibited by this paragraph 7 or such other relief as may be required specifically to enforce any of the covenants in this paragraph 7. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the Restricted Period shall be tolled during any period of violation of any of the covenants in this paragraph 7(b) or (c) and during any other period required for litigation during which the Company seeks to enforce this covenant against the Executive if it is ultimately determined that such person was in breach of such covenants.

 

8. Executive Representations. The Executive represents that:

 

a. Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that his employment hereunder and compliance with the terms and conditions hereof will not conflict with or result in the breach by him of any agreement to which he is a party or by which he may be bound;

 

b. he has not, and in connection with his employment with the Company will not, violate any non-solicitation or other similar covenant or agreement by which he is or may be bound; and

 

c. in connection with his employment with the Company he will not use any confidential or proprietary information he may have obtained in connection with employment with any prior employer.

 

The Executive shall indemnify and hold the Company harmless for any losses incurred as a result of any actions, claims or demands arising out of, or with respect to, any inaccuracy of the representations contained in this paragraph 8, and if any such action, claim or demand is instituted, the Executive promises to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred in connection with such action, claim or demand.

 

9. Indemnification of the Executive. In addition to any rights to indemnification to which the Executive is entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or By-laws, the Company shall fully indemnify the Executive at all times during and after the term of this Agreement, on a current basis, for any and all claims arising out of or relating to the Executive’s performance of his duties under this Agreement to the maximum extent permitted by law, and will pay all expenses, costs, and attorneys’ fees associated with the Executive’s defense of any indemnifiable claim hereunder as such fees and costs are incurred, provided that the Executive shall not be indemnified with respect to matters to which he has (a) not acted based upon a good faith belief that his conduct was in the best interests of the Company, (b) acted with gross negligence (for reasons other than an inability to perform caused by a documented physical or mental condition) or willful misconduct, or (c) been convicted of a felony.

 

11

 

 

10. Taxes. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to withholding for all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income, employment and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law.

 

11. Miscellaneous.

 

a. All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when delivered personally, (ii) one business day after being deposited with a reputable, nationally known overnight delivery service for service the next business day, or (iii) upon receipt after having been mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested; in each case addressed to the relevant address below or to such address as either party may hereafter designate by written notice to the other party in accordance herewith.

 

  If to the Executive: Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D.
     
  With a Copy to: Joan M. Eagle
    Michael, Best & Friedrich, LLP
    401 N. Michigan Avenue
    Suite 1900
    Chicago, IL 60611
     
  If to the Company: Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
    500 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 250
    Northbrook, IL 60062

 

b. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its principles regarding choice of law. The parties hereto consent to venue in the courts of the State of Illinois or in the Federal courts sitting in the State of Illinois with respect to any dispute regarding the subject matter hereof.

 

c. This Agreement supersedes any and all earlier oral or written agreements relating to the subject matter hereof and constitutes the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

d. The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way affect, impair or render unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

e. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a document signed by the Executive and an authorized representative of the Company’s Board of Directors which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.

 

12

 

 

f. This Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that upon written notice to the Executive, the Company may assign this Agreement to any corporation or entity which acquires all or substantially all of the assets of or succeeds to the business of the Company (a “Successor Employer”), whether through a Change in Control or otherwise, and that upon any such assignment, such Successor Employer shall assume and become bound by all obligations of the Company herein, including but not limited to those described in paragraphs 5 and 6 above. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

g. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning of its terms.

 

h. The signatories below on behalf of the Company have the full legal authority to bind the Company to all of the terms of this Agreement.

 

13

 

 

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Robert E. Dudley  
  Robert E. Dudley  
  Founder  
   
Dated: 13 February 2004  
   
By: /s/ James E. Thomas  
  James E. Thomas  
  Chairman  
   
Dated: 13 February 2004  

 

14

 

 

December 15, 2004

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
500 Skokie Boulevard
Suite 250
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

 

Re: Employment Agreement dated as of February 13, 2004, between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (“Clarus”) and Robert E Dudley, Ph.D. (the “Employment Agreement”)

 

Gentlemen:

 

Section 4a of the above referenced Employment Agreement provides that I will receive a base salary of $21,250.00 per month, payable semi-monthly. This letter agreement hereby amends such provision to reflect our mutual agreement to defer an aggregate amount of $60,000 of such base salary for the period from January 1, 2005, through and until May 31, 2005 as follows. Each month during such period, $12,000 of such base salary will be deferred.

 

On May 31, 2005, you and I agree that I will receive from Clarus, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for, such salary deferral, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $60,000, some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest may be converted into shares of Clarus’ Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”) in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the note in the form of Exhibit A which is attached hereto.

 

  By: /s/ Robert E. Dudley
    Name: Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

July 12, 2005

 

Clarus Therapeutics. Inc.
500 Skokie Boulevard
Suite 250
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

 

Re: Employment Agreement dated as of February 13, 2004, between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (“Clarus”) and Robert E Dudle,. Ph.D. (the “Employment Agreement”)

 

Gentlemen:

 

Section 4a of the above referenced Employment Agreement provides that I will receive a base salary of $21,250.00 per month, payable semi-monthly. By letter agreement dated as of December 15. 2004, you and I agreed to amend such provision to reflect our mutual agreement to defer an aggregate amount of $60,000 of such base salary from the period from January 1, 2005. through and until May 31, 2005, all as set forth in that certain letter agreement (the “Amendment to Employment Agreement” or the “Amendment”). This letter agreement hereby further amends such provision to reflect our mutual agreement to defer an additional aggregate amount of $60,000 of such base salary for the period from July 1, 2005, through and until November 30, 2005 as follows. Each month during such period, $12,000 of such base salary will be deferred.

 

Said Amendment to Employment Agreement also provided that on May 31, 2005, I would receive from Clarus, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for, such salary deferral, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $60,000 (the “Note”), some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest could be converted into shares of Clarus’ Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”) in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Note in the form of Exhibit A attached to the Amendment to Employment Agreement. Notwithstanding the terms of the Amendment, however, I elected not to receive the Note on May 31, 2005.

 

On November 30, 2005, you and I agree that I will receive from Clarus, if I so elect and at my sole discretion, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for, the aggregate salary deferral referenced in this letter agreement and the salary deferral referenced in the previous Amendment, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $120,000, some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest may be converted into the Preferred Shares in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the note in the form of Exhibit A which is attached hereto.

 

In the event that I elect not to receive the aforesaid unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $120,000, we agree that no further consideration is due from Clarus to me as deferred compensation referenced herein or in the previous Amendment.

 

  By: /s/ Robert E. Dudley
    Name: Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

January 25, 2006

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
500 Skokie Boulevard
Suite 250
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

 

Re: Employment Agreement dated as of February 13, 2004, between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (“Clarus”) and Robert E Dudley, Ph.D. (the “Employment Agreement”)

 

Gentlemen:

 

Section 4a of the above referenced Employment Agreement provides that I will receive a base salary of $21,250.00 per month, payable semi-monthly. By letter agreement dated as of December 15, 2004 (the “Amendment to Employment Agreement”), and by a Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated July 12, 2005 (the “Second Amendment to Employment Agreement”), you and I agreed to amend such provision to reflect our mutual agreement to defer an aggregate amount of $60,000 of such base salary for each of the periods from (a) January 1, 2005, through and until May 31, 2005, and (b) July 1,2005, through and until November 30, 2005, all as set forth in the Amendment to Employment Agreement and the Second Amendment to Employment Agreement. This letter agreement hereby further amends such provision to reflect our mutual agreement to defer an additional aggregate amount of $12,000 of such base salary for the period from December 1, 2005, through and until December 31, 2005.

 

Said Amendment to Employment Agreement and the Second Amendment to Employment Agreement also provided that on May 31, 2005, and on November 30, 2005, respectively, I would receive from Clarus, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for, such salary deferrals, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $60,000 for each of the two deferral periods (the “Notes”), for a total of $120,000, some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest could be converted into shares of Clarus’ Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”) in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Note in the form of Exhibit A attached to the Amendment to Employment Agreement and to the Second Amendment to Employment Agreement. Notwithstanding the terms of the Amendment to Employment Agreement and the Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, however, I elected not to receive the Notes on May 31, 2005 and on November 30, 2005.

 

On February 28, 2006, you and I agree that I will receive from Clarus, if I so elect and at my sole discretion, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for, the aggregate salary deferral referenced in this letter agreement and the salary deferral referenced both in the Amendment to Employment Agreement and the Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $132,000, some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest may be converted into the Preferred Shares in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the note in the form of Exhibit A which is attached hereto.

 

In the event that I elect not to receive the aforesaid unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $132,000, we agree that no further consideration is due from Clarus to me as deferred compensation referenced herein or in either of the Amendment to Employment Agreement or the Second Amendment to Employment Agreement.

 

  By: /s/ Robert E. Dudley
    Name: Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

March 3, 2006

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
500 Skokie Boulevard
Suite 250
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

 

Re: Employment Agreement dated as of February 13, 2004, between Clarus Therapeutics. Inc. (“Clarus”) and Robert E Dudley, Ph.D. (the “Employment Agreement”)

 

Gentlemen:

 

Section 4a of the above referenced Employment Agreement provides that I will receive a base salary of $21,250.00 per month, payable semi-monthly. By a letter agreement dated as of December 15, 2004 , a Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated July 12, 2005 , and a Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated January 25, 2006 (collectively, all of which are referred to herein as the “Amendments to Employment Agreement”), you and I agreed to amend such provision to reflect our mutual agreements to (i) defer an aggregate amount of $60,000 of such base salary for each of the periods from (a) January 1, 2005. through and until May 31, 2005, and (b) July 1, 2005, through and until November 30, 2005, and (ii) defer an additional aggregate amount of $12,000 of such base salary for the period from December 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005, all as set forth in the Amendments to Employment Agreement. This letter agreement hereby further amends such provision to reflect our mutual agreement to defer an additional aggregate amount of $40,000 of such base salary for the period from February 1, 2006, through and until June 30, 2007.

 

Said Amendments to Employment Agreement also provided that on May 31, 2005, November 30, 2005, and February 28, 2006, respectively, I would receive from Clarus, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for, such salary deferrals, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $60,000 for each of the first two deferral periods and $12,000 for the third deferral period (the “Notes”), for a total of $132,000, some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest could be converted into shares of Clarus’ Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”) in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Note in the form of Exhibit A attached to the Amendments to Employment Agreement. Notwithstanding the terms of the Amendments to Employment Agreement, however, I elected not to receive any Notes on May 31, 2005, November 30, 2005, or February 28, 2006.

 

On or before June 30, 2007, you and I agree that I will receive from Clarus, if I so elect and at my sole discretion, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for, the aggregate salary deferral referenced in this letter agreement and the salary deferral referenced in the Amendments to Employment Agreement, one or more unsecured convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $172,000, some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest may be converted into the Preferred Shares in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the note in the form of Exhibit A which is attached hereto.

 

In the event that I elect not to receive the aforesaid unsecured convertible promissory note(s) in the aggregate principal amount of $172,000, we agree that no further consideration is due from Clams to me as deferred compensation referenced herein or in any of the Amendments to Employment Agreement.

 

  By: /s/ Robert E. Dudley
    Name: Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D

 

 

 

 

February 6, 2007

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

 

500 Skokie Boulevard
Suite 250
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

 

Re: Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement Gentlemen:

 

Background

 

On March 3, 2006, I entered into that certain letter agreement (the “Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement”), which references three previous amendments to that certain Employment Agreement dated as of February 13, 2004, between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (“Clarus”) and Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D. (the “Employment Agreement”) (the first Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 15, 2004. hereinafter, the “Amendment to Employment Agreement”) and further amends said Employment Agreement.

 

The Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement provides that I will receive from Clarus, if I so elect and at my sole discretion, on June 30, 2007, in full and complete satisfaction of. and as consideration for the aggregate salary deferral referenced therein and in the three previous amendments to the Employment Agreement, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $172,000, some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest may be converted into shares of Clarus’ Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Shares”) in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the note in the form of Exhibit A attached to the Amendment to Employment Agreement (the “Note”). Accordingly, at my sole option, I may elect to receive one or more Notes in the aggregate amount of $172,000 on or before June 30, 2007.

 

In another letter agreement dated August 2, 2006, (the “Side Letter Agreement”) we agreed, among other things, that if, I elect to receive one or more Notes up to an aggregate amount of $172,000, I will immediately provide written notice to Clarus under, and in accordance with, the terms of the Note to convert all of the principal amount and then accrued and unpaid interest under the Note into shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in accordance with all of the terms of the Note.

 

Agreement

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to replace the form of the Note previously agreed to and which was attached to the Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement as Exhibit A thereto with the revised form of Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note in the form of Appendix A which is attached hereto (the “Revised Note”), which provides for the conversion of all principal and accrued and unpaid interest into shares of Clarus” Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (in lieu of the Series A Shares which were contemplated by the Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement). Accordingly, the Side Letter Agreement is amended as well such that all references therein to Note(s) therein shall be deemed to refer to the Revised Note(s) and all references to Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be deemed to refer to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

 

 

 

  By: /s/ Robert E. Dudley
    Name: Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D.

 

Accepted and Agreed

As of the date written above.

 

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.  
     
By: /s/ Steven A. Bourne  
     
Its: CFO  

 

 

 

 

June 28, 2007

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.
500 Skokie Boulevard
Suite 250
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

 

Re: Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement

 

Gentlemen:

 

Background

 

On February 6, 2007, I entered into that certain letter agreement (the “Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement”), which references four previous amendments to that certain Employment Agreement dated as of February 13, 2004, between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (“Clarus”) and Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D. (the “Employment Agreement”) (the first Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 15, 2004, hereinafter, the “Amendment to Employment Agreement”) and further amends said Employment Agreement.

 

The Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement, as modified by a letter agreement dated August 2, 2006 (the “Side Letter Agreement”), provides that I will receive from Clarus, if I so elect and at my sole discretion, on June 30, 2007 (the “Payment Date”), in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for the aggregate salary deferral referenced therein and in the four previous amendments to the Employment Agreement, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $172,000, and on such Payment Date I will immediately provide written notice to Clarus under, and in accordance with, the terms of the note in the form of Exhibit A attached to the Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement (the “Note”) to convert all of the principal amount and then accrued and unpaid interest under the Note into shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in accordance with all of the terms of the Note.

 

Agreement

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to extend the Payment Date from June 30, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and to replace the form of the Note previously agreed to and which was attached to the Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement as Exhibit A thereto with the revised form of Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note in the form of Appendix A which is attached hereto (the “Revised Note”), which provides for the conversion of all principal and accrued and unpaid interest into shares of Clarus’ Series B Convertible Preferred Stock on December 31, 2007 (instead of June 30, 2007).

 

Accordingly, the Side Letter Agreement is amended as well such that all references therein to Note(s) therein shall be deemed to refer to the Revised Note(s).

 

 

 

 

  By: /s/ Robert E. Dudley
    Name: Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D.

 

Accepted and Agreed

As of the date written above.

 

CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

By: /s/ Steven A. Bourne  
     
Its: CFO  

 

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT TO THE EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, dated December 30, 2008, is by and between CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D. (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into an executive employment agreement dated February 13, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement to comply with and meet the requirements of the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Executive, each intending to be legally bound hereby, do mutually covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. Section 4(g) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety.

 

2. Section 5(b)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“If the Company terminates this Agreement without Cause within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, then in addition to any benefits he may be entitled to receive under law or regulation or under paragraph 4(c) above, the Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company, without any duty to mitigate, a severance package consisting of: (A) a lump-sum payment equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s then-current annual base salary such amount to be paid 37 days after termination of employment; (B) payment on a monthly basis of the first twelve (12) months of premiums incurred by the Executive and his eligible dependents in continuing his health benefits under the Company’s group medical plan pursuant to COBRA or similar state law, as applicable, so long as the Executive elects and is eligible for such continued coverage (or, if the Company has not yet secured such group medical coverage, payment on a monthly basis of the actual costs incurred by the Executive to obtain medical coverage comparable to that he had immediately before he left the last job he held before joining the Company, for a period of twelve (12) months after his termination of employment); (C) payment of outstanding expenses otherwise subject to reimbursement hereunder in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies; (D) a prorated portion of any annual bonus that would otherwise have been awarded to Executive for services rendered to the Company up to the date of termination, if any, such amount to be paid 37 days after termination of employment; and (E) Company-paid executive-level outplacement services for up to twelve (12) months after the effective date of the Executive’s termination at a cost of no more than $30,000.00 or until he obtains other comparable employment, whichever occurs first.”

 

 

 

 

3. Section 5(b)(iii) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“If the Company terminates this Agreement without Cause after January 1, 2005 other than within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, then in addition to any benefits he may be entitled to receive under law or regulation or under paragraph 4(c) above, the Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company, without any duty to mitigate, a severance package consisting of: (A) a lump-sum payment equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s then-current annual base salary, such amount to be paid 37 days after termination of employment; (B) payment on a monthly basis of the first twelve (12) months of premiums incurred by the Executive and his eligible dependents in continuing his health benefits under the Company’s group medical plan pursuant to COBRA or similar state law, as applicable, so long as the Executive elects and is eligible for such continued coverage (or, if the Company has not yet secured such group medical coverage, payment on a monthly basis of the actual costs incurred by the Executive to obtain medical coverage comparable to that he had immediately before he left the last job he held before joining the Company, for a period of twelve (12) months after his termination of employment); (C) payment of outstanding expenses otherwise subject to reimbursement hereunder in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies; (D) a prorated portion of any annual bonus that would otherwise have been awarded to Executive for services rendered to the Company up to the date of termination, if any, such amount to be paid 37 days after termination of employment; and (E) Company-paid executive-level outplacement services for up to twelve (12) months after the effective date of the Executive’s termination at a cost of no more than $30,000.00 or until he obtains other comparable employment, whichever occurs first.”

 

4. Section 5(b)(v) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“As a condition to his entitlement to a severance package under subparagraph 5(b)(ii) or 5(b)(iii) above, the Executive will sign a general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates which also acknowledges his obligation to abide by the provisions set forth in Section 7 herein within 30 days after his termination of employment. If the Executive fails to sign such release or otherwise revokes such release, no additional severance payments shall be made to the Executive and any payments already made shall be subject to collection by the Company.”

 

5. Section 6(a)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“As used herein, “Good Reason” shall exist if any of the following occurs without the Executive’s advance written consent:

 

(A) the Company causes a material diminution in the Executive’s duties or responsibilities;

 

 

 

 

(B) the Company causes a material diminution in the Executive’s base salary; or

 

(C) the Company materially breaches this Agreement;

 

provided that (i) the Executive provides written notice to the Company that describes in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such Good Reason event within 30 days of the occurrence; (ii) the Company fails to cure such Good Reason event within thirty (30) days after the Executive gives such notice and (iii) the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company within 60 days after the end of the cure period if such event is not cured.”

 

6. Section 6(a)(iv) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“As a condition to his entitlement to a severance package under paragraph 6(a)(iii) above, the Executive will sign a general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates which also acknowledges his obligation to abide by the provisions set forth in Section 7 herein within 30 days after his termination of employment. If the Executive fails to sign such release or otherwise revokes such release no additional severance payments shall be made to the Executive and any payments already made shall be subject to collection by the Company.”

 

7. Section 11 of the Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new subsection (g) immediately following subsection (f) thereof and renumbering the remaining subsections accordingly:

 

“(g) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.”

 

8. The Agreement otherwise remains in full force and effect as to all other provisions under said Agreement.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

  CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Alex Zisson
    Name: Alex Zisson
    Title: Board Member, Compensation Committee
     
  By: /s/ Michael Wasserman
    Name: Michael Wasserman
    Title: Board Member, Compensation Committee
     
  /s/ Steven A. Bourne
  Steven A. Bourne, CPA
     
  /s/ Robert E. Dudley
  Robert E. Dudley, Ph.D

 

[Signature Page to Employment Offer Letter Amendment]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.28

 

February 13, 2004

 

Steven A. Bourne, CPA

 

RE: Employment Offer

 

Dear Steve:

 

I am pleased to offer you the opportunity to join Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. as Vice President of Finance and Administration beginning on Monday, February 16, 2004. The specific terms of this employment offer are outlined below. You will report directly to me in this vital position and will be responsible for directing the overall financial plans and accounting practices of Clarus. In addition, you will oversee the treasury, accounting, budget, tax and audit activities of the organization. You will also be responsible for ensuring that Clarus has appropriate financial and accounting system controls and standards in place. I will also look to you to prepare timely financial and statistical reports for management and/or Board use. Further, you will additionally serve as Clarus’ Treasurer and Secretary.

 

Your starting salary will $130,000 per year paid in semi-monthly installments. Future salary increases will be at the discretion of Clarus’ Board of Directors and will be based, in large part, on an annual performance review and the financial status of the company. In further consideration of your position in the company, Clarus will grant you, 225,000 shares of stock split between restricted stock (166,667 shares valued at $0.01 per share) and an option to purchase 58,333 shares of common stock at its fair market value on your first day of employment, namely, $0.10 per share. Of the initial number of restricted shares, 112,500 will vest immediately as of February 16, 2004. The remaining restricted shares (54,167), which are subject to repurchase in accordance with your Stock Restriction Agreement), and the option shares (58,333) will vest in equal monthly installments over a 4-year period with a one-year cliff vesting provision. This means that none of these shares vest during the first 12 months of your employment whereupon 25% of each stock type will immediately vest on February 16, 2005 so long as you are still employed by Clarus. After this date, the remaining shares will vest monthly over 36 months. This grant must be ratified by the board of directors and is subject only to the terms and conditions of Clarus’ stock option plan. Future grant awards will be made based on company and individual employee performance. Clarus intends to use option grants as a strong performance incentive.

 

In recognition of your role at Clarus, you will be given certain benefits should your employment be terminated “without cause” (except during the period from February 16, 2005 to January 1, 2005) or if there is a change in control as defined in Appendix A. Specifically, you will receive continuation of salary and health insurance benefits for up to six (6) months after termination - dependent upon when you obtain other comparable employment. Furthermore, if a change of control occurs (whether or not your employment is terminated), then all of your then unvested shares of restricted stock and options will immediately vest. As a condition of any severance package, you will be required to sign a general release of claims in favor of the Company.

 

 

 

 

Clarus will also provide benefits, as outlined in the enclosed summary. In addition to company holidays, as noted in the attachment hereto, you will also receive three weeks of paid vacation per calendar year. If you are unable to use all of your vacation in any one year because the workload at Clarus is such that it is not possible for you to do so, you may rollover up to one week to the next year but may not have a cumulative total of vacation in excess of four (4) weeks. For 2004, vacation days will be pro-rated based on your starting date.

 

Steve, I believe that you will make a substantial contribution to Clarus. In doing so, you will be joining a team that is committed to making Clarus a recognized leader in the development and marketing of androgen-based prescription products, worldwide. Of greater importance from my perspective is the opportunity we will have to positively impact the health of individuals who use our products.

 

Finally, as a condition of your employment, you must sign the attached “Inventions, Confidentiality and Noncompetition Agreement.”

 

Please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing below and returning a copy of this letter to me by mail or by facsimile. Thank you.

 

Kind Regards,

 

/s/ Robert E. Dudley, PhD  
Robert E. Dudley, PhD  
President & CEO  

 

ACCEPTANCE:

 

/s/ Steven Bourne 2/13/04  
Steven Bourne Date  

 

-2-

 

 

Appendix A

 

Definition of Change of Control

 

“Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

(A) A third person other than Shareholders on the date hereof or their Affiliates, including a “group” as such term is defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, becomes the direct or indirect beneficial owner of shares of the Company having more than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of votes that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company;

 

(B) The Company sells all or substantially all of its assets;

 

(C) The Company enters into any transaction in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred to Persons other than the Shareholders on such date or their Affiliates; or

 

(D) The Shareholders of the Company approve dissolution or complete liquidation of the Company.

 

Shareholders means the Shareholders of the Company on the date hereof and Affiliates means any Persons controlled by, controlling or under common control with any Shareholder. Person means any person or entity.

 

If the Company accepts an investment for the purpose of raising cash to fund operations and/or to make an acquisition and such a transaction results in a change in ownership of 50%, then this shall not be deemed a Change in Control provided that the make up of the Company’s Board of Directors is not changed except by the sole addition of no more than two (2) new board members to represent the interests of the party(ies) investing in the Company.

 

-3-

 

 

July 12, 2005

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

500 Skokie Boulevard

Suite 250

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

 

Re: Employment Letter dated as of February 13, 2004, between Clarus Therapeutics. Inc. (“Clarus”) and Steven A. Bourne (the “Employment Letter”)

 

Gentlemen:

 

The above referenced Employment Letter provides that I will receive a base salary of $10,833.34 per month, payable semi-monthly. This letter agreement hereby amends such provision to reflect our mutual agreement to defer an aggregate amount of $5,416.70 of such base salary for the period from July 1, 2005, through and until November 30, 2005 as follows. Each month during such period, $1,083.34 of such base salary will be deferred.

 

On November 30, 2005, you and I agree that I will receive from Clarus, if I so elect and at my sole discretion, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for, such salary deferral, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $5,416.70, some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest may be converted into shares of Clarus’ Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”) in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the note in the form of Exhibit A which is attached hereto.

 

In the event that I elect not to receive the aforesaid unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $5,416.70, we agree that no further consideration is due from Clarus to me as deferred compensation referenced herein.

 

  By:  /s/ Steven A. Bourne
    Name:  Steven A. Bourne

 

-4-

 

 

January 25, 2006

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

500 Skokie Boulevard

Suite 250

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

 

Re: Employment Letter dated as of February 13, 2004, between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (“Clarus”) and Steven A. Bourne (the “Employment Letter”)

 

Gentlemen:

 

The above referenced Employment Letter provides that I will receive a base salary of $10,833.34 per month. payable semi-monthly. By letter agreement dated as of July 12, 2005, you and I agreed to amend such provision to reflect our mutual agreement to defer an aggregate amount of $5,416.70 of such base salary for the period from July 1, 2005, through and until November 30, 2005, all as set forth in that certain letter agreement (the “Amendment to Employment Letter” or the “Amendment”). This letter agreement hereby further amends such provision to reflect our mutual agreement to defer an additional aggregate amount of $1,083.34 of such base salary for the period from December 1, 2005, through and until December 31, 2005.

 

Said Amendment to Employment letter also provided that on November 30, 2005, I would receive from Clarus, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for, such salary deferral, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $5,416.70 (the “Note”), some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest could be converted into shares of Clarus’ Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”) in accordance with the all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Note in the form of Exhibit A attached to the Amendment to Employment Letter. Notwithstanding the terms of the Amendment, however, I elected not to receive the Note on November 30, 2005.

 

On February 28, 2006, you and I agree that I will receive from Clarus, if I so elect and at my sole discretion, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for, the aggregate salary deferral referenced in this letter agreement and the salary deferral referenced in the previous Amendment, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $6,500.04, some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest may be converted into the Preferred Shares in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Note in the Form of Exhibit A which is attached hereto.

 

In the event that I elect not to receive the aforesaid unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal consideration in the principal amount of $6,500.04, we agree that no further consideration is due from Clarus to me as deferred compensation referenced herein or in the previous Amendment.

 

  By:  /s/ Steven A. Bourne
    Name:  Steven A. Bourne

 

-5-

 

 

March 3, 2006

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

500 Skokie Boulevard

Suite 250

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

 

Re: Extension of Maturity Date of Amendments to Employment Letter

 

Gentlemen:

 

On January 25, 2006, I entered into that certain letter agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “January 2006 Letter Agreement”), which references an amendment to that certain Employment Letter dated as of February 13, 2004, between Clarus Therapeutics. Inc. (“Clarus”) and Steven A. Bourne (the “Employment Letter”) and further amends said Employment Letter.

 

The January 2006 Letter Agreement provides that I will receive from Clarus, if I so elect and at my sole discretion, on February 28, 2006, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for the aggregate salary deferral referenced therein and in the previous amendment to the Employment Letter, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $6,500.04, some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest may be converted into shares of Clarus’ Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”) in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the note in the form of Exhibit B which is attached hereto (the “Note”). However, this letter agreement will further amend the January 2006 Letter Agreement to extend the maturity date of February 28, 2006 stated therein until June 30, 2007. Accordingly, at my sole option, I may elect to receive one or more Notes in the aggregate amount of $6,500.04 on or before June 30, 2007.

 

In the event that I elect not to receive the aforesaid Note(s) in the aggregate principal amount of $6,500.04, we agree that no further consideration is due from Clarus to me as deferred compensation referenced in either of the two amendments to the Employment Letter.

 

  By:  /s/ Steven A. Bourne
    Name:  Steven A. Bourne

 

-6-

 

 

February 6, 2007

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

500 Skokie Boulevard

Suite 250

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

 

Re: Letter Agreement re: Amendments to Employment Letter and Conversion of Notes

 

Gentlemen:

 

Background

 

On January 25, 2006, I entered into that certain letter agreement (the “January 2006 Letter Agreement”), which references a previous amendment to that certain Employment Letter dated as of February 13, 2004, between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (“Clarus”) and Steven A. Bourne (the “Employment Letter”) (the first letter agreement amendment dated July 12, 2005, hereinafter, the “Amendment to Employment Letter”) and further amends said Employment Letter.

 

The January 2006 Letter Agreement provides that I will receive from Clarus, if I so elect and at my sole discretion, on February 28, 2006, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for the aggregate salary deferral referenced therein and in the previous amendment to the Employment Letter, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $6,500.04, some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest may be converted into shares of Clarus’ Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Shares”) in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the note in the form of Exhibit A attached to the Amendment to Employment Letter (the “Note”). On March 3, 2006, I entered into another letter agreement with you which further amended the January 2006 Letter Agreement to extend the maturity date of February 28, 2006 stated therein until June 30, 2007. Accordingly, at my sole option, I may elect to receive one or more Notes in the aggregate amount of $6,500.04 on or before June 30, 2007.

 

In another letter agreement dated August 2, 2006, (the “Side Letter Agreement”) we agreed, among other things, that if, I elect to receive one or more Notes up to an aggregate amount of $6,500.04, I will immediately provide written notice to Clarus under, and in accordance with, the terms of the Note to convert all of the principal amount and then accrued and unpaid interest under the Note into Series A Shares in accordance with all of the terms of the Note.

 

Agreement

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to replace the form of the Note previously agreed to and which was attached to the January 2006 Letter Agreement as Exhibit A thereto with the revised form of Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note in the form of Appendix A which is attached hereto (the “Revised Note”), which provides for the conversion of all principal and accrued and unpaid interest into shares of Clarus’ Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (in lieu of the Series A Shares which were contemplated by the January 2006 Letter Agreement). Accordingly, the Side Letter Agreement is amended as well such that all references therein to Note(s) therein shall be deemed to refer to the Revised Note(s) and all references to Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be deemed to refer to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

  By:  /s/ Steven A. Bourne
    Name:  Steven A. Bourne

 

Accepted and Agreed  
As of the date written above.  
   
CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.  
     
By: /s/ Robert E. Dudley  
     
Its: CEO  

 

-7-

 

 

June 28, 2007

 

Clarus Therapeutics, Inc.

500 Skokie Boulevard

Suite 250

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

 

Re: Letter Agreement re: Amendments to Employment Letter and Conversion of Notes

 

Gentlemen:

 

Background

 

On January 25, 2006, I entered into that certain letter agreement (the “January 2006 Letter Agreement”), which references a previous amendment to that certain Employment Letter dated as of February 13, 2004, between Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. (“Clarus”) and Steven A. Bourne (the “Employment Letter”) (the first letter agreement amendment dated July 12, 2005, hereinafter, the “Amendment to Employment Letter”) and further amends said Employment Letter.

 

The January 2006 Letter Agreement provides that I will receive from Clarus, if I so elect and at my sole discretion, on February 28, 2006, in full and complete satisfaction of, and as consideration for the aggregate salary deferral referenced therein and in the previous amendment to the Employment Letter, an unsecured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $6,500.04, some or all of which, along with accrued and unpaid interest may be converted into shares of Clarus’ Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Shares”) in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in the note in the form of Exhibit A attached to the Amendment to Employment Letter (the “Note”). On March 3, 2006, I entered into another letter agreement with you which further amended the January 2006 Letter Agreement to extend the maturity date of February 28, 2006 stated therein until June 30, 2007. Accordingly, at my sole option, I may elect to receive one or more Notes in the aggregate amount of $6,500.04 on or before June 30, 2007 (the “Payment Date”).

 

In another letter agreement dated August 2, 2006, (the “Side Letter Agreement”) we agreed, among other things, that if, I elect to receive one or more Notes up to an aggregate amount of $6,500.04, I will immediately provide written notice to Clarus under, and in accordance with, the terms of the Note to convert all of the principal amount and then accrued and unpaid interest under the Note into Series A Shares in accordance with all of the terms of the Note.

 

In another letter agreement dated February 6, 2007 (the “February 2007 Side Letter Agreement”), we agreed to replace the form of the Note with a revised form of the Note providing for the conversion of the Note into Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series B Shares”) instead of the Series A Shares.

 

Agreement

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to extend the Payment Date from June 30, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and to replace the form of the Note previously agreed to and which was attached to the February 2007 Side Letter Agreement as Exhibit A thereto with the revised form of Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note in the form of Appendix A which is attached hereto (the “Revised Note”), which provides for the conversion of all principal and accrued and unpaid interest into shares of Clarus’ Series B Convertible Preferred Stock on December 31, 2007 (instead of June 30, 2007). Accordingly, each of the Side Letter Agreement and the February 2007 Side Letter Agreement is amended as well such that all references therein to Note(s) therein shall be deemed to refer to the Revised Note(s).

 

  By:  /s/ Steven A. Bourne
    Name:  Steven A. Bourne

 

Accepted and Agreed  
As of the date written above.  
   
CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.  
     
By: /s/ Robert E. Dudley  
     
Its: CEO  

 

 

-8-

 

 

AMENDMENT TO
EMPLOYMENT OFFER LETTER

 

This AMENDMENT TO THE EMPLOYMENT OFFER LETTER, dated December 30, 2008, is by and between CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Steven A. Bourne, CPA (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into an employment offer letter dated February 13, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement to comply with and meet the requirements of the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Executive, each intending to be legally bound hereby, do mutually covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. Paragraph 3 of the Agreement is amended by deleting the paragraph and replacing it with the following:

 

“In recognition of your role at Clarus, you will be given certain benefits should your employment be terminated by Clarus “without cause” (except during the period from February 16, 2005 to January 1, 2006) or if there is a change in control as defined in Appendix A. Specifically if your employment is terminated without cause by Clarus, you will receive continuation of salary (at the rate then in effect) and health insurance benefits for up to six (6) months after termination or until you obtain other comparable employment (if earlier). Your salary and benefit continuation shall commence immediately upon your termination of employment by Clarus without cause. Furthermore, if a change of control occurs (whether or not your employment is terminated), then all of your then unvested shares of restricted stock and options will immediately vest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as a condition of any severance package (e.g., salary and benefit continuation), you will be required to sign a general release of claims in favor of the Company within the 30 day period following your termination of employment. If you fail to sign such release in that 30 day period or otherwise revoke that release, your salary and benefit continuation shall immediately cease and any amounts already paid to you will be subject to collection by Clarus.

 

2. The Agreement is hereby further amended by adding a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 6 of the Agreement:

 

“The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to you or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.”

 

3. The Agreement otherwise remains in full force and effect as to all other provisions under said Agreement.

 

-9-

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

  CLARUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
       
  By:  /s/ Alex Zisson
    Name:  Alex Zisson
    Title: Board Member, Compensation Committee
       
  By: /s/ Michael Wasserman
    Name: Michael Wasserman
    Title: Board Member, Compensation Committee

 

  /s/ Robert E. Dudley
  Robert E. Dudley, Ph. D
   
  /s/ Steven A. Bourne
  Steven A. Bourne, CPA

 

[Signature Page to Executive Employment Agreement Amendment]

 

 

 

-10-

 

Exhibit 10.29

 

September 5, 2019

 

Frank A. Jaeger

 

RE: Employment Offer: Chief Commercial Officer

 

Dear Frank:

 

I am pleased to offer you the opportunity to join Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. as Chief Commercial Officer beginning on a mutually acceptable day this month but not later than September 30, 2019. The actual first day of your employment shall be referred to in this letter agreement as the “Start Date”. The specific terms of your employment are outlined below.

 

You will report to me and it is expected that you will be a very important member of Clarus’s executive team. Your office will be located at Clarus’s offices, presently located in Northbrook, IL. As part of your employment, you will be expected to travel as necessary to achieve Clarus’s objectives - particularly those related to the commercialization of JATENZO. Overall, your principal duties are expected to include:

 

Provide strategic and organizational leadership and direction for Clarus’s commercialization of JATENZO in close concert with inVentiv Commercial Services (a Syneos Health™ group company) that Clarus has selected as its commercial outsourcing partner (COP);
Identify, hire and build a small (yet highly competent) internal sales and marketing management team to ensure commercial success of JATENZO (Note: you will work with the COP, Clarus’s CEO and CFO to determine minimal internal Clarus staff);
Develop and implement, with COP, an integrated marketing and sales strategic plan for JATENZO;
Regularly analyze JATENZO sales performance against plan and take all necessary actions to ensure sales goals are achieved;
Provide exceptional leadership of all levels of the commercial team;
Working with COP, ensure appropriate coverage of JATENZO by commercial and governmental payors to achieve forecasted success;
Ensure operational capabilities/metrics to accurately track JATENZO sales and prepare accurate sales forecasts;
Effectively leverage market dynamics and knowledge to position JATENZO as the top T-replacement products in the U. S. with the goal of having JATENZO be the market-leader within 5 years of launch;
Set a high ethical standard for the marketing and sales organization;
Function as a key executive of Clarus and work with other senior level personnel to ensure the overall success of the company;
Participate with other Clarus executives in efforts designed to raise capital and/or embark on a strategic process to sell Clarus or, alternatively, take Clarus public; and
Such other duties as Clarus may assign from time to time.

 

1 

 

 

Your starting salary will be at the rate of $325,000 per year paid in semi-monthly installments. Future salary increases will be at the discretion of Clarus’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). In further consideration of your position at Clarus and subject to final Board approval, Clarus will grant you an option to purchase 350,000 shares of common stock at its fair market value as of the grant date (the “Initial Grant”). The options will vest in equal monthly installments over a 4-year period with a one-year cliff-vesting provision. This means that no shares vest during the first 12 months of your employment whereupon 87,500 shares vest on the date of your first anniversary. After this date, the remaining 262,500 shares will vest ratably over 36 months. However, if within one year of your employment there is: (a) a merger or consolidation under which Clarus is not the surviving entity; (b) a sale of all or substantially all of Clarus’ assets; (c) a reorganization or liquidation of Clarus; (d) you are terminated without “Cause” (as defined herein); or (e) you resign for “Good Reason” (as defined herein), then one-half of the Initial Grant will immediately vest. After one year of employment, should (a), (b), (c), (d), or (e) occur, your Initial Grant will vest immediately. The Initial Grant is subject only to the terms and conditions of Clarus’ stock option plan and the associated stock option agreement (the “Equity Documents”). Future grant awards may be made based on Company and individual employee performance. Clarus intends to use option grants as a strong performance incentive.

 

In addition to your base salary and stock options, you will be eligible for an annual bonus based on the achievement of corporate and individual objectives as approved by the Board. Your bonus target will be 30% of your base salary and will take into account what fraction of the year you were employed by Clarus. The decision to award bonuses rests solely with the Board and there is no guarantee that a bonus will be awarded to you. You must be employed with Clarus on the date the bonus is paid to earn any part of the bonus.

 

Clarus also will pay you a signing bonus of $100,000 within 30 days of the Start Date. If during the six month period following the Start Date either, (i) you were to resign your position without Good Reason, (ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an injunction prohibiting you from working for Clarus; or (iii) you are terminated by the Company with Cause, you must repay the signing bonus amount to Clarus within ten (10) days of the date when your employment with Clarus ceases.

 

Clarus currently provides medical/dental/vision benefits as outlined on the attached benefits summary. Should you choose not to avail yourself of these benefits, you will not be compensated for this decision.

 

In addition to Company holidays, as noted in the attachment hereto, you will also earn on a pro-rata basis twenty five (25) days of paid vacation per calendar year. For 2019, your vacation days will be prorated on the basis of your Start Date. If you are unable to use all of your vacation in any one year because the workload at Clarus is such that it is not possible for you to do so, you may rollover up to 5 days to the next year but may not have a cumulative total of vacation days in excess of thirty (30) days.

 

Your employment shall be at will, meaning you or the Company can terminate it at any time. In the event your employment ends for any reason, Clarus shall pay your salary plus accrued but unused vacation though the termination date. In addition, in the event Clarus terminates your employment without Cause (as defined below), or you resign for Good Reason (as defined below), and provided you enter into, do not revoke, and comply with the terms of a separation agreement in a form acceptable to Clarus which shall include a general release against Clarus and related persons and entities (the “Release”); Clarus will continue your base salary for the six (6) month period that immediately follows the date of termination (the “Salary Continuation Payments”). Salary Continuation Payments shall commence within 30 days after the Date of Termination and shall be made on Clarus’s regular payroll dates; provided, however, that if the 30-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Salary Continuation Payments shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year. In the event you miss a regular payroll period between the date of termination and first Salary Continuation Payment date, the first Salary Continuation Payment shall include a “catch up” payment. For purposes of this letter agreement, “Cause” means: (i) conduct by you in connection with your service to Clarus that is fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent; (ii) your material breach of your material responsibilities to Clarus or your willful failure to comply with reasonable and lawful directives of the CEO or written policies of Clarus, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by Clarus; (iii) breach by you of your representations, warranties, covenants and/or obligations under this Agreement, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by Clarus; (iv) material misconduct by you which seriously discredits or damages Clarus, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by Clarus ;and/or (v) nonperformance or unsatisfactory performance of your material duties or responsibilities to Clarus as determined in good faith by Clarus, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by Clarus . For purposes of this letter agreement, “Good Reason” means: (i) breach by Clarus of its representations, warranties, covenants and/or obligations under this Agreement, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by you; (ii) a reduction in your salary without your written consent; and/or (iii) a material reduction in your job title and/or primary and then-current responsibilities, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by you.

 

2 

 

 

Frank, I believe that your contributions to Clarus will be significant and immediate. You will be joining a team that is committed to successfully commercializing JATENZO and making it the market-leading testosterone replacement therapy. Of greater importance from my perspective is the opportunity we will have to positively impact the health of hypogonadal men who are prescribed JATENZO.

 

Finally, as a condition of your employment, you must sign the attached Inventions, Confidentiality and Noncompetition Agreement (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”), the terms of which are incorporated by reference into this letter agreement. Also, by your acceptance of this employment offer, you attest that there are no current bars (e.g., non-compete provision with your current employer) to reasonably prevent or interfere with your employment at Clarus, provided the Company acknowledges that it is aware of your prior employment contract with AbbVie/Abbott and that neither you nor the Company views your employment with Clarus to be violative of the noncompete provisions. In the event that you are made a party or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that you are or were a director, manager, officer, or employee of Clarus, or any affiliate of Clarus, including any action, suit, or proceeding, you shall be indemnified and held harmless by Clarus to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law. Clarus shall pay all costs and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defense of any such action, suit, or proceeding.

 

This agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon you and Clarus, and each of our respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

 

This agreement, including the Restrictive Covenant Agreement and the Equity Documents, constitute the complete agreement between you and Clarus, contain all of the terms of your employment with Clarus and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and Clarus. The terms of this Agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this Agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this Agreement, your employment with Clarus or any other relationship between you and Clarus (the “Disputes”) will be governed by Illinois law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and Clarus submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in the State of Illinois in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

 

This Agreement may not be modified or amended, and no breach shall be deemed to be waived, unless agreed to in writing by you and a duly authorized officer or Board member of Clarus. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing below and returning a copy of this letter to me by mail, email or by facsimile no later than September 6, 2019.

 

Best regards,

 

/s/ Robert E. Dudley  
Robert E. Dudley, PhD  
President & CEO  

 

ACCEPTANCE: /s/ Frank A. Jaeger   September 5, 2019  
  Frank A. Jaeger   Date  

 

 

 

3

 

Exhibit 10.30

 

LOGO, COMPANY NAME

DESCRIPTION AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED

 

March 13, 2020

 

Jay R. Newmark, MD, MBA
 

RE: Employment Offer: Chief Medical Officer

 

Dear Jay:

 

I am pleased to offer you the opportunity to join Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. as Chief Medical Officer. Beginning immediately but not later than March 23, 2020. The actual first day of your employment shall be referred to in this letter agreement as the “Start Date”. The specific terms of your employment are outlined below.

 

You will report to me and will be based out of your home office in Miami, FL. Periodically throughout the year (but less than 30 days in any year), you may be required to work from Clarus’s office located in Northbrook, IL. Additionally, travel will be required to meet the objectives of your role and will include, among other places, visits to key opinion leaders, medical/scientific meetings, meetings with FDA and visits to Syneos Health (and affiliated company offices). Your principal duties as Chief Medical Officer will include, but may not be limited to, the following:

 

Participate as a key member of Clarus’s senior management team to ensure that the medical affairs function supports the successful development, launch and support of JATENZO®;
Manage Clarus’ Drug Safety Review Panel
Provide leadership and support for Clinical Development team (including a CRO) relative to study conduct including FDA interaction as needed;
Serve as internal medical monitor on all clinical studies;
Provide updates at Clarus’ board of directors meetings re: clinical development program
Develop and lead execution of a Phase IV clinical strategy for JATENZO that includes publication and presentation of key findings;
Serve as principal company contact for health care professionals;
Develop and maintain key thought leader relationships and medical/scientific advisory boards;
Review pertinent medical literature and attend key scientific meetings (e.g. American Urological Society, Endocrine Society, American College of Endocrinology, American College of Physicians, etc.);
Post NDA approval, provide medical review of all advertising and promotional materials;
Working closely with Clarus’s commercialization team:

Analyze customer insights and competitive dynamics to inform/adjust marketing strategy and address customer needs
Participate in the development of promotional materials and ensure these comply with regulatory policies and procedures; and

 

Support budgeting, forecasting and business operations/management processes.

 

1

 

 

Your starting salary will be at the rate of $325,000 per year paid in semi-monthly installments. Future salary increases will be at the discretion of Clarus’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). In further consideration of your position at Clarus and subject to final Board approval, Clarus will grant you an option to purchase 350,000 shares of common stock at its fair market value as of the grant date (the “Initial Grant”). The options will vest in equal monthly installments over a 4-year period with a one-year cliff-vesting provision that is tied to the date you commenced full time consulting for Clarus, namely, November 29, 2019. This means no shares vest until November 29, 2020 whereupon 87,500 shares will vest. After this date, the remaining 262,500 shares will vest ratably over 36 months. However, if within one year of your employment there is: (a) a merger or consolidation under which Clarus is not the surviving entity; (b) a sale of all or substantially all of Clarus’ assets; (c) a reorganization or liquidation of Clarus; (d) you are terminated without “Cause” (as defined herein); or (e) you resign for “Good Reason” (as defined herein), then one-half of the Initial Grant will immediately vest. After one year of employment, should (a), (b), (c), (d), or (e) occur, your Initial Grant will vest immediately. The Initial Grant is subject only to the terms and conditions of Clarus’ stock option plan and the associated stock option agreement (the “Equity Documents”). Future grant awards may be made based on Company and individual employee performance. Clarus intends to use option grants as a strong performance incentive.

 

In addition to your base salary and stock options, you will be eligible for an annual bonus based on the achievement of corporate and individual objectives as approved by the Board. Your bonus target will be 30% of your base salary and will reflect what fraction of the year you were employed by Clarus. The decision to award bonuses rests solely with the Board and there is no guarantee that a bonus will be awarded to you. You must be employed with Clarus on the date the bonus is paid to earn any part of the bonus.

 

Clarus currently provides medical/dental/vision benefits as outlined on the attached benefits summary. Should you choose not to avail yourself of these benefits, you will not be compensated for this decision.

 

In addition to Company holidays, as noted in the attachment hereto, you will also earn on a pro-rata basis twenty-five (25) days of paid vacation per calendar year. For 2020, your vacation days will be prorated on the basis of your Start Date. If you are unable to use all of your vacation in any one year because the workload at Clarus is such that it is not possible for you to do so, you may rollover up to 5 days to the next year but may not have a cumulative total of vacation days in excess of thirty (30) days.

 

Your employment shall be at will, meaning you or the Company can terminate it at any time. In the event your employment ends for any reason, Clarus shall pay your salary plus accrued but unused vacation though the termination date. In addition, in the event Clarus terminates your employment without Cause (as defined below), or you resign for Good Reason (as defined below), and provided you enter into, do not revoke, and comply with the terms of a separation agreement in a form acceptable to Clarus which shall include a general release against Clarus and related persons and entities (the “Release”); Clarus will continue your base salary for the six (6) month period that immediately follows the date of termination (the “Salary Continuation Payments”). Salary Continuation Payments shall commence within 30 days after the Date of Termination and shall be made on Clarus’s regular payroll dates; provided, however, that if the 30-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Salary Continuation Payments shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year. In the event you miss a regular payroll period between the date of termination and first Salary Continuation Payment date, the first Salary Continuation Payment shall include a “catch up” payment. For purposes of this letter agreement, “Cause” means: (i) conduct by you in connection with your service to Clarus that is fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent; (ii) your material breach of your material responsibilities to Clarus or your willful failure to comply with reasonable and lawful directives of the Chief Commercial Officer or written policies of Clarus, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by Clarus; (iii) breach by you of your representations, warranties, covenants and/or obligations under this Agreement, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by Clarus; (iv) material misconduct by you which seriously discredits or damages Clarus, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by Clarus ;and/or (v) nonperformance or unsatisfactory performance of your material duties or responsibilities to Clarus as determined in good faith by Clarus, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by Clarus . For purposes of this letter agreement, “Good Reason” means: (i) breach by Clarus of its representations, warranties, covenants and/or obligations under this Agreement, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by you; (ii) a reduction in your salary without your written consent; and/or (iii) a material reduction in your job title and/or primary and then-current responsibilities, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by you.

 

2

 

 

Jay, I have no doubt that your contributions to Clarus will be significant and immediate. You will be joining a team that is committed to successfully commercializing JATENZO and making it the market-leading testosterone replacement therapy in the U.S. Of greater importance from my perspective is the opportunity we will have to positively impact the health of hypogonadal men who are prescribed JATENZO.

 

Finally, as a condition of your employment, you must sign the attached Inventions, Confidentiality and Noncompetition Agreement (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”), the terms of which are incorporated by reference into this letter agreement.

 

This agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon you and Clarus, and each of our respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

 

This agreement, including the Restrictive Covenant Agreement and the Equity Documents, constitute the complete agreement between you and Clarus, contain all of the terms of your employment with Clarus and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and Clarus. The terms of this Agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this Agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this Agreement, your employment with Clarus or any other relationship between you and Clarus (the “Disputes”) will be governed by Illinois law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and Clarus submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in the State of Illinois in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

 

This Agreement may not be modified or amended, and no breach shall be deemed to be waived, unless agreed to in writing by you and a duly authorized officer or Board member of Clarus. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing below and returning a copy of this letter to me by mail, email or by facsimile no later than Friday, March 20, 2020.

 

3

 

 

Best regards,

 

/s/ Robert E. Dudley  
Robert E. Dudley, PhD  
President & CEO  

 

ACCEPTANCE: /s/ Jay R. Newmark   19 March 2020
  Jay R. Newmark, MD, MBA   Date

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.31

 

 

 

21 February 2021

 

Richard Peterson

 

RE: Employment Offer: Chief Financial Officer

 

Dear Ric:

 

I am pleased to offer you the opportunity to join Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. as Chief Financial Officer (CFO) beginning immediately. The actual first day of your employment shall be referred to in this letter agreement as the “Start Date”. The specific terms of your employment are outlined below. Overall, you will be responsible for all finance functions, including financial and expense projections, financial and funding strategy(ies), fundraising and related investment bank interactions, investor relations, business development and deal analysis, financial reporting, compliance, controls, budgeting, pricing, tax, real estate, and treasury.

 

You will report to me and will be based out of your home office in Memphis, TN. Periodically throughout the year, you may be required to travel to Clarus’s office located in Northbrook, IL or to Clarus’s office in Murfreesboro, TN. Additionally, travel will be required to meet the objectives of your role and will include, among other places, visits with investors and presentations at investor conferences. Clarus will reimburse you for such travel and related expenses. Working closely with the CEO, other members of Clarus’s senior executive team, and Clarus’ Board of Directors, your principal duties as CFO will include, but may not be limited to, the following:

 

Provide leadership to secure adequate financing to realize Clarus’s obligations and objectives

 

Actively participate and contribute in strategic planning and establishment of financial objectives

 

Provide leadership, direction and management of the finance and accounting teams

 

Assure that stable, well-developed and secure financial systems are in place and that all appropriate accounting standards and activities are compliant the applicable laws and regulations (e.g., SEC)

 

Once Clarus transitions to be a public company, ensure all required SEC filings are made in a timely fashion Establish and provide oversight and leadership for an Investor Relations/Corporate Communications function (either within Clarus or via outside consultant services)

 

Oversee Clarus’s business development activities

 

Work closely with Chief Administrative Officer to ensure smooth overall operations of Clarus

 

 

 

 

Your starting salary will be at the rate of $437,000 per year paid in semi-monthly installments. Future salary increases will be at the discretion of Clarus’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). In further consideration of your position at Clarus and subject to final Board approval, Clarus will grant you an option to purchase shares of common stock at its fair market value as of the grant date (the “Initial Grant”). However, because Clarus is transitioning from a private to public company (and thus a new stock option plan will be put into effect for all Clarus employees at that time), it is not possible to grant a specific number of options until then. Instead, based on the value of its share price at the close of business on the first day Clarus stock is publicly traded, Clarus will grant you options (Initial Grant) equivalent in value to $800,000. If on the basis of an ongoing comprehensive analysis by Clarus’s Compensation Committee of senior executive compensation there needs to be an upward adjustment to the $800,000 value, then this will be communicated to you. Options granted to you will vest in equal monthly installments over a 4-year period with a one-year cliff-vesting provision that is tied to the date you commence full time employment (i.e., Start Date). This means no options vest until the date of your first employment anniversary at which time 25% of the option shares will vest. After this date, the remaining shares in your initial option grant will vest ratably over 36 months. Additional aspects regarding vesting will be shared once the new option plan is put into place but suffice to say these will be ‘market’ for Clarus-like public companies.

 

Clarus also will pay you a one-time signing bonus of $30,000. If during the 12-month period after your Start Date, (i) you were to resign your position without Good Reason, or (ii) you are terminated by the Company with Cause, then you must repay the signing bonus to Clarus within ten (10) days of the date when your employment with Clarus ceases.

 

In addition to your base salary and stock options, you will be eligible for an annual bonus based on the achievement of corporate and individual objectives as approved by the Board. Your bonus target will be 35% of your base salary and will reflect a full year that you were employed by Clarus. The decision to award bonuses rests solely with the Board and there is no guarantee that a bonus will be awarded to you. You must be employed with Clarus on the date the bonus is paid to earn any part of the bonus. It is Clarus’s intent that bonuses will be paid on or before the end of the first calendar quarter of each new year.

 

Clarus currently provides medical/dental/vision benefits as outlined on the attached benefits summary. Should you choose not to avail yourself of these benefits, you will not be compensated for this decision.

 

In addition to Company holidays, as noted in the attachment hereto, you will also earn on a pro-rata basis twenty-five (25) days of paid vacation per calendar year. For 2021, your vacation days will be prorated on the basis of your Start Date. If you are unable to use all of your vacation in any one year because the workload at Clarus is such that it is not possible for you to do so, you may rollover up to 14 days to the next year but may not have a cumulative total of vacation days in excess of thirty (30) days.

 

Your employment shall be at will, meaning you or the Company can terminate it at any time. In the event your employment ends for any reason, Clarus shall pay your salary plus accrued but unused vacation though the termination date. In addition, in the event Clarus terminates your employment without Cause (as defined below), or you resign for Good Reason (as defined below), and provided you enter into, do not revoke, and comply with the terms of a separation agreement in a form acceptable to Clarus which shall include a general release against Clarus and related persons and entities (the “Release”); Clarus will continue your base salary for the twelve (12) month period that immediately follows the date of termination (the “Salary Continuation Payments”). Salary Continuation Payments shall commence within 30 days after the Date of Termination and shall be made on Clarus’s regular payroll dates; provided, however, that if the 30-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Salary Continuation Payments shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year. In the event you miss a regular payroll period between the date of termination and first Salary Continuation Payment date, the first Salary Continuation Payment shall include a “catch up” payment. For purposes of this letter agreement, “Cause” means: (i) conduct by you in connection with your service to Clarus that is fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent; (ii) your material breach of your material responsibilities to Clarus or your willful failure to comply with reasonable and lawful directives of the Chief Executive Officer or written policies of Clarus, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by Clarus; (iii) breach by you of your representations, warranties, covenants and/or obligations under this Agreement, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by Clarus; (iv) material misconduct by you which seriously discredits or damages Clarus, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by Clarus ;and/or (v) nonperformance or unsatisfactory performance of your material duties or responsibilities to Clarus as determined in good faith by Clarus, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by Clarus . For purposes of this letter agreement, “Good Reason” means: (i) breach by Clarus of its representations, warranties, covenants and/or obligations under this Agreement, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by you; (ii) a reduction in your salary without your written consent; and/or (iii) a material reduction in your job title and/or primary and then-current responsibilities, which has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ written notice by you.

 

2 

 

 

Ric, I have no doubt that your contributions to Clarus will be significant and immediate. You will be joining a team that is committed to successfully commercializing JATENZO and making it the market-leading testosterone replacement therapy in the U. S. In addition, we want to build on the foundation of JATENZO to create a thriving, profitable pharmaceutical company that sells and develops products that help people live better, healthier lives.

 

Finally, as a condition of your employment, you must sign the attached Inventions, Confidentiality and Noncompetition Agreement (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”), the terms of which are incorporated by reference into this letter agreement.

 

This agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon you and Clarus, and each of our respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

 

This agreement, including the Restrictive Covenant Agreement and future Equity Documents related to Clarus’s option plan when it is a public entity, constitute the complete agreement between you and Clarus, contain all of the terms of your employment with Clarus and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and Clarus. The terms of this Agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this Agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this Agreement, your employment with Clarus or any other relationship between you and Clarus (the “Disputes”) will be governed by Illinois law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and Clarus submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in the State of Illinois in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

 

This Agreement may not be modified or amended, and no breach shall be deemed to be waived, unless agreed to in writing by you and a duly authorized officer or Board member of Clarus. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing below and returning a copy of this letter to me by email no later than Monday, February 22, 2020.

 

Best regards,

 

/s/ Robert E. Dudley  
Robert E. Dudley, PhD  
President & CEO  

 

ACCEPTANCE:   /s/ Richard Peterson   February 21, 2021
  Richard (Ric) Peterson   Date

 

 

3

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Consent

 

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of Blue Water Acquisition Corp. on Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 of our report dated May 6, 2021, which includes an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern with respect to our audit of the financial statements of Blue Water Acquisition Corp. as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from May 22, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, which report appears in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Marcum llp

 

Marcum llp

Melville, NY

June 23, 2021

Exhibit 23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Preliminary Proxy Statement/Prospectus that is made part of the Registration Statement (No. 333-256116) on Form S-4 of Blue Water Acquisition Corp. of our report dated May 13, 2021, relating to the financial statements of Clarus Therapeutics, Inc., appearing in the Preliminary Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference of our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ RSM US LLP  

 

Chicago, Illinois

June 25, 2021